CO
' CM
o
uJ
* . * . * . * . * .4
it.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.
.*.*.*.*.*.*.*.*
* - * . * ; . .* . * . * . *
***
TT _ T ^. tD . /
LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA.
*
A . *
. .
*******
* *
t
*.*.*
*.*.*****
If. * Tlf. it?. %. % -ty If.
* . *
*<*
* j * -*;4i *
* : * . * . * . 4t
4c > 4 c *4 c *4 ( * !
*
* * *
t 4 1 * 4 1 * :
:A A _ 'atp' _ i
* K * <('. * i
4t A * 4^
\ if. '%.- \
4^ 4 s 4^
* * * *
' * ^ * '3^ ^r
i * JK H #^>. ' JK * 4
t
itr
9 jK IB *
3v ''
*
: .41 :
+ .*
"* -,*,
*'*'
*
'it '*'
'i i *"
*.*.*.*
* . * . * . % . *
*.*.*.*.*.***'**.****
> . *
* . * . * . * . *
41 41
c : 4>
41 4(
THE NORWEGIAN
NOETH POLAE EXPEDITION 18931896
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS
VOLUME II
THE NORWEGIAN
NORTH
POLAR EXPEDITION
18931896
SCIENTIFIC EESULTS
EDITED BY
FEIDTJOF NANSEN
VOLUME II
or THE
UNIVERSITY
OF
PUBLISHED BY THE FRIDTJOF NANSEN FUND
FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE
LONDON,
CHRISTIANIA NEW YORK, BOMBAY LEIPZIG
JACOB DYBWAD LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. F ' A " BROCKHAUS
1901
PRINTED BY A. W. BR0GGER. CHRISTIANIA, 1901,
CONTENTS OF VOL. II.
VI. H. GEELMUYDEN. Astronomical Observations. Pp. 1 136, with two
Charts.
(Received August 1899 August 1900.)
VII. AKSEL S. STEEN. Terrestrial Magnetism. Pp. 1196, with 17 Plates.
(Received May December 1900.)
VIII. 0. E. SCHIOTZ. Results of the Pendulum Observations and some
Remarks on the Constitution of the Earth's Crust. Pp. 190.
(Received July 1900.)
PEEFACE TO VOL. II.
_Lhe astronomical, magnetic, and pendulum observations affording the
material for the three important Memoirs contained in this volume, were nearly
all of them, with the exception of the observations from the sledge-journey,
made by Capt. SIGURD SCOTT-HANSEN. In my preface to Vol. I of this
Report, I have gratefully acknowledged his important share in the results
of the expedition. The present volume containing some part of his work, will
testify to the astonishing quantity of multifarious observations he has been
able to accomplish, and to the intelligent care and accuracy with which he
made them, notwithstanding the often trying circumstances.
Memoir VI, containing the Astronomical Observations made during the
expedition, and their Results, has been prepared by Prof. H. GEELMUYDEN.
Before our start, Prof. GEELMUYDEN gave the expedition his important
assistance by aiding in our equipment with astronomical instruments and
chronometers, and giving us instruction in the best methods of making
observations for determining our position in high latitudes. After our return,
he had the great kindness to undertake the troublesome and slow work
of arranging and supervising the computation of our numerous observations,
and preparing the report for the press. He has also constructed and drawn
the two valuable charts accompanying this volume, of the Fram's route and
II
the sledge-journey, in which he has set forth the results of his work that
has been of such importance to the expedition. These charts give highly
interesting information of the drift of the ice during the several seasons
of the year. The relation of this drift to winds and currents will be
discussed in a later Memoir on the Oceanography, which will shortly appear
in Vol. HI.
Memoir VII, on Terrestrial Magnetism, has been prepared by Mr. AKSEL
S. STEEN, Sub-director of the Meteorological Institute of Christiania, and
contains SCOTT-HANSEN'S Magnetic Observations and their results. As
mentioned by Mr. STEEN, Prof. G. NEUMAYER gave the expedition his
valuable assistance by taking charge of our magnetic equipment. He had
the instruments made according to his orders, and partly according to his
special design; and he also gave Capt. SCOTT-HANSEN careful instruction
in the use of the instruments, and in the methods of making observations.
I hope it may give him some satisfaction to see how well his instruction
has been utilized, and to see the important results of SCOTT-HANSEN'S
observations, which have been so ably and carefully worked up by Mr. AKSEL
S. STEEN. Prof. AD. SCHMIDT of Gotha has much increased the scien-
tific interest of these results by kindly calculating theoretically the values
of the magnetic elements for all localities where magnetic observations were
made during the expedition.
Memoir VIII, on the Results of SCOTT-HANSEN'S Pendulum Observations,
has been prepared by Prof. 0. E. SCHIST z, who has also added some
interesting conclusions with regard to the constitution of the earth's crust,
which he thinks may be drawn from these observations. When I planned
the expedition, I considered it not impossible that we might meet with
unknown land in high latitudes; and as in such a case it would be of great
importance to be able to take pendulum observations, Prof. 0. E. SCHIOTZ
kindly undertook to equip us for this purpose. It was decided to order a
pendulum apparatus of Colonel VON STERNECK'S pattern from Vienna, and
VON STERNECK himself had the great kindness to determine the constants
Ill
of the two pendulums. We met with no land in the North Polar Basin,
and thus the ordinary conditions for making pendulum observations did not
exist. But SCOTT-HANSEN thought that the strong ship frozen firmly into
the drifting ice, or the ice itself, might possibly afford a sufficiently solid
base for the pendulum apparatus, and decided to make some observations
as an experiment. Thus the first series of pendulum observations, which,
to my knowledge, have ever been made over the sea, were made over the
deep North Polar Basin. We had some doubt as to the value of the
observations taken under such extraordinary circumstances; but thanks to
Prof. SCHIOTZ'S able elaboration and discussion of the material, it now
appears that these observations afford perhaps some of the most important
results of the expedition.
I desire here to convey my hearty thanks to the contributors to this
volume, and to Prof. G. NEUMAYER, Prof. AD. SCHMIDT, and Colonel
VON STERNECK, for their valuable assistance and contributions.
GODTHAB, LYSAKER. January, 1901.
FRIDTJOF NANSEN.
VI.
ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS
ARRANGED AND REDUCED
UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF
H. GEELMUYDEN,
PROFESSOR OF ASTRONOMY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CHRISTIAN!*.
WITH TWO CHARTS.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Introduction: Page
Astronomical and Nautical Instruments VII
Determination of Latitude and Local Time XI
Determination of Azimuth XVII
Longitude, and Rate of Chronometers XIX
Voyage along the Coast of Siberia LIV
The Sledge-Expedition LVII
The two Charts LX
Observations:
A. Altitudes measured with the Altazimuths 3
B. Observations with the Sextant 26
Observations and Results:
C. Determination of Azimuth 61
D. Determination of Magnetic Declination by Compass 70
E. Determination of Declination and Deviation by Compass on Board 77
F. Direct Determination of Deviation 82
Results:
G. Greenwich Time 85
H. Latitude, Local Time, and Longitude 86
I. Refraction 108
The Sledge-Expedition:
Observations 1895 HI
Observations taken at the Winter Hut 125
On the way southwards from the Winter Hut 130
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.
Page
4. The following observations were taken ashore at Khabarova:
1893
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W
h in s
O 1 It
1 H
h m
m s
Aug. 1
Sun L. L.
W
22 4 29
306 36 8.5
36 27
N1.2 S9.7
23 45
- 5 46.7 July 29
Terr. Mark
s
270 18 28
17 59
_
23 52
- 6 2.7 Aug. 2
**
N
89 41 32
41 12.5
Page
The watch was in this case the chronometer Iversen. Cloudy.
7. For Remarks 8) and 9) read: Assumed star S Persei and + 10' to circle Oc. N.
8. July 5. Assumed U. L. for L. L.
17. Remark 4). For the read be.
24. The following observations are to be inserted:
1896
May 8
31.
32.
47.
64.
65.
74.
77.
88.
107.
117.
119.
Sun [U. L.]
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
h m s
o * n
I It
S
19 10 44
289 53 45
53 5.5
E 10.8 W 16.4
N
17 5
69 57 11
56 26.5
E 13.1 W 13.3
26. Among the days of determination of Index error is to be inserted:
30. September 28. Remark: Ass. corr. + 10' to the fourth altitude.
The following observations are to be inserted:
1894 May 20.
1893
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W
h m s
/ U
h m
m s
Nov. 22
a Cygni
Jupiter L. L.
Merc.
n
21 28 53.5
21 47 48
109 54 35
42 14 45
19 36
23 47
+ 7 4.3
+ 7 6.3
March 30. Hw-W for l m 39s.2 read l m 39".7.
April 23. Sextant for 2 12' read 3 12'.
May 23. Col. Remarks, cancel [Omitted],
April 25. Col. A, for 268 5' 11" read 268 28' 45".
August 2. Last observation of C, for 182 read 181.
November 1. Magn. Decl. for 27.4 read 26.65.
Line 5 from bottom, for must read had to.
October 2. M. T.-Hw for 44s read 46" ; N. Lat. for 78 52'.2 read 78 51. '8.
Aug. 8. N. Lat. for 80 55. '0 read 81 5/0.
April 26, last observation, LT I, for 43s read 53" (gives the E. Long. 1 ' greater).
June 4, third line, for some read same.
INTRODUCTION.
Astronomical and Nautical Instruments.
The following is an enumeration and brief description of the instruments
used for astronomical observations.
Altazimuth by C. H. G. OLSEN in Christiania. The horizontal and vertical
circles, of 21 cm. diameter, are graduated on platinum to 10' and read off
by two microscopes placed diametrically reading to 10", the single seconds
being easily estimated. The microscopes for the horizontal circle follow the
instrument in the motion about the vertical axis, the horizontal circle being
fixed, while the vertical circle follows the telescope in the motion about the
horizontal axis, the corresponding microscopes being fixed at the ends of the
horizontal diameter. The alidade bearing these microscopes is provided with
a fixed level, adjustable by screw and spring working on an arm going
downwards from the centre. Both circles being graduated from left to right,
as seen from the centre, the correction to the reading of the vertical circle
is positive when the right end of the level is the higher. The level is divided
from the middle and the angular value of a part was given by the maker as
4", which was found to be sufficiently accurate; consequently the difference
between the readings of the two ends of the bubble, multiplied by 2, gives
the correction to the circle-reading in seconds. The degrees and tens of
minutes are for both circles read off by an index, which is, for the vertical
circle, placed at the top.
The microscopes of both circles were always pointed to two adjacent
division lines, one on each side of the central notch marking the zero of
single minutes in the field of the microscope. Generally the two readings
did not differ by more than the accidental error of pointing, a few seconds;
VIII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
during the last year (from the autumn of 1895) the right microscope for the
vertical circle seems, however, to have got somewhat out of adjustment, the
difference between the two readings being generally about 20" and in some
cases reaching 30". As there are not sufficient data to take this difference
into due consideration it has been necessary to take the simple mean in all
cases. When it happened that a division-line was near the middle of the
field of the microscope, the observer often pointed the micrometer wires to a
line on each side, and the mean of the three was then taken.
The telescope has an aperture of about 5 cm. and 42 cm. focal length.
It was provided with two eyepieces giving magnifying powers of about 30
and 40. The optical axis is broken by a reflecting prism and the eyepiece
placed at one end of the horizontal axis. The illumination of the field comes
from a lamp at the other end of the axis. The wires in the focus are fine
lines engraved on glass. There was a set of 13 wires (vertical in the hori-
zontal position of the telescope) but only the middle wire and the horizontal
wire were used for the observations.
The striding level of the horizontal axis is divided from the middle; one
division = 4". As this level must always be read off in the two opposite
positions, the sum of the two differences will give the inclination of the axis
in seconds.
1896, May 6, it was noticed by Capt. SVERDRUP that the motion of the
telescope about the horizontal axis was not quite independent of that of the
alidade; when the screw working on the arm of the latter was turned (in
order to get the bubble of the level in a convenient position) it had an effect
of some seconds on the pointing of the telescope. Lieutenant SCOTT-HANSEN
took the instrument on board, loosened the parts and cleaned them, but the
error was still perceptible in some positions of the instrument. It is of course
only when the screw is touched between the pointing of the star and the
reading of the microscopes and level, that this can introduce an error in the
observation, but Mr. SCOTT-HANSEN is of opinion that such an error may occur
in some of the observations from the winter 1895 96. Before the cleaning
of the instrument he made some experiments in order to ascertain the amount,
and found the maximum effect to be about 50".
This instrument is at present on board the From on Capt. SVERDRUP'S
expedition to Greenland.
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. INSTRUMENTS. IX
A small altazimuth by Olsen. The circles have diameters of 10 cm.
and are graduated to half degrees, two opposite verniers giving the single
minutes. The relative movement of circles and reading-apparatus is the same
as in the larger instrument. A fixed level, placed parallel to the vertical
circle, was read off on measuring altitudes, but its position was not such
that it can be considered as an alidade-level. It is divided from the middle
in parts of 0'.8. The telescope, whose axis is broken by a reflecting prism,
has an aperture of 2 cm, a focal length of 16 cm., and a magnifying power
of 12. The wires in the focus consist of one horizontal and two vertical
lines (about 4' apart) engraved on glass.
This instrument was not much used on board but followed Mr. Nansen
on his sledge expedition.
A sextant by Hechelmann, of the usual construction, giving the angles
to 10". Usually the altitudes were measured from the ice as a natural
horizon or over a basin of mercury as an artificial horizon. On some few
occasions a glass horizon by Negretti & Zambra was used; the level which
was read off in its two positions, when placed in the vertical plane of the
celestial object, was divided to 2'.6. There was also another glass horizon
with aluminium mounting, by Porter, which was only used 1893 September
28 and October 2; its level was divided to 3'.9. Occasionally a trough of
tar or a pool of water on the ice was used as an artificial horizon.
The astronomical telescope was almost invariably used.
A small pocket sextant by Gary, London, was used by Mr. Nansen on
his sledge expedition. The limb, of radius 4.5 cm., is divided to half degrees,
the vernier giving single minutes. The instrument is made of aluminium
which did not, however, prove to be a good metal for this purpose, the
screws becoming immoveable from oxidation.
Several compasses, among them an azimuth-compass by Hechelmann
with 8 small needles suspended by silk wires. The card, divided to degrees,
has a diameter of 21 cm. The reading of the card was always made both
ways, the eye being held in the plane through the vertical and the horizontal
wire of the diopter-apparatus, either before the thread or before the slit.
2
X GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
This compass was often used on the ice at a convenient distance from the
ship. It was provided with a mirror, placed before the wire-vane of the
sight, and moveable about a horizontal axis.
Besides the steering compass, which was placed before the wheel, behind
the mizzen mast, and which could be provided with sights, there was an
azimuth dial on the bridge, suspended in gimbals; diameter 15.5 cm., distance
between the sights 12.5 cm. This was often used to take the bearing of
the Sun or a star in order to determine the combined magnetic declination
and deviation on board.
Two small compasses by Olsen with sharp needles pointing to the rim
which was divided into degrees. The suspension is by agate cups on steel
pins. The one is mounted in a brass box and has a needle of 64 mm.
length, the other an aluminium box and needle of 59 mm. length. Both
were used by Mr. Nansen on the sledge-expedition, and on some few occasions
by Mr. Scott-Hansen before Nansen's departure.
A telescope by Negretti and Zambra, with an aperture of 7.4 cm., the
astronomical eyepiece giving a power of 65. The principal use of this
instrument was the observation of eclipses of Jupiter's Satellites. A smaller
telescope of aluminium was used by Mr. Nansen on the sledge-expedition.
The chronometers and their installation will be mentioned in another
paragraph.
Lieut. Scott-Hansen, who has made by far the most of the observations,
has expressed a desire to acknowledge, on this occasion, the good services of
his assistants, Mr. JOHANSEN and Mr. NORDAHL, the latter after Johansen's
departure with Nansen on the sledge-expedition.
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. LATITUDE AND LOCAL TIME. XI
Determination of Latitude and Local Time.
Latitude and local time were always determined by observation of alti-
tudes. The altazimuths, especially the larger instrument, were almost inva-
riably used for stars, in many cases also for the sun. They were then mounted
near the ship on an ice pillar, surmounted by a slab of slate. After levelling,
the time of pointing on the star was noted by a watch (generally compared
before and after with the standard chronometer) and then the vertical circle
and its level read off. With few exceptions every star was observed in the
two positions of the instrument, with the object glass to the right and to the
left of the observer placed at the end of the horizontal axis. The general
rule was to determine the latitude and local time simultaneously by taking
two stars in azimuths differing about 90.
As the zenith point for the vertical circle of the large altazimuth never
differed more than some seconds from 0, the circle-reading for a point above
the horizon was either between and 90, when the object glass was to
the left of the observer, or between 270 and 360, when it was to the right.
For the sake of brevity these two cases shall be distinguished by the
notation "small numbers" and "great numbers". Supposing the zenith point
to be exactly O 7 0", the apparent altitude will be
Circle-reading 270 0' 0" for great numbers
and 90 0' 0" Circle-reading for small numbers,
when the circle-reading includes the correction for level in the sense right
left. When the zenith point differs from 0' 0", the numbers 90 0' 0" and
270 0' 0" are subject to the same change.
For the reduction to true altitude BESSEL'S refraction was used, as given
in ALBRECHT'S "Formeln und Hillfstafeln fur geographische Ortsbestimmungen",
with an extension of the temperature table down to 50 C., calculated by
Bessel's formula.
On taking the mean of the two altitudes of the same star, as shown
above, the result is free from any error in the assumed zenith point; but as
the mean of the altitudes does not always correspond, with sufficient accuracy,
to the mean of clock-times, it is necessary to apply a correction on this
account, when the observations are treated in this manner.
XII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
When one star was taken near the meridian, the other near the prime
vertical, which was frequently the case, the first could be used for the
latitude, the other for the clock error. In some cases the reduction was
accordingly made in this manner. But as the calculation of one of these
quantities requires the knowledge of the other, and the drift of the ship from
the time of the last observation was unknown, it was always necessary
to apply corrections afterwards by a differential formula. For the great mass
of these observations of two stars it was therefore preferred to deduce the
definitive latitude and clock error at once by means of the two given alti-
tudes and declinations, the difference of right ascensions and the difference
of clock times, reduced to sidereal time. It will not be necessary to repro-
duce here the formulae used, the method being well known. As a control
on the computation as well as on the observations, the computation was
generally carried out in duplicate, the two altitudes taken in the same position
of the instrument (both with "great numbers" or both with "small numbers")
being combined together. Both results are then affected by a possible error
of the assumed zenith point, but in contrary directions, so that in the mean
of the two the error will be very nearly eliminated, as may be seen from
the following differential formulee, where h and h' are the altitudes of the
two stars taken in the same position of the instrument, a and a' the corres-
ponding azimuths, q> the latitude and 9 the clock correction (i. e. local time
minus clock time):
sin a . dh' sin a' . dh
de =
sin (a' a)
cos a' dh cos a
sin (a' a) cos ^
When the altitudes are subject to no other errors than that of the
assumed zenith point, dh = dh' for the one position of the instrument and
likewise for the other, but then with opposite sign; and as the coefficients
depending on the azimuths are nearly the same in both combinations, the
errors of the two results are nearly equal and opposite. The same formulae
may of course also serve to compute the correction to the zenith point when
required.
If one of the altitudes, or both, are the means of a series, and the mean
of the clock times (T or T) requires a sensible correction in order to corres-
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. LATITUDE AND LOCAL TIME.
XIII
pond to the mean of altitudes, the corrections to the latitude and hour angle,
as computed by the original numbers, will be:
At =
si" a sin ' cos
sin (a' a)
sin a cos a
sin (a' a)
' T) and d<9 = dl AT.
It happened sometimes that one star was observed in both positions of
the instrument, but the other only in one. In order to utilise the latter it
was necessary to deduce the zenith point from the first. If x is the correction
to the assumed zenith point, h l and fe 2 the two altitudes of the same star,
as following from this assumption, t l and t 2 the corresponding hour angles
(suffix 1 and 2 corresponding to small and great numbers) d the declination,
the following exact formula
cos
sin (^ i -2-^+ a5 ) =
,
cos ( cosd sin
. sin
2 "\2
may be safely replaced by
h h, hn -4- h, . t, -f- << ^o ^i
-J- -J- "s gf> cos a sec i I sm 2 i ' . -^ * ,
cos
2
2
<j <! being the difference of clock times reduced to sidereal time, and of
course expressed in the same units as h t fo,. When approximate values
of latitude and clock error have been computed from the altitudes of the two
stars, measured in the same position of the instrument, x can be computed
by this formula, after which the differential formulae above give the required
corrections to the preliminary results.
The few altitudes of stars taken with the small instrument have been
treated in the same manner, only that the mean of altitudes and mean of
clock times have been used without further correction. The zenith point of
this instrument was generally 180 but was found on one occasion to be
about 179 30'.
During the time of the year with no Sun or only a very low Sun, but
no stars visible to the naked eye, which interval may be rather long in high
latitudes, Lieut. SCOTT-HANSEN made preliminary calculations in order to find
the stars in the telescope of the large altazimuth.
XIV GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
In summer time only the Sun was available for observation. These
altitudes were mostly taken with the sextant, but some also with the altazi-
muth. The results of these observations, especially the clock error, are
generally subject to greater uncertainty than those of the winter observations,
by reason of the interval of several hours between the determinations of
latitude and time. While in many cases the time could be safely computed
by means of the latitude deduced from the nearest meridian altitude, it was
in other cases necessary to allow for the drift of the ice, and the interpolation
necessary for this purpose is of course always somewhat uncertain. When
the latitude was determined by extra- meridian altitudes the same remark
applies, so that sometimes repeated corrections were necessary. Only in a
few cases was the clock error determined by equal altitudes of the Sun,
which were, for the same reason, generally treated as absolute altitudes. In
some cases when a series of circum-meridian altitudes had been taken, the
moment of apparent noon could be deduced with sufficient approximation
from the differences, and thus the time be determined as well as the latitude.
In some few cases, when two or more altitudes of the Sun had been taken
near the prime vertical, one of the computers, Mr. ALEXANDER, has with
advantage employed the differences for determination of latitude.
Some observations taken with the altazimuth during the last summer
(1896) have been treated in the same manner as the star observations, thus
neglecting the drift in the interval.
Occasionally altitudes of very low stars or a low Sun were measured
in connection with the ordinary determination of time and latitude, especially
during severe cold, in order to determine the refraction.
For the reduction of altitudes measured with the sextant from the natural
horizon it was deemed most correct to form a table for the dip, adapted to
the peculiar circumstances, though the difference from the values ordinarily
used are not of importance. The expression for the dip of the horizon may
be written
where S = 206 265", H is the height of the eye, p the average radius of
curvature for the part of the earth under consideration, and k the constant
of terrestrial refraction. The theoretical expression for this constant contains
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. LATITUDE AND LOCAL TIME. XV
273
the factor 97 o i / > where t is the centrigrade temperature; consequently
two values k and k* corresponding to the temperatures t and t' are connected
by the equation
k _ 273 + f
The tables in use among our sailors, which are adapted to a certain
curvature Q' and a certain mean temperature t', give D = 600" for a height
of 100 feet (norw.) = 31.37 metres; consequently k' may be deduced from
the equation
600 = 8 1 (1 V).
Supposing Q' to give the average curvature for latitude 50 (log Q' =
6.8049), this equation gives
V = 0.139,
and supposing further this value to be adapted to a temperature f = 10 C.,
the value corresponding to t = 20, which may be taken as a mean tem-
perature in the polar regions, is
k = fc/ = - 156
Taking finally the curvature for 80 of latitude (log Q = 6.8060) the
expression for the normal dip of the horizon in the polar regions will be
D = 106".0 |/ height in metres,
from which a table was formed. Casual irregularities may of course con-
siderably surpass the difference between this and the mean value for tempe-
rate regions. Observations of the midnight Sun in 1894, as compared with
southern altitudes taken over an artificial horizon, seem to indicate a smaller
value of the dip.
During the voyage along the coast of Siberia the Sun's altitude was
sometimes measured from a coast line at a given or estimated distance.
Supposing the depression of this coast line, as seen from the height H, to
be the sum of the dip for an eye's height H' having the coast line in the
apparent horizon, and the angle between the two straight lines, issuing from
XVI GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
the points in heights H and H' to the point in question, the expression
will be
C H , *
where y is the given distance in miles (or minutes of arc) and C is the
number of minutes in an arc of circle equal to the radius (3438). Using the
above values of k and Q and multiplying by 60, this gives
x = 110".8 - + 25".3 y
when H is expressed in metres.
On taking the altitude of a star with an artificial horizon it happened
twice that one star was combined with the reflected image of another nearly
in the same vertical (a and y Cygni, Castor and Pollux). These observations
were utilised in the following manner. As soon as it was detected which
stars had been observed, a preliminary calculation would give with sufficient
accuracy their difference of azimuth. If H and h are the true altitudes of
the two stars, D and d their declinations, R and r their right ascensions,
A and a their azimuths, and P the measured angle diminished by a quantity
corresponding to the sum of refractions, which could be found by the same
preliminary calculation, the true altitudes are given by the following equations:
A _ a
cos (H + h) = cos P + 2cos H cos h sin 2 ~-
TT I. TJ -J D __^_ y. ,4 fj
sin 2 g = sin 2 ~ (- cos D cos d sin 2 5 cos H cos ft sin 2 ^
where approximate values of H and ft will suffice on the right.
The determinations of time and latitude near the observations of Lunar
Distances and of Solar Eclipses, the observations taken at sea in 1893 and
on the sledge expedition, and some few others, have been computed by the
writer, all the others by Mr. A. ALEXANDER, teacher of mathematics at the
Royal Military Academy, and Mr. A. GRAARUD, assistant at the Norwegian
Meteorological Institute, both in Christiania.
The present volume contains all that is necessary for the reduction,
except the meteorological data. An approximate value of the temperature
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. AZIMUTH. XVII
may be inferred from the length of the level-bubble for the vertical circle of
the large altazimuth (List A of Observations) the length being about 20 for
and about 38 for 50 C.
Determination of Azimuth.
The astronomical foundation for the determination of magnetic declination
was furnished either by the altazimuth or by an azimuth-compass, or in
some cases by a magnetic theodolite.
In the first case the telescope was first pointed to the magnetic observa-
tory (either a centered mark or the objective of the magnetic theodolite, illu-
minated from behind) and the horizontal circle read off on both microscopes ;
then to the Sun or a star (either one of the stars whose altitudes were meas-
ured for time and latitude, or, more frequently, a lower one) and the hori-
zontal circle and striding level read off after the noting of the time. Some-
times the observations were repeated in the other position of the instrument.
If C r and Ci are the circle readings for a terrestrial mark in or near the
horizon, respectively with obj. right and obj. left, and the error of collimation
(c) is defined by the condition that the objective end of the optical axis forms
the angle 90 -}- c with the ocular end of the instrument's horizontal axis, then
C = * (O r -C,)
of course neglecting the difference of 180.
If R and L are the readings of the right and left end of the striding
level, as seen by an observer facing the same way as the object glass, and if
further the inclination of the axis is defined as positive when the right end
is the higher, then
p being the value of a division of the level. As remarked before, the sum
of the two differences R L, corresponding to the two positions of the level,
will for this instrument give the inclination in seconds of arc.
3
XVIII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. (NORW. POL . E XP.
If a be the azimuth of the star at the moment of observation, reckoned
from south through west, as computed from the given declination, latitude
and clock error,
A = 180 + a + i tg h c sec h
will be the azimuth, from north through east, corresponding to the circle rea-
ding 5 for the star; here h is the apparent altitude of the star, the double
sign of c corresponding to obj. right and obj. left.
It has not been necessary to take account of the collimation. For the
high stars the effect is eliminated in the mean, as the observations were taken
in both positions of the instrument and the altitudes were nearly the same
on both occasions. This is, however, not visible from the circle-readings, which
ought to differ by about 180, but do not do so, the observer having always
added 180 to the second circle-reading. When the small altazimuth was used
the difference of 180 has been retained.
For some low stars, observed only in one position of the instrument, the
effect of collimation will be very nearly the same as for the terrestrial mark,
supposing both to have been observed in the same position of the objective
relative to the observer, which has not always been expressly stated.
The accuracy of angle-measuring with the magnetic theodolite being infe-
rior to that of the large altazimuth, a few seconds of arc are of no impor-
tance in the determination of azimuth.
The values of the angle C S-\-A, where C is the circle-reading for the
mark in the magnetic observatory, were transmitted to Mr. STEEN for applica-
tion in the reduction of the observations of declination.
On several occasions the Sun was observed directly with the magnetic
theodolite.
Lieut. SCOTT-HANSEN also made a great number of independent determi-
nations of the magnetic declination by means of the azimuth compass, which
was for this purpose mounted on the ice at a distance of at least 60 paces
from the ship. The observations then consisted in simply noting the time
when the Sun or a star passed the plane of the sights, and reading off the
card of the compass. The reduction of these observations does not call for
any further remark.
Most of the azimuth-observations have been computed by Mr. ALEXANDER
and Mr. GRAARUD.
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS. XIX
Longitude, and Rate of Chronometers.
The expedition was equipped with 3 Mean Time chronometers : Kutter
24, belonging to the ship, Hohwu 639 lent by the University Observatory in
Christiania, and Iversen 961, lent by the maker, Mr. Iversen in Bergen. A
fourth box chronometer, Frodsham 3555, lent by the Norwegian Meteorologi-
cal Institute, was regulated to Sidereal Time some time before the departure
and began with a small losing rate, which, however, continually increased
during the first winter, and reached the inconveniently large value of between
5 and 7 seconds a day. It was not used for the observations of stars but
only for some magnetical observations, and served for the daily comparisons
by coincidences. These four chronometers will be designated in what follows
by Kt, Hw, Iv and Fr respectively.
There were also on board a number of pocket chronometers and watches,
one of which was always used for the astronomical observations and com-
pared with Hw, generally before and after each observation. The observation
watch was also compared daily with Hw at the time of comparison for the
box chronometers.
The box chronometers were placed on two shelves in Lieut. SCOTT-HAN-
SEN'S cabin, Htv and Fr only 16 cm., Kt and Iv 60 cm. above the deck. A
thermometer which was placed in the lower shelf with the bulb 17 cm. above
the deck, was read off at the time of the daily comparisons. In the same
cabin was also a thermograph, 80 cm. above the deck, which was working
almost continuously from 1893 July 5 to 1896 August 10. The thermograph
was compared daily with a thermometer placed by its side and with the thermo-
meter in the lower chronometer shelf. By means of this last comparison and
the daily reading of the thermometer in the shelf, which can be compared
with the thermograph-sheets for the same time, the mean temperature of the
two lower chronometers can be determined with sufficient accuracy.
Between the last Time Signal from the Christiania Observatory received
at Vardo 1893 July 19 and the first after the return, received at Tromso
1896 August 23, a good many observations were taken which can be used
XX GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
to determine the Greenwich Time. It was necessary to utilise them all, not
only for the sake of longitude, but also to get a sufficiently accurate deter-
mination of the rate of the chronometers which were used for the pendulum
observations with the Sterneck-apparatus. The ordinary determinations of local
time are quite useless for this purpose, because the ship was continually drif-
ting and even a small drift east or west will have a considerable influence
on the Local Time in these high latitudes.
The observations for the determination of Greenwich Time were, however,
very different in point of accuracy. They shall now be considered.
Solar Eclipses.
1894 April 5 (April 6 on board). The greatest phase of this eclipse,
which took place about 2 o'clock in the afternoon, was 0'58. The same
evening, about 11 o'clock, altitudes of Cassiopeia? and y Draconis gave the
latitude 80 13' 5" and the error of Htv 8 h 18 m 9 s slow on Local M. T. As
Mr. Scott-Hansen had made an approximate calculation of the moments of
contact, 3 observers were ready with the telescope of Negretti and Zambra
and the altazimuth, viz. NANSEN, SCOTT-HANSEN and JOHANSEN. As they were
of course on the look-out in good time before the calculated time of 1 st con-
tact they shifted positions ; at the time of observation Nansen happened to be
at the clock, Scott-Hansen at the telescope and Johansen at the altazimuth.
At first contact both observers called out at the same moment, which was
(reduced to Hw)
April 5, 16 h 35 m 43 s .
As nothing is to be seen at the moment of geometrical contact, this is
of course some seconds late. At the second contact the observer at the alta-
zimuth called out at
1) 18 h 31 m 25 s
when the little notch was estimated to be of the same size as at I 8t contact.
Scott-Hansen noted the time as
2) 18 h 31 m 36 s
when the last trace vanished in the telescope. He adds the remark that the
image was very sharp.
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS. XXI
The observations have been calculated with the Besselian elements given
in the Connaissance des Temps, and the results have been combined as
follows :
1 st contact, Htv Gr. M. T. = 42 m 12 s
2 nd [1] = 41 27
Mean 41 49.5
2nd _ [ 2 ] Hw _ Gr> M T. = 41 38
Definitive mean =41 44
On account of Mr. Scott-Hansen's remark about his observation of the
2 nd contact it was deemed reasonable to give it the same weight as the mean
of the two others. If the two notches which were estimated alike had been
exactly so, the first mean would be nearer the truth, but the difference is not
of any importance.
1895 March 25 (March 26 on board). The circumstances of this eclipse
which took place about 6 in the afternoon were much less favorable than the
former. The greatest phase was only 0.045, and the limb of the very low
sun was so boiling, especially at 2 nd contact, that the observations were very
difficult.
No stars were observed the same day, but altitudes of ij Ursse Majoris
and Cygni were taken the day before and the day after; the mean of the
results, which differ only 24" in latitude and 54" in time, was latitude 84 8' 22"
and Htv 5 h 58 m 51 s slow on Local Mean Time.
The observers were SCOTT-HANSEN at the telescope and SVERDRUP at the
altazimuth. At 2 nd contact both observers took care to note, as nearly as
possible, the moment when the notch was apparently of the same magnitude
as at 1 st contact. The moments, reduced to Htv, were
( 23 h 36 m 49 s Hansen
1 st contact <
{ 23 36 54 Sverdrup
f 13 42 Sverdrup
{ 14 39 Hansen
Last trace in the boiling limb 14 54 Sverdrup
XXII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
The calculation by means of the Gonnaissance des Temps gave the results
( I 8t contact, Htv Gr. M. T. = 40 m 58" )
Hansen \ \ 39 m 53 s
( 2 nd - - =38 48 j
f 1 st contact, Hto Gr. M. T. = 41
Sverdrupf
1 2 nd - == 37
Sverdrup, last trace
In this case it was not deemed safe to use the last as an independent
observation, because it was made with the small instrument and a very boi-
ling limb. The mean of the two others is
Hw Gr. M. T. = 39 m 40".
Preparations were also made for observing the Eclipse of 1895 Aug. 20
which was calculated to have a duration of about 33 m . Three circummeridian
altitudes of the sun the same day (some 6 hours before) gave the latitude
84 IT 49" and the error of Hw approximately 4 h 31 m s late, but the ship
had a considerable south-easterly drift in these days. There was, however,
a gale blowing with snow almost the whole afternoon. A clear interval, begin-
ning some minutes after 1 st contact, made it possible to follow the eclipse
until a moment which was estimated to be 4 6 minutes before 2 nd contact. A
calculation has shown that this estimate was a couple of minutes too small.
Lunar Distances.
On some occasions the Moon's distance was measured from the Sun (once),
Jupiter (5 times), Mars or Pollux (once each). According to nautical usage
the altitudes of the two objects were measured before and after the distances
in order to get, by interpolation, the altitudes at the moment of the mean of
the distances; it was, however, preferred to calculate these altitudes and to
use the measured altitudes as a means of completing the determinations of
time and latitude. In most cases these altitudes were taken with the altazi-
muth, but only in one position of the instrument; the zenith point of the
vertical circle was then deduced from neighbouring observations.
The measured distances will be found among the other observations with
the sextant. In the computation due regard was taken to the elliptical figure
of the disc due to refraction and to the small effect of the Moon's parallax in
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS. XXIII
azimuth. For the determination of the apparent altitudes the refraction corres-
ponding to the meteorological conditions was of course used; while an error
affecting the true and the apparent altitude alike has only an insensible effect
on the calculation of the true distance (being multiplied by the Sine of the
difference between true and apparent altitude) an error in the refraction or
parallax would affect the true distance by a quantity of the same order as
the error itself.
The results are not satisfactory. In some cases when the observations
have been taken with intervals of a few days or weeks, the chronometers are
unanimous in protesting against the deduced Greenwich times. As the tempe-
rature during these observations was only once (1896 April 22) as high as
16 C., and on all the other occasions between 27 and 43, it is prob-
able that the sextant was affected with errors that would not have been of
great importance for ordinary altitudes of the Sun, but which proved fatal
to the delicate operation of determining the longitude by Lunar Distances. It
is also to be remarked that the index error was not determined on each occa-
sion but for some time considered as constant, because a determination in
August 1893 in the Barents Sea and another off the mouth of Lena shortly
before the enclosure in the ice had given identical results.
It would of course have been better to use the altazimuth for determining
the difference of azimuth between the Moon and a star or the Sun, and thence
deduce the Moon's right ascension. But as it happened that the planet Jupiter
was circumpolar during all the 3 years of enclosure in the ice and so was
always at hand when the Sun was absent, it was found to be a much more
ready means of getting an approximate longitude to observe the eclipses of
Jupiter's Satellites and compare with the predicted times in the Nautical Al-
manac.
The results of the Lunar Distances are included in a table below (Tab. c)
containing the results of these Eclipses.
Eclipses of Jupiter's Satellites.
The observed moment of commencement or end of an eclipse of a Satel-
lite is dependent on many circumstances, the aperture of the telescope being
perhaps the most important. As the predicted times are sometimes seriously
XXIV GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
in error, especially for the outer Satellites, it was thought at first that a suffi-
cient number of the more than 80 phenomena observed on board the Fram
would be found to have been observed also in other places with known longi-
tudes, in which case the error of theory could be eliminated. But only a few
such cases could be found, and in two of these is turned out that the same
phenomenon had been observed in 2 or more places in Europe, but with such
discordances that evidently no reliable result could be obtained in this way.
But as a great number of observations made in Europe and Australia in
the years 1893 96 have been published it was thought possible to utilise the
whole mass as a means of deducing empirical corrections to the predicted
times for the periods of observation on board the Fram. This has been
tried in the manner explained hereafter.
It should be stated that the imperfection of prediction is not so much due
to theory proper ; for the theory of LAPLACE with the small additions of SOUIL-
LART and ADAMS would certainly be amply sufficient; but the difficulty is with
the determination of the numerous constants, required by theory, but neces-
sarily deduced from observations. In this respect nothing has been done, so
for as I know, since the times of DELAMBRE and DAMOISEAU ; at all events the
predictions of the Nautical Almanac are based on the Tables of Damoiseau,
continued and corrected, for Tables I and III, by Adams (Scientific Papers,
Vol. I, p. 113). But the old determination of the constants is far from satis-
factory. Thus Damoiseau states in the introduction to his Tables that the
adopted value of the inclination of Jupiter's equator to his orbit, 3 4' 5", was
determined from observations of eclipses of Sat. Ill, but that Sat. IV gave
another value, smaller by 2' 47", and that this smaller value has been used
for this Satellite. In this connection it may be remarked, that if the coeffi-
cient of the equation tabulated in Damoiseau's Table XXIII for Sat. IV be
multiplied by 1.015, corresponding to an augmentation by 2' 47" of the said
angle, the eclipse of 1895 January 17, which was predicted to have a dura-
tion of more than half an hour, would disappear; and in point of fact the
Satellite was observed by Mr. Scott-Hansen during a large part of the pre-
dicted time of eclipse without any sensible diminution of its brightness. Of
course I do not mean to say that Damoiseau's Tables can be corrected in
this rough manner; the remark is made only to adduce an example of a
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS. XXV
weak point in the numerical part of the foundations. It is also expressly
stated by Damoiseau that some of his constants require further investigation.
In order to deduce empirical corrections which can be used for the Fra/m-
observations it was first necessary to reduce the continental observations to
some common standard in regard to extraneous circumstances. It is well
known that the treatment of observations of these eclipses is difficult. Some
25 years ago Professor DE GLASENAPP of St. Petersburg made an elaborate
investigation principally with the intention of deducing the light-equation from
a large series of observations of Sat. I. By the courtesy of the author I am
in possession of the original memoir, but as I am quite unacquainted with
the Russian language, my knowledge of its contents rests on a very clear
abstract given by Mr. DOWNING in "The Observatory", Vol. XII. It was
necessary for the author's purpose to take into consideration : the aperture of
the telescope, the absorption of light by the atmosphere and its dependence on
the altitude, the Planet's distance from the Earth, the excentricity of Jupiter's
orbit, the phase, the Satellite's angular distance from the Planet at the time
of reappearance or disappearance, and the effect of the penumbra. The final
result is not encouraging for the treatment of such observations. After having
deduced the light-equation and two other quantities from the observations,
reduced to a common standard in regard to the circumstances named above,
Mr. de Glasenapp had the happy idea to solve his equations afresh, using the
observed times as they stand. The probable errors in this latter case are not
much greater than in the first, which means that the discordances between
the predicted and the observed times of disappearance and reappearance of
Sat. I may, to a large extent, be considered as accidental.
For the purpose of utilising the .Fram-observations the case is so far
different that there is no question about the absolute moment of the Satellite's
centre being on the limb of the shadow, and that the outer Satellites are of
the same importance as Sat. I. As the telescope used on board was consi-
derably smaller than those generally used in observatories for the same ob-
servations, it was necessary to take account of the aperture ; and it must also
be admitted that the Planet's distance from the Earth may have a sensible
effect on the magnitude of the "invisible segment 1 ', i. e. the illuminated por-
tion of the Satellite's disc which is at the limit of visibility for a given tele-
scope. As to the absorption of light at different altitudes, the writer was in
\
XXVI GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
some doubt whether it would be safe to neglect it, but finally it was decided
to put it in the great bag of accidental errors, the most important of which
is, perhaps, the difference in the keenness of sight for the different observers.
It is true that the difference of absorption may have an effect of systematic
character, because the Planet's altitude in the high latitudes of the From
was of course on the average smaller than in Europe and Australia; but as
this effect will be of contrary sign for disappearance and reappearance, it
might be expected to make itself manifest and thus give the means for elimi-
nation from the whole mass of observations.
The problem to be solved is firstly to find, by pairs of observations of
the same phenomenon, made with telescopes of different aperture, the breadth
of the invisible segment corresponding to a standard aperture and an arbitra-
rily chosen distance; then to apply the values found for disappearance (D)
and reappearance (R) of the different Satellites to all the continental observa-
tions taken during the period of polar observations, in order to deduce such
corrections to the predicted times that they will correspond to the telescope of
the From. A convenient form for the calculations has been found by the
following considerations.
As the connection between the variation of the illuminated portion of a
Satellite, crossing the surface of the shadow, and the time, depends on the
position of the chord described by the Satellite's centre during the eclipse,
certain quantities must be taken out of Damoiseau's Tables, the foundation
of which is the theory of Laplace contained in Mecanique Celeste, Livr. VIII.
For the quantities taken from this theory the notation of Laplace has been
retained as far as convenient.
The signification of the letters employed below is :
x the breadth of the invisible segment, as seen with a telescope of the
standard aperture A, when Jupiter is at the standard distance D from
the Earth, x may be expressed in parts of the Satellite's radius or in
some other convenient unit.
T l and T z the times for the same phenomenon observed by means of tele-
scopes of aperture A^ and A^ but as far as possible in similar circum-
stances in other respects.
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS. XXVII
D' Jupiter's distance from the Earth at the time of observation (known from
the ephemerides).
the ellipticity of the section of the shadow traversed by the Satellite (a
little different for the different Satellites).
a the semi major axis of the same section, corresponding to the mean dis-
tances of Satellite and Planet.
ft the jovicentric angular value of a.
s the Satellite's jovicentric latitude above the plane of Jupiter's orbit at the
moment of heliocentric conjunction. In the case of the shadow Laplace
neglects the angle between Jupiter's equator and the plane of his orbit,
because its effect would be of the same order as the square of the ellip-
ticity, which is also neglected.
y the angle between the Satellite's relative motion at conjunction and the
circle of latitude (towards the north). Owing to the small inclinations y
is never much different from 90.
tv the Satellite's jovicentric motion in one second of time, expressed in some
convenient unit.
The quantities s and y may be calculated by means of Damoiseau's
Tables in the following manner. According to Laplace
where M is the number so designated by Damoiseau and taken out of his
Tables by means of the arguments given in Adams' continuation ; K is the
sum of constants added in order to make all tabular numbers positive 1 .
M K is the quantity called by Laplace.
The angle y is given by the equation
ds
cosy=^
where dv is the Satellite's jovicentric motion in its orbit. This can be found
by means of the quantity called "reduction" in Damoiseau's Tables, but more
readily and in some cases more accurately by the following consideration.
M K is of the form
1 In the case of Sat. II, K is given by Damoiseau as 0.6400, but has been here applied
as 0.6415, because the numbers of his Table XXIV are 0.0015 too great.
XXVIII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
M K= h sin H + * sin J + etc.
where the rate of change of the arguments H, I etc. is so little different from
the rate of change of v that they may be considered as equal during an
eclipse. Consequently
- = . \_ (h cos H-}- i cos I -+- etc.) =
[h sin (J5T+ 90) + i sin (/ + 90) + etc.].
Or the arguments which have already served for finding s will, when
they are' all augmented by 90, give cos y.
D
In the figure A is the centre of the elliptic shadow, AD = a, C the centre
o
of the Satellite, CB the line of its relative motion, AB= -r . a, ABC = y.
P
The Satellite is supposed to be in such a position that a certain fraction a of
its radius r is outside the shadow. The connection between the difference of
observed times of a disappearance (or reappearance) and the variation of the
breadth of the invisible segment depends on the angle DAC = u. This of
course varies during the observations, but may here with sufficient accuracy
be considered as constant for a given phenomenon, corresponding to a given
value of the fraction a. It would not be difficult to take account of the phase
of the Satellite, which can never exceed 0.02 r, but it is also easily seen that
it is of no importance in this connection. The angle u can be determined
by the triangle ABC, where the angle ACB = 90-{-u y and
cos (y u) sin y
AB ' ~AC~'
Now as the elliptic radius corresponding to the direction u is, neglecting the
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS. XXIX
square of the ellipticity, a (1 Q sin 2 ) it follows that A C = a (1 Q sin 2 u)
(1 a)r = a [1 Q sin 2 w (1 a)b], when & is the Satellite's radius expres-
sed as a fraction of a; from observations in recent years this is sufficiently
well known. Consequently
s.sin y
COS ~
Here all quantities, except u, are known as soon as a convenient choice
of the fraction a is made. The equation gives 2 values of y u, one for D,
the other, with contrary sign, for R. The angle u is considered as negative
on the south side of AD.
It is seen from the same figure that if the breadth h of the segment
outside the shadow is measured along the elliptic normal through C, and
is the angle between this normal and A C, where, with the same accuracy
as before,
tg f = e sin 2% ... (2)
then the angle between the normal and the direction of relative motion is
90-|-M y + > ana " consequently, if dt is the increment of time and dh =
k.dt,
k = tv.sm (yuC) ... (3)
The same equation holds good for reappearance, where h increases with
the time, for then y u and k are negative.
The quantity of light received from the Satellite at a given moment may
be supposed to be proportional to the apparent size of the illuminated seg-
ment. As the dimensions of the Satellites are between V and Va of the
dimensions of the shadow-section, the curvature of the small part of the con-
tour intercepted by the satellite during the observations (which can easily be
taken into consideration) has been neglected in the following, because its
small influence is very nearly constant for each Satellite and will not disturb
the final results. The most extreme eclipses of Sat. IV, where observations
of the same D or R made with different instruments may extend over several
minutes, the Satellite almost grazing the shadow, must be left out of con-
sideration as unfit for our purpose.
The segment 2 being thus considered as an ordinary segment of a circ e
it can be expressed as a function of the breadth h by the series
XXX GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
2 = 1 V2T.fe*{l-A |_ A- ^ -...}... (a)
the convergence of which will be sufficiently rapid for admissible values of h.
If 2 and h correspond to an observation at the distance D, 2' and h'
to another distance D', then according to the above supposition
fl 2
from which it follows that
2'
and
or, if for a moment (-IT I is called f,
*-/('
10 r
Now, when D is the mean distance of Jupiter from the Sun, which is
also a mean distance from the Earth, the numerical value of the coefficient
of - can never exceed 0.04, and as h is certainly only a fraction of r for
all but the smallest telescopes, the second term may safely be neglected.
Consequently an observation at the distance Df can be reduced to the dis-
tance D by writing I jr J . h for h'.
If a disappearance or reappearance at the distance D is observed at the
moment T by means of a telescope of aperture A (in which case h = x)
and the same phenomenon occurred at the moment T, for an aperture A t
giving the invisible segment 2 lt it is assumed that the quantity of light is
proportional to the square of the aperture, or
y J2 y A 2
<^> t ^i * 4 ./I 1 j
and further that the difference between the segments may be found with
sufficient accuracy by a differential formula, or 2 l 2 = d 2, where
= 21/2 hr(l -\.dh and Ah = k.dt = k (TTJ.
\ 2r J
NO. e.] INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS. XXXI
If this last supposition should in some cases prove insufficient, the series
(a) will give the means for further corrections. The accuracy aimed at in the
reduction depends of course on the accuracy of the observations, but as this
is manifestly not great no such refined corrections have been found necessary.
Now
and on division by
or, neglecting the second term and multiplying by x
Similarly for another observation of the same phenomenon, made with a tele-
scope of aperture A^ at the moment T 2
and by subtraction
Kft'- 1 ] tr,- W
If the two observations have been made with the Planet at the distance
D' instead of D, x is to be replaced by (-77) x, and consequently if
-*()
**
AY
then x may be found by the equation
ax = ck (T 2 T,) ......... (6)
expressed in the same units as w, T 2 T, being given in seconds.
As soon as x has been determined in this manner by pairs of observa-
tions, every observed moment T' found by means of an aperture A' at dis-
XXXII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
tance D' may be reduced to the standard aperture and distance by tbe for-
mula
As to the application of the equations (1) ... (6) only a few remarks
are necessary. The standard distance D was taken as 5.20 and a small table
formed for the function c (equation (4)) with the argument logD' from 0.60
to 0.80. The standard aperture was taken as that of the Fram telescope
(7 4\ 2
-ji 1 tabulated from A' = 6.0 to 26 cm.,
the last being the largest aperture employed for the present observations.
The fraction a in equation (1) was taken as 0.2; evidently the choice is not
of great importance, the function k having a period equal to the time of
revolution of Jupiter.
The ellipticity of the different sections of the shadow has been calculated
by Laplace in the chapters of Livre VIII containing the special theories for
each Satellite, on the supposition that the ellipticity of Jupiter is 0.07130, the
reciprocal of which is 14.025; but as Damoiseau states in the introduction to
his Tables that he has employed the value 13.492, the numbers of Laplace
were multiplied by 1.0395. More recent observations give a somewhat smaller
ellipticity, but when using Damoiseau's Tables his values should clearly be
retained.
The diameters of the Satellites employed were those determined by Mr.
BARNARD with the great Lick refractor (Monthly Notices of the R. A. S.,
Vol. 55) compared with his value of Jupiter's equatorial diameter (Astronomi-
cal Journal, Vol. 14). As the values of for the four satellites, the equatorial
semidiameter of Jupiter being taken as unity, are given by Damoiseau in the
appendix to his Tables (p. 196), the fraction 6 could be calculated for the
different Satellites.
As it will be convenient to have x, the breadth of the standard invisible
segment, expressed in terms of the Satellite's radius, to must be expressed
in the same units. If t is the half duration of a central eclipse, as given by
Damoiseau, and expressed in seconds,
ip--.i
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
XXXIII
is the relative velocity of the Satellite, expressed in parts of a, and as r = b . a,
1
w =
b .t
will give w, k and x in parts of the Satellite's radius.
If S is the time of synodic revolution of the Satellite, /? is determined by
the equation
The following Table contains these several quantities which formed the
basis of the calculation; it gives 10 w instead of w because it was convenient
to multiply both sides of equation (6) by 10. Barnard's value of Jupiter's
equatorial diameter at the distance 5.20 is 38".E
I
II
III
IV
p
0.0745
0.0747
0.0751
0.0758
log /3
9.2236
9.0227
8.8132
8.5701
a
0.9951
0.9923
0.9877
0.9783
2r
1".048
0".874
1".521
1".430
b
0.0273
0.0229
0.0400
0.0379
log 10 w
8.9533
8.9291
8.5913
8.4883
The projected velocity k was calculated for the three inner Satellites at
intervals of about half a year (a whole number of synodical revolutions in
every case) from 1893.0 to 1898.5 ; for Sat. IV whose latest period of eclipses
began in 1895 it was calculated with intervals of 67 days (4 synodical revolu-
tions) from 1895.2 to 1897.1. The values which are given below were plotted
on cross-ruled paper and curves drawn, from which the value could easily be
taken out for any given eclipse. The Table gives 10 k.
Sat. I.
Sat. II.
D
R
D
R
1893.00
0.0839
-0.0838
1893.00
0.0678
-0.0675
93.50
832
832
93.50
640
639
94.00
836
837
94.00
641
643
94.50
848
850
94.49
679
683
95.00
866
868
94.99
738
742
95.50
882
884
95.49
795
799
96.00
894
895
95.98
835
838
96.50
898
898
96.48
849
849
97.00
894
893
96.98
836
833
97.49
883
881
97.47
799
795
97.99
868
866
97.97
747
743
98.49
0.0853
0.0850
98.46
0.0695
-0.0691
XXXIV GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Sat III.
Sai IV.
D
R
D
R
1893.02
0.01666
0.01657
1895.23
0.01139
-0.01142
93.51
1182
1172
95.41
1738
1751
94.00
1399
1392
95.60
2163
2180
94.49
2059
2065
95.78
2491
2508
94.98
2762
2781
95.%
2738
2755
95.47
3348
3372
96.15
2916
2929
95.96
3740
3757
96.33
3028
3035
96.45
3899
3902
96.51
3077
3078
96.94
3819
3806
96.70
3063
3058
97.43
3518
3494
96.88
2987
2978
97.92
3035
3012
97.06
0.02852
0.02837
98.41
0.02429
-0.02414
For the determination of the breadth of the invisible segment all obser-
vations of disappearances and reappearances in the years 1893 98, published
in the Monthly Notices and in the Astronomische Nachrichten, were exami-
ned, and those selected where the same phenomenon had been observed by
means of two or more telescopes of different aperture. Each pair of such
observations gave an equation, which was retained in the form of equation
(6) with a (which depends on the apertures) as coefficient of x, though it was
an unfavorable circumstance that most of the observations had been taken
with instruments so far superior to that of the Fram in regard of size, that
the weight of an equation was often much smaller than would have been
the case with a somewhat larger standard aperture. Some few observations
with large apertures differing only 1 or 2 cm. have been omitted.
In the second column of the following Table a, containing the places of
observation, the following abbreviations have been used: Bs Bermerside, Ch
Christiania, Gr Greenwich, Gt Gottingen, Jn Jena, Ks Kasan, Ly Lyons, Po
Pola, Uc Uccle, Ut Utrecht. In some cases two observations with telescopes
of nearly the same aperture have been combined into one, which is indicated
by an added 2 or by a + between the places when they were different. Next
follow the apertures A t and A% in centimetres. Owing to the not uncommon
custom of giving, in astronomical publications, the aperture in inches of the
different countries, even where the metrical system has been introduced, the
last figure may in some cases be inaccurate; the fraction of cm. has been
retained here only when certain. The last column contains the quantity
10 ck (T t TJ which is designated by r.
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
XXXV
No distinction has been made between observations designated by the
observers as good or bad.
TABLE a.
A,
A*
c
10 fc
Ti-Ti
10 a
Sat. I D.
1893 Nov. 6
Gr, Gr
17.
25.
1.95
.0834
13s
1.05
2.02
1895 Nov. 14
Gr, Ut
17.
26.
1.60
.0891
1
1.09
0.14
Nov. 30 ....
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.71
.0892
11
0.93
1.68
1898 Jan. 20 . ...
Ch, Ch
7.4
18.8
1.57
.0866
16
8.45
2.18
Febr. 14 ....
March 9 ....
Ch, Ch
Ch, Ch
7.4
7.4
18.8
18.8
1.72
1.82
.0865
.0864
12
26
8.45
8.45
1.78
4.07
Sat. I R. .'
1893 Febr. 5
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.45
-.0835
14
0.93
-1.72
Febr. 28 ....
Gr, Gr
5;?j
25.
1.35
-.0834
-36
20.0
4.08
March 23 ....
Gr, Gr
17.
25.
1.29
.0833
16
1.05
-1.71
Dec. 10
Ks 2, Ks
8.8
24.4
2.05
.0836
38
6.22
6.59
Dec. 10
Ks, Ks
8.1
9.6
2.05
.0836
15
2.40
2.58
1894 Jan. 2
Jn, Bs
10.
24.
1.91
.0837
-20
4.09
3.18
Jan. 23
Gr, Gr + Bs
17.
24.5
1.74
.0837
9.5
0.99
1.38
Febr. 8
Jn, Bs
10.
24.
1.63
-.0838
16
4.09
2.17
Febr. 24 ....
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.52
-.0840
15
0.93
1.92
March 12 ....
Ks 2, Ks
9.0
24.4
1.43
-.0841
23
5.93
2.78
March 12 ....
Ks, Ks
8.4
9.6
1.43
-.0841
4
1.82
0.48
1895 Jan. 28
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.89
-.0872
3
0.93
0.50
Febr. 13 ....
Jn, Bs
16.
24.
1.78
.0873
13
1.25
-2.03
Febr. 20 ....
Ly, Bs
16.
24.
1.73
-.0874
4
1.12
-0.60
March 1 ....
Ks 2, Bs
8.3
24.
1.66
-.0875
14
7.08
2.04
March 1 ....
Ks 2, Ks
8.3
9.6
.
.
-22
2.11
3.21
March 1 ....
Ks 2, Ks
8.3
24.4
.
.
19
7.13
2.77
March 31 ....
Ks, Ks
10.8
24.4
1.46
-.0877
75
3.78
9.68
1896 Febr. 25 ....
Gr, Ut
9.
26.
1.84
.0896
-82
5.26
13.45
April 2
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.60
.0896
24
0.93
3.45
April 2 ....
Po, Bs
16.
24.
18
1.25
2.59
May 11
Uc + Po, Gr
15.
17.
1.37
.0897
8
0.43
0.98
May 11 ..
Uc + Po, Bs
15.
24.
36
1.35
4.42
1897 March 22 ....
Po, Gr
16.
21.
1.81
.0887
7
0.93
1.13
1898 May 19 .
Ch. Ch
7.4
18.8
1.65
.0854
-20
8.45
2.82
Sat. II
D.
1894 Febr. 18 ....
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.56
00648
g
0.93
-0.91
Nov. 15 ....
Gr + Jn, Bs
16.
24.
1.91
.0725
65
1.09
8.97
1895 Nov. 23 ....
Gr, Ut
17.
26.
1.66
.0829
g
1.09
1.24
1898 Jan. 27 ...
Ch, Ch
7.4
18.8
1.62
.0736
25(9)
845
2.97
Febr. 3
Ch, Ch
7.4
18.8
1.66
.0735
' i /
39
O.TTlJ
8.45
4.76
XXXVI GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Table a (continued).
4 t
A,
c
10 fc
2V T,
10 a
r
1896 Febr. 23
Febr. 23
Sat. II R.
1893 Deo. 9
Gr, Gr
17.
25.
2.06
-.0641
-12
1.05
1.58
Dec. 16
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
2.02
.0642
11
0.93
1.43
1894 Jan. 3
Ks, Ks
8.1
24.4
1.90
.0643
62
7.42
7.56
Jan. 17 .
Jn, Gr
10.
17.
1.79
.0646
+ 4
3.16
-0.46
Febr. 18 ....
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.56
.0651
-14
0.93
1.41
1895 Jan. 11
Ks 2, Ks
8.0
24.4
1.98
.0749
-52.5
7.71
7.77
Febr. 12 ....
Jn + Gt, Bs
16.
24.
1.79
-.0758
30
1.20
4.08
March 16 ....
Ks2, Bs
10.1
24.
1.56
.0770
5.5
4.35
0.66
March 16 ....
Ks 2, Jn
10.1
16.
-
-
+ 6.5
3.10
-0.78
1896 Febr. 13 ....
Gt, Jn
8.
16.
1.89
.0844
-28.5
6.78
4.56
March 16 ....
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.72
.0846
27
0.93
3.92
March 16 ....
Uc, Ut
15.
26.
-
-
33.5
1.62
4.85
April 10
Po, Bs
16.
24.
1.55
.0847
+21
1.25
-2.75
April 17 ....
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.50
.0847
27
0.93
3.45
May 19
Gr, Ut
17.
26.
1.49
.0848
13
1.09
1.65
1897 May 20
Gr, Ut
17.
26.
1.46
-.0803
33.5
1.09
3.92
Sat. IB
D.
1893 Nov. 10. .. .
Gt, Uc
9.2
15.
2.11
0.0126
112
4.04
2.97
1894 March 12 ....
Ks 2, Jn + Ks
8.2
10.
1.43
.0162
18
2.55
-0.42
March 12 ....
Ks 2, Ks
8.2
24.4
.
.
14.5
7.13
0.34
1895 Nov. 11
Ks 2, Ks
8.8
10.8
1.59
.0366
-9(?)
2.44
-0.52
Nov. 11
Ks 2, Ks
8.8
24.4
m
.
20
6.22
1.16
Nov. 18
Gr, Ut
17.
26.
1.63
.0368
45
1.09
2.72
1896 March 19 ....
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.70
.0385
42
0.93
2.74
1898 Jan. 7 .
Ch, Ch
7.4
11.8
1.49
.0290
30
6.07
1.30
Sat. Ill R.
1894 Jan. 28 ...
Jn, Gr2
10.
20.
1.71
.0147
27.5
3.69
0.69
Jan. 28 ...
Gr, Gr
17.
25.
-49
1.05
1.23
March 12 ....
Ks, Jn + Ks
8.1
10.
1.43
-.0161
38
2.84
0.87
March 12 ....
Ks, Jn + Ks
8.4
10.
.
-
-69
2.26
1.59
Octbr. 13 ...
Ks, Ks
9.6
24.4
1.68
-.0251
52
5.02
2.19
1896 March 12 ...
Jn, Bs
16.
24.
1.74
-.0385
-29
1.25
1.95
1897 Febr. 26 ....
Po, Ut
16.
26.
1.87
.0367
+16
1.41
-1.10
April 10 ....
Jn + Po, Bs
16.
23.
1.71
.0360
- 3
1.16
0.18
Sat. l\
D.
1895 Nov. 14
Gr, Ut
17.
26.
1.60
0.0261
1.09
0.00
1896 April 13 ....
Gr, Bs
17.
24.
1.53
0.0300
16
0.93
-0.73
April 13 ....
Jn + Uc, Ut
15.
26.
-
-
+40.5
1.52
1.86
Sat. IV R.
Gt, Gr
Gt, Bs
8.
8.
17.
24.
1.85
-.021!
44
104
7.10
8.03
2.40
5.66
NO. e].
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
XXXVII
When the equations are solved according to the method of least squares,
but separately for ID, I R, etc. they give the results contained in the following
table, where n is the number of equations, the final columns giving x in
seconds of arc for the distance 5.20, adopting Barnard's values of r as above.
n
X
X
r
D R
D R
D R
Sat. I. . .
6
25
0.315
0.447
O."165
0."234
- II ...
5
16
0.499
0.815
0. 218
0. 356
- Ill ...
8
8
0.208
0.378
0. 158
0. 288
- IV ...
3
2
0.49
0.54
0. 35
0. 39
An inspection of these numbers gives two results :
1. For all Satellites the numbers are greater for R than for D. This is
only what might be expected, because it is quite natural that the quantity
of light necessary for enabling the observer to catch the first glimpse of an
emerging Satellite must be on the average greater than what is necessary
when he is following a vanishing point of light.
2. For the three inner Satellites the fraction of the radius that must
be outside the shadow at the moment of observation is greater for a smaller
Satellite than for a bigger one, which is also what might be expected when
the albedo of their surfaces is not much different.
If the albedo had been the same for all three, the product x V2ras, with
x expressed in seconds, should be nearly constant (but of course different for
D and R). An inspection of the last two columns of Table a shows that the
values of x are too uncertain to give any information on this delicate point,
but it was desirable, in order to diminish the effect of accidental errors, to
combine the equations for these three Satellites. The values of x expressed
in seconds are not more different than is compatible with the assumption of
their identity. For I and II this is not very different from supposing the same
albedo, but for III, which is the largest, it would imply the supposition of a
somewhat inferior albedo. In this respect it is interesting to compare the rela-
tive values of the diameters as found by PICKERING by photometric measure-
ments, on the supposition of the same albedo, with those of BARNARD and
also with those of MICHELSON which were determined by an entirely different
method. The table below contains these numbers.
XXXVIII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Pickering
Barnard
Michel son
I.
1.00
1.00
1.00
II.
0.94
0.83
0.92
m.
1.18
1.46
1.34
IV.
0.70
1.37
1.28
It is apparent that the albedo of III is really somewhat smaller than that
of I and II. For IV the difference is very considerable; the above values of
x point in the same direction, but by reason of the paucity of the observa-
tions they are too uncertain to permit any comparison with Pickering's results.
The solution of the equations for I, II and HI on the supposition named
above gave the results :
For I, II, m D : x = O."178 O."038
- I, II, III R : x = 0."263 O."034
For combination with the already calculated values of the velocity k
they were again converted into parts of the Satellite's radius as follows :
D R
I. 0.340 0.501
II. 0.408 0.601
HI. 0.234 0.345
For Sat. IV the values of x must be retained as they stand. They are
not of much importance for the present purpose.
The next step was to apply the values of x to the observations of 1893
96 in order to reduce them to the aperture of the ^raw-telescope by means
of equation (7) and to compare the reduced times with the predictions of the
Nautical Almanac. The results are contained in Table b where A' is the
(7 4\ 2
-jp\ 1, T' NA is the diffe-
A 1
rence between the observed and the predicted time, T T' the reduction as
calculated by equation (7), and T NA the correction which must be applied
on the times of the Nautical Almanac in order to make them applicable to
the From, instrument. The list contains all the published observations exclu-
ding only those in the years 1893 and 1896 which fall quite outside the arctic
observations of the phenomenon in question. The remarks which in many
cases are added to the original observations, were omitted; only a: after
the number indicates some source of uncertainty as haze, bad images, twi-
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
XXXIX
light etc. The places of observation are the same as before with addition of
Windsor in New South Wales. An asterisk indicates a phenomenon which
was also observed on the Fram.
TABLE b.
A'
10 a' a;
c
10 /,
T'-NA
T-T
T-NA
Sat.
I D.
x =
340.
1894 Octbr. 12 ...
Kasan
24.4
3.08
1.67
0.0857
+ 519
-21s
+30"
Nov. 11 ...
Bermerside
24.
3.07
1.88
860
+30
19
+11
Dec. 20 ...
24.
3.07
2.02
864
+30
18
+ 12
1895 Octbr. 29 ...
24.
-3.07
1.50
890
+21:
-23
- 2:
Nov. 14 ...
Greenwich
17.
-2.76
1.60
891
+31
-19
+ 12
Nov. 14 ...
Utrecht
26.
3.13
1.60
891
+32
22
+ 10
Nov. 30 ...
Greenwich
17.
2.76
1.71
893
+36:
-18
+ 18:
Nov. 30 ...
Bennerside
24.
3.07
1.71
893
+ 25:
20
+ 5:
Dec. 7 ...
Greenwich
17.
-2.76
1.75
893
+ 15
-17
- 2
Dec. 16 ...
Utrecht
26.
3.13
1.81
893
+17:
19
- 2
18% Jan. 17 ...
Greenwich
10.
1.34
1.93
895
+87:
- 8
+79:
Jan. 22 ...
17.
2.76
1.93
0.0895
+ 6
-16
10
Sat. I R. x = 0.501.
1893 Dec. 10 ...
Kasan
24.4
-4.55
2.05
-0.0836
-39
+2&>
-13a
Dec. 10 ...
8.1
-0.83
2.05
836
8
5
3
Dec. 10 ...
9.6
-2.04
2.05
836
+ 7
12
+19
Dec. 15 ...
Greenwich
17.
4.05
2.03
836
-23
24
+ 1
Dec. 17 ...
Bermerside
24.
4.52
2.01
836
-141:
27
-114:
Dec. 17 ...
Jena
10.
2.48
2.01
836
14
15
+ 1
1894 Jan. 2 ...
Bermerside
24.
4.52
1.91
837
-83:
28
55
Jan. 2 ...
Jena
10.
-2.48
1.91
837
63
15
48
Jan. 23 ...
Greenwich
25.
k58
1.74
838
14
32
+18
Jan. 23 ...
17.
4.05
1.74
838
- 7:
28
+ 21:
Jan. 23 ...
Bermerside
24.
-4.52
1.74
838
19
31
+ 12
Jan. 25 ...
Jena
10.
-2.48
1.73
838
10
17
+ 7 *
Febr. 8 ...
Bermerside
24.
-4.52
1.63
839
24
33
+ 9
Febr. 8 ...
Jena
10.
2.48
1.63
839
8
18
+ 10
Febr. 24 ...
Greenwich
17.
-4.05
1.52
840
5
'32
+27
Febr. 24 ...
Bermerside
24.
-4.52
1.52
840
-20:
35
+ 15:
March 3 ...
Jena
10.
-2.48
1.48
840
+24?
20
+44?
March 12 ...
Kasan
24.4
-4.55
1.43
841
o
38
+33
March 12 ...
9.6
-2.04
1.43
841
+ 16
17
+33
March 12 ...
8.4
1.13
1.43
841
+ 20
9
+29
March 19 ...
Jena
10.
-2.48
1.39
842
+40
21
+61
Dec. 27 ...
Bermerside
24.
4.52
2.02
868
- 1
26
+25
Dec. 29 ...
24.
4.52
2.01
868
10
26
+16
1895 Jan. 5 ...
24.
-4.52
2.00
869
-67
26
41
Jan. 14 ...
GiiUingen
16.1
3.95
1.96
870
+82:
23
+105:
Jan. 21 ...
Bermerside
24.
4.52
1.93
870
-24
27
+ 3
Jan. 28 ...
Greenwich
17.
-4.05
1.89
871
18
24
+ 6
Jan. 28 ...
Bermerside
24.
-4.52
1.89
871
^
15
27
+12
XL GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Table b (continued).
4'
10 a' a;
c
10 k
T'-NA
T-T'
T-NA
1895 Febr. 8 ...
Windsor
20.
-4.34
1.81
0.0872
33s
+27s
6"
Febr. 11 ...
Greenwich
17.
4.05
1.79
873
+ 4
26
+30
Febr. 13 ...
Bermerside
24.
1.52
1.78
873
2:
29
+27:
Febr. 13 ...
Jena
16.
3.90
1.78
873
15
25
+10
Febr. 20 ...
Bermerside
24.
4.52
1.73
874
16
30
+14 *
Febr. 20 ...
Lyons
16.
-3.97
1.73
874
20
26
-f 6 *
Febr. 23 ...
Windsor
20.
-4.34
1.70
874
-27
29
+ 2
March 1 ...
Bermerside
24.
-4.52
1.66
875
11:
31
+ 20:
March 1 ...
Kasan
9.6
2.04
1.66
875
19
14
5
March 1 ...
24.4
-4.55
1.66
875
16
31
+15
March 1 ...
8.1
-0.83
1.66
875
+ 2
6
+ 8
March 1 ...
8.4
1.13
1.66
875
+ 4
8
+12
March 8 ...
Jena
16.
3.90
1.62
876
9
27
+18
March 8 ...
Uccle
15.
3.79
1.62
876
-12
27
+ 15
March 11 ...
Windsor
20.
-4.34
1.59
876
-36
31
- 5
March 18 ...
20.
4.34
1.54
876
-30
32
+ 2
March 22 ...
Utrecht
26.
-4.60
1.52
876
12
35
+23
March 31 ...
26.
4.60
1.46
877
24
36
+ 12
March 31 ...
Kasan
24.4
-4.55
1.46
877
- 7
36
+29
March 31 ...
10.8
2.66
1.46
877
+68
21
+89
April 3 ...
Windsor
20.
-4.34
1.45
877
-24
34
+ 10
April 7 ...
Bermerside
24.
-4.52
1.42
877
12
36
+24
April 7 ...
Utrecht
26.
-4.60
142
877
-20
37
+17
April 23 ...
Greenwich
17.
-4.05
1.35
878
+ 3
35
+38
April 26 ...
Windsor
20.
-4.34
1.33
879
-14
37
+23
May 12 ...
20.
4.34
1.27
880
-18:
39
+ 21:
1896 Jan. 27 ...
Windsor
11.
2.90
1.93
896
+24
17
+41
Jan. 31 ...
Pola
10.
2.47
1.92
896
+ 4
14
+ 18
Febr. 4 ...
Windsor
20.
434
1.92
896
10
25
+15*
Febr. 9 ...
Bermerside
24.
-4.52
1.91
896
29
26
- 3
Febr. 16 . .
Jena
16.
-3.90
1.88
896
15
23
+ 8*
Febr. 19 ...
Windsor
20.
-4.34
1.87
896
19
26
+ 7
Febr. 25 . .
Greenwich
10.
-1.97
184
896
+61
12
+ 73
Febr. 25 ...
Utrecht
26.
-4.60
1.84
896
-21
28
+ 7
Febr. 27 ...
Windsor
20.
1.34
1.83
896
11
26
+ 15
March 1 ...
Greenwich
17.
-4.05
1.81
8%
25
+25
March 3 ...
Jena
16.
3.90
1.80
896
-54:
24
-30:
March 6 ...
Windsor
20.
-4.34
1.78
8%
19
28
+ 9
March 19 ...
Greenwich
17.
4.05
1.70
0.0897
+ 1
26
+27
Sat. II D. x = 0.408.
1893 Aug. 24 ...
Greenwich
10.
-1.61
1.64
0.0637
-43s
15s
-58s
Sept. 25 ...
17.
3.30
1.88
637
-119
-28
147
Oct. 27 . . .
17.
-3.30
2,07
637
- 9:
25
34:
Nov. 14 ...
Lyons
16.
3.22
2.11
638
-35
-24
-59
1894 Jan. 24 ...
Jena
10.
2.01
1.74
645
112
-18
130
Febr. 18 ...
Greenwich
17.
3.30
1.56
649
-44:
33
-77:
Febr. 18 ...
Bermerside
24.
-3.68
1.56
649
53:
-36
-89:
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
XLI
Table b (continued).
A'
IQa'x
c
10 k
T'-NA
T-T'
T-NA
1894 Nov. 15 ...
Greenwich
17.
-330
1.91
0.0725
+78s
24"
+54*
Nov. 15 ...
Bermerside
24.
-3.68
1.91
725
+132:
-27
+105:
Nov. 15 ...
Jena
16.
-3.17
191
725
+ 56
23
4-33
Nov. 22 ...
Greenwich
17.
-3.30
1.94
726
+30
-23
+ 7
Dec. 10 ...
Jena
16.
-3.17
2.01
0.0730
+60
21
+39
1893 Dec.
Dec.
1894 Jan.
Jan.
Jan.
Jan.
Jan.
Febr.
Febr.
Febr.
March 15
March 22
1896 Febr.
Febr.
Febr.
Febr.
16
16
3
3
17
17
24
11
18
18
1895 Jan. 4
Jan. 11
Jan. 11
Jan 11
Jan. 18
Febr. 5
Eebr 12
Febr. 12
Febr. 12
Febr. 12
Febr. 15
Febr. 19
March 16
March 16
March 16
March 16
April 17
April 20
April 24
6
6
13
13
March 9
Bermerside
24.
-3.68
1.51
0.0824
+52
30
+22
Utrecht
26.
3.75
1.62
829
+65:
-28
+37:*
Greenwich
17.
-3.30
1.66
830
+107
-24
+83
Utrecht
26.
3.75
1.66
830
+98:
-27
+ 71:
Windsor
11.
-2.39
1.93
0.0839
+35
-15
+20 *
Sat. II R. x = 0.601.
Greenwich
17.
-4.87
2.02
0.0642
0"
+37"
+373
Berraerside
24.
5.43
2.02
642
11
42
+31
Kasan
24.4
-5.46
1.90
643
29
45
+ 16
81
1.00
1.90
643
+33
8
+41
Greenwich
17.
-4.87
1.79
645
+ 8
42
+50
Jena
10.
2.97
1.79
645
+ 4
26
+30
10.
-2.97
1.73
647
+11
26
+37*
Pola
16.
4.67
1.61
650
-39:
45
+ 6:
Greenwich
17.
-4.87
1.56
652
+ 4
48
+52
Bermerside
24.
5.43
156
652
10
53
+43
Kasan
9.6
2.45
1.41
657
+28
26
+54
Uccle
15.
-4.55
1.38
658
32
50
+ 18
Bermerside
24.
5.43
2.00
-0.0745
-34
36
+ 2
Kasan
24.4
-5.46
1.98
748
52
+37
15
6.6
+ 1.55
1.98
748
7
10
17
10.8
3.18
1.98
748
+ 8
+21
+29
Greenwich
17.
-4.87
1.95
751
-44
33
11
Jena
16.
-4.67
1.84
757
-43
34
g
Bermerside
24.
543
1.79
759
76
40
-36
Jena
16.
-467
179
759
59
34
-25*
GSttingen
16.1
-4.75
1.79
759
-32
35
+ 3*
Lyons
16.
-4.76
1.79
759
+ 6
35
+41*
Windsor
20.
-5.20
1.76
760
-77
39
-38*
Greenwich
17.
-4.87
1.73
760
-65
37
28
Bermerside
24.
543
1.56
769
-57
45
-12
Jena
16.
-4.67
1.56
769
45?
39
- 6
Kasan
10.8
3.18
1.56
769
-66
27
39
9.6
2.45
1.56
769
37
20
-17
Jena
16.
-4.67
1.37
779
-64
44
20
Windsor
20.
-520
1.36
780
-71
49
22
Greenwich
17.
-4.87
1.34
781
-47
46
j^
Greenwich
25.
5.50
1.91
0.0843
26
34
+ 8
Bermerside
24.
5.43
1.91
843
+ 13:
34
+47:
Jena
16.
--1.67
1.89
844
-34
29
5
Gsttingen
8.
-0.60
1.89
844
- 5
4
- 1
Bermerside
24.
-5.43
1.76
846
34
36
+ 2
6
XLII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Table b (continued).
A'
lOa'a;
c
10 fc
T'-NA
T-T'
T-NA
Sai II
I D. 3
5 = 0.<
234.
1893 Nov. 10 ...
Uccle
15.
1.77
2.11
0.0126
+2443
-67
+177
NOT. 10 ...
Gottingen
9.2
-0.82
2.11
126
+ 132:
-31
+ 101:
Dec. 16 ...
Bermerside
24.
2.12
2.02
136
+ 163
-77
+ 86
Dec. 23 ...
Greenwich
17.
1.89
1.98
137
+ 119:
-70
+ 49:
1894 Jan. 28 ...
Jena
10.
1.16
1.71
150
+188
-45
+143*
Febr. 4 ...
Greenwich
17.
1.89
1.66
151
+ 158
76
+ 82
March 12 ...
Jena
10.
1.16
1.43
162
+ 107
-50
+ 57
March 12 ...
Kasan
9.6
-0.95
1.43
162
+106
41
+ 65
March 12 ...
8.1
-0.39
1.43
162
+ 122
17
+105
March 12 ...
8.4
-0.52
1.43
162
+127
23
+104
March 12 ...
24.4
2.13
1.43
162
+139
-92
+ 47
1895 Jan. 21 ...
Greenwich
17.
1.89
1.93
0.0287
48:
-34
- 82:
Febr. 12 ...
Windsor
20.
-2.03
1.79
294
+ 96
-39
+ 57
Febr. 26 ...
Bermerside
24.
2.12
1.69
299
+ 74
-42
+ 32
April 10 ...
24.
-2.12
1.41
314
+ 77
-48
+ 29
Nov. 11 ...
Kasan
10.8
1.24
1.59
0.0367
+ 57?
21
+ 36?
Nov. 11 ...
8.1
0.39
1.59
367
+ 65
- 7
+ 58
Nov. 11 ...
9.6
0.95
1.59
367
+ 67
-16
+ 51
Nov. 11 ...
24.4
2.13
1.59
367
+ 86
-36
+ 50
Nov. 18 ...
Greenwich
17.
1.89
1.63
368
+ 83
31
+ 52
Nov. 18 ...
Utrecht
26.
-2.15
1.63
368
+128
36
+ 92
Dec. 31 ...
Greenwich
17.
-1.89
1.88
375
+ 75
-27
+ 48
Sat. Ill R. x = 0.345.
1894 Jan. 28 ...
Greenwich
17.
2.80
1.71
0.0147
304s
+112
192s
Jan. 28 ...
25.
-an
1.71
147
353
127
-226
Jan. 28 ...
Jena
10.
1.70
1.71
147
301
68
233
March 12 ...
10.
1.70
1.43
162
-200
73
127
March 12 ...
Kasan
8.1
-0.58
1.43
162
103
25
78
March 12 ...
9.6
1.40
1.43
162
- 82
60
22
March 12 ...
8.4
0.77
1.43
162
72
33
39
Oct. 13 ...
Kasan
24.4
-3.14
1.68
-0.0252
-181
74
-107
Oct. 13 ...
9.6
1.40
1.68
252
129
33
- 96
1895 Febr. 4 ...
Windsor
20.
2.99
1.84
294
142
55
87*
Febr. 19 ...
Greenwich
17.
2.80
1.73
298
-135
54
- 81
Febr. 26 ...
Bermerside
24.
3.12
1.68
300
131:
62
69:
April 24 ...
Windsor
20.
2.99
1.34
331
101
67
34
Nov. 18 ...
Utrecht
26.
-3.18
1.64
-0.0370
64
52
- 12
1896 Jan. 29 ...
Greenwich
17.
-2.80
1.93
381
+131
38
+169
Jan. 29 ...
Jena
16.
2.69
1.93
381
-158?
37
-121?
Febr. 26 ..
Windsor
20.
-2.99
1.83
384
- 42:
43
+ 1:
March 12 ...
Bermerside
24.
3.12
1.74
385
- 26:
46
+ 20:
March 12 ...
Jena
16.
2.69
1.74
385
+ 3
40
+ 43
March 19 ...
Greenwich
17.
2.80
1.70
386
+ 21
43
+ 64
April 24 ...
Bermerside
24.
3.12
1.46
0.0388
+ 46:
+55
+101:
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
XLHI
Table b (concluded).
A'
iOa'x
c
10 k
T'-NA
T-T
T-NA
Sat. IV D. x = 0.49.
1895 Febr. 19
Greenwich
17.
March 8
Jena
16.
March 8
Uccle
15.
3.97
3.82
-3.72
1.73
1.61
1.61
0.008
0.010
0.010
+23-n303
+19 9
+21 58
3 58
3 51
Sat. IV R. x = 0.54.
15 11
18 7
Nov. 14
Greenwich
17.
3.97
1.60
0.0260
+ 5 56
1 35
4 21
Nov. 14
Utrecht
26.
4.51
1.60
260
+ 5 56
- 1 48
4 8
1896 Jan. 20
26.
1.51
1.93
284
+ 2 38:
- 1 22
1 16
March 27
Greenwich
17.
-3.97
1.64
297
+ 1 54:
- 1 22
32
April 13
17.
-3.97
1.53
300
+ 2 58
- 1 27
1 31
April 13
Bermerside
24.
4.43
1.53
300
+ 2 42
1 37
1 5
April 13
Jena
16.
-3.82
1.53
300
+ 4 18
- 1 23
2 55
April 13
Utrecht
26.
4.50
1.53
300
+ 4 47:
- 1 38
3 9
April 13
Uccle
15.
3.71
1.53
300
+ 3 55
- 1 21
2 34
May 16
Windsor
20.
-4.25
1.34
0.0305
+ 3 17
1 44
+1 33
1895 March 8
March 8
April 10
Jena
Uccle
Windsor
16.
15.
20.
4.23
1.61
1.61
1.41
0.010
-0.010
-0.0136
-19m 58s
-18 33:
-13 17
+ 4m 22s
Hi
C,
15m 36 s
14 17:
9 11
Dec. 1
Bermerside
24.
-4.91
1.72
-0.0270
- 4 31:
1 46
- 2 45:
1896 Febr. 6
24.
-4.91
1.91
290
-4 9
1 29
- 2 40 *
Febr. 23
Greenwich
17.
-4.40
1.85
293
2 35:
1 21
- 1 14
Febr. 23
Bermerside
24.
-4.91
1.85
293
3 35
1 31
-24
Febr. 23
GBttingen
8.
-0.54
1.85
293
- 1 51
10
- 1 41
March 11
Windsor
20.
4.70
1.75
-0.0296
- 3 46
+ 1 31
- 2 15
An inspection of the last column of Table b shows that it is no easy
matter to deduce corrections to the predicted times. It is evident that the
correction cannot be considered as constant for any length of time; it was
therefore necessary to make some combination of the results surrounding the
jFVam-observations, but in making such combinations some arbitrariness is
scarcely avoidable. In the few cases where the eclipses observed on board
had also been observed elsewhere the deduced correction could, for some of
them, be applied without alteration, but for others a combination was pre-
ferred when sufficient surrounding material was at hand. The corrections
deduced from such combinations were often rounded to the nearest 5 or 10
seconds.
XLIV GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
The adopted values are given in the column TNA of the following
Table c, which contains the .Fram-observations. Only in some few cases the
space for correction had to be left blank owing to want of material. After the
date and the observed phenomenon comes the time of observation, reduced
to chronometer Hohwu, and the difference between Hw and the predicted
time. The correction T NA, applied with contrary sign, gives the error
Hw Gr. Mean Time (Hw Gr.). Any special cause of uncertainty, mention-
ned in Mr. Scott-Hansen's notes, has been accentuated by a : added to the
numbers. The results of the Lunar Distances are included in the same Table,
designated by d.
TABLE c.
Sat.
Hw
HwNA
T-NA
Hw-Gr.
Remarks
1893
Nov. 14
II D
8fc 5n>17":
+39m35s :
- 1m 0:
+40m35s :
Sat. close to limb. Telescope
Nov. 24
c
21 23
42 33
without stand.
Nov. 26
I R
2 24 58
41 52
41 52
Nov. 27
I R
20 54 6
42 8
42 8
Dec. 6
I R
17 18 49
42 43
42 43
Observer Johansen.
Dec. 13
I R
49 13 21
41 46
41 46
Clear and calm.
Dec. 19
I R
2 39 45
41 27
41 27
Dec. 29
I R
17 32 45:
40 54:
40 54:
High wind, telesc. trembling.
Dec. 31
1 R
12 2 48
42 5
42 5
Clear, calm. Good obs.
1894
Jan. 7
I R
13 58 56
42 25
+ 10
42 15
Observer Johansen.
Jan. 11
I R
2 56 11
41 44
+ 10
41 34
A sharp observation.
Jan. 20
II D
20 42 19:
40 42:
- 1 30
42 12:
Sat. already disappeared.
Jan. 20
II R
22 58 46
41 57
+ 35
41 22
Jan. 21
III D
2 2 25
Difficult, see note 1.
2 3 50
43 17
+ 1 50
41 27
Barely visible till now.
Jan. 21
III R
3 39 15:
37 57:
- 3 40
41 37:
Some seconds late, see note 2.
Jan. 24
II R
12 16 52:
42 3:
+ 37
41 26:
Some haze.
Jan. 25
I R
6 47 53
41 40
+ 10
41 30
A good observation.
Jan. 27
I R
1 16 56
41 40
+ 10
41 30
A good observation.
Jan. 28
III D
6 4 18
Some haze, image not sharp.
5 28
43 38
+ 1 50
41 48
Barely visible, see note 3.
Febr. 19
I R
1 33 37
41 47
+ 15
41 32
March 5
III D
2 11 8
42 29
+ 1 20
41 9
Last glimpse.
March 5
III R
3 56 58
40 53
- 1 5
41 58
First glimpse.
Oct 7
II D
8 1 23
41 50
+ 1 5
Oct. 7
II R
10 29 42:
41 53:
9
Nov. 3
III D
17 50 32
40 14:
9
Nov. 3
III R
20 24.4
41.5
?
24.9
40 45
See note 4.
Note 5.
First glimpse.
See Note 6.
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
XLV
Table C (continued).
Sat.
Hw
Hw-NA
T-NA
Hw-Gr.
Remarks
1891
Nov. 6
I D
3h 23m 5?s
Same br. as usual at II.
24 26
+41m38s
+ Om 15s
+41m23s
[Last glimpse?].
Dec. 13
I D
7 22 8:
40 35:
+ 15
40 20:
Some haze, not a good obs.
Dec. 18
I D
14 47 31
40 11
+ 15
39 56
Good observation.
Dec. 25
I R
18 55 26
41 29
+ 20
41 9
First glimpse. Se note 7.
Dec. 31
I R
2 21 29
41 19
+ 20
40 59
Hansen. Very good obs.
21 43
Nansen, alum. tel. (5.3 cm.).
Dec. 31
III R
4 26 18:
40 10:
9
See note 8.
Dec. 31
II R
17 37 25
41 48
41 48
1895
Jan. 10
I R
17 14 6:
41 22:
+ 20
41 2:
Some cirrostratus. See note 9.
Jan. 14
<L
1 46
38 53
Jan. 14
I R
6 11 24
41 5
+ 20
40 45
Uncommonly clear.
Jan. 14
11 R
22 46 46
40 28
40 28
A very good obs. Note 10.
Jan. 15
I R
24 40 49:
41 45:
+ 20
41 25:
Telesc. somewhat trembling.
Jan. 17
Jan. 17
IV D
IV R
No eclipse
I See note 11.
Jan. 19
I R
13 38 32
41 48
+ 20
41 28
Good obs.; a little cirrostr.
Jan. 24
I R
21 4 3
40 46
+ 20
40 26
First glimpse?
4 43
Bright. Not a good obs.
Jan. 28
HID
17 43 54
40 19
+ 40
39 39
Jan. 28
III R
20 31 8:
39 53
- 1 25
41 18:
Telescope trembling.
31 13
Surely visible.
Febr. 1
II R
17 14 44
40 4
- 10
40 14
First glimpse.
15 24
Full brightness.
Febr. 2
IV D
Probably
i See note 12.
Febr. 2
IV R
no eclipse
Febr. 4
III D
21 44 20
40 36
+ 40
39 56
Last glimpse.
Febr. 4
III R
24 32 6
39 24
- 1 25
40 49
First feeble glimpse. Note 13.
Febr. 5
<L
22 33
39 22
Febr. 8
<L
17 28
39 57
Febr. 12
II R
9 8 24
40 40
- 10
40 50
A good obs. Note 14.
Febr. 15
11 R
22 25 48
40 23
- 15
40 38
Possibly ca. 5 s late. Note 15.
Febr. 16
I R
21 19 22
40 35
+ 10
40 25
A good observation.
Febr. 18
I R
15 48 51:
41 6 =
+ 10
40 56 =
Some rime on the eyepiece.
Febr. 19
III D
5 44 26:
40 26 =
+ 40
39 46 '
Ditto. Not a good obs.
Febr. 19
IV D
14 23.5
59.4
+ 18 44
40.7
Brightness as usual at R.
30.2
66.1
47.4
Barely vis. till now. Note 16.
Febr. 20
I R
10 17 28
40 52
+ 10
40 42
A good observation.
Febr. 22
I R
4 46 28
40 53
+ 10
40 43
Very good observation.
March 9
C
1 35
37 57
March 27
III R
4 45.5
41.9 :
?
Twilight too strong.
Oct. 15
I D
11 58 57
37 44:
+ 05
37 39:
Oct. 15
II D
12 1 12
37 39:
+ 20
37 19:
Oct. 19
I D
55 16
37 30
55 46
38 0:
+ 05
37 55:
Oct. 19
II D
1 20 16
38 3
+ 20
37 43
Oct. 22
I D
13 51 59
37 43
+ 5
37 38
(Except some cirrostr., tole-
\ rably good obs.
Some cirrostratus.
Absolutely vanished.
More marked.
A good observation.
XL VI GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORV. POL. EXP.
Table C (concluded).
Sat.
Hw
Hw-NA
TNA
Hw-Gr.
Remarks
1895
Oct. 22
II D
14h 37m 55"
-j-38m 9s :
+ Om 20"
+37^49":
Some haze.
Oct. 28
III D
1 150 :
38.0
+ 50
37.2
Sat. gone ; earlier than exp.
Nov. 2
I D
4 41 4 :
37 12:
+ 5
37 7:
Sat. gone.
Nov. 2
II D
6 32 56
38 21
+ 30
37 51
Very good observation.
Nov. 4
<L
24
36 9
Nov. 16
I D
8 27 48
37 49
+ 5
37 44
A good observation.
Nov. 16
II D
11 45 28
38 42
+ 35
38 7
A good observation.
Nov. 25
III D
17 7 11
38 14
+ 1
37 14
SB.
Dec. 1
IV D
8 22 30
Very slow decrease.
23 35
41 50
+ 4
37 50
Sat. seen till now. Note 17.
Dec. 4
II D
6 13 56
37 44
+ 50
36 54
Dec. 5
I D
19 38 50
37 40
37 40
Very good observation.
Dec. 7
II D
19 32 45
38 9
+ 50
37 19
Observer Mogstad.
Dec. 29
II D
3 19 49
37 50
+ 50
37
Very good observation.
1896
Jan. 10
I D
567
37 14
-05
37 19
Very good observation.
Jan. 11
I D
23 34 29
37 4
-05
37 9
Good observation.
Jan. 22
II D
24 22 57:
36 21:
+ 20
36 1:
Sat. close to limb ; not good.
Febr. 4
I R
2 1 32
37 32
+ 15
37 17
A good observation.
Febr. 5
I R
20 30 16
37 36
+ 15
37 21
Febr. 6
IV R
12 52 13
34 54
- 2 40
37 34
Ditto.
Febr. 7
I R
14 58 46
37 30
+ 15
37 15
Ditto.
Febr. 16
I R
11 22 16
37 34
+ 10
37 24
Ditto.
Febr. 19
in R
20 19 22
37 27
37 27
Febr. 19
C
22 17
38 6
Febr. 23
I R
13 17 4
37 30
+ 10
37 20
Febr. 27
II R
16 11 56
37 28
37 28
A good observation.
April 22
C
4 19
36 23
NOTES TO TABLE c.
1. Decrease of brightness very slow; took the moment when it was as usually
at R.
2. Was not prepared for so early a reappearance, but Sat. very feeble when the time
was noted.
3. Sat now so feeble that I was not sure of its visibility.
4. Sat close to Planet's limb, and some haze, perhaps */4 or Va minute late as com-
pared with D.
5. Sat. barely visible when I knew that it was there. Perhaps visible '/a~ 8 /4 mil-
longer.
6. About same brightness as at D; R sharper than D, but, on the whole, observa-
tion of this Satellite uncertain, owing to the slow motion.
7. Followed the Sat. further, as I was not quite sure; 30s later nearly of the same
brightness as the other Satellites.
8. Saw the Satellite very feeble in the moment I put the eye to the telescope.
Could perhaps have seen it 10 s before,
9. Not a good observation; too late.
No. 6.] INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS. XL VII
10. Increase of brightness very slow. l.n>4 later Sat. tolerably bright.
11. Calculated time for D 2h 17 42". Observed continually till 2b 28m, but no de-
crease of brightness perceptible. Ceased for a while, but between 2b 42 m and
2h 45m S a t. as bright as before after which we left the Satellite to its fate.
12. Calculated time for D Hw 20h 6m 5a. Observed til 20t> 10", unchanged, some-
what feebler than the other Satellites. Calculated time for R Hw 2H> 16m 29s ;
observed 21 11 ll m -20 m , but no increase of brightness.
13. 26 9 later brightness estimated as 40 s before the moment noted for D. At 24 h 34 m
27 s the Sat. approached to the usual brightness.
14. First glimpse. l m 33 s later same brightness as the Satellite to the left of Ju-
piter [Sat. IV].
15. Had just moved the telescope ; as soon as it had come to rest, the Sat. was seen.
16. Observation begun at 14' 1 3m.
17. Waited for R till 12'i 40m, but Sat. not visible; cirrostratus.
Influence of Temperature.
As there were in each of the three years of the expedition periods of
several months without any determination of the Greenwich Time, it was
necessary to examine the general rate of the chronometer and its dependence
on temperature. For this purpose the two other chronometers must also be
taken into consideration. From the journal of daily comparisons the following
Table d was formed, containing the difference Kt Hw and IvHw together
with the daily relative rate of each. The last column (t) gives the mean
temperature (Centigrade) of the interval. From the curves registered by the
thermograph in Mr. Scott-Hansen's cabin the mean temperature for every day
was taken out by inspection and reduced to the chronometer-shelf by means
of the daily comparisons with the lower thermometer. The temperatures in
Table d are means for 10 days (the intervals between the comparisons are
in some few cases 9 or 11 days). As the thermograph was taken down 1896
Aug. 10 the temperature for the last 11 days is more uncertain.
XL VIII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL EXP.
T A B L E d.
Gr. T.
Kt-Htv
Rel.
Rate
Iv-Hm
Rel.
Rate
t
C.
1893 July 18
28
181' 37m
23 50
_47m 43.8 7
-47 38. 8
0.348
+ 5m 16.s2
5 48. 6
3.018
14. 73
Aug. 7
17
22 13
20
-47 32. 8
-47 26. 6
0. 60
0. 62
6 17. 7
6 49. 1
2. 91
3. 14
13. 77
15. 42
26
19 48
-47 25. 6
0. 12
7 8. 6
2. 17
12. 67
Sept.
16
18 51
19 7
-47 31 9
-47 32. 2
-0. 57
-0. 03
7 24.
7 49. 5
1. 40
2. 55
10. 39
13. 60
26
12 29
-47 32.
0. 02
8 15. 3
2. 65
14. 67
Oct. 6
12 33
-47 36.
-0. 40
8 34. 3
1. 90
10. 80
16
12 20
47 36. 8
0. 08
8 56. 4
2. 21
10. 11
26
12 10
-47 38. 8
-0. 20
9 17. 9
2. 15
8. 20
Nov. 5
12 8
-47 43.
0. 42
9 34. 7
1. 68
7. 16
15
12 9
-47 48. 2
-0. 52
9 48. 7
1. 40
7. 43
25
12 10
-47 50. 3
-0. 21
9 55. 4
0. 67
6. 98
Dec. 5
12 9
-47 46. 5
0. 38
10 0. 8
0. 54
6. 30
15
12 9
-47 41. 9
0. 46
9 58. 8
-0. 20
5. 56
25
12 13
-47 33. 7
0. 82
9 59. 1
0. 03
5. 10
1894 Jan. 4
14
12 12
12 12
-47 16. 8
-46 55.8
1. 69
2. 10
10 5.
10 9. 1
0. 59
0. 41
6. 77
6. 55
24
12 11
46 33. 2
2. 26
10 13. 8
0. 47
6. 69
Febr. 3
12 11
-46 11. 8
2. 14
10 17. 1
0. 33
5. 91
13
12 44
-45 46. 7
2. 51
10 20. 9
0. 38
6. 32
23
12 42
-45 20. 3
2. 64
10 26. 6
0. 57
6. 75
March 5
12 40
-44 53. 8
2. 65
10 33. 9
0. 73
7. 17
15
12 31
-44 27. 2
2. 66
10 41. 8
0. 79
7. 02
25
12 19
-44 6. 2
2. 10
10 46. 7
0. 49
6. 35
April 4
14
12 19
12 38
43 44. 1
43 22. 2
2. 21
2. 19
10 54. 7
11 4. 6
0. 80
0. 99
6 96
8. 23
24
12 39
-43 1. 8
2. 04
11 16. 2
1. 16
7. 28
May 5
14
12 38
12 36
-42 42. 5
. 30. 5
1. 75
1. 33
11 25. 6
11 33. 6
0. 85
0. 89
6. 60
6. 39
24
June
13
23
July 3
13
12 57
12 58
13 16
13 14
13 14
13 15
-42 12. 2
-41 51. 8
-41 26. 6
-40 58. 6
-40 37. 7
-40 20. 5
1. 83
2. 04
2. 52
2. 80
2. 09
1. 72
11 47. 3
12 10. 6
12 39. 4
13 12. 1
13 38. 1
14 2. 4
1. 37
1. 33
2. 88
3. 27
2. 60
2. 43
7. 30
10. 02
11. 51
13. 00
11. 33
10. 44
23
Aug. 2
12
13 15
13 12
13 15
-39 59.
-39 42. 7
39 23. 2
2. 15
1. 63
1. 95
14 25. 4
14 53. 5
15 19. 6
2. 30
1. 81
2. 61
12. 04
10. 67
12. 41
22
13 13
39 7. 6
1. 56
15 48 4
2. 88
12. 11
Sept 1
11
21
Oct 1
11
12 54
13 14
13 15
13 13
13 12
-39 2. 2
39 0. 3
38 58. 1
38 58. 1
39 0. 3
0. 54
0. 19
0. 22
0. 00
-0. 22
16 6. 9
16 27. 2
16 47. 8
17 11. 8
17 as. 3
1. 85
2. 03
2. 06
2. 40
2. 15
9. 50
8. 70
10. 09
9. 23
9. 60
21
13 50
39 9.
0. 87
17 55.
2. 17
10. 00
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
XLIX
Table d (continued).
Gr. T.
Kt-Hm
Rel.
Rate
Iv-Hw
Rel.
Rate
t
C.
1894 Oct. 21
13h 50 m
-39m 9.8Q
+ 17m 55."0
31
13 50
39 18.
0.890
18 12. 8
l.78
+ 8 47
Nov. 10
13 52
39 27. 5
-0. 95
18 30. 9
1. 81
8. 65
20
13 49
39 41. 3
1. 38
18 39. 8
0. 89
7. 00
30
13 51
39 46. 1
-0. 48
19 1. 1
2. 13
9. 89
Dec. 10
13 52
39 55. 1
90
19 18. 4
1. 73
9. 03
20
14 23
40 1. 9
-0. 68
19 37. 8
1. 94
8. 93
30
14 25
-40 7. 4
0. 55
19 59. 2
2. 14
9. 82
1895 Jan. 9
14 26
40 13. 4
0. 60
20 19.
1. 98
8. 56
19
14 25
-40 17. 6
0. 42
20 44. 4
2. 54
10. 79
29
14 26
40 21. 9
0. 43
21 8. 8
2. 44
10. 22
Febr. 8
14 23
-40 26. 8
0. 49
21 26. 9
1. 81
8. 75
18
14 26
-40 29. 3
-0. 25
21 46. 5
1. 96
11. 24
March 1
14 31
40 35. 1
0. 53
22 2.
1. 41
10. 12
10
20
30
April 9
19
29
14 24
14 13
14 14
14 54
14 52
14 55
-40 37.
-40 38. 8
-40 48. 4
-40 52. 6
-40 56. 2
41 5. 6
0. 21
-0. 18
-0. 96
0. 42
-0. 36
-0. 94
22 18. 2
22 37. 1
22 53. 7
23 16. 5
23 44. 5
24 10. 9
1. 80
1. 89
1. 66
2. 28
2. 80
2. 64
10. 78
11- 41
9. 89
11. 72
12. 91
12. 41
May 9
19
29
June 8
18
28
July 8
18
28
15 17
15 29
15 33
15 33
15 56
15 53
16 5
16 18
16 33
-41 10. 3
-41 16. 7
-41 24. 4
41 31. 3
-41 33.
-41 38. 7
41 39. 8
-41 44. 6
41 49. 1
-0. 47
-0. 64
-0. 77
-0. 69
-0. 17
0. 57
0. 11
0. 48
-0. 45
24 44. 9
25 14. 3
25 43. 9
26 10. 4
26 43. 2
27 12. 1
27 46. 4
28 16. 9
28 49. 4
3. 40
2. 94
2. %
2. 65
3. 28
2. 89
3. 43
3. 05
3. 25
ia is
13. 75
13. 52
13. 37
14. 57
13. 76
15. 20
14. 59
14. 04
Aug. 7
17
16 17
16 13
-41 54. 3
42 0. 8
-0. 52
-0. 65
29 21. 9
29 51. 3
3. 25
2. 94
14. 45
14. 32
27
15 56
-42 5. 7
0. 49
30 14. 4
2. 31
14. 72
Sept. 6
16
15 57
15 56
42 10. 9
42 15. 3
0. 52
0. 44
30 40. 1
31 5. 7
2. 57
2. 56
14. 37
14. 63
26
15 55
-42 24. 2
-0. 89
31 24. 2
1. 85
ia 29
Oct. 6
16 4
-42 34. 9
-1. 07
31 42.
1. 78
11. 79
16
15 55
42 44. 4
0. 95
31 59. 6
1. 76
11. 67
26
16 19
-42 55. 3
-1. 09
32 11. 4
1. 18
10. 90
Nov. 5
16 28
43 5.
0. 97
32 24.
1. 26
11. 35
15
16 57
-43 16. 8
1. 18
32 33. 6
0. 96
10. 95
25
16 57
43 29. 1
1. 23
32 42. 3
0. 87
9. 76
Dec. 5
17 19
-43 40. 4
1. 13
32 58. 5
1. 62
10. 95
15
17 33
-43 53. 1
-1. 27
33 10. 3
1. 18
9. 74
25
18 13
-44 6.
1. 29
33 22. 8
1. 25
8. 92
18% Jan. 4
17 57
44 21. 8
-1. 58
as 29. o
0. 62
7. 94
14
18 45
-44 41. 7
-1. 99
33 30. 2
0. 12
6. 01
24
18 39
44 55. 7
1. 40
33 37. 8
0. 76
10. 16
Febr. 3
19 25
45 13.
1. 73
33 40. 7
0. 29
9. 50
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Table d (concluded).
Gr. T.
Kt Hw
Rate
Iv-Hw
Rel.
Rate
t
C.
1896 Febr. 3
13
igu 25m
19 44
45m 13.sO
45 33. 9
2.S09
33m 40.87
33 45. 4
O.s47
+ &64
23
19 44
-45 55.
2. 11
34 2. 9
1. 75
9. 38
March 4
19 46
-46 15. 7
2. 07
34 32. 4
2. 95
10. 56
14
19 43
-46 34.
1. 83
35 0. 2
2. 78
11. 63
24
19 41
46 50. 1
1. 61
35 33. 1
3. 29
13. 05
April 3
13
19 43
20 5
-47 5. 7
V] 27.
1. 56
2. 13
36 8. 7
36 39. 9
3. 56
3. 12
13. 46
11. 94
23
20 23
47 47. 8
2. 08
37 9. 6
2. 97
11. 34
May 3
12
20 24
20 22
-48 5. 1
48 22.
1. 73
1. 88
37 43. 5
38 10. 8
3. 39
3. 03
12. 40
12. 47
23
20 16
48 39. 2
1. 56
38 49. 8
3. 55
12. 95
June 2
20 16
-48 47. 4
0. 82
39 31.
4. 12
15. 72
12
20 20
49 0.
1. 26
40 7. 8
3. 68
14. 22
22
20 37
-49 16. 7
1. 67
40 41. 8
3. 40
12. 97
July 2
12
20 31
20 36
-49 33. 8
49 50. 1
1. 71
1. 63
41 15. 8
41 49.
3. 40
3. 32
12. 84
12. 85
23
1 12
50 5. 6
1. 52
42 22. 3
3. 26
12. 76
Aug. 1
11
55
2 9
50 20. 6
50 37. 4
1. 67
1. 68
42 46.
43 13. 7
2. 63
2. 77
12. 26
11. 78
22
20 4
-50 41. 1
0. 32
43 57. 6
3. 75
12. 9
The column of rates for Kt Hw shows some considerable irregularities
which cannot be explained by any progressive term and which almost com-
pletely mask the effect of temperature. In the rate of Iv Hw the effect of
temperature is very prominent (between 8 .2 and s .3 per degree) and the
casual irregularities are smaller and of a different character, from which it
follows that the irregularities in the column Kt Hw are due to Kutter. After
the return of the expedition all the three chronometers were kept going for
some time in the Christiania Observatory without being touched; for Hw
and Iv a series of comparisons were available also from the the time imme-
diately preceding the departure in 1893. Kutter arrived from Germany only
some few days before the departure, but by the courtesy of Professor NEU-
MAYER the writer is in possession of a series of comparisons made from the
beginning of 1893 in the Deutsche Seewarte.
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
LI
This material was examined on the supposition that the rate could be
represented in the form
Daily rate = x -f- ty
where t is the temperature. For Htv after the return an attempt was also
made to introduce a term proportional to the time, but it was found quite
insensible. The results are contained in the following synopsis, where n is
the number of equations employed.
n
X
y
Zv*
w^2
HohwO
Kutter .
( 1893
' '\ 1896, 97
/ 1893
16
79
15
+ 2.s21 OM65
+ 2. 00 0. 048
0. 88 0. 194
O.sl72 O.S0127
- 0. 192 0. 0056
+ 0. 056 0. 0325
0.053
0.073
0.100
Ivcrsen
' '{ 1896, 97
/ 1893
"\ 1896
79
22
14
- 1. 93 0. 054
- 0. 45 0. 245
0. 76 0. 445
+ 0. 022 0. 0062
+ 236 0. 022
+ 0. 270 0. 040
0.091
0.400
0.157
It will be seen that Kt has the smallest temperature-coefficient, but that
its constant term has changed considerably more from 1893 to 1896 than the
constant term for the other two. From Table d it is also apparent that a
similar change in the opposite direction has taken place in the interval. The
relatively large probable errors of the constant terms depend chiefly on the
choice of as the standard temperature, the mean temperature during the
comparisons being of course considerably higher. 1 The last column gives
the mean of the squares of residuals (v) as a good means for comparing the
qualities of the three chronometers.
Hohwti is evidently the best of the three and it was deemed safest to
rely solely upon it for the intervals without observations. A formula deduced
from comparisons ashore is of course not immediately applicable on board,
because the exterior conditions, especially the humidity, in a narrow ship's
cabin are very different from those of an observatory room. That these
different conditions affect not only the constant term but also the temperature
' For Kt in 1893 it was found more convenient to count the temperatures from 10,
and the constant term was found as O.s32 0. S 194 for this temperature, so that
the probable error for should have been considerably higher than that given
above; but as the mean temperature during the comparisons in Hamburg had been
higher than in Christiania, the value for 10 was retained in order not to prejudice
the chronometer as compared with the other two.
LII
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORVV. POL. EXP.
coefficient, is apparent from the fact that the relative temperature coefficient
of Iv Htv on board is sensibly smaller than the difference between the above
values of y for Iv and Hw, both in 1893 and in 1896.
Some trials were made in order to throw some light on this point. If
the values of the clock error as determined 1) by the telegraphic signals be-
fore and after the expedition, 2) by the two solar eclipses observed on board,
and 3) by the eclipses of Jupiter's Satellites and by Lunar Distances, are
called 1) the signal points, 2) the solar points, and 3) the satellite points res-
pectively, the problem to be solved may be expressed thus : To draw a curve
going exactly through the signal points, through or very near the solar points
and among the satellite points which are rather widely dispersed, especially
during the two first winters ; the whole time with due regard to temperature.
As it happened that the mean temperature in the intervals between the
signal and the solar points was somewhat different, an attempt was first made
to determine the constant term x separately for the three intervals by intro-
duction of the temperature coefficient 0. 9 189, the mean of the values found
in Christiania with due regard to weight; that is to say
x = daily rate -f0. 8 189 t.
The result was :
Gr. T.
Hw-Gr.
Mean Rate
t
x
1. 1893
2. 1894
a 1895
4. 1896
July 18 ....
April 5 ....
March 25 ...
Aug. 22. ...
20h Om
16 51
23 15
21
42m50
41 44
39 40
35 33
-0.253
-0. 350
-0. 479
+ 8.822
9. 722
12. 246
1.8415
1. 487
1. 835
It may have some interest to compare the mean rate of Hw with those
of Kt and Iv for the same intervals :
Kt-Gr.
Rate
Iv Gr.
Rate
1.
2.-
3.
4.
1 57
1 6
-15 8
+0.8677
4-0. 144
1. 63
+ 48m 6s
52 40
62 24
79 31
4-1.8Q5
4-1. 65
+2. 08
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. CHRONOMETERS.
LIII
The increasing value of x for Htv with increasing temperature seems to
indicate that the temperature coefficient had a smaller numerical value on
board than ashore. It was next tried to form some means of the satellite
points, by which the number of intervals was increased from 3 to 7 ; and by
putting y = 0. S 10 it was found that x could be made approximately con-
stant for all the intervals except one (1894 November 1895 March) where it
was sensibly (about 0. 8 4) smaller. No pendulum observations were made
during this period. The means of the satellite points being, however, rather
uncertain, these numbers are not reproduced here.
As it was apparent from these trials that the second solar eclipse, whose
conditions were much less favorable than those of the first, introduced some
constraint if the satellite points of the preceding winter were not to be enti-
rely neglected, it was lastly tried to leave it out and to use the two remai-
ning equations for a direct determination of x and y, viz :
1893 July 181894 April 5, x + 8.822 y = 0. 8 253
1894 April 51896 Aug. 22, x + 11.202 y = -0. 4265
which give x = 0. 8 390 and y = 0. S 073 and would imply a correction of
-f- 12" to the result of the second solar eclipse, corresponding to a somewhat
early observation of the second contact as compared with the first, parti-
cularly for Sverdrup's observation with the smaller instrument.
By putting in round numbers
y = O.oQSO
and determining x from the mean temperature of the whole time (10.656 C)
and the mean rate ( 0. S 3864) viz :
x = +0."466,
only 3 seconds were sacrificed from the first solar eclipse, which brings the
result nearer to the mean of 1 st and 2 nd contact, estimated as corresponding.
As these values seemed to be slightly more concordant with the satellite
points, the formula
Daily rate = 0. S 466 0. S 080 t
was finally adopted. On this basis the first table of the "Results", containing
the error of chronometer Hohwu for every 10 th day, bas been calculated.
It may be noticed that the rate of Hw during the 11 series of pendulum
observations, with temperatures between +5 and +15 C, as calculated by
this formula, nowhere differs more than 0."1 from the values obtained in
LIV GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
the manner mentioned above, with y = 0. 8 10 and x only approximately
constant during the several intervals; in^most cases the values obtained by
both methods are practically identical.
If the adopted values of the clock error Hw Gr. are compared with the
corresponding values following from the eclipses of Jupiter's Satellites (Table c),
and the differences are grouped by D and R, the mean value, in the sense
obs. comp., is 14. S 2 for D and +13. 8 4 for R, according well with the
expectation that there would be a greater absorption of light in these high
latitudes, where the planet's average altitude is smaller than in Europe and
Australia. When the three periods of observation of Jupiter's Satellites are
considered separately, the mean difference R D is always positive; but it
must be added that the symmetrical division holds good only for the whole
mass of observations; if the same condition were to be fulfilled for each period
separately, the curve ought to be shifted about 17 s downwards at the begin-
ning of 1894 and 11 s upwards at the beginning of 1895. But during both
these winters the observations of D were so far less numerous than the ob-
servations of R that no correction could safely be deduced from this consi-
deration. For the last winter, where the observations of D are in excess and
the satellite points are on the whole much less dispersed, the condition of
symmetry is nearly fulfilled.
The calculated values of Hw Gr. M. T. may of course be several
seconds in error and it is possible that this error may in some places reach
the amount of 20". An error of 20 s or 5' in longitude represents 1.6 km.
in latitude 80 and 0.8 km. in 85.
Voyage along the Coast of Siberia.
The astronomical observations taken before the enclosure in the ice have
all been reduced, not only because the track of the ship in these difficult
regions has an interest in itself, but also as forming the foundation for the
determination, by compass bearings, of the situation of numerous islands and
some points on the continent not to be found on previous maps.
NO. 6.]
INTRODUCTION. VOYAGE ALONG THE COAST OF SIBERIA.
LV
The compass is, however, not a very trustworthy instrument in these
high latitudes. Owing to the feeble intensity of the horizontal component of
the earth's magnetism the local influence on board, as well as its variations,
attain relatively greater importance than in lower latitudes. Between the de-
parture from Vardo 1893 July 21 and the enclosure in the ice on September
22 Mr. SCOTT-HANSEN took in all 65 compass-bearings of the Sun or a star,
giving the sum of magnetic declination and local deviation, and 4 direct deter-
minations of the deviation by mutual settings between the compass on board
and another compass placed at a convenient distance ashore or on the ice.
In order to separate the declination and deviation it was necessary to examine
the declination first. Professor NEUMAYER'S isogonic chart for 1895 extends
to 75 of latitude, but by means of three determinations made by Mr. Scott-
Hansen during the voyage, and a good many taken during the following years
on the ice, it was possible to continue the curves and join the separated
branches on a polar map.
An inspection of the values of the deviation thus found showed that it
could not be considered as constant for a given course during the whole
voyage. On putting the deviation in the usual form
A + B sin a + C cos a + D sin 2a + E cos 2a
where a is the compass-course from north through east, the constants were
determined separately for the following three periods, containing respectively
20, 22 and 26 observations (one of the 69 being omitted) taken between the
limits given in the table below.
Limits of
rei.
Date 1893
Lat.
Long.
Decl.
I.
/July 22 ....
lAug. 9 ....
6937'
71 20
4155' E
66 44
10 E
20
II.
/Aug. 11 ....
\Aug. 28 ....
72 11
76 54
6825
95 2
23
29
III.
/Sept. 7 ....
\Sept. 22 ....
73 52
7850
100 40
137 8
28
7
On solving the equations by the method of least squares the observations
of period II proved insufficient to determine the quadrantal deviation, most
of the observations having been taken in the first and the adjoining part of
LVI
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
the fourth quadrant, but only 4 in the second and none in the third. On
putting the constants D and E for thia period equal to the mean of the values
found for periods I and III, the following values were calculated and tables
formed from them :
A
B
C
D
E
I.
1.72
-0.98
+ 5.68
+3.46
-O.10
II.
+ 1. 16
-0. 84.
+ 10. 40
+2. 20
-1. 13
III.
+3. 51
-3. 47
+ 11. 13
+0. %
-2. 15
Another difficulty in the determination of the situation of new islands
etc. arose from the necessity of using dead reckoning. Owing to the difficult
navigation, frequently hindered by fog or ice and often conducted between
unknown banks and islands and in strong currents, the dead reckoning was
often seriously in error, especially in longitude. The difference of east longi-
tude found by dead reckoning being almost invariably too great, it was neces-
sary to introduce a proportional reduction, which of course gives rise to some
uncertainty when the interval from the nearest astronomical observation was
considerable. Apart from some days spent in harbour there were, however,
only few days without astronomical observations.
On one occasion the difference of east longitude deduced from the astro-
nomical observations was considerably in excess over that of the dead recko-
ning, viz. on 1893 August 29 when the ship had encountered dead water in the
afternoon and arrived in the evening at the ice border near Cape Laptev.
This would seem to indicate an easterly motion of the fresh water forming
the upper layer, relatively to the sea below through which the bulk of the ship
was going, thus making the speed only apparently so small as given in the
log book (for the last hours 1 or 2 knots with calm weather and the engine
going full speed). In sailors' parlance it looks as if the ship was dragging
some miles of sea with her. But other observations show that such a cur-
rent would not suffice as a sole cause, and both Mr. Nansen and Mr. Scott-
Hansen are of opinion that the dead reckoning under these circumstances is
not sufficiently trustworthy to form the basis of an explanation of this curious
phenomenon.
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. VOYAGE ALONG THE COAST OF SIBERIA. LVII
The present volume contains all astronomical observations made at sea
between the departure from Vardo and the enclosure in the ice in 1893, but
their application to the determination of the position of new islands etc. will
be given in another volume.
The Sledge Expedition.
After a preliminary trial in the last days of February and the first days
of March NANSEN and JOHANSEN started northwards 1895 March 14, turned
southwestwards April 8, and got the first glimpse of land on July 23. It is
a matter of course that the observations during this expedition, where the
principal work of the travellers was very often a struggle for life, and where
the instruments had to be handled in temperatures down to 40 C with no
other source of heat than the observer's own body, could not attain any high
degree of accuracy. The instrumental equipment for astronomical observations
were the small altazimuth, the pocket sextant, and the two small compasses
mentioned before; a glass horizon for the sextant was only used once, the
level having been found to be cracked later on. The altazimuth was mounted
on three fixed brass plates with radial furrows on the upper side of its box,
with the latter standing on the hard packed snow, which was found to give
a sufficient stability. The observer had to lie on the ice. On comparing the
readings of the vertical circle of the altazimuth during this expedition with
those taken on board an apparent difference will be found; while Mr. Scott-
Hansen always noted the degrees by the vernier to the left, Mr. Nansen used
for the same purpose the vernier on the opposite side to the object glass. In
this manner half the difference between the readings in the two positions of
the instrument, the telescope being in both cases pointed to the same fixed
object, will give the altitude. The horizontal point of the circle differed only
some minutes from 90. It should be mentioned that the lines ruled on glass,
forming the cross wires in the focus, are rather broad, between 1' and 2';
while this introduces no difficulty for the observation of stars which can
easily be set between the borders of the line, the Sun's limb must be set
8
LVIII GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
tangent to one of them, and when the edge used is apparently the same (e. g.
the upper) in both positions, they are really different; thus the horizontal
point of the circle will be different in the two positions, unless the semidia-
meter is given a constant correction. In the mean the effect will of course
be eliminated.
Both the travellers carried pocket chronometers which will be designated
in the following by I and II. The first, carried by Nansen, was marked
"Johannsen 6455", the other, carried by Johansen, was denoted in the jour-
nals of the From as ,,No. 19787"; it was Nansen's watch from the Green-
land expedition. Both were carefully compared with chronometer Hohwti by
Lieut. Scott-Hansen during several months before starting, and under varying
conditions which differed, however, considerably from those of the sledge
expedition. The mean daily rate of I on Mean Time during periods of a
week or more varied between 3. 8 9 and 5. 8 2 fast, of II between 1. 8 2 and 3. 8 3
slow. During the days February 26 March 6, including the first trial expedi-
tion, the rate of II was 2. 8 42, and during the next eight days which were
spent on board, it was 2. 8 35. Watch I was not compared with Hw on
returning to the ship (Nansen returned on March 3, Johansen on March 4)
but the mean rate during Febr. 26 March 14 was +5. 8 0. The relative rate
of I II was thus +7. 8 4. During the expedition it was more irregular, but
on the average greater, about 10 13 seconds. Both watches appear to have
been going faster, but I more than II.
It happened several times that one of the watches ran down. Unfortu-
nately it happened also once, when the working day of the men had been
longer than that of the watches, that both ran down. The astronomical obser-
vations between which the stopping occured (1895 April 12) were 5 days apart.
As the weather was clear and the ice good, the dead reckoning for this inter-
val will probably not be much in error; but the drift of the ice is of course
unknown.
There is, however, another difficulty which for a certain period of the
expedition is more serious than the stopping of the watches. During the
months of April and May all altitudes were measured with the sextant, and,
with one exception, from the natural horizon. In the afternoon of April 2
a series of 6 altitudes was taken, the first three with glass horizon, the rest
with natural horizon. The two sets give a difference of nearly ten minutes
NO. 6.] INTRODUCTION. SLEDGE EXPEDITION. LIX
in the clock error. It was first believed that the glass horizon had got out
of adjustment after levelling; a comparison with the result of a series of
5 altitudes taken in the morning of April 4 seems, however, to indicate another
explanation, viz. a constant error in the altitudes measured from the natural
horizon, evidently due to irregular terrestrial refraction causing the correction
for dip to be nearly as large positive as it should be negative under ordinary
circumstances for the given height of the eye. On both days the sky was
clear, the Sun above the horizon all day long, and the weather mostly calm,
but the temperature of the air below 30 C. There is some probability that
a similar anomaly may have taken place also an other occasions under the
same meteorological conditions; but the assumption that the horizon has on
all occasions been elevated to the same amount must necessarily be affected
by a considerable uncertainty. The same phenomenon (to a smaller extent)
made itself manifest later on at the winter hut though the temperature was
then much higher.
Considering that in the high latitudes reached during this expedition an
error of 1' in an altitude measured near the prime vertical, that is to say
under the most favorable conditions, gives an error of a minute of time in
the clock correction, it will be understood that the determination of local time
by the means at hand was no easy task.
On two occasions Mr. Nansen took Lunar Distances, one on the ice, the
other at the winter hut. After the stopping of the watches he was often on
the look out for the Moon during the periods of her visibility, but could not
perceive her with the naked eye on the pale sky with the strong reflection of
light from the immense white surface of the ice, till August 10; and even
then the Moon disappeared in the haze after the measuring of a single dis-
tance. The cutting out of the tables of Lunar Distances from the English
Nautical Almanac having been forgotten he had no other data for the Moon
than the mean time and the declination for upper culmination at Greenwich,
by which means the computation on the spot was of course rather difficult.
The uncertainty of the Greenwich Time deduced from the Lunar Dis-
tances is not much greater than that of the Local Time. An approximate
determination of the longitude of the winter hut at Franz Joseph Land may
also be obtained by a combination of Mr. Nansen's observations in 1896 on
the way to Mr. JACKSON'S station at Cape Flora. The writer does not know
LX GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERV. [NORW. POL. EXP. No. 6.]
the particulars of the determination of the longitude of this place; but in a
letter from Professor SCHIAPARELLI he is kindly informed that according to a
private letter from a member of the expedition of H. R. H. the DUKE OF THE
ABRUZZI, which had an excellent equipment of instruments, Lieut. CAGNI had
made a new determination of the longitude of Cape Flora and found a displace-
ment of 10' towards the east, which is not of importance in this connection.
The duke having left Arkhangel only 9 days before reaching Cape Flora, it
is very likely that a good determination could be made by means of the
chronometers.
The two Charts,
showing the track of the ship and of the sledge expedition, are constructed
on the stereographical projection. The scale indicated on the charts is valid
for latitude 81 17', but the difference for other latitudes is nearly insensible.
The magnetic declination, which is indicated by arrows in some places where
they could be inserted without inconvenience, is mostly taken from the observa-
tions by compass on the ice, but some values have also been furnished by
Mr. STEEN from observations in the magnetic observatory.
The writer is under obligation to Professor H. H. TURNER of Oxford
who has had the great kindness to read a proof of this Introduction.
In conclusion the writer cannot withhold an expression of admiration for
the activity and ability with which the men of the Fram have under most
trying circumstances and in a great measure with instruments and by methods
lying far outside their practice in former life collected so many important
scientific results.
August, 1900.
OBSERVATIONS
A. Altitudes measured with the Altazimuths.
Observer: Lieutenant Scott-Hamen, when not otherwise stated.
The small instrument, which was but seldom used on board, is indicated by the
circle-reading only to tenths of a minute.
The date here given is astronomical, the hours being counted from Noon of a meridian
not very different from that of Greenwich (the chronometer Hohwv, being about 40 minutes
in advance of Gr. M. T.). Owing to the great eastern longitude of the ship during the
most part of the voyage the civil date on board was very often greater by 1 than that
here given.
The position of the observer before the ocular is as a rule not stated in the original,
but may be inferred from other considerations and is added here in the column "Oc." in
order to facilitate the application of the level-correction. The level-reading is reproduced
here as given in the original; the correction to the circle-reading is in the direction
Right Left, the sign of which may be concluded from the above remark.
As to the approximate bearing of the star it may be remarked that when the circle-
reading is between 270 and 360, the object glass was to the right of the observer,
standing before the ocular; when between O 9 and 90 to the left. (In the case of the
small instrument, whose zenith-point is about 180, the corresponding limits are 90 9 180'
for the right, and 180 270 for the left).
The two columns of circle-reading correspond to the two microscopes (or verniers for
the small instrument). For the great instrument each number of seconds is the mean of
two or sometimes three readings, corresponding to adjacent divisions of the circle.
The two last columns before "Remarks" give the comparisons between the chrono-
meter Hw and the observer's watch, in some cases supplemented from the Journal of daily
comparisons.
See also explanation to List B (sextant-observations).
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1893
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
U'lll.
h m -
tn
1 II
h m
m s
Aug. 6
Sun L. L.
N
3 445
101 38.5
36.8
21 12
33.9
')
n
S
8 23
258 39
37
.
21 2
35.5
Oct. 5
Polaris
E
1 24 58.5
169 32.5
32.3
S 0.5 N 1.7
026
+ 1 28.5
n
W
45 38
190 23
20
N 0.7 S 1.2
Jupiter
N
1 56 27.5
247 4.5
6
E 0.5 W 1.7
S
2 7 46
113 28.0
27.5
E 0.2 E 2.5
2 59
+ 1 28.7
a )
Oct. 5
Ursa; Maj
W
23 54 11
218 24
24.5
N 1.1 S 13
22 44
+ 1 36.5
" 6
J)
E
8 65
141 26.5
20.0
S 0.6 N 1.6
Jupiter
S
19 11
108 20.0
18.5
W 0.9 E 1.4
N
26 18
251 22.0
17.0
W 2.0 E 0.3
1 31
+ 1 37.7
Oct. 8
Vega
N
59 7.3
133 485
45.0
E 0.4 W 2.0
31
+ 1 38.5
)j
S
1 13 1
226 56.2
54.0
W 2.5 W 0.2
)
Polaris
W
1 27 10.3
190 38.2
34.5
N 0.35 S 2.0
ft
E
4335.5
169 27.5
24.5
N 1.4 S 0.9
2 3
+ 1 39.3
Oct. 12
a Ursee Maj.
E
1 2 42
140 34
33.5
N 1.4 S 0.7
51
+ 2 6.5
W
13 44
219 26.5
26.0
N 0.35 S 1.8
Vega
S
1 4049
229 2.5
4.0
W 2.55 W 0.4
')
N
2 38
129 59.5
58.5
W 1.0 E 1.2
2 35
+ 2 7.1
Oct. 17
Ursse Maj.
E
1 16 41
320 44 16.0
43 54.5
N 9.0 S 20.6
23 45
+ 2 41.2
6 )
n
W
34 49.2
39 8 41.0
8 40.0
N 13.0 S 16.5
Capella
N
1 48 37.8
42 44 49.5
44 32.0
W13.4 E 16.1
S
2 2 29.3
317 57 0.5
56 36.5
W14.0 E 15.6
2 35
+ 2 41.5
Oct. 18
rsae Maj.
E
23 9 34.0
321 17 55.5
17 41.0
N 16.4 S 14.0
22 45
+ 2 53.6
n
W
23 22.6
38 53 11.0
52 51.0
N 18.3 S 12.1
Capella
N
23 36 53.8
48 45 560
45 40.5
W14.8 E 16.0
S
50 51.9
311 51 36.0
51 28.5
E 14.7 W16.1
24 15
+ 2 54.5
Oct. 23
rsee Maj.
E
7 27.8
320 38 53.0
38 50-0
N 16.2 S 14.8
23 27
+ 3 11.1
n
W
19 21.2
39 22 40.0
22 23.5
S 12.2 N 18.8
Capella
N
32 7.7
45 34 17.5
34 5.5
E 20.6 W10.0
D
S
41 24
314 53 59.5
53 34.5
E 13.0 W17.1
25 8
+ 3 11.5
Oct. 25
a Cygni
W
21 17 37.8
326 26 50.5
26 28.0
S 18.8 N 11.5
20 52
+ 3 23.5
8 )
E
28 6.7
33 28 15.0
27 565
N 15 S 15
Persei
N
21 45 2.2
44 3 11.5
3 24.5
E 11.2 W19.5
S
5334.5
316 20 24.5
20 18.0
E 14.4 W16.1
22 6
+ 3 23.5
Oct. 27
a Cass.
S
21 33 33.8
329 49 33.0
49 13.0
W16.0 E 15.0
20 50
+ 3 34.5
n
N
47 17.2
29 29 4.0
29 15.5
W16.5 E 15.0
Cygni
E
21 59 57.5
33 26 56.0
26 29.0
S 16.5 N 14.9
W
22 9 27
326 29 45.0
30 8.0
N 15 S 16
22 27
+ 3 34.3
Oct. 29
a Ursee Maj.
W
22 10 58.2
38 31 1.5
30 45.5
N 16.0 S 15.8
21 41
+ 3 44.2
n
E
22 28
321 17 26.0
17 55.5
S 16.5 N 15.3
Capella
S
22 36 48.8
310 20 20.0
20 43.0
E 13.0 W19.0
N
46 17.5
49 14 54.0
14 27.0
E 16.7 W15.2
23 26
+ 445.5
7 )
Oct. 31
e Cass.
N
20 59 14.8
28 21 28.5
21 55.5
E 16.6 W15.5
20 26
+ 3 55.8
f)
S
21 7 47.0
332 3 13.5
3 53.0
W16.7 E 15.3
Deneb
W
21 20 47.7
326 50 59.0
50 27.0
N 16.0 S 16.0
E
34 8
33 7 21.0
7 49.0
N 16.6 S 15.5
23 23
+ 3 57.6
Nov. 2
e Cass.
N
21 948.3
27 25 35.0
26 13.5
E 18.0 W15.5
20 23
+ 4 10.5
8 )
S
4524
334 23 0.5
23 30.0
W16.5 E 17.3
a. Cygni
W
22 5 12.5
326 39 38.0
39 10.0
N 18.0 S 15.5
E
17 50
33 31 41.0
31 6.5
S 19.6 N 14.0
22 36
+ 4 13.5
Nov. 6
e Cass.
N
21 8 16.3
26 5 49.0
5 0.5
E 14.0 W15.2
20 22
+ 4 49.8
ff
S
27 21.5
334 55 12.5
54 23.0
W13.5 E 16.5
Cygni
W
21 4324
326 44 38.0
45 23.0
S 17.5 N 12.8
E
5854
33 29 56.0
30 32.0
S 13 N 17.2
22 20
+ 4 50.6
Nov. 9
e Cass.
S
21 1 3
334 10 30.5
9 55.5
E 15 W14
12 48
+ 5 12.0
n
N
2241.7
24 43 12.0
42 28.0
E 14.5 W14.5
) Comparison Aug. 5. 2 ) Level assumed W.-0.2. 8 ) Lev. E.-0.2. 4 ) Lev. E.-0.4.
t>) Comp. Oct. 16. ") Level a little uncertain, as there was some motion in the ice.
7) Assumed Hw W. = 3 45.5. *) Observer Johansen.
NO. 6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
1803
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
inn.
h m s
'
/ It
h m
m s
Nov. 9
a Cygni
E
21 37 50
3327 6.0
27 51.0
S 15.5 N 13.5
W
46 57
326 23 23.5
24 11.0
S 12.5 N 16.5
21 59
+ 5 14.6
Nov. 12
e Cass.
S
20 41 3.5
333 54 25.0
53 38.0
E 15.2 W16.0
19 43
+ 5 35.5
n
N
54 50
25 24 18.0
23 31.0
E 16.3 W14.9
Cygni
E
21 10 4.3
33 21 11.0
21 55.0
S 15.5 N 15.5
H
W
29 54
326 21 18.0
22 0.0
N 17.1 S 13.3
21 57
+ 5 36.5
Nov. 16
e Cass.
N
20 53 28.8
24 27 9.0
26 24.0
E 15.4 W15.5
19 33
+ 6 5.5
ft
S
21 4 21.5
336 6 33.5
5 45.0
E 17.0 W14
Cygni
W
21 18 28
325 51 7.5
51 40.5
S 17.2 N 13.2
ft
E
27 10
34 19 26.0
18 51.0
S 15.7 N 15.2
22 12
+ 6 6.1
Nov20
e Cass.
N
20 54 10.2
23 33 59
34 [44
E 15.5 W17.4
19 56
+ 646.5
n
S
21 15 3
337 28 28
28 57.5
E 15.4 W17.5
Cygni
W
21 35 32
325 5 50
6 37
S 13.0 N20.0
E
48 3.5
35 16 13
15 25
S 20.2 N 12.7
22 26
+ 648.2
Dec. 4
t Cass.
N
20 9 542
23 15 17
16 ' 2
E 17.0 W16.5
19 9
+ 8 57.2
')
S
41 54.0
338 25 45
24 53
E 16.5 W17.5
2 )
rs Maj.
E
21 4 6.0
321 12 31
13 25
N 14.7 S 19.5
n
W
19 22.5
38 48 30.5
49 7.5
N 16.0 S 18.0
21 46
+ 8 57.8
Dec. 8
e CilSS.
N
20 5 55.0
23 11 41
12 6.5
E 18.0 W14.9
1851
+ 14.0
S
16 33.5
337 19 28.5
19 6.5
E 16.0 W17.0
rsie Muj.
E
20 31 31
321 26 55.5
27 33
S 19.1 N 13.5
n
W
45 30
38 37 24.5
37 54
N 16.1 S 16.4
21 17
+ 14.5
Dec. 11
e Cass.
S
20 10 1
337 35 15
34 44
E 16.2 W16.0
1934
+ 37.B
N
2259
21 49 1
49 34.5
E 15.1 W17.2
n Ursa; Maj.
E
20 42 26
321 29 38.5
29 10
N 17.0 S 15.6
W
55 32.5
38 32 59.5
32 27.5
N 16.9 S 15.5
21 34
-f 038.2
Dec. 17
f Cass.
S
19 5 18.5
25 40 52.5
40 26
W16.0 E 13.9
18 18
+ 1 30.0
3 )
M
N
14 1.2
23 55 14
54 29.5
E 17.3 W13.5
n Ursae Maj.
W
19 34 2.2
38 14 56.5
15 38
N 15.3 S 15.3
E
52 31.0
321 34 51
35 30.5
N 15.0 S 15.6
20 26
+ 1 30.6
')
Dec. 19
e Cass.
S
18 44 17.5
335 3
2 31.3
E 15.4 W16.1
18 17
-f 1 51.5
N
55 4
25 27 16.5
26 36
E 15.0 W17.5
4 )
rsae Maj.
W
19 5 58.7
37 59 0.5
59 31
N 16.4 S 16.8
n
E
12 32
321 55 13.5
55 55
N 18.4 S 15.2
19 38
+ 1 52.0
Dec. 21
/ Cass.
N
19 45 20
22 12 13.5
11 52
E 17.0 W15.3
19 17
f 2 10.2
B )
S
5428
338 8 38
8 23.5
E 18.0 W14.5
Cygni
W
20 9 55
312 45 5.5
45 33.5
S 16.2 N 16.9
")
n
E
26 24.0
47 42 55.5
43 15.0
N 15.0 S 17.6
2049
+ 2 11.0
Dec 23
Cass.
S
18 48 9.4
335 56 29
55 57.5
E 16.5 W15.0
1825
+ 2 24.5
N
19 1 4
23 27 20
26 47.5
E 16.5 W16.9
rsse Maj
W
19 9 20.0
38 12 5
12 36.5
N 150 S 18.6
n
E
16 3.5
321 43 45
44 15
N 15.1 S 19.0
1940
+ 2 25.0
Dec. 26
Persei
S
20 30 53
324 9 8
8 51
E 18.8 W13.1
19 58
1 11.5
N
39 1.5
35 28 50
29 15
E 17.0 W15.0
a Ursse Maj.
W
204832
38 30 38
30 55.5
N 15.2 S 16.8
ft
E
56 25
321 32 26
32 57
S 15.5 N 16.5
21 24
1 11.0
Dec. 28
Cass.
N
185335
22 59 50
59 37
E 15.0 W15.3
18 25
- 54.5
S
19 1 23.5
337 22 39
22 18
E 14.4 W17.0
a UrssE Maj.
E
19 9 24
321 29 2
28 34.5
N 11.2 S 20.4
n
W
16 21.5
38 34 56.5
34 25
N 15.1 S 16.9
19 32
- 54.0
Dec. 30
Cass.
S
18 59 42
337 35 23.5
34 54.5
E 13.9 W16.1
18 44
038.8
N
19 7 59
22 1 40.5
1 19
E 16.0 W16.0
& i
rsa: Maj.
W
19 15 3
38 a-; 40
35 3.5
N 20.0 S 12.7
n
E
21 36.5
321 23 18.5
22 54.5
S 17.2 N 16.0
19 34
036.7
1894
Jan. 1
e Cass.
N
19 18 58
21 6 51.5
6 11.5
E 1R7 W13.9
1853
- 24.0
S
26 13.0
339 13 11
13 37
E 16.0 W17.8
*) Observer Johansen. 2 ) Ass. corr. to circle 10".
6 ) Hazy. 6 ) Star ass. Cygni.
8 ) Circle ass. 335. 4 ) Circle ass.
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
ll III S
' <>
/ U
h in
m s
Jan. 1
a Ursa? Maj.
E
19 45 58.5
321 16 39.5
15 55.5
N 17.5 S 17.5
n
W
5443
38 43 39.5
43 4.5
N 17.0 S 18.0
20 11
0240
Jan. 4
s Cass.
S
1855 31
338 25 53.5
25 11
E 16.5 W17.0
1830
0.0
N
19 4 12
21 1055
10 36
W16.3 E 18.0
Ursue Maj.
W
19 12 23
38 41 37.5
41 11
N 17.3 S 17.3
n
E
21
321 17 47
17 19
N 16.9 S 18.0
19 38
+ 0.5
Jan. 7
f Cass.
S
19 11 17.7
339 40 26
40 6.5
E 16.7 W17.3
18 45
+ 023.5
N
18 5.0
20 3 0.5
2 24
E 18.3 W16.3
rare Maj
W
19 27 4.0
38 35 16
34 35.5
N 18.2 S 16.7
E
38 12.0
321 27 0.5
26 10.5
N 16.5 S 18.5
20 14
+ 24.0
Jan. 9
rsse Maj.
W
19 57 35.1
3823 15
22 41
N 15.5 S 17.5
19 20
+ 038.1
')
E
20 12 37.5
321 44 53.5
44 12.5
N 18.5 S 15.5
S Draconis
N
2029 48
337 37 11
36 22
E 19.0 W16.5
yi
S
3852.5
22 4850
48 22
W194 E 16.2
20 55
+ 039.0
Jan. 12
y Draconis
N
19 54 18.0
320 17 18.5
17 50.5
W16.0 E 16.6
19 17
+ 1 0.9
S
20 1 31.6
40 2 43
2 14
E 162 W17.0
Ursa; Maj.
W
20 11 45
37 60 3
59 35
S 17.0 N 16.5
E
20 14
322 6 34
7 17.5
N 18.1 S 15.6
2037
+ 1 1.5
Jan. 15
rsffi Maj.
E
18 46 14.5
321 36 22.5
35 32.5
S 17.7 N 14.8
18 25
+ 1 29.6
n
W
52 30
38 24 40
23 55
S 18.3 N 15.1
7 Draconis
S
18 59 58.5
37 47 59
48 45.5
W21.2 E 13.2
t*
N
19 9 7
321 46 15
47 2
E 18.5 W15.9
19 35
+ 1 30.0
Jnn. 18
y Draconis
N
18 59 30
321 46 29
45 52.5
E 164 W16.3
1830
+ 1 58.0
S
19 9 11
38 40 17.5
40 43
W18.0 E 13.8
20 20
+ 1 58.8
2 )
Jan 21
rsae Maj
E
18 21 51
322 036
14
N 16 1 S 15.9
17 57
+ 2 26.5
n
W
29 26.5
38 18.5
N 17.1 S 14.7
2 )
a Cygni
N
22 52 27.5
312 2 12.5
2 48-5
W149 E 16.6
M
S
23 4
48 17 11
16 31.5
W16.5 E 14.7
2329
+ 2 29.5
Jan. 22
Cass.
W
19 42 21
336 12 37.5
13 20
S 17.1 N 16.7
17 45
+ 2 35.8
n
E
51 27
23 45 29
44 48
S 19.0 N 15.0
Ccpbei
S
20 443.5
22 38 19-5
37 51
W18.0 E 16.0
y
N
13465
336 59 3.5
59 31
W11.9 E 17.1
2038
+ 2 37.0
Jan. 25
e Ursa; Maj.
E
20 5 7
316 17 29.5
16 505
N 17 4 S 18.0
19 38
+ 3 5.0
W
1438
43 43 15
42 38
N 193 S 15.8
Cephci
S
20 22 25
23 51 54.5
52 30.5
W19.0 E 15.6
N
29 47.5
3354844
49 13.5
E 19.0 W16.0
2048
+ 3 5.3
Jan. 27
rssc Maj.
E
18 49 51.5
322 12 49
13 35
N 17.0 S 18.6
18 38
+ 3 24.2
n
W
19 6
37 40 52-5
40 20
N 20.7 S 14.0
7 Draconis
S
19 13 52
40 440
3 55
W17.5 E 16.9
N
22 46
319 32 54.5
33 44.5
W17.0 E 17.4
19 40
+ 3 24.5
Jan. 29
rsa; Maj.
E
1840 6
322 13 22
12 53
N 16.1 S 17.9
18 18
+ 344.4
j*
W
47 56
37 4426
43 50
N 17.6 S 16.4
X Draconis
S
18 57 12
39 42 45.5
42 9.5
W18.1 E 15.5
n
N
19 456
319 57 57.5
58 30.5
E 18.6 W15.0
1930
+ 3 450
Feb. 1
Vega
W
14 3 22
31832 35
33 11
N 17.2 S 14.0
13 36
+ 4 11.5
n
E
9 37.5
41 30 57.5
31 20
N 16.2 S 14.8
Cass.
N
14 2247
32 50 53
51 20.5
E 14.8 W16.2
S
33 59
327 35 53.5
35 12
W13.0 E 18.0
14 50
+ 4 12.0
Feb. 4
rsro Maj
E
18 36 48
322 33 54
34 49.5
N 20.0 S 16.6
18 13
+ 4 44.8
W
4443.5
37 21 52.5
21 8
N 18.3 S 18.3
y Draconis
S
18 51 33
40 26 3
26 50.5
W16.4 E 18.7
N
19 51
319 11 4.5
10 16
W18.0 E 18.6
1923
+ 445.7
Feb. 8
Vega
N
19 33 19.5
306 15 54
15 17.5
W15.6 E 13.0
18 19
+ 5 21.5
jl
S
4029
54 2 10
2 41
E 16.0 W13.5
a Cass.
E
19 4835
2420 4
20 34.5
S 15.1 N 15.1
W
5525
3353431
33 55
N 18.0 S 13.0
20 10
+ 5 22.0
') Observer Johansen.
Cloudy.
NO. .]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
1894
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw W.
Rem.
h "m s
' <
/ II
h m
m s
Feb. 11
o Cephei
N
19 30 13.5
335 27 5.5
26 19.5
W15.4 E 20.2
19 8
+ 5 50.0
n
S
37 39
24 53 205
52 43
W20.1 E 15.5
Polaris
w
19 49 47
8 44 38.5
45 22
N 19.0 S 16.9
n
E
58 32
351 15 23
14 45
S 19.5 N 16.2
2033
+ 5 50.5
Feb. 13
Polaris
E
19 35 48
351 15 30
14 58.5
N 18.0 S 16.6
1855
+ 6 11.5
ft
W
42 6
8 45 15
44 38
N 16.0 S 19.0
a Cephei
S
19 59 41
26 6 20.5
5 41.5
W195 E 15.7
n
N
20 22 7
332 55 18
55 54
W16.2 E 18.5
22 23
+ 6 13.0
Feb. 19
o Cephei
N
21 3 35
330 9 33.5
9 9
W15.3 E 18.3
20 40
+ 7 10.7
S
10 1.0
30 5 55
6 38.5
W16.0 E 18.0
i)
/? Ursffi Min.
E
21 19 5
33448 30
48 14.5
S 19.5 N 14.5
/
li
W
26 31.5
25 9 29
9 7
N 16.0 S 18.0
21 45
+ 7 11.5
Feb. 21
Capella
W
21 29 55
325 12 8
12 29.5
N 15.0 S 15.3
2039
+ 7 27.7
n
E
41 48.5
3437 57
37 33.5
N 15.1 S 15.0
n
E
22 10 52
34 21 14.5
20 57.5
S 16.0 N 14.3
n
W
17 30
325 41 28.5
41 135
S 17.4 N 13.0
2348
+ 7 29.0
Feb. 22
a Cass.
N
025 39
323 52 9
51 50
W15.5 E 18.0
n
S
34 5
36 28 52.5
28 39.5
W16.0 E 16.6
1 3
+ 7 29.9
a )
Feb. 23
a Cephei
N
21 1 2
329337 34.5
36 46.5
E 18.9 W16.5
2035
+ 7 43.1
/
ft
S
9 19
3033 23
32 32
W16.9 E 18.4
8)
Capella
E
21 39 32
34 29 27.5
28 46.5
S 18.6 N 15.6
/
n
W
49 27
325 37 12.5
37 57.5
N 18.2 S 16.7
22 1
+ 7 44.0
Feb. 26
Capella
W
2253 20
325 37 22
37 41.5
N 15.0 S 15.7
22 23
+ 8 12.7
n
E
23 10
34 26 22
26 45.5
N 15.7 S 15.0
a Cass.
S
23 13 1.5
34 17 0.5
16 32
W16.0 E 15.0
n
N
1941
325 26 17.5
25 48
W17.0 E 16.0
23 36
+ 8 13.3
Mar. 3
y Draconis
E
22 51 12
311 27 21
26 8.5
N 18.6 S 16.0
22 35
3.5
W
56 32.5
48 33 30.5
33 59.5
N iae s 16.0
a. Ursse Maj
N
23 3 9
26 15 20
14 19.5
W20.4 E 14.3
S
9 39
334 339
2 35
W19.0 E 15.0
23 25
3.0
Mar. 5
a Lyra?
E
23 1031
118 6-5
2.5
N 1.0 S 2.0
13 25
+ 12.3
W
18 13
240 55.0
55.5
N 0.7 S 2.2
y Ursa? Maj.
N
23 31 54
213 55.0
53.0
W 0.6 E 2.3
|)
S
39 26
145 27.5
24.5
W 0.3 E 2.6
24 15
+ 17.0
)
Mar. 10
a Cygni
W
23 5
235 12
10
N 1.5 S 1.4
23 52
+ 59.0
B )
n
E
29 28
12444.7
40.5
N 2.0 S 1.0
a Persei
N
36 24.5
141 24.5
20.5
W 2.2 E 0.7
n
S
43 2
218 52.5
51-0
W 1.6 E 1.3
13 24
+ 1 5.0
Mar. 13
a Persei
S
22 36
218 25.5
24.5
W 1.3 E 1.6
1328
+ 1 25.0
")
n
N
29 11
141 155
10.0
W 2.5 E 0.3
a Cygni
E
03929
124 33.5
30.5
N 1.8 S 1.0
d
W
46 32
235 23.5
20.5
N 1.4 S 1.5
1 1
+ 1 28.5
Mar. 15
a Persei
N
19
321 20 6
19 13.5
W16.0 E 19.2
23 53
+ 1 47.0
*)
n
S
26 59
39 3 0.5
2 2
W17.0 E 18.2
a Cygni
W
33 26
55 25 57.5
25 5.5
N 18.0 S 17.2
n
E
4055
304 34 53.5
33 52.5
N 16.7 S 19.0
1 1
+ 1 475
Mar. 18
a Cygni
E
21 51 1
304 42 0.5
41 8.5
N 19.3 S 16.6
j
W
58 11.5
55 2054
21 47
N 17.6 S 18.3
o Persei
S
22 7 48
3858 14
57 17
W17.6 E 183
n
N
17 7
320 37 36.5
36 41
W18.7 E 17.0
2234
+ 12235.0
Mar. 22
o Persei
N
23 58 40
319 38 37.5
37 40.5
W18.0 E 16.0
2324
+ 19.2
8 )
23
n
S
13 16
4050 35
49 42
E 19.5 W14.4
*)
a Cephei
W
31 47
37 48 1
48 58
N 17.4 S 16.7
M
E
4026
322 11 11
10 11
N 15.4 S 18.8
1 23
+ 20.0
Mar. 26
Persei
N
033
320 12 39.5
11 54.5
W20.4 E 14.6
23 27
+ 495
10)
n
S
8 2.5
40 052
1 32
W19.0 E 15.7
') Some motion in the level. -) Cloudy, stars often invisible. 8 ) Ass. corr. to circle
+ W- 4 ) Zenith-point about 179 30'. B ) Comp. March 9. ) Comp. March 12. ') Comp
March 14. 8 ) Ass. corn to circle + 1 10'. 8 ) Ass. corr. to circle 1. 10 ) Comp. March 25.
8
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
iem.
h m s
' "
* U
h m
m s
Mar. 26
a Cephei
W
15
37 45435
46 42
N 19.0 S 15.7
E
21 37.5
322 13 11
12 24.5
N 17.5 S 17.1
33
+ 49.8
Mar. 31
a Persei
N
036
319 24 51.5
24 7
W18.0 E 15.2
23 31
+ 1 39.7
i
jt
S
10 4
40 59 21
60 1
W14.3 E 19.0
13 2
+ 1 46.0
2
Apr. 6
y Draconis
S
2 56 0.5
321 24 32
23 53
E 14.0 W19.7
19 32
+ 2 37.7
8
N
3 1 35
38 22 32
22 2.5
E 18.0 W15.7
a Cass.
W
3 8 14
43 4846
48 325
N 18.0 S 15.6
E
13 5
316 12
11 34
N 14.9 S 18.7
3 25
+ 2 40.5
May 4
Su\i U. L.
N
21 58 14
286 1 29.5
1 31.5
W 8.7 E 15.8
13 16
+ 7 36.5
T)
S
22 3 44.5
74 12 0.5
11 49.5
W14.0 E 12.0
22 28
+ 7 40.0
May 25
Sun L. L.
W
144545
298 32 50
32 22.5
S 10.6 N 12.5
13 47
+ 2 7.0
E
51 48.3
61 21 39.5
21 21
S 10.5 N 12.7
Sun U. L.
N
21 39 26
291 5 46
5 19
W14.0 E 8.8
20 55
+ 5024.5
4 )
S
46 58
69 9 55.7
9 45
W12.0 E 11.0
22 3
+ 5025.0
June 3
Sun L. L.
S
13 14 24.7
297 33 32.5
33 15.5
E 12.4 Wll.4
N
1834
62 19 15.5
18 59
E 12.2 Wll.6
13 42
17.8
June 4
Sun L. L.
N
12 37 29.5
63 28 4.5
27 55.5
E 9.0 W14.0
12 2
9.0
S
42 11.5
296 4052
40 53
E 10.4 W12.8
14
8.2
June 6
Sun L. L.
S
12 25 23.5
296 22 31
22 17.5
E 12.1 W 7.0
11 53
+ 34.3
4
N
12 32 20.5
63 24
23 42
E 11.7 W 8.8
13 56
+ 35.0
Sun U. L.
N
22 31 56
292 46 17
46 31.5
W10.0 E 11.8
S
37 36
67 25 51
25 31.5
W12.7 E 9.5
22 55
+ 38.7
June 7
Sun L. L.
S
13 16 38
298 458
4 30
E 5.0 W16.0
N
21 30
61 46 46.5
46 29
E 8.6 W12.3
13 55
+ 44.2
June 12
Sun L. L
S
13 30 11
298 37 59
37 45.5
E 10.4 W10.4
E
35 15.5
61 13 57.5
13 38.5
S 10.8 N 9.9
1346
+ 1 25.5
Sun U. L.
N
21 47 29
294 49 57
49 49.5
W 9.0 E 12.0
S
53 53
65 23 54-5
23 35.5
Wll.O E 10.3
22 6
+ 1 27.5
5 )
Ju. (16)
Sun U. L.
W
Noon
301 46 43.2
46 26.5
N 11.0 S 8.1
Terr. Obj.
S
270 17 44-3
17 52
E 10.2 W 9.3
N
89 41 44-7
41 42.3
E 105 W 9.1
June 22
Sun L. L.
S
13 22 57
298 35 47.5
35 32.5
E 9.4 Wll.O
11 54
+ 2 42.5
N
27 46.5
61 16 5.5
15 50
E 13.3 W 6.9
14 1
+ .2 42.5
July 5
Sun L. L.
S
12 29 36.8
297 13 23
13 1
E 14.8 W 6.1
U 57
+ 438.1
Terr. Obj.
N
270 14 26.5
14 22
E 15.6 W 6.5
S
89 44 54
44 36
E 10.5 Wll.4
July 10
Sun L. L.
S
12 37 13
296 31 48
31 57.5
E 8.7 Wll.6
11 54
+ 5 23.0
N
41 23.4
63 19 51
19 48.5
E 9.9 W10.8
13 55
+ 5 24.0
July 14
Sun U. L.
N
1 28 15.6
285 41 38
41 29.5
E 4.6 W15.7
13 55
+ 5 51.2
6
S
33 31.4
74 25 2
24 45
W a4 E 12.1
I 59
+ 556.5
July 27
Sun U. L.
N
21 35 47.5
290 3434
34 51
W 7.9 E 14.9
21 13
+ 7 55.5
S
40 45
69 36 29
36 7.5
W10.4 E 11.5
25 4
+ 7 57.7
Aug.25
Sun L- L.
S
14 3450
288 2655.5
26 25
E 13.5 W 9.7
1356
+ 1 25.2
N
40 15.5
71 27 16.5
27 41
E 11.0 W12.0
1457
+ 1 25.5
')
Sun U. L.
N
21 2 54
283 13 9.5
12 45
W12.0 E 11.0
S
1027.2
77 422.5
3 54
W12.9 E 10.2
22 38
+ 1 28.3
Sep. 3
Sun U. L.
S
12 46 48.8
282 42 13
41 47.5
E 16.3 W 7.3
11 52
+ 2 51.3
"-"T
N
51 59
77 8 18
7 55
E 13.0 Wll.4
13 34
+ 2 52.0
Sun U. L.
N
2057 56
280 36 49-5
36 19
W11.7 E 12.1
S
21 3 17.6
79 34 50.5
34 19
W12.0 E 11.3
22 7
+ 2 57.0
Sep. 12
Sun U. L.
S
12 59 24.8
279 20 5.7
19 25
E 9.2 W14.8
12 31
+ 4 32.5
r
N
13 7 27.4
79 57 12.7
56 21
E 10.2 W10.2
13 55
+ 4 32.2
Sep. 15
a Ursie Maj
W
3 55 56.7
36 20 39.5
19 56
N 12.8 S 13.1
13 56
+ 75
")
E
4 3 36.4
323 41 18.5
40 19.5
N 14.1 S 12.7
y Draconis
N
4 14 54
321 44 55
43 15.5
W15.5 E 12.0
9
/
S
21 28
38 31 9.5
32 0.5
W15.0 E 13.0
Lyrae
S
4 25 26.8
49 52 15
51 28
W17.6 E 10.5
5 4
+ 14.7
>) Comp. March 30. 2 ) Cloudy. 3 ) Comp. April 5. *) Watch had stopped shortly be-
fore. 5 ) Ice-pillar loosened, but instrument steady during the observation. B ) Comp. July 13.
7 ) Image not sharp. 8 ) Comp. Sept. 14. 9 ) Must be another star.
NO.
6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
1804
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
h m s
'
/ II
h m
m s
Sep. 17
<x Cephei
E
2 13 51.4
19 16 52
15 53.5
S 14.0 N 13.5
1 50
+ 33.8
W
2029
340 42 36
41 46
N 16.0 S 12.9
? Persei
s
2 46 26.0
318 38 4.5
37 12
E 15.7 W12.1
n
m
N
52 18.5
41 9 55
9 7
E 14.0 W14.0
)
a Perse i
N
2 58 31.5
38 53 30
52 34.5
E 13.2 W15.0
13 58
+ 39.0
Sep. 20
Cephei
W
2 3 49
340 55 1
53 55
S 146 N 12.2
1 39
+ 1 7.5
a Persei
N
2 23 48.6
39 48 4
46 53
E 15.0 W12.4
n
S
31
320 30 10
29 9.7
E 15.0 W13.0
3 13
+ 1 8.5
Sep. 24
r; Ursee Maj.
E
4 59 57
311 27 34
2631
S 20.0 N 8.0
4 17
+ 1 55.5
H
W
5 6 37
483648
35 53.5
S 13.5 N 14.2
ft Auriga;
N
5 17 32
43 2 45
2 4
W14.5 E 13.7
n
S
29 41
317 25 20.5
2424
W15.5 E 13.0
5 57
+ 1 56.5
Sep. 28
a Cephei
W
59 27
340 54 22
53 34.5
S 17.1 N 12.6
10
+ 2 34.5
E
1 5 54.5
19 5 30.5
4 29.5
S 14.5 N 15.3
a Persei
N
1 18 47
41 15 10.5
14 13
E 13.8 W 16.3 [I
S
23 56.7
318 57 27.5
5628
E 17.8 W12.2
a Cephei
W
1 55 49.5
340 45 58
44 57
S 15.5 N 14.5
2J.2
+ 2 35.5
Oct. 1
a Cephei
W
30 41.0
340 55 59
54 46
S 16.0 N 14.0 i 10
+ 2 19.2
Jl
E
37 0.5
19 2 53
1 53.5
S 17.0 N 13.1
Persei
N
45 48.3
42 5 23.5
4 26
E 16.0 W14.0
H
S
53 2
318 12 20
11 22.5
E 15.0 W15.6
1 16
4- 2 20
-)
Oct. 3
a Cephei
W
35 26.7
341 1 20.5
36
S 16.2 N 15.0
11
+ 2 4,3.5
f
fl
E
41 44.0
18 58 5.5
57
S 14.7 N 16.7
<t Persei
N
48 26
41 40 11.5
39 25.5
E 14.7 W16.2
n
S
55 1.5
318 35 54.5
34 58
E 15.5 W15.5
1 15
+ 2 44.8
Oct. 7
a Cephei
'
W
13 23.5
340 42 50.5
41 53.5
S 15.0 N 15.8
23 56
+ 3 26.0
3)
E
18 1
19 16 56.5
15 34.5
N 14.1 S 16.8
/
n Persei
N
25 42.0
42 6 20.5
7 24.5
E 16.2 W14.8
n
S
31 28.3
318 6 50
5 34.5
E 15.0 W16.0
1 26
+ 3 27.0
Oct. 8
Sun L. L.
W
16 54 46.0
272 29 0.5
28 13
S 14.0 N 17.0
13 53
+ 3 46.2
E
17 43.7
87 34 40.5
33 39.5
S 14.2 N 17.2
Oct. 10
a Ursce Maj.
E
1 19 23.0
323 49 42
48 49
N 19.0 S 12.0
13 58
+ 3 57.7
4)
W
25 17.5
36 13 41
12 38.5
N 17.2 S 15.0
/
Persei
N
1 34 38
39 7 10.5
6 4.5
E 15.0 W17.8
n
S
42 34.3
321 11 40.5
10 48
E 14.9 W18.3
2 8
+ 4 2.5
Oct. 13
a. Cygni
W
6 27
323 22
21 7
S 14.0 N 16.0
053
+ 4 34.2
5)
jg
E
12 57.5
36 40 19
39 30.5
S 16.0 N 14.1
/
o Auriga?
N
20 50.0
48 52 2.5
51 18
E 15.5 W15.0
ff
S
26 59.0
311 19 54.5
18 58.5
E 16.0 W14.0
58
4- 4 35.2
Oct. 15
a Cephei
W
14 53
340 31 21.5
30 23.5
S 13.4 N 16.8
23 54
+ 4 56.3
6)
H
E
20 11.3
19 28 59
28 10
S 14.3 N 16.3
/ .
a Persei
N
27 58.0
41 19 40
18 57
E 13.3 W17.2
M
S
34 18.5
318 56 29.5
55 28.5
E 17.6 W13.2
1 3
+ 4 57.0
Oct. 16
a Cephei
W
235839
340 21 26
20 43.5
S 13.8 N 16.0
2344
+ 5 19.7
I?
E
3 13.5
19 38 5
37 3
S 14.0 N 15.8
Moon U. L
N
10 15
68 12 9.5
11 30
E 16.3 W13.4
n
S
16 26.5
292 2 5.5
1 31.5
E 14.1 W15.5
43
4- 5 20.5
Oct. 20
ft Aurigae
W
8 32
322 55 36
54 44
S 10.2 N 19.0
8 9
+ 5 59.4
n
E
41 50
37 4 4
3 6
S 16.0 N 14.0
a Ursse Maj
N
900
26 29 21
30 8.5
E 12.5 W17.5
ji
S
9 34
,333 50 32.5
49 47
E 15.0 W15.4
Jupiter U. L
W
9 19 20
30060 15
59 35.5
N 15.9 S 14.7
10 5
+ 6 0.0
Oct. 25
Cass.
W
2 3450
a33 45 58.5
44 56
S 14.0 N 16.0
2 19
+ 6 50.4
w
E
4021.5
26 12 28
11 39
N 15.6 S 14.4
a Lyra?
S
2 46 21
50 49 15.5
48 42
W16.2 E 14.0
n
N
51 17.0
309 1 31.5
048
E 17.2 W13.0
3 13
+ 6 50.7
*) Probably a Persei. 2 ) Watch dropped on deck yesterday.
Oct. 9. 5 ) Comp. probably an hour earlier. 6 ) Comp. Oct. 14.
8 ) Comp. Oct. 6. 4 ) Comp.
2
10
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
h m s
' "
/ II
h m
m s
Oct. 27
a Ursas Maj
E
51 18
324 29 21.5
28 38
N 18.0 S 15.6
032
+ 7 11
W
56 39.5
35 32 50.5
31 54.5
N 16.2 S 17.1
a Persei
N
1 17 55.5
38 4 38.5
3 44.5
E 16.8 W16.8
S
23 59.3
322 8 8.5
7 5.5
E 17.6 W16.0
1 44
+ 7 11.5
Oct. 29
rsae Maj
E
03440
324 40 52
40 2.5
N 15.0 S 16.2
16
+ 7 36.0
W
40 26.5
35 22 15.5
21 22.5
N 17.0 S 14.0
a Lyras
S
47 34.5
47 17 12
16 25
W16.0 E 15.2
n
N
51 44
312 35 46.5
34 50.5
W16.5 E 15.0
1 39
+ 7 36.9
Oct. 30
a Cygni
W
22 32 40
322 44 36.5
43 36
S 15.7 N 17.0
22 17
+ 8 1.5
ji
E
36 52.5
37 14 58.5
14 1.5
S 16.4 N 16.3
e Cass.
N
2245
26 45 36.5
4443.5
W15.7 E 17.3
M
S
52 18.5
333 30 8.5
29 17
W16.9 E 16.2
23 14
+ 8 2.2
Nov. 1
e Cass.
S
21 57 41.3
331 51 16.5
50 28.5
E 15.0 W15.0
21 11
+ 8 27.3
u
N
22 6 45.7
27 51 28.5
50 45
E 14.0 W16.0
a Cygni
E
22 15 16.0
37 19 40.5
19 1
S 17.0 N 13.3
W
22 13
322 43 58.5
43 5.5
S 14.3 N 15.7
22 39
+ 8 28.5
Nov. 4
rsae Maj.
N
21 48 28
319 22 6
21 10.5
W15.8 E 17.0
21 27
+ 9 3.5
S
5438.5
40 51 11.5
51 57.5
W17.5 E 15.3
Cygni
E
22 2 55.0
37 21 25.5
20 38.5
N 17.8 S 14.6
u
W
8 43
322 42 15
41 15.5
N 16.7 S 15.5
99 ^
~.~ > >
+ 9 4.5
Nov. 7
a Cygni
W
22 49 49
322 45 43.5
4447.5
S 16.0 N 18.0
22 25
+ 9 37.0
E
55 55
37 16 45.5
1543.5
S 17.7 N 16.6
s Gass.
N
23 6 4.5
25 5 22.5
4 26.5
E 17.8 W16.6
m
S
12 42.0
335 8 33.5
7 37.5
E 16.8 W17.4
23 37
+ 9 38.0
Nov. 10
/ Draconis
N
53 2.5
322 34 59.5
33 56.5
W17.0 E 17.7
32
+10 4.0
M
S
57 30.7
37 36 5
37 11.5
W17.2 E 17.2
a Ursae Maj.
W
1 5 34.0
35 27 4.5
28 0.5
N 18.7 S 15.2
n
E
li 50.7
324 33 57.5
32 59
N 16.5 S 18.0
1 58
+10 4.9
Nov. 12
n Cygni
W
22 34 58.5
322 46 24.5
45 20
S 18.5 N 16.4
22 9
+ 10 36.8
E
40 42.5
37 15 48
1448
S 17.2 N 18.0
Persei
N
22 47 42.3
41 25
24 5
E 17.0 W18.4
S
53 59.5
318 48 19
47 23.5
E 17.9 W17.6
23 21
+10 37.8
Nov. 17
a Lyrae
S
1 45 44.5
50 48 25
47 43
E 15.0 W14.6
55
+11 21.7
')
N
31 7.0
309 1 21
30
E 16.6 W12.6
a Cass.
W
1 36 39.5
333 51 31
50 50
N 15.0 S 15.0
W
E
42 13.0
26 8 18
7 30
N 15.0 S 15.0
1 55
+11 22.5
Nov. 21
/? Ursae Min.
W
16 4
352 31 47
31 10.5
S 14.0 N 15.9
1437
+ 12 16.5
u
E
12 22
7 32 25
31 41.5
S 12.0 N 18.2
Cygni
N
16 21 51
43 55 45
54 52
W16.3 E 14.4
n
S
27 58
316 17 28
1634
E 14.4 W16.6
2035
+ 12 19.2
Cephoi
W
22 25 55
340 7 59.5
6 54
S 14.0 N 18.3
E
31 38
19 54 21
53 14
N 16.5 S 16.3
a Persei
N
2238 54
40 11 44
10 57.5
E 16.7 W16.3
n
S
45 13
320 2 39
1 45.5
E 16.5 W16.3
23 27
+12 21.7
2 )
Nov. 24
/? AurigoD
S
1 12 55.6
315 36 17.5
3525
E 16.2 W15.2
58
+12 50.5
n
N
17 8.2
44 15 27
14 28.5
W15.0 E 16.7
Cass.
E
1 23 7.8
25 59 56.5
59 7.5
S 16.0 N 15.6
n
W
28 38
333 60 49
59 58.5
S 15.6 N 16.2
1 56
+12 51.5
Nov. 26
n Persei
S
22 57 20
321 4 29.5
3 35
E 17.0 W17.1
22 17
+13 24.5
N
23 3 11
38 44 23
4335
E 17.0 W16.9 1
a Ursoe Maj.
W
23 8 1.5
35 28 25
29 24
N 17.3 S 17.0
E
13 10
324 30 46
29 52.5
N 16.0 S 18.1
14 21
+13 33.6
")
Nov. 28
Ursae Maj.
E
22 45 28
324 36 18
35 8
N 17.0 S 17.5
14 20
+ 13 43.7
W
49 23.6
S5 25 51
2445
N 17.9 S 16.7
y Draconis
S
22 55 0.4
36 8 0.5
7 3
W17.7 E 16.8
n
N
23 39
323 41 52
40 44.5
W18.0 E 16.5
23 20
+ 13 48.2
') Watch assumed 25m.
3 ) Comp. Nov. 27.
2 ) Two sets of observations, our ice-island having loosened.
NO.
6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
11
1894
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
h m s
' "
. 11
h m
m s
Nov. 30
Persei
s
22 47 42.5
321 11 50
1045
E 17.0 W17.4
22 34
+ 14 9.0
N
52 16
3840 11
39 23.5
E 16.7 W17.4
a Ursee Maj.
W
22 56 41.4
35 2854.5
27 54.5
N 19.0 S 15.1
E
23 1 53.6
324 31 35
30 30
S 17.0 N 17.3
23 13
+ 14 9.3
Dec. 3
a Persei
S
22 35 27
321 5 13
4 7
W14.8 E 19.0
22 16
+ 14 41.0
ft
N
40 23
38 43 46
42 41
E 16.5 W17.8II
Cephei
E
22 47 47.5
2040 52
3948.5
S 17.0 N 17.4
W
53 2*
339 15 11
14 5.5
S 15.0 N 19.3
1421
+14 49.0
')
Dec. 5
a Urste Maj.
E
22 52 40
324 40 57.5
39 56
N 16.3 S 17.0
22 27
+15 2.2
W
23 1 2.5
3520 58
1949
N 17.0 S 16.7
7 Draconis
S
23 5 4.5
37 14 29
13 12.5
W16.0 E 17.5
N
10 35
322 35 33
34 27
E 17.0 W16.6
23 22
+15 3.0
Dec. 7
a Ursae Maj.
E
22 32 47.5
324 43 32.5
42 25
N 16.5 S 18.6
22 17
+15 22.8
ft
W
3820.5
35 18 52
17 34.5
S 17.4 N 18.0
/ Draconis
S
22 44 47
36 46 42
4527
W19.0 E 16.1
N
51 46
322 60 34.5
59 31.5
W19.5 E 16.0
23 16
+15 24.2
Dec. 11
rsee Maj.
E
22 35 26.7
32451 1
50 6
N 15.6 S 16.5
22 10
+16 3.5
2 )
n
W
42 17.2
35 10 11.5
9 19.5
N 15.5 S 16.5
a Aurigae
N
22 52 46
44 41 27.5
40 35.5
E 19.8 W12.4
S
59 19
315 32 53
31 55
E 14.4 W17.6
23 25
+16 4.2
Dec. 14
rsae Maj.
E
22 36 35
324 54 2
52 56.5
N 16.0 S 17.6
22 13
+16 35.0
W
41 26
35 6 46.5
5 42.5
N 15.0 S 18.6
7 jDraconis
S
2246 24
37 38 50.5
37 57.5
W15.4 E 18.3
N
5241
322 9 49.5
8 54
W16.2 E 17.5
2331
+16 36.5
Dec. 16
rsee Maj.
E
223850
325 10 24.5
9 10.5
N 17.5 S 18.0
22 9
+ 16 56.7
W
4438.4
34 50 45
4930
N 18.7 S 16.9
7 Draconis
S
22 50 9
37 49 4.5
48 8.5
W19.0 E 16.3
N
57 8
321 59 16
58 5.5
E 18.7 W16.9
23 17
+16 58.0
Dec. 18
rsiB Maj.
E
23 2 38
325 14 32.5
13 21
N 15.7 S 19.6
22 42
+17 19.0
W
8 8.4
344538
44 28
N 18.0 S 17.1
/ Draconis
S
23 17 54.2
33847 46
46 48
W16.6 E 18.6
8 )
M
N
23 15
21 3 31.5
2 19
W16.6 E 18.6
24 13
+17 20.8
')
Dec. 21
a Cass.
W
1 47 57.5
3325354
52 46.5
S 16.9 N 19.0
24
+ 17 42.8
6 )
n
E
53 11
27 10 23
9 17.5
S 19.0 N 16.6
6 )
ft Aurigae
N
1 2 23
42 19 2.5
18 0.5
W18.0 E 17.7
S
9
317 53 55.5
52 48
E 16.5 W19.2
1 35
+ 17 43.5
Dec. 24
7 Draconis
W
16 15
327 29 14.5
28 34
S 16.8 N 15.0
15 10
- 2 0.5
6 )
a Ursae Maj.
N
16 52 20
331 11 46.5
11 7
E 17.0 W15.2
Capella
W
17 12 8
5039 40.5
39 11.5
N 15.6 S 16.6
E
18 20
30921 43
21 10
N 15.6 S 16.6
17 39
- 1 59.0
rsse Maj.
E
21 58 16
325 38 16.5
37 31
N 17.4 S 15.5
21 49
- 1 57.5
7 )
W
22 5 9
34 13 52
12 58.5
N 17.0 S 16.2
/ Draconis
S
22 11 27.5
36 36 33
35 26.5
W14.0 E 19.0
N
1847
323 11 54.5
11 5.5
W14.5 E 19.0
22 29
- 1 57.5
Dec. 26
a Ursae Maj.
E
22 18 8
325 42 44
41 41
N 17.0 S 17.0
22 1
- 1 38.5
W
24 44
34 19 7.5
18 9.5
N 17.0 S 16.7
7 Draconis
S
223333
37 33 22
32 20
W17.0 E 16.7
N
41 10
322 24 44
2346.5
E 17.0 W17.0
23 1
- 1 37.7
8 )
Dec. 28
Ursa? Maj.
E
22 46 16-4
325 40 56
40 11.5
N 15.0 S 17.0
15 9
- 1 17.8
W
52 12
34 18 42.5
17 54
N 14.2 S 18.0
/ Draconis
S
23 021
38 30 31.5
29 40.5
W17.8 E 17.4
N
520
321 22 6
21 7.5
W15.0 E 17.0
23 47
- 1 15.0
Dec. 30
Ursae Maj.
E
22 9 53
325 41 7.5
40 20.5
N 15.0 S 21.1
15 9
- 58.1
W
1453
34 19 58.5
18 59.5
S 19.0 N 17.0
7 Draconis
S
22 21 38
37 40 35
39 46
W18.6 E 17.5
n
N
27 10
322 10 44.5
9 44.5
W19.3 E 17.0
22 53
- 54.0
*) Comp. Dec. 4. 3 ) Cirrostratus, star invisible to the naked eye, but /3 Ursae Maj. found
in the field 4-5 lower. a ) Circle ass. 38. *) Circle ass. 321. 6 ) Watch ass. Oh.
6 ) Cloudy, observation very difficult. 7 ) Circle-correction + 10' ass. by the observer. 8 ) Corr.
to circle ass. 10'.
12
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
-
il 111 S
' "
/ II
h m
m s
Jan. 2
Capella
N
22 4 13
43 56 3.5
55 15
E 18.0 W14.5
S
9 17
316 13 28
12 32
E 16.0 W16.4
rsse Maj.
E
22 14 46
325 50 42
49 54.5
N 16.0 S 16.4
M
W
20 11
34 8 30
7 52.5
N 16.0 S 16.3
22 52
+22 18.3
i)
Jan. 5
y Draconis
N
21 26 18
323 6 36.5
5 56
W16.2 E 14.9
21 12
- 1 8.0
n
S
33 58
37 5 14.5
4 23
W16.0 E 14.9
Ursee Maj.
W
21 40 21
34 6 50
557.5
N 15.7 S 15.5
E
47 14
325 54 6
53 15
N 15.0 S 16.1
22 2
- 1 7.0
Jan. 8
rsee Maj.
E
21 14 13
326 1 34.5
29
S 14.6 N 15.6
21 3
- 028.5
n
W
19 37
33 60 11
59 5.7
N 15.6 S 16.0
/ Draconis
S
21 25 34
37 12 51.5
11 41.5
E 15.1 W17.5
N
32 4
322 37 56.5
36 31.5
W18.8 E 14.8
21 59
- 17.0
2 )
Jun. 11
rsso Maj.
E
21 31 44.5
326 2 9.5
1 6.5
N 17.5 S 14.8
21 7
+ 4.0
jj
W
35 42
33 59 0.5
57 53.5
N 16.9 S 16.0
7 Draconis
S
21 42 12.5
37 58 39.5
5735
W12.4 E 20.6
n
N
46 39.0
321 54 27.5
53 15
W19.6 E 13.6
22 17
+ 4.7
Jan. 13
a Ursee Maj.
E
21 30 43
325 48 44
47 32.5
N 16.9 S 17.0
21
+ 028.5
W
37 26.5
34 11 26.5
10 19
N 17.0 S 17.5
ft Pegasi
W
21 45 7.5
320 1 26
17
S 20.0 N 15.1
8 )
ji
E
49 23.5
56 1 22
22.5
S 18.0 N 17.0
7 Draconis
N
22 29
321 12 54
11 39
W15.4 E 19.8
ij
S
4 30
38 55 40
54 26.5
W17.5 E 17.5
22 47
+ 030.4
Jan. 14
Moon L. L.
S
1 19 28
275 11 58
10 55
E 20.0 W15.2
Jupiter U.L
W
1 25 37
298 17 11.5
16 5.5
S 20.4 N 15.0
Jupiter U. L
W
1 56 8
298 49 40
4842.5
S 16.5 N 18.0
Moon L. L
S
220
276 4 37.5
3 30.5
E 16.9 W17.9
2 31
+ 32.5
Jan. 16
a Ursse Maj
E
21 29 25
325 46 40
45 20.5
S 19.2 N 17.4
15 7
+ 59.0
n
W
33 59
34 13 54
12 35.5
S 18.6 N 17.9
7 Draconis
S
21 46 47.5
38 44 45.5
43 33
W22.2 E 14.4
N
52 18.4
321 7 15
5 54.5
E 15.0 W21.6
22 45
+ 1 3.5
Jan. 18
a Urste Maj
E
20 47 6.5
325 46 4
45 2
N 19.5 S 15.8
2029
+ 22.7
4 )
f*
W
51 7
34 15 6.5
13 57.5
N 17.7 S 17.6
/ Draconis
S
20 58 23
37 28 1.5
2655.5
W20.5 E 14.6
N
21 5 4.5
322 21 3
22 9
W17.7 E 17.8
21 28
+ 1 22.5
Jan. 20
Polaris
E
23 23 3
354 37 59
3655.5
N 16.0 S 18.0
23
+ 1 47.9
71
W
26 32.5
5 23 38
22 36.5
N 18.0 S 16.6
o Cygni
S
23 32 22
43 56 13
55 11
W20.5 E 14.0
N
37 2
315 57 8
55 45
W17.5 E 17.0
23 59
+ 1 48.5
Jan. 22
Polaris
E
22 54 9
354 39 6.5
38 17.5
N 16.7 S 19.0
2233
+ 2 7.5
W
59
5 22 25
21 27
N 19.9 S 16.0
a Cygni
S
23 6 51
43 27
25 46
W18.3 E 17.7
n
N
11 39
316 25 53
2435.5
E 17.6 W18.5
23 49
+ 2 8.4
Jan. 25
Polaris
E
22 13 15.5
354 39 29.5
38 35
N 18.0 S 17.5
21 52
+ 2 39.5
H
W
17 52
521 37
20 39
N 18.0 S 17.6
a Cygni
S
22 25 10
42 38 16.5
37 14
W18.0 E 17.7
N
30 28.5
317 14 18.5
13 6.5
E 18.0 W17.7
22 49
+ 240.3
Jan. 27
Polaris
E
23 1 44
354 44 48
43 43.5
N 16.7 S 16.0
22 48
+ 3 8.5
n
W
5 31
5 16 34
15 28
N 17.0 S 15.5
a Cephei
S
23 11 35
26 15 17.5
14 10
W15.9 E 16.8
'
N
15 51.5
333 38 41
37 35
E 16.5 W16.2
2333
+ 3 9.4
Jan. 30
Polaris
E
22 27 29.5
354 56 29.5
5529.5
N 16.1 S 15.0
22 11
+ 350.0
fl
W
32 12
5 5 11
4 5
N 23.1 S 8.0
a Cygni
S
22 38 45
43 46 6.5
45 2
W14.7 E 16.8
N
4331
316 7 12
556
E 16.0 W15.3
23 18
+ 3 51.0
Feb. 1
Polaris
E
22 35 31.5
354 58 28
57 33
N 18.4 S 16.0
22 23
+ 4 15.4
n
W
40 8
5 3 12
2 3.5
N 18.2 S 16.1
!) Watch stopped shortly before. 2 ) Probably Hw-W. = - 27".0.
star in this position of the instrument. *) Hw W. ass. I m 22s.7.
3 ) Probably another
NO. 6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
13
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
h m s
Q 1 H
/ U
h m
m s
Feb. 1
Cygni
s
22 46 23.5
44 10 3
9 5.5
W16.9 E 17.7
f)
N
5040
315 44 29
43 9.5
E 16.2 W18.1
23 5
+ 4 15.9
Feb. 4
Polaris
E
22 9 9
354 48 57.5
48 2.5
N 13.0 S 20.4
15 3
+ 4 52.0
ft
W
14 11.5
5 12 49.5
11 50
N 18.2 S 15.1
a Cygni
S
22 24 26.5
43 54 17.5
53 15.5
W16.2 E 17.3
n
N
30 56
315 56 10.5
54 53
W16.5 E 17.1
22 50
+ 456
Feb. B
Regulus
S
21 32 39
277 51 17
50 16.5
E 17.3 W17.0
21 9
+ 5 11.0
Mars U. L.
W
21 38
294 1 12
13
S 17.4 N 17.0
Moon U. L.
s
21 42 47
299 36 18
35 5.5
E 17.2 W17.1
Mars U. L.
W
22 2 7
294 20 21
19 12
N 18.0 S 16.9
Moon U. L.
s
22 6 15
300 13 16
12 1
W18.0 E 17.0
Moon U. L.
s
22 41 54
301 6 9
5 1
W18.9 E 16.0
Mars U. L.
W
22 49 36
294 45 15
44 9
S 18.9 N 16.0
23 6
+ 5 13.5
Feb. 6
Cephei
N
23 18 40
332 23 2.5
21 45
W17.0 E 18.5
22 48
+ 5 27.0
S
23 25
27 45 35
44 18.5
E 18.0 W17.5
rsse Min.
W
23 28 32
21 53 48
52 28.5
N 18.0 S 17.5
n
E
32 29.5
38 7 58.5
6 36.5
S 21.2 N 14.2
23 59
+ 528.0
Feb. 8
Jupiter U. L.
S
16 53 23.5
288 25 26
24 13.5
E 17.0 W180
15 57
+ 5 52.0
ft
N
57 24
71 31 36.5
30 24
E 19.8 W16.2
Moon U. L.
W
17 3 4
76 47 5
45 46
N 16.5 S 19.5
n
E
8 6
283 12 1.5
1053.5
S 18.0 N 18.0
Moon U. L.
E
17 31 4.5
283 4 59.5
3 46
N 16.7 S 19.4
n
W
34 52
76 57
55 47.5
N 18.7 S 17.5
Jupiter U. L.
N
17 39 35
70 11 22
10 13.5
E 15.4 W20.7
')
W
S
44 50
289 25 10
24
W17.0 E 19.3
a Ursse Maj.
E
17 48 14
326 21 54.5
2036
N 16.3 S 19.8
71
W
52 41
33 42 37
41 14.5
S 16.5 N 19.5
18 52
+ 5 54.0
Feb. 12
a Persei
W
20 15
325 54 6
52 43.5
S 17.0 N 15.0
6
+ 6 37.2
jl
E
25 48
34 10 5.5
8 57
S 17.4 N 14.5
a Cephei
S
39 21
30 28 19.5
26 57.5
W16.2 E 15.5
fl
N
43 18
329 26 44.5
25 35
E 15.0 W16.9
57
+ 6 37.5
Feb. 13
Polaris
E
21 21 2
a>4 41 59
40 48.5
N 15.0 S 20.5
21 8
+ 6 59.5
jj
W
23 50
. 5 20 14.5
19 11
N 19.3 S 16.2
Cygni
S
21 2826
43 21 58.5
2049
W18.0 E 17.9
n
N
31 56.5
316 33 42.5
32 24.5
E 18.0 W17.9
22 14
+ 7 0.5
Feb. 17
a. Cephei
N
22 20 23
332 41 42
40 30.5
W18.6 E 17.3
21 50
+ 7 51.7
H
S
26 7.5
27 29 17
28 7
W18.0 E 18.3
/ Ursae Min.
W
22 32 10
21 53 24
52
N 19.8 S 16.5
n
E
37 14
338 8 1.5
6 43
N 20.0 S 16.1
22 55
+ 7 53.5
Feb. 20
Cephei
N
22 15 53
332 28 53.5
27 44.5
W16.6 E 19.7
21 50
+ 828.5
n
S
2040
27 40 47.5
39 41.5
W21.2 E 15.0
/? Ursae Min.
W
22 2557
21 45 54.5
4440
N 19.0 S 17.5
E
32 52
338 15 40.5
14 21.5
S 18.0 N 18.4
23 28
+ 8 30.5
Feb. 23
/? Ursse Min.
E
22 13 19
338 23 7
21 49
S 20.0 N 15.1
21 48
+ 9 7.5
n
W
19 6.0
21 39 2
37 53.5
N 19.7 S 15.5
a Cephei
S
22 27 38
28 5 51
439.5
W17.0 E 18.4
H
N
32 18
331 47 46
4633
W17.0 E 18.4
a Gemin.
S
2241 58
304 46 3
44 54.5
W15.5 E 19.7
2 )
Ti
N
45 19.5
55 8 24
7 25
E 19.4 W15.6
n Persei
E
22 5038
34 17 9.5
1556.5
S 17.2 N 17.9
W
55 50
325 43 44
42 29
N 18.2 S 16.9
23 27
+ 9 10
Feb. 24
rs Min
E
22 7 43.5
338 23 13.5
21 55.5
N 19.0 S 16.5
21 57
+ 9 20.5
n
W
12 25
21 38 14.5
37 6
N 19.0 S 16.9
a Cephei
S
22 16 9
27 53 46.5
52 31.5
E 19.2 W16.7
n
N
21 16
331 59 13
58 1
E 17.2 W18.7
22 33
+ 9 21
Feb. 26
/ Ursee Min
E
22 5 9
338 28 41.5
27 26
S 17.0 N 17.5
21 48
+ 946.4
n
W
11 53
21 32 44.5
31 30.5
S 16.5 N 18.2
') Circle-correction + 30' ass. by the observer. 2 ) Watch ass. 40n.
14
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
h m s
' "
1 II
h m
m s
Feb. 26
o Cephei
S
22 18 14
28 8 12.5
7 3
W16.0 E 18.7
n
N
24 5
331 44 10
42 56.5
E 21.0 W13.5
15 1
+ 9 55.2
)
Mar. 2
; Draconis
E
1 3 39
315 35 17
34 5
N 10.4 S 18.2
48
- 2 27.8
W
8 13.5
44 26 9.5
25 1.5
N 18.5 S 16.5
rsse Maj.
N
1 14 33.5
26 41 37.5
40 32
E 16.4 W18.6
2 )
S
20
333 27 53.5
26 35.5
W18.8 E 16.4
1 46
- 2 27.7
Mar. 4
/ Draconis
E
1 2 14.5
315 36 15.5
3452.5
N 15.0 S 19.9
49
- 2 7.0
W
631
44 25 18.5
24 9
N 18.0 S 16.9
a Ursse Maj.
N
1 10 32.5
26 36 41
35 30
E 19.0 W15.9
71
S
15 26
333 32 8.5
30 57.5
W16.0 E 19.0
1 29
- 2 6.5
2 )
Mar. 6
/ Draconis
E
1 22 54
315 36 49
35 28.5
N 15.7 S 18.1
51
- 1 41.5
W
26 22
44 23 52
22 39
N 16.4 S 17.5
a Ursa) Maj.
N
1 30 4
25 5053.5
49 55.5
E 19.0 W15.0
S
33 53
334 16 12.5
15 1
W16.0 E 17.8
1 48
- 1 41.0
Mar. 9
y Draconis
E
058 23
315 31 21
30 15.5
N 12.3 S 21.0
046
- 1 4.2
W
1 2 10
44 29 56.5
28 59.5
N 17.0 S 16.6
a Ursse Maj.
N
1 5 57
26 5 37.5
4 27
E 19.9 W13.9
n
S
9 8.5
333 60 42
5939
W16.0 E 17.8
Jupiter U. L.
W
1 22 14
299 17 28.5
16 13
S 14.3 N 19.5
Moon U. L.
S
1 26 8.5
288 21 12
20 11
E 18.6 W15.2
Moon U. L.
S
1 43 53
288 37 8
36 4
E 19.0 W15.0
Jupiter U.L.
W
1 47 35
299 5 40.5
4 30.5
S 16.4 N 17.0
2 8
- 1 3.7
Mar. 10
Sun U. L.
N
21 2 43
271 17 4
16 13
W14.5 E 19.8
2039
- 38.5
n
S
9 6
8849 59
49 7.5
W16.8 E 17.6
3 )
n
S
20 47
88 60 18.5
59 34
W16.0 E 18.4
n
N
25 44
270 55 21
5428.5
W16.6 E 17.2
rs
N
34 45
270 46 58.5
46 9.5
E 19.0 W15.3
n
S
4058
89 18 37.5
17 46.5
W18.2 E 16.1
rt
S
46
89 23 20.5
22 18.5
W18.0 E 16.5
4 )
n
N
22
270 24 47.5
23 45.5
W18.0 E 16.7
)
False Hor. E.
N
8940
39.5
E 17.0 W17.5
Horizon East
N
_
8947.5
46.5
E 16.2 W18.2
22 44
- 37.0
Mar. 11
/ Draconis
E
47 36
315 31 38
30 24.5
S 19.5 N 15.1
36
- 036.0
W
52 9
44 2844
29 34
N 18.0 S 16.6
a Ursoe Maj.
N
59 41
26 1 57
049.5
W18.8 E 16.0
S
1 3 35
334 5 24.5
4 12
W17.1 E 17.7
1 29
- 35.8
Mar. 13
/ Draconis
E
46 49.5
31537 5.5
35 41
N 17.5 S 15.2
W
50 14
44 24 3.5
22 56
N 18.4 S 14.4
n Ursa; Maj.
N
56 15.5
26 1 32
22.5
E 18.2 W14.8
S
59 59.5
334 5 13
4 6.5
E 16.7 W16.3
1 14
- 2 15.0
Mar. 16
/ Draconis
E
51 44
315 43 20
41 59.5
N 16.6 S 16.3
15 10
- 1 45.3
6 )
M
W
56 18
44 17 3
16
N 17.0 S 16.4
<x Ursse Maj.
N
1 357
25 37 40
36 30
E 18.4 W15.0
S
8 55
33431 9
29 59
W17.6 E 16.0
2 14
- 1 40.5
Mar. 19
r) Ursae Maj.
S
2 31 9
320 23 34
22 14.5
E 20.5 W14.7
2 13
- 2 10.5
n
N
35 26
39 31 17.5
30 12.5
E 19.3 W16.4
a Cygni
W
2 41 3
50 55 55
54 46.5
N 18.0 S 17.6
E
45 15.2
309 5 0.5
350.5
S 18.0 N 17.6
3 7
- 2 11.3
Mar. 21
TJ Ursa; Maj.
S
2 16 47.5
320 16 28
15 16.5
W18.0 E 17.1
2 11
- 020.5
JJ
N
20 30
39 39 3.5
38 8
W17.6 E 17.7
a Cygni
W
2 28 3
50 55 38.5
54 37.5
N 18.1 S 17.1
E
32 15
309 5 1.5
3 59
S 17.8 N 17.3
2 50
- 21.0
Mar. 23
rj Ursa; Maj.
S
2 18 9
320 28 50.5
27 18.5
E 17.4 W18.0
2 2
- 022.5
N
22 32
39 25 59
24 59.5
E 18.0 W17.5
a Cygni
W
2 28 22
50 56 3.5
55 3
N 17.0 S 18.2
n
E
3231
309 4 38
3 34
N 17.8 S 18.0
47
- 22.5
")
') Comp. Feb. 27. 2 ) Level unsteady. 3 ) Limb very boiling and uneven. 4 ) Between
these two observations the limb was hidden by a stratus-cloud. 6 ) Comp. March 15. (Watch
regulated several times March 1624). 6 ) Comp. probably at 2 h 47 m .
NO.
6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
15
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rein.
h m s
'
<
h m
m s
Mar.25
1 Ursas Maj.
S
2 1045
320 27 30.5
26 21
W20.5 E 14.0
1 54
- 17.5
N
14 49
39 27 31.5
26 39
E 18.0 W16.5
Cygni
W
2 22 12.2
50 56 16.5
55 18.5
N 17.3 S 17.4
E
26 32
309 4 19
3 17
N 18.0 S 16.9
2 38
- 17.5
Mar. 27
tj Ursse Maj.
S
2 8 49.2
320 a5 34.5
33 59.5
E 16.0 W19.0
15 2
- 14.7
')
N
1345
39 18 31
17 38
E 18.5 W16.9
a Cygni
W
2 18 31
50 56 51
55 50
N 18.0 S 17.5
E
26 28
309 4 6.5
3 3
N 18.0 S 17.6
2 35
- 14.0
Mar. 29
a Cygni
E
2 2 5.5
309 3 44
2 31.5
S 16.0 N 18.4
W
630
50 57 33
56 32.5
N 19.4 S 15.0
7 Ursee Maj.
N
2 17 48
39 2 14.5
1 17
E 16.0 W19.0
S
2349
321 7 59.5
6 50
E 16.0 W19.0
2 32
- 10.8
Apr. 1
a Cygni
E
2 1 33
309 6 46.5
5 43
N 16.3 S 16.0
14 56
- 10.3
2 )
W
7 20
50 54 5.5
53 2.5
S 15.3 N 17.0
a Lyrse
S
5 53 52
308 23 19
22 19.5
W16.0 E 16.7
N
G 21
51 27 50
2657.5
W15.6 E 17.0
11
- 9.8
8 )
Apr. 3
y Ursre Maj.
E
5 40 41.5
30 2 43.5
1 49.5
S 16.0 N 16.9
15 2
- 8.0
4 )
W
46 26
329 56 34
55 36
N 16.4 S 16.5
a Lyrse
S
5 54 50.5
308 32 1.5
31 11
E 15.0 W17.2
N
59 19
51 22 43
21 47.5
E 20.0 W12.6
6 14
- 6.2
Apr. 6
a Lyras
S
5 32 17.5
308 5 56
4 54.5
E 18.2 W15.9
4
- 8.5
N
35 25.5
51 50 8
49 15.5
E 15.5 W18.6
5 55
- 8.5
Apr. 8
a Lyree
S
5 54 16
308 50 45
49 54.5
E 15.1 W17.8
N
5846
51 3 50.5
2 46.5
W15.8 E 17.3
6 17
- 6.8
Apr. 10
a Lyrae
S
5 23 45
308 16 11
15 10
E 16.5 W15.7
N
27
51 38 3.5
37 4.5
E 16.4 W16.1
540
- 9.5
Apr. 13
Sun U. L.
N
23 40 31
280 31 11
30 26.5
W15.8 E 13.3
15 38
- 17.5
S
46 8
79 37 12
36 21.5
W13.0 E 16.0
15 37
- 24.5
5 )
Apr. 21
Sun U. L.
N
23 30 5
283 40 29
39 50.5
W15.9 E 15.0
16 9
+ 1 28
S
35 33.5
76 27 44.5
26 50.5
W15.5 E 15.4
23 55
+ 1 29.8
May 11
Sun U. L.
N
03254
288 12 56
12 12
W11.8 E 15.0
16
+ 5.8
6 )
S
36 49
71 53 22
52 36
W13.0 E 13.3
50
+ 7.0
May 24
Sun U. L.
N
3 33 47
287 52 51
52 13
W 9.0 E 17.0
S
39 13
62 13 54
13 16.5
E 10.0 W16.0
3 56
+ 5.5
7 )
Sep. 1
Sun U. L.
S
1544 20
280 52 50
53 22.5
E 12.0 W11.5
1457
-18 54.5
8 )
Terr. Obj.
S
270 7 26
8 15
E 17.5 W 6.5
N
89 52 44.5
53 26.5
E 9.5 W14.5
Sun U. L.
N
16 2 10
78 46 40
47 7
W10.0 E 14.0
16 59
-18 55.0
9 )
Sep. 1
Sun U. L.
S
23 55 32.5
280 43 34.5
43 51
W11.4 E 11.5
2343
-18 55.0
Sep. 2
N
54
79 23 30.5
23 55
W13.0 E 9.8
1 44
-18 55.2
Sep. 3
Sun U. L.
W
19 58 30
282 41 17.5
41 49.5
S 14.0 N 10.0
10)
j}
W
20 20 30
282 38 41.5
39 3
S 11.2 N 12.5
E
26 30
77 23 15.5
23 25.5
S 11.0 N 12.6
Sun U. L.
N
23 59 45
279 48 21.5
48 26
E 9.0 W14.2
23 39
-18 57.0
Sep. 4
g
S
15 3
80 30 48.5
31 17.5
W13.0 E 10.2
N
8 5.5
279 26 34.5
26 27.5
W10.2 E 13.1
Sep. 4
Sun U. L.
N
23 1
280 30 46
31 18
W10.5 E 13.2
18 3
-18 56.7
S
4 57
79 34 52.5
34 55
Wll.O E 13.0
Sep. 5
Sun U. L.
N
23 52 27
279 7 56.5
8 14.5
W 8.5 E 9.8
2340
-18 53.5
n )
S
55 25
80 56 14
56 18.5
W12.0 E 12.0
27 1
-18 54.0
Sep. 10
Sun U. L.
W
205:} 30
279 45 33.5
45 39
S 9.4 N 15.0
E
57 13
80 17 11
17 18
S 13.0 N 11.0
21 5
-18-47.5
Sun U. L.
N
23 48 40
277 17 59
18 30.5
W12.7 E 11.9
23 34
-18 48.0
12)
Sep. 14
Sun U. L.
W
17 55 24.5
277 33 5(5.5
33 35.5
S 15.0 N 13.2
17 38
- 5.5
13
Sep. 15
Sun U. L.
W
17 59 30
277 43 42
4347.5
S 11.6 N 12.4
15 38
- 9.0
,4)
Sep. 16
Sun U. L.
S
16 53 20
27C 48 12.5
48 20.5
E 10.5 W17.0
16 44
- 13.5
n
N
59 34
83 8 6.5
8 26
E 14.0 W13.0
17 37
- 13.5
*) Comp. March 26. 2 ) Comp. March 31. 8 ) Hour of comparison ass. by the observer to
be 6h. <) Comp. April 2. 5 ) Comp. April 14. ) Comp. May 10. ') Circle ass. 72.
8 ) Sept. 1 10 the clock times have been diminished by 4 hours, the watch giving approximately
local time. 8 ) Sun only visible in glimpses, both observations not good. 10 ) Cloudy.
") Lev. W. 13.5? (Rem. of the observer). ') Cloudy. ) Cloudy, obs. not good. >) Obs.
not good.
16
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
ll III S
' "
f II
h m
m s
Sep. 18
Sun U. L.
N
1 27 9.5
272 9 5
930
W 6.3 E 20.0
S
31 15.5
87 56 33.5
56 48
W10.7 E 16.0
2 50
- 15.5
Sep. 19
Sun U. L.
W
21 24 25
275 43 1.5
43 12.5
S 10.7 N 16.5
16 32
- 17.5
u
E
28 24
84 21 18.5
21 45.5
S 13.0 N 14.0
Sep. 21
Aurigoe
S
6 631
315 17 24.5
17 35.5
E 13.0 W13.6
5 29
- 18.5
')
N
15 30
44 31 36
31 36.5
E 13.6 W13.0
6 43
- 18.5
Sun U. L.
W
19 59 55
275 37 33
37 28.5
S 16.5 N 12.3
16 55
- 18.5
E
20 7 50
84 25 46.5
2550
S 15.0 N 14.4
Sep. 22
Ursoe Maj.
E
5 56
327 27 18.5
27 38
N 17.6 S 12.8
541
- 020.5
n
W
6 1 12
32 33 53
3352
N 14.8 S 16.0
a Aurigae
N
6 8 22
44 37 6.5
37 33.5
E 15.0 W15.1
S
13 35.5
315 30 36.5
30 56.5
E 15.0 W16.1
6 33
- 20.0
2 )
Sep. 24
n Ursse Maj.
E
6 7 48
327 27 44
27 29.5
N 16.2 S 14.2
5 58
- 20.5
a Aurigse
N
6 17 36
44 19 43
19 33.5
E 17.8 W13.5
S
21 33
315 46 37.5
46 44.5
E 17.6 W13.7
a Ursse Maj.
W
6 30 18.5
3233 5
32 44.5
N 13.9 S 17.5
6 42
- 20.0
Sep. 28
a Ursee Maj.
E
5 46
327 28 16.5
27 51.5
N 15.3 S 14.3
5 16
- 17.0
n
W
5453
32 33 54
33 40
N 17.5 S 12.6
Capella
N
6 3 26
44 13 16.5
13 2.5
E 13.0 W17.3
n
S
12 29
315 58 23.5
58 6.5
E 20.0 W10.4
6 40
- 16.5
8 )
Oct. 3
Cygni
W
3 1238
319 44 19
43 59
S 14.5 N 14.7
3 3
- 12.4
E
14 53
40 16 38
16 27
S 14.3 N 15.0
-
Ursee min.
N
3 23 13
343 55 2.5
54 42.5
W15.5 E 16.0
S
26 10
16 9 44.5
9 35
W19.5 E 9.8
3 38
- 12.5
Oct. 6
Sun U. L.
W
19 13 30
270 27 41
27 40
S 13.1 N 16.3
16 53
- 9.5
E
19 20
89 33 12
33 3.5
S 16.7 N 13.5
E
19 35 5
89 34 46.5
34 36
S 18.7 N 12.0
W
39 52
270 25 0.5
24 47.5
S 18.5 N 12.3
23 57
- 9.2
Oct. 7
/ Draconis
W
19 18
326 26 11.5
25 47.5
S 15.6 N 16.0
E
24 4
33 35 6.5
34 43
S 19.3 N 12.0
/? Ursoe Maj.
S
o as 34
34 57 28
57
W16.0 E 15.5
N
38 3
324 58 19
58 4
E 17.0 W14.1
1 4
- 9.5
/? Ursoc Min.
N
2 56 48.5
344 838
8 24
E 15.0 W16.5
S
3 2 22
15 59 11.5
59 4.5
W15.7 E 16.0
Cygni
E
3 8 28
40 10 32
10 19
S 15.5 N 16.0
W
13 33
319 50 11
50 11
S 15.0 N 16.5
3 40
- 10.0
Oct. 8
o Aurigoe
S
4 47 11
314 57 14
56 34.5
E 14.2 W13.6
436
- 8.0
N
51 14.5
44 58 57
58 51.5
E 14.5 W13.4
a Ursae Maj.
W
4 56 19.5
32 32 58.5
32 48.5
N 15.6 S 12.1
E
5 1 6
327 27 57.5
27 37
N 12.1 S 15.6
5 32
- 7.5
Oct. 11
Ursse Maj.
E
450 3
327 33 32.5
33 10.5
N 15.5 S 12.4
4 39
- 6.0
W
53 34
32 27 50.5
27 39.5
N 15.0 S 13.5
a Aurigoe
N
4 57 41
44 34 32.5
as 44.5
E 13.0 W15.4
S
5 1 58
315 31 20.5
31 12.5
E 15.8 W13.0
540
- 6.0
Oct. 14
a Cephei
W
2 54 22.5
a% 4448
44 25
S 15.8 N 14.9
2 16
+ 3.0
E
59 48
23 15 30.5
15 12.5
S 15.5 N 15.5
a Persei
N
3 3 44
40 49 27
49 20.5
E 16.4 W14.3
S
7 17
319 16 52
16 28
E 15.5 W15.4
3 21
+ 3.0
Oct. 16
Ursse Maj.
N
22 49 29.5
331 48 27.5
48 31
W13.6 E 16.0
2224
+ 10.0
S
55 57
28 19 36
19 43.5
W14.0 E 15.7
a Aurigse
W
23 2 21
48 28 36.5
27 58.5
N 15.5 S 14.6
E
6 58
311 33 12
: 9.5
S 13.0 N 16.5
23 28
+ 10.6
Oct. 18
a Cass.
E
18 14 7
321 44 22
44 25
S 16.5 N 14.7
1648
+ 16.2
W
18 17
38 16 33
16 12.5
N 17.7 S 13.8
o Lyree
N
18 23 34
51 8 45.5
8 as
E 16.5 W15.2
n
S
27 41
308 56 40.5
56 9.5
W15.5 E 16.2
21 31
+ 16.5
l ) Cirrostratus and hoar frost, a Ursse Maj. invisible.
a ) Heavy hoar frost, circle wiped for every reading.
2 ) Visible to the naked eye to day.
NO. 6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
17
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
h m s
'
I II
h m
m s
Oct. 19
? Ursse Maj.
N
2 1 47
318 53 10.5
52 48.5
W14.9 E 17.0
S
445
41 11 33.5
11 31
W16.0 E 15.3
Cygni
E
2 9 45.5
40 50 13.5
50 17
S 17.0 N 15.0
fl
W
14 29
319 10 52.5
1048
S 15.0 N 17.5
2 40
+ 16.2
Octai
a Persei
S
349
319 44 31
44 7.5
E 10.2 W21.5
2 59
+ 22.0
i)
N
12 52
40 13 18.5
13 3
E 20.5 W 11.5
a Ursse Maj.
W
3 26 26
31 47
4638.5
N 16.0 S 16.3
E
30 45
328 12 43.5
12 24
S 15.5 N 16.8
341
+ 22.0
Oct. 22
e Cass.
E
19 7 5
328 57 24
57 6.5
N 14.8 S 16.4
16 41
+ 24.5
2)
W
11 34
31 3 23.5
3 6
N 12.5 S 19.0
a Draconis
E
19 27 28
20 53 59.5
5343
S 13.5 N 17.8
W
31 52
339 (> 57.5
6 22.5
S 15.0 N 16.3
a. Lyree
S
19 38 17
310 14 33.5
14 12.5
E 19.0 W12.5
fl
N
4231
49 41 46
41 41.5
E 16.0 W15.5
Jupiter Ct.
N
19 49 18
289 15 13
15 29.5
E 16.0 W15.5
20 15
+ 024.5
Oct. 24
s Cass.
E
1837 7
329 44
39.5
N 15.5 S 17.0
16 44
+ 23.5
M
W
41 22
31 1 15
055.5
N 19.0 S 13.3
a Draconis
W
18 50 0.5
339 1 10.5
1 8
S 17.8 N 14.5
E
53 51.5
20 58 29
58 18
S 15.5 N 16.8
* Ursse Maj.
S
19 35
40 11 32.5
11 39
W18.0 E 14.4
N
5 27.5
319 44 as
44 12.5
W15.2 E 17.1
a Cygni
N
19 10 58
46 17 50
17 45
E 18.8 W13.5
ff
S
13 48
313 45 54
45 29.5
E 16.5 W16.0
20 15
+ 23.5
Oct. 28
Cass.
S
1 425
332 54 29.5
53 53.5
E 14.8 W16.2
42
+ 31.5
N
8 41
27 336.5
2 59
E 16.5 W14.0
a Draconis
S
1 29 48
2540 25
39 44.5
W 9.0 E 21.5
n
N
35 13
334 15 1
1422.5
W12.0 E 19.0
o Cygni
W
1 42 45
319 10 16.5
938
S 13 N 18
E
46 18
40 5f 41.5
51 5.5
S 18.5 N 12.5
3 1
+ 31.5
3 )
Oct. 29
j? Ursse Maj.
W
18 54 39
324 \ 11.5
5 31.5
N 17.4 S 13.3
17 11
+ 31.5
n
E
58 28
35 5. -JO
53 46.5
S 14.0 N 16.8
Cygni
N
19 4 22
46 15 17.5
14 49.5
E 16.0 W14.9
S
8 7
313 51 1
50 41
W13.8 E 17.5
19 26
+ 032
Oct. 31
e Cass.
E
18 59 10
325 m 49
23 12.5
N 14.8 S 17.7
17 1
+ 36.0
4 )
fl
W
19 4 34
34 37 45.5
37 5
N21.5 S 11.2
a Cygni
N
19 7 31
46 4 4.5
334
E 15.0 W17.0
W
S
12 18
314 1 14.5
047.5
E 16.7 W16.4
t Ursse Maj.
S
19 16 39
40 46 34.5
45 58
W17.0 E 16.1
N
20 22
319 10 31.5
10 4
W17.4 E 16.0
19 39
+ 36.2
Nov. 3
e Cass.
E
18 5t 56
328 53.43.5
52 53.5
N 13.5 S 17.6
17 4
+ 36.5
^
W
58 59
31 8 5.5
7 16.5
N 16.1 S 15.2
Draconis
W
19 5 55
339 11 46.5
10 36
N 18.7 S 12.9
^
E
9 56
205044.5
50 9.5
S 14.8 N 17.0
a Cygni
N
19 13 35
455024.5
49 35.5
E 18.4 W13.5
S
21 50
314 21 7
20 29.5
E 15.6 W16.2
Ursse Maj
S
19 26 34
41 7 4.5
6 16.5
W20.0 E 12.0
H
N
30 19
318 50 34
49 39.5
W16.2 E 15.6
19 51
+ 036.5
Nov. 4
Jupiter U. L
E
541
28448 2.5
47 10
N 18.5 S 14.0
Moon U. L
E
099
292 9 33.5
8 52
N 15.0 S 17.5
ft
E
34
292 32 32.5
31 54
N 16.0 S 16.9
Jupiter U. L
E
37 10
284 35 13.5
34 26.5
S 19.0 N 13.5
1 39
+ 036.5
Nov. 5
/? Ursse Min
W
20 3 52
348 54 34
53 32.5
S 16.3 N 15.0
17 10
+ 39.5
E
7 20
11 8 16
7 12
S 14.0 N 17.7
a Cygni
N
20 10 47
44 44 27.5
43 28
E 17.4 W14.2
S
1427
31522 53
21 47
W14.1 E 17.6
2041
+ 40.5
Nov. 7
s Cass.
E
19 537
328 53 18.5
52 21
N 14.0 S 17.1
17 18
+ 040.5
rt
W
9 18
31 10 18
8 17.5
N 20.5 S 10.8
)
') Watch ass. 9".
motion, level unsteady.
2 ) Ice somewhat unsteady during the first two observations. s ) Ice in
4 ) Star. ass. to the S Cass. 6 ) First microscope ass. 9' instead of 10'
18
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
I.Vm.
h m s
' "
/ II
h m
m s
Nov. 7
Cygni
N
19 1246
45 54 4.5
53 7.5
E 13.0 W18.6
S
10 8
314 12 7.5
11 13.5
E 12.8 W19.0
i Ursae Maj.
S
19 20 10
40 56 58.5
56 0.5
W17.5 E 14.4
N
23 30
319 1 41.5
45.5
E 17.5 W14.4
21 20
+ 40.5
Nov. 9
rsae Maj.
E
4 35
328 3 21.5
1 53.5
N 17.0 S 17.6
17 39
+ 39.5
')
W
5 8
31 59 48
58 9.5
N 16.0 S 18.6
/ Draconis
S
4 11 43
37 48 46.5
47 14.5
W16.0 E 19.0
n
N
1727.5
322 7 33.5
552
W17.2 E 17.6
454
+ 39.2
Nov. 11
ft Ursse Min.
E
7 4 20
340 31 18.5
3026
N 12.0 S 17.6
17 37
+ 42.5
2 )
y)
W
7 20
19 33 12.5
32 9.5
N 18.0 S 11.5
a. Cygni
S
7 10 15
4453 55.5
53
W14.0 E 16.0
N
12 40
315 5 41
425
W13.8 E 16.1
7 43
+ 42.5
Nov. 13
ft Ursae Min.
N
1 31 54
344 4 51
3 41
E 14.0 W17.0
1 15
+ 41.5
u
S
4049
16 7 45
6 34
E 16.0 W15.7
II
N
44
343 51 28
52 31
W17.0 E 14.7
Cygni
W
1 47 59
318 60 26.5
59 6.5
N 16.0 S 15.7
E
51 3
41 2 52.5
1 58.5
S 16.0 N 15.6
< Ursae Maj.
E
1 55 4
314 24 42.5
23 40
N 17.5 S 14.0
W
5841
45 37 12
36 5
N 16.9 S 14.9
17 43
+ 040.0
Nov. 14
rsae Maj.
E
1 40 42
314 24 58.5
24 20
S 15.6 N 16.4
1
W
44 15
45 36 52
35 42.5
S 14.6 N 17.5
a Cephei
W
1 53 12
336 15
13 52.5
S 14.5 N 18.0
E
57 8
23 47 44.5
46 28.5
S 16.0 N 16.8
a Persei
N
2 47
40 32 31
31 29
E 16.5 W16.4
H
S
349
319 33 17.5
32 6.5
E 14.4 W18.5
2 18
+ 39.5
Nov. 15
Cygni
W
1 21 54
318 61 13
59 42.5
S 15.0 N 17.0
18 45
+ 39.5
8 )
E
25 27
41 1 51
049.5
S 16.1 N 15.9
a Persei
N
1 28 42
41 5 2
349
E 16.5 W15.6
S
33 56
319 2 35
1 20
E 15.4 W16.6
2 6
+ 40.0
Nov. 18
* Cass.
S
52 54
333 35 58
34 41.5
E 17.0 W16.2
39
+ 47.0
N
57 19
26 21 36.5
20 33.5
E 17.0 W16.5
Draconis
N
1 4 15
333 57 28.5
56 6.5
W14.5 E 19.4
n
S
7 43
26 8 36
7 17.5
W16.4 E 17.7
n Cygni
E
1 11 49
40 58 56.5
57 40
S 18.0 N 16.2
W
14 55
319 3 21.5
2 5.5
S 17.0 N 17.4
* Ursae Maj.
W
1 19 19
45 39 31
38 21.5
N 16.0 S 18.4
E
22 8
314 23 15.5
22 1.5
N 16.2 S 18.2
3 16
+ 47.0
Nov. 19
jS Draconis
W
21 18 1
326 31 10
30 5
S 16.6 N 18.7
17 38
+ 45.0
E
21 17
3330 56
29 26.5
S 16.6 N 18.7
/ Ursae Maj.
S
21 24 24
35 7 24.5
554
W18.4 E 16.9
N
27 44.5
324 51 30.5
5024.5
W19.0 E 16.4
21 48
+ 045.5
Nov. 22
a Persei
S
2 2 30
319 54 39
5334
E 20.0 W16.2
17 37
+ 51.5
4 )
n
N
6 40
40 2 44.5
1 57
W18.5 E 17.6
a Ursa? Maj.
W
2 9 57
31 46 1.5
44 58
N 18.0 S 18.2
E
12 8
328 14 53
13 57
N 19.4 S 16.9
4 15
+ 52.2
TJ Draconis
W
2050 57
335 57 45
56 44.5
S 15.4 N 19.8
19 36
+ 52.8
W
E
54 55
24 446.5
3 58
S 19.0 N 16.3
a Ursse Maj.
S
20 57 53
27 45 26.5
4439.5
W16.0 E 19.0
N
21 1 56
332 11 43
11
W20.0 E 15.4
24 5
+ 51.5
Nov. 24
>; Draconis
W
20 30 17
335 58 58.5
58 17
N 20.0 S 13.4
17 36
+ 56.0
E
33 21
24 3 3.5
220
S 18.9 N 15.2
Ursae Maj.
S
20 37 i:?
27 25 49.5
24 58.5
W16.0 E 17.9
J(
N
40 13
332 32 8
31 28
W18.0 E 16.0
21 18
+ 55.5
Nov. 27
a Ursae Maj.
E
1 42 47
328 8 1.5
7 19
N 16.3 S 16.0
17 35
+ 055.8
6 )
n
W
47 9
31 55 22.5
5440.5
N 14.0 S 16.0
a Aurigee
N
1 53 34
45 53 56
53 24.5
E 14.1 W16.0
w
S
57 at
314 12 9
11 34.5
E 15.0 W15.0
2 18
+ 56.5
>) Comp. Nov. 8. 2 ) Comp. Nov. 10. 3 ) Comp. Nov. 14.
S 14.0? (Observer's remark). Comp. Nov. 26.
4 ) Comp. Nov. 21. 6 ) Lev.
NO.
6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
19
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
h m s
'
/ It
h m
m s
Nov. 28
a Persei
s
1 2357
319 15 10
14 29
W18.0 E 12.8
||
N
27 28
404245
42 19.5
E 17.4 W13.5
a Cephei
E
1 31 22
23 19 24
19 7
S 18.0 N 13.0
fl
W
35 15
336 41 47.5
41 18.5
N 13.1 S 18.0
3 2
+ 56.5
Nov. 30
/3 Draconis
N
2 13 9
323 44 17.5
43 20
W17.8 E 17.0
17 57
+ 1 5.7
i)
S
17 17
36 21 55.5
21 14
W17.0 E 17.9
a Ursse Maj.
W
2 21 4
32 9 21.5
8 26
N 17.0 S 17.5
H
E
24 18
327 51 59.5
51 13
N 16.5 S 18.2
3 22
+ 1 6.5
Nov. 30
a Aurigae
E
21 437
311 24 19.5
23 1
S 16.1 N 18.4
W
844
48 37 59.5
37 3
N 18.0 S 16.5
7 Ursee Maj.
S
21 17 37
35 19 12
18 12
W17.6 E 17.4
g
N
21 52
324 37 34
36 25
W16.8 E 18.0
Cass.
N
21 32 34
35 32 2
31 10.5
E 18.1 W16.7
S
37 23
324 35 19
34 16
E 17.5 W17.5
21 45
+ 1 6.0
Dec. 1
ft Draconis
N
2 345
32352 37
51 29.5
W17.0 E 17.5
/ Draconis
N
2 8 11
323 24. 35.5
23 22
E 17.5 W16.6
18
+ 1 4.7
Dec. 3
P Cephei
W
1 46 2
344 37 35.5
36 27.5
S 14.0 N 19.5
17 56
+ 1 5.5
2 )
jj
E
50 27
15 24 47
23 54
S 18.0 N 15.7
a. Persei
N
1 55 20
39 55 10
54 14.5
E 17.8 W16.0
ji
S
58 55
320 1055
9 38
W19.0 E 14.7
235
+ 1 4.7
Dec. 4
rj Draconis
W
19 53 49
336 14 2.5
13 9
S 17.0 N 16.5
1820
+ 1 7.8
E
58 5
23 46 27.5
45 28.5
S 18.6 N 14.9
7 Ursae Maj.
S
20 3 2
33 59 14.5
58 21.5
W18.0 E 16.5
n
N
7 13
325 57 10.5
56 11.5
W16.6 E 17.2
o Aurigae
E
20 10 59
311 32 9.5
31 22.5
N 16.6 S 17.4
W
14 15
4829 34.5
2845
N 17.0 S 16.9
Tauri
W
20 21 27
78 7 31.5
6 36
N 16.5 S 17.5
3 )
E
28 14
281 5348
53
N 16.2 S 18.0
2331
+ 1 8.0
Dec. 6
jS Draconis
W
21 20 27
326 57 22
56 14
N 18.3 S 17.0
17 59
+ 1 7.3
E
25 40
33 4 3
2 55.5
S 17.0 N 18.3
7 Ursae Maj.
S
21 30 7
35 42 38.5
41 35
W19.0 E 16.6
fl
N
33 52
324 14 45
13 30
W19.0 E 16.5
22
+ 1 7.5
Dec. 9
Cephei
W
1 15 23
336 44 22
43 27.5
S 15.6 N 19.0
1 1
+ 1 1.0
E
19 29
23 17 7
16 3
N 17.5 S 17.2
a Persei
N
1 24 42
40 20 38
19 37.5
E 17.5 W17.2
j
S
28 31
319 45 29
44 28
W16.0 E 18.8
T? Draconis
S
1 34 7
27 49 23
48 28
W16.3 E 18.5
ji
N
37 23
332 6 22.5
5 19.5
E 18.2 W16.5
1 53
+ 59.5
Dec. 11
7 Draconis
W
2029 44
336 19 34.5
19 6.5
N 18.2 S 12.8
18 26
+ 056.5
E
34 3
23 42 4
41 47.5
S 17.2 N 13.6
/ Ursae Maj.
S
20 41 45
34 48 24.5
47 52.5
W17.4 E 13.5
N
48 10
325 4 17
3 46
W14.5 E 16.3
Capella
E
20 59 2
311 20 39
20 31
N 15.0 S 15.9
W
21 6 6
48 40 14.5
39 43
N 17.6 S 13.0
21 32
+ 56.5
Dec. 14
a Persei
S
18 18
318 23 46
23 15.5
E 17.6 W14.5
18 19
+ 2.2
4 )
N
21 52
41 32 30
32 35.5
E 16.8 W15.7
a Cephei
E
2545
23 19 17.5
18 47
N 16.0 S 16.7
W
29 55
336 41 40.5
41 15.5
N 16.0 S 16.9
rj Draconis
N
33 44
333 19 12.5
18 40
E 15.6 W17.5
n
S
37
26 4428.5
43 54
W17.1 E 16.0
50
+ 3.0
Dec. 17
a Cephei
W
049 4
336 47 38
46 42
S 16.0 N 18.0
31
+ 0.8
E
52 54
23 13 5
12 24.5
S 17.7 N 16.5
a Persei
N
1 22
40 38 41.5
3832.5
E 18.5 W15.8
S
532
319 27 44.5
26 51
E 16.8 W17.7
Leonis
E
1 9 36
278 1 48.5
1 11
N 16.0 S 18.8
3 )
n
W
1337
81 59 26.5
5840
N 18.0 S 17.0
1 34
+ 1.0
!) Comp. Nov. 29. 2 ) Comp. Dec. 2. 8 ) Observed for refraction.
The minute-hand of the watch had become loose the day before.
4 ) Comp. Dec. 13.
20
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
ll 111 S
'
1 tl
h in
m s
Dec. 19
a Cephei
E
1 17 56
23 1054
10 25
S 18.5 N 15.5
35
+ 5.0
n
W
21 46
336 49 10.5
48 28
N 17.1 S 16.6
Capella
S
1 30 15
314 15 56.5
15 9.5
W17.0 E 16.6
N
35 18
453833
37 55
E 15.7 W18.0
1 48
+ 5.0
i)
Dec. 20
rsae Maj.
N
21 43 14
321 25 1
24 17.5
E 16.0 W16.6
18 38
+ 7.5
/
n
S
46 49
38 38 41.5
37 58.5
E 15.3 W17.5
a Lyrae
E
21 52 22
4633 5
32 32
S 16.4 N 16.6
<n
W
55 50
313 27 39.5
26 58
S 15.0 N 17.3
Cass.
S
22 18
325 38 54
38 17.5
W18.0 E 15.0
n
N
5 6
34 15 41
15 31.5
E 14.6 W18.9
22 17
+ 7.5
Dec. 24
Lyrae
W
21 33 1
313 22 18
21 25
N 17.0 S 17.5
20 59
+ 16.5
2)
E
56 58
463835
38 7
S 17.0 N 17.0
4
rsae Maj.
S
22 11 58
3932 14
31 38.5
W18.4 E 16.0
N
17 5
320 22 29
21 53.5
W18.4 E 16.0
Dec. 27
yrae
W
21 28 6
313 18 37
18 5
S 17.4 N 17.0
M
E
31 5
46 41 57.5
41 24.5
S 17.0 N 17.4
Cass.
N
21 38 32
34 11 44
11 7
E 16.8 W17.7
S
42 2
325 53 8
52 25
E 16.3 W18.2
rsae Maj.
N
21 48 38
320 41 25
42 22
W17.6 E 17.0
8 )
n
S
22 1 50
39 33 24
34 12.5
W17.0 E 17.6
22 16
+ 15.7
Dec. 29
a Lyrae
W
21 21 42
313 18 45.5
18 13
S 20.0 N 14.5
18 36
+ 13.0
y
E
28 4
46 40 51
40 35
S 18.0 N 16.8
tj Ursse Maj.
S
21 32 51
39 5 19.5
4 35.5
W18.4 E 16.5
n
N
36 9
320 51 57
51 17
W17.0 E 18.0
22 43
+ 13.0
18%
^
Jan. 2
a Ursae Maj.
E
1 28 32
327 38 34.5
3732
N 19.0 S 16.5
ji
W
3237
32 2237
21 43
N 19.0 S 16.5
y Draconis
S
1 3832
37 25 9.5
24 19.5
W19.5 E 16.3
n
N
43 14
322 30 4
2858.5
W18.4 E 17.4
2 1
+ 13.0
Jan. 3
Lyrae
W
20 57 17
313 25 5.5
24 25.5
S 16.2 N 19.6
18 40
+ 15.5
jj
E
21 3 12
46 35 6
34 6.5
S 17.1 N 18.6
Cass.
N
21 8 32
34 30 15.5
29 15.5
E 17.5 W18.5
S
12 58
325 35 38
3445
W16.5 E 19.5
21 34
+ 15.5
Jan. 5
yrse
W
20 42 45
313 24 15.5
23 20.5
S 15.9 N 20.1
1841
+ 24.0
n
E
46 59
46 36 5
35 4.5
S 18.0 N 18.5
a Cass.
N
20 53 6
3439 47
3845.5
E 19.0 W17.7
S
52 55
325 26 53
25 47
E 18.8 W18.0
4 )
rsee Maj.
S
21 2 36
38 49 30.5
48 38.5
W18.0 E 18.8
ji
N
641
321 6 15
520
W16.0 E 20.9
21 26
+31 25.5
6 )
Jan. 6
y Draconis
N
1 47 48
322 8 28
7 25
W14.1 E 22.0
1 30
+ 25.5
S
51 11
37 56 35.5
5538.5
E 18.5 W18.0
rsss Maj.
W
1 55 39
40 24 37.5
24 26
N 19.1 S 17.5
E
59 24
319 3546
3447.5
N 18.7 S 18.0
2 15
+ 25.5
Jan. 7
a Lyree
W
2044 20
313 28 54.5
28 19
S 18.5 N 17.8
18 39
+ 31.5
n
E
48 14
46 31 36.5
30 45
N 17.7 S 18.7
a Cass.
N
20 52 46
34 41 54
40 53
E 20.0 W16.6
1 Ursae Maj.
S
S
56 56
21 1 17
325 24 38.5
38 46 37.5
23 31
45 21
E 19.0 W17.4
W19.2 E 17.5
N
4 34
321 10 43.5
9 19
W17.6 E 19.0
23 48
+ 32.0
Jan. 9
yrae
W
20 50 2
313 43 57
52 42.5
N 17.0 N 19.6
1843
+ 33.0
<D
?1
E
53 19
46 17 7.5
15 52
S 18.0 N 18.7
T) Ursae Maj.
S
21 8 30
38 55 26
54 13
W18.2 E 18.6
^
N
11 37
321 2 10.5
1 6.5
E 19.0 W18.0
21 42
+ o as.5
Jan. 12
a Lyrse
W
20 22 52
313 46 43
45 29
S 17.6 N 18.0
1841
- 1.0
7 )
M
E
27 12
46 13 44.5
12 37
S 18.0 N 18.0
a Cass.
S
2049 15
3252640
25 20.5
E 17.6 W19.1
w
N
52 52
34 2945
2832.5
E 19.3 W17.8
') Cirrostratus, stars difficult to find. 2 ) Watch ass. 53 instead of 33. 8 ) Observer
Sverdrup. *) Watch 57 m ass. by the observer. 6 ) Watch probably stopped after the obser-
vation; Nordahl carried it in his fur pocket for some 20 minutes after. 6 ) Ass. by the observer:
second circle-reading 42' and Level S 17.0. 7 ) A different watch.
NO. 6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
21
18%
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
li m -
' 1
1 U
h m
m s
Jan. 12
17 Ursse Maj.
N
205743
321 8 15
6 54
W17.7 E 19.2
S
21 2 32
38 59 7.5
58 14
W19.6 E 17.4
21 18
+ 59.0
i)
Jan. 15
7 Ursa? Maj.
E
2 4 55
319 9 4S.5
8 43.5
S 17.4 N 19.5
19 26
- 1.8
2 )
W
841
40 51 22.5
5030
N 19.2 S 17.9
7 Draconis
S
2 12 53
38 51 7
50 16.5
W18.0 E 19.2
N
17 11
321 4 35.5
3 26.5
W17.7 E 19.6
8 Virginia
E
2 22 15
276 41 19.5
40 25.5
N 19.3 S 18.0
3 )
W
26 31
a3 21 28
20 26
N 19.0 S 18.6
2 59
- 0.5
Jan. 16
rsse Maj.
E
2 9 55
319 10 4.5
9 20
N 18 S 18.1
1 50
- 4.0
ji
W
12 2
40 51 5.5
50 20.5
N 17.9 S 18.0
7 Draconis
S
2 16 8
3858 25.5
57 15
W17.4 E 18.8
N
21
320 56 6.5
5458.5
W18.6 E 17.7
2 48
- 4.2
Jan. 19
Lyras
N
1 37 27
309 53 26.5
52 50
W16.4 E 14.5
1922
- 5.5
4 )
S
43 36
50 15 1.5
1423.5
W16.0 E 14.6
/
rsae Maj.
W
1 55 30
40 45 27.5
4452.5
N 16.0 S 15.0
1925
- 10.5
6)
Jan. 20
a Lyres
W
20 44 50
313 43 4.5
42 27
S 15.1 N 16.3
19 27
- 14.0
/
E
4832
46 17 45.5
17 10
S 16.7 N 15.0
17 Ursa? Maj.
S
20 53 33
39 16 43
16 2
W18.0 E 14.0
n
N
55 55
320 39 22
38 37.5
W16.1 E 16.0
o Cass.
N
21 12
33 49 7.5
48 18.5
E 16.0 W16.2
S
330
326 15 43
14 53
W18.0 E 14.3
21 35
- 14.0
Jan. 22
a Lyrse
W
20 39 15
313 44 23.5
43 39.5
N 17.0 S 16.0
1946
- 23.0
)1
E
42 20
46 16 30.5
1542.5
S 17.2 N 15.9
>7 Ursse Maj.
S
20 48 37
39 1438
13 55
W17.1 E 16.1
N
53 42
3204057
39 56
W16.6 E 17.0
21 6
- 23.5
Jan. 24
a Lyras
W
20 30 8
313 45 38.5
44 53
S 13.8 N 19.0
19 20
- 0.5
")
E
35 3
46 15 15
14 34
S 18.0 N 15.0
tj Ursw Maj.
S
20 39 51
38 5345
52 54.5
W14.0 E 19.0
N
44 48
320 60 33
59 27
E 16.6 W16.6
21 19
- 1.5
Jan. 26
a Lyree
W
20 37 31
314 2 4
1 27
S 16.3 N 18.2
1937
- 7.5
E
41 28
45 58 42
57 59
S 20.0 N 15.0
7 Ursse Maj.
S
20 47 28
38 60 29.5
59 40
W17.5 E 17.8
N
52 25
320 53 22
52 36.5
W17.4 E 18.0
21 30
- 7.0
Jan. 28
Cygni
W
22 48 22
320 13 21.5
12 26.5
S 16.0 N 17.0
19 35
- 14.5
E
52 31
39 48 26.5
47 28.5
S 16.2 N 16.7
Capella
N
23 7 55
46 53 50.5
53 4
E 18.0 W14.6
I
S
13 1
313 13 36
1240.5
E 13.0 W19.6
23 44
- 14.0
Jan. 30
a Persei
S
22 42 31
318 35 42.5
3448
E 13.2 W17.5
19 37
- 18.5
j
N
47 52
41 18 17.5
17 21.5
E 17.2 W13.5
17 Dracoiiis
S
22 52 29
26 48 10.5
47 15
E 14.3 W16.5
n
N
57 19
333 7 16.5
6 15
E 14.0 W16.8
a Cephei
W
23 2 53
337 18 10
17 10
S 12.7 N 18.0
E
7 10
22 43 5.5
42 20
S 17.5 N 13.3
25 5
- 18.5
Feb. 2
a Cephei
W
23 5 54
331 22 30
21 23.5
S 13.3 N 19.8
20 1
- 23.0
n
E
9 48
22 39 45.5
38 28.5
S 15.7 N 17.8
a Persei
N
23 14 20
40 55 20.5
54 10.5
E 17.1 W16.3
H
S
19 27
319 13 27.5
12 18.5
W17.8 E 16.0
20 10
- 24.5
')
Feb. 4
a Cephei
W
2251 55
337 28 48
27 16
S 18.7 N 16.1
19 59
- 27.7
)*
E
55 23
22 32 0.5
30 57
S 17.2 N 17.6
a Persei
N
23 5 5
41 2 17
1 15
E 17.8 W17.5
M
S
1056
319 7 40.5
6 17.5
E 15.5 W19.9
2331
- 28.5
Feb. 7
e Cass.
S
21 49 39
333 2 21.5
1 15
E 18.5 W16.6
20 7
- 35.5
N
53 25
26 5356
52 44
E 17.0 W18.3
a Draconis
N
21 59 18
334 7 37.5
6 15.5
W18.0 E 17.4
n
S
22 2 29
25 57 53.5
5635.5
W16.9 E 18.8
>) Hw-W.
refraction). 4
the same time.
ass. O m l s .O. 2 ) Comp. Jan. 14. 3 ) Star ass. Virginis (observed for
Comp. Jan. 18. 6 ) Cloudy, obs. uncertain, star and wire could not be seen at
6 ) Watch ran down yesterday. ') Comp. Febr. 3,
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896
Star
Oc.
Watcli
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rem.
h m s
"
/ u
h m
in s
Feb. 7
Cygni
E
22 5 34
39 44 25.5
43 15
S 17.5 N 18.2
W
9 38
320 17 35
16 12
S 17.4 N 18.4
i Ursa: Maj.
W
22 13 7
46 52 57
51 56
N 16.5 S 19.4
Q
E
16 43
313 7 47
627.5
N 16.8 S 19.0
22 54
- 35.7
Feb. 10
a Cygni
W
21 36 51
320 18 19.5
17 0.5
N 17.0 S 17.6
20 27
- 43.5
E
41 4
3941 44
4038
S 18.0 N 17.0
o Persei
N
21 44 52
42 28 46
27 31
E 18.1 W17.0
>
S
48 50
317 37 30.5
36 12
W18.0 E 17.6
22 39
- 044.3
Feb. 12
Cephei
W
23 21 30
337 48 15
47 32.5
S 18.5 N 17.5
20 18
- 49.5
)
E
26 46
22 14 3.5
12 57.5
S 18.4 N 18.0
a Persei
N
2334 39
39 46 15
45 36.5
E 19.0 W17.7
n
S
40 3
320 23 15
22 12
E 17.0 W19.5
24 11
- 050.0
Feb. 14
a Cygni
W
21 59
320 34 57.5
34 1.5
S 17.8 N 16.5
E
22 2 17
39 26 6
24 58
S 18.5 N 16.0
a Persei
N
22 5 45
41 44 13
43 9.5
E 18.2 W16.2
S
9 22
318 22 22.5
21 23.5
W18.0 E 16.7
23 15
- 51.5
Feb. 18
/ Andr. pr.
W
3 10 52
317 41 15
40 25.5
S 19.3 N 15.9
20 20
- 50.5
')
n
E
1438
42 19 41.5
1845
S 18.0 N 17.4
a, Cygni
S
3 18 6
4429 50.5
2859
W18.0 E 17.4
H
N
21 56
315 25 24
24 17
E 19.0 W16.5
3 36
- 50.0
Feb. 19
Jupiter L. L.
E
21 48 57
28450 56.5
50 16
N 17.0 S 18.0
2031
- 48.2
Moon L. L.
S
21 52 47
289 5530
5434
E 17.6 W17.4
Moon L. L.
S
22 3543
291 7 2.5
553.5
E 18.3 W18.0
Jupiter L. L.
E
22 38 47
285 855.5
825
N 17.5 S 18.6
23 12
- 48.0
Feb. 23
a Lyrae
E
7 27 6
302 45 45.5
4442
N 17.0 S 14.5
20 20
- 46.5
2 )
W
30 49
57 14 57
13 59
N 19.0 S 12.5
/ Ursa; Maj.
N
7 35 40
34 34 44.5
33 44.5
E 16.0 WJ6.0
n
S
3835
325 30 36
29 25.5
E 16.0 W16.0
7 47
- 44.5
Feb. 25
a Cygni
N
419
313 36 10.5
35 15
E 16.1 W13.5
20 16
- 42.5
3 )
y>
S
6 31
46 33 6.5
3226
W16.0 E 13.5
a Persei
E
4 15 21
34 42 37.5
41 55
S 16.0 N 13.5
j)
W
20 1
325 17 40.5
16 39.5
S 14.2 N 15.2
20 20
- 043.5
Feb. 27
a. Cygni
N
3 41 1
31344 58
44 6
W15.8 E 17.3
20 26
- 42.3
4 )
S
46 14
46 24 5
23 4.5
W17.3 E 15.9
Persei
E
3 49 26
442 4
41 9.5
S 15.8 N 17.7
W
54 27
325 18 52.5
17 38
N 18.0 S 15.5
432
- 41.5
Feb. 29
Cygni
N
3 19 48
313 59 37.5
58 12
W16.0 E 17.8
S
23 9
46 7 12.5
5 42
W17.0 E 16.5
a Persei
E
3 28
34 36 43.5
35 14
S 15.5 N 18.5
n
W
32 52
325 25 5.5
23 a5.5
S 17.4 N 16.7
4 7
- 039.7
Mar. 3
Sun U. L.
W
22 59 15
270 40 16.5
3836
S 16.9 N 17.0
20 21
- 1 17.8
*)
n
E
23 4 10
89 21 47
20 17.5
S 15.0 N 18.9
Mar. 4
ft Aurigae
W
5 52 33
320 51 57.5
50 17
N 17.1 S 17.5
n
E
56 15
39 10 56.5
8 55.5
S 16.6 N 18.1
a Cass.
S
6 46
3334 19
3229.5
W17.2 E 17.5
N
5 14
326 21 27
19 24
W17.6 E 17.1
6 17
- 31.5
)
Mar. 7
/S Auriga?
W
5 56 38
320 58 43.5
56 49
S 15.2 N 18.2
5 49
- 52.0
E
6 10
39 4 4.5
2 31-
S 17.2 N 16.2
UrsD Maj.
N
6 6 28
26 26 1.5
24 26.5
E 16.0 W17.7
S
9 53
a33 45 55
40 23.5
W17.0 E 16.7
6 41
- 053.2
7 )
Mar. 9
fl Aurigee
E
5 53 2
38 61 13
59 57
S 15.6 N 15.0
5 39
- 1 12.0
n
W
56 54
320 60 48.5
59 4
S 16.0 N 15.0
a- Cass.
N
6 2 34
326 10 2
8 20
W15.0 E 16.0
S
7 7
33 59 42
58 4
W14.4 E 16.9
6 18
- 1 12.5
Mar. 12
Cygni
E
8 448
308 54 25.5
53 28.5
N 11.5 S 16.5
20 21
- 1 36.5
8 )
W
9 42
51 7 32
6 29
N 15.2 S 12.5
!) Comp. Febr. 17. Watch regulated some days before. 2 ) Comp. Febr. 22.
Febr. 24. 4 ) Comp. Febr. 26. 5 ) Declining of the Sun just perceptible. Clear sky.
run down this afternoon before the observation. ') Ass. 40' for first circle-reading.
March 11.
8 ) Corap.
6) Watch
*) Comp.
NO. 6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
23
1896
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
liVin.
li in .-
' "
I U
h m
m s
Mar. 12
rj Ursse Maj.
N
8 14 9
39 18 24.5
17 27.5
E 14.0 W13.5
p
S
19 24
32051 3
50 14
W13.9 E 13.9
845
- 1 40.3
Mar. 17
a. Cygni
E
8 1 22
309 12 2.5
11 11.5
N 16.5 S 11.3
7 50
- 035.4
i)
W
6 16
50 46 53.5
45 49
N 14.0 S 14.0
rj Ursic Maj.
N
8 13 6
38 35 39.5
3436.5
E 13.2 W15.2
S
17 44
321 33 1
31 57.5
W16.0 E 12.6
Jupiter Ct.
W
8 20 52
2% 46 49
45 39
S 12.8 N 15.9
8 29
- 36.5
Mar. 21
a UrsiE Maj.
W
10 9 28
a38 14 28.5
13 23
S 12.4 N 16.4
20 17
+ 1 5.5
2 )
E
13 7
21 47 45
4631
S 16.5 N 12.4
a Aurigse
S
10 16 m
44 36 56
3551.5
W16.5 E 12.4
N
21 30
315 16 40.5
1525.5
W15.0 E 14.0
10 57
+ 1 4.0
Mar. 24
o Ursa; Maj.
W
94655
338 11 11.5
10 25
S 15.0 N 16.0
934
+ 1 8.0
jt
E
52 30
21 50 17
49 10
S 14.4 N 17.5
a Aurigse
S
9 55 54
44 19 20
1831
W15.0 E 17.0
N
59 16
315 36 7
3451
W16.0 E 16.2
10 8
+ 1 7.5
Mar. 27
Ursae Maj.
W
9 38 5.5
338 6 6
5 23
N 14.0 S 12.0
20 22
+ 1 3.0
3 )
n
E
41 5
21 5432
53 48
S 12.5 N 13.5
a Aurigse
S
946 9
44 27 55
27 14
W14.0 E 11.9
N
50 44
315 26 53
26 33
W16.1 E 9.9
10 6
+ 1 0.5
Mar. 30
a Ursie Maj.
W
92449
338 4 12.5
3 37
S 10.0 N 16.0
20 22
+ 46.5
<)
y)
E
29 13
21 56 32
5541.5
S 13.5 N 12.5
20 19
+ 41.3
B )
Apr. 4
Sun U. L.
S
3 1435
80 57
56 21.5
W13.0 E 14.3
20 21
+ 18.0
)
7}
N
1833
278 57 49.5
57 10.5
W14.3 E 13.0
4 1
+ 13.5
Apr. 6
Sun U. L.
W
22 56
282 55 41
5459
S 14.0 N 13.0
20 16
+ 16.5
T)
W
23 10 35
282 57 8.5
5632.5
S 13.8 N 13.0
E
16 5
77 3 2.5
2 27.5
S 9.5 N 17.5
Apr. 7
Sun U. L.
S
19 47 28
281 3 40.5
3 9.5
E 15.6 Wll.O
n
N
53 2
78 49 51
4930
E 14.3 W12.6
2021
+ 24.5
Sun U. L.
W
23 40 35
283 16 55
16 12.5
S 13.5 N 13.3
TI
E
46 20
76 44 13
43 as
N 14.0 S 13.0
20 41
+ 32.2
')
Apr. 10
Sun U. L.
E
22 40 19
75 35 40.5
34 58
S 13.3 N 15.4
20 37
+ 28.0
n
W
23 3 18
284 30 42.5
30 22
S 15.7 N 13.0
M
E
8 36
75 2840
28 11
S 15.7 N 13.2
Sun U. L.
E
23 59 44
75 29 7.5
28 38
S 11.0 N 18.0
Apr. 11
M
W
3 40
284 29 53.5
29 20
S 15.0 N 13.9
Sun U. L.
N
3 23 29
281 53 58.5
53 28
W15.0 E 14.5
U
S
27 6
78 9 32
9 0.5
W14.6 E 15.0
4 5
+ 27.0
Apr. 12
Sun U. L.
S
18 47 55
281 30 2
29 20.5
E 15.6 W16.0
1832
+ 26.5
fl
N
55 1
78 20 20
19 33.5
W16.0 E 16.3
20 38
+ 25.8
Sun U. L.
W
23 27
285 27 18
26 34.5
S 17.0 N 15.0
8 )
n
E
34 45
74 33 27.5
32 41
S 16.0 N 15.6
2043
+ 27.0
9 )
Apr. 14
Sun U. L.
S
18 43 31
282 4 39
3 56.5
E 15.9 W16.0
1830
+ 27.5
n
N
48 42
77 48 45
48 1.5
E 16.1 W16.0
2038
+ 27.5
Sun U. L.
W
23 20 55
286 14 28.5
13 38.5
S 12.5 N 19.0
10)
n
E
34
73 45 19
4437
S 15.8 N 15.8
Apr. 15
Sun U. L.
S
3 51 22
77 5 1.5
4 7.5
W16.0 E 16.1
10)
^
N
58 24
282 46 a5
!:. -1-1
W16.2 E 15.2
4 11
+ 27.2
Apr. 16
Sun U. L.
S
19 2 45
283 8 38.5
8 15
W16.0 E 15.4
1850
+ 28.0
n
N
8 40
76 42 47.5
4220.5
E 13.8 W17.7
Sun U. L.
W
23 30 10
287 31
024.5
S 15.6 N 14.8
^
E
39 3.5
72 60 3.5
59 31
S 19.5 N 11
20 40
+ 027.3
Apr. 17
Sun U. L.
E
23 29 20
72 37 44
37 24
S 15.0 N 17.5
2041
+ 28.8
n
W
39 3
287 22 56.5
22 27
S 13.5 N 15.5
Apr. 18
Sun U. L.
N
4 18 9
28327 44
27 22
W16.8 E 16.8
.0)
n
S
25 28
7642 34
42 7
W15.0 E 13.8
4 38
+ 28.4
Apr. 19
Sun U. L.
W
23 22 40
288 4 16.5
3 15
S 14.2 N 14.2
21 1
+ 32.0
n
W
29 38
288 4 23.5
3 50
S 15.5 N 13.2
') Comp. April 8.
9 ) Comp. April 13.
Watch regulated several
lo ) Observer Sverdrup.
a ) Comp. March 20; watch run down yesterday. 8 ) Comp.
got only a glimpse of Capella. 8 ) Comp. April 3.
times during these days. 8 ) Greatest altitude.
March 26. 4 ) Comp. March 29. _ 5 ) Cloudy, got only a glimpse of Capella
24
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
18%
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
rlem.
h m s
' it
/ U
h m
m s
Apr. 19
Sun U. L.
E
2334 28
71 55 R5
54 47
S 14.4 N 14.4
Apr. 20
Sun U. L.
N
5 10 58
282 51 35.5
51 16.5
W13.4 E 15.3
S
1426
74 14 9.5
13 37
W14.8 E 13.9
6 15
+ 033.0
')
Sun U. L.
W
23 40 36.5
288 22 43
22 7
S 14.5 N 13.5
21
+ 35.0
2
E
47 5
71 3746
3658.5
S 14.8 N 8.2
3 )
Apr. 21
Sun U. L.
E
23 51 47
71 20 49
20 19.5
S 14.0 N 13.0
20 58
+ 35.0
W
58 48
288 39 12.5
38 36.5
S 13.0 N 14.0
2 )
Apr. 22
Sun U. L.
N
3 53 as
285 30 38
30 27
W14.5 E 13.8
3 33
+ 034.5
Moon U. L.
W
3 57 29.5
286 45 13
44 46
S 13.5 N 13.5
Moon U. L.
W
4 36 10.5
287 29 42
29 2
S 13.2 N 14.0
<)
Sun U. L.
N
4 41 22
284 22 51
22 18.5
E 12.8 W14.6
S
45 54
7544 18
43 41.5
W14.2 E 13.0
5 11
+ 34.5
Apr. 24
Sun [U. L.]
S
19 358
285 3548.5
35 15
S 12.4 N 14.9
B )
N
9 54
74 1520
14 52.5
S 12.8 N 14.5
20 59
+ 38.5
B )
Sun U. L.
W
2348 15
289 29 16
28 53
S 18.0 N 8.4
E
56 5
70 30 47
30 45.5
S 16.6 N 9.6
")
Apr. 25
Sun U. L.
W
23 43
289 47 43.5
47 6
S 13.4 N 13.5
21 8
+ 41.0
2 )
E
53 23
70 12 52.5
12 4.5
S 13.5 N 13.5
Apr. 26
Sun U. L.
E
23 55 15
69 54 24
5357.5
S 14.2 N 12.8
21
+ 042.7
Apr. 27
U
W
000
290 5 26.5
455
S 13.4 N 13.6
Sun U. L.
N
5 22 35
284 56 23
5550.5
W12.0 E 15.5
S
28
75 12 13
11 50
W15.5 E 12.0
5 38
+ 43.0
Sun U. L.
E
2335 ca.
69 35 18
3455
S 13.0 N 13.0
21 2
+ 40.8
")
Apr. 28
Sun U. L.
E
11 43 18
279 11 22
1048.7
N 15.0 S 15.0
W
49 6
80 48 41
48 22
N 15.0 S 15.1
Sun U. L.
E
23 18 27
69 14 15
13 7
S 14.3 N 14.3
W
12 58
290 47 25
45 49
S 14.2 N 14.8
3
Apr. 29
Sun U. L.
N
4 51 55.5
286 19 14
18 46.5
W14.8 E 14.5
2 )
S
58 37
73 50 43.5
50 18
W14.5 E 15.0
539
+ 42.0
Sun U. L.
E
11 44 18
279 26 16
25 33
N 13.9 S 17.3
W
48 15
80 34 14.5
as 34.5
N 19.5 S 11.5
Sun U. L.
W
23 46 25
291 7 2.5
6 21.5
S 13.5 N 14.0
E
52 10
68 53 8.5
52 42
S 14.0 N 13.7
Apr. 30
Sun U. L.
N
4 46 13
2864554.5
45 22
W14.8 E 15.2
8 )
S
49 57
73 19 56
19 27
W15.0 E 15.0
May 1
Sun U. L.
W
23 54 37
291 45 33
44 53
S 14.8 N 14.2
8 )
E
58 27
68 14 54.5
14 19.5
S 14.5 N 14.2
May 2
Sun U. L.
N
443 8
287 28 50
28 15
W14.0 E 14.0
8 )
S
47 24
72 37 41
3654
W14.0 E 14.2
456
+ 51.5
May 5
Sun U. L.
W
23 57 35
292 59 10.5
5848.5
S 13.3 N 15.7
21 8
+ 55.0
May 6
E
1 12
67 1 33.5
1 20
S 15.0 N 14.0
Sun U. L.
S
458 9
71 42 14.5
41 42.5
W11.9 E 17.6
447
+ 56.0
N
5 2 13
288 12 20
11 47.5
W15.0 E 14.4
6 8
+ 56.2
Sun U. L.
W
23 46 58
293 18 52
18 2
S 14.2 N 13.8
21 5
+ 57.5
2 )
E
52 8
66 41 52
41 16.5
S 14.0 N 14.0
May 8
Sun U. L.
W
12 52
293 40
39 26
S 15.5 N 13.0
045
-19 45.0
9 )
Sun U. L.
N
19 25 6.5
69 45 27
4448
E 13.8 W12.5
S
29 32
290 21 41.5
21 11.5
E 13.5 W12.9
21 2
-f 1 3.8
May 9
Sun U. L.
W
23 50 17
294 15 14.5
14 55
S 12.5 N 13.0
21 7
+ 1 3.5
E
5543
65 45 7.5
4448.5
S 13.0 N 12.8
May 10
Sun U. L.
S
19 18 5
290 38 44.5
38 a3.5
E 13.6 W13.4
N
22 39.5
69 14 40.5
14 15
E 14.5 W12.0
i21 1
+ 1 4.3
Sun U. L.
W
23 46 15
294 31 44
32 13
S 13 N 12.8
2 )
E
54
65 28 18.5
28 18.5
S 12.5 N 13
May 13
Sun U. L.
W
926
294 59 51.5
59 17
S 6.6 N 16.6
21
+ 1 5.2
10)
E
12 10
65 2 14.5
1 49
S 14 N 9.5
') Circle ass. 77. 2 ) Observer Sverdrup. B ) Level ass. N 13.2. 4 ) Ass. corn to circle-
reading - 10'. 5 ) Level ass. E for S and W for N. 6 ) Watch also noted as 23h 53m 459.
'J Watch ass. 22 m . 8 ) Observer Sverdrup. During the days April 30 May 2 Scott-Hansen
was absent on a trip southwards on the ice. 9 ) Observer Sverdrup; not the same watch as
usual. 10 ) Comp. May 12.
NO. 6.]
ALTITUDES MEASURED WITH THE ALTAZIMUTHS.
25
1896
Star
Oc.
Watch
Vertical Circle
Level
Watch
Hw-W.
Rein.
h m s
' "
i </
h m
m s
May 13
Sun U. L.
N
5 16 19
289 32 14.5
31 42.5
W13.5 E 12.4
S
20 11
70 34 46
34 12
W12.0 E 13.5
5 31
+ 1 5.2
May 15
Sun U. L.
S
19 15 47
291 53 53
53 17
E 16.0 Wll.O
18 56
+ 59.7
N
21 41.5
67 57 29.5
57 0.5
E 13.5 W12.6
20 59
+ 59.0
')
Sun U. L.
E
23 36 20
64 11 5
10 50
N 14.0 S 11.0
W
43 30
295 49 52.5
49 22
S 12.6 N 12.4
21 1
+ 58.5
2 )
May 17
Sun U. L.
W
23 44 5
2% 13 3.5
12 18.5
S 8.2 N 18.0
21 2
+ 1 0.5
E
48 15
63 48 10.5
47 28
S 13.5 N 12.7
May 18
Sun U. L.
E
2346 25
63 34 14
33 30
S 12.5 N 13.0
20 59
+ 1 0.5
W
51 10
296 26 38.5
25 43
S 9.0 N 16.5
May 19
[Sun U. L.]
N
5 1 5
291 23 25.5
2240
W16.1 E 8.1
S
4 40
68 42 53
42 10.5
W12.4 E 12.3
5 49
+ 1 1.0
May 22
Sun U. L.
E
22 58 5
63 4 7
3 35
S 12.4 N 9.9
21 4
+ 1 9.5
W
23 3 15
296 57 28.5
56 53
S 11.9 N 9.5
Sun U. L.
W
2339 45
297 3 34.5
3 5
S 8.4 N 13.0
H
E
44 50
62 56 59
56 20
S 13.0 N 8.5
May 23
Sun U. L.
S
19 17 41
293 33 31
32 52
E 9.0 W13.2
N
23 22.5
66 18 50
18 17.5
E 8.0 W13.8
20 53
+ 1 13.0
May 24
Sun U. L.
W
16 55
297 6 54
6 10.5
S 11.1 N 11.0
3 )
Sun U. L.
S
5 8 50
68 2 45
2 24.5
Wll.O E 9.4
N
13 9.5
291 51 18
51 1
W 8.0 E 12.8
5 43
+ 1 14.5
4 )
May 27
Sun U. L.
S
19 18 5
294 15 25
15
E 10.4 W11.8
N
22 28
6538 6.5
37 43.5
E 9.6 W12.1
20 58
+ 1 16.7
May 28
Sun U. L.
E
23 Sn
61 52 54.5
52 38.5
S 11.5 N 11.5
20 59
+ 1 13.0
')
June 2
Sun U. L.
E
1 18 3
61 21 9
2057
S 9.2 N 14.6
n
W
28 26
298 31 32.5
31 18
S 10.5 N 13.0
1 52
+ 48.0
")
Sun U. L.
W
23 53 15
299 24 32.5
24 14.5
S 4.8 N 18.0
20 55
- 4.5
')
June 3
Sun U. L.
E
1 15 37
61 7 11
652.5
S 9.1 N 13.5
W
18 59
298 50
4942
S 11.9 N 11.0
Sun U. L.
N
539 4.5
292 44 7
4344.5
W10.0 E 13.0
Sun U. L.
N
7 33 53
289 31 39.5
31 31
W12.3 E 11.0
S
37 47
70 34 11.5
33 52
W10.4 E 12.7
10 23
- o ao
June 6
Sun U. L.?
S
19 23 44
295 52 49
52 22.5
E 16.9 W 7.9
18 50
- 020.5
N
2855.5
63 58 17.5
57 50
E 9.9 W14.9
21 1
- 022.5
Aug. 7
Sun U. L.
S
17 14 32
28446 9.5
4549
E 13.4 W 4.5
2 50
+ 15.5
N
18 23
75 3 52
336
W10.5 E 9
2 9
+ 14.5
8 )
') Cirro-stratus; limb not sharp. '-) Comp. May 16. 3 ) Cloudy. 4 ) The funnel raised,
and the rudder hung in its pit, ready for the ninges. 6 ) Watch carried in the pocket during
much activity. 6 ) Watch hung in the cabin during blasting in the ice about noon. ') Watch
ran down the day before. 8 ) Comp. Aug. 9. Level somewhat unsteady. Cloudy soon after.
26
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
B. Observations with the Sextant.
Observer: Lieutenant Scott-Hansen, when not otherwise stated.
The date is astronomical and the hours are counted from the same noon as in list A,
except for the meridian-altitudes of the Sun, where "Noon" or "Midnight" are local, in which
case the date of local noon, when different from that of the clock, is enclosed in hrackets.
U. L. and L. L. signify upper and lower limb.
The column "Hor." either gives the height of the eye (in metres) when the natural horizon
was used, or indicates the kind of artificial horizon (mercury, glass, tar, water) when double
altitudes were measured. In the case of a glass-horizon the level reading is added in the
column of Remarks.
The index error was only rarely determined in the beginning (1893, August and September,
1894, February 18, April 17 and July 23) but after 1895, February 5, very frequently.
The comparisons between the chronometer Hohwti and the observer's watch are either
taken from the journal of observations, when there noted, or from the journal of daily comparisons.
What is here called a mile is, in the original, after the custom of our sailors, called a
quarter mile, and means 1' of great circle.
1893
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
ll 111 S
' "
h in
m s
July 22
Sun L L.
3.5
20 25 8.5
3453 30
2 32
- 43 49.6
Index correction 2' 5",
27 10.5
59 40
assumed alter concor-
29 15
35 6 10
20 56
- 43 47.9
dant determinations in
July (24)
Sun L. L.
4.5
Noon
38 28 45
August and September.
July 24
Sun L. L.
49
16 26 35
19 20
1 34
-43 45.3
27 4
24
27 46
30
Observer Sverdrup.
n n
3.5
19 6 39.5
31 33 40
838
41 40
1038
3930
19 16
-43 43.9
[Assumed + 10'].
July (25)
Sun L. L.
4.5
Noon
38 3 40
July 26
Sun L. L.
35
18 12 30.5
32 23
- 41.4
July 27
Sun U. L.
Merc.
18 21 32
68 36 30
[Ship stopped for fog].
26 10
69 11
27 35
69 23 10
_
- 039
Aug. 5
Sun U. L.
Merc.
22 19 58
68 30 20
21 12
- 33.9
[Aug. 69 the ship was
22 18
17 40
fastened to an ice-floe
Aug. 6
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 31 11
42 20 12
aground off the west
32 22
32
coast of Yalmal].
34 22
53 5
37 18
43 23 4
- 35
Sun U. L.
Merc.
20 43 14.5
73 52 5
4429.5
5035
4534
49 10
21 2
- 35.5
Aug. 9
Sun L. L.
3.6
16 9 26
23 24 15
At sea.
11 15
34 10
13 1
41 45
3.6
20 6
35 14 5
_
- 31.5
Aug. 11
Sun L L.
3.6
18 24 35
30 15
Rad image.
4.2
19 1848
31 49
2044
50
22 14
51
Aug. (12)
Sun L. L.
4.2
Noon
32 16 50
Aug. 11
Sun L. L.
4.2
21 56 57.5
30 10 45
58 38.0
7 20
23 43
- 29.5
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
27
1893
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m s
' "
h m
m s
Aug. 13
Sun L. L.
4.2
1 32 51
16 18 55
21 30
- 29.0
Comparison Aug. 12.
33 59.5
13
35 25.5
8 5
21 32
- 26.5
Aug. 14
Sun L. L.
4.5
17 40.5
24 16 13
2 19
21 8
3 30
25 10
Sun L. L.
3.6
20 27 15.5
29 3 50
29 50
2 20
Watch 28m? [Adopted].
30 5
1 10
21 20
- 25.4
Aug. 15
Sun L. L.
3.6
16 32 26
23 25
21 34
- 23.3
Bad image.
Aug. 16
Sun L. L.
4.5
16 32 32
23 23 30
34 37
29
4.5
1649 7
24 8 50
.
- 22.5
5054
13 30
51 53
16 20
21 13
- 21.8
Aug. 17
Sun L. L.
4.4
39 7.5
154820
39 50
46 10
40 34
4340
41 25
41 15
Sun L. L.
4.4
059 15
14 32
Sun L. L.
3.6
15 12 39
19 23
1349
26 30
15 2
31 5
2049
- 21.2
Aug. (18)
Sun L. L.
3.6
Noon
28 24 10
Aug. 18
Sun L. L.
3.6
1 39 39
11 16 50
40 39
11 30
42 11
5 40
44 6
10 57 15
45
5540
45 54
50
Sun L. L.
3.6
15 18 26.5
20 5
2055
13 15
22 44
20 30
Sun L. L.
1644 55
2452
5235
25 15
2038
- 20.2
Aug. (19)
Sun L. L.
3.6
Noon
28 38
Aug. 19
Sun L. L.
3.6
58 48
13 14 25
59 45
1025
1 037
7
1 38
245
236
12 5835
3 37
54 35
_
- 19.5
Sun L. L.
4.2
14 1938
16 18 10
21 8
23 40
22 7
27 15
23 39
33
25 5
3845
Sun L. L.
4.2
14 42 55
17 45
20 46
- 18.4
Aug. (20)
Sun L. L.
3.6
Noon
27 14 35
Aug. 20
Sun L. L.
3.6
1 3 50
11 43
5 11
37 30
6 7
34 10
7 15
29 20
7 55
27 30
20 21
- 13.8
Aug. (21)
Sun L. L.
3.6
Noon
27 9 10
Horizon dist. ca. 2 miles.
Aug. 24
Sun L. L.
4.2
21 57 8.5
2047
20 22
+ 3.4
59 9
41 20
22 1 5
35 30
Aug. 25
Sun L. L.
4.2
36 29
11 42
37 25
3845
38 24
3540
28
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1893
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant |Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m s
' "
h m
m s
Aug. 25
Sun L. L.
3.6
14 45 54
16 50 45
Bad image, foggy.
47 48
57 10
49
17 50
3.6
16 13 57
21 19 10
Sun L. L.
3.6
19 56 2
24 5 5
57 59
3 40
Watch 56m? [Rej.].
59 9
1 20
20 13
+ 6.4
Aug. 26
Sun L. L.
4.2
31 41
10 57 20
32 33
5340
33 35
50
34 36
46 35
35 7
43 40
2 27
+ 7.0
Sun L. L.
3.6
14 10 58.5
15 9 10
12 6
13 10
13 17.5
17 15
14 0.5
19 35
14 59
23 5
14 30
+ 8.1
Aug. (28)
Sun L. L.
3.6
Noon
22 44 50
Bad horizon.
Aug. 27
Sun L. L.
4.2
21 14 16
19 57 35
[Assumed 18].
15 8
55 35
16 14
52 25
[The obs. of Sep. 1, taken
17 16
50 5
when at anchor near
18 47
46 20
Cape Laptev, was ori-
Sun L. L.
3.6
23 47 34
11 13 40
23 12
+ 13.0
ginally rejected in ex-
4843.5
9 50
pectation of a better
49 49
6 15
one; the date, which
50 35
330
was not noted, has
51 31
035
been inferred from the
52 19
53 10
10 57 40
55 5
23 57
+ 13.2
flock-cpmp.].
Sep. [1]
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 23 21.5
34 56
+ 31.0
Sep. 5
Sun L. L.
3.6
16 14
17 43
Hor. dist. ca. '/s mile.
1 23.5
45 20
[At anchor in Colin Ar-
2 13
4640
16 4
+ 12.6
cher's Harbour].
Sun L. L.
3.6
1812 55
20 15 35
19 18
+ 13.6
Hor. dist. ca. 8 / 4 mile.
Sep. (6)
Sun L. L.
3.6
Noon
20 22 20
Hor. dist. ca. '/s mile.
Sep. 6
Sun L. L.
3.6
14 11 36
12 47 30
Ice in horizon.
1253
50 10
13 50
5220
Sun L. L.
3.6
18 15 25
19 19 30
18 20
+ 8.5
Sun L. L.
3.5
22 37 36.5
1025 20
3853
21 5
3941
18 15
4042
14 15
41 34
11 50
42 26
9 10
2247
+ 9.0
Sep. 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
14 57 49
294850
[Ship fastened to the ice
59 16
56 10
in v. Toll's Bay].
15 14
30 30
58
435
1 40
825
15 9
+ 9.8
Sun L. L.
Merc.
17 53 20
37 46
18 8 29
4330
19 17
+ 10.7
Sep. (9)
Sun L. L.
4.2
Noon
18 11 30
Sep. 8
Sun L. L.
3.6
18 42 6
17 50
4323
4850
44 1.5
48 20
4447.5
47 35
45 28
47 10
20 53
+ 12.0
Sun L. L.
9
224355
8 40 20
[Height of eye ass. 3.6].
45 8
36 50
4556
33 30
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
1893
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
li m -
i "
h m
m s
Sep. 8
Sun L. L.
22 4641
8 31 10
47 12
2945
47 45
28
22 50
+ 12.5
23 17 15
6 51
Sep. 9
Jupiter L. L.
2.3
848 7
30 28
9 22
+ 14.8
Hor. (list. 4 miles.
Sun L. L.
3.6
14 8 59.5
12 13 30
10 6.5
16 50
11 9
19 30
1424 16
12 52 45
20 25
+ 13.0
Sep. (10)
[Sun L. L.]
2.3
Noon
17 830
Sep. 11
Sun L. L.
3.6
14 27 54
14 4540
28 50
4835
29 53
50 50
3043
53 5
31 26
54 45
32 11
56 30
14 44 32
1524 50
1448
+ 8.2
Sep. (12)
Sun L. L.
4.5
Noon
17 58 25
Sep. 13
Sun L. L.
2.3
12 17 38.5
8 1420
Ice in horizon.
26 55
49
Sun L. L.
5.9
123920
9 36 50
40 27
41 10
14 14
+ 11.3
Sun L. L.
3.7
18 37 20 ?
17 46 25
38 3
45
3837?
44
40 4.5
41
41 3.5
39 35
42 9.0
37 25
Sun L. L.
4.5
21 46 3.5
8 3 55
47 2.5
7 59 40
48 38
53 20
22 30
760
22 11
+ 11.8
Sep. 14
Sun L. L.
3.8
17 49 49.5
18 20 40
Foggy.
3.8
18 17 34
17 41 40
1842
39 30
1930
38 30
20 26
36 50
21 50
+ 15.2
Index corr. 2' 5".
Sep. 15
Sun L. L.
3.8
12 48 43.5
11 1425
49 34
17
50 46
21
56 30
40 30
13 13
+ 16.3
Uncertain horizon.
Sun L. L.
3.8
16 7 45
17 58 55
Sep. (16)
Sun L. L.
9
Noon
18 1
Sep. 16
Sun L. L.
3.8
133531
14 8 35
Index corr. - 2' 5".
Sun L. L.
3.8
13 5420
14 52 30
55 5
53 45
55 54
55 35
57 7
58 5
57 45
59 40
14 1
+ 17.5
14 11
1527
Sun L. L.
3.8
1548 6
17 11 25
Sun L. L.
4.5
19 25 34.5
11 9
19 36
+ 18.5
Sep. 17
Sun L. L.
4.5
19 17 49
10 1835
1835
15 50
19 23
1325
20 13
10 20
20 53
8 15
1937
+ 18.3
Sep. 18
Polaris
3.8
16 46
75 31 10
Sun L. L.
3.8
15 51 47
15 14
53 44
5450
13 35
13
16
+ 19.2
> Good obs.
Sun L. L.
3.8
19 6 29
9 30 5
30
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1893
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h in .-
' "
h in
m s
Sep. 18
Sun L. L.
19 7 7
9 2830
7 47
26 30
17 25
8 57 20
19 21
+ 19.8
Sep. (20)
Sun L. L.
3.8
Noon
13 7.5
Sep. 19
Sun L. L.
3.8
19 27 47
6 53 10
28 40
50 45
29 58
47 30
31 4
45
43 34
6 10 30
19 47
+ 22.5
Sep. 21
Jupiter
4.5
046 10
16 19 45
48 12
24 20
49 16
27 45
Hor. ca. 4 miles off.
Polaris
4.5
1 029
79 20 45
1 7
+ 25.6
Sun L. L.
3.8
12 3 36
641 35
447
4435
534
46 5
1248
7 2 45
12 18
+ 26.0
Sun L. L.
4.5
13 41 18
9 50 50
42 21
52 35
43 40
54 15
1348
+ 26.0
Sep. (22)
Sun L. L.
4.5
Noon
11 19 55
Sep. 21
Sun L. L.
3.8
19 11 43
6 57 20
12 32
55 15
13 11
53 40
Sun L. L.
3.8
19 58 18
5 1 30
20 54
+ 27.8
Sep. (24)
Sun L. L.
Glass
Noon
2056 55
Level S 11.6 N 11.4,
Sep. 24
Jupiter L. L.
Merc.
2 24 8.5
42 47 30
2 41
+ 042.0
Sep. (26)
Sun L. L.
n
Noon
19 26 50
Sep. 25
Sun L. L.
15 5620
19 23 50
16
+ 52.7
Sep. 26
Jupiter L. L.
n
1 51 6.5
40 19 40
52 41
28 20
54 3.5
36 10
2 2
+ 55.0
Sep. 28
Sun L. L.
Glass
16 10 33
16 39
13 19
+ 1 5.8
11 40
37 30
12 55
36 30
Level S 2.33 N 2.25.
Sun L. L.
9.0
16 24 31
8 9 50
16 31
+ 1 6.3
Ice horizon, not a good
obs.
Oct. 2
Cygni
Glass
1 15 21.5
104 1 10
Level S 1.57 N 1.15 f
Jupiter
n
1 29 44
34 9.5
41 36 20
42 1 50
1 45
+ 1 15.5
and y Cygni combined].
Level E 1.48 W 1.22; Ind.
corr. - 2' 0".
Oct. (5)
Sun L. L.
11.5
Noon
6 35 25
Ice horizon, somewhat
uneven.
Nov. 24
Pollux
Merc.
20 30 6.5
40 27 5
19 52
+ 7 23.3
[Castor and Pollux com-
n
32 23.7
33 5
bined].
n
35 1
42 40
Moon L. L.
n
20 43 46.5
41 55 15
?i
47 27
42 11 50
Moon and
ft
50
25
Pollux dis-
21 3
25 21 50
tances (in-
7 19.3
19 25
ner limb)
12 54.5
15 5
Moon L. L.
Merc.
21 17 48
44 44 35
w
21 27.5
45 2
23 33.7
15
Pollux
tt
21 39 9
48 23 45
[Must be Castor].
n
43 9.5
40 30
n
4745.5
58 45
a Lyree
ft
21 51 51.5
85 36
55 6.7
16 50
n
5750
1 10
22 18
+ 7 24.0
NO.
6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
31
1893
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h in s
i n
h m
m s
Nov. 27
a Cygni
Merc.
Meridian
112 34 35
1833
+ 7 45.0
n Aurigse
n
20 28 59
81 30 40
32 2
47
33 46.2
55 15
35 32
82 3 35
37 11
11 45
56 54.5
83 55 35
59 6.5
84 7
21 1 5.0
15 55
21 33
+ 7 47.0
Dec. 2
Jupiter
Merc.
Meridian
58 21
[Assumed L. L.].
a Lyrae
n
2 45 51.5
79 9
[Assumed Cygni].
49 34
78 51 51
51 7.2
4040
52 47
36 10
5449.5
24 10
57 9.5
15 10
3 4
+ 832.1
1894
12 53
+ 2 5.5
Comp. January 19.
Jan. 20
Moon U. L.
Merc.
2 39
74 53
12 55
+ 2 14.5
Clouds, not good obs.
Feb. 15
Jupiter
Glass
Meridian
5538 15
Level N 14.05 S 14.9.
Feb. 17
Jupiter
Glass
Meridian
554450
Level N 12.6 S 14.7.
Feb. 18
Jupiter
Glass
277
40 49 10
8 50
4055
10 41.5
31 35
2 22
+ 6 54.0
Index corr. - 2' 30".
Mar. (8)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
5 19
Mar. 7
Vega
Merc.
23 22
57 3
13 29
+ 33.7
Bad, rime on art. hor.
Mar. (9)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
545.6
[Watch ass. 0^ 22m
Mar. (18)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
920
March 8].
Mar. (23)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
10 54
Mar. (27)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
12 24 5
Observer Johansen.
Mar. (28)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
12 48
Mar. (30
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
13 29 30
>
Mar. (31)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
13 56
Mar. 30
Sun L. L.
5.2
19 23 24
9 4530
13 4
+ 1 34.3
25 12
42
27
37 50
28 30
34 30
30 23.5
31
23 31
+ 1 39.2
Apr. (2)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
143430
Observer Johansen.
Apr. 1
Sun L. L.
5.2
20 033
9 640
2 5
245
3 23
8 59 35
4 52.5
56 30
7 4.5
51 10
20 18
+ 1 57.0
Apr. (3)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
15 1 30
Observer Johansen.
Apr. 3
Sun L. L.
?
13 56 53.5
14 20
13 1
+ 2 13.3
14 1 29
25
5 31
2940
Apr. (4)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
15 2340
Not a good observation.
Apr. 3
Sun L. L.
5.0
17 21 12.5
1429 40
25 30
25
Bad observations, hori-
30 40
20
37 1
+ 223.1
zon foggy.
Apr. 8
Sun L. L.
Merc.
12 1640
26 40
19 14
50
21 36.5
27
24
10
26 45.3
20
13 22
+ 3 6.8
Apr. (9)
Sun L. L.
5.0
Noon
17 11
Apr. 8
Sun L. L.
5.2
19 6 48.3
13 29 30
7 42.5
27 30
8 25.5
26
12 51
13 16 50
Observer Johansen.
15 10.4
12 20
32
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant f
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m s
' *
h m
m s
Apr. 8
Sun L. L.
19 16 31.8
13 9 30
37 21
+ 3 18.8
Observer Johansen.
Apr. (10)
Sun L. L.
5.6
Noon
17 31 20
Apr. 14
Sun L. L.
9
12 8 27.5
15 1540
[Assumed 5.6 metr.].
9 37
18
10 20
20 20
11 13.3
22 10
12
23 30
12 16
+ 4 9.0
Sun L. L.
5.6
15 35
19 25 40
Apr. 16
Sun L. L.
Merc.
12 42 7
33 39 30
43 31
44
4427
48 20
45 25.3
52 10
46 35
57 10
47 22
59 5
48 13
34 2 20
1320
+ 4 29.2
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1548
39 47
Apr. 17
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Midnight
11 58 6
1 17 35
31 10
11 34
+ 4 38.0
The three last obs. best.
12 28.7
20
249.5
30
5 10
40
7 35
50
9 55
32
12 16
+ 4 38.2
Index corr. - 2' 18",
Apr. (18)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
40 21 15
after a correction of the
Apr. (19)
Apr. 19
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Merc.
Noon
12 5 10.3
40 57 30
32 50
11 44|
+ 4 59.8
small mirror 1' 26".
7 15.5
33
9 35.0
10
12 9.0
20
14 26.0
30
12 25
+ 4 0.2
[Hw-W. ass. 5^08.2].
Apr. (20)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
41 36 35
Apr. 19
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 27 16.3
33 30
1850
+ 5 3.0
29 15.7
20
32 9.5
10
34 25.0
33
3648.0
32 50
19 52
+ 5 3.5
Apr. 20
Sun L. L.
5.6
347
2 16 20
Apr. (21)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
42 18
Apr. 20
Sun L. L.
Merc.
20 39 48
28 52 20
13 16
+ 5 10.1
42 55
36 50
45 35
2420
4849
28 1340
51 39
27 56
22 3
+ 5 14.5
Apr. 21
Sun L. L.
5.6
Midnight
2 34 10
3 53
3440
55
34 55
Apr. (22)
Sun L. L.
5.6
Noon
21 34
Apr. 22
Sun L. L.
9
Midnight
2 52
2 51'?
Apr. (23)
Apr. 22
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Merc.
Noon
20 17 8.3
43 39 30
31 47
19 57
+ 5 32.0
18 19
41 30
19 48
3440
20 47.5
30
21 50.5
2530
22 37
21 40
24 15.5
31 14 10
20 42
+ 5 32.5
Apr. 23
Sun L. L.
5.8
Midnight
2 12
Apr. (24)
Apr. 25
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc
Merc
Noon
11 30 37.5
44 16 10
34 20
11 8
+ 558.1
32 46.0
30
34 54.5
40
37 12.0
50
HO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
33
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m s
'
h m
m s
Apr. 25
Sun L. L.
11 39 22.0
35
11 49
+ 5 58.5
Apr. (26)
Sun L. L.
5.6
Noon
22 46 20
Apr. 25
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 57 6
20 022
35
34 50
13 16
+ 5 59.0
Watch 58m? [Adopted].
2 38.5
40
4 53.5
30
7 5
20
20 11
+ 6 2.3
Observer Johansen.
Apr. 26
Sun L. L.
5.8
Midnight
4 13 30
Apr. (27)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
45 59 30
Observer Johansen.
Apr. 27
Sun L. L.
5.8
Midnight
4 36 40
Refr. variable.
Apr. (28)
Apr. 27
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
9
Noon
21 21 44.3
22 41.7
46 28
14 50 15
48 20
13 16
+ 6 21.7
Observer Johansen.
[Eye's height ass. 5.8
met.]
23 36.0
44 50
24 26.0
43 40
25 24.0
41 30
27 15.5
37
28 0.5
35 30
28 44.7
33 30
30 42.8
28 50
Observer Johansen.
31 47
26 10
i
32 46
24 10
21 37
+ 6 25.0
,
Apr. 28
Sun L. L.
5.8?
Midnight
4 56 35
Good.
Apr. (29)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
47 1 5
Apr. 29
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
5.8?
Merc.
Midnight
11 56 44.5
5 17 5
38 40
59 2
50
12 1 28.5
39
3 50
10
6 22.3
20
12 13
+ 6 41.0
Apr. (30)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
47 34
Apr. 29
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 28 12.0
39 20
19 5
+ 6 44.1
3032.7
10
33 1.0
35 27.7
3850
37 46.5
40
19 54
+ 6 44.6
Apr. 30
Sun L. L.
5.8
Midnight
536
3 53.5
5 36 35
Clear horizon.
May (1)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
48 7 35
May 1
Sun L. L.
5.8
Midnight
5 55 30
Very clear.
May (2)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
4841 45
May 1
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 1 36
3340 20
13 16
+ 7 3.6
2 44
35
341
30 20
4 44
2530
6 5
19 10
7 13.5
13 45
7 50.5
10 50
21 39
+ 7 7.6
May 2
May (3)
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
5.8
Merc.
Midnight
Noon
6 15
49 16 10
Clear, horizon bright
Observer Johansen.
May 3
Sun L. L.
5.8
Midnight
6 33
Cloudy.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
11 57 21
4050
11 39
+ 7 25.0
5946
41
12 2 9.5
10
437
20
7 3.5
30
12 15
+ 7 25.0
May (4)
Sun L. L.
5.6
Noon
24 57 30
Observer Johansen.
May 3
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 32 15
41 30
19 4
+ 7 28.0
3440.5
20
37 7
10
39 27
_|_ 4.59
41 58
40 50
19 48
+ 7 28.4
34
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m s
' "
h m
m s
May 4
Sun L. L.
5.8
Midnight
6 49 35
Very clear.
May (5)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
50 22 50
i J V
May 5
May (6)
Sun [L. L.]
Sun L. L.
5.8
Merc.
Midnight
Noon
7 6 10
50 56 25
Clear, temp. - 15.9;
measured from lowest
May 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
12 2 53.5
43 20
11 54
+ 8 8.0
horizon, false hor. ca.
5 16.0
30
50" above.
749.7
40
10 19.3
50
12 47.0
44 030
12 22
+ 8 8.1
May (8)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
51 55 10
Observer Johansen.
"j *3*
May 8
May (10)
May 10
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
5.6
5.6
5.8
Merc.
15 44
Noon
Midnight
12 21 36.3
26 17
26 33 30
8 31 20
46 10 10
13 14
12 13
+ 8 18.3
+ 8 38.3
Cloudy, bad image.
Clear, hor. sharp.
24 8.0
20
26 47.0
30
29 24.0
40
32 6.3
49 45
34 50.7
47 20
37 23.5
10
40 13.0
20
43 57.0
30 30
45 37.0
40
48 29.0
50
12 55
+ 838.1
May (11)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
53 32 30
Observer Johansen.
May 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 5 28.5
47
15 11
+ 8 39.0
8 3.0
46 50
10 47.0
39 45
13 17.7
30 20
16 1.3
20
18 27.0
10 10
19 29
+ 8 40.1
May (12)
May 11
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
6.0
Noon
21 12 51
54 4 10
19 32 20
Observer Johansen.
; hazy.
15 24
26 30
1642
2340
18 4
2020
19 21
17 20
21 26
+ 44.0
A different watch.
May 12
Sun L. L.
5.8
Midnight
9 2 10
Some clouds.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 58
54 32 35
13 26
- 7.9
16 4
32 5
May 13
May (14)
May 13
May 14
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
5.8
Merc.
Merc.
Midnight
Noon
12 1230
12 24 14.5
9 16 30
54 59 50
54 58 40
47 15 45
13 26
12 4
+ 2.7
+ 13.1
Clear.
Mercury unsteady.
[Watch ass. 16*]!
27 42
29 40
28 56
3430
10 J
Bad image.
29 54
3830
12 42
+ 13.2
May 16
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 15 40
42 5
21 4
+ 37.1
16 20.5
1 30
17 8
41 58
18 19.5
52 30
19 8
48 50
The four last observa-
19 39.3
46 20
tions best.
20 8.7
4350
2053.5
4040
21 36
+ 37.5
May (20)
May 20
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
5.8
Merc.
Noon
Midnight
12 22 59.5
57 4 15
11 13 20
48 50
12 11
+ 1 13.5
Some cum. clouds near
horizon.
25 26.0
49
27 55.7
10
30 37.0
20 10
33 15.3
30
12 44
+ 1 13.5
Good observations.
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
35
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m -
' a
h m
m s
May (21)
Sun L. L.
5.6
Noon
2841 10
Observer Johansen;
May 20
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 54 24.0
49 30
19 33
+ 1 16.0
cloudy, not good.
56 56.0
20
59 32.0
10
Ind. corr. -1' 27"; Job.
20 2 4.7
4 38.0
48 50
20 24
+ 1 16.7
Good observations.
May (22)
May 22
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
9
5.6
Noon
16 11 (12?)
28 49 50
28 57 30
13 20
+ 1 36.0
Johansen [ass. 5.6 met.].
19
59 30
Perhaps 30" too great.
May 23
Sun L. L.
6.0
17 39 20
2836.5
1340
+ 1 46.2
Bad image.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
2248 7
38 39
1342
+ 1 56.0
Comp. May 24.
May 25
Sun L. L.
Merc.
10 9 23.5
40 11 50
9 55
+ 2 5.1
10 36.0
1630
12 26.5
2530
13 11.0
27 50
14 30.0
34 10
15 57.5
40 50
17
45 10
\
18 11
5030
} Best.
19 20
5540
10 37
+ 2 5.5
J
May (26)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
5846 15
Observer Johansen.
May (27)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
59 3 50
May (28)
Sun L. L.
5.6
Noon
29 44 10
May 27
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 53
59 1545
13 43
1 19.8
Watch run down yester-
J
59 30
12 20
day.
17 1 19
1050
Hazy.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 3 52.7
43 59 50
21 35
- 1 17.5
527.5
53
6 29.0
47 50
22 41
- 1 17.0
May 31
Sun L. L.
6.0
20 28 24
26 3 20
1342
- 45.0
29 21
1 30
30 18
25 59 30
31 14.5
58
32 17
56 40
June 1
Sun L. L.
Glass
4 18 24
26 5240
Level N 11.3 S 10.05.
19 29
51 40
Glass horizon not plain.
2046
51 40
21 48
51
22 34
50 40
23 24
50 40
2453
50 30
26 28
50 30
4 43
- 040.5
June (3)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
61 10 10
June (4)
Sun L. L.
5.6
Noon
30 46 20
Johansen.
June 4
Sun L. L.
Tar
4 14 32
27 38 40
5.8
4 20 11
13 52 10
Watch also 21 1".
5.8
Midnight
13 51 40
Sun L. L.
Tar
1644
61 3840
14
- 8.2
Mercury horizon in dis-
Sun L. L.
Tar
19 9 52
57 34
order.
1044.7
31
It 28.7
29 10
Sun L. L.
Tar
22 52 0.5
42 55 20
54 15
38 10
5542.7
3230
5638.5
2840
58 15.5
20
Sun L. L.
6.0
23 2- 12.7
21 2 50
2 55.0
1 30
325.8
30
June 5
Sun L. L.
Tar
16 39 ca.
61 53 40
1359
+ 0.5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
17 14 37.5
61 35
15 17
3420
36
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
ll 111 S
'
h in
m s
June 5
Sun L. L.
17 16 35
61 33 10
19 6.5
30 30
20 20
29 15
Sun L. L.
Merc.
2345 54
49 28
52 57
39 1 40
38 46 50
37 10
\ One of these alt. some-
J what great
54 15
27 10
55 17
23 25
Watch run down since
56 25
18 40
2438
+ 32.0
last comp.
June (7)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
62 7 50
June (8)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
62 18 40
June 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 42.8
17 5
13 55
+ 044.2
46.0
1545
Sun L. L.
Merc.
17 15 39
61 58 5
16 43
57 35
17 37
56 45
1846
5530
20 4
5355
21 51.5
51 30
13 58
+ 53.0
Comp. June 8.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 28 36.5
45 2 30
14 1
- 9.0
A different watch.
29 54
44 57 30
31 5
52 20
32 19
46 40
33 47
40
2245
- 9.7
June 9
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 23 38.5
45 40 15
13 58
+ 1 1.0
25 4
34
26 14.5
29
27 21
23 50
28 21
19 45
22 45
+ 1 4.0
June 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
4 14 16.5
28 58 15
15 15.5
58 5
15 52.5
57 55
18 30
57 5
19 34.5
56 35
4 37
+ 1 6.0
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 35
62 27
1357
+ 1 9.5
16 52 56
62 22 10
55 30
21
57 27
19 25
59 17
18 50
17 042
17 45
June 11
Sun L. L.
Merc.
17 28 17.0
61 54 35
14 2
+ 1 17.0
32 2.0
49 10
3343.5
47
35 39.0
4430
13 54
+ 1 25.5
Comp. June 12.
June (13)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
62 26 40
Observer Johansen.
June 15
S(ln L. L.
Merc.
12 13 52.5
52 44 20
11 46
+ 1 48.0
12 29 17.6
5344
31 32.8
53 15
3538.8
54 17 45
12 50
+ 1 4S.2
Sun L. L.
Tar
135030
58 17 20
Observer Johansen.
5250
24
53 52
26 10
5450
30 10
14 7
+ 5.0
A different watch.
June (16)
Sun L. L.
Water
Noon
62 32 45
Johunsen; hor. a pool of
June 16
Sun L. L.
Tar
22 3852
45 42
water on the ice.
40 21.5
36 30
4429
18 20
23 3
+ 6.0
Observer Johansen.
June (18)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
62 39
June 20
Sun L. L.
Merc.
17 4 18
623940
12 56
+ 2 26.0
5 50
39 5
13 58
+ 2 26.3
649
38 30
7 45
38
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
37
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
June 20
Sun L. L.
17 920
62 37 10
1042.5
3540
11 50.5
34 20
June 21
Sun L. L.
Merc.
20 29 48
54 31 10
13 58
+ 2 34.5
31 10
26
32 24
22 10
32 56.7
1840
33 53.5
15 40
35 33.5
9 10
20 42
+ 2 37.0
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 27 52.5
2846
462335
19 45
22 53
+ 2 38.0
| Very good.
June (23)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
62 59
Johansen; good.
June 23
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 24.0
62 59 40
1357
+ 2 51.8
June (24)
Noon
63 1
June 23
1643.5
63 035
46.0
62 59 45
June 24
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 29 41.2
54 39 20
+ 10'? [Adopted].
31 37.6
57 30
32 26.4
55 4 30
35 9.0
15 10
3651.4
21 30
Sun U. L.
Merc.
13 4 4.6
57 3 30
5 10
7 15
6 18
11 30
7 6
1420
8 24
19
1357
+ 2 58.5
June (25)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
63 3 30
Observer Johansen.
June 25
June 26
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Merc.
17 7 22.2
21 43 26.2
62 55 10
49 32 30
21 35
+ 3 18.5
Perhaps too great.
44 32.6
27 30
45 38.0
23
46 26.2
19 20
47 33
15 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 52 32.8
48 5245
5325.8
4850
5423.4
4450
5520.8
4030
56 iao
3655
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 59 18.6
48 23 50
Observer Johansen.
22 16.0
19 35
1 12.4
1530
2 9.2
11 20
254.8
8
2226
+ 3 19.0
June 27
Sun L. L.
Merc.
4 5 4.0
29 34 45
Sun-glass before the ocu-
6 12.6
34 25
lar.
7 10.0
33 45
8 18.0
32 55
9 5.7
32 35
14 5
29 3045
Sun-glass before the mir-
16 6
30 5
rors.
17 5.5
2930
4 28
+ 3 21.5
June 30
Sun U. L.
Merc.
10 7 44.5
444950
9 55
+ 3 52.0
9 1.5
5530
9 50
5850
10 41
45 230
1633.5
28 15
20 9
44 15
1035
+ 3 52.2
July (1)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
62 42 10?
June 30
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 45 8
62 3945
13 55
+ 353.0
47 11
3845
48 9
3825
50 10.5
37 35
38
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
June 30
Sun L. L.
16 51 1.5
62 37 15
51 54
37
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 24 52
41 13 30
23 15
+ 3 56.5
2540.5
10 15
26 27.0
645
27 13.5
4
28 11
2355
+ 3 56.7
July (2)
July 2
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Merc.
Noon
20 22 18.5
62 37 10
53 48 35
1354
+ 4 11.0
Very good.
2326.0
44 20
24 4.5
42 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 50 10
39 9 5
51 2
6 5
51 37
4 5
52 15.5
1
5255
385820
July 3
Sun L. L.
Merc.
4 1632
2842 20
13
+ 4 15.0
17 14
42 20
18 18
42
20
41 20
2051
41 15
1356
+ 4 21.0
July (4)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
62 14
July 4
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 41 0.8
32 18
45 25.2
14 30
47 5.6
9 35
48 9.8
7 5
4944.8
2 35
1 5444.4
31 49 45
55 53.4
46 30
5645.8
4445
57 42.4
42 10
59 7.6
38
2 12 12.8
31 6 55
13 11.2
4 25
14 40.6
1 5
16 2.6
30 57 45
17 1.2
55 55
2 24
+ 4 25.5
Sun U. L.
Merc.
13 5 2.4
46 46 30
12 55
+ 430.0
9 43.8
47 3 5
1050.0
11 52.2
7
1025
[Ass. + 10].
12 57.0
14 25
14 5.2
18 30
1354
+ 430.5
July (5)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
62 5 10
July 4
16 15.0
62 2 30
16 34.0
62 4 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 41 22.5
43 25 5
42 15
21 10
42 56
1820
11 57
+ 438.1
Comp. July 5.
July (6)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
61 57 5
Observer Johansen.
July 6
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 15 14.2
33 5 15
1 32
+ 443.8
July 7
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 12 12.2
53 4 35
12
+ 4 57.5
13 34.8
1025
12 19 29.8
53 34
2040.4
38 30
21 41
43 5
22 57.2
48
23 59
52 15
13 54
+ 4 58.0
July (8)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
61 49 5
Observer Johansen.
July 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 25 17
44 6 55
27 16
43 58
Uncertain; cloudy.
2929
52 15
24 20
+ 045.5
A different watch.
NO.
6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
39
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
'
h m
m s
July (9)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
61 40 35
Observer Johansen.
July 9
Sun U. L.
Merc.
13 9 15.2
56 22
10 41.6
27
16 12.0
46 15
17 29.4
5045
18 58.6
5545
1354
+ 5 16.0
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 36 40
61 27 20
14 4
+ 049.7
A different watch.
July (11)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon .
61 11 45
Observer Johansen.
July 11
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 25
60 49
13 59
+ 5 33.5
16 39 54
6045 10
41 22
44 50
4434
43 15
46 4
42 50
46 58.4
42 15
48
41 30
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 19 40.8
3847 15
23 11
+ 5 37.0
20 39.8
4345
21 57.6
37 55
23 24 47.6
38 25 30
2544.0
21 40
26 48.0
17
27 42.2
13 30
2839.0
9 40
July 12
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 18 20.6
52 13 40
12 11
+ 5 41.8
19 42.6
19 5
20 40
22 50
21 49
27 40
2246.8
32 10
1354
+ 542.0
July 13
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 6 6.8
51 9 5
11 51
+ 5 51.0
7 21.6
14 20
839.6
19 10
947.8
24
10 59.6
2845
12 14 15.8
51 41 50
15 19.6
46 10
16 21.4
50 10
13 55
+ 5 51.2
July (14)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
59 54 10
Observer Johansen.
July 14
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 6
59 31 15
July (15)
July 15
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
16 2.3
32 50
59 14 15
1356
+ 6 8.8
Uncertain; no declining.
16 5.0
15 10
July (16)
Noon
17 25
July 16
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 18 33.2
51 11 20
12 7
+ 6 17.7
19 42.0
15 50
20 37.4
1935
21 39.2
23 50
2238.0
28
1355
+ 6 18.9
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1622
59 830
Cloudy; a glimpse.
July (18)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
5848 10
Observer Johansen.
July 20
Sun L. L.
Merc.
17 44 18.6
56 1820
1356
+ 6 52.5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 44 39.6
43 6
14 6
+ 1 10.0
A different watch.
48 28.0
42 4855
14 5
+ 1 11.7
Comp. July 21.
July 21
Sun L. L.
Merc.
10 11.6
32 19 50
11 21.0
1535
12 30.8
11 10
Too great?
13 31.8
6 55
1435.2
3 35
15 42.6
31 59 10
Too small?
20 9
31 42 25
21 3.2
3920
21 58.2
35 50
23 2.0
32
40
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
189*
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
July 21
Sun L. 1 ..
23 58.2
31 2835
37
+ 6 55.5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 57 10.4
41 22 30
21 46
+ 7 3.0
58 21.4
16 50
59 18.4
12 40
22 4 57.0
40 47 35
5 44.8
44 15
Best.
640.6
39 55
July 22
Sun U. L.
Merc.
13 31 43.4
53 20 35
11.37
+ 7 8.0
32 52.4
24 10
33 37.2
26 35
34 26.2
29
35 19.0
31 35
13 51
+ 7 8.0
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 53 52.4
56 47 40
July (23)
Noon
5654 30
Ind. corr. - 1' 29".
July 22
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 35 46.3
4231 35
3629.5
2840
37 14
25 5
38 8
21 20
39 2.7
17 10
39 42.0
14 25
40 27.0
11 5
41 14.7
7 25
22 9
+ 7 10.5
July 23
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 29 10
56 34 10
14
+ 1 13.7
A different watch; Jo-
July 24
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 48 4.2
56 4 20
13 51
+ 7 26.5
hansen.
49 28.4
3 40
5035.0
2 35
51 48.6
2
52 46.8
1 10
R <
Best.
53 57
20
July 25
Sun L. L.
Merc.
18 10 23
53 38 50
13 51
+ 7 36.0
11 10
36 55
12 9
3445
12 44.3
3325
13 22.7
32
18 19
+ 7 37.5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 2 2
39 35 50
4 53.4
22 25
7 5
12 10
854.6
3 35
1033
385630
23
+ 5.5
A different watch; had
July 26
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 37 41.8
31 26 35
23 7
+ 7 46.5
run down since July 23.
38 56.6
21 35
40 13.0
16 15
41 22.2
11 10
42 32
625
4430.8
30 58
24 23
+ 7 47.0
July 27
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 18 55
54 41 10
13 50
+ 7 53.5
19 57
42 20
20 29.7
43
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 2040
55 14 20
14 1
+ 10.5
A different watch.
28
1420
Observer Johansen.
3430
13 30
July 28
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 56 45
5451
1352
+ 8 3.0
59 20
51 50
July (29)
Noon
5420
July 29
Sun L. L.
Merc.
18 34 28.4
39 34
51 6 35
50 52 15
13 50
+ 8 13.0
}Best.
4045
48 20
Dew on the glass-roof of
41 56
45
18 51
+ 8 14.5
the horizon.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 7 55.2
36 40
21 55
+ 8 15.8
854.2
35 30
9 47.2
31 50
Somewhat late.
10 57.6
26 5
22 31
+ 8 16.0
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
41
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
July 30
Sun U. L.
Merc.
11 59 15.8
44 50
11 48
+ 8 21.7
12 46.2
56 35
2 7.2
45 2 20
459.0
14 50
5 56.4
1845
Dew on roof of horizon.
6 52.2
23
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 32 12.6
47 28 20
19 23
+ 8 24.3
33 36.6
23 5
35 8.8
17 30
36 21.6
1245
37 49
7 15
19 42 14.6
46 50 20
4344
44 45
4443.2
40 45
45 54
37
47 2
32 20
20 6
+ 8 24.7
July 31
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 5
53 35 35
13 51
+ 8 31.5
Aug. 2
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 54
52 34 15
13 50
+ 8 49.5
55 20
35 50
57 43.3
40 10
Limbs indistinct.
58 21.5
40 45
58 54.7
41 15
59 31.0
42 20
15 7.0
43 10
Aug. (3)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
52 29 10
Observer Johansen.
Aug. 2
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 57 15.6
30 25 25
19 20
+ 8 51.5
23 50
11 40
1 53
635
2 57.6
2 15
4 1.0
29 57 20
5 1.8
5245
6 1.8
48 15
7 7.2
4345
8 9.6
3855
Aug. 3
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 31 5.6
45 20
1 22
+ 8 54.0
33 29.8
30
12 13
+ 8 59.5
36 12.8
40 15
38 49.2
50
41 24.6
46
44 7.8
10
46 54.0
20
Aug. (4)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
51 55 30
Good; Johansen.
Aug. 3
Sun U. L.
Merc.
1935 32
45 50
38 10
40 15
4046
30
4327.3
20
19 57
+ 9 2.4
Aug. (5)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
51 21 5
Aug. 5
Sun U. L.
Merc.
11 59 2.4
42 10
11 37
+ 9 18.7
The first altitudes pro-
12 1 24.8
20
bably best.
354.8
29 50
621.0
40
842.6
50
11 9.6
43
13 38.4
10
Aug. (6)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
50 47 10
Aug. 5
16 15
46 30
As a test.
Sun U. L.
Merc.
19 58 37.5
43 10
1934
+ 822.2
[Hw-W. ass. 9n>22".2].
20 1 6.3
333.0
42 50
6 2.0
40
8 26.3
29 50
1048.5
20
42
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
'
h m
m s
Aug. 5
Sun U. L.
20 13 15.0
42 10
20 17
+ 9 23.3
Aug. 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 53 36.4
49 39 55
13 48
+ 9 42.2
56 22
40 50
59 20.8
41 10
Aug. (8)
Noon
41 50
Observer Johansen.
Aug. 8
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1543
49 530
1348
+ 9 50.5
46
6 55
48.8
8
53.7
930
Aug. (9)
Noon
11 15
Aug. 8
Sun L. L.
Merc.
20 21 50
38 51 35
22 31.5
4835
23 12.8
45 50
Uncertain.
23 54.8
42 50
24 47.5
38 55
25 27
36 5
26 16
32 30
20 45
+ 9 52.0
Aug. (10)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
48 40 5
Aug. 9
16 10.2
3940
1348
+ 9 58.4
11.5
3935
13.5
39 15
14.7
39 5
Aug. 10
Sun U. L.
Merc.
11 55 47.2
39 20
11 34
+ 10 7.2
58 13.8
30
12 28.2
39 50
2 58.2
50
5 29.0
40 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 1 30
48 2 25
Observer Johansen.
Aug. (11)
Noon
2 55
Aug. 10
Sun U. L.
Merc.
20 1 29.8
40 10
19 38
+ 10 9.0
3 58.8
39 50
6 19.2
39 50
8 43.0
30
11 5.6
20
20 36
+ 10 9.5
Cirro-stratus.
Aug. (12)
Aug. (13)
Aug. 13
Sun [L. L.1
Sun [L. L.]
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Merc.
Merc.
Noon
Noon
12 33 35.8
47 27 50
46 51 30
40 9
12 26
+ 10 32.0
Image indistinct.
Indistinct limbs, snow,
36 59
22
glass-roof wiped be-
38 7.6
25 45
tween the observations.
41 49
39 5
1348
+ 10 32.3
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 26 5.4
46 6 20
27 48
5 20
29 49.6
4 5
Aug. 14
Sun U. L.
Merc.
11 36 39.2
3540
11 17
+ 10 39.0
38 53.6
50
41 21.0
36
4341.8
10 10
46 1.4
20
4822.4
30
5046.0
40
Sun L. L.
Merc.
18 55 45.6
4030 15
5653.2
26 30
57 55.0
22 50
5851.8
19 50
19 5.8
15 40
19 6
+ 10 41.5
Aug. 16
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 41 2.0
44 8 50
14 1
+ 21.7
A different watch.
4242.0
9 45
Observer Johansen.
43 45.5
10 20
14
+ 20.0
Comp. Aug. 17.
Aug. (17)
Noon
18 10
Observer Johansen.
Aug. 17
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 51 35
4340
1356
+ 16.4
Watch run down yester-
52 36.4
42
day.
54 31.4
44 40
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
43
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
Aug. 17
Sun U. L.
15 20 54
44 1930
21 53.8
2040
23 3
22
Aug. (18)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
43 42 25
40 1 ? [not adopted].
Aug. 17
Sun L. L.
Merc.
2047 35
31 54 10
48 38
49 20
49 28
45 30
21 36
+ 19.3
A different watch.
Aug. (19)"
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
43 3 25
Aug. 20
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 51 37.2
36 22 10
13 56
+ 33.5
Comp. Aug. 19.
52 46
26 15
53 53.8
30 15
12 59 28.4
36 50
13 4 40.6
37 8 5
5 33.8
11 25
6 36.0
1445
13 56
+ 040.5
Aug. (21)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
41 46
Observer Johansen.
Aug. 21
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 27 30
41 8 30
14 2
+ 23.5
A different -watch.
30 30
7 20
Observer Johansen.
32
5 50
13 59
+ 26.0
Comp. Aug. 22.
Aug. 22
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 1 45.0
31 5230
11 45
+ 59.2
249.4
56 55
3 50.8
32 1 15
Glass-roof wiped for dew.
12 8 47.8
32 21 25
9 53.8
25 55
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 59 30
4029
13 59
+ 26.0
A different watch.
16 2
29 30
Observer Johansen.
10 30
30
14
+ 28.0
Comp. Aug. 23.
Aug. (23)
Noon
30
Aug. 24
Sun L. L.
6.0
22 22 50
10 1 40
13 56
+ 1 16.7
Bad circumstances.
Aug. 25
Sun L. L.
Merc.
15 58
38 27 15
14 57
+ 1 25.5
16 1
27 45
6
28 15
22 38
+ 1 28.3
Aug. (26)
Noon
28 35
Aug. 27
Sun L. L.
Merc.
13 33 37.0
33 9 50
Observer Johansen.
37 35.5
21 10
13 58
+ 39.0
A different watch.
40 15.0
31 30
41m? frej.l. Bad image.
Aug. (28)
Aug. 29
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Merc.
16 2
Noon
16 22 39
37 19
37 19.5
35 25 10
13 39
1334
+ 1 44.7
+ 2 2.8
}i
Bad imageCirro-stratus.
24 55
24 30
26 7
23 50
27 12
23 35
28 14
23 20
19 58
+ 2 5.5
Sep. 3
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 32 31
31 34 15
13 34
+ 2 52.0
Name of watch not given
36 3.5
3330
in the original.
37 21
33 10
38 4
33
41 19
31 25
42 25
31
43 20
3040
22 7
+ 2 57.0
Sep. 5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
17 5.5
29 54 45
1349
+ 3 17.0
7.0
53
10.4
52 20
14 5
+ 3 29.0
Comp. Sept. 6.
Sep. 7
Sun L. L.
6.0
22 36 45
5 830
22 45
+ 343.8
Sep. 8
Sun L. L.
Merc.
16 54.6
28 330
13 57
+ 3 51.0
57 51
1
59 24
5
17 1 9
27 59 10
232
58 5
347
57 5
17 2054
27 40
22 18
38 25
44
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
1) III s
. "
h m
m s
Sep. 8
Sep. 18
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
f
17 2334
16 44
4630
27 37
10 8 30
7 50
13 54
+ 4 2.3
Comp. Sept. 9.
[Eye s height ass. 6 m ].
Observer Johansen.
4830
630
17 7
+ 1 27.0
A different watch.
Oct. 15
Sun L. L.
4.8
16 48 ca.
1353
+ 5 3.0
Limb strongly elliptical.
1895
Jan. 14
Moon and
1 31 43
72 11 40
2247
+ 30.4
Comp. Jan. 13.
Jupiter dis-
35 31
14 30
The first distance pos-
tances (outer
limbs)
38 12
4022.5
1530
17 10
sibly too small [omit-
ted]. The four last
42 33.5
18 35
best [double weight].
44 36
19 35
46 52
20 45
21'? [not adopted].
49 7
22 35
51 25
24 15
2 31
+ 32.5
Feb. 5
Moon and
22 15 15.5
43 22 45
21 9
+ 5 11.0
Mars, dis-
19 52
24 35
tances (inner
2322
27
limbs)
26 36
29 5
35 46
3040
[Watch ass. 30<n].
33 5
32 50
36 8
3435
38 24
36
23 6
+ 5 13.5
Index corr. 1' 25".
Feb. 8
Moon and
17 16 6.5
46 16 5
15 57
+ 5 52.0
Index corr. - 2' 13" de-
Jupiter dis-
17 59
17 20
termined by 6 point-
tances (inner
19 50
1835
ings of Jupiter and 3
limbs)
21 35
19 50
of Capella. After this
23 12
20 30
a small tilt of the
24 34
21 30
mirror was corrected.
25 46
22 45
26 39
23 10
27 48
24 5
29 3.5
24 40
18 52
+ 5 54.0
Mar. 9
Moon and
1 31 13
59 17 35
46
- 1 4.2
Jupiter dis-
33 20
18 55
tances (inner
35 10
19 55
limbs)
36 38
20 55
38 13
21 50
39 57
22 55
41 21
2345
2 8
- 1 3.7
Mar. (11)
Sun
Index corr. -f- 5' 11".
Mar. (13)
Sun
Index corr. 4- 5' 20".
Apr. (6)
Sun L. L.
6.0
Noon
11 56 20
I. C. + 1' 10" (Nordahl).
Apr. 6
Sun L. L.
Merc.
18 20
24 29 10
15 14
- 8.7
I. C. + 1' 10"; bad image.
Apr. (8)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
25 14 20
Ind. corr. + 2' 35".
Apr. (10)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
26 42 15
Apr. 13
Sun L. L.
Merc.
18 14
29 38 45
15 38
- 17.5
Bad image.
25
38 20
Ind. corr. + 1' 45".
Apr. (17)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
31 47 45
Apr. 16
18 27 45
47 20
1536
- 28.0
Observer Nordahl.
2945
46 45
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 10 29
23 41 30
11 28.5
38 30
12 21
36 15
13 10.5
33 50
14 3
31 25
23 49
- 28.0
Ind. corr. + 1' 43".
Apr. (19)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
33 14 35
Ind. corr. + 3' 12".
Apr. 18
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 50 29
23 21 20
15 39
- 14.0
51 35
18 30
52 31
15 30
Apr. 19
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 50
2247 50
3 13
44 20
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
45
1895
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
Apr. 19
Sun L. L.
5 52.5
22 36
7 29
31 30
8 35
28 10
020
- 13.8
Apr. (21)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
34 40 20
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Noon
354420
Ind. corr. + 2' 52".
Apr. (22)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
35 2025
Cir. and Cirro-str.
Apr. 21
1625
20
16 9
+ 1 28.0
I. c. + 3' 20". [Ass. 18H
Apr. (24)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
36 39 10
Merc, sometimes tremb-
Apr. 23
18 32.1
36 38 35
(Hw
0.0
ling slightly, hauling
35.9
37 50
used)
of lead-line some 300
38.2
37 35
0.0
m. off.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 49 57.5
26 57 40
20 35
+ 174 35
[Hour of obs. ass. as 20
51 22.5
53 30
by the watch].
52 28
50 20
5328
47 40
54 16
44 50
55 3.5
42 30
56 3.5
39 30
21 9
+ 174 35
Ind. corr. + 2' 54".
Apr. (27)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
38 38 35
I. C. + 2' 32" (Nordahl).
Apr. 26
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 37 53
28 18 35
23 26
+ 20 18.0
Dr. Blessing's watch [6
39 1
15 15
hours have been added
39 53
1235
in both col. Watch].
4040
10 10
41 29.5
7 55
2347 17
49 18
51
27 50 10
44
39 40
24 8
+ 20 17.5
\ Observer Nordahl.
/ Ind. corr. + 3' 9".
Apr. (29)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
39 48 20
Observer Nordahl.
Apr. 28
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 40 15
29 23
23 35
+ 18 59.0
[Hw-W. ass. 19m 59*1.
41 46
1845
Dr. Blessing's watch [as
42 56
15 15
Apr. 26].
44 8.5
11 5
45 8
850
24
+ 19 58.8
Apr. 30
Sun [L. L.]
Merc.
13 48 13
3330
1331
+ 8.5
Watch cleaned by Mog-
51 30
40
stad.
55 6
50
58 39
34
14 2 17.5
10
14 11
+ 9.0
May (1)
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Noon ca.
42 11 20
Observer Nordahl.
May (2)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
41 39 50
Ind. corr. - I 57".
May 3
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 48 12.6
38 47 20
Ind. corr. + 4' 25".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
52 45
1831
58 10
42 29 40
1540
+ 3.0
Merc, trembling.
New mirrors.
35
29 10
37 5
28 20
40 15
28
Ind. corr. + 47"; small
41 58.5
27 35
mirror corrected.
43 58
27 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 30 35
33 53 40
23 21
+ 4.8
Ind. corr. + 1' 29".
33 22
4540
34 37
42 10
Good.
3630.5
36 40
37 32
33 50
Good.
3947
27 30
Motion in the ice.
May (7)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
41 32
Noon
22 40
43 58
24 4
+ 5.0
[2 last obs. omitted].
Sun U. L.
Noon
45 1 50
Ind. corr. + 2' 32".
May 7
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 3 22.5
3833 10
15 40
- 8.0
Comp. May 6.
4 24
36 20
6 17
41 10
6 54.5
42 50
7 49
45
46
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
May 7
Sun U. L.
14 840
3847 20
9 31
49 30
10 19
52
1534
- 10.5
Ind. con-. + 3' 4".
May (8)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
44 26 40
Ind. corr. + 2' 56".
May 10
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 11 35
40 20
1559
+ 3.0
Comp. May 9.
12 25.5
22 10
13 7
2340
13 57
26
14 46
27 40
14 35
+ 5.5
Ind. corr. + 2' 42".
May (11)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
45 52 30
Ind. corr. + 2' 42".
May 13
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 30 31.5
42 21
16 6
+ 13.8
Comp. May 12.
31 57
25
Small mirror corrected.
33 12
2820
34 2
3040
36 10.5
35 30
15 58
+ 8.7
May (14)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
47 21
Ind. corr. + 2' 34".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Noon
482450
May 13
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 15 36
40 34 10
16 31
32 10
17 13.5
30 20
17 43
29
18 22
27
19
2535
19 39
24 10
23 38
+ 8.2
Ind. corr. + 2' 19".
May 15
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 17 7.5
42 4050
14 2
- 2.5
17 56.5
43 15
1839.5
4450
1926
47 10
20 17.5
49 30
21 11.0
51 50
21 58.5
5340
16 1
- 3.0
Ind. corr. + 2' 17".
May (16)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
48 22 10
Ind. corr. + 2' 20".
May 16
Sun L. L.
Merc.
024 7
38 31 35
15
- 2.5
24 54.5
29 40
25 37.5
27 40
26 21.5
25 35
26 58.8
24
27 31
22 35
28 8
21
045
- 2.5
Ind. corr. + 2' 20*.
May (18)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
49 1620
May 18
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 19
39 45 20
22 15
43
22 57.5
40 50
2347
38 40
2428
36 50
25 25.5
3420
26 7
32 10
45
- 5.5
Ind. corr. + 2' 10".
May 19
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 51 48.5
453330
5327
37 30
Indistinct sun.
5441
4040
5658.5
46 20
57 41.5
5825.5
4830
50 5
16 18
- 1.0
\ Good.
May (20)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
50 16 25
Ind. corr. + 2' 5".
May 21
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 11 50
49 8
16 15
+ 0.5
Cloudy, the last four ob-
13 1.5
6
servations indicated as
13 58
440
tolerably good.
14 50
2 40
1539
2
17 13
48 59 10
19 1
56 30
1942.5
5540
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
47
1895
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
May 21
Sun L. L.
21 20 39
48 53 30
22 1
51 50
16 16
+ 2.0
Comp. May 22.
May 23
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 9 4
40 1430
10
12 20
10 49.5
10 15
11 38
8
12 41
5 20
1 37
+ 4.2
Sun U. L.
Merc.
645
31 19
Cirro-stratus.
53
31 17
Sun Cent.
Merc.
6 55
57
58
3045
45.5
45.5
I Sun visible as a blur.
| [Omitted].
Sun U. L.
Merc.
7 520
31 17
8
17
12
17 10
1345
17 30
18 30
18 10
16 14
+ 4.0
May (24)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
51 3540
Observer Nordahl.
May (25)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
52 20
Ind. corr. + 2' 2".
May 27
Sun L. L.
Merc.
13 44
44 27 50
16 12
+ 4.7
Comp. May 26.
14 31
25 40
15 1
2430
16 39.5
19 45
20 13
9 45
2049.5
8 20
22 33
330
55
+ 5.5
Ind. corr. + 2 5".
May 29
Sun L. L.
Merc.
24648
38 5
16 2
+ 2.3
Comp. May 28.
51 42
37 52 10
Small mirror corrected
5231
50 10
before obs.
53 9
4840
53 44
47
54 14
45 50
Bad image.
Sun U. L.
Merc.
680
33 4 10
[Hour of obs. ass. to
Sun U. L.
Merc.
6 31 55
33 8 30
be 7].
33 25
8 45
Ind. corr. + 1' 22".
35 30
930
16 14
- 1.0
May (30)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
52 52 50
Ind. corr. + 1' 17".
May 31
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 32 47
41 45 10
16 8
- 1.3
Comp. May 30.
33 32
43 20
34 11
41 30
34 47
39 50
35 19
38
424
- 3.0
Ind. corr. + 1' 42".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
1442 29
49
46 30
10
4824
15
50 11
20
52 5
25
_
53 59
30
56 5
35
June (1)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
54 18 10
Ind. corr. + 1' 50".
May 31
Sun U. L.
Merc.
23 8 5
4935
9 57
30
12 2
25
23 26
- 2.5
Cloudy afterwards.
June 3
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 41 49
49 51 10
16 12
- 5.8
Comp. June 2.
4229
52 50
43 6.5
54 30
43 45
56 10
44 37.5
58 10
16 18
- 2.0
Ind. corr. + 2' 10".
June (4)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
55 11
June 6
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 30 28
50 20
16 9
- 7.5
Comp. June 5.
31 11
2 30
31 55.5
430
48
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
HOT.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
June 6
Sun U. L.
1432 34
50 6 10
3320
8 10
16 17
- 10.5
Ind. corr. + 2 10".
June (7)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
5553 20
Observer Nordahl.
June 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
052 12
45 11 55
5249
10 10
53 25
830
54 59.5
7 5
[Ass. 53m].
54 47
5
1 6
- 13.3
Ind. corr. + 2' 10".
June (8)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
56 3 25
June 8
Sun L. L.
Merc.
49 54
45 29 30
51 3
2630
51 55
24
52 37
21 30
[Omitted].
53 30
19 50
1 7
- 16.0
June 10
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 26 17.5
50 50 30
1443
+ 17 8.0
26 57.5
5220
27 41
54 10
28 25
56
30 31.5
51 030
15 59
+ 17 9.3
Sun L. L.
Merc.
20 1
55 51
16 22
+ 1 9.5
Observer Nordahl.
20 7 13
5547
943
45
11 19
43 30
June 11
Sun L. L.
Merc.
2 50 1
405640
1 36
+ 1 14.3
Observer Nordahl.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 26 30
56 11 20
18 34
+ 3 28.5
35 40
9
20 24
+ 3 31.0
Sun Cent.
Merc.
23 51 49
49 28
23 34
+ 333.2
Foggy, no distinct limb.
52 51
25
[Ind. corr. ass. 0' 0"].
5330
24
June 12
Sun L. L.
Merc.
2 33 53
41 53
2 27
+ 338.5
3445
51
3530.5
4850
36 17.5
47 10
3653.5
45 40
2 41
+ 3 39.0
June (13)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
56 17 50
Ind. corr. - 3 50" ').
June 12
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 49 57
48 57 20
23 37
+ 9 28.5
Watch out of order in
50 49
55 10
these days 2 ).
51 54
5220
52 35
50 30
53 26
48 20
24 20
+ 9 29.2
Ind. corr. + 40".
June 15
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Midnight
36 5530
Ind. corr. + 6' 27".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 14 42.5
51 45
15 2
- 630.5
[4 hours added].
15 22
46 40
16 0.5
48
16 50
50
17 33.5
51 50
15 48
- 6 30.7
Ind. corr. + 1' 20".
June 17
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 41 11
51 28 20
14 24
+ 15 17.5
[3 hours subtracted].
43
3245
44 40
37
47 22
44
15 4
+ 15 17.5
Ind. corr. + 2 30".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 8
56 5240
1838
- 644.5
12 10
5340
20 29
- 6 42.5
June (18)
Noon
55 10
Ind. corr. + 1' 45".
June 18
Sun L. L.
Merc.
042 6
46 4340
028
+ 25 35.8
42 42
42
43 12.2
40 20
1 ) A break was found in the holder of the small mirror (possibly dating from May 3, when
new mirrors were put in). A cross piece was soldered on.
2 ) As the watches used during the rest of the summer often differed by several hours from
Hw, it was deemed convenient to change the hours of the watch by the same number in
the column of observations and the columns of comparison. The change made is noted
in every case.
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
49
1895
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
June 18
Sun L. L.
43 42
46 39 10
44 22
37 20
1 1
+ 2536.0
Ind. corr. + 2" 0".
June (20)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
57 19
Ind. corr. + 1' 58".
June 21
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 23 58
51 48 50
14 6
+ 32 6.5
[2 hours added].
25 20
52 10
26 50
56 20
Merc, sometimes tremb-
28 10
59 40
ling slightly.
29 27
52 3 10
14 42
+ 32 7.2
Ind. corr. + 2' 30".
June (22)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
57 2040
I. C. +2' 20"; Nordahl.
June 22
Sun L. L.
Merc.
04422
47 51 40
32
- 036.3
[4 hours subtracted].
45 10
49 30
4547
47 30
4622
46
47 3.5
44 10
1 19
- 36.5
Ind. corr. + 2' 30".
June 23
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 8 1
52 330
15
- 4 19.0
[6 hours added].
9 29
7 20
15 18
- 4 19.0
Sun L. L.
Merc.
194530
57 19
19 32
- 420.0
4740
18 20
50 10
17 20
20 19
- 4 19.5
Ind. corr. + 2' 25".
June 26
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 18 43
52 30
15 4
- 1 33.5
[5 hours subtracted].
16 19 31
54 24 30
15 45
- 1 33.5
24 53
35 50
27 20
41
2854
44 20
16 51
+ 26.8
[Hw-W. = -lm33s.2].
Sun L. L.
Merc.
20 16 53
56 27 10
20
+ 25 16.0
[5 hours subtracted].
18 26
25 30
2041
23 40
2427
20 10
2633
17 40
20 43
+ 25 16.0
Ind. corr. + 3' 5".
June 28
Sun L. L.
Merc.
18 48 35
56 51 50
18 39
+ 20 26.0
Cirro-stratus, no distinct
50 25
52 50
limb.
51 50
5330
[3 hours subtracted].
53 20
5350
54 45
54 40
19 28
+ 20 27.5
June 29
Sun L. L.
Merc.
3 44 42
38 5 40
2 3
+ 58 4.5
46 21
2 30
47 31
49 33
37 56 10
50 36
54 30
51 47
52 30
4 15
+ 58 5.3
Ind. corr. + 3' 0".
June 30
Sun L. L.
Merc.
21 25 48
55 44 40
[4 hours subtracted].
27 1
43 35
27 45
42 50
2843.5
41 40
29 56
40 35
21 37
- 19 53.0
Ind. corr. + 3' 15".
July 1
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 15 29
47 49 20
[4 hours subtracted].
16 12
47 30
16 45.6
46
17 24.8
4345
17 59
4230
1840
40 25
1 34
- 19 57.8
Ind. corr. + 3' 5".
July 2
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Midnight
36
Observer Nordahl.
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 23
504640
15 5
+ 48.5
2425
50 50
29 34.5
51 3 30
1540
+ 48.5
July 4
Sun L. L.
Merc.
3 57 11
39 51 40
3 47
- 13 35.0
[5 hours subtracted].
Sun U. L.
Merc.
7 44 20
35 45 20
4 13
- 13 35.0
nd. corr. + 3' 15".
54 30
44 10
8 18
- 13 32.5
July (5)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
55 41 50
July 5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 51 41
45 24 50
2354
-20 6.8
Comp. July 4.
56 10
12 40
[4 hours subtracted].
57 2
10 10
2 4
-20 8.5
50
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' a
h m
m s
July 6
Sun U. L.
Merc.
1831 24
55 18
18 22
-2040.3
[4 hours subtracted].
33 5
19 10
34 18
21
35 7
21 40
37 49
24 40
1859
-2040.5
Ind. corr. + 3' 15".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1948
55 6 50
July (7)
July 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
1 31 19
840
46 440
1 18
- 20 45.0
Ind. corr. + 3' 15".
[4 hours subtracted].
32 40
1 10
34 16
45 57 20
37 22
48 50
38 5
46 30
Best.
39 46
42 10
2 1
-2045.5
July 8
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 40 48.5
49 40 10
15 28
- 17 33.0
[3 hours added].
42 34
4450
44 18.5
49 10
4745.5
57 50
I
48 59
50 30
\ Best.
50 10.5
3 30
17 8
- 17 33.0
J
July (9)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
54 46 40
Ind. corr. + 3' 15".
July 11
Sun L. L.
Merc.
3 1 17
40 45 10
Cirro-stratus.
4 35
3620
12 hours subtracted].
7 31
28 r,()
3 14
-20 20.5
nd. corr. + 3' 20".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Midnight
34 6 50
Ind. corr. + 3' 50".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
20 1546
54 8
20 8
- 21 23.0
[2 hours subtracted].
1733
7 30
18 38
7 5
Ind. corr. + 3' 40".
July 12
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 45 53
43 59 40
[2 hours subtracted].
47 3
56 20
Minute-hand not corres-
4751
54 10
E ending with second-
4826
52 30
and. Corrected.
49 5
50 30
2 14
- 21 23.0
Ind. corr. + 3' 30".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
3 6 40.5
40 17 40
[2 hours subtracted].
8 4.5
13 50
9 26.5
10
3 22
- 21 23.0
July (13)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
53 52 15
Ind. corr. + 3' 52".
July 13
Sun L. L.
Merc.
2 50 37
40 43 10
Small mirror corrected.
52 2
3930
53 9.5
36 30
[2 hours subtracted].
5422.5
33
55 28
30 20
3 7
- 21 22.0
Ind. corr. + 3' 45".
July 16
Sun U. L.
Merc.
10 1822
34 32 20
7 3
- 12 29.5
[3 hours subtr.]. Best.
27
45 50
10 40
- 12 29.5
nd. corr. + 3' 40".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
16 21 15
49 12 50
g hours subtracted].
22 23
1530
ew on hor.
24 57
21
Ice in motion.
27 42
27 15
2848
29 30
30 53
34 20
31 47
36 10
32 52
39
17 46
- 12 30.5
Ind. corr. + 3' 45".
July (17)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
52 34 20
July 18
Sun U. L.
Merc.
16 56 8
49 10 20
1536
- 25 32.3
Bhour subtracted].
57 32
13 20
ew on horizon.
17 1.5
1830
1 1.5
2040
2 8.5
23 10
17 24
- 25 32.5
Ind. corr. + 3' 45".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
20 5
51 55 30
July (19)
July 19
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
1 39 13
56
42 41 15
1 30
- 25 34.0
[1 hour subtracted].
4027
37 50
41 25.5
35 10
2 8
-25 34.0
Ind. corr. + 3' 45".
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
51
1895
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' <<
h m
m s
July 21
Sun U. L.
Merc.
14 40 50
45 23 10
1427
+ 46 48.5
42 2
26 30
43 42.5
30 30
45 11
34 30
46 20.5
37 50
16 16
+ 46 48.5
July (22)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
50 56 10
July 23
Sun U. L.
Merc.
1458 13
59 19
44 21 40
2450
1446
+ 25 59.5
[4 hours added].
15 5 1.5
4440
632
44 10
7 39
47
Ind. corr. + 3' 30".
July (24)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
50 16 30
July 24
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 20 19
21 17
39 35
32 20
[4 hours added].
22 26.5
29
1 34
+ 25 57.2
July 26
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 13 25.5
44 44 20
15 5
+ 42 51.8
Tolerable.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
18 57 15
49 2 40
16 38
+ 42 51.5
[2 hours added].
19 H 50
3 20
24 34
+ 42 50.5
Tolerable.
July 28
Sun Cent.
Merc.
20 7
48 31
19 56
+ 2 8.5
[4 hours subtr.].
9
31 50
10 30
30 10
12 15
29 50
No distinct limb.
July 29
Sun U. L.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Merc.
163438
19 50 40
44 57 50
47 31 30
16 13
+ 2 4.0
[4 hours subtracted].
Uncertain. Sun visible
54
30 20
in glimpses.
20 23 30
47 21
29 10
18 10
33 40
15 10
Tolerable.
37 30
12 20
July 30
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 33 28.5
42 23
15 21
+ 2 0.3
[4 hours subtracted].
39 15
37 30
41 5.5
42 40
44 16.5
50 10
46 26
55 30
49 51.5
43 4 10
5057
7 15
17 19
+ 1 59.8
Ind. corr. + 3' 40".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 28 30
47 12 20
[4 hours subtracted].
40
13
51 30
11 40
54 30
11 20
57 30
10 20
July 31
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 37 50.5
355630
[4 hours subtracted].
38 41.5
54 25
39 19
52 40
39 54
50 40
40 25.5
49 10
2 9
+ 1 58.5
Ind. corr. + 3' 25".
Aug. (2)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
46 7 10
Aug. 1
1939
45 30
6 50
5 40
S4 hours subtracted],
nd. corr. + 3' 50".
Aug. 2
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 27 25
35 6 50
[4 hours subtracted].
27 55
4 30
28 49
1 50
2937
345940
30 13
58
2 10
+ 1 58.5
Ind. corr. + 4' 0".
Aug. (3)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
45 28 35
Ind. corr. + 3' 55".
Aug. 3
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 27 59
3431 10
1 13
+ 1 56.8
[4 hours subtracted].
28 53
28 25
29 51
25 45
3055
22 50
31 54.5
20 10
2 5
+ 1 56.5
Aug. 5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 47 25.5
40 25 35
22 37
- 12 45.5
[4 hours subtracted].
48 55.5
22 30
52
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
Aug. 5
Sun L. L.
22 54 44
40 1040
Aug. 6
Sun L. L.
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Merc.
3 30 32
16 7 26.5
28 7.5
39 41
3 37
14 5
- 12 45.7
- 12 46.5
[4 hours subtracted].
837
43 30
12 17
52
13 19.5
54 20
14 29
56 50
Ind. corr. + 3' 50".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 9 53.5
39 7 40
22 33
- 12 46.5
[4 hours subtracted].
11 7
5
12 5
3
Aug. 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 28
4238
1 21
- 12 46.5
36
39 5
Aug. (8)
Noon
3935
Aug. 8
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 42 31
31 56 20
1 17
- 12 46.5
45 39
47 30
4635
50 2
45
35
Tolerably good.
50 31.5
34
3 20
- 12 46.7
Aug. 9
Sun U. L.
Merc.
16 6 1.5
37 56 10
15 51
- 12 50.5
[4 hours subtracted].
7 8
58 30
8 6
38 1
9 7
3 10
10 3.5
5 30
17 20
- 12 51.0
Ind. corr. + 3' 40".
Aug. (10)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
41 38 30
Aug. 9
19 58 10
37 45
Ind. corr. + 3' 55".
Aug. 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 37 54
31 2 30
38 59
3059 40
39 46
57 30
2 33
- 12 52.0
[4 hours subtracted].
Aug. 12
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 5840
3956 40
20 3 20
56 10
445
55 50
645
5530
21 3
- 12 54.5
Ind. corr. + 3' 55".
Aug. 13
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 30 54
29 40 50
1 19
- 12 54.5
[4 hours subtracted].
Sun U. L.
42 21
30 12 30
4422
7
1
49 35
29 51 40
/ Good.
5041
48 20
51 41
45 10
2 1
- 12 54.5
J
Aug. 14
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 28 29
33 19 40
15 12
-13 1.0
[4 hours subtracted].
29 27
22 10
30 31.5
25
31 32.5
27 30
3246.5
30 50
16 57
- 13 1.5
Ind. corr. + 4' 0".
Aug. (15)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
3849 10
Observer Nordahl.
Aug. 16
Sun U. L.
Merc.
1542 1
34 10
14 46
+ 23 44.0
[2 hours subtr.]. Cloudy.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
18 580
37 37 40
25 7
+ 23 43.5
Aug. (17)
Noon
39 25
Ind. corr. + 3' 50".
Aug. 18
Sun U. L.
Merc.
15 52
31 40 20
15 28
- 21 20.8
[4 hours subtr.]. Bad,
cirro-stratus.
55 50
57 12
50 30
53 40
17 21
- 21 21.0
> Tolerably good.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 51
36 33 55
[4 hours subtracted].
56 30
34 30
20 10 50
33
Changing cirro-stratus.
13 20
32 10
Ice in motion.
20
30 20
Aug. 19
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 54 40
35 57 50
20 9 10
55 40
12 40
55 10
2047
- 21 20.5
[4 hours subtracted].
Aug. 21
Sun L. L.
5.9
3 16 18
94030
2 42
- 18 42.0
1744
37 50
23 12
30 30
Best.
NO.
6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
53
1895
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
ll 111 s
Q i II
h MI
m s'
Aug. 21
Sun L. L.
5.9
324 1
9 29 10
25 49
26
347
- 18 42.0
Bad horizon.
Sun U. L.
Merc.
16 19 36
31 34 30
[4 hours subtracted].
22 56
42 10
23 52
4420
25 17
47 30
27 52.5
5330
29 17
5640
31
32 1
17 15
- 18 41.0
Ind. corr. + 3' 57".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 24
34 5350
4530
56
51 10
55 15
54 15
5430
Aug. 22
Sun L. L.
Merc.
59 50
19 55
5350
34 11 50
2020
- 18 41.0
[4 hours subtracted].
>
Aug. 23
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 21
3325 10
i
24 15
25 50
2850
26 30
Aug. (24)
Noon
27 30
Aug. 24
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 14
32 31 40
)
22
34 10
30 30
3540
2343
- 18 45.5
Aug. (25)
Noon
3620
Ind. corr. + 4' 10".
Aug. 25
Sun L. L.
Merc.
10 4.5
25 3330
[4 hours subtracted].
11
3045
12 0.5
27 50
12 56
25 10
1355
22 40
15 6
19 30
16 11
1620
Sun U. L.
Merc.
17 44
26 15 40
2048
6 50
21 49
4
22 49
1 15
1 23
- 18 46.0
Ind. corr. + 4' 10".
Sep. 1
Sun L. L.
Merc.
19 22
25 5420
1659
- 18 55.0
[4 hours subtracted].
29 30
5540
37
57
Sep. (2)
Noon
57 30
Ind. corr. + 4' 0".
Sep. (5)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
2336 50
Ind. corr. + *' 10".
Sep. (6)
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
22 52
I. C. +3 45"; Nordahl
Nov. 4
Moon and
Jupiter dis-
13 49
16 31
6441
39 10
> Less good [omitted].
tances (inner
19 22
38 10
17 4
+ 036.5
Comp. Nov. 3.
limbs)
20 49
37 30
22 27
37
24 7
36 10
2530
35 25
2645
3440
1896
28 1
33 50
1 39
+ 36.5
Ind. corr. + 3' 37".
Feb. 19
Moon and
_
22 3 27
76 47 20
20 31
- 48.2
Jupiter dis-
7
4525
tances (outer
1028
44 10
limbs)
14 5
42
17 17
40 20
2034
38 45
2438
36 45
28 2
31 40
31 46
33 35
23 12
- 048.0
Ind. corr. + 4' 27".
Mar. 10
I. C. - O 1 13" [after corr.].
Mar. 11
Sun U. L.
5.4
5
3 12
2021
1 23.5
Comp. March 10.
Mar. (18)
Sun L. L.
5.4
Noon
5 7 20
I.C. -15";obs.Bentsen.
Mar. 28
Sun L. L.
5.4
23 3
9 20 10
20 18
+ 56.0
Ind. corr. + 0' 25".
54
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m s
' "
h m
m s
Mar. 28
Sun L. L.
23 11 30
9 19 40
17
1940
24
19 10
20 22
+ 46.5
Comp. March 29.
Mar. (31)
Sun L. L.
5.4
Noon
10 1 30
Ind. corr. - 0' 2".
Apr. (22)
Sun L. L.
5.4
Noon
18 10
Ind. corr. + 1' 0".
Apr. 22
Moon and
_
4 8 50
111 36
333
+ 034.5
Ind. corr. + 0' 58".
Sun, distan-
10 34
37 10
ces (inner
11 37
38
limbs)
13 7
38 50
14 53
39 30
1632
4030
18 1
41 20
29 7
47 20
Observer Sverdrup for
31 40
48 30
the last 3 obs.
33 36
49 50
5 11
+ 34.5
Ind. corr. + 1' 5".
Apr. 27
Sun U. L.
Merc.
23 35 ca.
40 48
21 2
+ 40.8
May 9
Sun U. L.
Merc.
028 11
47 4430
21 2
+ 1 3.8
Comp. May 8.
30
43 20
31 46
42 30
3254
41 40
34 56
40 10
21 7
+ 1 3.5
Ind. corr. + 1' 5".
May 10
Sun L. L.
5.4
Noon
23 45 40
Ind. corr. + 0' 35".
May 29
Sun L. L.
Merc.
64749
39 28 50
635
+ 1 10.5
49 9
25
49 48
23 10
50 36
20 30
51 31
17 30
6 56
+ 1 10.3
Ind. corr. + 1' 0".
June 4
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
58 6 10
Ind. corr. + 0' 57".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
5 25 2
45 20
2058
- 12.5
Comp. June 3.
26 2
16 30
2648
13 50
27 32
1050
29 52
2 30
30 29
35
31 6
44 58 40
31 39
5630
32 28
53 50
6 53
- 13.0
Ind. corr. + 1' 2".
June 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
58 53 20
Ind. corr. + 1' 10".
June 8
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
59 10 40
I. C. + 1' 0" ; Nordahl.
June 9
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
59 28 40
I. C. + 1' 0" ; Nordahl.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
5 1032
47 21 40
4 56
- 24.0
Observer Nordahl.
13 3
12 30
1427
7 40
15 32
4
16 26
6 9
- 24.5
Ind. corr. + 0' 55".
June 12
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 15 50
59 55 10
2059
- 41.5
Good.
1820
56 40
2030
57 40
June 13
Noon
60 4 5
21 1
- 50.5
Ind. corr. + 1' 5".
June 16
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 33 50
5849
21 7
- 1 8.0
Comp. June 15.
35 59
45 30
The first 3 obs. not good,
39
40
the last 3 tolerable.
42 19
34 10
43 43
31 50
4434.5
30 10
Ind. corr. + 1' 5".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
44827
49 26
49 42 15
37 40
4 35
5 27
- 1 8.2
- 1 8.0
\ Good.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
7 30 41
40 6
31 40
2 20
32 27.5
10
}
33 22.5
39 57 30
} Best.
34 18
54 30
8 25
- 1 7.7
/
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
55
1896
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
'
h m
m s
June 16
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 28 30
60 21
21 5
- 1 11.7
50
26 10
June 17
Noon
26 10
Ind. corr. + 1' 10".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
6 15 12
44 33 40
6 6
- 1 11.5
16 15
29 50
17 9
26 15
21 8
1 15.0
Ind. corr. + 1' 5".
June 18
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 38 25
5856 40
39 7
5530
39 44.5
54 10
Sun L. L.
Merc.
6 11 14
4451 10
12 20.5
47 10
1254.5
45
1331
42 50
1451
37 50
The last 3 observations
1536
35
best.
16 8
33
827
- 1 16.5
Ind. corr. + 1' 0".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 17 10
60 23 25
21 3
- 1 19.5
19
2425
22 5
26
June 19
Noon
33 45
Sun L. L.
Merc.
6 11 41.5
4450
12 51
45 50
17 44.5
28 10
18 47.5
24 10
19 44
21
630
- 1 20.5
June 23
Sun U. L.
Merc.
19 51 38
54 14 30
19 14
- 1 21.5
52 53
18 40
54 47
2430
56 3
28 50
57 3
32 10
21 7
- 1 21.5
June 24
Sun L. L.
Merc.
1 26
27 20
59 12
1030
21 11
- 1 26.5
} Tolerable.
June 25
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
60 26 30
Ind. corr. + 1' 10".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
7 21
41 40
1 17.5
36 50
2 13
32 50
7 9
- 1 28.0
June 27
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
60 18 10
Ind. corr. + 1' 10".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
5 22 18
47 26 20
21 4
- 1 55.7
Comp. June 26.
23 30
21 30
24 37
17 40
25 26
14 40
26 14.5
11 50
6 6
- 1 56.7
June 29
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
60 5 30
Ind. corr. + 0' 55".
Sun [L. L.]
Merc.
4 56 41
48 45
443
+ 12.5
58 44
37 30
59 43
3345
5 13
31 55
44
29 55
6 27
+ 13.3
July 1
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
59 43 50
Ind. corr. + 1' 10".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
4 41 8.5
49 35
21 9
+ 15.0
Comp. June 30; watch
42 40
33
run down yesterday.
43 14
30 40
The same thing occur-
4346
29
red several times dur-
July 4
Sun L. L.
Merc.
44 25
57 55
27
583350
453
+ 022.5
ing the days following.
59 12
31 50
1 2
28 50
3 14
27
425
25 45
1 13
+ 11.5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
7 041
4034 10
441
+ 15.5
10 34.5
030
7 16
+ 17.0
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 22 20
5854 20
21 13
- 15.0
56
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
h m s
' "
h m
m s
July 5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
59 10 10
Ind. corr. + 1' 10".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 31 45
58 46
23 51
+ 7.5
July 6
Sun L. L.
Merc.
5 21 22
46 5
5 8
+ 9.3
22 19
1 30
23 21
45 57 50
25 12
51
26 4
47 50
27 2
44 15
6 24
+ 11.3
July 7
Sun L. L.
Merc.
232825
58 11 10
23 22
- 23.5
July 8
Noon
1530
Ind. corr. + 1' 0".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
19 9 5
524420
19
+ 57 21.5
10 44
48 50
12 8
.>{ 30
14 43.5
53 1 20
1543
4 10
1638
7 10
19 23
+ 57 21.8
July 9
July 11
Sun L. L.
Sun U. L.
Merc.
Merc.
Noon
18 10 5.5
57 55 30
45 18 40
18 2
- 1 20.0
Cloudy; tolerable.
10 52
21 40
11 42
24 50
12 24
27 30
13 1.5
29 30
1822
- 1 18.8
Ind. corr. + 1' 10".
July 12
; Sun L. L.
Merc.
11 54 20
29 31 50
12 5
- 1 31.5
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 25 40
56 32
21 19
- 1 25.8
July 13
Noon
35 50
Sun [L. L.]
Merc.
5 23 59
4357 30
5 1
- 1 21.0
29 20
38 50
30 27
34 30
31 4
32 20
5 39
- 1 18.5
July 14
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 49 20
55 51 10
21 19
- 49.7
* j
51 50
50 45
Ind. corr. + 1' 25".
5430
50 20
21 11
- 030.0
Comp. July 15.
July 16
Sun U. L.
Merc.
19 13 35
15 33
47 49 30
55 50
} Tolerable.
16 28.5
17 13.5
59 20
48 1 30
19 26
20 7
+ 1 32.0
+ 1 31.5
} Good.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 20 10
55 1040
21 12
+ 1 30.0
25
12 10
July 17
Noon
14 25
21 27
+ 1 42.0
Ind. corr. + 1' 30".
July 18
Sun U. L.
Merc.
19 56 17.5
57 36
49 27 20
31
Watch had stopped
shortly before the
58 54.5
35 20
observation.
20 1 26
42 40
2 38
46 15
3 44
49 20
20 10
+ 3 24.0
Sun L. L.
Merc.
23 1820
5427 10
20 22
27 50
21 18
28 20
July 19
Noon
31
Ind. corr. + 1' 8".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
8 19 16
on ^13
31 56
7 58
+ 3 25.0
\ Tolerable, cirro-stratus
*AJ oo
21 5
48 30
8 28
+ 3 26.0
J and drizzle.
Sun L. L.
5.3
20 34 57
25 7
20 30
+ 3 39.0
39 15
14
42 15
19
20 56
+ 3 39.5
Foggy.
Sun L. L.
Merc.
233345
54 51 25
3445
51 30
37 15
51 40
July 20
Noon
52
025
+ 3 44.0
Ind. corr. + 1' 30".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
11 47 50
50
26 51 30
51 20
} Not good.
NO. 6.]
OBSERVATIONS WITH THE SEXTANT.
57
1896
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m s
' "
h m
m s
July 20
Sun U. L.
11 51 2
52 20
26 52
51
>Not good.
Sun U. L.
Merc.
12 41 25
27 17 40
1235
+ 6 55.5
43 58
20 10
45 10
21 40
46 35
22 40
47 50
2430
12 54
+ 6 56.0
Ind. corr. + 1' 20".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
20 39
49 2345
19 50
+ 7 3.5
2 1
27 40
Good.
3 10
31 25
20 10
+ 7 4.0
Ind. corr. + 0' 55".
July 21
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
54 5040
Ind. corr. + 1' 30".
Sun L. L.
5.3
Midnight
12 38 50
July 23
Sun L. L.
5.3
16 15 32
16 14
15 49
- 6.5
20 13.5
22.9
1626
- 4.5
Sun U. L.
Merc.
18 23 5
41 55 10
18 1
+ 2.5
23 55
5840
24 42
42 2
1836
+ 4.5
Ind. corr. + 1' 35".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
22 27 50
54 47 30
21 55
+ 59 54.5
July 24
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
545340
Ind. corr. + 1' 40".
Sun L. L.
Merc.
4 37 51.5
39 26
4 17
+ 60 4.5
39 3
21
40 10
16
5 6
+ 60 6.3
July 25
Sun L. L.
?
7 44 4
15 21 20
7 31
- 1 45.5
[Height of eye ass. 5.3],
44 55
19 50
4526
19
46 15
17 30
4657
16 20
8 7
- 1 43.7
Sun L. L.
5.3
Midnight
11 7 30
July 26
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
54 27
Ind. corr. + 1' 30".
Sun U. L.
Merc.
17 46 12
38 7
17 35
- 1.5
A different watch.
47 5
10 50
47 50
14 10
17 54
- 1.5
Ind. corr. + 1' 23".
July 27
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
54 7 50
I. C. + 1' 15" ; obs. Bent-
Sun L. L.
[5.3]
6 10 8
17 56 10
sen.
10 58
5420
11 40
53
6 15
- 0.5
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
[5.31
N
Midnight
18 14 27
102040
19 19 10
18 2
0.0
Ind. corr. + 1' 30".
15 56
22 30
17 4
25
18
26 50
19
29 10
20 7
32
Observer Bentsen.
July 28
Sun [L. L.]
[4.5]
47 43
26 46 30
48 33
46
49 31
45 10
1 47
- 1.5
Sun L. L.
4.5
Midnight
10 5 10
Observer Bentsen.
July 30
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
53 3 ca.
Sun [L. L.]
Merc.
03645
52 46 30
38 20
44 30
39 30
43 30
40 45
:t> 20
[ass. +42'].
43 20
3830
2 5
- 1.0
July 31
Sun L. L.
[5.3]
Noon
26 28 ca.
Bad.
Sun L. L.
5.3
20 19 35
22 47 30
20 16
48 40
20 58
50 10
21 35
52
Aug. 1
Sun L. L.
[5.3]
45 30
40 30
2553
50
1 33
+ 1.5
}fiad.
Sun U. L.
Merc.
2041 48
47 27 30
4230
29 20
58
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP. NO. 6.]
1896
Star
Hor.
Watch
Sextant
Watch
Hw-W.
Remarks
met.
h m s
'
h m
m s
Aug. 1
Sun U. L.
Merc.
20 43 11
47 32 30
46 59
44 10
4736
47 10
48 11
48
4858
51
49 45
54 30
+ 2.5
Foggy limbs.
Aug. 2
Sun L. L.
Merc.
Noon
51 51 ca.
Ind. con-. + 1' 15".
Aug. 3
Sun L. L.
[5.3]
18 23 4
17 55 30
2 3
+ 3.5
24 24
58
25 15
18 1
2 1
+ 12.8
Comp. Aug. 5.
Aug. 7
Sun L. L.
[5.3]
23 18
24 35
2 50
+ 15.5
24 30
37 10
Aug. 8
Noon
41
Ind. corr. + 1' 45".
Aug. 9
Sun L. L.
5.3
Noon
24 23 30
2 9
+ 14.5
Aug. 17
Sun L. L.
5.3
Noon
27 24 ca.
Ind. corr. + 1' 30" >).
Aug. 18
Sun L. L.
[5.31
4 29 47
16 4 50
3 16
+ 8.5
Sun L. L.
M
20 40 27
26 25 40
20 16
+ 10.0
41 22
28 10
41 55
30 30
Ind. corr. 0' 5".
Aug. 19
Sun L. L.
5.3
Noon
31 16 50
Ind. corr. 0' 0".
*) The instrument dropped on deck;
importance. Index error corrected.
the tangent screw somewhat bent, but no damage of
OBSERVATIONS
AND
RESULTS.
C. Determination of Azimuth.
Observer: Lieutenant Scott-Hansen.
The hours are counted from the same noon as in the preceding observations. The meas-
urement of azimuth having usually been made in combination with the determination of local
time, the comparisons between the watch and chronometer Hohwfl are not given in the following
list, except in the few cases when they are not to be found in List A or B.
The position of the ocular is given only when noted in the original.
The two columns headed "Horizontal Circle" correspond to the readings of the two micro-
scopes (or verniers) in the same manner as for the vertical circle in List A.
The striding level of the horizontal axis of the great instrument was always read off in
its two positions, but here only the sum of the numbers is given, the two ends of the bubble
being indicated, as in the original, by N, S or E, W. The difference between these numbers
will then give the inclination of the axis in seconds of arc.
In the column headed "Object", C indicates the mark in the magnetic observatory. As
stated in the introduction, the purpose of these observations was to furnish a line of reference
for the determination of magnetic declination. The results, as far as the astronomical part of
the work is concerned, are therefore here given at once in the column headed A, which is the
azimuth of the celestial object, counted from north through east, and corrected for the inclination
of the axis. The direction of the star being given by this number, the sign of the inclination
of the axis, as given by the level, is easily found.
In some few cases the small altazimuth has been used for these observations.
The following list also contains some determinations of azimuth made directly with the
magnetic theodolite which was provided, for this purpose, with a mirror, placed before the object
glass of the horizontal telescope, and moveable about a horizontal axis; the position of its axis
is indicated by M. r. or M. t. (mirror right, or turned) which, in order to save room, is inserted
in the column "Level". The mirror could be used with the celestial object in front or behind.
When the object was sufficiently low, the telescope could be used without the mirror. As a
check on the stability of the instrument, the telescope was also in this case, before and after
the observations, pointed to a terrestrial mark, here called m, which gives a sufficient indication
of the use of this instrument. While the observations of the magnet could be made without
the telescope, this was always used for the celestial object and the terrestrial mark.
Preceding and following limb are indicated by P. L. and F. L.
62
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1893
Object
Oc.
Watch
Horizontal Circle
Level
A
Rem.
h m s
' "
/ II
' "
Aug. 8
m
69 57.6
56.6
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 4326
4646
29542.3
41.5
279 58
')
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
1 53
55 18
297 51.8
51.7
281 12 55
')
m
69 52.8
52.3
Oct. 17
m
266 48.2
46.8
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
13 32 47.6
3452.8
25456.7
55.4
154 1 8
2 )
m
26651.5
50.5
Sun P. L.
15 52 5
289 24.6
24.2
188 20 16
Sun P. L.
F. L.
15 59 53
16 2 1
291 20.0
20.0
190 15 38
m
266 450
44.0
3 )
Oct. 29
m
99 35.6
33.6
Jupiter
19 12 24
16844.6
40.2
Mean:
16 8.8
169 38.5
34.0
35 2 27
19 6
170 21.0
17.2
Jupiter
2043 7.0
190 34.5
30.8
Mean:
46 50
191 26.6
22.6
56 43 47
50 7
192 14.1
10.0
Magn.
m
99 35.6
33.5
Theod.
C
340 11 27
11 17
Altaz.
Jupiter Ct.
23 7 5
285 10 20
10
N 33.0 S 36.2
90 40 40
Nov. 16
C
7544 45
44 12.5
o Ophiuchi
s
21 45 57
26 53 59.5
54 11.5
S 33.2 N 35.0
253 47 51
Nov. 20
C
N
149 25 57
25 52
S
149 24 7
24 11
ISS.
N
20 54 10.2
293 48 45.5
4840
S 38.5 N 33.7
93 59 11
S
21 15 3
299 16 41
16 37.5
N 41.0 S 31.3
99 23 34
C
S
149 23 34
23 22.5
Dec. 11
m
263 13.0
8.5
Jupiter
15 6 39.5
170 6.0
4.5
Mean:
4 )
8 22.6
170 30.7
28.5
23 14 53
1038.5
171 3.5
1.2
16 1856
187 32.5
29.0
Mean:
H
21 31.5
188 8.8
6.5
40 47 37
24 14
188 48.5
45.5
)
m
263 12.5
8.5
C
S
347 44 32
44 31.5
e Cass.
s
20 10 1.0
334 12 25.5
12 25
N 38.6 S 32.5
102 26
N
22 59
337 43 6
43 5
N 34.5 S 36.7
106 8
1894
d
N
347 4624
46 27
Jan. 22
m
238 11.6
7.6
Venus
18 5 34.5
13355.0
52.5
Mean:
8 19.0
13435.4
33.5
184 31 11
10 23.3
135 6.5
4.5
Venus
19 7 15
149 18.5
16.5
Mean:
9 25
149 50.5
48.5
200 23 46
11 28.5
150 21.0
20.0
m
238 11.5
7.5
Feb. 13
C
N
222 51 59.5
52 18.5
o Cephei
S
19 59 41
34 24 52.5
24 57.5
S 37.7 N 38.3
269 46 43
N
20 22 7
395459
55 10
S 37.9 N 37.9
275 13 53
l ) The watch in this case was the sidereal chronometer Frodsham, whose correction to Hw,
without regard to the hours which are here altered, was + 50 48 S .5 and + 50m 46s.9 resp. for
the times of the two circle-readings. The observation was taken on an ice-floe aground off the
coast of Yalmal. m was a mark on the shore. Levelling of the instrument (the magnetic theo-
dolite) designated as unsatisfactory. 2 ) Magn. Th. on the ice 115 paces from the ship. Hoar-
frost. W 12t> 45m Hw- W = + 2m 488.6, W 19t 3m Hw-W = + 2m 48s.9. 8 ) Foggy, m indistinct.
4) W 141' 28m Hw-W = + Om 359.4, W 16h 44m Hw-W = + Om 368.5.
NO. 6.]
DETERMINATION OF AZIMUTH.
63
189*
Object
Oc.
Watch
Horizontal Circle
Level
A
Rem.
h m s
J it
i II
'
Feb. 13
C
322 54 11.5
54 13
[Ass.222]
Feb. 22
C
S
265 34 26
34 45
a Cass.
N
25 39
% 24 20.5
25 6.5
Went out on
289 13
S
34 5
98 18 54
1922.5
turning
291 8
N
265 31 2
31 8.5
Mar. 5
m
240 9.5
7.0
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1632 48
34 53
168 59.5
55.5
190 2 9
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
17 36 33.5
3843.0
18454.0
49.5
206 4 56
m
240 9.5
7.0
Mar. 20
m
421.8
24.9
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1446 23
48 30
26432.0
32.0
164 16.5
')
Mar. 22
C
130 39 9.5
39 35.5
a Persei
23 58 40
309 18 7.5
19 18.5
S 43.0 N 31.0
262 8 33
2 )
Mar. 23
13 16
312 56 40.5
57 43
N 41.6 S 32.4
265 49 57
13037 55
38 15.5
Mar. 30
m
329.5
32.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
20 9 7
11 16
348 33.3
35.5
247 26 38
Sun P. L.
F. L.
20 14 18
16 26.5
349 50.4
53.5
248 43 55
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
21 42 35
44 40
11 25.0
28.5
270 33 27
m
3 29.3
32.4
Apr. 15
m
112 61.7
59.4
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1956 45
58 57
85 52.8
51.2
M. r.
245 7 18
2
Sun in
Sun P. L.
F. L.
20 3 40
5 53
87 45.4
44.2
M. t.
246 51 31
front.
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 3 56
6 25
282 53.7
55.0
M. r.
261 54 29
Sun
back.
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 20 50
23 4
288 23.8
24.7
M. t.
266 3 32
Do.
m
112 62.0
59.8
Apr. 20
m
113 2.0
0.0
Sun P. L.
F. L.
20 3 8
521.5
87 46.5
45.0
M. r.
245 32 58
Sun in
Sun P. L.
F. L.
20 9 48
12 1
89 19.0
17.0
M. t
247 13 27
front.
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 37 13
39 30
292 40.5
42.5
M. r.
268 59 5
Sun
back.
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 44 40
47
293 8.5
9.5
M. t.
270 49 43
Do.
m
113 3.5
0.5
Apr. 25
m
114 48.8
46.0
4 )
Sun P. L.
F. L.
20 19 10
22 2
93 32.0
29.3
M. r.
M. t.
250 41 23
Sun in
front.
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 10 20
12 33
286 19.5
20.0
M. r.
263 21 56
Sun
back.
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 16 50
19
289 17.5
18.5
M. t.
264 58 11
Do.
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 24 18
26 30
28946.5
48.0
M. r.
266 49 27
Do.
') W 13li 5m Hw- W = - Om 79.7; March 21 W 13h 4" Hw- W = + O^ 5".5. 2 ) Star ass.
to be S Persei. The corrections applied to the altitudes of the same star in List A (p. 7) are
erroneous; the altitudes have been computed on the supposition that the star was S Persei and
with a correction of + 10' to the circle-readings Oc. N. 8 ) W 13 h 19" Hw W = + 4m 19".5.
4 ) Taken nearly 5 hours before the first obs. of the Sun and 8 hours before the last obs.
of m.
64
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Object
Oc.
Watch
Horizontal Circle
Level
A
Rem.
h m s
' "
/ H
i "
Apr. 25
Sun P. L.
. F. L-
21 31
33 12
292 47.5
48.5
M. t.
268 5 11
Sun
back.
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
21 49 8
51 19
295 56.0
57.0
M. r.
272 56 59
Do.
m
114 48.5
45.5
May 4
C
S
51 21 16.5
20 15
Sun P. L.
F. L.
N
22 10 42.3
12 55
265 21 16.5
22 7
N 28.6 S 27.9
278 27 42
May 10
C
S
51 35 24.5
3435.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
14 45 25.7
47 48.5
148 13 19
1342
W29.7 E 30.7
163 18 53
C
51 35 29
3441.5
C
S
51 29 50
3044.5
Sun P. L.
.. F. L.
21 55 43.5
57 58.5
257 38 13
39 25.5
N 31.9 S 31.7
272 49 4
')
C
51 29 43
3037.5
May 25
C
S
51 25 30
2434.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
w
n
14 27 39
29 54.5
144 50 31.5
51 15.5
E 43.5 W 9.5
149 11 25
C
51 25 37.5
24 47.5
C
s
231 27 21.5
2648.5
Sun P. L.
,. F. L.
N
))
21 29 18
31 35.7
87 37 19
36 15.5
N 47.0 S 4.3
271 52
2 )
June 3
C
295 53 30
54 4
Sun P. L.
,. F. L.
S
D
13 7 33.5
9 50.0
989
9 4.5
S 42.9 N 12.4
126 22 49
June 4
C
115 38 3.5
37 21
Sun P. L.
F. L.
N
12 2835
30 55
178 48 41.5
48 56
N 38.2 S 14.5
116 7 20
June 6
C
S
1154335
43 17.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
S
12 17 48
20 4
175 49 34
49 12.5
S 24.7 N 22.9
113 27 49
C
s
115 42 57.5
42 35
3 )
Sun P. L.
F. L.
N
22 25 4.7
27 21
334 41 25.5
4021
N 27.3 S 21.5
272 24 14
June 12
C
114 41 19.5
4047.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
13 23 49.5
26 8.0
194 12 45
1240.5
S 20.4 N 31.0
130 32 1
C
2943946
40 45.5
3 )
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
21 41 6
43 22.7
145 15 37.5
15 21
S 45.0 N 4.0
261 24 8
4 )
June 22
C
196 13 26.5
13 24
Sun P. L.
F. L.
13 4 7
6 25.7
5457 23
5643.5
S 13.7 N 37.4
124 24 47
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
13 13 39.3
1555.0
57 26 14.5
25 31
S 29.0 N 19.0
126 52 49
C
196 14 11.5
14 12.5
July 5
K
S
124 11 19
11 16.5
8 )
Sun P. L.
F. L.
22 32 15.2
34 29.4
102 30 3.5
30 14
N 45 S 7
276 15 56
)
July 6
K
N
124 31 44
31 42
Sun P. L.
F. L.
346.8
5 58.4
125 2 29.5
2 30
N 24.2 S 28.4
298 33 41
K
124 32 1.5
31 59
C
98 36 40
36 21
!) Hw-W = + Om 383.5 (a different watch). 2 ) W20l>55m Hw-W = 50 24".5;
Hw W = 50 m 25 3 .0. Watch stopped shortly before. 8 ) Taken in combination with the following
obs. of the Sun. *) The pillar for the Altazimuth loosened in the ice, but instrument steady
during the observations. 6 ) K was a mark on the "Storkoss" |a big hummock which followed
the ship during most of the drift) used here as a check on the instrument. 6 ) Bad sun, just
visible; dew on one of the microscopes.
NO. 6.]
DETERMINATION OF AZIMUTH.
65
1894
Object
Oc.
Watch
Horizontal Circle
Level
A
Rem.
h m s
'
1 II
'
July 10
C
N
118 8 0.5
8 41
Sun P. L.
F. L.
S
12 25 22.6
27 37.6
32456 20
57 11.5
N 43.0 S 5.0
117 21 47
C
118 9 3.5
9 44.5
July 14
C
N
146 18 52.5
19 35.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 21 16.6
2332.4
190 9 26.5
837.5
S 37.3 N 11.8
317 29 8
C
N
146 20 21
2059
July 27
C
E
140 49 47
4851.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
N
ft
20 59 38.5
21 1 53.3
49 41 15.5
41 57
N 17.2 S 35.7
254 21 23
C
140 47 28.5
46 39
C
140 45 15.5
44 28.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 24 37
26 50
55 52 50
5322.5
N 21.5 S 31.5
260 36 12
C
140 44 22.5
4340
July 28
m
150 17.0
12.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
31 18.4
33 34.2
111 14.0
11.0
Direct setting
306 17 44
Sun P. L.
F. L.
36 26.6
38 41.2
112 28.0
25.0
n
307 31 55
Sun P. L.
F. L.
44 23.6
46 38.2
114 22.5
19.5
n
309 27
m
150 17.0
12.5
Aug. 2
C
W
1 35.3
35.3
The small
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
S
ft
21 14 7
16 22.0
274 25.0
23.0
altazimuth
used in
259 27 50
Sun P. L.
F. L.
n
ft
17 51
20 4
275 21.0
19.0
August
260 23 22
Sun P. L.
F. L.
w
21 22
23 33.6
276 14.5
13.0
261 15 50
C
w
1 38.5
39.5
C
E
181 39.0
38.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
N
ft
21 31 37
33 49.6
9852.5
52.5
263 48 56
Sun P. L.
F. L.
n
ft
35 11.6
37 23.4
99 46.0
47.0
264 41 46
Sun P. L.
F. L.
n
39 26.6
41 39.0
100 50.5
50.5
265 45 30
C
182 42.5
41.5
Aug. 3
C
E
182 31.8
30.0
Sun P. L.
F. L.
N
ft
30 14.4
3220
143 24.0
21.0
307 28 12
Sun P. L.
,. F. L.
n
jj
34 4
36 9.8
144 21.0
18.0
308 24 9
Sun P. L.
F. L.
n
36 56.6
38 58.8
144 62.5
59.5
309 5 5
C
fi
182 34.5
33.5
C
w
2 34.5
35.3
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
S
ft
047 35
49 39.8
327 34.5
37.5
311 39 46
Sun P. L.
F. L.
n
ft
50 56.0
53 2.0
32823.5
26.5
312 28 29
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
n
5442.2
56 51.2
329 19.5
22.5
313 23 22
C
w
2 37.5
38.0
Aug. 14
C
E
202 26.0
25.0
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
N
ft
20 28 58.8
31 12.4
76 8.5
11.7
248 58 49
Sun P. L.
F. L.
n
n
3329.2
3541.8
77 16.4
19.7
250 6 39
66
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Object
Oc.
Watch
Horizontal Circle
Level
A
Rem.
h m s
' "
< It
'
Aug. 14
Sun P. L.
F. L.
N
20 37 40.2
39 54.8
78 19.7
22.0
251 9 54
C
202 23.5
23.0
C
W
22 24.3
24.7
Sun P. L.
s
204822.6
260 57.0
54.8
253 50 41
i)
C
W
22 23.5
24.0
Sep. 3
C
W
263 52 26
51 34
Sun P. L.
F. L.
N
ff
13 2 34.4
4 42.6
21 21 7.5
22 10
N 34.2 S 22
129 2 19
C
26352 14
51 14
C
W
85 26 15.5
24 19.5
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
s
21 15 57
18 7
328 37 18
39 46
S 29.3 N 22.7
254 40 6
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 27 27.6
29 37.0
331 29 12
31 34
S 30.6 N 20.8
257 31 44
C
85 26 11.5
24 18
Sep. 24
C
N
213 11 28.5
13 21.5
/? Aurigse
N
5 17 32
204 37 34.5
3943.5
S 37.4 N 25.5
98 59 3
S
2941
207 44 57
47 12.5
N 24.3 S 40.4
102 4 39
d
S
213 13 22.5
15 22.5
Sep. 28
C
111 46 44
47 53
Mars Ct.
C
1 2050.5
114 56 9.5
111 46 9
58 6
47 59
S 42.0 N 26.0
110 37 34
[Ass.+20m;
see List A]
Oct. 26
m
63 36.5
36.0
Magn. Theod.
Mars Ct.
21 5 57.6
229 10.5
8.0
direct setting
Mean:
2 )
n
10 22.0
230 15.5
13.5
74 11 36
m
14 0.6
231 10.0
7.5
n/r
Mars Ci
22 47 25.4
254 18.5
18.5
Mean :
QQ O OA
jg
53 44.6
255 53.0
53.0
Ju O &J
m
63 35.0
35.0
Nov. 10
C
334 61 29
59 58.5
a Tauri
1 38 56.0
4 39 22.5
27 52
S 41.6 N 32.6
107 28
8 )
C
334 61 13.5
59 44.5
Nov. 21
C
337 36 51
35 13.5
a Pegasi
16 44 30
345 20 48.5
19
S 33.5 N 36.3
70 44 53
C
337 36 59.5
35 24
C
337 34 48.5
33 21
Tauri
22 55 51
356 61 5
59 32.5
N 36.3 S 36.5
80 39 40
C
337 34 51
33 22.5
Nov. 26
C
337 44 50
43 29.5
a Tauri
22 40 56.5
352 29 25
27 49.5
N 35.7 S 38.6
81 25 16
C
337 44 47
43 22
Dec. 5
C
337 53 11
51 57
a Tauri
22 4059
1 44 14
42 45.5
S 43.3 N 29.4
8832 28
C
337 53
51 38
Dec. 14
C
337 52 37.5
51 11
a Tauri
23 5 21
18 1048
9 15.5
S 38.5 N 35.5
102 21
C
337 52 31.5
51 1.5
Dec. 18
C
337 57 43.5
56 20.5
o Tauri
23 36 14
29 44 31.5
43 17.5
N 31.2 S 45.2
111 28 10
C
337 57 38
56 11.5
1895
Jan. 8
C
N
343
5 3
Observations
U
S
430
5 59
taken for deter-
N
3 38
4 58.5
mination of
n
S
4 30.5
5 54
collimation
n
N
3 33.5
4 53.5
S
4 28
5 50
Jan. 16
87 43 5
41 58
a. Orionis
22 848
170 34 29.5
33 28.5
N 37.5 S 40.9
9341 45
') Cloudy for F. L. and afterwards. W 22h 33m Hw-W =+ lO 42^.5.
Hw W = + 7 m 7 9 .3. 8 ) Second circle-reading 37' ass. by tbe observer.
W 20l>
NO. 6.]
DETERMINATION OF AZIMUTH.
67
1895
Object
Oc.
Watch
Horizontal Circle
Level
A
Rem.
h m s
i it
1 II
' u
Jan. 16
C
87 43
41 51
Mar. 6
C
125 13.5
1 40
Arcturus
1 15 3
174 44 0.5
45 29
N 27.7 S 45.3
59 40 37
C
125 12
1 35.5
Apr. 5
C
1% 21 19
23 5
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
17 4552
48
93 15 25.5
17 0.5
-
263 27
[Ass.23h]
C
196 21 21.5
23 5
Apr. 21
C
136 49 46.5
51 27.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
232030.5
22 36.0
2531 32
33 5.5
N 28.6 S 37.5
257 6 14
C
136 49 45
51 29.5
May 11
C
143 44 59
4324.5
2 )
Sun P. L.
F. L.
2549
28 3.5
49 25 41.5
27 20
N 36.7 S 22.7
269 20 4
C
143 43 36.5
45 22
2 )
May 24
C
294 7 51.5
6 11
Sun P. L.
F. L.
3 24 2
26 19
241 1649
14 47.5
306 14
C
294 8 1
6 17.5
July 5
m
50 19.5
21.0
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
23 38
25 50
24 55.0
57.5
M. r.
248 14
Sun P. L.
F. L.
28 45
30 56
25 56.5
59.0
M. t.
249 31 14
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 6 23
844
3526.0
29.0
M. t.
259 53
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 10 9
1226
36 38.5
40.5
M. r.
259 57 3
m
50 20.0
22.0
July 12
m
39 35.0
37.0
Sun P. L.
F. L.
24 7
2628
21 24.0
27.5
M. r.
248 15 47
Sun P. L.
F. L.
29 45
32 6
22 50.0
53.0
M. t.
249 41 9
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 2 56
5 14.5
31 12.0
14.0
M. t.
258 2 16
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 654
9 12
31 56.5
58.5
M. r.
258 46 50
m
39 33.5
35.0
July 13
m
2056.5
59.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
027 18
29 27
12 54
56
M. r.
248 45 55
Sun P. L.
F. L.
03035.5
3246.5
14 3.0
6.0
M. t.
249 36
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 46 27
4844
33 17.5
19.5
M. t.
268 38 5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 5032
52 47
34 6.0
8.5
M. r.
269 38 51
Aug. 2
m
112 58.5
55.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
2040
23 26?
15557
61
M. r.?
254 13
")
Sun P. L.
F. L.
02432
26 44
156 37.5
33.5
M. i
255 9 28
Sun P. L.
F. L.
028 29
3042.5
157 49.0
44.5
M. r.
256 9 9
m
112 36.5
33.5
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
1 1 11
3 22
16562.0
57.5
M. r.
264 19 47
') W 15h 18i Hw- W = - O m 9 8 .0. 2 ) Observation of C not sharp. 8 ) Ice in motion.
68
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Object
Oc.
Watch
Horizontal Circle
Level
A
Rem.
^
h m s
i u
/ II
Q I li
Aug. 2
Sun P. L.
. F. L.
1 442
6 56
166 44.5
40.0
M. t.
265 12 49
m
112 38.0
35.0
Sep. 6
in
89 18.5
16.5
Sun P. L.
F. L.
17 5
19 10.5
116 15.5
11.5
250 2 34
Sun P. L.
F. L.
21 11.5
23 18.5
117 16.5
13.0
251 4 22
i)
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
1 17 49
1948.5
131 51.0
47.5
265 11 35
Sun P. L.
F. L.
1 2042
23 45
132 37.5
33.0
265 55 5
*)
m
89 28.5
27.0
Sep. 28
C
E
120 26 24.5
25 3.5
Capella
6 3 26
311 44 14.5
42 54
85 58.5
jl
12 29
313 57 29
59 3.5
88 13.5
C
120 26 20.5
27 48
Oct. 14
C
120 32 44.5
34 14.5
Arcturus
2 3938
138 44 49
46 25.5
S 45.5 N 21.5
280 47 49
C
120 32 58.5
34 29
Oct. 24
C
120 38 2
36 12.5
Jupiter Ct.
19 35 6
121 41 48.5
43 17.5
N 31.0 S 41.0
262 4 47
M
51 59
125 55 8.5
56 48.5
N 34.6 S 36.5
266 18 34
ft\
C
120 57 54.5
56 9.5
)
Oct. 25
C
120 38 3
39 52
Arcturus
1 2 20.5
121 6 22.5
8 6.5
N 34.5 S 36.0
261 34 2
M
10 11
123 4 11.5
548
N 33.3 S 37.7
263 32 8
C
120 37 55
39 44.5
Oct 29
a Cygni
19 422
11430
_
72 8
8 7
115 41
73 3
A\
D"
339 32
)
Nov. 9
C
25843 30
45 36
Aquilae
43321
289 58 45.5
60 58.5
_
236 12.1
3641
290 49 18.5
51 24
237 2.6
C
258 43 29.5
45 36
Nov. 19
C
82 58 42.5
60 42.5
a Leonis
20 5944
154 36 55
3845
N 33.5 S 43.3
279 18 35
C
82 58 40.5
60 29
Nov. 22
C
81 49 4.5
50 53
a Tauri
1 53 2
310 28 37
3035
N 37.0 S 39.5
75 52 20
55 43
311 8 28.5
10 28
N 35.9 S 41.4
76 32 17
d
81 49 5.5
5043
M
Nov. 30
C
E
264 18
15 50
)
W
264 17 56
15 47.5
/? Gemin.
5 5 56
139 55 10.5
53 49.5
N 34.8 S 40.9
78 14 53
11 45
141 21 44
20 23.5
N 34.1 S 41.6
79 41 25
C
264 17 50
15 44
Dec. 6
C
84 23 35.5
25 15.5
A
ft Leonis
21 955
142 55 17
26 54.5
N 36.5 S 39.6
263 53 12
)
13 2
143 42 14
43 37
S 40.1 N 36.4
264 40 2
1896
fi
84 23 34
25 10
Jan. 3
c
78 48 10.5
46 23
ft Leonis
20 45 20
48 24
154 50 34
155 36 28.5
52 4.5
38 21
N 36.0 S 41.0
275 43 23
276 30 14
I
78 46 23.5
48 4.5
Jan. 9
C
25848 12
5027
l ) Ice in motion between the two sets of observations. *) Watch ass. 22. 8 ) Circle
ass. 37' and 36'. 4 ) D was an azimuth-compass on the ice, from which the bearing of the
altazimuth was taken some minutes after. B ) Collimation corrected; the box of the instru-
ment had had a shock some time before. e ) Assumed 56' for second microscope.
NO. 6.]
DETERMINATION OF AZIMUTH.
69
1896
Object
Oc.
Watch
Horizontal Circle
Level
A
Rem.
h m s
' "
/ II
'
Jan. 9
/3 Leonis
20 38 46
335 31 51
3033
N 44.0 S 34.8
276 30 34
42 25
336 25 34.5
27 5
N 45.2 S 32.6
277 25 5
258 50 12.5
47 53.5
Jan. 28
C
E
79 27 42.5
26 4.5
Capella
23 7 55
350 54 28.5
32 46.5
N 40.3 S 31.4
55 53 18
')
13 1
306 39 2
36 57.5
N 40.0 S 30.7
57 6 2
W
79 27 54
29 51.5
Feb. 4
C
79 24 24.5
26 5
Persei
23 5 5
333 11 2
9 17.5
N 44.6 S 31.9
81 7 57
n
10 56
334 38 15
40 3.5
N 40.1 S 36.6
82 34 24
fl
79 26 12
28 1.5
Feb. 12
c
w
79 21 30
23
a Persei
23 34 39
350 7 49
6 3.5
N 34.0 S 45.2
93 55 11
40 3
351 31 34
30 8.5
N 43.3 S 36.3
95 16 25
d
E
79 23 49.5
25 17.5
Feb. 25
C
79 26 13.5
28 9
a Cygni
4 1 9
192 15 19.5
17 19
N 33.2 S 33.4
286 30
6 31
193 31 48
3343
N 37.8 S 28.7
287 18 39
79 2353
25 40.5
Mar. 7
C
W
79 23 34
25 20.5
Arcturus
s
6 18
335 20 45
22 19
N 34.7 S 38.8
60 36 3
N
6 21 31
336 12 14.5
10 46
S 34.8 N 38.8
61 27 49
C
E
79 21 30
23 7
Apr. 20
C
83 52 23.5
50 54
Sun P. L.
* F. L.
5 22 25
2446
205 51 8
53 23
N 29.9 S 33.4
267 25 35
Sun P. L.
F. L.
52834
30 45
207 24
2630.5
N 34.0 S 29.3
268 56 13
C
83 52 47.5
54 21.5
June 19
C
269 1.0
2.5
Sun Ci
4 38 18
317 23.5
25.0
Greenland
Mean:
n
40 3.5
317 49.5
50.5
Theodolite
255 10.5
42 2
318 18.5
19.5
(without
268 56.5
58.0
telescope)
C
268 58.0
60.0
Sun Ct.
5 28 39
330 4.0
5.0
Mean:
|
3054
330 34.0
35.5
267 49.5
3234
330 56.5
59.0
C
268 57.5
59.5
') First circle reading 305 34' ass. by the observer.
70 GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
D. Determination of Magnetic Declination by Compass.
Observer: Lieutenant Scott-Hansen, when not otherwise stated.
Besides the regular observations taken in the magnetic observatory, the declination was
frequently determined by the bearing of the Sun or a star, taken with a compass at a convenient
distance from the ship. As these observations could not be made the subject of the same dis-
cussion as the other magnetical observations, which are contained in another memoir, the
results are given here at once, together with the latitude employed for the calculation of the
azimuth, and the longitude from the meridian of Greenwich.
The comparisons between the watch and chronometer Hohwil are added only in the few
cases when they are not to be found in List A or B. The correction of Hw to local mean time,
necessary for the calculation of azimuth, will be found in a subsequent section.
The observations of 1893, August 20 and 28, and the three first observations of 1895,
February 20, were taken by means of a small compass by Olsen, divided into degrees on
the rim from both ends of the diopter, and both ways to 90. As more than one observation
was always taken, the quadrant may be inferred from the increasing or decreasing of the num-
bers given in the column "Compass", which are the means of the readings of both ends of the
needle. Tbe compass used 1893, September 21, was graduated anti-clockwise from (at the
wire end of the diopter) to 360; the degrees given in the column "Compass" correspond to the
north end of the needle, but the fraction of degree is the mean for the two ends.
All the other observations were taken with Hechelmann's Azimuth Compass, divided into
degrees on the card. With its gimbals it was suspended in a wooden box (spiked with copper
nails) and mounted on the ice; after observation it was generally left there, covered with a
canvass cap, unless cracking of the ice or other circumstances made it necessary to remove it.
Every number in the column "Compass" is the mean of the readings both ways. The quadrant
there given corresponds to the wire end of the diopter. When the Sun was too high for direct
setting, the mirror was used, and then always in the two positions of the instrument, with the
Sun in front or behind, which is indicated by "Front" or "Back" added in the column "Object".
When nothing is added, the bearing was taken directly.
NO. 6.]
COMPASS ON ICE.
71
1893
Object
Watch
Compass
Magn.
Decl.
Station
Rem.
li m .-.
p
Aug. 20
Sun Ct.
4 27 40
62.65
24.9 E
Ashore on Reindeer Is-
29 50
62.25
25.0
land one of the Kjell-
31 3
61.75
24.8
mann Islands.
33 5
61.35
24.9
N. Lat. 74" 48'
34 33
61.1
25.0
E. Long. 85 45
41 45
59.05
24.7
5 altitudes of the Sun
43 30
58.8
24.9
(see List B) were taken
half an hour before
anchoring.
Aug. 28
Sun Ct.
1 41 25
83.5
27.7
On the ice ca. 100 m. from
43 45
83.75
28.0
the ship near the north
45 43
84.25
27.95
end of the Norden-
47 30
84.55
28.1
ski0ld Islands.
48 55
85.0
28.0
N. Lat. 76 54'
51 27
85.6
28.0
E. Long. 95 2
52 50
85.85
28.1
7 altitudes of the Sun
5435
86.3
28.05
were taken 2 hours
after mooring to the
ice-border, 5 at sea half
an hour before.
Sep. 21
Sun Ct.
19 34 23
222.45
16.7
Ca. 80 m. from the ship,
36 23
37 49
222.7
222.7
16.9
17.3
just after the enclosure
in the ice.
38 49
228.0
17.2
N. Lat. 78 42'
40 55
224.0 16.7
E. Long. 133 35
42 29
4359
224.2
225.0
16.9
16.45
The hummock appeared
to be turning slightly
with the Sun.
1894
'
July 3
Sun Ct.
21 47 6.5
S 50.2 W
Mean:
N. Lat. 81 33.7
Front
49
50.65
33.8
E. Long. 123 52
51 23.5
51.25
Sun Ct.
21 55 16
S 52.2 W
Back
57 3.5
52.7
33.8
5849.5
53.15
July 13
Sun Ct.
Front
12 26
29 5.4
N 79.65 E
81.25
37.9
N. Lat. 81 32.2
E. Long. 125
80.35?
Sun Ct.
12 3320
N 82.2 E
Back
36 2
82.55
37.8
July 22
Sun Ct.
21 44 13
S 50.8 W
N. Lat. 81 26.2
Front
47 24
51.35
33.7
E. Long. 125 6
49 12.3
51.65
Sun Ct.
21 52 6
S 52.05 W
Back
56 20
53.1
34.2
5742
53.3
July 26
Sun Ct.
23 52 10
S 85.45 W
N. Lat. 81 13
54 35
86.15
E. Long. 125 25
57 45
86.5
31.0
27
2 30
87.3
4 25
87.6
Oct. 17
Moon [Ass.
26 53
N 43.3 E
37.9
N. Lat. 81 43.5
Cent, with
29 21
43.9
37.9
E. Long. 115 40
reduction
31 14.7
44.35
37.9
for phase]
72
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Object
Watch
Compass
Magn.
Decl.
Station
Rem.
h m s
'
Oct. 20
Mars
934
S 34.15 W
Mean:
N. Lat. 82 0.2
38
35.0
39.9 E
E. Long. 114 51
42 5
35.9
Oct. 29
Jupiter
1 1430
N 22.4 E
N. Lat. 82 11.2
1830
23.55
39.0
E. Long. 113 13
21
25.05
Nov. 4
Arcturus
222855
S 56.35 W
38.7
N. Lat. 82 6.0
31 20
56.75
38.9
E. Long. 110 59
3438
57.45
39.0
Dec. 11
Moon Ct.
23 13 10
N 54.85 E
39.4
N. Lat. 82 30.7
E. Long. 108 24
Dec. 28
Jupiter
23 18 51
N 44.7 E
41.1
N. Lat. 83 18.8
31 12
47.45
41 3
E. Long. 101 54
3423
48.3
TCJ..O
1895
Jan. 13
Jupiter
2227 17
N 50.45 E
42.3
N. Lat. 83 27.0
29 57
51.05
42.4
E. Long. 103 25
32 44
51.75
42.4
Jan. 22
Jupiter
2327 3
N 75.35 E
N. Lat. 83 23.6
29 26
76.0
41.6
E. Long. 102 14
31 56
76.55
Jan. 30
Jupiter
22 56 9
N 76.9 E
N. Lat. 83 41.0
5936
78.05
42.3
E. Long. 103 17
23 2 20
78.85
Feb. 6
Jupiter
2344 30
S 83.4 E
42.5
N. Lat. 83 31.5
47 25
82.3
42.1
E. Long. 102 33
49 6
81.7
42.0
Feb. 13
Jupiter
21 41 58
N 73.3 E
N. Lat. 83 26.0
43 43
73.95
42.0
E. Long. 103 6
45 53
74.55
Feb. 17
Jupiter
22 2 42
N 83.4 E
N. Lat. 83 32.3
4 35
84.25
41.6
E. Long. 102 57
6 18
84.75
Feb. 20
Procyon
22 4655
49 53
52 14
71.1
71.85
72.4
42.6
Ca. 100 m from the ship
on the port bow.
\ Compass
1 Olsen.
Procyon
23 4 36
6 20
N 75.75 E
76.35
42.3
Ordinary place.
N. Lat. 83 40.0
) Hechel-
848
76.85
E. Long. 102 59
| maim.
Feb. 23
Jupiter
23 636
S 74.85 E
N. Lat. 83 46.7
836
73.9
42.1
E. Long. 102 7
1045
73.5
Mar. 11
Venus
1 1636
S 44.85 W
42.0
N. Lat. 83 59.0
18 "2-1
45.15
42.2
E. Long. 102 13
2020
45.75
42.1
Mar. 19
Venus
2 54 3
S 66.45 W
N. Lat. 84 8.9
55 48
66.8
41.8
E. Long. 100 28
57 15
67.35
NO. 6.]
COMPASS ON ICE.
73
1895
Object
Watch
Compass
Magn.
Decl.
Station
Rem.
ll 111 s
'
Apr. 16
Sun Ct.
23 31 52
S 39.1 W
Mean:
N. Lat. 84 16.6
33 28
39.3
41.1 E
E. Long. 95 50
3539
39.4
May 27
Sun Ct.
034 10
S 49.9 W
N. Lat. 84 37
35 46
50.3
33.75
E. Long. 82 1
37 20
50.65
June 6
Sun Ct.
14 46 25
N 72.7 E
N. Lat. 84 32.6
4850
73.95
41.2
E. Long. 84 30
5045
74.7
June 13
Sun Ct.
433
S 43.8 W
N. Lat. 84 51.6
68 paces
642
44.2
34.2
E. Long. 81 57
from the
8 20
44.55
bow.
June 22
Sun Ct.
54
S 52.1 W
N. Lat. 84 31.7
56 20
52.45
34.0
E. Long. 80 26
5845
53.1
1 530
S 55.7 W
Compass
7 25
56.1
33.2
removed
9 5
56.6
ca. 20 paces
farther
July 19
Sun Ct.
1 5325
S 58.65 W
N. Lat. 84 40.3
away.
5530
59.2
27.9
E. Long. 73 49
5655
59.6
July 29
Sun Ct.
17 45 55
S 60.6 E
.;: , f\
N. Lat. 84 33.7
5030
58.25
.zy.u
E. Long. 74 17
July 31
Sun Ct.
1 50 30
S 64.55 W
N. Lat. 84 28.5
53 20
65.25
30.1
E. Long. 75 56
.
55 5
65.7
Aug. 8
Sun Ct.
2 45 25
S 76.2 W
N. Lat. 84 37.9
Perhaps
4620
76.35
29.6
E. Long. 77 6
somewhat
4750
76.6
near the
ship.
Aug. 10
Sun Ct.
1 46 10
S 60.85 W
N. Lat. 84 34.0
51
62.15
30.0
E. Long. 76 54
57 40
63.4
Aug. 14
Sun Ct.
15 41 50
N 84.8 E
N. Lat. 84 28.2
44 40
85.4
31.3
E. Long. 75 52
46 55
85.8
Aug. 25
Sun Ct.
03540
S 41.55 W
N. Lat, 84 17.9
38 20
42.45
32.3
E. Long. 78 45
39 45
42.9
Sep. 2
Sun Ct.
7 30
S 33.9 W
N. Lat. 84 47.6
9 20
34.6
31.5
E. Long. 77 6
10 55
34.8
Sep. 18
Sun Ct.
2 1740
S 73.85 W
N. Lat. 85 2
19 50
74.4
32.15
E. Long. 79 37
Oct. 7
Arcturus
324 5
S 73.2 W
31.8
N. Lat. 85 5.2
28
74.3
31.6
E. Long. 78 31
3040
75.1
31.4
10
74
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Object
Watch
Compass
Magn.
Decl.
Station
Rem.
Oct. 19
Arcturus
h m s
227 10
30 10
32 30
S 71.35 W
71.95
72.4
30.7 E
o <
N. Lat. 85 45.3
E. Long. 77 56
Oct. 23
Arcturus
3 2 45
520
8
S 82.35 W
83.2
83.85
28.6
N._.Lat. 85 46.3
E. Long. 74 22
Oct. 29
Pillar of
Altazimuth
See
List C
N 87.7 E
87.6
29.4
N. Lat. 85 44.7
E. Long. 70 30
Nov. 1
Arcturus
2 2840
31 10
32 30
S 81.0 W
81.4
81.8
27.4
N. Lat. 85 38.8
E. Long. 70 19
Nov. 5
Jupiter
20 24 35
26 45
29 10
S 75.75 W
76.15
76.7
24.4
24.55
24.6
N. Lat. 85 41.6
E. Long. 67 40
Nov. 7
Jupiter
1932 25
34 50
36 50
S 64.1 W
64.5
65.2
21.8
N. Lat. 85 41.7
E. Long. 64 32
Nov. 13
a Tauri
2 9 15
11
13 10
N 50.2 E
50.4
49.9
23.9
N. Lat. 85 54.5
E. Long. 66 45
Needle
unsteady.
Nov. 15
Arcturus
1 44 10
4540
48
S 84.15 W
84.35
84.9
21.9
N. Lat. 85 55.8
E. Long. 66 8
Nov. 24
Altair
20 58 20
21 25
2 25
S 65.95 E
65.6
65.0
21.1
N. Lat. 85 47.5
E. Long. 62 35
Nov. 28
Arcturus
2 36 20
39 50
41 30
N 73.05 W
72.6
72.15
18.3
N. Lat. 85 27.9
E. Long. 59 22
Dec. 3
Arcturus
2 9 10
1045
1240
N 75.85 W
75.35
75.4
17.3
N. Lat. 85 28.8
E. Long. 57 27
Dec. 15
Dec. 17
Arcturus
Aldebaran
21 28 40
2 30
9
1520
S 41.75 W
N 76.1 E
78
80.9
13.0
9.8
N. Lat. 85 23
E. Long. 48 28
N. Lat. 85 22.1
E. Long. 48 22
Nordahl;
Hw-W = (
Observer
Nordahl.
Dec. 22
Arcturus
1 47 40
55
2 1 5
N 65.1 W
63.1
61.5
10.0
N. Lat. 85 16
E. Long. 48 2
Nordahl;
Hw-W ; =
Dec. 29
18%
Arcturus
Arcturus
it Orionis
21 47 40
50
52 5
21 41
241 31
4530
4658
S 63.55 W
63.85
64.35
S 69.5 W
S 85.5 E
84.55
84.15
8.9
5.7
3.9
3.9
3.9
N. Lat. 85 23.3
E. Long. 47 10
N. Lat. 85 11.9
E. Long. 42 45
N. Lat. 84 51.8
E. Long. 40 53
High wind.
Jan. 7
Jan. 15
NO. 6.]
COMPASS ON ICE.
75
1896
Object
Watch
Compass
Magn.
Decl.
Station
Rem.
Jan. 20
Arcturus
ll 111 s
21 19
21 20
23
S 75.9 W
76.4
76.9
2.5 E
'
N. Lat. 84 59.1
E. Long. 38 44
Jan. 24
Jan. 26
Arcturus
Arcturus
205640
21 7
9 10
11 25
S 73 W
S 77.25 W
77.75
78.3
1.3 W
(1.1?)
2.9 W
N. Lat. 84 56.8
E. Long. 33 39
N. Lat. 84 40.4
E. Long. 31 35
Watch 57"?
Jan. 31
a Orionis
051
53
55 20
N 80.45 E
80.85
81.55
5.3
N. Lat. 84 51.5
E. Long. 30 30
Feb. 7
[Arcturus]
22 2845
30 40
32 5
N 71.9 W
71.4
71.25
8.7
N. Lat. 84 37.5
E. Long. 24 31
Feb. 14
Arctums
22 3330
36
3750
N 64.9 W
64.25
64.05
9.2
N. Lat. 84 20.7
E. Long. 22 58
Feb. 27
Jupiter
4 11 30
14
S 60.9 E
59.95
7.9
N. Lat. 84 12.0
E. Long. 25 43
Feb. 29
Jupiter
3 43 2
4437
46 44
S 65.6 E
65.2
64.75
7.4
N. Lat. 84 6.3
E. Long. 26 21
Mar. 12
Arcturus
8 31 10
33
35 40
S 74.65 E
74.4
73.75
8.2
N. Lat. 83 57.2
E. Long. 22 51
Mar. 21
Jupiter
10 37 50
3930
41
S 63.5 W
63.7
63.95
8.1
N. Lat. 84 4.7
E. Long. 24 13
Apr. 4
Sun Ct.
3 37 25
3850
42 20
S 77.95 W
78.45
79.35
10.2
N. Lat. 84 25
E. Long. 22 42
Apr. 11
Sun Ct.
338 35
42 35
46 30
S 79.1 W
80.05
80.85
15.8
N. Lat. 84 22
E. Long. 17
Apr. 24
Sun Ct.
19 22 25
24 12
2620
S 49.2 E
48.9
48.35
17.5
N. Lat. 84 15.3
E. Long. 12 28
Apr. 29
Sun Ct.
5 13 15
16 5
18 15
N 76.6 W
75.85
75.6
19.5
19.6
19.3
N. Lat. 84 12
E. Long. 12 16
May 6
Sun Ct.
5 13 20
1645
1855
N 75.85 W
74.85
74.3
21.0
N. Lat. 84 4
E. Long. 11 8
May 19
Sun Ct.
5 18 45
21 55
23 50
N 73.25 W
72.5
72.1
21.4
N. Lat. 83 48
E. Long. 11 18
76
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
18%
Object
Watch
Compass
Magn.
Decl.
Station
Rem.
May 24
Sun Ct.
h m s
5 22 15
24 20
25 55
N 72.95 W
72.5
72.0
19.3 W
'
N. Lat. 84 1
E. Long. 12 50
June 3
June 4
Sun Ct.
Sun Ct.
7 48 40
5 42 40
43 55
45 20
N 38.2 W
N 68.3 W
67.95
67.75
18.4
18.8
N. Lat. 83 16
E. Long. 12 40
N. Lat. 83 14
E. Long. 13 4
June 9
Sun Ct.
5 29 45
34 35
38
N 73.8 W
72.5
71.5
17.6
N. Lat. 83 1
E. Long. 12 12
Observer
Nordahl.
June 16
Sun Ct.
5 10 25
11 30
13 5
N 78.25 W
77.75
77.5
18.8
N. Lat. 82 59
E. Long. 11 51
June 25
Sun Ct.
5 10 50
12 25
14 30
16 28
17 50
N 79.4 W
78.85
78.4
78.1
77.8
17.4
N. Lat. 82 55
E. Long. 12 25
June 29
Sun Ct.
5 8 20
9 45
1050
N 80.4 W
80.15
79.55
16.7
N. Lat 82 55
E. Long. 12 33
July 6
Sun Cr.
541 20
42 20
43 25
N 72.0 W
71.75
71.4
19.5
N. Lat 82 59
E. Long. 12 49
July 24
Sun Ct.
4 4440
46 45
4837
N 71.95 W
71.45
70.9
16.9
N. Lat. 82 2
E. Long. 12 40
)
ORNi^X^
NO. 6.] COMPASS ON BOARD. 77
E. Determination of Declination and Deviation by Compass
on Board.
Observer: Lieutenant Scott-Hansen, when not otherwise stated.
Some meteorological observations and observations of northern lights having been referred
to the meridian of the compass on board, the following list will be of importance for reducing
the directions to the true meridian. In some few cases the bearing of the celestial object was
taken directly with the steering compass on deck which could, for this purpose, be provided
with a diopter, but when the rigging was in the way, which was generally the case, the bearing
was taken with the azimuth-dial on the bridge, the ship's course being read off simultaneously
on the compass. After the ship's enclosure in the ice, the compass-box was generally tapped
after the first reading; the numbers here given are the means of the readings after tapping
when this produced a sensible difference.
The abbreviations used in the column "Bearing" are the following:
S. B. Starboard Bow. S. Q. Starboard Quarter.
P. B. Port Bow. P. Q. Port Quarter.
It will be remembered that the angles on the bow and the quarter are counted from the
stem and the stern respectively.
The correction of the watch to the chronometer will, in all cases, be found in List
A or B.
The resulting sum of magnetic declination and local deviation is given here at once,
together with the latitude and longitude. When the results of the regular magnetical observations
are known, there will probably be no difficulty in separating the deviation, in which case these
observations will furnish further material for the determination of the declination. They are
also of interest in showing the gradual change in the ship's direction. After the enclosure in
the ice, the angles on the compass are counted continually from north through east. The same
is also the case for the few bearings taken directly by compass.
After 1895, August 22, only one observation of this kind was taken, but a supplementing
record of the ship's course will be found in the following section.
As to the observations taken at sea in 1893 (before September 22), they are of less interest,
but are nevertheless reproduced here as furnishing the material for the determination of deviation,
mentioned in the introduction. The three divisions, marked by spaces between the lines, corres-
pond to the three periods there mentioned. It should be observed that the latitudes and longi-
tudes given for this part of the observations are only approximate; as the definitive calculation
of the astronomical observations taken at sea could not be effected without application of the
dead-reckoning, which again required a knowledge of the deviation, preliminary values of latitude
and clock error must be used for these observations by compass. The values here given are
those actually employed in the calculation. The inaccuracy thus introduced is smaller than the
accidental errors necessarily inherent to observations of this kind in high latitudes, the results
of which must in all cases be subject to an adjustment.
Any case of special uncertainty is indicated by the sign :
78
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1893
Object
Watch
Bearing
Compass
Course
Decl.
+ Dev.
N. Lat
E. Long.
Rem.
h m s
'
o <
July 22
Sun Ct.
2020 ca.
2035 ca.
78.2 P. B.
79.1
S 32.8 W
S 32.8 W
5.2 E
71 2
41 55
July 24
Sun Ct.
19 18 50
20 5
59.6 S. B.
43
N 49 E
N 72 E
21.1
15.0
71 17
49 54
July 25
Sun Ct.
357 15
46.7 S. B.
S 35.5 W
12.0
71 20
51 30
58 35
63.0
S 21 W
10.6
4 1 55
88.5
S 1.5 E
8.3
3 18
78.8 S. Q.
S 12.5 E
7.0
9 40
65
S 24.5 E
6.6
17 30
45
S 43.0 E
7.0
18 12
27
S 61.5 E
7.6
1845
10.5
S 78.5 E
8.3
19 15
5.5 P. Q.
N 80.0 E
13.9
July 28
Sun Ct.
19 52 50
67 S. B.
N 76 E
18.6
69 50:
59 0:
July 29
Sun Ct.
1 2 45
26 P. Q.
N 21 E
23.6
69 55:
59 30:
Aug. 6
Sun Ct.
4 55 40
33.5 S. B.
S 77.5 W
20.2
69 37
66 43
Aug. 9
Sun Ct.
4 5 36
24.5 S. B.
S 74 W
21.0
69 37
66 43
Sun Ct.
16 16 2
24.8 S. Q.
N 51 W
7.1
69 45
66 4
Bear.34.8?
21 7
12.8
N 75 W
20.4
[omitted].
23 13
47.5
N 37 W
17.6
25 46
76
N 12 W
21.7
28
73.5 S. B.
N 14 E
26.8
Aug. 11
Sun Ct.
17 11 30
80.5 S. Q.
N
29.7
72 11
68 25
13 5
85 S. B.
N 10 E
34.6
Aug. 14
Sun Ct
17 5 ca.
30.6 S. B.
N 69.5 E
30.7
74 39
71 1
Aug. 16
Sun Ct.
17 28
S 72 E
N 13 E
37.5
75 12
78 17
Aug. 17
Sun Ct.
46 5
71.5 S. Q.
S 47 E
22.1
75 14
79 43
4828
55
S 64 E
23.0
51 34
90
S 25.5 E
20.2
Sun Ct.
4 6 30
70 P. Q.
N 22 E
39.8
75 9
80 10
8 45
49
N 42 E
41.3
Aug. 18
Sun Ct.
16 47 20
76 S. Q.
N 2.5 W
36.4
73 48
81 14
4828
71.5 S. B.
N 27 E
39.7
50 -10
62.8 S. Q.
N 12 W
33.6
Aug. 19
Sun Ct.
14 26 ca.
57.3 S. B.
N 11 E
36.2
74 53
83 37
3848
74.6 S. Q.
N 29 W
31.6
74 54
83 39
Course 23?
3930
67.5 S. B.
N 6 E
34.7
40 55
41.8
N 24 E
42.7
Sun Ct.
20 5 5
90 S. B.
N 78 E
27.8
74 58
8435
Aug. 25
Sun Ct
35 ca.
29.8 S. Q.
S 87 E
23.2
75 20
8550
40 ca.
18
N 76 E
29.6
Aug. 26
Sun Ct.
14 9 ca.
55 S. B.
N 13 E
41.6
75 57
91 19
16 ca.
60.5
N 13 E
37.9
Sep. 8
Sun Ct.
23 15 10
44.3 P. Q.
N 1 W
38.8
77 32
101 52
19 50
50
N 4 W
37.3
Sep. 9
Jupiter
8 50 ca.
69.6 S. B.
N 39.3 E
43.8
77 48
104
Sun Ct.
14 1525
8.3 S. B.
S 85 E
24.7
77 45
10523
20 50
22.3
N 80 E
27.1
Sep. 11
Sun Ct.
1435
1.3
S 50 E
10.7
76 11
114 15
37 25
19.3 I
S 69 E
12.3
39 27
22.4 P. B.
S 24 E
9.6
42 12
39.8
S 4.5 E
8.3
')
Sep. 13
Sun Ct.
12 21 40
66 P.Q.
S 38 W
4.4
74 25
113 56
42 35
60.3
S 45.5 W
7.6
74 25
113 57
Sun Ct
21 50 38
27-* I
N 24 E
23.1
73 52
11443
52 31
5
N 47.5 E
22.5
57 20
15 S. Q.
N 78.5 E
12.7
l ) After observation, it was noticed that a small grindstone with an iron trough had been placed
on the skylight. Moving to and fro with steady course showed no effect on the compass.
NO. 6.]
COMPASS ON BOARD.
79
1893
Object
Watch
Bearing
Compass
Course
Decl.
+ Dev.
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Rem.
h m s
'
'
Sep. 15
Sun Ct.
12 53 25
61.3 S. B.
N 40 E
22.6 E
74 20
121 20
Sep. 16
Sun Ct.
14 7 17
77.4 S. B.
N 63 E
9.4
7450
128 12
Sep. 18
Sun Ct.
19 9 57
38.2 P. Q.
N 0,5 W
17.0
76 20
135 4
14 55
18.1
N 14 E
23.9
Sep. 19
Sun Ct.
19 33 53
88.4 P. B.
N 63 W
33.9
77 53
137 8
36 43
69 P. Q.
N 24 W
18.1
38 48
54 P. B.
N 90 W
27.7
40 53
89.6 P. Q.
N 47 W
21.6
Sep. 21
Sun Ct.
12 8 18
24.2 S. B.
N 86 E
15.7
78 50
13254
Oct. 17
Vega
2 24 37.5
25.2 S. B.
240.8
13.7
78 19.2
136 15
Oct. 23
Jupiter
52 10
33.2 P. Q.
240.3
15.5
78 17.1
135 27
Oct. 27
Jupiter
22 18 51
39.6 P. Q.
209.4
8.0
78 20.0
135 46
Nov. 6
Jupiter
22 12 47
63.3 P. Q.
201.7
3.7
77 50.0
137 55
Nov. 12
Jupiter
21 49 53
68.1 P. Q.
198.2
4.1
78 2.1
138 24
Nov. 27
Jupiter
21 16 28
74.7 P. Q.
198.5
6.9
7838.7
13854
Dec. 26
Jupiter
21 4 9
85.3 P. B.
201.8
9.0
79 1.0
137 24
189*
Jan. 15
Venus
19 24 51
15.3 P. B.
204.3
10.1
79 15.2
137 28
Jan. 29
Jupiter
19 10 52
84.5
201.3
13.1
79 45.2
134 45
Feb. 11
Procyon
20 14 30
63.2 P. Q.
201.6
9.7
80 0.3
134 32
i)
Apr. 3
Sun Ct.
14 824
41 P. B.
189
7.8
80 9.7
135 7
May 1
Sun Ct.
21 25
74 S. B.
184.8
8.2
8047
131 3
2 )
May 23
Sun Ct.
23 5 25
81.4 S. Q.
173.5
11.2
81 32.5
123 2
May 25
Sun Ct.
10 27 10
82.6 P. Q.
170.4
14.8
81 31
123 20
May 27
Sun Ct.
22 33 20
90 S. B.
171
13.8
81 34
122 28
May 31
Sun Ct.
20 35 24
62.7 S. B.
166.5
15.3
81 31
122 14
June 6
Sun Ct.
079
65.5 S. Q.
165.3
17.2
81 29
122 10
June 9
Sun Ct.
22 33 30
93.9 S. B.
167.2
13.0
81 36
122 8
June 21
Sun Ct.
2246
83.3 S. Q.
164.6
15.3
81 45
121 40
June 24
Sun Ct.
13 15 5
52.5 P. B.
161
17.8
81 39
120 59
June 26
Sun Ct.
22 11 13
86.1 S. B.
165.0
16.3
81 35
121 11
June 30
Sun Ct.
10 27 7
85.2 P. Q.
166.1
14.6
81 33
122 57
July 2
Sun Ct.
20 30 45
63.6 S. B.
167.2
13.5
81 35
12328
July 7
Sun Ct.
12 30
66.5 P. B.
170.7
Mean:
81 22
12424
")
31 30
66.1
170.8
13.9
32 30
65.7
170.7
July 9
Sun Ct.
1327 15
50.9 P. B.
169.7
14.3
81 18
12432
July 11
Sun Ct.
2337 40
73.7 S. Q.
171.3
14.2
81 21
12438
4 )
July 12
Sun Ct.
12 30 20
66.7 P. B.
167.6
17.6
81 25
12433
July 16
Sun Ct.
12 30 15
67.8 P. B.
171.6
15.5
81 26
125 12
July 21
Sun Ct.
32 4
61.2 S. Q.
109.3
17.2
81 31
125 7
July 25
Sun Ct.
23 11 54
93.3 S. B.
171.5
20.1
81 17
126 1
July 28
Sun Ct.
59 50
58.5 S. Q.
175.0
16.4
81 10
12557
July 29
Sun Ct.
22 2C 10
86.3 S. B.
173.5
14.7
81 4
126 2
July 30
Sun Ct.
12 33
68.5 P. B.
174.3
16.1
81 3
126 17
Sun Ct.
19 58 18
48.5 S. B.
174.4
15.9
81 3
126 7
Aug. 3
Sun Ct.
1 13 30
54.8 S. Q.
179.0
13.5
81 5
127 19
Aug. 3
Sun Ct.
19 49 35
46.2 S. B.
178.8
12.9
81 6
127 22
Aug. 5
Sun Ct.
20 24 25
55.4 S. B.
178.7
12.8
81 8
127 28
Aug. 8
Sun Ct.
20 32 40
56.9 S. B.
178.6
13.4
81 5
127 19
Aug. 10
Sun Ct.
12 29 10
69.9 P. B.
179.4
14.1
81 5
12745
Sun Ct.
20 25 40
54.1 S. B.
179.5
14.2
81 5
127 50
!) The zero of the azimuth-dial stood 0.3 towards Port. 2 ) The funnel raised. a ) Bearing taken
directly with shadow-pin on the circle of the compass-box. 4 ) The funnel raised since last observation.
80
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Object
Watch
Bearing
Compass
Course
Decl.
+ Dev.
N. Lai
E. Long.
Rem.
h m s
'
'
Aug. 14
Sun Ct.
12 2 25
74.8 P. B.
178
14.2 E
81 7
127 49
Aug. 22
Sun Ct.
12 18 50
66.7 P. B.
174.0
12.9
81 2
128 2
Aug. 25
Sun Ct.
21 32 20
72.8 S. B.
177.2
12.0
81 1
127 29
Sep. 17
Mars
3 16 50
66.7 P. B.
177.9
12.9
81 22.3
124 2
n
18 42
66.3
177.8
13.0
Sep. 20
Mars
2 58 30
66.2 P. B.
180
8.5
81 11.7
123 35
Sep. 28
Mars
2 24 50
69.8 P. B.
176.4
15.0
81 12.8
122 1
Oct. 1
Mars
1 4 30
87.8 P. B.
177.9
15.1
81 5.0
122 2
Oct. 7
Mars
42 30
85.8 P. B.
174.8
16.4
81 18.5
120 14
Oct. 10
Mars
1 53 19
63.7 P. B.
17A
15.8
81 16.2
11953
-0.2
n
Altair
55 51
33.2 S. B.
1 / I V 1
15.6
+ 0.2
Oct 13
Jupiter
44 15
35.5 P. Q.
172.2
15.7
81 32.9
118 12
Oct. 15
a Tauri
47 30
69.5 P. Q.
169,5
14.7
81 36.8
116 28
Oct. 20
Arcturus
9 52 5
67.4 P. Q.
163.2
17.7
82 0.2
114 51
Oct. 25
Jupiter
320
84.1 P. Q.
163.9
17.4
82 4.0
114 38
Oct. 27
Jupiter
1 33 14
63.3 P. Q.
165.4
16.9
82 4.0
114 35
Oci 30
a Tauri
23 5
66.3 P. Q.
157.9
16.7
82 6.5
112 22
Nov. 7
Mars
23 27 54
53.9 P. B.
157.7
16.7
82 9.0
110 59
Nov. 12
Mars
23 9
55.5 P. B.
159.8
16.5
82 7.8
110 6
Nov. 21
Jupiter
23 15 35
79.3 P. Q.
139.8
18.2
82 0.1
112 5
Nov. 24
Jupiter
1 39 20
64.7 P. B.
146.5
12.9
81 57.8
111 58
Nov. 28
Jupiter
23 11 35
80.3 P. Q.
146.9
15.8
82 9.7
110 50
Dec. 3
Jupiter
23 3 13
83.8 P. Q.
146.0
15.8
82 13.1
109 56
Dec. 7
Jupiter
23 2 50
89.5 P. Q.
142.5
16.9
82 20.8
108 43
Dec. 18
Jupiter
23 55.5
64.7 P. B.
136.5
19.1
82 50.5
10445
Dec. 21
Procyon
1 22
60.3 P. B.
137.0
18.1
82 54.5
104 3
Dec. 26
Jupiter
22 51 50
75.6 P. B.
131.8
21.1
83 22.1
102 27:
')
Dec. 28
Jupiter
23 43 52
50.0 P. B.
120.5
21.5
83 18.8
101 54
Job.
Dec. 30
Jupiter
22 44 56
62.5 P. B.
123.3
19.2
83 20.9
102 23
1895
Jan. 2
Jupiter
22 35 30
57.1 P. B.
123.2
21.2
83 25.4
10245
Jan. 6
Mars
19 53 30
40.1 P. B.
129.2
16.2
83 35:
103 6:
2 )
Jan. 11
Jupiter
22 9 10
59.8 P. B.
130.6
14.6
8341.5
102 45
Jan. 18
Jupiter
21 20 40
63.3 P. B.
131
12.7
83 25.8
102
Jan. 20
a Gemin.
23 47 35
53.5 P. B.
132.5
14.8
83 22.6
102 7
Jan. 22
Jupiter
23 41 12
23.8 P. B.
132.2
12.2
83 23.6
102 14
Jan. 27
Jupiter
23 25 16
21.3 P. B.
130
14.0
83 30.0
102 34
Feb. 4
a Can. Min.
22 40 49
49.4 P. B.
131
14.2
83 33.2
103 6
Feb. 12
Jupiter
52 2
19.3 S. B.
129.7
14.3
8324.7
10324
Feb. 17
Jupiter
22 45 10
6.3 P. B.
129
13.6
8332.3
102 57
Mar. 2
Arcturus
1 33 25
82.2 P. B.
130.8
11.3
84 3.7
101 32
Mar. 6
Arcturus
1 41 24
78.1 P. B.
128.7
15.5
84 2.6
101 45
Mar. 16
Venus
4 12 15
14.8 S. Q.
125
18.2
84 7.8
100 51
Mar. 25
Sun Ct.
1 59 45
24 S. Q.
130
12.2
84 8.6
99 49
Apr. 6
Sun Ct.
14 12 45
22.0 P. B.
124.3
16.3
84 18.5
9640
Apr. 13
Sun Ct.
23 59 15
54.9 S. Q.
127.7
14.7
84 17
96 53
Apr. 27
Sun Ct.
2 35
49 S. Q.
126.5
14.0
84 12
9342
May 3
Sun Ct.
15 7
9.3 P. B.
123.5
15.6
84 25
9330
May 10
Sun Ct.
14 25
22.3 P. B.
119
18.9
8438
89 55
May 13
Sun Ct
23 32
62.2 S. Q.
125
11.4
84 39
88 16
') If the assumed correction of 10' to the second observation of / Draconis (see List A)
be applied instead to the first, the longitude would be 101 1' and Decl. + Dev. 19.7 E.
2 ) No altitudes measured the same day.
NO. 6.]
COMPASS ON BOARD.
81
1895
Object
Watch
Bearing
Compass
Course
Decl.
+ Dev.
N. Lat
E. Long.
Rem.
li in -
'
o <
May 18
Sun Ct
40 10
46.2 S. Q.
125
10.9 E
84 37
86 41
May 27
Sun Ct
41 40
45.4 S. Q.
119.7
11.2
84 37
82 1
May 31
Sun Ct.
1 42 10
30 S. Q.
116.5
15.6
84 36
83 40
June 3
Sun Ct,
14 51 30
13.7 P. B.
110.5
19.1
84 34
84 26
June 6
Sun Ct.
14 55 35
9.6 P. B.
99
27.4
84 33
84 30
June 10
Sun Ct.
14 37 15
0.2 S. B.
82.7
32.0
84 45
83 5
June 12
Sun Ct.
19
31.4 S. Q.
83.5
28.7
84 48
82 34:
June 15
Sun Ct.
15 41 45
11.4 S. B.
79.5
30.6
84 52
79 30
June 18
Sun Ct.
52
19 S. Q.
83
27.6
84 42
79 54
June 21
Sun Ct.
14 39
5.6 S. B.
80.5
30.0
84 32
80 43
June 26
Sun Ct.
16 33 30
26.3 S. B.
77
30.6
84 34
78 8
July 2
Sun Ct.
15 34 25
9 S. B.
55
51.2
84 41
74 15
July 5
Sun Ct.
2 1 30
20.8 S. Q.
68
45.3
84 43
75 44
July 8
Sun Ct.
16 10 20
10.7 S. B.
59.5
50.3
84 45
75 16
July 12
Sun Ct.
2 7 45
23 S. Q.
79
37.7
84 41
76
July 18
Sun Ct.
17 9 30
6.7 S. B.
91
34.4
84 40
73 57
July 23
Sun Ct.
15 26 20
7 P. B.
91.5
32.4
84 32
71 59
July 29
Sun Ct.
16 40
7.4 P. Q.
272
32.6
84 34
74 17
Sun Ct.
20 44 30
21 P. B.
202
14.1
84 34
74 17
July 30
Sun Ct.
16 8
106.2
229
19.0
84 28
75 35
July 31
Sun Ct.
2 2 50
47.5 S. B.
214.5
15.7
84 29
75 56
Aug. 1
Sun Ct.
n
2 13 30
17 30
59 S. B.
268.65
208
207.7
14.2
13.5
84 30
76 50
Sun Ct.
16 31 3
114.6
226
18.3
84 31
77 20
Sun Ct.
20 4 45
168.6
235.5
19.9
84 31
77 40
Aug. 2
Sun Ct.
1 41 35
13.1 S. B.
241.7
19.3
84 31
77 40
Aug. 6
Sun Ct.
16 23 30
104.0
229.5
23.6
84 38
77 23
Aug. 22
Sun Ct.
6 7 20
315.05
145.5
21.3
84 10
79 6
Dec. 3
Arcturus
2 22 30
52 S. Q.
173
3.6
85 28.8
57 27
11
82
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP. NO. 6.]
F. Direct Determination of Deviation.
Observer: Lieutenant Scott-Hansen.
The following observations, though not strictly astronomical, are inserted here as a supple-
ment to the preceding. They give the mutual bearings between the compass on the ice, and the
azimuth dial on the bridge (or in some few cases the steering compass) on board. The abbre-
viations are the same as in List E. The resulting deviation of the steering compass is added,
together with the latitude and longitude.
In a journal kept by Lieut. Scott-Hansen, the following remark is made under October 5
1893: Deviation for compass course SWW was changed point more westerly.
1893
Bearin
Ice
j from
Ship
Compass
Course
Dev.
N. Lat
E. Long.
Remarks
a
'
'
Aug. 28
S 33.6 W
29.8 S. B.
N 3.5 W
7.3 E
76 54
95 2
Sep. 8
N 61.2 W
78.5 S. B.
N 27 E
13.3 E
76 32
100 40
Sep. 10
N 51.2 W
78.4 P. B.
78.0
S 33 W
S 32.5 W
5.7 W
77 30
106 36
From an island.
Sep. 22
323.75
2 P. B.
S 27 E
7.3 W
78 42
133 35
Oct. 7
91.2
40.2 S. B.
S 54 W
3.0 W
78 26
136 2
Magn. theod. on
1894
ice.
Aug. 15
S 64.7 W
82.4 P. Q.
179.3
17.0 W
81 6
127 50
Do.
1895
June 13
N 59 W
42.7 S. B.
84.2
5.9 W
84 52
81 57
Aug. 9
N 87 E
27.5 P. B.
288
6.5 E
84 36
76 58
Aug. 23
N 7.6 E
197.4
130.5
9.8 W
84 11
79 1
Aug. 25
N 13.9 E
206.0
152
12.1 W
84 18
78 46
Aug. 29
N 18 E
53.8 S. B.
155.7
11.5 W
84 34:
77 49:
Sep. 2
N 33.4 E
227.2
181.3
13.8 W
84 48
77 6
Ship turning
Sep. 3
Oct. 31
S 73.4 E
S 87.8 E
51.5 S. Q.
72 S. Q.
170.5
179
12.4 W
14.8 W
84 50
85 39
77 20
70 19
slightly.
Nov. 12
N 87 E
72 S. Q.
173.5
14.5 W
85 53
66 5
Dec. 30
S 86 E
72 S. Q.
178
12 W
85 23
47 10
18%
Jan. 21
S 86.8 E
72 S. Q.
176.7
11.5W
84 59
3844
Feb. 15
S 79.2 E
66 S. Q.
176.5
9.7 W
84 21
22 58
Feb. 27
N 38.7 E
66 S. B.
163.4
10.7 W
84 12
25 44
Mar. 11
N 27.8 E
65.7 S. B.
151
8.9 W
83 57
23 10
Apr. 4
N 19.7 E
66 S. B.
142.5
8.8 W
84 25
2242
May 6
N 34.9 E
78.2 S. B.
144.8
8.1 W
84 4
11 8
May 24
N 17 E
60.6 S. B.
143.5
7.1 W
84 1
12 50
June 3
N 7 E
59 S. B.
137
9 W
83 16
12 40
June 16
N 57.1 E
87.8 S. B.
157.5
8.2 W
82 59
11 51
June 27
N 63.5 E
42.7 S. B.
209
8.2 W
82 55
12 48
June 29
S 66 W
78.4 P. B.
151
6.6 W
82 55
12 33
July 4
N 9.2 W
40.5 P. B.
216.5
5.2 W
82 58
12 28
July 10
S 32.3 E
43 S. B.
279.8
4.9 E
83 (i
13 7
July 19
N 67.8 W
60 P. B.
181.2
9.0 W
83 14
1439
July 24
S 28.5 E
44.7 P. B.
3
13.2 E
82 2
12 40
RESULTS.
G. Greenwich Time.
I
The following Table contains, for every 10 th day, the error of chronometer Hohwfl for
Greenwich Mean Time. The daily rate is given to 2 places of decimals, as calculated by the
formula given in the Introduction. The clock error itself was originally computed for 8 am
Gr. T. but being here given in whole seconds, it may be considered as corresponding to Noon
of the same civil day either in Greenwich or on board. The uncertainty is generally greater
than the small error thus introduced.
r - a
1893 July 19
29
Aug. 8
18
28
Sep. 7
17
27
Oct. 7
17
27
Nov. 6
16
26
Dec. 6
16
26
1894 Jan. 5
15
25
Feb. 4
14
24
Mar. 6
16
26
Apr. 5
15
25
May 5
15
25
June 4
14
24
July 4
14
24
Aug. 3
42 23
42 20
42 13
42 6
42 2
41 59
41 57
41 55
41 54
41 53
41 54
41 54
41 53
41 53
41 52
41 52
41 52
41 51
41 50
41 49
41 49
41 46
41 45
41 44
41 43
41 39
41 34
41 29
41 24
41 21
41 16
41 12
~ 0-0*
+ - 02
0.08
ftAe
- .-
- 0-07
- .-l
~ 0.04
- a07
0.04
- 0.06
0.37
,-, tjj-i
- a39
1894 Aug. 3
13
23
Sep. 2
12
22
Oct. 2
12
22
Nov. 1
11
21
Deo. 1
11
21
31
1895 Jan. 10
20
30
Feb. 9
19
Mar. 1
11
21
31
Apr. 10
20
30
May 10
20
30
June 9
19
29
July 9
19
29
Aug. 8
18
41 1
>IA C.Q
40 58
Mf\ KC
40 5o
yin co
40 53
4ft ^
*" ou
Aft 4T
w * '
/in QQ
40
4038
40 35
<in 99
40 63
4030
4027
4025
4021
jf, 17
" 1 '
4 15
40 11
4 7
3959
3955
39 51
3945
90 4A
"^ *"
w 94.
&tj >*
3928
:!'.I2I
39 15
39 8
QO o
Oij ^
S8 54
oo o*
38 47
OO */
0.50
noq
V^i7
U.ZD
U.cto
0.34
A CiO
w.aa
Q
.- A
" '0
|-i /./>
U.bb
38 27 -
1895 Aug. 18
28
Sep. 7
17
27
Oct. 7
17
27
Nov. 6
16
26
Dec. 6
16
26
1896 Jan. 5
15
25
Feb. 4
14
24
Mar. 5
15
25
Apr. 4
14
24
May 4
14
24
June 3
13
23
July 3
13
23
Aug. 2
12
22
+ 3827
3820
9O 19
J
o O
OT K.C
37 55
9/7 CH
** t)1
37 38
37 35
37 28
37 25
37 24
37 24
37 20
37 17
37 15
37 8
37 4
36 58
36 52
36 47
36 42
36 37
36 32
36 26
36 18
36 11
36 6
36
35 55
3539
35 o3
0.70
0.60
040
U.tO
V.OU
0.38
0.46
0.61
0^44
o!53
fiT
0.67
A r 7
U.O /
e/>
U.OO
ft cfi
v.tjo
- 55
-' 57
86 GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
H. Latitude, Local Time, and Longitude.
The time of observation is given by the hours and minutes of chronometer HohwO and
astronomical date. The Greenwich astronomical date and time is obtained by subtraction of the
corresponding hours and minutes of the preceding Table, and the local mean time by addition
of the numbers in the next column of the present Table, containing the correction of Hw to
local mean time. The sum of the numbers of this column and those of the preceding Table
will then give the East Longitude in time.
For the latitudes determined by meridian altitudes of the Sun at sea, the date of local
Noon is enclosed in brackets.
When latitude and local time were determined simultaneously by means of the great Altazi-
muth, the latitude is generally given to seconds of arc, the clock correction to seconds of time,
and the longitude to minutes of arc or sometimes half minutes. When two pairs of stars were
observed, the degree of reliability may be inferred from the concordance of the numbers. For
observations with the Sextant or the small Altazimuth, the latitude is generally given to the
nearest minute or tenth of a minute.
When only one of the two elements was determined at a time, as was always the case
in summer, the assumed value of the other, as used for the computation, is enclosed in square
brackets. In this case there is also added a column of differential coefficients, containing either
TT r -j-i where dy> is the increment of latitude corresponding to an increment dt of hour angle
(or clock correction or east longitude). In order to have the change of clock correction, corres-
ponding to a given change of latitude, expressed at once in seconds of time, when the change
of latitude is given in seconds of arc, the differential coefficient in the last case is given in the
form A f
a<f>
For the observations taken at sea, these differential coefficients do not always correspond
exactly to the coordinates here given, as they have in many cases already been used for the
correction of preliminary values.
When observations of the Sun have been treated in the same manner as observations of
two stars, the result will be found between the lines containing the times of observation.
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
87
1893
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
dy
dl
, *
A o>
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
July 22
19 43
2 2 44
[70 53]
41 23
+ 0.239
(24)
Noon
71 11.1
24
15 43
2 34 56
71 20.7]
49 25
+ 0.014
24
18 25
2 37 38
71 22.0
50 6
+ 0.156
(25)
Noon
71 23.5
July 26
18 12
2 52 57
69 46]
53 55
+ 0.146
27
18 24
3 5 45
69 24.5]
57 7
+ 0.183
Aug. 1
21 59
[3 18 39]
69 41.3
[60 20]
-0.136
Ashore atKhabarowa.
5
6
22 21
3 6
4 C OO
3 44 15
69 36.6
6643.2
1 Moored to the edge
/ of the ice off the
15 33
Ctf\ A A
3 44 17
69 36.9
6643.5
coast of Yalmal.
20 44
)
Aug. 9
16 11
3 41 40
[69 44.4]
66 4
+ 0.070
9
20 5
[3 39 44]
70 1.5
[6535]
+ 0.036
11
18 24
3 50 53
[72 18
6822
+ 0.363
11
19 20
[3 51 1]
72 23.5
[68 23]
+ 0.083
(12)
Noon
72 28.4
11
21 57
[3 51 20]
72 38.0
[6828]
-0.166
Aug. 13
1 34
3 56 48
7334]
69 50
- 0.017
14
17 2
4 1 18
74 37.9]
70 57
+ 0.217
14
20 28
[4 3 54]
74 39.7
[71 36]
-0.033
15
16 32
4 18 16
7436]
75 11
+ 0.189
16
16 33
4 31 18
75 13.5]
78 27
+ 0.224
16
16 50
4 31 22
75 14]
78 28
+ 0.262
Aug. 17
40
4 36 20
[75 15.3]
7942
-0.036
17
59
4 36 32
75 14.5
7945
- 0.016
17
15 13
4 38 29
74 43]
80 14
+ 0.109
(18)
Noon
74 28.9
18
1 43
4 40 2
[74 3]
80 38
+ 0.035
Aug. 18
15 20
4 42 13
[73 42.7
81 10
+ 0.113
18
16 48
4 41 47
73 45.3
81 4:
+ 0.268
(19)
Noon
7355.6
19
1 1
4 47 15
74 9.2
82 26
-0.005
19
14 22
4 52 7
74 54.5
83 39
+ 0.063
19
14 43
4 52 18
74 55.9
8342
+ 0.088
Aug. (20)
Noon
74 59.5
20
1 6
5 20
[74 50]
8542
+ 0.017
(21)
Noon
7446
Horizon ca. 2 miles
24
21 59
[4 59 32]
75 29.2
8529
-0.268
off, among the
25
37
5 52
[75 23.9]
8549
- 0.014
Kjellman Islands.
Aug. 25
14 48
5 8 31
7525[
87 44
+ 0.124
25
16 14
5 9 49
75 24.5
88 3
+ 0.286
25
19 58
[5 11 20]
75 28.0
[88 26]
-0.083
26
34
5 12 1
75 38.9]
8836
-0.008
26
14 13
5 22 53
75 56.8]
91 19
+ 0.104
Aug. (28)
Noon
7646.2
27
21 17
[5 37 43]
76 51.9
[95 2]
-0.232
27
23 51
5 37 44
76 53.9]
95 2
-0.030
Sep. 1
15 24
5 43 27
76 25]
9627
+ 0.282
Sep. 5
16 1
5 35 9:
[76 8.6:]
94 22:
+ 0.367
Horizon '/s mile off.
5
18 13
[5 35 9:]
76 3.7:
[9422:]
+ 0.011
8 / 4 mile off.
(6)
Noon
76 8.6:
'/a milc off -
6
14 13
5 50 38
[76 27.7]
98 14
+ 0.158
6
18 16
[5 52 0]
76 31.7
[9835]
- 0.010
<
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1893
Hw
M. T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
ill/
<K
A dy>
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
Sep. 6
22 40
5 57 4
[76 33.2]
99 51
-0.094
7
7
15
18 9
6 22
76 32.3
100 40
7
17 54
[6 22]
76 32.2
[10040]
+ 0.004
(9)
Noon
76 55.8
8
18 44
[6 54]
77 0.4
[10048]
-0.049
Sep. 8
22 46
6 4 27
77 23.9]
101 41
-0.084
8
23 17
6 5 22
77 26.1
101 55
-0.040
9
8 48
[6 13 58]
77 48.8
[104 4]
+ 0.109
9
14 10
6 18 25
77 42.5]
105 11
+ 0.234
9
14 24
6 18 4
77 42.3]
105 16
+ 0.266
Sep. (10)
Noon
77 35.8
11
14 30
6 53 33
[76 8.7]
11358
+ 0.340
11
14 45
6 54 14
76 8.0
114 8
+ 0.393
(12)
Noon
76 1.6
13
12 22
6 53 29
[74 25.2]
113 56
+ 0.083
13
12 40
6 53 28
[74 24.3]
113 56
+ 0.105
Sep. 13
18 40
[6 54 48]
73 57.8
[114 16]
-0.136
13
21 47
6 56 38
73 51.8]
114 43
- 0.070
13
22 1
6 56 38
73 52.2
114 43
-0.056
14
14
17 50
18 19
[7 5 441
[7 6 17]
73 53.9
73 52.9
[117 0]
[117 8]
- 0.079
- 0.121
Sep. 15
12 52
7 23 7
[74 20.3]
121 20
+ 0.163
15
16 8
[7 26 22]
74 25.4
[122 9]
+ 0.024
(16)
Noon
74 27
16
13 36
7 50 3
74 50.1
128 4
+ 0.320
16
13 56
7 50 29
74 50.4
128 11
+ 0.389
16
14 11
7 51 6
74 50.6
128 20
+ 0.455
Sep. 16
15 48
[7 52 46]
74 52.4
[128 45]
+ 0.016
16
19 26
7 57 2
[75 1.1
129 49
-0.189
17
19 20
8 15 24
74 49.9
134 24
-0.168
18
18
17
15 54
[8 18 48]
[8 16 21]
75 10.4
76 3.7
[135 15]
[134 38]
+ 0.022
- 0.012
Sep. 18
19 7
8 18 11
76 18.3]
135 6
-0.205
18
19 18
8 18 24
76 19.2
135 9
-0.186
(20)
Noon
77 46.5
19
19
19 30
19 44
8 26 50
8 26 26
[77 51.0]
[77 51.6]
137 15
137 9
- 0.173
- 0.149
Sep. 21
55
8 10 22
7839.7
133 8
21
12 5
8 9 20
[78 49.4]
132 53
+ 0.240
21
12 13
8 9 17
78 49.4
132 52
+ 0.260
21
13 43
[8 9 20]
78 49.4
[132 53]
+ 0.113
(22)
Noon
78 51.1
Sep. 21
19 13
[8 12 9]
78 41.9
[133 35]
-0.267
Hereafter enclosed
21
19 59
8 12 9
[78 41.9]
133 35
- 0.157
in the ice.
23
15 45
78 51.1
24
2 25
8 7 21
[78 51.1]
132 22
+ 0.049
25
15 45
78 50.1
25
15 57
[8 7]
7850.3
Sep. 26
1 54
8 6 34
[78 50.1]
132 10
+ 0.012
28
16 13
[8 51
79 0.0
[131 46]
-0.023
"
16 26
8 5
78 59.8
[131 46]
-0.034
[Ass. corr. + 10' to
Oct. 2
1 25
8 17 44
78 52.2
134 57
altitude].
4
15 27
78 38.4
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
89
1893
Hw
M.T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Ay
A <ty
Remarks
h in
ll 111 s
/ a
'
Oct. 5
1 50
8 22 23
78 35.6
136 6
6
14
8 21 55
78 29.5
136
8
1 22
8 22 17
78 22.5
136 5
12
1 32
8 21 46
78 13.5
135 57
17
1 43
8 23 2
78 19 10
136 15
Oct. 18
23 33
8 23 10
78 19 29
136 17
23
28
8 19 51
78 17 8
135 27
25
21 39
8 22 51
78 32 23
136 12
27
21 56
8 21 7
78 20
13546
29
22 33
8 19 55
78 13 29
135 28
Oct. 31
21 19
8 17 27
78 2 48
13451
Nov. 2
21 54
8 17 52
78 1 21
13457
6
21 39
8 29 44
77 50 1
137 55
9
21 32
8 29 19
77 57 6
137 49
12
21 10
8 31 43
78 2 4
138 24.5
Nov. 16
21 17
8 35 8
78 24 42
139 16
20
21 30
8 35 17
78 24
139 18
22
21 45
8 36 22
78 30 22
139 34
24
21 23
8 34 6
78 38
139
27
20 51
8 33 41
78 38.7
13854
Dec. 2
3
8 31 51
78 43 57
138 26
4
20 58
8 29 26
78 51 7
137 50
8
20 25
8 28 13
78 57 58
137 31.5
11
20 33
8 28 46
79 7 9
137 40
17
19 28
8 28 30
79 5 18
137 36
Dec. 19
19 1
8 27 53
79 7 14
137 27
21
20 6
8 26 59
79 7 55
137 13
23
19 6
8 26 44
79 7 9
137 9.5
26
20 43
8 27 44
79 1 2
137 24.5
28
19 4
8 27 2
78 56 41
137 14
30
19 10
8 25 8
78 58 14
136 45.5
1894
Jan. 1
19 36
8 25 59
78 56 4
136 58
4
19 8
8 27 4
78 56 57
137 14
7
19 24
8 28 25
79 4 30
137 34.5
9
20 21
8 26 48
79 6 52
137 10
12
20 8
8 27 20
79 16 1
137 18
Jan. 15
18 58
8 27 58
79 15 12
137 28
18
19 6
8 25 32
[79 25]
136 51
+ 0.040
Cloudy.
20
2 41
79 35
Moon on meridian.
21
20 43
8 21 19
79 39 52
135 48
4 hours between the
22
20 1
8 20 18
79 42 16
135 32.5
stars.
Jan. 25
20 21
8 18 55
79 44 7
135 12
27
19 12
8 17 3
79 44 47
13444
29
18 56
8 17 6
79 45 12
134 44.5
Feb. 1
14 22
8 15
79 59 20
134 13
4
18 54
8 16 40
79 57 13
134 38
Feb. 8
19 50
8 18
79 54 32
134 58
11
19 50
8 16 15
80 21
134 32
13
20 1
8 14 5
80 5
133 59
15
17
21 25
21 17
80 3 3
80 1 42
\ Jupiter on meridian.
12
90
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
IN. 11
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
&<p
Tt
T>J d^
Remarks
h m
h m s
' a
'
Feb. 18
2 16
8 13 10
[80 1 42]
133 45
-0.082
19
21 22
8 14 7
80 3 44
133 59.5
21
21 43
[8 13 24]
80 9 39
[133 49]
21
23 30
8 13 24
80 9 53
133 49
Cloudy, 2 hours be-
23
21 33
8 14 17
80 5 46
134 2
tween the stars.
Feb. 26
23 15
8 20 32
80 4 26
135 36
Mar. 3
23
8 17 3
79 55 38
134 43
5
23 25
8 17 36
79 51.4
134 51
7
15 56
79 47.6
, 8
22
8 14 10
[79 45.0]
134
-0.140
Not a good obs.
Mar. 8
15 56
79 44.0
10
34
8 15 59
79 42.8
134 27
13
36
8 14 25
79 38.9
134 3
15
32
8 18 51
79 38 30
135 10
17
15 50
79 38
Mar. 19
6
8 18 59
79 39 6
135 12
22
15 49
80 1
23
21
8 16 56
80 35
13441
See Remark 2 ) p. 63.
26
13
8 17 39
80 2 13
134 52
26
15 48
80 4.7
Mar. 27
15 47
80 4
29
15 47
80 8.8
30
15 46
80 5.6
30
19 29
8 18 16
[80 5.6]
135 1
-0.254
31
7
8 18 3
[80 5.6]
134 58
- 0.051
Cloudy.
Apr. 1
15 46
80 13.0
1
20 6
8 17 27
[80 13.0]
13449
- 0.175
2
15 46
80 9.2
3
15 41
8 18 42
80 10
135 7.5
Foggy.
6
3 7
8 18 9
80 13 5
134 59
Apr. 8
12 25
8 17
[80 15.0]
134 42
+ 0.314
8
15 44
80 15.0
8
19 14
8 17 7
[80 15.0]
134 44
-0.286
9
15 44
80 17.2
14
12 14
8 12 17
[80 11.1]
13331
+ 0.273
Apr. 14
15 39
[8 12 17]
80 11.1
[133 31]
16
12 50
8 9 35
[80 21.1]
132 50
+ 0.373
16
15 53
[8 9 38]
80 21.0
[132 51]
17
12 9
8 6 51
[80 25.0]
132 9
+ 0.251
17
15 54
80 25.0
Apr. 18
15 55
80 27.1
19
12 15
8 4 27
[80 28.3]
131 33
+ 0.262
19
15 56
80 28.3
19
19 37
8 4 35
[80 28.3]
131 35
-0.254
20
15 56
80 28.1
Apr. 20
20 51
8 2 49
[80 28.1]
131 8.5
- 0.101
21
15 56
80 28.6
22
15 55
80 27.6
22
20 26
8 3 11
[80 27.6J
131 14
- 0.147
23
15 54
80 29.1
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
91
1894
Hw
M. T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
dy
at
dt
d
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
Apr. 25
11 41
8 4 53
[80 34.8]
131 39
+ 0.187
25
15 53
80 34.8
25
20 9
8 4 13
[80 34.8]
131 29
-0.180
26
15 53
80 35.6
27
15 52
80 40.4
Apr. 27
21 33
8 5 58
[80 40.4]
131 55.5
- 0.013
28
15 52
80 42.6
29
29
29
3 52
12 8
15 53
8 4 40
80 41.3
[80 44.7]
80 44.7
131 36
+ 0.254
Midnight Sun.
Apr. 29
19 40
8 4 23
[80 44.7]
131 32
-0.247
30
3 56
80 44.6
Midnight Sun.
30
15 54
80 46.2
May 1
3 54
15 54
80 44.1
80 47.1
Midnight Sun.
May 1
21 12
8 2 29
[80 47.1]
131 3
-0.060
2
3 55
80 46.1
Midnight Sun.
2
15 55
80 47.7
3
3 56
80 47.0
Midnight Sun.
3
12 10
7 59 44
[80 50.7]
13022
+ 0.247
May 3
15 56
80 50.7
3
19 45
8 1 59
[80 50.7]
13056
-0.241
4
3 56
80 46.3
Midnight Sun.
4
15 56
80 48.4
4
22 9
8 38
80 48.9
130 35.5
May 5
3 57
80 46.0
Midnight Sun.
5
15 57
80 49.5
7
12 16
7 59 23
[80 53.1]
130 17
+ 0.263
7
15 57
80 53.1
8
15 52
[7 59]
80 54.8
[130 11]
May 9
15 58
80 54.2
10
3 58
80 50.9
Midnight Sun.
10
12 44
7 58 26
[80 52.1]
130 2.5
+ 0.337
10
15 58
80 52.1
10
19 21
7 58 42
[80 52.1]
130 6.5
- 0.311
May 11
15 57
80 51.6
11
21 17
7 58 52
[80 51.6]
130 9
-0.050
12
3 58
80 51.5
Midnight Sun.
12
16 1
[7 56 30]
80 52.4
[12934]
13
4 1
80 51.1
Midnight Sun.
May 13
16 7
[7 54]
80 53.4
[12856]
14
12 28
7 51 56
[80 56]
128 25
+ 0.268
16
21 19
7 44 54
[81 2]
126 39
- 0.074
19
16 15
81 12.5
20
4 15
81 14.6
Midnight Sun.
May 20
12 29
7 43 9
[81 20.7]
126 13
+ 0.266
20
16 15
81 20.7
20
20 1
7 40 3
[81 20.7]
12526
-0.265
21
16 16
81 24.0
22
16 17
[7 30]
81 26.8
[122 56]
+ 0.007
92
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORVV. POL. EXP.
1894
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Ay
~3i
1 ' Jy
Remarks
h m
h m s
' "
'
May 23
17 41
[7 30 30]
81 32.6
[123 3]
-0.054
23
22 50
7 30 26
81 32.6
123 2
+ 0.021
25
10 17
7 30 57
81 30.6'
123 10
-0.044
25
14 51
7 30 26
81 30.6'
123 2
+ 0.944
25
16 27
81 30.6
May 25
22 34
7 30 13
[81 30.6]
122 59
+ 0.041
26
16 28
81 32.0
27
16 29
81 34.6
Natural Horizon.
27
16 57
[7 28 20]
81 33.4
[122 30]
- 0.018
Hazy.
27
22 4
7 28 11
[81 34.6]
122 28
-0.023
May 31
20 30
7 27 16
[81 30.8]
122 14
-0.229
June 1
4 22
[7 27 10]
81 30.8
[12212]
Midnight Sun.
2
16 31
81 : j .0.2
3
13 16
7 27 1
[81 31.1]
122 10
+ 0.356
3
16 31
81 31.1
June 4
4 23
[7 26 40]
81 28.3
[122 5]
+ 0.009
Midnight Sun.
4
12 40
7 26 32
[81 29.3]
122 3
+ 0.246
4
16 44
[7 26 30]
81 29.3
[122 2]
-0.008
4
19 11
7 26 28
[81 29.3]
122 2
- 0.493
4
22 55
7 25 12
[81 29.3]
121 43
+ 0.071
June 4
23 3
7 27 11
[81 29.3]
122 12
+ 0.090
Natural Horizon.
5
16 39
[7 27 0]
81 28.7
[122 10]
5
17 18
7 27 0]
81 28.6
[122 10
-0.032
5
23 53
7 27 1
[81 28.6]
122 10
+ 0.195
6
12 29
7 27 1
[81 27.6]
122 10
+ 0.219
June 6
16 32
81 27.6
6
22 35
7 27 1
81 27.6]
122 10
+ 0.035
7
13 20
7 26 53
81 28.1]
122 8
+ 0.362
7
16 32
81 28.1
7
16 44
[7 26 50]
81 28.5
[122 7]
-0.008
June 7
17 19
[7 26 50]
81 28.2
[122 7]
-0.034
7
22 31
7 26 44
[81 28.1]
122 5
+ 0.026
9
22 27
7 26 55
[81 35.9]
122 8
+ 0.018
10
4 18
[7 26 40]
81 35.9
[122 4]
+ 0.009
Midnight Sun.
10
16 36
81 38.4
June 10
11
16 58
17 34
[7 27 0]
[7 27 0]
81 38.6
81 42.8
[122 9]
[122 9
- 0.018
-0.043
12
13 34
7 27 22
[81 46.2]
122 14
+ 0.428
12
16 32
81 46.2
12
21 52
7 27 17
[81 46.2]
122 13
-0.053
June 15
12 29
7 25 51
[81 52.0]
121 51
+ 0.223
15
13 53
7 25 38
[81 52.0]
121 48
+ 0.504
15
16 35
81 52 3
Altazimuth.
15
16 35
81 51.6
Sextant.
16
22 41
7 24 8:
[81 52.0]
121 25:
+ 0.039
June 17
16 36
81 52.0
20
17 11
[7 24 30]
81 48.6
[121 31]
-0.024
21
20 35
7 25 8
81 45.5]
121 40
-0.236
21
22 31
7 25 10
81 45.5]
121 40
+ 0.018
22
13 28
7 24 32
81 43.6]
121 30
+ 0.384
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
93
1894
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
dy
At
^oV
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
June 22
16 37
81 43.6
23
16 27
[7 23 30]
81 41.7
[121 15]
+ 0.008
23
16 39
81 41.8
23
16 48
[7 23 30]
81 41.8
[121 15]
-0.006
24
12 36
7 22 12
[81 39.2]
12055
+ 0.219
June 24
13 9
7 22 27
[81 39.2]
120 59
+ 0.310
24
16 39
81 39.2
25
17 11
[7 22 501
81 36.7:
[121 4]
-0.021
26
21 49
7 23 20
81 35.3
121 12
- 0.072
26
21 58
7 23 23
81 35.3
121 13
-0.054
June 26
22 4
7 23 17
[81 35.3]
121 11
-0.040
27
4 11
7 23 20
81 34.6
[121 12]
+ 0.019
27
4 19
7 23 20
81 35.2
121 12
+ 0.013
30
10 16
7 30 23
[81 33.3J
122 57
-0.062
30
16 33
81 33.3
June 30
16 53
[7 30 40]
81 33.2
[123 1]
- 0.014
30
23 30
7 31
[81 33.3]
123 6
+ 0.146
July 1
16 32
81 31.6
2
20 28
7 32 26
81 35.1
123 28
-0.238
2
23 56
7 31 57
81 35.1
123 21
+ 0.203
July 3
4 23
[7 32]
81 35.1
[123 21]
3
16 30
81 33.7
4
1 51
7 34 5
81 33.7
123 52
+ 0.592
4
2 1
7 34 4
81 33.7
123 52
+ 0.646
4
2 19
7 34 7
81 33.7
123 53
+ 0.759
July 4
13 15
7 34 39
[81 32.7]
124 1
+ 0.358
4
16 20
[7 34 45]
81 33.6
[124 2]
+ 0.007
4
16 29
81 32.7
4
16 39
[7 34 45]
81 32.7
[124 2]
-0.006
4
22 47
7 34 59
[81 32.7]
124 6
+ 0.062
July 5
12 34
7 36 19
[81 31.0]
124 26
+ 0.242
5
16 28
81 31.0
6
1 20
7 37 36
81 31.0
12445
+ 0.459
7
12 18
7 36 16
81 22.2
12425
+ 0.1%
7
12 27
7 36 10
81 22.2
124 23
+ 0.217
July 7
16 28
81 22.2
7
22 28
7 36 39
[81 22.21
124 30
+ 0.028
Cloudy.
8
16 28
81 19.5
9
13 15
7 36 45
[81 18.3
124 32
+ 0.352
9
13 23
7 36 46
[81 18.3
124 32
+ 0.378
July 9
16 37
[7 36 47]
81 18.3
[124 32]
10
12 45
7 37 10
[81 18.9]
12438
+ 0.263
10
16 28
81 18.9
11
16 31
7 37
81 22.1
[124 36]
11
16 50
7 37
81 22.3
[12436]
- 0.016
July 11
23 26
7 37 5
81 22.3
12437
+ 0.141
11
23 32
7 36 56
81 22.3
124 35
+ 0.153
12
12 26
7 36 52
81 25.5
124 33
+ 0.219
13
12 14
7 38 40
81 32.2
125
+ 0.197
13
12 21
7 38 38
81 32.2
125
+ 0.214
94
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
&y
M
^
Remarks
li m
h m
s
'
'
July 13
16 27
81 32.2
14
1 37
7 38
34
[81 32.2]
124 59
+ 0.594
14
16 12
[7 39]
81 33.4
[125 5]
+ 0.010
14
16 27
81 33.7:
15
16 10
[7 39]
81 31.8
[125 5]
+ 0.012
July 15
16 27
81 31.8
16
12 27
7 39
29
[81 26.3]
125 12
+ 0.227
16
16 28
[7 39
29]
81 26.3
[125 12]
Cloudy.
17
16 27
81 26.2
20
17 51
[7 39
0]
81 31.5
[125 5]
-0.061
July 20
21 48
7 38
51
81 31.5
125 2
-0.053
21
20
7 39
12
81 31.5'
125 7
+ 0.268
21
29
7 39
11
81 31.5'
125 7
+ 0.292
21
22 5
7 38
46
81 28.0 !
125 1
- 0.018
21
22 13
7 38
46
81 28.0;
125 1
-0.004
July 22
13 41
7 38
49
[81 26.2]
125 1
+ 0.461
22
16 1
[7 38
49]
81 26.2
[125 1]
+ 0.018
22
16 27
81 26.2
22
21 46
7 39
9
[81 26.2]
125 6
-0.056
23
16 30
[7 40]
81 23.9
[125 19]
July 24
16 59
7 41]
81 21.1
[12534]
-0.050
25
18 20
7 42
46]
81 17.1
126
-0.090
25
22 7
7 42
48
[81 17.2]
126 1
-0.008
26
23 49
7 40
26
81 13]
125 25
+ 0.229
27
15 28
[7 42
30]
81 11.0
[125 56]
+ 0.041
July 27
16 28
[7 42
30]
81 11.0
[125 56]
27
21 46
7 42
32
[81 11.0]
125 56
-0.047
28
16 6
[7 43]
81 7.2
[126 3]
+ 0.012
28
16 24
81 7.1
29
18 47
[7 43]
81 3.5
[126 3]
-0.122
July 29
22 18
7 42
54
81 3.5]
126 2
+ 0.012
30
12 9
7 43
56
81 3]
126 17
+ 0.188
30
12 14
7 44
3:
81 3]
126 19:
+ 0.200
30
19 43
7 43
14
'81 2.5]
126 7
-0.325
30
19 53
7 43
14
81 2.5]
126 7
-0.296
July 31
16 14
7 45
81 2.5
[126 33]
Aug. 2
15 7
7 48
81 5.0
[127 18]
+ 0.053
Indistinct limbs.
2
16 18
81 5.2
2
23 13
7 48
5
81 5.2]
127 19
+ 0.192
3
12 48
7 49
81 6.3]
127 33
+ 0.303
Aug. 3
16 17
81 6.3
3
19 49
7 48
17
[81 6.3]
127 22
-0.298
4
16 17
81 7.4
5
12 16
7 49
8
[81 8.0]
127 35
+ 0.221
5
16 17
81 8.0
Aug. 5
9
16 24
20 15
[7.48
7 48
55]
41
81 8.0
[si ao]
[127 32]
127 28
-0.227
7
16 6
(7 48
30]
81 7.3
[127 25]
+ 0.008
7
16 17
81 7.2
8
15 58
[7 48 5]
81 5.4
[127 19]
+ 0.014
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
95
1894
Hw
M. T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
dy>
+ dt
^oV
Remarks
h in
h m s
' "
'
Aug. 8
16 17
81 5.4
8
20 34
7 48 7
[81 5.4]
127 19
-0.185
9
16 16
81 3.6
9
16 22
[7 49 0]
81 3.C
[127 32]
10
12 11
7 49 54
[81 4.6]
127 45
+ 0.213
Aug. 10
16 12
[7 50 0]
81 4.8
[127 47]
10
16 15
81 4.6
10
11
20 16
16 14
7 50 13
[81 4.6]
81 4.3
127 50
-0.241
Cloudy.
12
16 14
81 4.3
Indistinct image.
Aug. 13
13
12 48
16 39
7 50 41
[7 50 41]
[81 5.6]
81 5.6
127 57
[127 57]
- 0.018
+ 0.318
Snow drift.
14
14
11 54
19 9
7 50 11
[7 50 191
[81 6.6]
81 6.6
127 49
[127 51]
-0.157
+ 0.181
16
15 43
[7 51 0]
81 5.0
[128 1]
+ 0.022
Aug. 16
16 13
81 6.3
17
14 53
7 51 36
[81 4.9]
128 10
+ 1.136
17
15 22
[7 51 36]
81 4.8
[128 10]
+ 0.036
17
16 12
81 5.0
17
20 49
7 51 26
[81 4.9]
128 7
-0.145
,
Aug. 18
16 12
81 5.0
20
13
7 51 21
[81 4.3]
128 6
+ 0.363
20
16 12
81 4.3
21
16 30
[7 51 0]
81 1.5
[128 1]
- 0.013
22
12 4
7 51 2
[81 2.1]
128 1
+ 0.210
Aug. 22
12 10
7 51 6
[81 2.1]
128 2
+ 0.225
22
16 3
[7 51 0]
81 2.1
[128 1]
22
16 11
81 2.1
24
22 24
7 50 12:
[81 1.3]
127 48:
+ 0.036
Bad conditions.
25
14 39
7 49 48
[81 1.1J
127 42
+ 0.950
Image not sharp.
Aug. 25
16 3
[7 49 30]
81 1.1
[127 38]
25
16 12
81 1.1
25
21 8
7 48 55
[81 1.1]
127 29
-0.109
27
27
13 36
16 4
7 49 33
[7 49 33]
80 53.6
80 53.6
127 38
[127 38]
+ 0.498
Bad image.
Cloudy.
Aug. 27
29
16 12
16 28
[7 45]
80 53.6
81 7.7
[126 30]
-0.009
Cloudy.
Sep. 3
12 52
7 33 36
[81 14.1]
123 38
+ 0.312
3
16 42
[7 33]
81 14.0
[123 30]
- 0.010
3
21 4
7 32 42
[81 14.1]
123 25
-0.154
Sep. 5
17 11
[7 30 0]
81 10.9
[12244]
-0.030
7
22 40
7 28 7
[81 5]
122 16
+ 0.021
8
17 4
[7 26 58]
81 3.8
[121 59]
-0.025
8
17 26
7 26 58
[81 3.8]
121 59
-1.602
12
13 8
7 23 19:
[81 15:]
121 4:
+ 0.343
Sep. 15
4 13
7 37 26
81 18 52
12435
17
2 38
7 35 15
81 22 18
124 2
18
16 48
[7 34 0]
81 14.6
[123 43]
- 0.019
20
2 17
7 33 27
81 11 42
123 35
24
5 15
7 29 11
81 20 44
122 31
96
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894-
Hw
M-T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
<]</
dl
A
dy>
Remarks
h m
h m s
' 'i
'
Sep. 28
1 15
7 27 14
81 12 50
122 1
28
1 58
[7 27 14]
81 12 52
[122 1]
-0.038
Oct. 1
44
7 27 17
81 4 59
122 2
3
48
7 27 25
81 4 39
122 4
7
26
7 20 8
81 18 29
120 14
Oct. 10
1 35
7 18 43
81 16 14
119 53
13
21
7 12 1
81 32 52
118 12
15
29
757
81 36 51
116 28
17
12
7 1 56
81 43 30
115 40
20
8 57
6 58 39
82 14
114 51
Oct. 20
9 25
[6 58 39]
82 11
[114 51]
25
2 50
6 57 49
82 4 2
114 38
27
1 15
6 57 37
82 4 2
114 35
29
51
6 52 9
82 11 13
113 13
30
22 50
6 48 46
82 6 32
112 22
Nov. 1
22 19
6 46 16
82 5 31
111 44
4
22 8
6 43 15
82 6 1
110 59
7
23 11
6 43 16
82 9
110 59
10
1 12
6 42 4
82 11 30
110 41
12
22 55
6 39 44
82 7 46
110 6
Nov. 17
1 45
6 43
82 5 35
110 55
21
16 29
6 48 23
82 47
112 15
21
22 48
6 47 42
82 5
112 5
24
1 33
6 47 15
81 57 46
111 58
26
23 19
6 45 11
82 9 11
111 27
Nov. 28
23 6
6 42 42
82 9 44
110 49.5
30
23 9
6 41 41
82 10 8
11034
Dec. 3
22 59
6 39 12
82 13 5
109 56.5
5
23 17
6 36 16
82 20 8
109 12.5
7
22 57
6 34 17
82 20 46
108 42.5
Dec. 11
23 4
6 33 4
82 30 39
108 24
Cirro-stratus.
14
23 1
6 30
82 34 25
107 38
16
23 5
6 23 2
82 50 35
105 53
18
23 30
6 18 29
82 50 29
10445
21
1 16
6 15 44
82 54 28
104 3.5
Dec. 24
15 58
[6 7 20]
83 23.5
[101 57]
+ 0.060
Cloudy.
24
17 5
6 7 20
83 23 11
101 57
24
22 6
6 6 31
83 23 46
101 45
26
22 28
6 9 20?
83 22 7
102 27?
Long. 101" 1'?
28
22 55
678
83 18 50
101 54
30
22 17
695
83 20 52
102 23
1895
Jan. 2
22 34
6 10 35
83 25 25
10245
5
21 36
6 12 27
83 33 58
103 13
8
21 22
6 11 41
83 40 29
103 1.5
11
21 39
6 10 43
83 41 30
10247
13
21 49
6 13 19
83 27
103 26
Jan. 14
1 41
6 14 11
83 28 4
103 38.5
16
21 42
6 11 46
83 23 12
103 2
18
20 57
6 7 37
83 25 48
101 59.5
20
23 32
689
83 22 36
102 7
22
23 5
6 8 35
83 23 36
102 14
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
97
1895
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Ay
dt
, *
A dy>
Remarks
h m
h m s
' "
'
Jan. 25
22 24
6 8 20
83 25 1
102 10
27
23 12
6 9 59
83 29 59
10234
30
22 39
6 12 50
83 41 3
103 17
Feb. 1
22 47
6 11 29
83 43 26
102 56.5
4
22 25
6 12 10
83 33 15
103 6.5
Feb. 5
22 10
6 11 30
83 32 2
102 56.5
6
23 31
6 9 57
83 31 31
102 33
8
17 35
6 11 8
83 33 31
102 51
12
38
6 13 23
83 24 44
103 24
13
21 33
6 12 13
83 25 57
103 6.5
Feb. 17
22 37
6 11 36
83 32 16
10257
20
22 32
6 11 46
83 39 59
102 59
23
22 32
6 8 21
83 46 54
102 7.5
"
22 57
6 8 20
83 46 40
102 7
24
22 24
6 8 11
83 47 25
102 5
Feb. 26
22 25
6 7 14
83 52 53
101 50.5
Mar. 2
1 9
662
84 3 40
101 32
4
1 7
653
84 4 35
101 17
6
1 27
6 6 55
84 2 36
101 45
9
1 3
6 8 38
83 58 24
102 10.5
Mar. 11
55
6 8 51
83 58 58
102 13.5
13
51
675
84 3 56
101 47
16
59
6 3 22
84 7 50
100 51
19
2 36
6 1 54
84 8 53
100 28
21
2 24
6 1 52
84 8 51
10028
Mar. 23
2 25
6 39
84 8 44
100 9
25
2 18
5 59 18
84 8 34
9949
27
2 -16
5 58 24
84 8 10
9935
29
2 12
5 56 54
84 7 24
99 12.5
Apr. 1
4 1
5 57 2
84 11 1
99 15
4 hours between the
stars.
Apr. 3
5 50
5 53 33
84 15 14
98 22.5
5
18 16
84 17.9
6
5 34
5 46 47
[84 17.8]
9640
-0.094
6
18 20
[5 46 40]
84 18.5
[96 38]
-0.002
7
18 15
84 17.5
Apr. 8
5 56
5 46 53
[84 17.4]
96 41
-0.005
9
18 15
84 16.6
10
5 25
5 47 14
[84 16.7]
9646
- 0.072
13
18 19
[5 47 44]
84 16.9
[9653]
13
23 43
5 47 44
[84 17.0]
9653
-0.075
Apr. 16
18 16
84 16.6
16
18 28
[5 43 35]
84 16.6
[95 50.5]
-0.005
16
23 12
5 43 35
[84 16.6]
95 50.5
-0.180
18
18 21
84 14.2
18
23 51
5 37 59
[84 14.2]
9426
- 0.073
Apr. 19
5
5 37 57
[84 14.2]
94 26
-0.033
20
18 21
84 12.5
21
18 20
84 12.6
21
18 26
[5 38 41]
84. 12.7
[9436]
21
23 34
5 38 41
[84 12.15]
94 36
- 0.117
13
98
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
&<f
At
^Ay
Remarks
li in
h m s
'
'
Apr. 23
18 21
84 13.4
23
18 35
[5 38 6]
84 13.3
[94 27]
-0.007
23
23 48
5 38 6
[84 13.4]
94 27
- 0.077
26
18 22
84 12.2
27
5 35 7
[84 12.2]
93 42
-0.048
Apr. 27
9
5 35 11
[84 12.2]
93 43
-0.021
28
29
30
30
18 20
3
13 55
18 24
5 37.0
5 33.1
84 16
[84 16.3]
[84 13.4]
84 13
94 10
93 12
-0.033
+ 0.258
1 Index error not
determined. As-
sumed 0' 0".
May 1
18 23
84 16.5
3
14 51
5 34 21
[84 25.3]
93 30
+ 0.492
3
18 31
[5 34 21]
84 25.3
[93 30]
3
18 40
[5 34 21]
84 25.4
[93 30]
-0.008
3
23 35
5 32 53
[84 25.4]
93 8
-0.129
May 6
18 31
84 31.4
7
14 5
5 23 17
[84 33.5]
90 43
+ 0.275
7
14 9
5 23 13
[84 33.5]
90 42
+ 0.288
7
18 33
84 33.5
10
14 13
5 20 6
[84 38.3]
89 55
+ 0.297
May 10
18 36
84 38.3
11
35
5 19 31
[84 38.3]
89 46
+ 0.016
13
14 33
5 13 30
[84 39.1]
88 15.5
+ 0.348
13
18 43
84 39.1
13
23 18
5 13 32
[84 39.1]
88 16
-0.252
May 15
14 19
5 12
[84 37.3]
87 53
+ 0.288
15
18 44
84 37.3
16
26
5 11 28
[84 37.3]
87 44.5
-0.034
17
18 46
84 37.4
18
24
5 7 17
[84 37.4]
86 41.5
-0.055
May 19
14 55
5 1 44
[84 33.3]
85 18
+ 0.380
19
18 55
84 33.3
21
21 14
[4 56 0]
84 40.3
[83 51]
-0.064
21
21 20
4 55 59
[84 40.3]
83 51
- 0.979
Cloudy.
23
1 11
4 53 24
[84 41.7]
83 12.5
+ 0.050
May 23
6 49
[4 53 24]
84 41.8
[83 12.5)
+ 0.006
Cirro-stratus.
23
6 57
M
84 41.7
*
Bad image.
23
7 12
tt
84 41.6
23
19 6
84 41.4
24
3 37
4 50 11
[84 41.4]
82 24
+ 0.583
May 24
19 7
84 40.1
27
18
4 48 42
[84 37]
82 1
- 0.132
29
2 52
4 50 10
[84 33.5]
82 23
+ 0.375
Bad image.
29
7 8
84 33.5
29
7 34
[4 50 10]
84 33.6
[82 23]
- 0.011
May 29
19 5
84 33.8
31
1 34
4 55 18
[84 36]
83 40
+ 0.126
31
14 50
4 56 24
[84 38.0]
83 56
+ 0.335
31
19 1
84 38.0
31
23 10
4 56 44
[84 38.0]
84 1
-0.342
Nu. fi. |
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
99
1895
Hw
M.T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
dy>
dl
, At
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
June 3
14 43
4 58 25
[84 34.4]
84 26
+ 0.310
3
19
84 34.4
6
14 32
4 58 43
[84 32.7]
84 30
+ 0.266
6
19
84 32.7
7
53
4 58 41
[84 32.7]
84 29.5
+ 0.008
June 7
19
84 33.4
8
51
4 58 48
[84 33.3]
84 31
+ 0.002
10
14 45
4 53 5
[84 44.7]
83 5
+ 0.303
10
20 9
[4 53 5]
84 44.7
[83 5]
-0.026
11
2 51
4 52 44
[84 44.7]
82 59.5
+ 0.387
June 11
19 35
[4 52 21]
84 47.5
[82 54]
- 0.012
11
12
23 56
2 39
4 51 7
4 52 13
[84^47.5]
82 35
82 52
-0.206
+ 0.339
Foggy, no distinct
limb.
12
19 10
84 51.6
13
1
4 48 36
[84 51.6]
81 57
-0.203
June 15
7 21
84 52.3
15
15 10
4 38 51
[84 52.3]
79 30
+ 0.347
17
14 59
4 38 18
[84 42.3]
79 22
+ 0.298
17
19 3
[4 39 8]
84 42.3
[79 34]
+ 0.008
17
19 22
84 42.4
June 18
1 9
4 40 28
[84 42.3]
79 54
-0.006
19
19 19
84 32.3
21
14 59
4 43 46
[84 31.7]
80 43
+ 0.296
Mercury trembling
21
19 15
84 31.7
somewhat.
22
45
4 42 39
[84 31.7]
80 26
-0.074
June 23
15 4
4 42 27
[84 29.6]
80 23
+ 0.309
23
19 43
[4 42 27]
84 29.6
[80 23]
- 0.011
26
26
15 17
16 24
4 33 50
4 33 28
[84 34.0]
[84 34.0]
78 13
78 8
+ 0.326
+ 0.628
A single observation.
26
20 46
[4 33 28]
84 34.0
[78 8]
-0.036
June 28
19 12
[4 24]
84 32
[75 46]
+ 0.009
No distinct limb.
29
4 44
4 22 13
[84 31.9]
75 19
+ 0.762
29
4 49
4 22 2
75 16
+ 0.787
30
21 8
[4 18 35]
84 39.3
[74 24]
- 0.037
July 1
57
4 18 35
[84 39.3]
74 24
-0.122
July 2
7 45
84 40.9
2
15 26
4 17 59
[84 40.9]
74 14.5
+ 0.309
4
3 44
4 19 45
[84 42.9]
74 41
+ 0.445
A single observation.
4
7 31
[4 19 45]
84 42.9
[74 41]
+ 0.005
4
7 41
84 42.9
July 4
19 40
84 43.0
5
1 35
4 24
[84 43.0]
75 44
+ 0.011
6
18 14
[4 19]
84 47.5
[74 29]
+ 0.040
6
19 27
[4 19] ,
84 47.5
"
+ 0.008
6
19 45
84 47.5
July 7
1 15
4 19 4
[84 47.5]
74 30
- 0.071
8
15 25
4 22 12
[84 45.1
75 17
+ 0.317
8
15 31
4 22 10
H
75 16
+ 0.342
8
19 43
84 45.1
11
2 44
4 25 10
[84 40.8]
76 1
+ 0.234
100
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895
Hw
M.T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
<\>/
d7
d*
d
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
July 11
7 40
84 40.8
11
19 56
[4 25 4]
84 40.6
[75 59]
-0.007
12
1 26
4 25 4
[84 40.6]
75 59
- 0.017
12
2 47
4 25 9
"
76
+ 0.242
12
19 40
84 40.6
July 13
2 32
4 25 12
[84 40.6]
76 1
+ 0.191
16
10 10
[4 22 30]
84 42.4
[75 20]
-0.067
16
16 9
4 22 3
[84 42.1]
75 13
+ 0.497
Dew on art. horizon.
16
16 12
4 21 58
t>
75 12
+ 0.512
Ice in motion.
16
16 16
4 21 59
"
75 12
+ 0.528
July 16
16 19
4 22 1
[84 42.1]
75 12.5
+ 0.546
16
19 44
84 42.1
18
16 31
4 17 3
[84 40.4]
73 57.5
+ 0.579
Dew on art. horizon.
18
16 36
4 17 1
84 40.4
73 57
+ 0.601
18
19 39
[4 17 0]
84 40.4
[73 57]
July 18
19 49
84 40.3
19
1 15
4 16 30
[84 40.3]
73 49
-0.083
21
15 30
4 11 52
84 36.3
72 39.5
+ 0.288
21
19 54
84 36.3
23
15 25
499
[84 31.8]
71 58
+ 0.254
July 23
15 32
4 9 15
[84 31.8]
72
+ 0.281
23
19 57
84 31.8
24
1 47
4 8 37
[84 31.8]
71 50
-0.007
26
15 56
4 14 58
84 29.3
73 25
+ 0.392
26
19 40
[4 14 58]
84 29.4
[73 25]
+ 0.005
July 26
19 55
84 29.3
>
28
20 12
[4 17 0]
84 31.9
[73 55]
- 0.010
No distinct limb.
29
16 37
4 18 27
[84 33.7]
74 17
+ 0.604
29
19 54
[4 18 27]
84 33.4
[74 17]
Sun visible in glimp-
29
20 33
n
84 33.7
-0.020
ses.
July 30
15 43
4 23 36
[81 28.2]
75 34
+ 0.373
5 altitudes.
30
15 52
4 23 43
"
75 36
+ 0.412
2 altitudes.
30
19 30
[4 24]
84 28.1
[75 40]
+ 0.005
30
19 42
84 28.1
30
19 56
[4 24]
84-28.2
>
-0.006
July 31
1 41
4 25 4
[84 28.2]
75 56
+ 0.022
Aug. 1
19 34
84 31.0
1
19 44
[4 32 2]
84 31.0
[77 40]
-0.004
2
1 31
4 32 2
[84 31.0]
77 40
+ 0.012
2
19 32
84 34.8
Aug. 3
1 32
4 32 58
[84 34.8]
77 54
+ 0.017
5
22 38
[4 31 15]
84 38.5
[77 28]
-0.100
6
3 18
4 31 15
[84 38.5]
77 27.5
+ 0.366
6
15 55
4 30 59
[84 37.9
77 23.5
+ 0.475
6
16 1
4 30 58
*
77 23
+ 0.500
Aug. 6
22 58
[4 31]
84 37.9
[77 24]
- 0.121
7
19 19
[ft 3lj
84 37.9
[77 24]
+ 0.006
7
19 35
84 38.0
8
1 34
4 29 50
[84 38.0]
77 6
+ 0.015
9
15 55
4 28 51
84 34.0
76 51
+ 0.463
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
101
1895
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
i
, At
Remarks
h m
h m s
' "
'
Aug. 9
19 36
84 34.0
9
19 45
[4 29]
84 34.0
[76 53]
10
1 26
4 29 5
[84 33.9]
76 54
- 0.012
12
19 46
[4 26 33]
84 31.1
[76 16]
12
19 52
M
84 31.0
-0.006
Aug. 13
1 18
4 27 6:
[84 31.0]
76 24:
-0.042
A single observation;
13
1 30
4 26 29
"
76 15
-o.cxx;
perhaps double alti-
13
1 38
4 26 37
"
76 17
+ 0.016
tude I'or2'too small.
14
15 18
4 24 58
[84 28.3]
75 52
+ 0.296
14
19 39
84 28.3
Aug. 16
16
16 6
19 22
4 23 17
[4 23 17]
[84 25.4]
84 25.4
75 26
[75 26]
+ 0.008
+ 0.481
A single obs. Cloudy.
16
19 41
84 25.4
18
15 34
4 26 9
[84 19.4]
76 9
+ 0.355
18
19 45
[4 26 9]
84 19.4
[76 9]
Cloudy; ice in motion.
Aug. 19
19 44
4 31
84 17.8
77 21.5
21
3 3
4 35 12
[84 12.1]
78 24
+ 0.320
Natural horizon.
21
16 7
4 35 47
[84 10]
78 33
+ 0.509
21
19 28
4 38 17
84 9.2
79 10
22
19 36
[4 38]
84 10.6
[79 6]
-0.005
Aug. 23
19 6
[4 38]
84 12.6
[79 6]
+ 0.008
23
19 25
84 12.9
24
19 3
[4 36 37]
84 17.6
[78 45]
+ 0.010
24
19 25
84 17.8
24
23 54
4 36 42
[84 17.8]
78 46
-0.267
Aug. 25
2
4 36 32
[84 17.8]
78 43.5
-0.241
Sep. 1
15 34
4 29 5
[84 47.6]
76 50
+ 0.428
Sun visible in glimp-
1
19 11
[4 29 36]
84 47.5
[76 58]
+ 0.008
ses.
1
19 30
84 47.6
1
23 39
4 30 7
[84 47.6]
77 6
- 0.371
Sep. 3
19 40
[4 32 26]
84 53.8
[77 40]
-0.005
Cloudy.
3
20 5
"
84 53.8
**
- 0.015
3
23 41
4 32 15
[84 53.8]
77 37.5
-0.363
3
23 58
4 32 26
"
77 40
-0.296
4
19 25
84 51.9
Sep. 4
22 44
4 36
[84 51.9]
78 34
-0.607
5
19 21
84 52.7
5
23 35
4 36 47
[84 52.7]
78 45
-0.365
10
20 37
[4 35 27]
84 58 40
[78 24]
-0.030
10
23 30
4 35 27
[84 58 40]
78 24
-0.396
Cloudy.
Sep. 14
17 55
[4 37]
85 6 44
[78 47]
+ 0.033
Not a good observa-
tion.
15
16
17 59
16 56
[4 38]
4 39]
85 7 39
85 3 12
[79 11
79 16
+ 0.030
+ 0.061
Cloudy, not a good
obs.
18
1 29
4 40 23
[85 3]
79 37
+ 0.053
Sep. 19
21 26
[4 41 30]
85 2 51
[79 54]
-0.058
21
6 11
4 42 18
[85 5 20]
80 5.5
+ 0.119
Cloudy and hoar frost.
21
20 4
[4 41 45]
85 5 27
[79 57]
-0.020
22
6 4
4 41 17
85 6 57
79 50
24
6 19
4 38
85 7 9
79 0.5
102
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NOKW. POL. EXP.
1895
Hw
M. T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
dy>
dt
,*
^dy
Remarks
h in
h m s
' "
'
Sep. 28
5 59
4 40 56
85 7 42
79 44
Thick hoar frost.
Oct. 3
3 19
4 37 52
85 11 45
78 57
7
29
4 36 7
85 5 9
78 30.5
7
3 5
4 36 11
85 5 15
78 31.5
8
4 54
4 37 40
85 7 38
78 54
Oct. 11
4 56
4 38 10
85 13 20
79 1
14
3 1
4 36 34
85 24 3
78 36
16
22 59
4 35 46
85 36 59
78 24
18
18 21
4 34 36
85 44 54
78 6.5
19
2 8
4 33 56
85 45 22
77 56.5
Oct. 21
3 19
4 29 52
85 46 6
76 55
22
22
19 25
19 35
4 19 58
4 20 1
85 46 20
85 46 20
74 26.5
74 27
> Same star east.
22
19 50
4 19 45
[85 46 20]
74 23
- 0.073
A single alt. of Jupiter.
24
18 51
4 13 49
85 46 12
72 54
f Cass. and Urste Maj.
Oci 24
19 3
4 13 44
85 46 7
72 53
a Drac. and a Cygni.
28
1 28
4 16 56
85 46 5
73 40.5
3 stars; ice in motion.
29
19 2
4 4 15
85 44 40
70 30
31
19 11
4 3 33
a5 38 46
70 19
3 stars.
Nov. 3
19 8
3 58 48
85 42 26
69 8
e Cass. and Cygni.
Nov. 3
19 19
3 58 53
85 42 28
69 9
Drac. and Ursse Maj.
4
22
3 58 20
85 41.8
69 1
Moon and Jupiter.
5
20 10
3 53
85 41 34
67 40.5
7
19 15
3 40 25
85 41 42
64 32
3 stars.
9
4 9
3 39 46
85 42 27
64 22
Nov. 11
7 9
3 45 39
85 51 31
65 50
13
1 49
3 49 21
85 54 28
66 45
3 stars.
14
1 54
3 49 39
85 55 45
66 49.5
15
1 28
3 46 55
85 55 50
66 8
18
1 10
3 43 22
85 53 27
65 15
4 stars.
Nov. 19
21 24
3 39 38
85 50 45
64 18.5
22
2 9
3 39 6
85 47 17
64 10.5
22
20 57
3 37 46
85 48 11
63 50.5
24
20 37
3 32 45
85 47 29
62 35
27
1 51
3 23 13
85 31 45
60 12
Nov. 28
1 30
3 19 53
85 27 56
59 22
30
2 20
3 17 10
85 28 32
58 41
30
30
21 14
21 22
3 16 24
3 16 6
85 28 5
85 28 4
58 29
58 25
> Same star north.
Dec. 1
2 7
3 14 40
[85 28 4]
58 3
Dec. 3
1 54
3 12 17
85 28 47
57 27
4
20 7
3 6 12
85 29 35
55 56
3 stars.
6
21 28
2 59 48
85 26 45
54 20
9
9
1 23
1 28
2 57 50
2 57 27
85 25 18
85 25 21
53 50
53 44
>Same star south.
Dec. 11
11
20 39
20 55
2 43 50
2 43 50
85 25 40
85 25 24
50 20
50 20
> Same star west.
14
14
24
32
2 37 1
2 37 16
85 24 9
85 24 21
48 37
48 41
\ Same star south.
17
57
2 36 2
85 22 6
48 22
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
103
1895
Hw
M.T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
&<p
at
<u
'My
Remarks
h m
h m s
' "
'
Dec. 19
1 26
2 33 58
85 17 33
47 51
Cirro-stratus.
20
20
21 50
21 59
2 34 48
2 34 42
85 14 56
85 14 52
48 3.5
48 2
> Same star south.
24
22 5
2 34 36
85 20 14
48 0.5
Dec. 27
27
21 35
21 43
2 34 18
2 34 25
85 23 55
85 23 54
47 56
47 57.5
| Same star south.
29
21 30
2 31 16
85 23 16
47 10
18%
Jan. 2
1 36
2 24 4
85 18 13
45 22
3
21 6
2 22 16
85 16 28
44 55
5
5
20 51
20 55
2 22 4
2 22 5
85 16 33
85 16 31
44 52
44 52
/ Same star south.
6
1 54
2 21 29
85 16 42
44 43
Jan. 7
20 55
2 13 34
85 11 55
42 44.5
3 stars.
9
21 1
2 7 44
84 58 7
41 17
12
12
20 38
20 43
2 6 22
2 6 25
84 52 24
84 52 24
40 56.5
40 57
f Same star south.
15
2 11
269
84 51 49
40 53
Jan. 16
2 15
2 4 40
84 51 56
40 31
19
20
20
1 48
20 50
20 54
200:
1 57 20
1 57 47
84 57 53:
84 59 5
84 59 3
39 20:
38 40
38 47
Cloudy, obs. difficult.
j Same star south.
22
20 45
1 52
84 57 58
37 20
Jan. 24
20 37
1 37 15
84 56 48
33 39
26
20 45
1 29 1
84 40 23
31 35
28
23
1 29 52
84 42 10
31 48
30
30
22 55
23
1 24 23
1 25
84 51 34
84 51 32
30 25
30 34.5
f Same star south.
Feb. 2
23 12
147
84 47 23
25 21
4
23 1
1 1 14
84 39 10
24 38
7
7
21 59
22 7
1 52
1 47
84 37 43
84 37 14
24 32
24 31
e Cass. and Cygni.
a Drac. and Ursoe Maj.
10
21 42
1 2 40
84 31 27
24 59
Feb. 12
23 30
53 43
84 17 33
22 44.5
14
22 3
54 37
84 20 40
22 58
18
3 15
53 35
84 10 16
22 42
19
22 13
57 1
84 2 47
23 33
Moon and Jupiter.
23
7 32
1 1 40
84 2 43
24 43
Feb. 25
4 10
59 25
81 11 34
24 9
27
3 47
1 5 43
84 12 2
25 43.5
29
3 25
1 8 16
84 6 21
26 21.5
Mar. 4
5 58
1 6 46
84 8 40
25 58.5
7
6 2
59 28
84
24 9
Mar. 9
5 58
57 26
83 57 14
23 38
12
8 10
54 20
83 57 13
22 51
17
17
8 9
8 19
1 3 9
1 3 19
84 4 57
84 4 54
25 3
25 5
j Same star cast.
17
23 5
84 12.4
104
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896
Hw
M.T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
1
, ,u
Remarks
h m
h m s
' "
'
Mar. 21
10 16
59 50
84 4 44
24 12.5
24
9 55
57 50
84 8 38
23 42
27
9 45
1 1 9
84 13 8
24 31.5
28
30
23 14
9 28
TO 581
to 55]
84 14.3
84 15 17
[23 44
[22 58
-0.004
Cloudy.
Mar. 30
23 9
84 18.6
Apr. 4
3 17
53 57
[84 25]
22 42
-0.354
6
23 8
42 6
84 29 33
19 44
7
7
19 51
23 44
41 52
84 29 45
19 40.5
- 0.010
+ 0.523
Apr. 10
22 41
[0 31 27]
84 22 22
[17 4]
+ 0.022
10
11
23 6
2
31 27
84 22 6
17 4
+ 0.010
-4.64
11
3 26
31 12
[84 22 6]
17
- 0.394
Apr. 12
12
18 52
23 31
30 8
81 11 43
16 44
+ 0.232
14
14
15
18 47
23 28
3 55
27 27
26 11
84 7 3
84 6 57
16 3
15 44
+ 0.204
-0.283
Apr. 16
16
19 6
23 35
22 17
84 3 17
14 45.5
+ 0.248
17
18
23 35
4 22
21
84 1 56
14 26
-0.205
19
23 30
[0 19 8]
84 46
[13 58]
Apr. 20
5 13
19 6
[84 1]
13 57.5
-0.060
20
23 44
[0 16 401
84 3 18
13 21
21
23 56
[0 13 40]
84 6 39
12 36
Sextant 84 7'.3.
22
4 18
13 2
84 6 5
12 26
Sun and Moon.
24
19 8
13 11
[84 15 18]
12 28
+ 0.234
Apr. 24
23 53
[0 13 11]
84 15 18
[12 28
25
23 49
[0 13 6]
84 16 36
[12 27
26
27
23 58
5 26
13 3
84 17 8
12 26
-0.006
-0.037
27
23 36
[0 13]
84 16 57
[12 25]
Sextant 84 17'.0.
Apr. 28
11 47
ro 13]
84 16 23
[12 25
28
23 21
[0 12 25]
84 11 54
12 16
+ 0.011
29
4 56
12 25
[84 12]
12 16
-0.124
29
29
11 47
23 50
[0 12 20]
[0 12 18]
84 12 37
84 11 51
[12 15]
[12 14]
Apr. 30
4 49
12 14
[84 11 51]
12 13
- 0.145
May 1
2
23 57
4 46
10 13
84 9 4
11 43
-0.005
-0.155
6
6
5 1
7 58
84 4 5
11 8.5
-0.006
-0.114
May 6
23 51
[0 8]
84 1 13
11 9
7
23 53
8]
83 55 58
11 9
8
19 15
7 35
[83 53.7]
11 25
+ 0.214
8
19 28
7 33
*'
11 2
+ 0.259
9
32
[0 7 33]
83 53.7
[11 2]
-0.021
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
105
1896
Hw
M.T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
dy>
At
"^d^
Remarks
h m
h m s
/ a
'
May 9
23 48
83 53.3
9
23 54
[0 9]
83 52 9
[11 23]
10
10
19 21
23 51
092
83 50 39
11 24
+ 0.246
May 18
13
12
5 19
12 27
83 50 51
12 15
- 0.014
-0.043
15
15
19 20
23 41
12 10
83 45 2
12 10
+ 0.245
Cirro-stratus.
17
23 47
[0 10]
83 48 40
[11 38]
May 18
19
23 50
5 4
8 43
83 47 40
11 18
-0.094
22
22
23 2
23 43
11 55
83 57 55
12 5.5
23
19 22
15 39
[84 1]
13 1.5
+ 0.271
May 24
24
18
5 12
[0 15 16]
14 53
84 1 9
84 1]
[12 56]
12 49.5
- 0.018
- 0.057
Cloudy.
27
19 22
15 44
83 56 30]
13 2
+ 0.265
28
23 36
[0 13 30]
83 54.4
[12 28]
29
6 51
13 4
[83 54.4]
12 21
+ 0.215
June 2
2
1 24
23 53
[0 14 0]
14 0]
83 19 45
83 17 55
[12 35
12 35
-0.058
3
5 39
13 55
[83 16 18]
12 33
+ 0.015
3
3
1 17
7 36
14 23
83 16 18
12 40
-0.054
+ 0.331
June 3
23 43
83 13.9
4
5 26
15 55
83 13.9
13 3
- 0.012
4
5 31
16
83 13.9
13 4
0.000
6
19 26
15 47
83 8.6
13 1
+ 0.236
6
23 43
83 8.6
June 7
23 44
83 5.3
8
23 46
83 1.2
9
5 14
12 33
[83 1.2]
12 12
-0.048
12
23 18
[0 12 30]
82 59.0
[12 11]
+ 0.017
12
23 48
82 59.0
June 16
16
1 35
1 42
[0 11 29]
82 59.4
82 59.4
[11 > 55]
-0.065
- 0.070
Not good.
Tolerable.
16
4 48
11 17
82 59.4]
11 51.5
- 0.119
16
7 30
11 27
82 59.4
11 54
+ 0.287
16
7 32
11 29
M
11 54.5
+ 0.294
Best.
June 16
23 27
[0 10 40]
82 57.3
[11 42]
- 0.013
16
23 50
82 57.0
17
6 15
10 23
[82 57.0]
11 38
+ 0.087
18
1 38
[0 10 21]
82 55.5
[11 37]
-0.067
18
6 11
10 13
[82 55.5]
11 35
+ 0.077
June 18
6 14
10 21
[82 55.5]
11 37
+ 0.085
Best.
18
23 18
[0 10 46]
82 55.4
[11 43]
+ 0.019
18
23 50
82 55.3
19
6 11
10 47
[82 55.3]
11 44
+ 0.076
19
6 17
10 45
11 43
+ 0.092
\
'
14
.'.
106
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896
Hw
M. T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Ay
M
^dy>
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
June 23
24
19 53
1 25
13 12
82 55.3
12 19
-0.059
+ 0.289
24
23 49
82 55.0
25
7
13 35
[82 55.0]
12 25
+ 0.202
26
23 48
82 54.7
June 27
5 22
15 8
[82 54.7]
12 48
-0.031
28
23 49
82 55.0
29
4 59
14 11
[82 55.0]
12 33
-0.089
30
23 53
82 57.8
July 1
4 43
10 27
[82 57.8]
11 37
-0.140
July 4
59
[0 13 53J
82 58.5
[12 28]
-0.040
4
1 3
"
82 58.5
**
-0.043
4
7 1
13 54
[82 58.5]
12 28.5
+ 0.201
4
7 11
13 52
H
12 28
+ 0.228
4
23 22
[0 15]
82 59.1
[12 45]
+ 0.015
July 4
23 49
82 59.2
5
23 32
[0 15 19]
82 58.9
+ 0.010
6
5 23
15 19
[82 58.9]
12 49
-0.036
6
5 26
15 19
"
12 49
-0.027
7
23 28
[0 15 30]
83 2.5
[12 52]
+ 0.012
July 7
23 49
83 2.2
8
20 8
15 55
[83 4.9]
12 58
+ 0.348
8
20 13
15 57
M
12 58.5
+ 0.365
8
23 49
83 4.9
Cloudy.
11
18 10
17 13
[83 8.0]
13 17
+ 0.027
July 12
11 53
[0 18 40]
83 8.9
[13 39]
12
23 24
[0 20 0]
83 11.8
[13 58]
+ 0.012
12
23 46
83 11.8
13
5 27
20 15
[83 11.8]
14 2
-0.029
14
23 51
[0 21 0]
83 15.3
[14 13]
July 16
19 17
22 39
[83 13.5]
14 38
+ 0.216
16
23 24
[0 22 39]
83 13.5
[14 38]
+ 0.010
16
23 43
83 13.5
18
20 1
22 43
[83 13.8]
14 38.5
+ 0.354
Steam up.
18
20 6
22 45
14 39
+ 0.372
July 18
23 23
[0 22 44]
83 14.0
[14 39]
+ 0.011
18
23 43
83 13.8
19
8 24
21 33
[83 5]
14 21
+ 0.490
Cloudy and drizzle.
19
20 42
16 54
82 51.8]
13 11
+ 0.492
Foggy; natural hori-
19
23 39
[0 16 54]
82 51.7
[13 11]
+ 0.006
zon.
July 19
23 49
82 51.8
20
20
11 57
12 52
16 12
82 39.6
13 0.5
20
20 9
15 39
[82 40.8]
12 52
+ 0.328
20
23 51
82 40.8
July 21
23
11 51
16 18
[0 14 37]
82 32.9
82 2.7
[12 36]
-0.286
> Natural horizon.
23
18 24
14 37
[82 2.7]
12 36
+ 0.043
23
23 28
[0 14 45]
82 2.6
[12 38]
+ 0.015
23
23 52
82 2.2
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
107
18%
Hw
M-T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Ay
, dt
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
July 24
5 39
14 51
[82 2.2]
12 40
-0.002
25
25
7 44
11 52
14 31
81 51.6
81 51.6
12 35
+ 0.221
> Natural horizon.
25
23 51
81 49.3
26
17 47
15 48
[81 45.5]
12 54
-0.030
July 26
23 51
81 45.5
27
6 11
15 14
[81 40]
12 45
+ 0.063
Natural horizon.
27
11 51
81 31.6
27
18 17
14 20
[81 33.5]
12 31
+ 0.027
B
28
49
[0 14 20]
81 35.4
[12 31]
-0.039
a
July 28
11 52
81 30.5
_>_
29
23 51
81 35.0
30
40
[0 15]
81 32.4
[12 41]
-0.034
30
23 49
81 26.9
Bad.
31
20 21
18 15
[81 29.6]
13 30
+ 0.324
Aug. 1
48
20 43
[0 18 15]
19 25
81 29.6
[81 25.6]
[13 30]
13 47
-0.041
+ 0.397
Bad.
1
20 48
19 29
"
13 48
+ 0.419
Foggy limbs.
1
23 47
81 25.6
3
18 24
13 48
[81 20]
12 23
+ 0.041
Aug. 7
17 17
14 57
[81 4.6]
12 40
-0.082
Altazimuth.
7
23 22
[0 15 0]
81 5.3
[12 40]
+ 0.021
7
23 51
81 4.6
8
23 51
80 55.0
Aug. 13 in open sea.
Aug. 14 at Dane Is-
Aug. 16
23 51
75 36.6
land, Spitzbergen.
18
4 30
40 4
[72 30]
18 55
-0.035
18
20 41
41 49
71 6.2]
19 21
+ 0.209
18
23 24
71 6.2
Aug. 20 at SkjervS,
Norway.
108
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP. NO. 6.]
I. Refraction.
The following list contains the observed altitudes of low stars or of the Sun's limb, and
the true altitudes of the same objects as computed from the given latitude and clock correction,
the difference being either the refraction, or, in some cases indicated by an asterisk, refraction +
dip of the horizon. For these the height of the eye is given among the observations. It should
be remarked that in the case of the Sun, the latitude and clock error was generally not immediately
given for the time of observation, but has been interpolated.
1894, April 27, the refraction seemed variable during the observation.
1894, October 15, the Sun's lower limb was seen with the naked eye to touch the apparent
horizon shortly after noon. Limb boiling, trembling horizontal stripes across the disc, upper l / t
hidden in clouds.
1895, March 10, the altitude of the apparent horizon, measured with the altazimuth, was
+ 13'.
Object
Ass
N. Lat.
urned
M.T.-HW
Alt
obs.
tude
comp.
Refr.
Bar.
Temp.
' "
ll 111 S
' "
' I'
* //
mm
1894 Apr. 17
Sun L. L.
8023 3
1 15 17
044
31 17
759.7
- 18.3 C
Apr. 20
Sun L. L.
80 28 12
840
2 1454
1 51 30
23 24
767.2
-23.3
Apr. 21
Sun L. L.
802820
8 2 52
23244
2 12 1
2043
768.4
-24.9
2 33 14
2 12 5
21 9
2 33 29
2 12 12
21 17
Apr. 22
Sun L. L.
80 28 5
_
2 50 34
2 31 58
18 36
767.5
-23.9
Apr. 23
Sun L. L.
80 28 20
3 10 34
2 52 12
18 22
762.9
-22.8
Apr. 26
Sun L. L.
80 35 13
4 12 4
35745
14 19
768.4
-22.0
Apr. 27
Sun L. L.
8038 1
4 35 14
4 1941
15 33
7G5.8
-14.4
Apr. 28
Sun L. L.
80 41 30
4 55 9
4 42 3
13 6
769.8
-17.2
Oct. 8
Sun L. L.
81 17 14
7 1921
2 27 7
268
20 59
763.8
-25.9
Oct. 15
Sun L. L.
81 39 8
7 4 1
- 47 16
47 16 *
753.9
-16.4
1895 Mar. 10
Sun U. L.
83 5858
6 8 51
1 13 27
4257
30 30
777.2
-36.0
57 26
22 12
35 14
044 9
420
3949
030 47
- 15 9
45 56
Oct. 6
Sun U. L.
85 5 9
4 36 7
27 16
- 14 57
42 13
764.5
-21.5
25 19
- 16 52
42 11
Dec. 4
Tauri
85 2935
3 6 12
11 53 7
11 47 49
5 18
754.7
-33.8
Dec. 17
a Leonis
85 22 6
236 2
8 1 11
7 52 54
8 17
763.3
-36.8
1896 Jan. 15
e Virg.
84 51 49
269
6 39 59
6 29 26
1033
758.3
-50.0
Mar. 3
Sun U. L.
84 8 40
1 646
39 8
- 1 48
40 56
760.3
-35.0
Mar. 11
Sun U. L.
83 57 13
05540
3 11 45
2 46 56
2449 *
770.5
-16.7
THE SLEDGE-EXPEDITION.
Observations 1895.
Civil date is employed in the following. In the table of comparisons between the watches
I and II given below, the approximate Greenwich Time is given along with the time by Watch I.
In some cases, when it is not stated in the original whether it was a.m or p.m, it could generally
be inferred from other circumstances; a.m or p.m is then enclosed in square brackets. In order
not to change the date for the column of Greenwich Time, the hour is in some few cases given
as negative.
1895
Watch I
Gr. T.
I-II
Rel.
rate
1895
Watch I
Gr. T.
I-II
Rel.
rate
h m
h
h m s
h m
h
h m s
Mar. 14
3 7
2.3 am
9 54.5
May 23
3 13
-0.2 am
49 40
s
i 111
Apr. 1
Apr. 1
" 6
1 51
2 33
1.0 pm
1.7 pm
II stopped
3 52 50
3 53 43
s
+ 10.6
" 26
" 30
June 2
2 28
9 32
3 53
-0.9 am
6.1 pm
0.5 [am]
50 14
51 14
51 32
+ 11.4
+12.5
+ 8.0
" 12
I and II
stopped
Mean
+11.2
13
19
2 2
5 19
2.1 am
5.4 [am]
- 2 53 44.5
-252 22
+13.4
" 7
" 7
7 10
3.7 pm
II stopped
3 18 6
i a
22
22
25
28
11 14
9 39
10 32
1.6 am
0.0 [pm]
0.9 am
I stopped
- 5 10 52
-5 10 4
-5 9 36
+14.0
+11.1
+ 13.5
" 8
" 10
" 16
" 23
7 26
5 19
9 32
4 34
4.0 am
1.9 am
6.1 am
1.1 [pm]
3 18 7
3 18 37
3 19 57
3 21 42
+16
+12.9
+14.4
29
7 15
9.6 am
5 9 17.5
Mean
+13.6
May 9
Mean
I stopped
+12.9
" 24
" 24
1 16
1.0 pm
I stopped
7 22
" 9
" 13
" 14
8 7
10 8
3 16
4.8 am
6.8 [am]
-0.1 am
031 1
031 42
31 50
+10.0
+11.2
" 30
" 30
July 3
5 38
8 39
5.8 [am]
8.8 [am]
I stopped
-0 1932
-0 1824
+22
May 22
Mean
II stopped
+10.2
July 30
Aug. 8
6 25
2 57
6.5 pm
3.0 am
II stopped
6 13 48
6 15 24
+11.5
Some more comparisons, made after June 30, but only after a stopping of II, while I was
now going continually, are omitted as being of no use for the determination of relative rate.
The following table contains the changes caused by the stoppings, as computed by means
of the relative rate adopted according to the table above. When the loss was more than 6 hours,
its complement to 12 hours has been taken as a gaining. As to the change on April 13, when
both watches had run down, the data for its calculation will appear further on. ^/ is a possible
correction to an assumed change of longitude between April 8 and April 13.
Adopted
rel. rate
Change of I
Adopted
rel. rate
Change of II
s
h m s
s
h m s
1895 Apr. 13
Apr. 22
May 9
June 24
June 30
+ 13
+ 11
+ 14
+ 14
- 57 30 - ^
-2 19 7
+ 5 38 31
-3 14 34
-0 28 14
1895 Apr. 1
Apr. 13
May 23
June 7
II was not used
+ 10
+ 11
+ 11
for obser
-3 39 51
+ 5 50 12 - 4
-0 16 11
-2 25 32
ration after May 15.
112
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
In order to obtain the longitude of the Winter Hut, which was most probable according to
the Lunar Distances and the observations taken the next year, it has been supposed that the
mean daily rate of I during the whole summer was 12 s fast. For the days April 813 the
gain is included in the change by stopping given above. Applying also the other changes,
the following table was formed, containing the computed error of I to Greenwich Mean Time
for the times of observation, exclusive of the meridian altitudes. The value for March 14 was
found by comparison with chronometer Hohwu.
1895
Gr. T.
I-Gr.
1895
Gr. T.
I-Gr.
h
h m s
h
h m s
Mar. 14
2.3 am
49
June 27
10.0 am
16 23 - 4
25
6.2 am
51 14
Apr. 2
11.5 am
52 52
July 1
10.5 am
-0 11 3 -^
4
1.0 am
53 11
2.3 pm
-0 11 1 -z/
8
1.7 am
53 59
20
3.5 am
- 7 18 - 4
Aug. 1
2.6 pm
-0 4 48 -4
Apr. 13
2.1 am
-0 3 31 -^
9
8.4 am
- 3 15 - ^
18
0.4 am
-0 2 31 -^
2.1 pm
- 3 12 - 4
10
7.5 pm
- 2 57 - /I
Apr. 26
2.0 pm
- 2 19 55 - ^/
16
9.4 am
-0 i 50 -4
May 5
2.5 am
- 2 18 13 - ^
17
5.7 am
-0 1 40 -J
19
2.4 pm
- 1 12 - 4
May 9
1.3 pm
3 21 12 - ^/
20
10.0 am
-012 -4
15
1.7 am
3 22 18 - ^
28
8.8 am
33 -J
24
0.5 pm
3 24 12 -^/
June 4
2.0 am
3 26 18 -^/
It was not considered necessary to draw
14
9.0 am
3 28 22 -^
up a similar table for Watch II, for which
2.0 pm
3 28 24 -4
the difference I II may be employed on
22
3.1 pm
3 30 1 -^
the few occasions on which it was used.
The quantity d will in course of time include the accumulated errors of the assumed rate,
but the numbers obtained on putting ^/ = may safely be employed for taking the coordinates
out of the ephemeris.
Among the observations given in the following pages are included the readings of barometer
and thermometer, necessary for refraction. They were often noted some hours before or after
the astronomical observations, but the daily variation of temperature being slight, the difference
is of no importance. The expedition had two aneroid barometers; one by Hicks, giving English
inches, was used in the beginning, the other by Gary, giving millimeters, after May 15, 1895. A
series of comparisons with the normal barometer on board, made by Lieut. Scott-Hansen in
February, 1895, gave the following corrections:
Correction to Hicks = 0.07 in. = 1.7 mm.
Correction to Gary = + 5.3 mm.
On the arrival at Cape Flora in 1896 the comparisons with Mr. Jackson's barometer gave
a somewhat greater correction to Cary, but the difference is of no importance for the present
purpose. Hicks had then a very large correction, probably owing to a shock on May 30, 1895.
The unconnected numbers are given in the following pages.
Local Mean Time is abbreviated to LT.
The point of departure on March 14 was N. Lat. 84 4' and E. Long. 101 33'; LT-I =
5h 57m 12s, LT II = 6h 7m 6; Magnetic Declination 42 E. During the first days the course
was set nearly due north, or sometimes a little easterly; even without this a deviation in that
NO. 6.]
SLEDGE-EXPEDITION. OBSERVATIONS 1895.
113
direction might be expected by reason of the increasing easterly declination. On the other hand
the Fram had a considerable westerly drift during the same days ; but from Mr. Nansen's obser-
vations of a different drift on both sides of an open channel, frequently made both before and
later on, it follows that the drift of the travellers can not be supposed to be the same as that
of the ship. For the observations taken by watch until the first determination of LT on April 2,
the effective course has been assumed as north.
The index correction of the sextant was generally determined by means of the horizon;
in some cases when it was not determined, the adopted value has been added by the observer
as ( . . ?), where the dots stand for a number.
All observations were taken by Nansen, Johansen noting the watch.
1895
Temp.
Bar.
Eye's
height
Watch I
Object
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
N. Lat.
ily
dl
in.
feet
h m s
'
i
'
March 22
- 39.5 C
30.22
17
Noon
Sun L. L.
5 18
+ 3
85 10.6
March 26
-37
30.18
15
Noon?
Sun L. L.
6 16
+ 3
85 21.7?
720
Sun L. L.
6 13
85 18.7
- 0.018
For the last observation LT I was assumed = 5 h 55 m ; the first altitude of March 25
appears to have been taken somewhat after the culmination, and it was because the observer
had the same impression that the second altitude was taken.
1895, March 29. Temperature - 36.5, Bar. 30.05 inches.
Near noon, the following 4 altitudes were taken with the altazimuth, 2 in each position of
the instrument:
Sun U. L. Vertical Circle 81 45'.5, 98 I'.O, 97 59'.0, 81 51'.5;
then with the sextant, ind. corr. + 3', height of eye 14 feet:
Watch II 6k 27m 118.5, Sun L. L. 7 12'.
The first two observations with the altazimuth would give the true altitude of the Sun's
centre 7 44', the last two 7 40'; but no times having been noted, they only give the limit:
N. Lat. ^ 85 33'.
Applying the correction + 6t 7m to watch II, whose rate seems to have been insignificant,
the sextant observation would give
N. Lat. 85 57- with fy = _ 0-00 9
At
which is incompatible with the limit above. The difference seems too great to be explained by
an irregular elevation of the horizon; but whether there is an error of observation, or some
accident has occurred to watch II, cannot be settled, as II ran down two days after without any
comparison before the stopping. The observation would require a correction to II more than an
hour greater than that applied ; the possibility of a change of longitude to this extent, is excluded
by the following observations.
1895, April 2 and 3. Bar. 30.61 in., Therm. - 31.5 C.
The meridian altitude of the Sun L. L., measured on April 3 from the apparent horizon
with height of eye 16 feet, index correction 0', was 9 4', which gives
N. Lat. 86" 4'.
This observation was taken at the camping-place after a day's travelling, commencing
April 2 about 3 p.m. and ending early in the morning of April 3, including a rest for dinner
15
114
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
from 9 p.m. For the following observations, taken about 6 in the afternoon of April 2, was
assumed <f = 86 0'. Ind. corr. (0' ?).
1895
Watch I
Hor.
Object
Sextant
LT-I
^dy
, *
A dfe
April 2
h m s
11 51 45
2 21
16 30
24 23.5
31 36
3537
Glass.
t
tt
feet
15?
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
'
10 14.5
9 25
9 22
4 29
4 22
4 16.5
h m s
5 55 44
5 54 54
5 57 27
6 5 24
6 5 19
6 6 56
-0.062
-0.020
+ 0.049
+ 0.115
+ 0.145
+ 0.169
- 0.957
-0.956
- 0.957
-0.962
-0.967
- 0.970
To the second observation with the glass horizon has been applied the correction + 30'
(the limb being divided to half degrees). These three observations were very difficult.
Supposing that the altitudes measured from the apparent horizon require a correction ^fe,
owing to irregular terrestrial refraction, and that the assumed latitude is erroneous by the
amount 4<p, the two sets of observations give the equation
5h 56m 2s _ o.Oll Jy = 6^ 5 53" + 0.143 4y> - 0.966 4h, or 0.966 z/fe - 0.154^ = 9.85,
and supposing further that the meridian altitude of the next day, taken under the same meteoro-
logical conditions, requires the same correction, which gives 4<p = 4h, the result will be :
1.12 Jh = 9'.85 or Jh = + 8'.8 and 4<p = - 8' .8,
and LT-I = 5^ 56 8s. Combining this with I-Gr. = 0^ 52m 52s, gi ve n on p. 112, the result is
April 2, 6 p.m., E. Long. = 6t 49^ 0" = 102" 15'
and April 3, Noon, N. Lat. = 85 55'.
1895, April 4. Bar. 30.58 in., Therm. - 31.3 C.
After leaving the camp of the preceding day at 3 o'clock in the morning the following
observations were taken on the way, about four hours after starting. Assumed Lat. 86 5'.
Height of eye 16 feet, Ind. corr. 0.
at
At.
Watch I
Object
Sextant
LT-I
1 'If
j M (
h m s
'
h m s
1 30 15
Sun L. L.
6 44
5 48 25
+ 0.325
+ 1.028
42 25
6 54
5 46 57
0.375
1.046
48 53
6 59
5 45 44
0.401
1.055
55 1
7 7
5 48 13
0.445
1.073
2 12
7 22
5 47 37
0.533
1.114
Compass
2 42
Sun Ct.
700.6
8 20
730.0
If the altitudes require the correction rfh, and the latitude the correction
the five altitudes will give:
the mean of
Watch I lh 50m, LT-I
47 23" + 0.416 4<f + 1.063 4h.
A comparison of this number with those of April 2 gives a strong corroboration of the
assumption there made. The meteorological conditions being nearly the same, the same value
of 4h may be employed. As to y>, the value assumed above would correspond to an advance
NO. 6.]
SLEDGE-EXPEDITION. OBSERVATIONS 1895.
115
northwards of 10 miles during the 4 hours of travelling, which is certainly too much considering
that the ice was very rough ; on putting <p = 86 0' or 4y = 5', the result is
LT-I = 5h 54m 38s an d E. Long. = 6^ 47m 498 ioi<> 57-.
The two observations by compass will then give:
Magnetic Declination 47.0 and 46.6, Mean 46.8 E.
As the course was laid considerably more westerly on one of the first days of April, and
certainly not later than April 4, it is, however, possible that the correction Jh should have
been somewhat smaller than the day before, which would also give a smaller longitude.
1895, April 7. Bar. 30 in., Therm. - 35.5. Height of eye 24 feet, Ind. corr. 0.
Meridian altitude of Sun L. L. 10 27', which gives N. Lat. = 86 12'.3.
This was the most northern place of observation. Mr. Nansen walked about a mile farther
north in order to get a view of the ice before returning. The meteorological conditions being
the same as the days before, it is probable that the latitude has been some minutes less.
1895, April 8. Bar. 30.48 in., Therm. - 36. Height of eye 24 feet, Ind. corr. (0?).
The following 3 altitudes were taken on the same place as the day before, and were there-
fore reduced with the latitude 86 12'.
Watch I
Sextant
LT-I
^
A dl
h m -
2 33 45
2 37 25
2 41 22.5
Sun L. L.
'
8 49
8 55
9
Mean
h m s
5 23 58
5 27 14
5 29 16
+ 0.546
0.585
0.621
+ 1.145
1.164
1.182
2 38 am
5 26.8
+ 0.58
+ 1.16
Employing the same value of 4h as above, and assuming the elevation of the horizon to
have been the same at noon as in the morning, or 4<p = 4h, the result is
LT-I = 5t 268 + 5m.l = & 31^.9, and E. Long. = 6^ 25. 9 = 96.5.
1895, April 13. Bar. 29.90 in., Therm. - 30. Height of eye 12 feet, Ind. corr. + 5'.
The following observations were not taken exactly at the same place, the morning ob-
servations with sextant and compass having been made at a camping-place reached the preceding
day, while the meridian altitude was taken an hour or two after the departure therefrom.
Watch I
Sextant
LT-I
at
at
h m s
h m s
f
46 51
56 37
1 23
1 35 35
Noon
Sun L. L.
9 28
9 40
9 43.5
10 19
12 39
6 16
6 2 33
6 2 27
649
+ 0.188
0.242
0.259
0.437
+ 0.998
1.010
1.015
1.074
Compass
Magn. Decl.
1 20 39
1 24 30
1 29 17
Sun Ct.
69.0
68.7
69.55
420.7 E
440.0
440.4
Magn. Decl. Mean = 43.7 E
116
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
The above values of LT I have been computed with y = 86 6' .2, which follows from the
meridian altitude. It is apparent from the increasing values of LT I with increasing differential
quotients that a diminution of y will give better agreement. Introducing dh and ^/y as before,
the mean of the four observations gives
Watch I lh 5 a.m., LT-1 = 6* 2m 2ls + 0.281 4y + 1.024 4h.
For z/fe there is no other choice than using the former value; Jy at noon had perhaps
the same value, but the latitude being a little higher in the morning before the departure, it
has been assumed that y was 86 0', or ^/y = 6' .2. The result is then:
LT-I =
9m 37s.
The bearings by compass have been calculated by means of these values.
These observations were taken shortly after the stopping of both watches. If x is the
diminution of east longitude from April 8, 8 a.m., until April 13, 7 a.m., and y the change of
watch I caused by the stopping (including its acceleration during the time it was going), the com-
bination of the two days gives the equation
5h 31n.9 _ x - y = 6ii 9m.6 or y = - 37>n.7 - x.
The course set on April 8 and followed during the days following as nearly as hindrances
permitted, was S 22 W by compass, or, with magnetic declination 45 E, S 67 W. The dis-
tance made during the three days of travelling included in this interval, was estimated by
Nansen to be 9 Norwegian sea-miles, or 36 minutes of a great circle, which would give 14' differ-
ence of latitude, and nearly 8 difference of longitude. As the course was not, of course, recti-
linear, a reduction is necessary, and the latitudes observed show that the reduction in this
direction is so considerable that the drift of the ice must have had something to do with it.
How the drift has worked in the other direction cannot be decided by this consideration; the
assumption of a considerable reduction, viz. from 8 to about 5, for the longitude also, has been
made mainly because the retaining of the 8 would imply a greater acceleration of watch I for
the rest of the summer than seems likely from other observations. The value y= 57 m 30 s ^/,
given on p. Ill, would correspond to the change of longitude
x = 19^.8 + ^/ or nearly 5 + J.
The E. Long, on April 13 should then be 91.5 - 4.
1895, April 18. Bar. 29.94 in., Therm. - 26.
Watch I
Eye
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
LT-I
d<
A d^
at
A dfe
ll 111 S
feet
o <
t
h m s
13 57
22 11
26 42
22
Sun L. L.
10 17
10 29
10 34
+ 3
5 34 29
5 36 50
5 36 52
-0.055
- 0.015
+ 0.003
+ 0.884
0.883
0.882
Noon
16
14 55
+ 4
The morning observations were made during a journey commencing on April 17, at 7.5 p.m..
and ending on April 18, at 10 a.m., consequently about 4 hours before reaching the camping-place
where the meridian altitude was taken. The latter gives the N. Lat. 85 38'. The course being
now S by compass, the morning altitudes were reduced with y = 85 40'. The mean of the
three results is
Watch I Oh 21m a .m., LT-I = 5^ 36m 4s _ 0.022 ^/y + 0.883 ^fe.
NO. 6.]
SLEDGE-EXPEDITION. OBSERVATIONS 1895.
117
The weather being still clear and calm with severe cold, the former value of ^fh may be
assumed, and dy = z/fe for noon ; the difference of 2' from morning to noon assumed above
being perhaps somewhat small, the morning latitude has been taken as 85 34', or dy = 6'.
As the observations were taken very near the prime vertical, its influence is very small. The
result is then:
LT-I = 5fc 44m Os and E. Long. = 5^ 41m 29s - ^/ = 85 22' - ^.
1895, April 26. Bar. 29.65 in., Therm. - 31.5.
Watch I
Eye
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
LT-I
A |
*z
h m s
feet
O 4
i
h m s
Noon
12
Sun L. L.
18 28
+ 3
11 24 7
18
Sun L. L.
12 9
+ 1
7 26 37
+ 0.187
-0.746
11 26 9
12 6
7 26 49
+ 0.199
- 0.747
11 29
12 2
7 27 2
+ 0.205
-0.750
11 49 8
11 37
7 26 11
+ 0.272
- 0.771
11 54 2
11 30
7 26 43
+ 0.292
- 0.775
Compass
Magn. Decl.
11 41 17.5
Sun Ct.
74.55
34.2 E
43 42
75.25
34.l
Magn. Decl. Mean = 34.l E
45 8.5
75.65
34.l
The meridian altitude, which gives y = 84 47', was taken at the camp of the preceding
day, while the other observations were made nearly 4 hours after the departure from this place.
Course nearly S by compass. The above values have been computed with f = 84 42', corres-
ponding to 6 miles advance in the 4 hours.
Though the temperature was still very low, the weather had changed since the last ob-
servation. Some days before, snow had fallen, and the sky was now veiled. Assuming therefore
^fh = d<p = 0, the mean of the results is
LT-I = 7h 26m 40s an d E. Long. = 5h 6 45" - 4 = 76 41' - 4.
The magnetic declination has been computed by means of these values.
1895, May 5. Bar. 29.90 in., Therm. - 22.
Watch I
Eye
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
LT-I
dt
dt
h m s
11 57 37
2 29
21 56
feet
16
Sun L. L.
/
17 22
17 29
17 56.5
i
+ 1
h m s
7 48
7 1 1
7 1 42
+ 0.173
0.189
0.258
+ 0.723
0.727
0.747
Noon
12
21 30
+ 1
14 41.5
16 14
17 37.5
Sun Ct.
Compass
77.15
77.7
TOM
Magn. Decl.
31.l E
30.9
30.8
Magn. Decl. Mean = 30.9 E
The meridian altitude, which gives <p = 84 31', was taken an hour and a half after the
departure from a resting-place at which all the other observations were taken. For the morning
observations, 84 33' was assumed. The mean of the above values of LT I (which was used
for the observations by compass), supposing the dip of the horizon to have been normal, is then
118
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
LT-I = 7h 1m 10* and E. Long. = 4h 42m Sl J = 70 44' _ 4.
1895, May 9. Bar. 30.02 in., Therm. - 13.3. Height of eye 13 feet, Ind. corr. + 2'.
Meridian altitude of Sun L. L. 23 4'; gives N. Lat. = 84 3'.
The following observation was taken nearly three hours after the departure from this
place. Course now nearly true S. Assumed latitude 84 0'.
Bar. 30.03 in., Therm. - 11. Height of eye 11 feet, Ind. corr. (+ 2 ?).
Watch II
h m s
4 10 36
Sextant
LT-II
h m s
1 40 54
, At At
dy dl
+ 0.007 - 0.638
Sun L. L. 17 13
"Horizon not quite clear, Sun disappeared in clouds."
The comparison between I and II given on p. Ill, which was made 8.6 hours before this
observation, will give for the moment of observation I II = Oh 30 m 57 3 , consequently
LT-I = It 9m 57" and E. Long. = 4h 31m 99 _ 4 = 67 47 - J.
1895, May 16. Bar. 30.17 in., Therm. - 12.7.
Watch I
Eye
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
LT-II
, At
, At
h m s
feet
O 1
,
h m s
4 19 57
4 23 37
4 28 38
4 36 21
4 48 50
12
Sun L. L.
18 13
18 18
18 28
18 40
19 3
+ 1.5
1 27 6
1 26 27
1 27 24
1 26 52
1 28 11
-0.047
-0.039
-0.023
-0.004
+ 0.032
+ 0.603
0.602
0.602 Good.
0.601
0.602
Noon
14
Sun L. L.
25 2
(+ 1-5)
Compass
Magn. Dec).
4 41 58
44 28
46 11
Sun Ct.
64.2
64.8
65.3
26.8 E
26.9
26.8
Magn. Decl. Mean = 26.8 E
The morning observations with sextant and compass were taken on the way, 2 or 3 hours
before stopping at the camping-place, where the meridian altitude was taken. As this gives
N. Lat 83 36', the former hare been reduced with y = 83 38'. The mean is LT-II = It 27m 12";
applying to this the comparison between I and II of May 14, which gives for the time of ob-
servation I II = Oh 32m IB, the result is
LT-I == Oh 55m US and E. Long. = 4h 17m 29 - ^ = 64 22' - 4.
1895, May 24. Bar. Gary 752.6 mm, Temp. - 7.4.
The following observations were taken at the same place, with height of eye 12 feet.
Watch I
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
N. Lat.
At
At
h m s
O /
,
O /
Noon
Sun L. L.
27 41
+ 1
82 52
LT-I
3 47 35
3 51 26
3 54 20
Sun L. L.
22 51
22 42
22 37
Mean
Qh 5Qm 31s
51 43
51 36
- 0.161
-0.148
- 0.141
-0.558
-0.555
-0.553
51 17
which gives E. Long. = 4h 15m 29 - ^ = 63 52' -
NO. 6.]
SLEDGE-EXPEDITION. OBSERVATIONS 1895.
119
1895
Bar.
Temp.
Eye
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
N. Lat.
mm
C
feet
/
,
O 1
May 27
May 30
752.6
746
-8
-4
18
18
Noon
Noon
Sun L. L.
Sun L. L.
28 36
29 13
(+1?)
(+1?)
82 30
82 21.5
For the observation of May 27, the observer makes the remark that the latitude -was
perhaps a minute or two smaller, as he did not wait for the declining.
f
1895, June 4. Bar. 754 mm, Temp. - 3 C.
The following observations with the altazimuth were taken during a week's stay at the
some place, while making the kayaks ready for sea.
Horizontal point of the vertical circle about 89 53'.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
LT-I
At
, At
h m s
O *
h m s
<f
5 3 14
13 59
Sun L. L.
111 58.7
67 26
58 51
-0.008
+ 0.497
20 48
27 39
67 11.5
112 48.5
59 10
+ 0.027
+ 0.498
32 51
40 46
112 58
66 31
59 6
+ 0.054
+ 0.500
N. Lat
Near
noon
Sun L. L.
59 59
119 46
82 17.8
119 44.5
60 1.5
It has been assumed that the mean of the first two altitudes of the last series may be
considered as the meridian altitude.
The mean result of the morning observations is
LT-I = Oh 59m 2s and E. Long. = 4^ 25m 20^ - 4 = 66 20' - ^.
1895, June 14. Bar. 743 mm, Therm. - 0.2 C. Hor. Point = 89 52' + x, LT-I =
Qh 42m + -[Ij 0.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
N.
Lat.
h m
s
O
/
O
/
2
48
Sun L. L.
120
20
82
24.8
+
1.022
x
-0.0280
In all observa-
11
45
120
15
82
25.7
+
1.032
X
-0.0340
tions the Sun's
31
43
59
44
82
29.8
1.062
x
- 0.047
limb was not
35
2
59
49
82
32.4
1.068
X
- 0.049
sharp.
38
26
59
50
82
31.0
1.074
X
- 0.052
The mean of the first two combined with the mean of the last three give:
Watch I Oh 21m p .m., y = 82 28'.16 - 0.018 x - 0.040 0.
x is about 2' and may be determined by the following observations, which were taken
about an hour after the departure from the former place, but only with very slow progress on
the difficult ice. Assumed Lat. 82 28'.
120
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
LT-I
A <ty
^dh
h m s
/
h m s
4 57 6
Sun L. L.
66 24.5
44 1
- 0.013
-0.509
5 3 10
66 34
44 47
-0.002
-0.508
8 55
66 48
44 12
+ 0.013
-0.509
24 58
112 27
42 54
0.046
- 0.511
34 43
112 7.5
43 13
0.068
- 0.513
37 34
112 2.2
43 4
0.074
- 0.514
41 27
111 53.3
43 49
0.085
- 0.516
46 50
68
43 12
0.095
- 0.517
50 18
68 6.7
43 18
0.104
- 0.519
The last three observations are denoted as good, but for all the others as well as for the
latitude observations, the Sun was veiled and not sharp.
Combining the mean of the 5 and the 4 observations in the two positions of the instru-
ment, by which the error of the assumed Hor. Point is eliminated, the result is:
Watch I 5h 28m, LT-I = 01' 43m 35s + Q.054 J<?
from which it appears that & in the former equation is 24'. Consequently:
June 14. Watch I Ot 21>n p.m., N. Let. = 82 27'
and " "528 p.m., LT-1 = 0h43m32s, E. Long. =4t Ilm56s -^ = 6259'-^.
1895, June 17. Bar. 761.4 mm, Therm. - 0.7. Eye 10 feet, Ind. corr. - 3'.
Meridian altitude Sun L. L. Sextant 30 57'; N. Lat = 82 18'.
All the following observations till July 20 were taken during a long stay in the "Camp
of Longing". The meridian altitudes will be given first.
1895
Bar.
Temp.
Eye
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
N. Lat
mm
feet
O 1
i
t
June 22
Noon
743.8
-2.2
12
Sun L. L.
31 13
-1
82 4.4
June 23
744.3
+ 0.8
12
31 12
-1
82 5
June 25
743.9
-2.6
12
31 10.5
82 3
July 2
751.1
+ 1.9
15
30 45
82 8.6
July 19
751
+ 1
15
28 36
82 7.5
July 20
750.7
+ 1.8
15
28 26
82 6.5
1895 June 22. Bar. 745.8 mm, Therm. - 1.0. Ind. corr. (-!'?). N. Lat. 82 4'.4.
Watch I
Eye
Sextant
LT-I
At
Acp
, At
h m s
feet
/
h m s
6 31 44
35 53
38 20
41 17
12
10
M
H
Sun L. L.
20 35
20 27
20 23
20 17
Mean
43 53
43 54
43 36
43 49
+ 0.190
0.196
0.206
0.213
-0.520
-0.523
- 0.525
-0.528
43 48
E. Long. 4fc 13m 499 _ ^ = 63 27' - ^.
NO. 6.]
SLEDGE EXPEDITION. OBSERVATIONS 1895.
121
1895, June 27. Bar. 743.9 mm, Temp. - 0.2. Hor. Point =
3 h 50m + ^ 0.
52' + x, LT-I =
Watch I
Vert. Circle
N. Lat.
h m s
O 1
O <
10 5 50
Sun L. L.
59 55
82 9.7
- 1.16 x
- 0.079 9
9
59 59
82 10.5
- 1.17 x
-0.0826*
11 24
60
82 a7
- 1.18 x
- 0.084 &
17 8
60 7
82 9.5
- 1.20 x
-0.0890
23 54
119 29
82 9.7
+ 1.22*
- 0.095
26 58
119 24.7
82 10.5
+ 1.23*
- 0.098 6
30 9
119 19.5
82 12.2
+ 1.25*
- 0.101 e
32 50
119 18
82 9.9
+ 1.26*
- 0.104 e
Mean
82 10.1
+ 0.03*
- 0.091
x may be neglected, but both the preceding and following observations seem to indicate
that LT-I was about 3> 57> (neglecting the drift) or O about 100'; the result is then:
N. Lat. = 82 1'.
1895, July 1. Bar. 747 mm, Temp. + 0.5; height of eye 15 feet.
Watch I
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
h m s
O (
,
A combination of the two sets gave
10 20 53
Sun L. L.
28 50
23 32
28 47
N. Lat. = 82 5'.5.
28 10
28 41.5
Watch I 10h 24m, LT- 1 = 4h 25 9* ,
2 4 50
Sun L. L.
21 49
+ 1
6 51
21 44
E.Long. = 4h 14m 69-^=63 31'-^/.
8 55
21 40
1895, July 20. Bar. 750.7 mm, Temp. + 1.8. Height of eye 15 feet, Ind. corr. 0.
Watch I
Sextant
LT-I
, 5 *
A |
h m s
1
h m s
f
3 17 50
19 45
33 9
Sun L. L.
23 29
23 30.5
23 55.5
4 20 25
4 19 17
4 19 2
+ 0.177
+ 0.179
+ 0.212
+ 0.517
+ 0.518
+ 0.530
3 23 1
27 20
30 5
Sun Ct.
Compass
86.35
89.35
9() .2
Magn. Decl.
24.8 E
22.9
22.7
Magn. Decl. Mean = 23.5 E
The latitude following from the meridian altitudes of this and the preceding day is 82 7'
which was adopted. The_ mean result of the three altitudes is
Watch I 3l 24m a m, LT-I = 4^ 19m 35s and E. Long. = 4h 12m 17s _ ^ = 63 4' - ^.
The drift in longitude during the long stay in the "Camp of Longing", appears to have
been small.
From July 22 the travellers were struggling towards land, which first became visible on July 23
in S 10 W by compass, but after some days of tolerable progress, which brought new land into
16
122
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
view in S 60 W by compass in the evening of July 25, it was evident on July 31 and August 1,
when the weather cleared up, that the drift had been contrary. This is also apparent from
the following observations.
1896, August 1.
Watch 1
Bar.
Temp.
Eye
Sextant
Ind.
corr.
LT-I
A d^
*l
h m s
mm
feet
O 1
,
h m s
2 28 28
32 3
33 18
756.4
+ 1.7
16
Sun L. L.
15 52
15 45
15 42
4 27 32
4 27 15
4 27 26
+ 0.122
0.129
0.132
- 0.471
- 0.473
- 0.474
Midnight
756.9
-0.8
12
Sun L. L.
9 26
(0?)
N. Lat. = 81 35 '.5
"Latitude perhaps a minute or two smaller, the midnight altitude having been taken a
little late."
The first observations have been reduced with <f = 81 35'. The result is
LT-I = 4> 27" 248 an d E. Long. = 4^ 22m 36" - 4 = 65 39' - J.
On August 2, the north point of the land was in S 65 W by compass.
An open channel along the islands of Hvidtenland, reached in the morning of August 6,
was hereafter used for rowing and sailing.
1895, August 9. On the south side of Adelaide Island.
Bar. 756.0 mm, Therm. - 0.6. Hor. Point = 89 50' + x, LT-I = 4h 10m + ^ 8.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
N. Lat
h m s
|
8 10 14
Sun L. L.
65 48
81 38.1
- 1.0005
- 0.010
14 44
65 48.5
81 37.8
-1.00*
- 0.013 6>
17 32
65 48
81 36.7
- 1.01 x
- 0.015 d>
20 59
113 50.7
81 37.0
+ 1.01 x
- 0.017 6>
27 7
113 47.5
81 38.5
+ 1.01 *
- 0.021 6>
31 35
65 55.5
81 40.0
- 1.01 *
-0.0240
33 44
65 57
81 40.6
-1.02*
-0.0260
The mean for the two positions of the instrument is <p = 81 38 '.2 0.018 &. The data
necessary for the determination of & will be found below.
From the glacier covering the Adelaide Island, the bearing of the south point of Eva Island
was nearly east (some fog in this direction), Liv Island from N to NE b E, Freeden Island
from S to SE b E, all per compass. The distance of the latter island was estimated to be about
4 miles.
After three hours of sailing, the following observations were taken the same day :
Bar. 758 mm, Temp. - 2. Height of eye 3 feet, Ind. corr. 0, Ass. Lat. 81 35'.
Watch I
Sextant
LT-I
* d^
*s
h m s
O i
h m s
1 58 45
242
2 7 38
Sun L. L.
15 20.5
15 10
15 2.5
Mean
4 10 46
4 10 13
4 10 3
+ 0.027
0.036
0.043
-0.456
-0.457
- 0.457
4 10 21
+ 0.035 1 -0.457
NO. 6.]
SLEDGE EXPEDITION. OBSERVATIONS 1895.
123
The sailing lasted from 3 p.m. to 8 p.m. and was followed by dragging over a belt of ice;
estimated distance about 10 miles. The course seems to have been nearly true SW. Assuming
the distance between the two sets of observations to have been 5 miles, the change of latitude
would be 3'.5, and of east longitude 24' = l m 36 s , which gives & = 30' nearly, and for
the south side of Adelaide Island
N. Lat. = 81 37'.7.
For the afternoon observations f would then be 81 34' or 4<p = 1 ', and
LT-I = 4h 10m 19s, E. Long. 4t 7 7" - J= 61 47' - J.
1895, August 10. Bar. 758.4 mm, Temp. - 3.6. Height of eye 6 feet, Ind. corr. (0?).
Meridian altitude Sun L. L. 23 56'; N. Lat. = 81 30'.
After rowing and dragging from 1 p.m. to 10 p.m. in a south-westerly direction (estimated
distance 810 miles) the following Lunar Distance was taken:
Watch I 7h 25" 29", Sun and Moon 122 37'; Bar. 758.2 mm, Temp. - 5.3.
Assuming Ind. corr. as the day before, N. Lat. 81 25', LT I = 4 h 5, the result is
I-Gr. = - Oh llm.8
while the table p. 112 has O h 3 m .O 4. As the Ind. corr. was not determined on the same
occasion, and only a single distance was taken (the Moon disappeared during the observation)
the result was not considered sufficiently accurate for a determination of d. An index correction
of + 4' would give accordance, with ^/ = 0.
1895, August 16. On Houen Island. Bar. 758.5mm, Temp. 1.5.
Hor. Point of Circle = 89 51' + x, LT-I = 3h 50 + & Q.
Watch 1
Vert. Circle
N. Lat.
h m s
O 1
O i
9 15 20
23 58
Sun L. L.
68 10.2
111 24
Mean
81 35.5 - 1.04 *
81 35.5 + 1.05 x
-0.0420
-0.0480
81 35.5
-0.0458
where 6 may probably be neglected.
1896, August 17. On the ice off Cape Brogger. Bar. 753.5 mm, Temp. 1. Hor. Point
ass. 89 51'.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
LT-I
A d?
i*
dfc
h m s
O 1
h m s
5 40 3
43 15
45 3
48 23
Sun L. L.
109 39
109 42
69 57
69 42.5
Mean
3 46 32
3 45 32
3 45 51
3 45 44
+ 0.519
0.529
0.540
0.565
+ 0.687
0.695
0.703
0.723
3 45 55
+ 0.538
A correction of + 10' has been applied to the circle reading of the fourth observation.
The assumed latitude, 81 30', is somewhat uncertain. On the preceding day and night the
travellers were walking and rowing first NW, and then nearly west, but from Cape Felder the coast
124
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
trended more south-west. The longitude is given below on the two suppositions of latitude
81 30' and 81 34'.
With y 81 30', LT-I = 3h 45"> 55** and E. Long. = 3^ 44m 15" - J = 56 4' - J.
" y = 81 34, LT-I =3 48 4 and E. Long. = 3 46 24 -^ = 5636- J.
After some hours of rowing from midnight Aug. 1718 (estimated distance 68 miles),
towards Cape Clements Markhatn, about SSW by compass, the travellers met the drifting ice
and turned more eastwards to the firm ice. As the south-westerly wind freshened up, and the
ice closed in, they were detained for several days on the ice off Cape Hettand, where the
following observations were taken.
1895, August 19. Bar. 741 mm, Temp. - 0.9. Height of eye 18 feet, Ind. corr. + 4'.
Watch I
Sextant
LT-I
A d^
, dt
A dfe
h m s
O I
h m s
2 13 20
19 15
21 39
24 1
25 49
Sun L. L.
12 27
12 13.5
12 7
12 1
11 59
Mean
3 49 23
49 33
50 1
50 22
49 29
+ 0.014
0.025
0.031
0.036
0.038
-0.447
-0.447
-0.448
-0.448
-0.448
3 49 46
+ 0.029
-0.448
The assumed latitude was 81 25'. Applying the correction
following observations, the result is
= 1'.5, according to the
Watch I
21m, LT-I = 3h 49m 43s a nd E. Long. = 3^ 48" 31s _ J = 57 g' -
As the dead reckoning gives a somewhat smaller longitude, and the bearing of the two
camps of August 17 and 19 had been estimated as nearly true north and south, it is possible
that the apparent horizon has been elevated, as was manifest some days later on (see below).
Assuming the same value of d\i = + 5' as then (though the meteorological conditions were
not quite the same, the southerly wind being considerably stronger during this stay), the result
would be
LT-I = 3b 47m 29s and E. Long. = 3h 46 17* - ^ = 56 34 - J.
1895, August 20. Same place. Bar. 743.5 mm, Temp. - 2.l. Ass. Hor. Point 89 51'.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
N. Lat.
dy
dT
dy
fi
h m s
O 1
1
9 56 25
Sun L. L.
109 50.2
81 23.3
-0.076
- 1.12
10 25
109 46
23.4
-0.079
- 1.13
10 4 45
70 0.2
22.8
-0.083
- 1.14
10 7 18
70 4.7
24.8
-0.085
-1.15
Mean
81 23.6
-0.081
These values were calculated with the assumed LT I = 3 h 50 m . If the second result
for August 19 be adopted, LT-I would be 3h 47 19" or Jt = - 2m 41s = - 40' and
N. Lat. = 81 26'.8
or nearly the same as originally assumed on August 19. The influence on the longitude is
insignificant.
NO. 6.]
SLEDGE-EXPEDIT1ON. OBSERVATIONS 1895.
125
1896, August 28. At the place that was chosen for winter quarters.
Bar. 742.7 mm, Temp. - 1.0 C, Ind. corn + 6'.
Watch I
Eye
Sextant
h m s
feet
O 1
The two sets combined give:
8 36 34
4
Sun L. L.
18 11
8 44 40
18 8
N. Lat. = 81 17'.5
8 49 50
18 6
and for Watch I 8h 44m, LT- 1 = 3^ 42 37*,
1 25 55
7
11 20
1 28 34
11 13.5
E. Long. = 3h 43m IQS _ J = 55 47- _ 4.
1896, August 30. Same place. Bar. 742 mm, Temp. - 2 C., height of eye 6 feet.
Meridian altitude Sun L. L. Sextant 17 30'; Ind. corr. -f 6'.
Result: N. Lai 81" 17'.3.
Though the two determinations of latitude of August 28 and 30 accord well, it must be
remarked that a series of altitudes taken the next year with the altazimuth on the same place,
gives the latitude nearly 5' smaller, which can only be explained by an elevation of the apparent
horizon on Aug. 28 and 30, similar to that found during the spring of the same year. As-
suming a correction of + 5' for both sets of altitudes of August 28, the result will be for
the Winter Hut:
N. Lat. 81 13'.
and LT-I = 3h 40m 47s, E. Long.
41n 20s _ J = 55
Observations taken at the Winter Hut.
Comparisons between the watches I and II.
1896
I
I-1I
Rel.
rate
1896
I
I-II
Rel.
rate
h m
h m s
s
h m
h m s
s
April 18
19
20
10 15 pm
9 43 '
10 54 '
3 58
4 17
4 39
+ 19
20
May 3
6
10 37 pm
1 40 am
5 12 "
1 51 36
52 3
52 31
+ 24
24.5
OO
22
28 am
4 57
G>4
7
9 15 "
52 58
BJ
CK7
23
14 '
5 21
24-
(AQ
8
1 23 pm
53 30
Z/
9A.
24
3 46 '
5 53
i. >
9
10 56 '
54 3
t
OG>
25
7 26 '
6 20
23
)i i
11
7 25 am
54 33
22
' i
26
10 14 "
6 42
20
12
5 pm
55 10
01
Gtf\
II stopped
Mean
+ 21.9
13
8 20 "
55 37
aU
Ifl
14
10 46 "
55 57
10
A C
April 27
29
7 15 pm
2 28 am
1 49 23
49 54
+ 24
H
15
17
11 19 "
3 25 urn
56 13
56 30
15
14.4
1 1
30
4 35 "
50 17
21
u
18
6 1 "
56 57
24
1 , -
May 1
5 33 [am]
50 34
10
1ft
19
3 17
1 57 11
16
2
11 20 am
50 57
10
26
Mean
+ 21.8
126
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896, April 18. Bar. 759.0 mm, Temp. - 23.5C. Circle Hor. Point 89 51' + x. Ass.
Lat. 81 13'.
Watch I
Hor. Circle
LT-I
at
h m s
O 1
m s
8 15 10 pm
32 45 "
55 15 "
9 4 51 "
Sun L. L.
" U.L.
" U.L.
" L. L.
82 4.2
97 33.7
96 53.0
83 42.5
-52 21
-52 36
-55 37
-51 55
- 0.473 x
+ 0.489 x
+ 0.513 x
-0.532*
+ 0.182
0.222
0.266
0.307
"Sun's limbs indistinct. Observation interrupted in the middle by a bear looking on."
There seems to be an error in the second or third observation, but as a correction cannot
be made without arbitrariness, and the limbs of the low Sun were indistinct, the numbers have
been retained as they stand. The result is then:
Watch I 8h 40m pm LT-I = - 52m 8s - 0.502 x
8 44 " " =-54 6 +0.501 x
Mean
gh 42 pm
= _ 53m 7s
1896, April 20. A series of 9 altitudes were taken of the Sun, and are used below for
determination of local time, 6 altitudes of the Moon, used for latitude, 4 lunar distances, and
2 bearings of the Sun by compass.
Bar. 756.4 mm, Temp. - 22 C.
Altitudes of the Sun. Circle Hor. Point 89 52' + x, Sun's Semidiameter = Tabular
Value + V- Ass. Lat. 81 13'.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
LT-I
A d7
h m s
O 1
m s
m s
4 59 8 pm
Sun L. L.
105 28.5
-52 53 +0.488
x-y]
= -54 34
- 0.219
5 6 40
t*
. 74 30
-53 23 -0.480
x + y
= -53 34
-0.202
6 46 46
M
78 11.2
-52 47 -0.437
x + y
= -52 58
+ 0.005
7 26 10
n
100 4.2
-52 39 +0.444
x y
= -54 11
0.081
32 31
79 53.5
-52 52 -0.446
x + y
= -53 3
0.093
39 35
U.L.
79 31.7
-55 33 -0.448
x y
= -54
0.102
8 9 10
L. L.
81 12
-53 11 -0.468
x + y
"
= -53 22
0.169
18 13
**
98 10
-51 41 +0.476
x y
= -53 19
0.192
23 58
U.L.
98 33.2
-53 26 +0.480
x + y
= -53 12
0.202
Combinations of the 6 th and 9 th observations with the others give x = 1 '.5 and
y = + 1 '.9, by which the values in the last row have been deduced. The mean is :
Watch I 7h 9m pm, LT-I = - 53 35.
Attitudes of the Moon. Circle Hor. Point = 89 52' + x. For the coordinates of the Moon
assumed Watch 4h 35 in advance of Gr. M. Time, corresponding to East Long. 55 20'. As for
the Sun, the Semidiameter was put = Tabular Value + y ; but as the upper and lower limb were
not equally suitable for observation, especially for the first two altitudes, during which the lower
limb must have been some 15 out of the vertical (as measured from the Moon's Centre) only
the last four observations were used for the determination of x and y.
NO.
6.]
OBSERVATIONS TAKEN AT THE WINTER HUT.
127
Watch I
Vert. Circle
N. Lat.
dp
dl
h m s
1
Of O 4
4 42 50 pm
Moon L. L.
120 19
81 8.1 +1.21
x-y) =81 7.5
+ 0.103
4 50 "
it M
120 23,2
12.4 +1.18
x-y = 11.8
+ 0.096
6 57 43 "
" ft
58 24
12.4 - 1.00
x + y = 11.0
-0.003
7 4 30 "
" U. L.
57 52
10.5 -1.00
x-y = 11.0
-0.008
7 12 "
" L -,, L<
121 16.5
12.3 +1.00
x-y = 11.8
- 0.013
7 17 15 '
121 16
10.7 + 1.01
x - y) = 10.2
- 0.017
"Horns of the Moon indistinct in the telescope, observations therefore less accurate."
The last four observations give x + y = + 1'.4 and x y = 0'.5.
The mean result is 81 10 '.6 or, with omission of the first, 81 11'. If the longitude
following from the lunar distances below be used, which would give Greenwich Time 5 minutes
greater than that used above, the change in the Moon's coordinates would give the latitude 0'.8
smaller.
Lunar Distances. Sun and Moon, inner limbs. Ind. corn + 5'.4.
Watch I
h m s
5 31 10 pm
5 53 40 "
6 26 "
"
Distance
36
Sextant
Gr. M. T.
I-Gr.
O *
h m s
h m s
84 28.5
84 38
84 56
85
1 1 13
1 21
1 58 26
2 7 15
4 29 57
32 40
27 34
28 45
The mean is 4h 29 m 44 s , which, with the correction to local time found above, 53 m 35 3 ,
gives the East Longitude 3 h 36 m 9 s = 54 2', but this result is rather uncertain, as will be seen
from the numbers in the last column. In order to get the longitude assumed above, it must
however be supposed that all the distances have been measured too small.
Magnetic Declination.
Watch I
h m
7 51
59
50 pm
16
Sun Centre
Compass
Sun's Az.
Decl.
O O
O
S86 N 85
" 85.6 " 84.2
S 106.5 W
" 108.3 "
21.0 E
23.4
"Needle very unsteady."
If the declination had been constant during the observations, the decreasing numbers on
the compass would show that the angle between the north end of the needle and the Sun's
vertical plane had been less than 90, which would give the declination 12.0 E and 13.2 E
respectively (see explanation p. 70). But it is apparent, from a computation made by the observer,
that the reading on the compass has been on the other side of 90, which gives the values in
the last column. The result is at all events uncertain, owing to the unsteadiness of the needle.
1896, April 27. Circum-meridian altitudes of the Sun. Bar. 758.5 mm, Temp. - 13.8 C.
Assumed Hor. Point 89 53', including the correction to the Sun's semidiameter, which is
eliminated from the mean result. Watch assumed 52 m s in advance of apparent time (deduced
from the preceding and the following determination of local time).
128
GEELMUYUEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORVV. POL. EXP.
Watch I
Vert Circle
N. Lat.
h m s
/
i
27 42 pro
Sun L. L.
67 21.7
81 14.0
Result:
34 20
41 39
49 55
U.L.
67 20
112 59
112 59.5
13.8
13.7
139
Sun L. L. (4 obs.) 81 12'.6
" U. L. (5 obs.) 81 12'.9
1 4 5
112 59.5
ias
Mean 81 12 '.8
8 55
L. L.
67 16.8
11.2
23
M
67 20.2
11.3
28 8
U. L.
112 55
12.0
39 15
M
112 50.7
11.6
The observations themselves seem to require a somewhat greater correction to the watch,
but as the altitudes were taken on both sides of the meridian, the result would be essentially
the same. This result has been adopted for the latitude of the Winter Hut.
1896, April 29. Bar. 752 mm, Temp. - 11.5 C. Ass. Hor. Point 89 52' + x.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
LT-I
*!
h m s
6 11 52 pm
25 28
32 30
36 13
41 14
Sun L. L.
" U ;, L -
" L. L.
/
74
74 30.5
105 30
105 22
75 7
m s
-54 40
-54 44
-55 2
-55 16
-54 27
- 0.451 x
-0.438 a;
+ 0.437 x
+ 0.437 x
- 0.437 x
m s
= -54 56
= -55
= -54 46
= -55
= -54 43
- 0.059
-0.033
-0.020
- 0.013
-0.002
The mean result is x = + 0'.6 and
Watch I 6h 30m, LT-I = - 54"> 53s.
1896, May 16. Bar. 758.5 mm, Temp. - 6 C.
Circle Hor. Point = 89 51' + x, Sun's Semidiameter = Tabular Value + y.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
LT-I
A d<
^Ay
h m s
o /
m s
m s
8 14 45 pm
Sun L. L.
105 44
-57 43 +0.474
x-y) = - 58 27
+ 0.184
23 15
"
74 18.7
-56 12 -0.483
x + y =-57 24
0.206
29
U. L.
73 55.5
-57 53 -0.487
x -y) =-57 7
0.215
36 59
L. L.
104 56.5
-56 43 +0.497
x-y) =-57 29
0.237
42 35
"
104 45
-56 31 +0.503
x-y) =-57 18
0.251
47 52
U. L.
74 32
-58 28 -0.508
X -y) =-57 41
0.259
The values x + y = + 149" and * - y = 94" were determined with omission of the
first observation. If it is also omitted for the clock correction, the result is
Watch I
36n>, LT-I = - 57> 24".
Immediately after these observations, the bearing of the Sun and of a terrestrial mark
were taken with the theodolite, and then a series of bearings by compass of the same terrestrial
mark and some other points, which were useful for the reduction of the observations taken on
NO. 6.J
OBSERVATIONS TAKEN AT THE WINTER HUT.
129
the way southwards. The names of the different points and islands are retained here as given
in the original journal.
Watch I Hor. Circle
Needle on the "Slotsberg" 6 55'
35"
Sun Centre
168 40
Azimuth
S 37 31' E
S 124 14 W
Compass
Needle on the Slotsberg S 55.7 E
Cape of Good Hope S 37 W
Hope Island, inner point S39 W
outer point S46 W
Black-spotted Island between S 74 W and S 78
While Island between S 85 W and S 97
"Stabben" (called "Steinen" on Nansen's map) N 70 W
Northern Island between N 59 W and N 54
Needle Cape N 41 W
Round mountain farther in the fjord .... N 86 E
W
W
W
The first three observations give:
Magnetic Declination at the Winter Hut = 18.2 E,
which value is certainly preferable to that found on April 20 during a period of evident magnetic
perturbations.
The points above are probably to be identified with the following points named by
Mr. Jackson:
Slotsberg Cape Brice.
Cape of Good Hope ... A little to the north of Cape Me. Clintock.
Hope Island Mary Elizabeth Island.
Black-spotted Island . . . Wm. Neale Island.
White Island Geo. Harley Island.
Northern Island Erasmus Ommaney Island.
Needle Cape Cape Hugh Mill.
The determinations of Local Time give the following values of the clock error and
daily rate.
Watch I
I-M.T.
Daily Rate
h in
in a
s
18%
April 18
April 20
April 29
May 16
8 42 pm
79
6 30
8 36
53 7
53 35
54 53
57 24
+ 14
+ 8.7
+ 8.8
and the mean acceleration during the whole period = + 9".2.
The comparisons with Watch II during the same period give for this a daily retardation
of 12<*.6.
17
130
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
On the way southwards from the Winter Hut.
Comparisons between the watches I and II.
1896
I
I-II
Rel.
rate
1896
I
I-II
Rel.
rate
h in
h m s
s
h m
h m s
s
May 19
3 17 am
1 57 11
June 1
8 50 pm
2 16
+ 1 i
20
4 13
1 57 25
IK
2
10 50 "
2 28
11
21
1 22
1 57 38
C
4
5 25 am
2 57
15
22
3 33
1 57 56
1A
5
10 43 "
2 1 1C
15
4 f
24
1 11
1 58 22
n
7
38 "
2 1 39
15
i f
25
5 57
1 58 43
11
4 f\
8
10 '
220
15
26
28
5 19 pm
16 am
1 58 57
1 59 16
10
15
iQ
9
11
11 4 pm
11 9 am
2 2 20
2 2 49
13
19
H
11 pm
1 59 33
lo
10
13
2 40 '
2 3 16
16
30
June 1
2 31 "
1 29 am
1 59 49
206
12
iO
17
I stopped
Mean
+ 14.6
12
June 17
31 am
-2 19 50
The running down of I took place the day after a struggle with a walrus which had
attacked and damaged one of the kayaks. On applying the mean relative acceleration of 14 9 .6,
the reduction to the former state will be:
June 13, 2>> 40m am I-II = + 2h 3"' 16"
Rel. Ace. in 4.1 days +10
June 17, I II should have been
" was
I lost through stopping
+ 2 4 16
- 2 19 50
4 24 6
It will be seen that the relative acceleration during the travelling was in the mean
7 seconds less than during the last month at the Winter Hut. As to the acceleration of I, which
was found to be + 9'.2 during the same month, it may be mentioned that a series of comparisons
with Mr. Jackson's chronometer in June and July gave an acceleration of 10 s relative to this
chronometer, which was said to lose O s .5 daily, consequently I accelerating 9 9 .5 daily. Some
observations on the way southwards which will be found below seem, however, to indicate that
the acceleration during the travelling was in the mean somewhat greater, about 12 S .5. This
value has been used for computing the longitude West of the meridian of the Winter Hut,
designated below by i.
In order to utilise the bearings by compass it was necessary to know the magnetic
declination. For the Winter Hut the value 18.2 E, found on May 16, was adopted. In Jackson's
A Thousand Days in the Arctic is given a table of magnetic declinations at Cape Flora as
determined by Mr. Armitage. The mean value for the summer 18% was 15.l E. The isogones
in this regions running nearly north and south, this would correspond nearly to 0.6 decreasing
of magnetic declination per degree of west longitude.
In some cases the position at the time of observation has been determined by the crossing
of such a line of bearing with the line of equal altitudes.
NO. 6.]
SOUTHWARDS FROM THE WINTER HUT.
After short walks on the ice on the evenings of May 19 and 20 the following observations
were taken during a rest on the following day.
1896, May 21. Bar. 751.9 mm, Temp. - 5.3 C.
Hor. Point 89 50' + x. Assumed LT I = - lh Qm 30s.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
N. Lat.
Ay>
dt
h m s
o /
O /
1 30 47 pm
36 57 "
40 14 "
44 38 "
Sun L. L.
,',' U ;, L
" L. L.
118 40.5
60 31.5
60 32.0
118 32.2
81 8.6 + x
81 9.6 - *
81 8.8 - x
81 10.9 + x
-0.025
-0.029
-0.032
-0.035
Mean:
81 9'.J
w
(between Needle C. and
C. Cl. Markham).
The assumed clock correction is adapted to a bearing of the Winter Hut given below and
corresponds to I = 32'.
From the same station the following observations were taken:
Vertical Circle
Summit of the Slotsberg 89 18' and 90 30'.5
Glacier behind the Winter Hut .... 91 37' and 88 11'.5
Compass
Needle on the Slotsberg S 89.2 E
Winter Hut N 40.4 E
Cape of Good Hope S 33 W
Hope Island between S 40 W and S 50
Black-spotted Island, middle N 57.5W
White Island, middle N 50.5W
Most northern black point N 7 E
Needle Cape N 10 E
Applying the declination 18 E the bearing of the Winter Hut is, with due regard to the
convergence of meridians, equivalent to the true bearing S 59 W the opposite way.
The above coordinates give the distance from the present station to the Winter Hut
6 miles. The cross-bearings give then the following distances from the Hut: White island
10 miles, black-spotted island nearly 9 miles, Slotsberg 9 miles, Needle Cape 4 miles.
The distance from this station to the Slotsberg is 11.5 miles. The altitude of 36'
measured above will then give the height of this mountain about 250 metres, the summit being
1 2 miles behind the Needle. Assuming the glacier, the altitude of which was 1 43', to be
2 miles behind the Winter Hut, its height would be about 440 metres.
The bearings of the Cape of Good Hope and Hope Island cut under too small angles to
determine the situation. If the distance of Hope Island be estimated by its angular magnitude,
which was 7 from the Winter Hut and 10 from this station (supposing the same points to
have been observed on both occasions) its distance would be '/a 6 = 14 miles or 20 miles from
the Winter Hut, but this is of course somewhat uncertain.
After a short walk the following observation was taken the same afternoon:
Barometer and Temperature as above. Assumed Lat. 81 9'.
itt
dt
Watch I
Vert. Circle
LT-I
i "*
*d^
A dfe
h m s
O 1
h m s
5 22 50
26 3
Sun L. L.
" U. L.
66 27
113 44.5
} -1 50
- 0.157
-0.461
28 11
32 25
" L. L.
113 40
66 49
} -1 27
-0.143
-0.456
132 GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
The mean - lh 0" 38" corresponds to A = 32'.
Late in the evening the tent was raised near the Cape of Good Hope. From this point
the bearing was taken of two snow-covered islands, a largo one (middle) in S 40 W, another
not much smaller in S 85 W by compass.
A sketch which was taken in the afternoon of May 21, possibly on the station for the
last altitudes of the Sun, has the bearing of a line pointing to the middle of the fjord north
of the. Slotsberg (Jackson's Gore Booth Fjord) N. 72 E, and a mountain somewhat south-east of
the Slotsberg N 80.5 E by compass.
Alter a day of rest during a snow-storm and a short trip southwards to "The Castle"
(Jackson's C. Me. Clintock) from which they returned, the travellers went over to the island.
Before leaving the following bearings were taken from the ice off the Cape of Good Hope:
Most southerly point (Jackson's Cape Fisher) S 8 W by Compass
Point at Cape Athos (C. Clements Markham) N 2 E "
1896, May 28. From the north side of Hope Island:
White Island N 8 W by Compass
Black-spotted Island N 2 E
Cape of Good Hope N 65 E
The position of the two islands being determined by previous cross-bearings, and assuming
the magnetic declination to be 17.5 E, the first two bearings give the position of the station at
a distance of 1213 miles from the Winter Hut. Though the angle of intersection is only 10,
this result is probably to be preferred to the approximate value found above, the lines crossing
very nearly in the line giving the direction of the northern border of the island as seen from
the Winter Hut and the nearly coincident direction from the ice May 21. The coordinates of the
station would then be <p = 81 7' and i, = 1.2. The third observation then gives the Cape of
Good Hope 9-10 miles from the Winter Hut and <f = 81 7'.5, i = 0.8.
1896, June 1. From the south side of Hope Island the most southerly land point was
about S 2 W; a small island was seen outside of it. Two larger islands in view about SW
and one W or somewhat more northerly.
A sketch has the following bearings, apparently from the same station:
Auk berg (Jackson's Cape Fisher) S 38 E by Compass.
Point on the south side of the fjord (C. Kichthofen?) S 3 E
The same sketch has the following bearings from a point on the ice so much south-east
of the island that the Winter Hut was just clear of its east point :
Winter Hut N
Cape of Good Hope N 46 E
The Castle (J. C. Me. Clintock) .... N 52 E
The bearing of Cape Fisher combined with the bearing of the same point from the ice off
Cape of Good Hope gives its position $p = 813', A=l.l and distance from the Cape of
Good Hope 56 miles.
The bearing of the Winter Hut is evidently erroneous; the observer seems to have written
N on the line indicating the direction on the sketch, but forgotten to add the degrees east. As
it is, however, apparent from the sketch, that the station is on the line from the Winter Hut
through the inner point of Hope Island, the bearing of which was determined on May 16, this
direction combined with the bearing of the Cape of Good Hope (magnetic declination ass. 17.5 E)
gives for the station <f = 81 5', A = l.l or 1.2 and distance from the Cape of Good Hope 4 miles.
The bearing of the Castle will then give this point 0.4 mile south of the Cape of Good Hope.
NO. 6.]
SOUTHWARDS FROM THE WINTER HUT.
133
1896, June 3. Sailing on the ice towards Cape Fisher. It is not stated when the departure
took place.
Bar. 751.5 mm, Temp. - 1.5 C.
Circle Hor. Point 89 51' + x. Assumed clock correction l h 5" 30 s , corresponding to
12s.5 daily acceleration and 1= l.l.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
N. Lat.
Atp
37
h m s
1
1
1 15 54 pm
19 50
24 5
27 54
Sun L. L.
f *
" U. L.
120 54
120 53
58 16.5
58 17.0
81 5.9 +x
81 6.1 + x
81 4.5 -*
81 4.1 -x
-0.009
- 0.012
- 0.015
- 0.018
Mean :
81 5M
The tent was raised in the evening somewhat past Cape Fisher. The travellers went on
the next day at 6 p.m, first sailing on the ice, then rowing in the kayaks round Cape Richthofen
till 7 a.m June 5.
1896, June 6. Before leaving the tent-place near Cape Richthofen the bearing was taken
of "most easterly point of new land" (on the other side of Jackson's Markham Sound) in
S 68 E; open sea visible in S 75 W, both by compass.
After some six hours of sailing on the ice the following observations were taken with the
sextant. Index corr. + 5', height of eye 4 feet. Bar. 750.5 mm, Temp. - 3 C.
Watch I
Oh 23m QS pm Sun L. L. 31 31'
Noon " " 31 42
The meridian altitude gives <f = 80 44'. If the first altitude be used to seek the hour
angle corresponding to 11' reduction to the meridian, it would give the watch Ik 6 m 54 s in
advance of apparent time or l h 8 m 25 s in advance of mean time; of course with considerable
uncertainty.
From the same station the following bearings were taken (noted on a sketch):
West point of island in the north (Jackson's Cape Richthofen) . N 7 E by Compass
Most southern visible point of the same island S 90 E
North point of another island in the sound (3. Bromivich Island?) S 70 E
A small island far east is indicated between the last two bearings.
North point of a third island (J. Fridtjof Nansen Island ?) . . S 62 E
West point of the same island S23E
East point of a fourth island (J. Reginald Koettlitz Island?) . . S 15 E
North-west point of the same S6W
The tent was raised in the evening near the point of the last bearing.
As the two bearings of C. Richthofen (supposing that this was the point observed from
the south side of the Hope Island on June 1) cut under a too small angle, the last named
bearing was combined with the parallel of 80 47'.5, which appears to be the latitude of this
point according to an observation of Mr. Armitagc taken in the neighbourhood 1895 April 27
during Jackson's expedition. This gives for C. Richthofen 1= 1 41' and for the present station,
by means of the bearing above, A = 1 52'. Applying the daily acceleration of 128.5 from May 16,
this would give the watch lh 9 m 10 s in advance of Local Mean Time on June 6, Noon, not more
different from the above approximate value, than could be expected.
The following observations were taken before leaving the point near Koettlitz Island,
where the travellers stopped on the evening of June 6.
134
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896, June 7. Bar. 746.9 mm, Temp. - 2.4 C.
Circle Hor. Point 89 53' + x, assumed latitude 80 40'.
Watch I
Vert. Circle
LT-I
. At
h m s
1
h m s
f
4 26 45 i MM
39 15
Sun L. L.
" U. L.
61 25.7
118 28.0
- 1 10 10
- 1 10 36
- 0.513 x
+ 0.497 x
-0.307
- 0.279
Compass
Snow island, southern point S58W
northern point N 76 W
The cape we left yesterday (Cape Richthofen) N 6 E
The last bearing may serve to correct the assumed latitude. Applying the magnetic
declination 17 E its intersection with the line of equal altitudes gives y = 80 39'; the diffe-
rential quotients then give the clock correction lh 10 m 23 s + 17s = lh IQm 6s. The same
intersection gives also * = 801 10*, or watch I 1^ 1m 56s i n advance of M. T. at the Winter Hut;
on May 16 the error was Oh 57 m 24 s , consequently an acceleration of 4m 32 8 in 21.8 days or
12.5 daily.
After a good sailing on the ice from 7 p.m June 7, the travellers stopped at 7 a.m June 8
in a snow storm without reaching the land on the other side of the fjord (Jackson's Allen
Young Sound). A sketch from the following day has the bearing from west point of "low
moraine island" (J. Koettlitz Island) to west point of "low moraine land" (J. Hooker Island) as
S 10 E by compass. The stopping place of June 8 in the morning was about midway, but
somewhat to the east of this line. The west point of Koettlitz Island was more westerly than the
tent-place of June 67 on the north side of the island. On the same sketch is indicated a
small island about 6 miles west of "low moraine land", and another close to the north of it;
probably Jackson's Eaton Island and Scott Keltie Island.
About 3 hours after leaving this station on the ice the following observation was taken:
1896, June 9. Bar. 747 mm, Temp. ca. 0. Ind. corr. (+ 5'?), height of eye 4 feet.
Watch I
Sextant
N. Lat.
dy>
&<f
dl
dfe
h m s
O 1
O /
10 3 40 am [Sun L. L.]
29
80 26.4
+ 0.202
- 1.58
18 45 "
29 28
80 26.6
0.176
-1.46
"Land about 2 miles off."
The latitude is calculated with the assumed clock correction l h 13 m , corresponding to
* = 2,7, when the same acceleration is applied as before.
The sailing on the ice continued till 6 p.m. Before stopping in the neighbourhood of the
west point of Hooker Island the travellers had to make a long circuit westwards, the ice be-
ginning to give way under the sledges. After stopping, the following observations were taken:
Bar. 749.5 mm, Temp. + 1 .0 C. Ind. corr. (+ 5 ?), height of eye 7 feet.
Watch I
Sextant
LT-I
At
*
h m s
O 1
h m s
f
7 28 15 pm
33 30 "
38 10 "
41 45 "
[Sun L. L] 21 49
21 34
21 20
21 13.5
- 1 15 13
- 1 14 28
- 1 13 32
- 1 14 28
+ 0.052
0.062
0.072
0.076
- 0.397
-0.398
-0.400
-0.401
NO. 6.]
SOUTHWARDS FROM THE WINTER HUT.
135
The assumed latitude is 80 17' (see June 12). The mean of the rather discordant values
of the clock error is I' 1 14 m 25 s , corresponding to ). = 3.0.
After a very good sailing on the ice during the whole night from 7 p.m June 10 till 6 a.m
June 11 (distance sailed estimated to be 12 miles at least) the tent was raised before reaching
land on the other side of the sound (J. De Bruyne Sound). Here the following observation
was taken:
1896, June 11. Bar. 753.8 mm, Temp. - 2.9. Ind. corr. (+ 5'?), height of eye 6 feet.
Midnight [Sun L. L], Sextant 12 58', which gives the latitude 80 2'.
From the same station the following bearings were taken, noted on a sketch:
Tent place of June 9-10 (near Hooker Island) N 13 W by Compass
South point of a small island (J. Etheridge Island ?) . . . N 62 E
South-east point of another island (J. Cape Barents) ... S 23 W
More northern point of the same island (J. Northbrook L) . N 81 W
Applying the magnetic declination 16.5 E the first bearing gives i. = 3.l.
After continuing the sailing on the ice from 4 till 6 in the morning of the following day,
now in a more westerly direction than before, the following observations were taken:
1896, June 12. Bar. 754.0 mm, Temp. - 1.8 C. Ind. corr. (+ 5'?), height of eye 9 feet.
Watch I
Sextant
LT-I
v d<
*I
h in s
O 1
h m s
<f
7 10 19 am [Sun L. L.]
22 16
- 1 17 19
-0.040
+ 0.386
12 52 "
22 22
-1 17 33
-0.036
0.386
14 37 "
22 27
-1 17 23
-0.033
0.385
16 14 "
22 as
- 1 16 42
-0.029
0.385
The assumed latitude is 79 58', and the mean value of the clock error I* 1 17 m 14 8 , which
gives ). = 3.6.
It has been supposed that this station is nearly on the line determined on June 11 by
the bearing of Cape Barents, towards which the travellers were steering when the weather had
cleared up. The apparently somewhat arbitrary assumption of y = 80 17' for the station of
June 9 in the evening, which was combined with the station of June 11 by the first bearing of
that day, has been made in order to nearly fulfil this condition.
Shortly after this observation the travellers met the open sea and went into the kayaks,
and were henceforth sailing round Cape Barents and westwards along the ice border till the evening.
After rowing during the night of June 1314 the following observations were taken:
18S6, June 14. Bar. 754.5 mm, Temp. - 2 C. Ind. con-. + 4', height of eye 7 feet.
No.
Watch I
Sextant
No.
Watch I
Sextant
h m s
1
h m s
1
1
1 40 15 pm
[Sun L. L.] 33 8
5
6 27 20 pm [Sun L. L.l
25 7
2
47 22 "
33 5
6
30 51 "
24 59
3
51 40 "
33 4
7
33 18 "
24 50
4
56 2 "
33 3
8
35 58 "
24 43
These observations having been taken at the same place they were combined two and
two, with due regard to the acceleration of the watch and the change of the equation of time
between the two series, and gave the following results:
136
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. [NOUW. I>OL. EXP. NO. .j
N. Lat.
LT-1
O 1
h m s
1 and 5 79 52.7
2 and 6 79 54.1
3 and 7 79 53.2
4 and 8 79 52.4
-1 22 54
- 1 23 24
- 1 22 20
- 1 22 16
Assuming the mean acceleration 12 S ,5
error would correspond to A = 4 50';
ration of 9s.5 would give /I = 5 12'.
this clock
an accele-
Mean 79 53.1
- 1 22 43
This was the last observation. After some hours of rowing on the morning of June 15
and a necessary repairing of one of the kayaks the following day, the travellers met Mr. Jackson
on June 17.
"~\
On June 18 a comparison with Jackson's chronometer gave:
Watch I 2h 10m am I-Gr. = 0^ 20m 403.7.
Applying to this the loss through stopping 4 1 ' 24m 6, mentioned above, and acceleration
12 S .5 daily in 3.7 days, the result will be:
1896 June 14, Watch 1 lh 49m pm 1-Gr. = 4'' 44m is
which combined with the above correction to Local Time will give:
Longitude of Station June 14 = 3^ 21m 18" = 50 2CC E
Applying further / = 4 50
the longitude of the Winter Hut will be 55" 10' E, or 55 20' by application of the correction
of + 10' to the longitude of Cape Flora mentioned in the introduction.
On comparing this result with the longitude of the Winter Hut given on p. 125 as
following from the observations of the preceding year, it will be seen that if the mean rate of
watch I has not differed sensibly from the then assumed value 12 s a day, which was very
nearly the same as that " found during the travelling in 1896, the quantity J of the preceding
year may be neglected.
VII.
TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM
BY
AKSEL S. STEEN.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Pago
A. Introduction 1
B. Declination 10
The Needles
The Double Declination Needle 10
The Small Needle 14
The Mark 15
The Azimuth 15
The Observations 17
Observations of Declination 20
C. Horizontal Intensity 62
The Making of the Observations
Observations of Deflection 6t
Observations of Vibration 67
Determination of the Constants
Direct Determinations 69
Employment of the Observations for the Verification of the Constants . . 71
The Final Values of the Temperature-Coefficient 73
The Final Values of the Constants ft and C 75
The Observations and their Reduction
Observations of Deflection 77
Observations of Vibration 98
Summary of the Results 118
D. Inclination 127
Determination of the Index-Error 128
The Observations 136
Observations of Inclination 137
E. Total Intensity 166
Observations of Deflection 169
F. General Results 181
Arrangement of the Results in Groups 189
Plates I XVII. Variations of Declination.
CORRIGENDA.
Page 30. 1894. May 26. Lat. N. 81 30' read 81 31'
34. 1894. June 23. 4^ 45 p. m. M. 106 42'0' 106 46'9'
D. 37 19-8' 37 24'7'
Mean 37 5"4' 37 5'6'
83. 1894. July 6. Long. E. 124 33' 124 39-
95. 1896. March 7. Long. E. 24 9' 24 11'
115. 1896. March 19. Long. E. 24 40' 24 39'
126. 1896. March 7. Long. E. 24 9' 24 11'
1896. March 19. Long. E. 24 40' 24 39"
( UN
OF
SlTY ]
\
A. INTRODUCTION.
Attempts are continually being made to extend the knowledge we possess
regarding the magnetic conditions of our globe, both by regular observations
with fixed instruments in observatories specially arranged for that purpose,
and by occasional, but systematically prepared observations during scientific
journeys. It is of especial importance to obtain determinations of the magnetic
elements from the polar regions, because the observations have naturally
hitherto been rather scarce from these deserted wastes, containing large tracts
where the foot of man has never yet trod, and whose physical conditions
place all kinds of difficulties in the way of delicate scientific investigations.
They are also important because the action of the earth's magnetic forces in
these very regions, judging from the observations that have been obtained,
presents peculiarities to which there is no parallel in the temperate and
torrid zones.
It was therefore reasonable that investigations of terrestrial magnetism
should form an important part of Dr. NANSEN'S plan for the scientific work
of the Norwegian Polar Expedition.
The member of the expedition who was appointed to conduct these
investigations was Lieutenant, now Captain R. N. SIGURD SCOTT-HANSEN,
who, all through the three years in the ice, made all the observations be-
longing to this subject with unabated interest and great skill.
During the preparations for the expedition, Professor MOHN applied to
the director of 'Deutsche Seewarte' in Hamburg, the famous magnetician,
Professor Dr. G. NEUMAYER, with a request that he would give his valuable
2 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
assistance in the arrangement of the magnetic part of the expedition's
equipment, a request to which Professor NEUMAYER acceded in the most
obliging manner. Among other things, he constructed a magnetic apparatus
especially adapted to the conditions under which it was to be expected that
the observations would have to be carried out, and made under his special
supervision by Heir E. A. ZSCHAU, the mechanician of the 'Deutsche Seewarte'.
In a manuscript document 1 also sent to the expedition, containing a de-
scription of the several parts of the apparatus, and an account of the deter-
minations of the constants of the instrument made in Hamburg before its
despatch, Dr. NEUMAYER expresses himself at some length introductorily as to
the fundamental principles followed in the design and construction of the
apparatus.
These remarks, comprising 10 separate points, are as follows:
"1. Die astronomischen Bestimmungen sind durch den magnetischen
Apparat nicht auszufiihren. Die Kollimation des Kreises wird durch ein, von
dem Apparate ganz getrenntes Instrument auf den Kreis desselben Ubertragen.
Nur in Fallen, wenn die Beobachtungen eines Gestirnes nahe uber dem Hori-
zonte ausgefuhrt werden konnen, kann auch mit demselben eine Bestimmung
der Kollimation des Kreises erfolgen. Bei der Durchfiihrung astronomischer
Beobachtungen sind die von Prof. MOHN in einem besonderen Memoire nieder-
gelegten Ansichten als maassgebend zu erachten.
2. Wenn es auch unwahrscheinlich ist, dass der Gebrauch des Fox'schen
Instrumentes an Bord des Expeditionsschiffes H Fram" immer moglich sein
wird, so schien es doch zweckmassig, dieses werthvolle Instrument zu Zwecken
der relativen Werthbestimmung der Inclination und der Total-Intensitat bei
der Expedition zu verwenden. Die Bestimmung der Horizontal-Komponente
wird selbst bei Anwendung der grossten Umsicht bei dem kleinen Werthe
dieses magnetischen Elementes auf erhebliche Schwierigkeiten stossen.
3. Es schien wichtig, im allgemeinen die Form des NEUMAYER-BAMBERG-
schen Deklinatoriums beizubehalten, da sich dasselbe in jeder Beziehung
bewahrt hat und im (ibrigen gestattete, dass ein Apparat zu Horizontal-
Intensitats-Bestimmungen damit verbunden wurde. Sonach konnte die aussere
Form und Aufstellung wie dieselbe im Handbuche flir Instrumentenkunde
1 Designated in this paper as Dr. NEUMAYER'S manuscript.
NO. 7.] INTRODUCTION.
dargelegt ist beibehalten werden. Es kann der Apparat entweder arretirt,
oder in der cardanischen Aufhangung schwingend je nach Umstanden
benutzt werden.
4. Zur Bestimmung der magnetischen Deklination wird eine Nadel
mit Spiegel von nur 29 Gramm Gewicht, auf Spitzen schwingend, angewendet.
Da die Nadel zum Umlegen eingerichtet ist, so kann die Kollimation des
Spiegels jederzeit ermittelt, beziehungsweise eliminirt werden. Fur den Gebrauch
auf einer Expedition, wie der bevorstehenden Dr. NANSEN'S, kann man nur
von der Anwendung einer Spitzen- Aufhangung Erfolg erwarten; Coconfaden
werden fur einen solchen Zweck nie genugen konnen, es sei denn, dass es
sich um die Beobachtung von Schwingungsdauern handelt. Wichtig ist es
bei dem Gebrauche von Spitzen, dass der Beobachter unablassig das korrekte
Funktioniren derselben beobachtet, eine schadhaft gewordene Spitze durch eine
andere ersetzt, oder zu repariren vermag. Zu diesem Behufe ist ein Spitzen-
Scharfungs-Apparat, (iber dessen Gebrauch sich der Beobachter genauestens
zu informieren hat, der Expedition mitgegeben. Es kann die magnetische
Deklination mit diesem Apparate in absoluter Weise bestimmt werden.
5. Die magnetische Inklination wird mit einem, dem Gehause des
Fox'schen Apparates ahnlichen in relativer Weise bestimmt. Da namlich die
Nadeln dieses Theiles des Apparates auch zu Intensitats-Bestimmungen be-
nutzt werden miissen, so durfen dieselben unter keinen Umstanden ummag-
netisirt werden. Man hat also an einem Orte, an welchem die Inklination
genau bekannt ist, den Indexfehler einer Nadel zu bestimmen und bei der
Ableitung des Endresultates in Rechnung zu ziehen. Zu empfehlen ist es
auch, ausser den i Wild's Anleitung zu magnetischen Beobachtungen" ge-
gebenen Winken 1 tiber die Bestimmung der Inklination abgesehen von
der Ummagnetisirung noch die Methode der Beobachtung in gleichen
Intervallen, wodurch die Lage des magnetischen Meridians eliminirt wird, zur
Anwendung zu bringen 2 .
6. Die Bestimmtmg der erdmagnetischen Kraft bietet in den von der
Expedition zu bereisenden Gegenden ganz erhebliche Schwierigkeiten. Wenn
die Expedition wie man hoffen muss ihren Plan, von der sibirischen
1 Siehe Dr. NEUMAYER: Anleitung zu wissenschaftlichen Beobachtungen aufReisen";
Bd. I, Seite 304 u. ff.
* Siehe ,,Der Kompass an Bord", Seite 44 u. ff.
4 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Kuste tiber den Pol nach der Franklin-Bay durchzudringen, zu realisiren
vermag, so wird die horizontale Komponente bis zu 0.36 der GAUss'schen
Einheit abnehmen, wodurch die Schwierigkeit der Bestimmung derselben
erheblich erhoht wird. Es muss aus diesem Grunde Bedacht darauf ge-
nommen werden, die Totalintensitat bestimmen zu konnen, so dass man
jederzeit die Horizontal-Komponente oder die Totalkraft zu bestimmen vermag.
Fur den letzten Zweck bietet der Fox'sche Apparat die beste Gewahr. Denn
wenn auch zugegeben werden muss, dass an Bord dieser Apparat wegen der
anzubringenden Deviationen nicht fur alle Falle gentigen kann, so ist doch
auf dem Eise jederzeit mit demselben sei es unter Anwendung der car-
danischen Aufhangung, oder bei fester Aufstellung ein gutes Resultat zu
erlangen; vorausgesetzt, dass die Untersuchung desselben an einer Basis-
Station entsprechend ausgeftlhrt worden ist. Es wird daher von der Vor-
aussetzung auszugehen sein, dass wenn immer es moglich ist die
Horizontal-Komponente mittels Ablenkungen und Schwingungen bestimmt
und mit ihr zugleich die Totalkraft mittels Deflektoren ermittelt wird. Beide
Manipulationen lassen sich mit Leichtigkeit in kurzer Zeit selbst unter den
schwierigen Verhaltnissen, wie sie bei einer Expedition von der Art der
bevorstehenden nicht selten eintreten werden, ausftthren. Letzteres gilt be-
sonders fiir die Ermittelung der Horizontal-Komponente mittels Ablenkung
allein, zu welchem Zwecke die Entfernung des ablenkenden Magnets wie
wir spater sehen werden eine den Verhaltnissen entsprechende fest be-
stimmte sein muss.
7. Da es haufig nicht moglich sein durfte, die genaue Einstellung der
freien Nadel mit Spiegel und Telescop zu bewirken, so ist durch ent-
sprechende Marken auf dem Gehause des Deklinations-Apparates darauf
Bedacht genommen, dass die Einstellung mit freiem Auge mit einiger Sicher-
heit bewirkt werden kann. Es sind dem Apparate in einem Etui zwei Nadeln
beigegeben, welche zur Bestimmung der Lage des magnetischen Meridians in
Ermangelung besserer Gelegenheit benutzt werden konnen. Dass die Kolli-
mation dieser Nadeln, da sie nicht umgelegt werden konnen, durch Ver-
gleichen mit der umlegbaren Deklinationsnadel zu ermitteln ist, bedarf wohl
kaum erst der Erwahnung.
8. Es wurde bei der Anfertigung des NEUMAYER-Fox'schen Apparates
die grosste Sorgfalt darauf verwendet, dass das zur Anwendung gelangende
NO. 7.] INTRODUCTION.
Material vollkommen eisenfrei war. In dem magnetischen Pavilion der
Deutschen Seewarte wurde behufs der Untersuchung auf Eisenfreiheit eines
jeden Stiickes Metall ein magnetisches Variometer aufgestellt, mittels dessen
leicht und rasch die Untersuchung ausgefiihrt werden konnte. Die nachtrag-
liche grundliche Prilfung des fertiggestellten Apparates hat denn auch er-
geben, dass derselbe in der bezeichneten Hinsicht als vollkommen einwurfsfrei
anzusehen ist.
9. Bevor an die Bestimmung der Konstanten des Apparates geschritten
wurde, ist wahrend einer Reihe von Tagen eine eingehende Untersuchung
desselben ausgefilhrt worden, bei welcher Gelegenheit Herr Lieutenant SCOTT-
HANSEN, Mitglied der Expedition, zugegen war und sich unter Leitung des
Dr. NEUMAYER an den Untersuchungen betheiligte. Die letzteren wurden in
dem magnetischen Pavilion an der Nordost-Seite des Dienstgebaudes der See-
warte und in dessen Nahe ausgeftihrt. Erst nachdem diese Untersuchungen
beendet und mannigfache Veranderungen an dem Apparate bewirkt worden
waren, schritt man zur Bestimmung der Konstanten des Apparates im
Kompass-Observatorium der Deutschen Seewarte. Diese letzteren Unter-
suchungen wurden in der Zeit vom 3. bis 9. Juni 1893 von dem Direktor
der Seewarte und Herrn Lieutenant SCOTT-HANSEN von der Expedition aus-
gefuhrt.
10. Es ist nur gerecht und den Verhaltnissen entsprechend zu konsta-
tiren, dass - - bevor die Konstruktion des Apparates in Angriff genommen
worden ist ein Versuchs-Apparat konstruiert wurde; erst nachdem die
Beobachtungen mittels desselben entsprachen, entschied man sich fOr den
Plan, welcher bei Herstellung des NANSEN'schen Apparates zu befolgen war.
Der leitende Gesichtspunkt dabei war, die Beobachtungen so rasch als moglich
ausfiihren zu konnen, ohne die Zuverlassigkeit derselben zu gefahrden. Zu
einem Urtheile dardber konnte man aber begreiflicherweise erst auf dem
Wege des Experiments gelangen, daher denn auch das so eben geschilderte
Verfahren eingeschlagen wurde."
As indicated in the above-quoted extract from Dr. NEUMAYER'S manuscript,
the magnetic apparatus E. A. ZSCHAU No. 289, employed during the expe-
dition, was a combination of the well-known NEUMAYER-Declinatorium l and
1 Handbuch der nautischen Instrumente. Zweite Auflage. Berlin, 1890, p. 272.
6 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
a Fox apparatus 1 for the determination of inclination and intensity, accom-
panied by a vibration-box with suspension-tube for observations of vibration.
On the alhidade of the horizontal circle of the declinatorium, a horizontal
brass rod is fixed on each side, for the application of the vibrating magnet
as deflector.
The apparatus is thus adapted for the observation of declination, hori-
zontal intensity, inclination and total intensity. The horizontal circle is fur-
nished with two verniers, which allow of direct reading to 0.5'; increasing
readings correspond to increasing easterly declination.
As already mentioned, the constants of the apparatus were determined
in Hamburg, before its despatch, by a series of observations taken between
the 3rd and the 9th June, 1893, in the Compass observatory of the 'Deutsche
Seewarte' by Dr. NEUMAYER and Captain SCOTT-HANSEN together. Six months
after the return of the expedition, between the 2nd and 7th March, 1897, a
new set of constant-determinations was made by Captain SCOTT-HANSEN at
the same place; but as electricity had been introduced on the neighbouring
tram-line in the mean time, the value of the results of these observations is
somewhat doubtful. For the sake of certainty, therefore, the instrument was
taken to the Imperial Marine Observatory at Wilhelmshaven, where the
observatory assistant, Herr E. STUCK made a number of observations between
the 17th and 20th April, 1897. These observations show that the constants
of the apparatus were in the main unchanged from what they had been four
years before.
The thermometers belonging to the apparatus were tested during the
expedition for the position of their zero, and occasionally also, for other
temperatures, compared with the other verified thermometers of the expedition,
some of which also were employed in the magnetic observations. All the
temperatures quoted in this paper are given in centigrade degrees, and cor-
rected for the error of the instrument; and they may be presumed to be
correct to within 0'1 or 0'2 C.
An ordinary anchor escapement watch by Haagensen was generally used
in making the magnetic observations, and was constantly compared with the
standard watch of the expedition, the Hohwti chronometer. In determining the
time of oscillation of the magnetic needle, a Frodsham chronometer was
1 Handbuch der nautischen Instrumente. Zweite Auflage. Berlin, 1890, p. 275.
NO. 7.] INTRODUCTION.
employed in addition to the above-named watches. The error and rate of
the watches used have been kindly communicated to me by Professor GEEL-
MUYDEN who has also given me a table of the latitude and longitude of the
places on the route where the magnetic observations were taken. In every
case the hour is given according to local time, and to the nearest whole
minute.
After a few preliminary determinations of the terrestrial magnetic elements
on the north coast of Siberia, in the beginning of August, 1893, the regular
magnetic observations made during the drift in the ice, were commenced on
October 7th, 1893, and were continued until July 8th, 1896. During this
period, which comprises 33 months, magnetic observations were taken on 194
different days, thus on an average every 5th day. As will be seen from the
following tables, however, the observations fall somewhat irregularly, more
than a month occasionally elapsing between two determinations, e. g. from
December 12th, 1893, to January 23rd, 1894, from January 19th to March
5th, 1895, and from May 24th to July 2nd, 1895, while at other times the
observations were made on several successive days. The three above-
mentioned periods of cessation in the work of magnetic observation were due
to the following circumstances. On the 26th November, 1893, the appa-
ratus was accidentally upset, as it stood upon its stand on deck. The
pivot of the horizontal circle was thereby bent a little, and it was not until
the middle of January, 1894, after repeated attempts to take out the pivot
and place tin foil under it, that everything was brought into such constant
order again, that the observations could be continued without any further
fear of any inconvenience from the above-named accident.
From the end of January and all through February, 1895, it was the
preparations for Dr. NANSEN and JOHANSEN'S sledge-expedition, and in June,
1895, pendulum observations, and sharing in the work of fitting out the
kajaks, etc., that prevented SCOTT-HANSEN from making magnetic observations.
On the 4th October, 1893, the work of setting up a tent on the ice was
completed, and the magnetic observations were made in it; but no later than
the llth October, the instrument had to be taken on board on account of
movement in the ice; and on the 15th, the tent also had to be brought on
board, as the ship was getting under way in readiness for pushing farther
northwards. The ice, however, did not relax, so the Fram remained where
8 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
she was, and the following day, the 16th October, an inclination determi-
nation was taken out on the ice under the open sky. On account of the
screwing, the tent could not be put up again until February 10th, 1894, and
therefore all magnetic observations in the interval were made under the open
sky on the ice, at a distance of about 80 metres from the ship. After this
the tent was used from the 10th February until the 9th November, 1894, when
the apparatus was transported into a snow hut erected for the purpose, and
situated on the port side, about 100 paces from the vessel. In June, 1895,
the tent was again taken into use to escape from the effect of the sun's
rays. Later on September 26th, 1895 a new observatory was erected,
this time of blocks of ice, on the starboard side of the ship, at a distance of
135 paces straight out from her. On June 22nd, 1896, this ice observatory
fell down, and the last two series of observations, the 7th and 8th July,
1896, were therefore taken under the open sky. The distance of the obser-
vation-place from the ship was always so great that its iron could not be
supposed to have exerted any disturbing influence upon the magnets of the
apparatus.
From the 12th January to June, 1895, an ice house, erected between
the vessel and the magnetic snow hut, was employed as a smithy; the
distance between the outer walls of the ice house and the snow hut was
55 paces. There was a forge in the smithy and an anvil, and now and then
there were other iron things, but never in large quantities, as the store of
materials was always on board, and only what was being worked upon was
taken to the smithy. It may therefore be assumed that also the proximity
of the smithy had no disturbing effect upon the magnetic observations.
The wooden stand belonging to the apparatus was employed as a pedestal
for the magnetic instrument until the ice observatory was taken into use on
September 26th, 1895. The vibration-box, however, was placed, until May
24th, 1895, upon a stone slab frozen into the ice. The Cardan suspending
apparatus of the stand with counter-balance was of course not employed,
but was kept screwed fast all the time. The stand was therefore quite
firm, as the points of its legs rested immediately on the ice. It some-
times happened, however, that the effect of the sun was so great, that
the ice melted a little, so that the stand became a little oblique. This was
overcome by placing pieces of board under the legs. When the ice obser-
INTRODUCTION. 9
vatory was completed, an ice pillar was introduced into it, 1.4 metres
high; and on the top of the pillar a block of wood was frozen fast, and the
instrument screwed to it.
As a defence against bears during the taking of observations, a weapon
was always at hand, generally a revolver, which was either stuck vertically
into a hole in the ice between the legs of the stand, perpendicularly below
the centre of the instrument, or lay horizontally in the same place with its
butt-end pointing westwards. Several observations were made with the re-
volver in various positions, without any proof being obtained of any decided
influence on the readings. When the ice observatory was taken into use,
the revolver was laid on the ice to the north, at a distance of 3 metres from
the instrument, on a level with the foot of the pillar, and, as before, with
the butt-end towards the west. When Lieut. SCOTT-HANSEK had a different
weapon with him, it lay on the ice at a distance of about 30 or 40 paces
from the instrument.
B. DECLINATION.
The determination of the magnetic declination was made by the aid of
two declination needles belonging to the apparatus, and furnished with mirrors,
in a manner similar to that with an ordinary NEUMAYER-Declinatorium. After
the instrument had been duly levelled, the telescope was pointed first at a
mark, with subsequent reading of both verniers of the horizontal circle; and
then a coincidence was effected, during the constant employment of the ivory
disc, between the wire of the telescope and its reflected image in the mirror
of the declination needle. From October 20th, 1893, to February 22nd, 1894,
and on subsequent rare occasions, the telescope could not be used on account
of fog, hoar-frost or unfavorable conditions of light. The setting was then
done with the naked eye, a vertical line introduced in the middle of the
glass of the magnet box, being employe das wire. The pin on which the de-
clination needle rested, was renewed several times, as there was a reserve
supply of pins, and also a special apparatus sent with the instrument, for
grinding and polishing the point of the pin, if any injury should befall it.
THE NEEDLES.
THE DOUBLE DECLINATION NEEDLE.
The needle intended for the declination observations proper, was a double
one, that is to say, it consisted of two laminae, between which the mirror was
fixed. Its weight was only 29.05 grammes, and as it was made to reverse,
there was always an opportunity of determining, or eventually eliminating,
NO. 7.] DECLINATION. 11
its error of collimation. Its two positions, which, during the observations,
were noted by the expressions n Skr. op" (Heads of the screws up) and n Skr.
ned" (Heads of the screws down) will be indicated in the following pages by
P, and P 2 respectively.
By the determination of the constants of the instrument in Hamburg,
in 1893, the needle's total error of collimation (mirror and magnetic axis) was
found to equal 30.90', so that the correction 30.90' would be employed
for readings in the position P, , wich gave too great an east declination,
and -f- 30.90' for readings in position P l , which gave too small an east
declination.
After the return of the expedition, a value of 37.74' for the error of
collimation was deduced by the observations in Wilhelmshaven, in 1897. It
appears from this that the position of the mirror, and the direction of the
magnetic axis of the needle, have remained relatively almost unchanged; and
thus the following constant correction of the error of collimation may be em-
ployed for all the observations made with this needle during the expedition:
C = + 87 ' 7 ' - 34-3'
There is also, however, a considerable amount of material for the veri-
fication of the error of collimation by the aid of these very series of observations
made during the expedition; and I have tried to utilise this material in the
following manner. The observations of the declination were generally made by
taking a longer or shorter series of readings with the needle alternately in
position P, , and in position P a . The hour was noted by the watch to tenths
of a minute; and after each reading, if the needle was not specially restless,
there was an interval of only a few minutes for reversing and resetting.
If the readings in the two positions of the needle, P t and P s are called
respectively
a, n . a . ..... On
and b, b a 6, ..... b.
and the corresponding times by the watch,
a, a, a, ....
and ft ft ft , . . . ft n ,
12 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
then approximately, provided the intervals are of about equal length,
* + a > - - 8 ft + ft - - a *+ a > .. s etc
2 ~ Pi > 2 ~ ' ' 2 rt ' IC '
and the circle readings
L^L and bt t &LJJ_A_ and a3 , *L+_*L an d b , , etc.
may be considered to be simultaneous for both positions of the needle. For
each such combination, a value is obtained for the error of collimation,
2(n 1) values in all. If these values be indicated by c t , c 2 , c s , etc.
we have
c, --*-
C i(H _ l)==
2
and the mean error of collimation
_ c, + c, + c, + ...... + c, a.-,
By this formula I have calculated the error of collimation from the series
of observations (noted when the disturbance was not very great) for cases
in which the difference in time
a m + 1 fl ft + i
Pm ) Or - ~ a m + j
was less than 1 minute. The results obtained are given in the following
table.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
13
Error of Gollimation.
Date
C
Date
c
Date
c
1893. Aug. 1
30-0
1894. July 14
23-0
1895. Sept. 6
i
23-5
8
30-0
- 25
[40-6]
7
25-3
Oct. 7
35-9
28
39-2
27
23-1
14
34-5
Aug. 3
34-5
28
29-5
18
36-9
15
37-5
Oct. 3
38-5
30
32-8
18
39-4
4
[44-4]
Nov. 9
27-9
Sept. 4
32-3
14
30-3
17
33-0
5
24-8
17
29-8
18
32-9
21
31-2
24
31-4
21
28-3
- 24
34-3
25
39-3
25
28-9
Oct. 20
27-8
Nov. 2
34-0
Dec. 12
25-7
27
26-6
- 9
35-9
1894. Jan. 23
31-6
Nov. 10
[13-9]
20
30-8
Febr. 14
32-6
24
[11-6]
22
38-6
17
26-5
27
[12-2]
30
36-0
22
34-3
Dec. 6
29-1
Dec. 5
36-2
27
39-4
7
30-5
7
37-0
March 6
35-5
- 14
35-3
12
34-3
21
34-8
15
27-9
18%. Jan. 4
345
23
34-4
19
34-4
10
31-4
30
22-2
21
33-3
18
354
31
39'9
1895. Jan. 12
21-7
28
33-2
April 14
25'6
17
23-9
29
40-0
16
38-8
18
[18-6]
Febr. 4
35-8
21
26-5
March 6
26-6
5
31-9
26
23'8
7
26-5
- 13
[41-7]
27
24-8
10
28-3
25
[40-3]
May 5
25-1
April 5
24-4
March 6
[43-2]
10
21-1
6
22-7
7
[43-3]
11
25-6
20
34-3
- 19
26-9
26
23-1
22
22-3
April 9
28-1
31
32-1
May 9
25-8
20
30-4
June 4
24-9
11
25-5
21
28'9
7
21-7
22
25-1
May 8
32-9
12
[16-8]
24
[18-7]
June 3
29-2
13
29-9
July 3
25-8
18
33-6
- 23
31-3
~ o
22-7
19
28-6
n
31-4
12
26-5
July 8
39-4
28
July 6
[43-7]
21-4
13
26
25'7
25-0
Mean 30' 1
11
23-8
Aug. 2
22-5
n
26-3
23
24-7
14 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
It will be seen from this table, which contains 122 different determinations,
that the values found vary from + 44'4' to 11 '6', without its being possible
to find any decided change with time, if the values are plotted graphically.
We may therefore certainly assume that the error of collimation has in re-
ality remained constant all the time, and its most probable value will thus
be the mean of the 122 determinations, i. e. + 30'!', which accords fairly
well with the value found in Hamburg in 1893. If we omit from the table
all the values whose difference from the mean is greater than 10', and
which are indicated by brackets [ ], this has no effect upon the result, as the
mean remains the same, + 30'1'; and if the values obtained by the deter-
minations in Hamburg in 1893, and in Wilhelmshaven in 1897, be added,
+ 30'9' and 37'7' respectively, the mean still remains unchanged. I have
therefore deemed it advisable to take this mean, 3CH', as the constant value
of the error of collimation. The sometimes great deviation shown by a few
of the figures in the table, may be easily explained by the mobility of the
needle owing to the low force of direction, and the magnetic disturbance which
constantly prevails in the polar regions. Captain SCOTT-HANSEN has informed
me that the needle was always oscillating more or less widely and quickly;
and if we moreover consider that the needle was not suspended by a thread,
but rested upon a pivot, the results here given may well be deemed as satis-
factory as it was possible, under the circumstances, to have them.
THE SMALL NEEDLE.
In the passage from point 7 in Dr. NEUMAYER'S manuscript quoted in
the introduction, a case is mentioned containing two reserve needles for de-
clination observations. Only one such needle accompanied the apparatus, and
it was moreover intended more especially to act as the deflected magnet in
deflection observations for the determination of the horizontal intensity. This
needle is a little shorter than the declination needle proper, having a length
of 70 mm. ; and it weighs 21'2 grammes. As it cannot be reversed, its error
of collimation was found during the determination of constants in Hamburg
in 1893, by several series of comparative observations with this and the true
declination needle (double needle), the result being that a declination deter-
mination with the small needle gave a declination that was 8.6' more easterly
than the true one. A correction of 8'6' must therefore be added to all
NO. 7.] DECLINATION. 15
readings with this needle, as increasing numbers on the horizontal circle cor-
respond to increasing east declination. There has been no subsequent veri-
fication of this determination, and I have therefore been obliged to take
8'6' all through as the constant value of the small needle's error of collimation.
In these pages, the small needle will be indicated by L.
THE MARK.
All through the time that the vessel was drifting with the ice, the mark
used was the objective of the astronomical altazimuth instrument, which was
set up on the ice at some distance, or, after the 26th Sept. 1895, when the
ice observatory was taken into use, its pillar. As already mentioned, the
setting at the mark was always the first step to be taken after the instrument
was levelled, whereupon followed a longer or shorter series of settings of the
magnetic needle, and finally a sight was once more taken of the mark. In
most cases, the first and last mark-readings agree within less than 1'; but
sometimes it happened that the relative position of the two instruments changed
somewhat during the observation, either because of the movement in the ice,
or when the sun had acted upon the ice under the legs of the stand, so that
they had been a little displaced. Captain SCOTT-HANSEN was always observant
of this, however, and in such circumstances often made supplementary test-
settings at the mark.
THE AZIMUTH.
The azimuth determinations necessary for the calculation of the absolute
declination, were generally made with the astronomical altazimuth, the mag-
netic apparatus serving as mark. In the accompanying figure (Fig. 1), the
relative position of the two instruments is shown. T is the centre of the
magnetic apparatus, and U the centre of the astronomical altazimuth. The
arrow N gives the direction of the astronomical meridian, and the arrow n
the direction of the magnetic meridian. If the east declination be indicated
by D, then, as will be seen from the figure, we have
D = y x.
16
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
If the reading (corrected for the needle's error of collimation) on the
magnetic apparatus, with the telescope directed towards the mirror of the
declination needle, be termed M, and the reading on the same apparatus,
with the telescope directed towards the mark (U), m, the angle
y = Mm.
If, in the next place, the reading on
the astronomical instrument, with
the telescope directed towards a star
s, be indicated by S, the reading
with the telescope directed towards
the mark (T) by C, and the azi-
muth of the star, calculated from
N through E, by A. the angle
x = (S C)-A,
and we obtain
D = M+(C-S+A)-m
= M+B. (1)
Occasionally the azimuth deter-
minations were made directly with
the magnetic apparatus by obser-
vation of the sun or a planet. In
Fig. 1. such a case, retaining the same
signs as above (see Fig. 2),
D = M - S - (180 A) = M + (A - 180) - S,
and the setting at the mark only serves as a check
upon the stability of the instrument, while the
observation was being made. The calculation of
the angle CS + A, or A - ISO S, I have
received from Professor GEELMUYDEN in whose
paper, "Astronomical Observations (Norw. Pol.
Exp. No. 6), List C. Determination of Azimuth", all
the data for the present observations will be found.
(2)
* s
Fig. 2.
NO. 7.] DECLINATION. 17
THE OBSERVATIONS.
In addition to the direct readings of the position of the free declination
needle, the deflection observations taken for the determination of the horizontal
intensity, afford an opportunity for the calculation of the declination. The
two magnets belonging to the apparatus, which are indicated by the Roman
numerals V and VI, were employed as deflectors at two distances marked on
the deflection-rod, E = 39'638 cm. and e = 29'840 cm. By the four known
positions of the deflecting-magnet perpendicular to the deflected declination
needle, the meridian position of the needle is obtained, in addition to the
angle of deflection, as the mean of the four readings. These declination
determinations, which are not isolated, as readings of the position of the free
needle were always taken both before and after the observations for deflection,
I have included and duly entered in the series of observations.
The following list contains in chronological order all the declination ob-
servations taken during the expedition, with a statement of the manner in
which they were made, and the addition of the hour of each single reading,
by local time, to the nearest entire minute. In the column headed "Needle",
P,, P,, and L indicate that the observation was made respectively with the
double declination needle in position P,, or with the same needle in position
P,, or with the small declination-magnet. In the column headed M, will be
found the mean of the two vernier readings, corrected for the error of colli-
mation, for which, as previously mentioned, the following values are employed :
for P, - 30-1'
P, +30-1'
L - 8-6'
When the figure in column M is the result of the calculation of deflection
observations, a statement is added in the column "Needle" as to the kind of
deflector that has been employed, and the distance. For instance, L . V, in-
dicates that the small declination needle has been used as deflected magnet
together with deflector V at the shorter distance; P g .VIs, that the double
declination needle has been employed as deflected magnet together with de-
flector VI, at the longer distance. The double needle, as will be mentioned
3
18 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
presently at greater length, was also employed as deflected magnet in
intensity determinations instead of the small declination needle, as the mirror
of the latter frequently gave an unsatisfactorily indistinct image of the
telescope's wire.
All the settings at the mark done before and after the declination readings,
are entered under the heading "Mark", with figures that are the mean of
the two vernier readings. When azimuth observations are taken with the
astronomical altazimuth, the value of the angle C S -\- A is given, and B
calculated, the mean of the figures entered under the heading "Mark", before
and after the declination readings, being employed as the value of m. If, on
the other hand, direct azimuth determinations are made with the magnetic
apparatus itself, only the angle A 180 S is specified. Lastly, in the
column headed D, are placed the values of the absolute declination calculated
according to formula (1) or (2), which mean may then approximately be re-
garded as the mean east declination for that day, at the place indicated by
latitude and longitude.
As will be seen from the list, there is a considerable number of days
in which the statement of the angle G S-\- A, or A 180 S, is wanting.
On this account, it has also been impossible to calulate a value for the ab-
solute declination. The reason of the omission is naturally that it has not
always been possible to obtain an azimuth determination in immediate con-
nection with the readings of the position of the declination needle. Nor is
this necessary on terra firma, as, with a fixed mark, it is only needful now
and again to check the azimuth of the mark by astronomical observations.
This however, it will be easily understood, is not sufficient when the instru-
ments and mark are set up on drifting ice; for even if the same reading were
obtained several days running, by setting at the mark, as the list shows was
not unfrequently the case during the Fram expedition, there is no guarantee
that the very floe on which the instruments are set up, has not shifted a
little, thus causing the connecting-line between the declinatorium and the mark
(the astronomical altazimuth) to change its azimuth.
I have thought that in addition to their utilisation in the determination
of the double needle's error of collimation, these imperfect declination obser-
vations might be employed in judging of the daily variations of the declination
needle, and I have therefore represented all the observations graphically on
NO. 7.] DECLINATION. 19
PI. I XVII. In the case of every series of observations, I have placed the
deviations from the lowest value of the day in column D, or in column M,
as ordinates according to the scale 1 10 mm., so that every millimetre is
equal to 6', while the hours are marked as abscissae according to the scale
l h = 10 m.m. As the observations were only taken in the daytime, the time-
scale extends only from 9 a. m. to 9 p. m.
20
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
OBSERVATIONS OF DECLINATION.
1. 1893. August 1. Khabarova.
3. 1893. October 7. In the tent
Mark an indentation in the mountain
on the ice.
on the cast coast of Yugor Schar.
Lat. N. 78 25'
Lat N. 69 41'
Long. E. 136 2'
Long. E. 60 20'
Mark: 139 0*0'
Mark: 18 49'6'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle M
k m
k m
3 12 p. m. P, 219 2-7'
310p.m. P, 137 27-0'
22 P, 218 22-5
17 P, 27-9
33 P, 219 3-0
24 P, 28-1
54 P, 6-9
30 P, 28-7
48 P, 1-9
39 P, 27-9
29 P, 12-4
50 P, 26-7
43 L 30-8
Mark: 138 59'2'
15 L.VI t 31-6
35 L.VI E 31-2
4. 1893. October 10. In the tent
47 L 32-5
on the ice. Ice to some extent in motion,
After the observation the mark was
so that the azimuth-observations could not
be taken. The determination of the hori-
hidden by the mist.
zontal intensity was attempted by deflec-
tions with the double needle as deflected
magnet. The needle disturbed.
2. 1893. August 8. On a groun-
ded ice-floe, to which the Fratn was moored.
Place of observation about 100 metres from
Lat. N. 78 19'
Long. E. 136 2'
the ship. The fixed mark on the shore
Mark: 230 15' 1'
was not very distinct.
Local time Needle M
Lat N. 69 54'
Long. E. 66 43'
h m
10 56 a. m. P, 266 12'7'
A- 180 -S=- 196 39-9'
11 28 P, 265 47-7
59 P, 264 54-5
Mark: 69 52'5'
1221p.m. Pj.Te 52-9
1 9 P,.V t 48-7
Local time Needle M D
32 P, 26-5
h m
2 3 PfVIs 18-9
7 1p.m. P, 217 5-2' 2025'3'E
34 P, 3-7
10 P, 5-3 25-4
14 P, 5-9 26-0
Mark: ?
20 P, 7-7 27-8
27 P, 8-5 28-6
35 P, 9-2 29-3
81 L 8'1 28-2
19 L.Vl t 12-5 32-6
During the observations, a revolver,
taken as a defence against bears, was
stuck vertically into a hole in the ice just
beneath the instrument. No deviation in
the position of the free needle was ob-
Mean 20 27'9'E
served, whether the revolver was there, or
Mark: 69 52'4'
whether it was removed.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
21
5. 1893. October 14. Revolver
7. 1893. October 20.
115 paces
in the same place as before. Thick, damp
from the vessel. Telescope could not be
mist, so that the telescope could not be
used on account of the mist and
hoar-frost.
used; all pointings were therefore made
No azimuth.
by the aid of the line on the window of
the magnet-box.
Lat. N. 78 19'
Long. E. 136 5'
Lat. N. 78 15'
Long. E. 136 1'
Mark: 178 19'
Mark: 357 8'!'
Local time Needle M
h ffl
Local time Needle M
1131a.m. P, 54 8-1'
k m
42 P, 10-9
12 23 p. in. P, 319 16'5'
54 L 15-4
32 P 8 4-9
1229p.m. L.V e 20' 1
59 P a .V e 318 54-5
14 L 26-1
1 26 P, 58-1
40 P, 319 3-9
Mark: 178 40"3'
Mark: 357 7'3'
3 p. m. L 54 54'4
21 L.V B 48-3
43 L 56-3
Mark: 178 38'5'
6. 1893. October 18. On the ice,
8. 1893. October 30.
115 paces from the vessel. Hoar-frost all
over the instrument, so that the telescope
Lat. N. 78 13-5'
could not be used.
Long. E. 135 28'
Lat. N. 78 19'
C S+4=145 41-9 1
Long. E. 136 15'
w = 99 34-6'
B= 46 7'3'
A 180 S = 280 56-1'
Mark: 99 34'6'
Mark: 266 47'5'
Local time Needle M D
Local time Needle M
D
h m
11 2a.m. P, 295 16-4' 14 20'3' E
7 P, 19-3 23-2
22 P, 9-7 13-6
28 P, 7-8 11-7
34 P, 18-6 22-5
40 P, 294 33-4 13 37'3
46 P, 57-2 14 1-1
52 P, 34'8 13 38'7
354p.m. P, 328 7-4'
46 P, 3-7
20 P, 17-4
26 P, 3-7
32 P, 3-4
39 P, 16-3
49 P, 26-4
56 P 8 12-8
14 14-7' E
11-0
24-7
11-0
10-7
23-6
33-7
20-1
Mean
14 18-7' E
Mean 14 6'0' E
Mark: 266 44'5'
Mark: 99 34'6'
The mark scarcely visible on account
of the mist.
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
9. 1893. November 3.
11. 1893. November 17.
Lat N. 78 1'
Lat. N. 78 25'
Long. E. 134 57'
Long. E. 139 16'
Mark: 316 44'8'
05+4 = 302 38-2'
t = 285 3-1'
Local time Needle M
B= 17 35-1'
h m
11 31a.m. P, 201 20'2'
Mark: 285 3-2'
44 P, 20-3
12 9p.m. L.V t 52-3
Local time Needle M D
43 L.V E 49-3
h m
59 L 26-7
15 P, 200 51-4
1245p.m. P, 356 21-6' 1356'7'E
54 P, 30-9 14 6-0
16 P, 50-1
1 4 P, 36-2 11-3
11 P, 21'7 13 56-8
Mark: 316 45-0'
18 P, 31-2 14 6-3
29 P, 34-3 9'4
Mean 14 4'4' E
Mark: 285 3-0'
10. 1893. November 9.
12. 1893. November 18.
Lat N. 77 54'
Lat N. 78 25'
Long. E. 137 52'
Long. E. 139 16'
Mark: 207 2fr5'
Mark: 289 43'3'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle M
h m
1146a.m. P, 270 45'4'
54 P, 48-1
12 9p.m. P, 12-7'
16 P, 23-2
12 14p.m. P,.V E 53'2
32 L 42-2
58 P,.V, 43-3
37 L 45-8
1 20 P, 271 0-4
56 L.V t 51-8
31 P, 270 54-0
1 14 L 47-2
20 L 49-5
Mark: 207 25'5'
28 P, 13-5
35 P, 12-7
Mark: 289 40" 1'
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
13. 1893. November 21.
15. 1893. December 12.
Lat. N. 78 24'
Lat. N. 79 7'
Long. E. 139 18'
Long. E. 137 40'
C-S+A = m 33-4'
C S+A= 116 0-8'
w = 115 25-9'
m= 263 10-6'
B=194 7-5'
B = 147 9-8'
Mark: 115 25'6'
Mark: 263 10"75'
Local time Needle M D
Local time Needle M
D
h m
h m
1230p.m. P, 180 19-5' 14 27-0' E
1154a.m. P, 164 57'7' 17 47"9' E
37 P, 14-8 22-3
12 1p.m. P 8 165 0-2
50-4
45 P, 14-8 22-3
8 P, 164 57-2
47-4
52 P, 12-7 20-2
15 P, 165 3-4
53-6
1 1 P, 179 57-5 5-0
22 P t 164 57-2
47-4
8 P g 180 5-0 12-5
27 P, 165 21-6 18
11-8
Mean 14 18-2' E
35 P, 10-1
0-3
^
40 P 8 9-8
o-o
Mark: 115 26'2'
Mean 17
54-8' E
Mark: 263 10'5'
14. 1893. November 25.
16. 1894. January 23.
Lat. N. 78 37'
Lai N. 79 42'
Long. E. 139 4'
Long. E. 135 32'
Mark: 352 40'8'
A 180 - S 129 42-7'
Local time Needle M
Mark: 238 9'6'
h m
10 59 a. m. P, 58 30'1'
Local time Needle M
D
11 5 P, 16-3
h m
17 L 59 31-4
2 45 p. m. P, 153 39T 23
56-4' E
35 L.V, 15-0
50 P, 25-7
43-0
12 9p.m. L.V S 15-3
56 P, 13-9
31-2
26 58 59-7
30 P, 15-6
32-9
35 P, 56 46-6
8 P, 27-4
44-7
41 P, 28-0
13 P, 15-1
32-4
18 P, 11-4
28-8
Mark: 352 41'6'
Mean 23
38-5' E
Mark: 238 9'5'
24
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
17. 1894. February 14.
19. 1894. February 22.
Lai N. 80 0'
Lat. N. 80 10'
Long. E. 133 59'
Long. E. 133 49'
C- S+A= 98 13-4'
C-S+A= 98 21-3'
m= 110 46-3'
m = 124 28-2'
B = - 12 32-9'
B= 26 6-9'
Mark: 110 46'5'
Mark: 124 28'3'
Local time Needle M D
Local time Needle M D
k m
h m
. r > 41 p. m. P t 34 54-1' 22 21'2' E
11 41 a. m. P, 50 34-8' 24 27"9' E
46 P, 35 2-1 29-2
48 P, 38-3 31-4
51 P 2 34 58-3 25-4
57 P, 57-4 50-5
55 P, 35 5-4 32-5
12 2p.m. P, 48-5 41'6
59 P s 34 58-6 25'7
16 L 51 17-7 25 10'8
65 P, 35 12-2 39-4
21 L 19-4 12-5
8 P, 18-8 45-9
37 L.V e 50 41-7 24 34'8
12 P, 22-0 49-1
17 L.V E 51 14-8 25 7'9
Mean 22 33'5' E
21 L 50 12-6 24 5'7
QC 7- J Q,f\ 11-)
Mark: 110 46-0'
ZO Ll 4H 4rl 1
29 L 51 7-1 25 0'2
32 L 2-0 24 55-1
34 L 50 40-6 33-7
40 P, 49 51-3 23 44'4
44 P, 59-0 52-1
47 P 8 49-4 42-5
52 P, 50 6-5 59-6
57 P, 7-6 24 1-1
Mean 24 30'7' E
Mark: 124 28'2'
18. 1894. February 17.
Lat. N. 80 2'
Long. E. 133 49'
Telescope employed for the pointing
of the needle, except for the last two
Mark: 125 3D'
readings of the double needle, as it had
already become too dark.
After February 22, 1894, the telescope
Local time Needle M
is always employed, when not stated other-
h m
wise.
1249p.m. P, 45 48-7'
59 P, 41-7
1 15 P g .V e 43-1
31 P, 39-5
37 P, 31-6
Mark: 125 3'5'
'
NO. 7.] DECLINATION. 25
20. 1894. February 27.
22. 1894. March 21.
Lat. N. 80 4'
Lat. N. 79 48'
Long. E. 135 27'
Long. E. 135 0'
Mark: 52 15'8'
A - 180 - S= - 280 15-5'
Local time Needle M
Mark:. 4 234'
h m
12 5p.m. P i 175 25-6' >)
Local time Needle M D
18 P, 14O !)
h m
24 P, 174 38-7 >)
1125a.m. P, 303 52'2 23 36'7' E
31 P, 176 19-7 >)
35 P, 56-5 41-0
54 P,.VI E 175 20-2 *)
42 P, 32-9 174
1 32 P,.V E 15-8 2 )
51 P, 24-7 9-2
2 9 P,.V e 8-32)
57 P, 28-7 13-2
33 P, 7-9
12 6p.m. P, 26-9 114
48 P, 174 34-5
16 P, 33-3 17-8
55 P, 29-4
25 P, 25-0 9-5
59 P 8 26-1
35 P, 37-9 224
33 P, 21-4
47 P, 16-9 14
Mean 23 180'E
Afarfc. 52 16'8'
^-^-^^
The needle still very difficult to point;
it may be quite properly pointed, when it
suddenly begins to move, and then stops
for a little in a new position; and when
this is going to be read off, there is fresh
disturbance.
Lat. N. 79 49 1
Long. E. 134 58'
A-180-S= 280 15-5'
21. 1894. March 6.
Local time Needle M D
Lat. N. 79 51'
Long. E. 135
313p.m. P, 303 28-9 23 134' E
30 P, 13-7 22 58-2
A 180 S = 158 51-1'
40 P, 302 544 38-9
48 P, 303 0-7 45-2
Mark: 240 8'3'
4 19 P,.V t 53-5 23 38'0
5 20 P,.V S 4-2 22 48'7
Local time Needle M D
51 P, 302 20-7 5-2
h m
6 1 P, 244 8-9
1 1p.m. P, 182 7-9' 23 16'8'E
9 P, 303 46-2 23 30'7
14 P, 13-3 22-2
17 P, 35-9 204
29 P, 2-9 11-8
Mean 22 54'8' E
35 P, 7-7 16-6
41 P, 181 53-9 2-8
48 P, 182 16-4 25-3
Mark: 4 25'8'
Mean 23 15-9 1 E
Mark: 240 8'3'
The revolver lay, during the entire
series of observations, horizontally upon
the ice, below the instrument, across the
') The needle much disturbed. *) The
magnetic meridian.
needle noticeably quieter. Needle disturbed and difficult to point.
4
26
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [KTORW. POL. EXP.
23. 1894. March 23.
25. 1894. March 31.
Lai N. 80 1'
Lat. N. 80 6'
Long. E. 134 41'
Long. E. 135 0'
C- S + A= 88 30-0'
A-180-S=- 281 7-9'
m= 4 25-1'
B= 79 4-9'
Mark: 3 31'0'
Mark: 4 25'15'
Local time Needle M D
h m
Local time Needle M D
449p.m. P, 304 26-3' 23 18'4' E
h m
5 1 Pj 25-9 18-0
540p.m. P, 303 6'2' 2211TE
6 P, 23-9 16-0
49 P, 57-8 23 2'7
16 P, 305 4-9 57-0
56 P g 304 26-4 31'3
22 P, 304 48-5 50'6
64 P, 303 7-2 22 12'1
29 P, 40-5 32-6
Mean 22 44'3' E
37 P, 47-9 40-0
47 P, 23-6 15-7
Mark: 4 25'!'
58 P, 305 6-7 58-8
The revolver as usual. Needle much
Mean 23 34'1' E
disturbed and difficult to point.
Mark: 3 30'8'
24. 1894. March 30. New pin
26. 1894. April 14. The instru-
put in the box.
ment received a blow in the tent on
Lat. N. 80 8'
Long. E. 135 0'
April 14, which bent the arm supporting
the telescope and the counterpoise weight.
This is now repaired. Revolver as usual.
Mark: 3 30'5'
Lat N. 80 12'
Local time Needle M
Long. E. 133 43'
h m
Mark: 149 47'3'
5 9p.m. P, 304 1'5'
15 P, 23-7
Local time Needle M
21 P, 14-4
h m
37 P, 14-6
431p.m. P, 41 44-3'
46 P, 39-3
38 P, 42 6-4
51 P, 19-6
47 P, 41 55-4
6 10 P, 50-3
54 P, 37-9
5 11 P,.V/i 41-5
Mark: 3 3M'
45 P..VE 42 2'3
62 P, 41 59-3
7 P, 52-1
13 P, 22-4
17 P, 48-0
22 P, 55-4
Mark: 149 47'3'
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
27
27. 1894. April 16.
29. 1894. April 26.
Lat. N. 80 18'
Lat.
N. 80 35'
Long. E. 133 5'
Long.
E. 131 29'
A 180 S= - 21 14-1'
A-18Q-S=-
23 14-1'
Mark: 113 0'5'
Mark: 114 47-4'
Local time Needle M
D
Local time Needle
M
D
* m
h m
430p.m. P, 46 54-0'
25 39-9' E
1158a.m. P,
50 57-1' 27
43-0' E
36 P, 44-3
44 P, 47 9-6
30-2
55-5
12 5p.m. P,
10 P,
30-9
44-2
16-8
30-1
53 P, 46 44-1
30-0
17 P t
59-7
45-6
51 P, 47 0-7')
46-6
30 P,
51 0-5
46-4
11 P, 3-2
49-1
38 P,
50 8-2 26
54-1
Mean
25 41-9' E
46 P,
29-8 27
15-7
Mark: 113 0'9'
3 24 P,
50 30-7 27
16-6
40 P,
49 43-7 26
29-6
70 P,
48 46-8 25
32-7
13 P,
49 30-2 26
16-1
23 P,
37-3
23-2
28. 1894. April 21.
30 P,
33-4
19-3
Lat. N. 80 28'
80 Pj
49 15-4 26
0-3
Long. E. 131 8'
4 P,
41-1
27-0
9 P,
17-9
3-8
A - 180 - S= - 22 34-8'
13 P,
34-3
20-2
Mark: 113 1-0'
Mean 26
o 474. E
Mark: 114 47'0'
Local time Needle M
D
h m
Needle very much disturbed.
4 47 p. m. P, 48 11'8'
25 37-0' E
57 P, 27-2
52-4
5 10 P, 17-7
42-4
23 P, 27-0
52-2
28 P, 26-8
52-0
37 P, 3M
56-3
Mean
25 48-8' E
Mark: 113 2'0
The revolver was placed
vertically in
the ice with the butt-end up,
alternately
E and W of the stand. No difference was
observed in the readings.
') Needle much disturbed;
about 30'.
oscillating
28
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Local time
Needle
M
D
30. 1894. April 27.
h m
4 Op. in.
P, 50
' 47-6'
29 1'7'E
Lat. N. 80 36'
5
-P,
38-9
28 53-0
Long. E. 131 40'
13
P,
10-3
24-4
18
P,
22-6
36-7
Mark: 114 47'5'
26
L
39-7
53-8
29
L
46-4
29 0-5
Local time Needle M
42
L.V.
26-9
28 41-0
m
5 9
L-V E
48-8
29 2-9
10 43a.m. P 8 51 13'6'
23
L
38-5
28 42-6
52 P, 50 49-1
26
L
46-7
29 0-8
11 P, 51 9-3
31
P,
45-4
28 59-5
4 P, 50 52-9
35
P,
32-1
46-2
6 P, 7-5
10 P, 50-9
7 40
44
P,
P,
55-6
53-7
29 9-7
7-8
12 9p.m. P, 50 2-7
11 D r-"
49
54
P,
P,
50-0
30-0
4-1
28 44-1
1* JTg D O
33 P,.VI E 29-7
Mean
28 53'!' E
53 P, 6-9
Mark: 86
12-6'
58 P, 49 54-5
33 P, 50 22-8
9 P, 49 51-3
28 P,.V S 53-3
45 P,.V, 47-3
22 P, 50 19-7
31 P, 1-1
32. 1894. May 10.
Mark: 114 47'8'
Lat. N.
80 54'
Needle on the whole disturbed.
Long. E.
130 5'
Mark: 86
o 12 .Q,
Local time
Needle
M
k m
4 9p.m.
P,
48 37-9'
15
P,
49 4-3
20
PI
21-2
27
P,
29-6
37
L
30-7
40
L
29-8
5 12
L.VH
22-0
31. 1894. May 5.
6 17
L.V.
10-4
50
L
6-2
Lat N. 80 49'
54
L
19-6
Long. E. 130 35'
7 1
P t
12-9
7
P,
48 42-1
C-S+A= 64 26-8'
12
P,
49 5-8
m= 86 12-7'
19
P,
48 0-8
&= - 21 45-9'
22
P,
7-3
Mark: 86 12'8'
Mark: 86 13-4'
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
29
33. 1894. May 11.
34. 1894. May 22.
Lat. N. 80 52'
Lat. N. 81 24'
Long. E. 130 6'
Long. E. 124 38'
C -8+A= 66 40-4'
Mark: 86 14'5'
= 86 13-4'
B = - 19 33-0'
Local time Needle M
h m
Mark: 86 13'5'
10 47 a. m. P, 62 17'8' ')
52 P, 63 3-0 ')
Local time Needle M
D
11 1 Pj 62 57-2 ')
k m
9 P, 64 22-3 2)
11 29a.m. P t 48 42'3'
29 9-3' E
19 63 5-3
34 P, 49 24-1
51-1
25 I, 62 49-8 ")
41 P, 36-2
30 3-2
36 L.V1 S 63 2'9
45 P, 8-7
29 35-7
12 10p.m. L.V E 62 42'3
49 P, 48 57-9
24-9
43 L.V, 32-4
55 P, 49 9-6
36-6
55 L 23-0
Noon P, 10'3
37-3
58 L 31-2
12 4p.m. P, 12-8
39-8
16 P, 61 38-4
12 P t 48 56-8
23-8
11 P, 37-8
16 P, 49 2-9
29-9
17 P, 19-6
19 P, 1-4
28-4
20 P, 62 5-8
24 P, 20-5
47-5
27 P, 30-0
57-0
Mark: 86 11'9'
12 56 P, 49 14-0
29 41-0
1 2 P, 0-2
27-2
10 P, 48 48-7
15-7
14 P, 47-0
14-0
2 50 P, 48 19'0
28 46-0
55 P, 23-1
50-1
3 1 P, 28-1
55-1
5 P, 30-0
57-0
3 55 P, 49 3-8
29 30-8
42 P, 48 46-8
13-8
7 P, 42-8
9-8
17 P, 36-0
3-0
4 58 P, 48 29-8
28 56-8
54 P, 34-0
29 1-0
8 P, 4-9
28 31-9
14 P, 26-8
53-8
16 P, 30-5
57-5
Mean
29 18-0'E
Mark: 86 13'3'
') Needle quiet. 2 ) Needle very
much
disturbed. 8 ) The revolver moved in
a ver-
tical position alternately E and W
of the
foot, down upon the ice. No alteration in
the readings.
30
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
35. 1894. May 26.
Lat. N. 81 30'
Long. E. 123 2'
A - 180 - 5= - 31 18-4'
Mark: 87 4'2'
Local time Needle M
10 51 a. ra. P, 66 34"5' )
55
11 2
9
16
32
39
45
-P,
Pi
P,
P,
P,
P>
P,
P,
P,
48-82)
41-1 2)
48-2 2)
15-9 )
18-0 2)
13-6 2)
38-1 4 )
52-0 6 )
16-3 2)
35 16-1 'E
30-4
29-8
34 57-5
59-6
55-2
35 19-7
33-6
34 57-9
Mark: 81 4'0
4_180 S=- 31 17-9'
Mark: 87 4'2'
1218p.m. P! 65 55-8' 2 ) 3437'9'
26 P, 66 27-8 ') 35 9'9
32 P, 7-5 ') 34 49-6
37 P, 26-5 35 8-6
P, 65 54-1 ) 34 36'2
P, 66 12-2 2 ) 54-3
43
48
Mean 35 6'2' E
Mark: 87 2"9'
Lai N. 81 30 1
Long. E. 122 59'
4-180-S=-31 59-4'
Mark: 87 40'0'')
Local time Needle M
324p.m. P, 66 29-5' )
31 P, 22'9 2 )
36 P, 37-0 a )
43 P, 24-8 2)
Mark: 87 43-4 ')
4-180 -S=-32 2-4'
Mark: 81 44'6'
3430-1'E
23-5
37-6
25-4
436p.m. P, 66 21-9' 6)
42 P, 34-3 )
47 P,
53 P,
58 P,
53
P,
Mark: 81 44'8
45-3 i)
49-1
27-9 a)
38-6 a)
Mean
34 19-5'
31-9
42-9
46-7
25-5
36-2
34 31-9 'E
1) Disturbed. 2) Quiet. ) Quiet. Pre-
vious easterly movement. *) Quiet after a
rather disturbed period. 5 ) Somewhat dis-
turbed. 6) Fairly quiet. 7) The instru-
ment re-levelled; the foot untouched.
8 ) The displacement is due to the sinking
of the foot as the ice thawed beneath it.
It was then shaded from the sun. 9 ) Some-
what disturbed. Possibly uncertain read-
ing; found ahair upon the needle.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
31
36. 1894. May 31.
37. 1894. June 4.
Lat. N. 81 32'
Lat. N. 81 31'
Long. E. 122 18'
Long. E. 122 8'
Mark: 81 45'2'
C S+A= 53 8-0 1
Local time Needle M
m= 87 42-7'
h m
B=- 34 34-7'
11 11 a. m. P, 73 23'0' i)
15 P, 74 28-4 2)
Mark: 87 42.5'
18 P, 75 17-8 2 )
Local time Needle M D
23 P, 76 37-0 2 )
h m
30 P, 74 49-1 2)
33 P, 15-9 2 )
37 P, 73 53-2 3 )
44 P, 30-3 2 )
47 P, 10-8 2)
50 P 8 11'5 2 )
12 8p.m. P 1 73 40'0' i) 39 5'3'E
14 P, 72 12-4 i) 37 37'7
20 P, 71 28-9 1) 36 54'2
24 P, 50-5 i) 37 15-8
30 Pj 36-2 i) 1-5
55 P 8 14'8 4 )
35 P, 72 20-8 i) 46-1
12 1p.m. L 35-9
4 Ti 26 -e i
41 Pj 27-0 i) 52-3
46 P, 24-7 i) 50-0
T: / ' >
25 i.FJjf 74 2-0
49 P, 22-5 i) 47-8
46 L 72 4-0
Mark: 87 42'5'
50 i 37-6 *)
Mark: 87 42-9'
56 P, 34-6 2 )
10 P, 28-9 2 )
333p.m. P 7 71 6-0 ' *) 36 31'3
3 P 8 9-0 2)
38 P, 2M 8) 46-4
7 P, 71 56-3 2)
47 P, 70 34-3 4 ) 35 59'6
Mark: 87 44'9'
52 P a 71 4'7) 36 30"0
Mark: 87 45'0'
55 P, 11-0 8 ) 36-3
58 P, 6-7 3) 32-0
353p.m. P, 71 59-7
43 P, 70 50-3 15-6
56 P, 41-2
7 Pj 46-8 12-1
40 P 8 57-8
9 P, 48-0 8 ) 13-3
3 P, 72 3-3
10 L 43-0
50 P, 69 56-0 35 21'3
12 L 73 1-2 )
4 P, 46-0 11-3
33 L.VM 72 38'6
7 P, 46-0 11-3
5 14 L.V e 24-8
11 P, 70 16-2 41-5
34 i 40-4
15 P, 15-0 40-3
36 L 39-8
19 P, 22-1 ) 47-4
48 P 9 71 30-0
23 P s 32-5 57-8
50 P, 44-7
30 P, 35-5 a) 36 0-8
54 P, 51-8
34 P, 46-6 11-9
59 P, 37-7
41 P, 27-7 2 ) 35 53-0
Aforfc: 87 44'9'
44 P, 58-0 ') 36 23-3
Mean 36 33'4'E
1) Fairly quiet. 2 ) Quiet. 8 ) Disturbed;
Mark: 87 42'8'
reading not exceedingly exact. 4 ) Quiet
After this reading the revolver was placed
!) The needle quiet at the moment of
alternately E and W of the foot in a ver-
setting. 2 ) Somewhat disturbed. ') Quiet.
tical position with the butt-end down,
4 ) Quiet; at first disturbed with about 45'
without producing any change in the
higher reading. 6 ) Fairly quiet. 6 ) Thr
readings. 6 ) The needle trembled consider-
needle first made a somewhat marked
ably. e ) The mirror dipping during this
movement eastwards, then returned, and
reading.
the setting was made. ') Disturbed.
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
38. 1894. June 7.
39. 1894. June 12.
Lat. N. 81 28'
Lat. N. 81 43'
Long. E. 122 10'
Long. E. 122 13'
C-S+A= 53 24-0'
Mark: 87 44'4'
w = 87 47-7'
T ' 1 O ) .~ '
Local time Needle M
JS = 34 237
h m
Mark: 81 47'5'
319p.m. P, 71 54-5'
Local time Needle M D
23 . P, 70 58-7
h m
28 P, 71 43-2
1030a.m. P, 69 5'1' i) 344M'E
33 P, 33-9 )
35 P, 70 3-2 2) 35 39"5
39 L 73 18-0 )
39 P, 69 27-9 2 ) 4'2
43 L 16-6 )
42 P, 59-8 8 ) 36-1
46 L 10-0 )
11 5 P, 70 4-2 ) 40-5
4 18 L.V E 72 37'8 )
9 P, 69 48-5 2 ) 24-8
Mark: 87 43'4'
12 P, 70 5'5 2) 41-8
18 P, 69 46-7 6 ) 23-0
450p.m. L 72 44'7 ">)
30 L 58-5 34-8
54 L 17-7 ii)
34 i 59'3 35'6
54 L.V, 70 4-9 41'2
Mark: 87 43-6'
1233p.m. L.VE 69 39'4 15'7
5 16p.m. L 72 26'9 10)
53 L 44-2 20-5
19 L 24-9 w)
58 L 49-9 26-2
41 L.VE 73 46-210)
13 P, 70 17-6 53-9
63 L 18-910)
6 P, 21-6 57-9
5 L 14-2 w)
9 P, 30-4 36 6-7
10 P, 71 35-9 12)
13 P, 38-6 14-9
13 P, 72 2-1 12)
Mark: 87 47'9'
16 P, 71 52-1 12)
Mark: 87 47'9'
19 P, 72 4-1 ia)
4 1 p. m. P, 69 15-7 34 52-0
Mark: 87 44'2'
5 P, 7-2 43-5
15 P, 34-7 35 ll'O
19 P, 20-5 0) 34 56-8
31 L 38-6 35 14'9
the back: they were henceforth removed.
35 L 18-9 34 55'2
4 ) The needle in motion eastwards. 6 ) Be-
51 L.VI E 34-5 35 10'8
fore this reading a rather marked move-
58 L 55-1 31-4
ment westwards. 6 ) The needle is more
12 L 70 4-0 40-3
disturbed in the afternoon than in the
22 P, 69 48-5 24-8
morning. 7 ) As the observer had a touch
26 P, 57-2 33-5
of snow-blindness, he used spectacles, and
30 P, 42-9 19-2
only discovered, after making the obser-
34 P, 39-2 ') 15-5
vations, that the net round these was of
Mean 35 25'4' E
iron wire. The readings are taken with
the right eye, but on trying, it proved
that the position of the needle remained
Mark: 87 47'5'
unaltered, whether the reading was taken
i) Somewhat disturbed. 2 ) Quiet.
with the right or the left eye: thus no
a ) Quiet. After this reading the observer
influence.
cut the small steel buckles from his trou-
8 ) Disturbed. The needle first moved
sers, and placed one of them upon the
eastwards. ") The needle much disturbed;
foot of the instrument. The needle did
the mirror danced up and down. 10 ) Dis-
not move. The buckles had been one on
turbed. H) Much disturbed. la ) Compara-
each knee, and one on the strap at
tively quiet; eastward motion.
NO. 7.J
DECLINATION.
33
40. 1894. June 13.
Mark: 87
34-4'
Lat. N. 81 46'
3 38p. m.
P,
71 12-1'
34 31-7'
Long. E. 122 14'
43
P,
23-4 )
43-0
47
Pj
72 1-6 ")
35 21-2
CS+A= 50 54-6'
52
P,
71 58-9 ')
18-5
m= 87 35-0'
54
P,
72 4-1 10)
23-7
B=- 36 40-4'
58
P >
16-410)
36-0
Mark: 87 SH'
4 14 p. m.
Pj
72 3-9 ')
35 23-5
18
Pj
33-0 )
52-6
Local time Needle M D
21
ft
7-410)
27-0
h m
24
P,
47-6 9 )
36 7-2
11 7a.m. Pj 73 5-6") 3625'2'E
28
P,
2-4io)
35 22-0
12 P, 74 22-9 2 ) 37 42'5
31
P,
0'6n)
20-2
17 P, 72 44-6 3 ) 36 4'2
34
P,
20-2
39-8
22 P, 16-9 35 36-5
24 Pj 28-2 47-8
Mark: 87
34-1'
30 P, 27-2 46-8
33 Pj 39-6 59-2
Mark: 81
35-5'
35 Pj 47-3 36 6-9
38 Pj 46-7 6-3
5 49 p. m.
T)
71 57-4' <)
35 17-0'
41 Pj 35-9 35 55-5
53
p
49-8 ')
9-4
44 Pj 37-7 57-3
56
P,
53-3 ')
12-9
49 P, 9-4 4 ) 29-0
6
P*
56-9
16-5
55 P, 73 32-7 5 ) 36 52'3
3
P,
50-8
10-4
59 /'j 72 28-2 ") 35 47'8
7
P,
14-2
34 33-8
12 3p.m. Pj 15-4 35-0
Mean
35 39-2' E
1238p.m. Pj 72 10'4 35 30-0
Mark: 87
35-9'
42 Pj 25-1 44-7
46 P, 71 5V9 ') 14-5
49 Pj 72 5-1 24-7
54 Pj 8-2 ') 27-8
57 Pj 40-2 <) 59-8
10 Pj 30-9 50-5
3 Pj 57-6 36 17-2
Mark: 87 34'9'
') Quiet. 2 ) The needle oscillated ra-
pidly backwards and forwards about the
position read. 3 ) The needle returning
from a westerly movement. 4 ) First mov-
ing towards the W, then towards the E,
then towards the W again, and oscillating
restlessly backwards and forwards about
the position read. 5 ) Eastward motion;
") Moving eastwards. 9 )
Somewhat
the reading taken at the most easterly
disturbed. 1) Fairly quiet. 1)
The most
position. ) The needle quiet; apparently
westerly position;
moving eastwards after
its most westerly position. : ) Disturbed.
the reading.
34
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
41. 1894.
June 23.
Lat.
N.
81 43'
Long.
E.
121 24'
Lat.
N. 81 44'
Long. E. 121 28'
C-S+A
= 265
41-1'
m
= 335
3-3'
C- S+A=
265 41-1'
B
= - 69
22-2'
m
=
335 6-2'
B
=
69 25-1'
Mark: 335 3'8'
f
Mark: 335
o pn
Local time
Needle
M
D
h m
Local time Needle M
D
3 4p.m.
P,
106
25'2'
37 3-0' E
ft
m
8
P,
28-8
6-6
11
24a.m.
P,
107 27-4' ')
38 2-3' E
13
P,
108
19-9 9 )
88
57-7
29
P*
106 18-8 ')
36 53-7
16
P,
106
25-4
37
3-2
34
P,
37-8 ')
37 12-7
20
P,
23-3 ')
1-1
37
P,
21-1 2 )
36 56-0
24
P,
105
51-9 ')
80
29-7
42
P,
105 59-4 ')
34-3
28
P,
106
5-6 3 )
43-4
44
P!
106 11-4 ')
46-3
32
P,
1-2 7 )
39-0
45
P,
4-9 3 )
39-8
58
L
104
32-9 10)
35
10-7
50
P,
17-6 3 )
52-5
4 1
L
103
33-9 i) w)
8i
11-7
53
P,
23-1 4 )
58-0
5
L
104
8-9 i) 10)
46-7
55
P,
24-3 6 )
59-2
7
L
6-9 i) 10)
44-7
58
P 1
4-2 3 )
39-1
9
L
105
1-4 i) 10)
35
39-2
1-2
2p.m.
P,
22-1 c )
57-0
13
L
106
18'9 i) 10)
86
56-7
9
P,
0-2 ')
35-1
16
L
107
3-7 3)10)
87
41-5
12
P,
8-8 ')
43-7
19
L
21-7 10)
59-5
21
L
5-2 10)
43-0
Mark: 335
5-7
')
45
L.VE
106
42-0
19-8
5 8
L
107
35-2 ii)
38
13-0
Mark: 335 5'7'
11
L
36-2 ii)
14-0
13
L
36-2 ii)
14-0
U
49 p. m.
P,
106 11-1'
36 46-0'
20
P,
7-8 c )
87
45-6
52
P,
10-9
45-8
23
P,
13-3 K )
51-1
55
P,
13-8 7 )
48-7
27
P,
17-818)
55-6
58
P*
1-4 7 )
36-3
30
P,
27-6 )
IIS
5-4
1
1
P,
17-3 7 )
52-2
35
P,
11-9 7 )
37
49-7
4
P,
10-7
45-6
38
P*
23-3 3 )
88
1-1
5
P,
11-2
46-1
Mean
87
5-4' E
Mark: 335 2'8'
>) Disturbed. 2 ) Disturbed. Laid the
revolver aside. 3 ) Fairly quiet. 4 ) The
needle in motion eastwards. 5 ) After this
reading, put the revolver in its place again.
c ) Quiet. 7 ) Somewhat disturbed. ") Alte-
ration in the level, on account of the
melting of the ice. Corrected the balance
of the needle, as its north end hung
down a little during the first readings.
9 ) The needle moving eastwards, but stop-
ped suddenly and went back again. The
magnet-box was examined, but nothing
was found that could prevent the free
movement of the needle. l) The needle
trembled all the time. U) The needle
danced up and down. 12 ) Sudden move-
ments west-wards.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
35
42. 1894. June 28.
1210p.m. P, 23447-7' 6 ) 35 15'3'
Lai N. 81 35'
Long. E. 121 37'
12 P, 39-4 ') 7-0
14 P, 30-4 8 ) 34 58-0
16 P t 20-9 9 ) 48-5
Mark: 359 8'8'
19 P, 6-4 34-0
21 P, 233 44-7 12'3
Local time Needle M
24 P, 33-3 0-9
h m
446p.m. P, 105 58-6'
51 P, 106 58-4')
54 P, 105 49-6
57 P, 106 9-4
53 105 53-2
6 L 40"7
26 P, 234 34-7 35 2-3
28 P, 53-2 20-8
30 P, 36-3 3-9
33 P, 43-9 11-5
35 P, 51-7 19-3
38 P, 31-2 34 58-8
19 L.VE 4-2
40 P, 233 49-9 17'5
43 P, 33-9 1-5
43 L.V e 26-4
56 i 104 52-4
59 L 105 9-4
69 P, 40-3
12 P 8 104 33-1
i~i p -> i ' i
45 P, 28-3 33 55'9
47 P, 23-6 51-2
49 P, 23-910) 51-5
52 P, 11-910) 39-5
54 P, 3-9io) 31-5
Xf fOL J
17 P, 19-8
57 P, 30-710) 58-3
59 P, 45-110) 34 12-7
Mark: 359 8'8'
1 1 P, 55-210) 22-8
3 P, 43-910) 11-5
5 P t 59-210) 26-8
8 P, 234 16-710) 44-3
43. 1894. July 6.
9 P, 17-910) 45-5
Lat. N. 81 30'
Mark: 291 36'5'
Long. E. 124 39'
Mark: 317 34'5'")
C-S+A= 92 4-7'
m= 291 37-1'
356p.m. P, 232 47-7' 33 15"3'
59 P 8 233 17-3 44'9
43 P t 232 39-4 7-0
B = - 199 32-4'
Mark: 291 37'7'
10 P, 233 19-8 47-4
28 PJ.V,, 232 42-9 10'5
Local time Needle M D
53 P,-V E 42-1 9'7
h m
21 P, 36-6 4-2
1138a.m. P, 234 38' 1' 35 5'7' E
24 P, 40-4 8-0
42 P, 236 7-4 36 35'0
27 P, 44-3 11-9
52 P a 233 14-3 2 ) 33 41'9
30 P, 18-7 32 46-3
59 P, 234 54-4 3 ) 35 22'0
33 P, 37-8 33 5'4
12 3p.m. P, 235 11'2 4 ) 38'8
35 p, 23-7 32 51'3
6 P, 59-7 5 ) 36 27-3
Mean 34 17'2'E
Mark: 317 36'2' ")
') The needle moving westwards;
6 ) The needle lively. ') Fairly quiet.
otherwise fairly quiet during the pointing.
8 ) Quiet. ") Apparently most westerly
s ) The needle after being reversed, in
position; the needle seemed inclined to
constant motion westwards; this reading is
stop and go eastwards again. 1) The
the most westerly position. 3 ) The needle
needle quiet during each separate pointing.
moving eastwards during the pointing.
n) A mark on the ^Storkoss" (a big hum-
4 ) First a slight movement towards the W,
mock which followed the ship during most
then towards the E; fairly quiet during
of the drift) used here as a check on the
the pointing. 5 ) Somewhat disturbed.
instrument.
36
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
44. 1894. July 11.
Lat N. 81 19'
Long. E. 124 38'
C-S+A= 270 33-9'
m = 327 52-8'
C-S+A= 270 33-9'
m = 327 50-6'
B=- 57 16-7'
Mark: 327 49-0">)
Local time PJeedle M D
h m
341p.m. P 2 89 42'8' 32 26'!'
45 P, 31-4 14-7
48 P, 33-8 17-1
51 P, 2-7 31 46-0
54 P t 40-4 32 23-7
58 P 8 27-6 10-9
4 1 P, 23-3 6-6
11 L 23-7 7-0
14 L 32-3 15-6
36 L.VE 39-3 22'6
520 L.V. 88 39-1 ') 31 22'4
42 L 32-7 16-0
45 L 27-9 11-2
47 L 29-2 12-5
54 P, 18-9 2-2
57 P e 29-1 12-4
6 1 P, 26-1 9-4
6 P 8 52-1 35-4
9 P, 44-4 27-7
12 P 2 89 5'6 48-9
B = - 57 18-9'
Mark: 327 53'4'
Local time Needle M D
k m
1142a.m. P, 90 0'8' ') 3241'9'E
46 P, 32-9 ') 33 14'0
50 P, 16-5 ') 32 57-6
54 P, 5-0 ') 46-1
58 Pj 4-4 i) 45-5
12 2p.m. Pj 14-6 ') 55-7
6 P, 8-4 >) 49-5
9 P, 28-1 ') 33 9-2
14 P, 89 56-9 <) 32 38'0
17 P, 90 20-3 ') 33 1'4
21 P, 2-9 ') 32 44-0
26 P, 24-6 ') 33 5'7
29 P, 0-9 ') 32 42-0
32 Pj, 28-1 ') 33 9-2
36 P t 24-0 ') 5-1
40 P, 21-3 ') 2-4
44 P, 89 55-2 ') 32 36"3
47 P, 57-1 ') 38-2
51 P, 47-3 2 ) 28-4
54 P, 37-8 3 ) 18-9
59 P, 27-9 ') 9-0
12 P, 51-8 4 ) 32-9
5 P, 48-8 5 ) 29-9
Mark: 327 52-2' ")
Mean 32 18'8' E
Mark: 327 52'2'
changes in the level and in the setting
of the mark are due to the melting of
the ice, during which the feet of the
stand slowly sink into another position.
7 ) Disturbed.
') Quiet. 2 ) Somewhat disturbed.
3 ) Quiet. Balanced the needle. 4 ) Quiet,
Balanced the needle; the north end too
low. B ) The level changed. 6 ) The
NO.
DECLINATION.
37
45. 1894. July 14. In the morn-
46. 1894. July 25.
ing, pieces of board were laid under the
feet of the stand.
Lai N. 81 20 1
Long. E. 125 47'
Lat. N. 81 32'
Long. E. 124 58'
Mark: 32 16'5'
Mark: 350 9'0'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle M D
h m
k m
4 7p.m. Pj 259 50-7")
423p.m. Pj 110 46'9'
29 P a 54-6
33 Pj 46'4
13 P, 260 9-8 ')
20 Pj 5-9 2 )
25 /' 259 21'8 3 )
36 P, 53-3
52 Pj 51-4
5 17 PJ.VE 37-7
42 Pj 47-4
28 Pj 49-7 3 )
32 P, 25-6 3 )
35 Pj 59-2 3 )
41 P 8 39-1 3 )
48 P 8 111 4-6
52 Pj 110 53-4
Mark: 32 13'5'
56 P, 111 19-1
61 Pj 110 54-4
Mark: 32 13'5' )
4 P 8 111 19-6
' I
8 Pj 7-4
12 P, 7-6
4 54 P, 259 46-1'
58 Pj 35-7
Mark: ')
5 15 PJ.VE 48-5
50 P,.VI E 36-8
67 Pj 41-9
G-S+A= 273 40-0'
= 350 20-9'
11 P, 15-3
18 Pj 47-2
B=- 76 40-9'
22 P, 31-1
Mark: 350 19'8'
Mark: 32 6-8'
812p.m. Pj 110 52-2' 34 11'3'E
16 P g 42-1 1-2
19 P, 48-4 7-5
Pi 58-6 17-7
25 P, 49-9 9-0
28 P, 57-8 16-9
31 P, 6-2 33 25-3
34 Pj 48-9 34 8-0
36 P, 111 15'3 34-4
38 P, 2-1 21-2
Mean 34 9'3' E
Mark: 350 22'0'
') The mark could not be seen for
fog. The stand not quite steady.
') Disturbed. 2 ) Disturbed. Balanced
the needle. 3 ) Quiet. *) Levelled afresh.
38
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
47. 1894. July 28. New
pin put
48. 1894. August 3.
in
the box.
Lat.
N. 81 5'
Lat.
N.
81 10'
Long.
E. 127 19'
Long.
E.
125 57'
C-S+A
= 166 38-4'
C
-S+A
= 165
O Qf
f <r 7 '
m
= 36 30-2'
m
= 150
15-0'
B
= 130 8-2'
B
= 15
1 C
VT
Mark: 36 30'2'
Mark: 150 15'2'
Local time
Needle
M
D
Local time
Needle
M
D
h m
h
m
7 33 p. m.
P,
259 45-4")
29 53-6' E
a
59 p. m.
P,
14
30-6' ')
21)
43-3' E
36
P t
58'9 2 )
30 7-1
7
3
P,
13
53-4 2 )
6-1
40
P*
53-1 5 )
1-3
6
P,
59-6 3 )
12-3
43
Pt
45-8 3 )
29 54-0
10
P,
14
19-4 ')
32-1
46
p t
260 7-9 )
30 16-1
14
PI
13
56-8 <)
9-5
49
P,
259 18-6 )
29 26'8
18
P,
27-4 3 )
as
40-1
54
P,
24-3 )
32-5
23
P,
41-6 5 )
54-3
56
P,
13-1 2 )
21-3
27
P,
15
26-4 6 )
30
39-1
59
P t
28-7 2 )
36-9
29
P t
13
49-2 2 )
21 1
1-9
8 1
P,
33-2 2 )
41-4
32
P,
59-1 3 )
11-8
5
P,
30-3 2 )
38-5
37
P,
15
51-9 7 )
31
4-6
7
P*
36-6 ")
44-8
42
P*
16
10-3
23-0
Mean
29 46-2' E
47
P t
48-4
32
1-1
49
P,
17
11-9 ")
24-6
Mark: 36
o 40.2<
(?)
52
P,
16
45-4
31
58-1
55
P t
18
21-9
33
34-6
58
p t
17
43-4
32
56-1
8
Pt
53-9
33
6-6
4
P,
15-6 3 )
32
28-3
6
P,
13-1 3 )
25-8
9
P.
16
48-3 3 )
1-0
11
-P,
48-3 3 )
1-0
Mean
30
56'1'E
Mark: 150 14'8'
') Moving westwards. 2 ) Fairly quiet.
3 ) Quiet. 4 ) Disturbed. 6 ) First move-
ment eastwards, then westwards. ") Dis-
turbed. Most easterly position ; went sud-
denly westwards again. ') Balanced the
needle. 8 ) Disturbed; went westwards
again.
') Somewhat disturbed. 2 ) Quiet.
3 ) Somewhat disturbed. The image has
sunk in the field. 4 ) In steady motion
westwards. s ) Moving eastwards. 6 ) Fairly
quiet.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
39
49. 1894. August 4.
50. 1894. August 15.
Lat N. 81 6'
Lai N. 81 7'
Long. E. 127 25'
Long. E. 127 52'
Mark: 34 13'8'
C-S+A= 15 16-0'
m= 235 34-0'
Local time Needle M
B = - 220 18-0'
h m
11 38a.m. L 259 9'7'
Mark: 235 35'7'
43 L 0-2
46 L 3-7
Local time Needle M D
12 12p.m. L.V E 42-2
h m
39 L 258 41-9
516p.m. P, 251 23-8' >) 31 5'8' E
42 L 259 44-9
20 P, 250 40-3 ') 30 22'3
44 L 23-2
24 P, 22-7 2 ) 4-7
46 L 55-7
27 P, 30-2 3 ) 12-2
47 L 58-2
30 P, 35-1 3 ) 17-1
32 P, 31-6 4 ) 13-6
Mark: 34 14-2'
38 P, 26-9 5 ) 8-9
39 P, 30-4 3 ) 12-4
Mark: 34 12'5'
44 P 8 249 41-8 ") 29 23'8
47 P, 24-6 ') 6-6
53 P, 248 41-2 ") 28 23'2
2 38p.m. L 259 2'2'
56 P, 54-2 9 ) 36-2
40 L 0-7
60 P, 49-6 ') 31-6
42 L 2-7
4 P, 249 6-610) 48-6
58 L.V E 25S 52 ' 8
9 P, 251 38-4 ') 31 20'4
3 15 I, 259 13-7
12 P, 254 14-9") 33 56"9
17 L 14'9
16 P, 250 21-2 3 ) 30 3'2
18 L 15-7
20 P s 1-3 3 ) 29 43-3
Mean 30 1'7'E
Mark: 34 11'5'
Mark: 235 32'3'
The needle disturbed all the time;
a better substratum has been arranged
for the feet of the stand.
') Disturbed. 2 ) First 250 42'; quiet.
3 ) Quiet. 4 ) First very slight movement
eastwards, then westwards; quiet. D ) Mo-
ving eastwards; quiet. 6 ) In steady motion
westwards; somewhat disturbed. 7 ) First
very slight movement eastwards, then
westwards; disturbed. 8 ) Fairly quiet.
9 ) At first somewhat more easterly; fairly
quiet. 10 ) At first rapid motion eastwards,
then slowly westwards; the needle quiet
during the pointing, n) The needle darting
backwards and forwards.
40
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
NORW. POL. EXP.
51. 1894. August 18.
53. 1894. September 5.
Lai N. 81 5'
Long. E. 128 T
Lat. N.
Long. E.
81 12'
123 8'
Mark: 62
37-7'
Mark: 41
33-5'
Local time
Needle
M
Local time
Needle M
/i m
3 53 p. m.
P,
26 58-2'
k w
3 19p.m.
24
27
38
41
P, 251 45-1'
P, 34-9
P s 20-3
P, 26-8
L 42-7
L 46-2
55
59
4 2
24
26
29
pi
L
L
27 18-2
18-3
17-6
52-2 ')
47-9 l )
42-4 ')
43
4 5
33
49
52
53
56
58
L 46-7
P t .V e 44-8
P..VE 57-2
P, 252 6-2
P, 251 55-2
P, 55-2
P, 36-8
P, 38-C
51
5 14
17
20
28
32
36
39
Jj
Ml
P',
P,
P,
38-6 ')
20-4 ')
31-7 ')
28-7 ')
26 33-1
22-3
21-2
11-9
59
P, 41-1
Mark: 62
37-3'
Mark: 41 32'3'
52. 1894. September 4.
54. 1894. September 21.
Lat N. 81 12'
Long. E. 123 22'
Mark: 155 56'8'
Local time
Needle
M
Lat. N.
81 14'
h m
Long. E.
123 26'
4 19p.m.
P,
83
28-2' 2 )
23
P,
43-9 2 )
G-S+A
= 11
29-6'
26
P,
18-1 2 )
m
= 174
48-0'
29
P,
17-1 2 )
B
= -163
18-4'
33
P,
29-9 3 )
36
P,
82
52-9 2 )
Mark: 174 48'2'
39
P,
35-6 2 )
42
p
32-1 2 )
Local time
Needle
M
D
5
P
81
51-8
h m
14
82
42-8
3 25 p. m.
P, 195
o 37.3,
32 18-8' E
42
p't.Ve
85
2-0
28
P,
33-4
15-0
57
n a
p.
83
8-1
33
P,
27-3
8-9
58
2
P,
11-3
35
P,
27-3
8-9
6 2
2
P,
84
9-2
38
P,
30-4
12-0
5
1
P,
83
38-2
40
P,
33-4
15-0
9
* 2
P,
84
39-8
44
P,
23-1
4-7
10
X
Pi
37-8
47
P*
21-1
2-7
15
P.
11-2
51
PI
19-7
1-3
17
I
P.
83
42-2
54
58
P,
P*
23-7
17-1
5-3
31 58-7
L
Mark: 155 57'2'
4 1
P,
30-6
32 12-2
') The
telescope
laid
aside, as the re
Mean
32 8-6' E
flection of
the wire was indistinct.
Mark: 174 47'8'
2 ) Quiet. 3 ) Somewhat disturbed.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
41
55. 1894. September 24.
Lat. N. 81 20'
Long. E. 122 35'
C-S+A= 107 32-8'
m 155 57-7'
56. 1894. September 28.
Lai N. 81 13'
Long. E. 122 2'
C-S+A= 107 27-6'
m = 155 45-5'
B=- 48 24-9'
Mark: 155 58.0'
Local time Needle M D
h m
456p.m. P, 83 0-7' 3435'8'E
50 P 7 52-9') 35 28-0
4 P, 49-4 2 ) 24-5
6 P, 35-3 3 ) 10-4
10 P, 52-4*) 27-5
15 P, 29-9 6 ) 5-0
19 P 8 82 48-3 6 ) 34 23'4
B= - 48 17-9 1
Mark: 155 45'5'
Local time Needle M D
h m
522p.m. P, 81 28-9' 33 ll'O' E
26 P, 46-9 29-0
31 P 8 82 43-8 34 25-9
34 P, 83 29-1 35 11'2
40 P, 84 41-7 36 23'8
43 P, 55-3 37-4
*7 P 8 0-6 35 42-7
50 P 8 83 49-8 31-9
21 P 8 34-1 <>) 9-2
25 P, 30-4 7 ) 5-5
28 P, 33-7 7 ) 8-8
33 P, 22-3 7 ) 33 57'4
37 P, 17-1 2 ) 52-2
41 P, 27-4 8 ) 34 2-5
45 P, 5-4 ") 33 40-5
48 P, 7-8 42-9
52 P, 24-3 59-4
Mean 35 4'2' E
Mark: 155 45'5'
The readings uncertain by a minute
or two, on account of the extreme restless-
ness of the needle.
Mean 34 27'1' E
Mark: 155 57'5'
57. 1894. October 20.
Lat. N. 81 57'
Long. E. 115 0'
Mark: 155 56'7'
Local time Needle M
h m
11 27a.m. P 8 96 28'3'
35 P, 30-7
39 P, 95 27-6
43 P, 31-4
47 P 8 52-1
52 P, 32-7
12 3p.m. P,.V e 96 1-5
24 P t .V s 95 37-7')
35 P, 1-9 ')
39 P, 6-1 ')
44 P, 94 51-4')
49 P 8 95 36-1')
5S P 1'4'Q U
') Moving eastwards. 2 ) Fairly quiet.
3 ) Moving westwards. ') Sudden move-
ment westwards. 5 ) Sudden movement
56 P, 36-1 ')
59 P s 96 10-8')
Mark: 155 55'5'
oscillated backwards and forwards. r ')Quiet.
7 ) Somewhat disturbed. 8 ) Disturbed.
') The telescope was not used, as
there was too little lighi
6
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
58. 1894. October 27.
The tele-
60. 1894. November 16.
scope not used.
Lat. N. 82 6'
Lat. N. 82 4'
Long. E. 110 42'
Long. E. 114 35'
Mark: 192 50'3'
4 _ 180 -S = 24 1-7
Mark: 63 36'2'
Local time Needle M
h m
Local time Needle M
D
5 5p.m. P, 153 11-4'
h m
11 P, 154 10-1
458p.m. P 8 14 51-6'
38 53-3' E
16 P, 153 22-9
56 P, 34-9
36-6
20 P 8 154 13-1
13 P, 49-8
51-5
47 P, 152 32-7
19 P, 58-4
39 0-1
50 Pj 24-4
32 P 8 15 11-8
13-5
64 P,.y 12-0
40 P, 11-9
13-6
18 P, 8'9
Mean
38 58-6' E
22 P, 47-1
ac p 1 A*7
Mark: 63 35"0'
ao j?i LU /
28 P e 153 2-1
Mark: 192 50'3'
59. 1894. November
10.
Lat. N. 82 11'
Long. E. 110 42'
C-S + A= 77 50-0'
m= 214 3-5'
B=- 136 13-5'
61. 1894. November 22.
Mark: 214 3'5'
Lai N. 82 1'
Long. E. 112 15'
Local time Needle M
D
h m
423p.m. P, 175 9'4'
< P 48-1
38 55-9' E
aq Oji.c
C-S+A= 63 1-1'
m= 201 30-5
oo Jr 9
38 P, 3-7
O7 O^C O
38 50-2
B = 138 29-4'
43 P t 46-3
39 32-8
48 P, 174 57-2
38 43-7
Mark: 201 30'7'
5 7 P,.FB 175 11-6
26 P, 12-4
58-1
58-9
Local time Needle M D
32 P, 43-8
36 P, 15-2
39 P, 49-6
43 P, 8-4
39 30-3
1-7
36-1
38 54-9
h m
1239p.m. P,, 178 38-8' 40 9'4' E
43 P, 20-2 39 50-8
47 P, 179 17-8 40 484
48 P, 19-1
39 5-6
51 P, 178 50-4 21-0
X
51 P, 0-4
38 46-9
56 P, 179 46-1 41 16'7
55 P, 39-8
39 26'3
1 P, 5-7 40 36-3
Mean
Mean 40 30'4'E
39 8'3' E
Mark: 214 3'5'
Mark: 201 30'3'
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
43
Lat. N. 82 0'
Long. E. 112 5'
G-S+A= 61 13-4'
m= 201 30-3'
62. 1894. November 24.
Lat. N. 81 58'
Long. E. 111 58'
Mark: 201 30'7'
Local time Needle M
h m
438p.m. P, 176 34-2'
42 P, 177 9-3
45* P, 176 30-2
50 P 8 43-8
5 P, 57-1
8 P, 27-1
12 P, 175 47-7
28 P,.V 39-0
44 P, 173 39-4
50 P 8 175 0-1 ')
59 P, 199 41-6
62 P 8 186 39-6
5 P, 189 36-1
9 P 8 184 48-1
11 P, 181 5-6
13 P, 177 47-6
15 P, 176 28-6 2 )
7 21 p. m. P, 176 24-8
27 Pj 175 34-9
31 P, 176 6-1
34 P, 175 29-7
Mark: 201 30'7'
B=- 140 16-9'
Mark: 201 30'2'
Local time Needle M D
h m
4 12 p. m. Pj 178 51-7' 38 34'8' E
16 P, 179 36-6 39 19'7
20 P, 178 55-7 38 38'8
25 P, 179 19-8 1) 39 2-9
30 P, 178 33-9 38 17'0
35 P, 179 27-3 39 10'4
40 P t 178 29-9 38 13O
44 P 8 179 14-6 57-7
48 P, 178 24-2 7'3
54 P 2 179 14-3 57-4
Mean 38 43"9' E
Mark: 201 30'4'
') While the observer was screwing
westwards to get the needle pointed, it
suddenly began to go rather quickly
eastwards. The above-quoted approximate
value for the pointing was noted, where-
upon the screw was loosened to follow the
needle; but an attempt at pointing by
the aid of the telescope failed in the
rapid motion. The telescope was therefore
quickly laid aside, and the following
pointings made as nearly as possible coin-
ciding with the line on the window of the
box. 2 ) As the lamp had gone out, and the
needle seemed to have come back almost
to its original position, and appeared to
be fairly quiet, the observations were dis-
continued, and not recommenced until after
supper. The sky was overcast, but illu-
minated as if the moon were shining behind
the clouds; so there must have been a
considerable! amount of aurora borealis.
') Movement eastwards.
44
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
63. 1894. November
27.
65. 1894. December 6.
Lat N. 82 9'
Lai N. 82 20'
Long. E. 111 27'
Long. E. 109 12'
C-S+A= 66 40-8'
C-S + A= 64 41-4'
m= 201 31-4'
m= 201 32-6 '
B=- 134 50-6'
B = - 136 51-2'
Mark: 201 31'3'
Mark: 201 32'5'
Local time Needle M
D
Local time Needle M D
h tn
h m
354p.m. P, 173 51-4
39 0-8' E
416p.m. P 8 177 57-8") 41 6'6 E
59 P 2 174 20-1
29-5
22 P, 27'2 ') 40 36-0
42 P, 173 36-2
38 45-6
26 P 8 28-8 ') 37-6
6 P s 174 15-8
39 25-2
30 P, 29-7 2 ) 38-5
10 P, 173 49-2
38 58-6
35 P 2 30-5 39-3
15 P, 174 19-1
39 28-5
38 Pj 33-9 42-7
19 Pj 173 52-2
1-6
46 P 2 172 23-1 3 )
23 P 8 174 30-3
39-7
48 P 8 173 33-1 3 )
28 P, 173 50-4
38 59-8
52 P 8 41-1 3 )
33 P, 174 41-8
39 51-2
57 Pj 177 27-6 2 ) 36'4
38 P, 2-7
12-1
58 P 8 179 12-1 3 )
44 P, 32-8
42-2
49 P, 173 55-2
4-6
Mark: 201 32'7'
52 P, 174 24-1
33-5
56 P, 173 44-9
38 54-3
7 28 p. m. P, 177 21-4' 40 30'2'
50 P 8 174 17-6
39 27-0
32 P 2 27-6 36'4
Mean
39 18-4' E
37 P, 25-4 34-2
41 P 8 34-6 43-4
Mark: 201 31'5'
44 P t 31-7 40-5
47 P, 14-6 23-4
51 P, 16-4 25-2
54 P a 29-1 37-9
64. 1894. November
29.
Mean 40 37'9'E
Mark: 201 32'5'
Lat. N. 82 10'
Long. E. 110 50'
Mark: 201 32'3'
Local time Needle M
413p.m. P, 175 47-1'
17 P, 174 18-4
<M\ p AH> 1
') Somewhat disturbed. 2 ) Quiet.
3 ) The great variations in the readings
jS(J *-% T / 1
24 P, 34-7
42 P t .V K 173 48-7
were at first supposed to be due to actual
magnetic perturbations. Subsequently,
however, a few hairs from the observer's
51 P, 48'9
5 P, 175 1-1
8 P, 174 6-9
12 P, 175 17-3
gloves were discovered upon the needle,
which might have influenced the pointings
in the position P, of the needle; on the
other hand, they can have had no effect
Mark: 201 32'3'
in position P,.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
45
66
1894. December 7.
68.
1894. December
15.
Lat.
Long.
N. 82 20'
E. 108 58'
Lat. N. 82 34'
Long. E. 107 38'
C S-
-A= 62 2-8'
Mark :
201 32-3'
m= 201 32-3'
B=-139 29-5'
Local time Needle
M
Mark:
201 32-3'
h m
5 20p.
m. P 2
177 36-6'
Local time Needle M
D
23
P,
51-2
h m
26
54-6
3 35 p.
m. P 2 181 5-3'
41
35-8' E
29
X
49-9
40
P, 1-2
31-7
44
38-0
44
P 8 9'3
39-8
6
Pj
37-7
48
P, 6-9
37-4
3
P,
36-1
51
P 2 180 59-6
30-1
7
P,
37-2
55
P, 51-7
22-2
9
37-8
59
P, 44-3
14-8
4 4
P, 57-7
28-2
Mark:
201 32-5'
9
P, 181 5-3
35-8
14
P, 180 51-9
22-4
19
P 2 59-3
29-8
23
P, 58-2
28-7
26
P, 181 20-6
51-1
31
P, 7-4
37-9
Mean
41
31'8'E
Mark:
201 32-3'
69.
1894. December
19.
67.
1894. December 14.
f
Lat. N. 82 51'
Lat.
N. 82 33'
Long. E. 104 45'
Long.
E. 107 53'
C-S4
A= 59 41-2'
m= 201 34-7'
Mark:
201 32-3'
B=- 141 53-5'
Local time Needle
M
Mark:
201 35-2'
h m
Local time Needle M
D
4 23 p.
m. P 2
179 35-6'
h m
28
P,
30-9
4 25p.m. P, 183 IT
41 7-6 E
32
P,
9-6
31
P, 182 50-6
40
57-1
36
P,
39-4
35
P, 55-4
41
1-9
55
55'2
40
P, 43-3
40
49-8
523
PI VE
36-5
44
P, 45-7
52-2
33
P t
29-9
47
P, 42-6
49-1
37
P,
27-3
51
P, 183 0-7
41
7-2
43
P,
32-7
55
P, 182 47-8
40
5*-8
46
P,
31-3
57
P, 56-1
41
2-6
Mean
40 58-0' E
Mark:
201 32-5
Mark:
201 34-2'
46 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
70. 1894. December 21.
72. 1895. January 17.
Lat. N. 82 54'
Lat. N. 83 23'
Long. E. 104 6'
Long. E. 103 2'
Mark: 201 25'8'
C-S+A= 10 50-2'
Local time Needle M
m= 9 3-0'
h m
B= 1 47-2'
337p.m. P, 183 33-1")
42 P, 40-4 ')
Mark: 9 3'0'
46 P, 18-1 >)
49 P, 26-4 ')
Local time Needle M D
46 PfVe 182 24'0
h m
53 Pi.VI E 16-8
54 P, 25-4
8 P 8 25-6
13 P, 19-2
18 P s 15-6
528p.m. PI 40 22-9' 42 lO'l E
33 P 8 50-3 37-5
37 PI 44-2 31-4
41 P, 40-1 27-3
45 P, 22-2 9'4
49 P 2 44-6 31-8
Mark: 201 26'0'
53 P, 30-4 17-6
56 P s 37-6 24-8
Mean 42 23'6' E
Mark: 9 3-0'
71. 1895. January 12.
Lat. N. 83 41'
Long. E. 102 47'
Mark: ?
Local time Needle M
h m
457p.m. P, 208 8-2'
5 1 P, 25-3
73. 1895. January 18.
5 PI 10'4
9 P, 41-1
Lai N. 83 25'
22 P,.V 59-1
Long. E. 102 30'
35 P, 209 15-6
39 P, 208 54-9
Mark: 9 3O
44 P, 209 5-1
48 P, 208 48-7
Local time Needle M
h m
Mark: ?
4 1p.m. P, 43 12-1'
5 P, 42 43-2
14 PJ 59-3
') The revolver was inadvertently left
19 P, 30-7
on one of the shelves on the wall; during
35 PJ.VS 43 28-7
the observations for deflection, it was put
5 7 Pj.VIjs 1-0
in its usual place under the stand. Expe-
23 P, 42 18-5
riments were afterwards made by moving
28 P 8 21-8
the revolver from the shelf to the place
33 P, 41 40-2
beneath the stand, twice backwards and
37 P, 47-3
forwards, without any change being obser-
vable in the position of the needle.
Mark: 9 2'5'
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
47
74. 1895. March 6.
76. 1895. March 10.
Lat. N. 84 3'
Lai N. 83 59'
Long. E. 101 45'
Long. E. 102 12'
C-S+A= 9 56-8'
Mark: 251 25'2'
m= 251 25-6'
.8= -241 28-8'
Local time Needle M
h m
Mark: 251 25'7'
334p.m. P s 285 36-6'
38 P, u-2
Local time Needle M D
42 PS 2-1
h m
45 P, 21-9
522p.m. P, 285 38-6' 44 9'8' E
* 5 P t .V E 284 49-6
25 P e 33-1 4-3
43 P t .VI E 52-4
29 P, 286 0-4 31-6
53 P, 285 9-9
33 P, 285 53-7 24'9
7 P, 27-6
36 PJ 55-6 26-8
11 P, 17-9
39 P, 286 8-6 39'8
15 P 2 21-6
43 P, 9-7 40-9
46 Pj 285 38-4 9'6
Mtrfc: 251 26'0'
51 P, 54-8 26-0
54 P, 58-6 29-8
58 P, 10-2 43 41-4
62 P, 11-4 42-6
Mean 44 17'3' E
Mark: 251 25'5'
77. 1895. April 5.
75. 1895. March 7.
Lat. N. 84 17'
Lat. N. 84 1'
Long. E. 97 23'
Long. E. 101 53'
Mark: 251 25'5'
Mark: 251 25'0'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle M
k m
4 14p.m. P, 285 3C'4'
h m
5 9p.m. P 8 283 18-1'
14 P, 51-2
18 P, 52-3
23 Pj 39-9
41 Pj.Vs 40-9
59 P, 37-9
64 P, 53-6
9 P, 33-7
12 P, 54-6
17 P, 49-1
20 P, 43-9
25 P, 53-6
39 P,.V S 21-3
5 9 P a .VI K 10-7
23 P, 284 36-8
26 P, 9-2
30 P, 20-1
33 P, 10-9
Mark: 251 25'5'
Mark: 251 24'7'
48
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
78. 1895. April 6.
-
79. 1895. April 20.
Lat. N. 84 18'
Lat. N. 84 13'
Long. E. 96 47'
Long. E. 94 30'
C-S+A= 6 33'
Mark: 249 54"0'
m= 251 24-8'
,
B=-244 51-8'
Local time Needle M
h m
Mark: 251 25'0'
5 17p.m. P, 282 8'3'
20 P, 26-9
Local time Needle M
D
23 P, 6-1
h m
27 P, 12-2
4 11 p. in. P, 285 21-9'
40 30-1 'E
37 P,.VI E 27-0
14 P, 46-6
54-8
57 Pj.Vs 281 59-8
19 P, 10-7 ')
18-9
66 P, 282 10-4
23 P a 13-1
21-3
10 P, 24-3
28 P, 284 58-7
6-9
12 P 7 26-4
32 P, 285 19-8
28-0
15 P, 15-1
39 P, 22-7
30-9
43 P, 51-3
59-5
Mark: 249 54'2'
48 P, 35-9 2 )
44-1
54 P 8 286 24-8
41 33-0
58 P, 14-2
22-4
53 P, 4-4
12-6
Marfc: 251 24'5'
Mark: 251 24'8'
80. 1895. April 22.
7 31 p. m. P, 286 6'4'
41 14-6'
Lai N. 84 13'
35 P g 22-6
30-8
Long. E. 94 36'
38 P, 9-9
18-1
42 P, 19-6
27-8
C-S+A= 8 24-5'
46 P, 8-7
16-9
m= 249 46-8'
50 P, 285 57-6
5-8
J3=-241 22-3'
57 P, 48-7
40 56-9
82 P s 52-6
41 0-8
Mark: 249 47-5'
Mean 40 56'7' E
Marfc. 251 24'8'
Local time Needle M
D
h m
343p.m. P, 281 55-2'
40 32-9' E
46 P, 59-1
36-8
49 P, 33-9
11-6
53 P s 55-6
33-3
4 1 P, 26-9
5z> on*f*
4-6
P, 296
7'3
') Somewhat disturbed.
2 ) A few
10 P, 22-6
0-3
small hairs were .discovered
upon the
13 P, 46-1
23-8
needle close to the screws;
they were
17 P, 37-9
15-6
immediately removed. The needle, how-
20 P, 52-1
29-8
ever, oscillated freely, and did
not give the
Mean
40 19-6' E
impression of being impeded
In its move-
ments.
Mark: 249 46'0'
NO. 1.\
DECLINATION.
49
81. 1895. May 9.
83. 1895. May 22.
Lat. N. 84 40'
Lat. N. 84 35'
Long. E. 90 21'
Long. E. 83 51'
Mark: 245 58'0'
Mark: 248 5'7'
Local time Needle M
h m
Local time Needle M
446p.m. P, 280 35-4'
h m
51 P, 281 18-8
523p.m. P, 284 31 -2'
55 P, 22-2
26 P 8 9-8
58 P 8 282 3-8
29 P, 4-4
5 1 P, 11-3
32 P s 19-1
3 P 2 41-6
45 P,,.VE 23'5
6 P, 39-9
59 P 8 13-3
8 P s 47-1
62 P, 283 52-7
12 P, 29-4
4 P, 284 15-3
15 P, 27-3
7 P, 17-4
18 P, 48-7
21 P, 33-3
Mark: 248 3'3'
24 P, 281 37-2
27 P 2 26-8
Mark: 245 58'0'
84. 1895. May 24.
Lai N. 84 41'
Long. E. 82 31'
82. 1895. May 11.
C-S+A= 359 5-0-
tn = 248 45-1'
Lai N. 84 38-
B= 110 19-9'
Long. E. 89 46'
Mark: 248 45'5'
C-S+A= 3 37-9'
Local time Needle M
D
m= 247 56-6'
h m
3tf , , )s_ > O OAI '
. i-> CA.O' IT
B=-244 18-7'
45p.m. Pj 283 dO'4'
48 P, 42-6
OO :>(!.! L
34 2-5
Mark: 247 55'7'
51 P, 34-2
54 P, 58-6
33 54-1
34 18-5
Local time Needle M D
4 9 P S .V E 284 8'1
40 P S .V E 283 56'7 ')
28-0
16-6
h m
438p.m. P, 281 35-9' 3717'2'E
41 P, 282 3-8 45-1
44 P, 281 57'9 39'2
47 P 2 282 6-6 47'9
51 P, 281 51-7 33-0
55 P, 282 8-5 49'8
59 P, 5-7 47-0
54 TJ -|.q A)'(\
55 P, 39-3
50 P, 20-4
3 P, 284 1-6
6 P, 283 39-7
9 P, 29-4 2 )
12 P, 284 5'6
15 P, 283 42-2
20 P 8 56-3
33 59-2
40-3
34 21-5
33 59-6
49-3
34 25-5
2-1
16-2
L J^s *- ** *^ ^
7 Pj 281 52-9 34-2
Mean
34 6-0' E
11 P 8 282 6-1 47-4
Mark: 248 44'7'
Mean 3740'3'E
') The revolver laid asid
e. 2 ) The
Mark: 247 57'5'
revolver in its place again.
50
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
85. 1895. July 3.
87. 1895. July 12.
Lat. N. 84 42'
Lat. N. 84 41'
Long. E. 74 20'
Long. E. 76 0'
Mark: 10 19"0'
A-m-S= 46 49-6'
Local time Needle M
Mark: 39 36'0'
h in
3 23p.m. P, 231 5'1'
Local time Needle M
D
27 Pj 12-1
h m
29 P, 0-4
4 42p.m. P, 342 3'2'
28 52-8' E
32 P 8 9-8
45 P 2 26-3
29 15-9
41 P..FE 20-0
51 P, 5-2
28 54-8
59 P,.F 51-0
54 P e 341 58-8
48-4
4 16 P,.FJ, 30.5
57 P, 44-4
34-0
34 P,.VI E 40-3
50 P 8 20-6
10-2
43 P, 54-6
Mean
28 46-0' E
47 P, 52-9
49 P g 232 8-8
Mark: 39 34'3'
52 P, 13-4
Mark: 11 32D' ')
86. 1895. July 5.
88. 1895. July 13.
Lat. N. 84 43'
Long. E. 75 44'
Lat. N. 84 41'
Long. E. 76 1'
A-18Q-S= 43 25-6'
A- 180 -S= 55 33-4'
Mark: 50 20'2'
Mark: 20 58-0 1
Local time Needle M D
h m
Local time Needle M
D
4 43 p. m. P, 346 54-7' 30 20'3' E
h m
47 P, 347 27-6 53'2
445p.m. P 2 333 48-3'
29 21-7' E
49 P, 26-4 52-0
47 P, 44-7
18-1
53 P, 28-6 54-2
51 P, 334 1-6
35-0
56 P, 2-9 28-5
54 P, 10-7
44-1
59 P, 28-1 53-7
5 5 P..VE 333 25'7
28 59-1
52 P, 13-9 39-5
25 P,.V t 332 42-5
15-9
6 P 20-8 46-4
35 P, 333 49-4
29 22-8
Mean 3038'5'E
38 P s 334 1-8
35-2
Mark: 50 21'0'
42 P, 333 57'4
46 P 8 334 18-1
30-8
51-5
Mean
29 21-4' E
') Ice in motion.
Mark: 21 1'8'
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
51
89. 1895. July 26.
91. 1895. August 23.
Lat N. 84 30'
Lat. N. 84 11'
Long. E. 73 1'
Long. E. 79 1'
Mark: 134 17'2'
Mark: 258 2'5'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle M
h m
h m
445p.m. P t 283 32-7'
49 P, 43'6
412p.m. P 8 177 11-6'
16 P, 176 59-2
52 P, 29-7
55 P, 42-3
5 4 P S .V, 38-9
22 P 8 .Vi- 40-8
40 P S .VI K 33-4
58 P a .VI e 9-8
66 P, 14-6
19 P 8 177 21-6
23 P, 19-2
35 P t .V, 178 36-2
5 P t .V s 45-0
13 P, 31-2
18 P 8 9-6
22 P, 177 50-7
10 P, 282 56-7
27 P 8 178 1-1
12 P 8 283 0-1
15 P, 282 54-2
Mark: 257 59' ')
Mark: 134 17'0'
92. 1895. September 6.
-
Lat. N. 84 53'
Long. E. 78 45'
A 180 - S = 313 49-3'
Mark: 89 17'5'
Local time Needle M D
90. 1895. August 2.
h m
445p.m. P, 77 59-4' 3148'7'E
49 P, 78 15-1 32 4'4
Lat. N. 84 32'
51 P, 14-7 4-0
Long. E. 77 40'
54 P 8 9-1 31 58-4
4-180 S= 278 26-7'
A 180 S= 313 35-2'
Mark: 112 35'0'
5 8 p. m. P 8 . VE 77 56-7' 31 31"9'
A - 180 - fif= 313 21-1'
Local time Needle M D
h m
522p.m. P a 78 17-8' 3138'9'
514p.m. P, 113 7-7' 3134-4'E
26 P, 77 46'9 2 ) 8'0
18 P 8 22-8 49'5
29 P 8 78 32-6 53'7
20 P, 14-7 41-4
32 P, 59-7 32 20'8
24 P, 33-3 32 0"0
Mean 3149'9'E
26 P, 12'2 31 38-9
Mark: 89 27'7'
30 P 8 12-6 39-3
Mean 3143'9'E
') Dull weather. The ice in motion.
Mark: 112 36'5'
2 ) The ice packing.
52
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
93. 1895. September 7.
95. 1895. September
28.
Lat N. 84 54'
Lat. N. 85 8'
Long. E. 78 42'
Long. E. 79 42'
Mark: 293 39'0'
C-S+A= 254 41-5'
Local time Needle M
m 100 29-3'
h m
B= 154 12-2'
1044a.m. P, 77 7'4'
48 P, 19-3
Mark: 100 29'3'
54 P, 17-9
56 P, 19-8
Local time Needle M
D
11 6 P g .V s 29-7
26 P,.V e 23-0
36 P, 21-3
41 P, 2-9
44 P, 14 - 1
h m
5 7p.m. P, 239 37-7'
13 P, 24-3
17 P, 45-9
21 P, 34-3
33 49-9' E
36-5
58-1
46-5
48 P, 76 54-9
24 P, 13-4
27 P, 29-6
25-6
41-8
Mark: 293 39'5'
32 P, 38-7
50-9
35 P, 31-3
43-5
39 P, 11-4
23-6
94. 1895. September 27. The
42 P 8 27-8
40-0
ice-hut on the floe, 135 paces to starboard
Mean
33 41-6' E
of the vessel, was taken into use on the
26th Sept. The instrument is placed on a
Mark: 100 29'3'
ice-pillar. The revolver now lies to the
N of the instrument, 3 metres from it, on
the ice at the level of the foot of the
pillar, with the butt-end pointing westwards.
The height of the instrument above the
*
floor is 1'4 metres.
Lat. N. 85 8'
Long. E. 79 28'
Mark: 99 24'8'
96. 1895. October 3.
Local time Needle M
Lat. N. 85 12'
11 5 a. m. P, 239 47'4'
Long. E. 78 59'
10 P 8 240 16-1
Mark: 100 30'0'
14 P, 239 56-7
18 P, 240 6'8
Local time Needle M
28 P,.V. 239 55-9
h m
50 P,.V E 240 21'5
11 42a.m. P, 240 4"9'
12 11p.m. P e .VI E 7-1
45 P, 239 50-6
22 P, 239 57-1
48 P, 240 11-8
26 P, 47-9
51 P, 239 50-8
29 P, 59-8
12 2p.m. P,.VE 35'2
32 P, 59-4
23 P 8 .y e 37-7
Mark: 99 16'8").
33 P e 57-8
38 P, 240 33-4
n Q..|
P 2 el
') The ice in motion. The mark has
44 Pj 239 38-2
been displaced on the other side of a
47 P, 240 7-7
channel in the ice, while the instrument
has stood still.
Mark: 100 30'2'
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
53
97. 1895. October 4.
99. 1895. October 17.
Lat. N. 85 11'
Lat. N. 85 36'
Long. E. 78 53'
Long. E. 78 25'
Mark: 101 49'5'
Mark: 101 9'8'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle M
h m
h m
10 51 a. m. P, 240 1'2'
11 19a.m. P, 231 32-7'
52 P, 239 51-3
22 P, 18-8
59 P, 51-9
25 P, 230 48-2
11 3 P 8 12-8
30 P a 231 6-1
14 P a .V e 25-5
41 P,.V E 24-7
36 P,.V S 54-4
Noon P,.V e 20-0
47 P 2 240 7-3
12 19p.m. P..V/B 232 16'6
51 P, 239 58-9
30 P a 231 5-1
58 P, 237 41-6
36 P, 232 8-7 ')
Noon P a 239 6'1
39 P, 43-8 2 )
12 3p.m. P 2 240 38'8
42 P, 10-1
5 P, 46-9
45 P, 19-8
7 P, 26-7
10 P 8 239 45-1
Mark: 101 10'5'
Morfc: 101 50'3'
98. 1895. October 14.
100. 1895. October 24.
Lat. N. 85 24'
Lat. N. 85 46'
Long. E. 78 37'
Long. E. 73 40'
C-S+A= 262 35-7'
Mark: 101 33'3'
m= 101 9'8'
B= 161 25-9'
Local time Needle M
h m
Mark: 101 9'8'
1038a.m. P, 229 39'8'
42 P, 38-7
Local time Needle M D
45 P 8 29-3
h m
49 P, 42-9
4 47 p. m. P 2 230 47'3' 32 13'2' E
54 P, 231 29-4 55'3
58 P, 37-6 33 3'5
11 2 P,.V E 54-5
27 P t .V, 40-5
40 P, 230 2-9
53 P, 10-4 32 36-3
49 P, 229 42-8
7 P, 15-8 41-7
54 P, 41-2
11 P, 4-7 30-6
58 P, 38-3
16 P, 230 38-8 4-7
20 P, 43-4 9-3
Mark: 101 33'3'
23 P, 52-1 18-0
28 P, 59-9 25-8
33 P, 56-1 22-0
36 P, 231 0-2 26-1
') The needle suddenly moved
from
Mean 3228'9'E
this position eastwards. 2 ) After tins
reading, the needle moved westwards
Mark: 101 9'8'
again.
54
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
101. 1895. October 25.
103. 1895. November
9.
Lat. N. 85 46'
Lat. N. 85 42'
Long. E. 72 56'
Long. E. 64 22'
C-S+A= 261 4-6'
G-S+A= 204 56-8'
m= 101 42-3'
m = 60 42-3'
B = 159 22-3'
B = 144 14-5'
Mark: 101 42'3'
Mark: 60 42'5'
Local time Needle M D
Local time Needle M
D
h m
h m
348p.m. P, 229 44-2' 29 6'5' E
4 34 p. m. P, 238 3'9'
22 18-4' E
52 P, 22-6 28 44'9
40 P 8 237 18-1
21 32-6
57 1\ 230 43-4 30 5'7
43 Pj 12-7
27-2
43 P 8 229 32-1 28 54'4
47 P, 21-3
35-8
6 P, 230 4-4 29 26'7
51 P, 56-4
22 10-9
10 P, 229 35-6 28 57'9
5 3 P t .V E 52-0
6'5
14 P, 36-7 59-0
29 Pj.V, 40-8
21 55-3
17 P e 36-6 58-9
42 P, 38-7
53-2
22 P, 41-7 29 4-0
46 P, 19-3
33-8
26 P, 50-1 12-4
51 P, 32-2
46-7
30 P, 18-2 28 40-5
54 P, 13-3
27-8
35 P, 30-6 52-9
Mean
21 48-0' E
Mean 29 5'3' E
Mark: 60 42'0'
Mark: 101 42'3'
104. 1895. November
20.
Lat. N. 85 51'
102. 1895. November 2. The
Long. E. 64 20'
ice has cracked between the observation-
hut and the ship, and has shifted.
C-S+A= 207 40-4'
m = 63 32-0'
Lai N. 85 40'
B= 144 8-4'
Long. E. 69 54'
Mark: 63 32'3'
Mark: 69 14'5'
Local time Needle M
D
Local time Needle M
h m
h m
11 10a.m. P, 238 12-4'
22 20-8' E
1150a.m. P, 233 57-7'
15 P, 237 44-3
21 52-7
53 P, 49-6
19 P, 41-2
49-6
56 P, 41-4
24 P, 49-6
58-0
Noon P 8 42-1
34 P,.V e 51-7
22 0-1
12 10p.m. P,.V C 48-3
54 P S .V S 46-5
21 54-9
29 P,.V S 45-1
12 4p.m. P, 51-3
59-7
38 P, 41-1
9 P, 47-9
56-3
42 P, 55-7
16 P s 47-3
55-7
45 P 8 35-3
21 P, 46-9
55-3
48 P, 52-2
Mean
21 58-3' E
Mark: 69 14'5'
Mark: 63 31'7'
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
55
105. 1895. November
22.
107. 1895. December
5.
Lai N. &5 47'
Lat. N. 85 29'
Long. E. 6* 11'
Long. E. 55 52'
C~ S + A= 207 12-7'
Mark: 61 33-0'
m = 61 5-4'
B= 146 7-3'
Local time Needle M
h m
Mark: 61 5'3'
326p.m. P, 233 54-8'
31 P, 234 7-2
Local time Needle M
D
35 P f 233 52-6
h m
39 P, 234 6-7
358p.m. P, 236 15-2'
22 22-5' E
49 P..VE 233 56'4
43 P, 7-1
14-4
4 15 Pj.V e 40-8
6 P, 24-9
32-2
40 P,.VI E 54-0
10 P, 9-1
16-4
50 P 2 54-7
25 P,.VI E 235 57-5
4-8
55 P, 234 0-8
41 P, 52-1
21 59-4
50 P, 14-7
46 P, 236 8-9
22 16-2
4 P, 233 54-6
50 P 8 235 41-3
53 P, 43-9
21 48-6
51-2
Mark: 61 33"0'
Mean
22 9-5' E
Mark: 61 5'5'
108. 1895. December
7.
106. 1895. November
30.
Lat. N. 85 27'
Long. E. 54 20'
Lat. N. 85 28'
Long. E. 58 41'
C-S+A= 205 21-5'
w= 61 32-5'
,
C S-\-A= 202 37'2'
B= 143 49-0'
m= 61 29-8'
5 = 141 7-4'
Mark: 61 33-0'
Mark: 61 29'8'
Local time Needle M
D
h m
Local time Needle M
D
1052a.m. P, 232 39' 1'
16 28-1 'E
h m
57 P, 41-9
30-9
354p.m. P, 237 35-6'
18 43-0' E
11 P, 231 59-6
15 48-6
59 P, 52-2
59-6
4 P t 232 10-4
59-4
42 P, 37-1
44-5
9 P, 231 34-1
23-1
6 P, 56-4
19 3-8
13 P, 46-7
35-7
18 P t .V, 54-5
1-9
17 P, 44-8
33-8
41 P,.FB 238 14-6
22-0
21 P, 54-4
43-4
53 P, 9-4
16-8
26 P, 51-1
40-1
57 P, 237 46-3
18 53-7
30 P, 232 4-2
53-2
50 P, 4S-9
56-3
34 P, 5-3
54-3
4 P, 48-2
55-6
39 P, 20-4
16 9-4
Mean
18 59-7' E
Meun
15 53-3' E
Mark: 61 29'8'
Mark: 61 32'0'
56
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
109. 1895.
December 12.
111. 1896. January 10.
Lat.
N. 85 25'
Lat. N. 84 58'
Long.
E. 50 7'
Long.
E. 41 17'
Mark: 61 32'0'
C- S+A
= 199
48-3'
T 1 1 * XT J 1
mr
m
= 57
58-0'
Local time Needle
M
B
= 141
50-3'
It >
358p.m. Pj
227 51-9'
Mark: 57
58-0'
43 P 8
21-1
8 Pj
30-7
Local time
Needle
M
D
12 P,
18-6
h m
26 P S .V E
19-4
9 58 a. m.
P,
223 21-8'
5 12-1' E
40 P s
16-1
10 3
P 1
22-7
13-0
43 Pj
22-2
7
P,
35-8
26-1
47 P,
17-1
10
Pj
27-2
17-5
61 P,
5-7
15
P,
16-8
7-1
19
p
&-9
4 59-2
Mark: 61 31'8'
23
p t
222 54-8
45-1
27
Pj
223 16-7
5 7'0
110. 1896.
January 4.
Mark: 57
58-0'
Lat
N. 85 17'
Mark: 57
58-0'
Long.
E. 44 55'
3 38 p. m.
P,
223 7-2'
4 57-5'
C- S+A= 199
m 57
39'7'
57'8'
41
45
P,
P*
19-6
26-7
5 9-9
17-0
49
P,
18-6
8-9
B= 141
41-9'
59
10-5
0-8
Marfc: 57 58'0'
4 30
P s .Vs
222 22-2
4 12-5
5 1
P,.VI E
42-8
331
Local time Needle
M
D
H
p
51-6
41-9
It m
10 5 a. m. Pj
9 P,
i j / ,
226 16-9' 7
16-3
OA.J Q
58-8 E
58-2
14
17
22
P
P\
223 15-9
6-6
14-7
5 6-2
4 56-6
5 5-0
12 P,
17 P,
oU 4r o
17-8 7
59'7
Mean
5 0-9' E
22 P,
20-2 8
2-1
Mark: 57
58-0'
27 P,
19-8
1-7
31 Pj
41-2
23-1
36 P 8
33-8
15-7
Mark: 57 57'5'
Mark: 57 58'0'
4 5p.m. Pj
226 20-3' 8
2-2'
10 Pj
31-2
13-1
13 Pj
25-6
7-5
17 P,
16-7 7
58-6
29 PJ.VE
2-9
44-8
53 Pj.y,
23'0 8
4-9
55 P,
37-2
19-1
10 Pj
31-3
13-2
14 Pj
50-2
32-1
17 P,
38-3
20-2
Mean 8
8-2' E
Mark: ?
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
57
112. 1896. January 18.
114. 1896. January 29.
Lai N. 84 56'
Lat. N. 84 43'
Long. E. 39 47'
Long. E. 31 43'
Mark: 57 58'2'
C-S+A= 189 51-7'
w= 54 35-6'
Local time Needle M
B= 135 16-1'
h m
1137a.m. P 8 225 26T
Mark: 54 35'7'
43 P, 31-9
47 P, 14-6
Local time Needle M D
51 P, 30-2
h m
12 3p.m. P,.TB 42'8
254p.m. P 2 222 12-6' 357 28'7' E
28 P 2 .V, 226 0-1
59 P, 38-2 54-3
40 P, 6-9
33 P,, 10-6 26-7
44 P, 2-6
6 P, 33-7 49-8
48 P, 15-7
12 P, 11-6 27-7
52 P 8 17-3
16 P, 39-2 55-3
Mark: 57 58'2'
21 P, 6-1 . 22-2
24 P, 12-9 29-0
28 P, 8-8 24-9
32 P, 10-9 27-0
Mean 35734'6'E
Mark: 54 35'5'
113. 1896. January 28.
115. 1896. February 4.
Lat. N. 84 41'
Long. E. 31 41'
Lat. N. 84 43'
Long. E. 24 59'
Mark: 58 52'8'
Mark: 54 36'8'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle M
It m
11 4a.m. P 8 227 55-3'
h m
9 P, 58-4
11 41 a. m. P, 219 13'4'
13 P, 53-3
45 P, 25-3
16 P, 54-7
47 P, 42-9
27 P t .V. 50-4
52 P,.V E 228 9-3
12 5p.m. P, 10-4
9 P 8 227 46-1
50 P, 42-1
12 6p.m. P a .VI E 25-1
22 P, 31-6
25 P, 56-2
12 P, 49-9
28 P, 38-6
17 P s 45-1
31 P, 46-2
Mark: 58 52'8'
Mark: 54 36-8'
58 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW.
POL. EXP.
116. 1896. February 5.
118. 1896. February
25.
Lat. N. 84 39'
Lat. N. 84 12 1
Long. E. 24 38'
Long. E. 24 11'
C-S+A= 187 22'T
C-S+A= 173 11-0'
m== 54 36-5'
m= 64 57'4'
B= 132 46'2'
J5= 108 13-6'
Mark; 54 36'7'
Mark: 64 57'5'
Local time Needle M D
h m
Local time Needle M
D
1014a.m. P, 219 18-2' 352 4'4' E
h m
18 P, 18-8 5-0
1054a.m. P 8 243 37' 1'
351 50-7' E
22 P, 21-7 7-9
57 P, 56-4
352 10-0
26 P 8 23-3 9-5
11 1 P, 21-3
351 34-9
37 Pj.Ts 18-9 5-1
4 P, 52-4
352 6-0
59 P s .V t 18-2 4-4
14 P t .VI s 43-5
351 57-1
11 10 P, 15-6 1-8
37 P!.V E 35-1
48-7
15 P, 12-4 351 58-6
12 1p.m. P,.V. 41-0
54-6
20 P, 218 51-6 ') 37-8
11 P, 40-2
53-8
25 P, 50-7 ! ) 36-9
14 P, 16-8
30-4
30 P, 219 1-6 3 ) 47-8
18 P, 38-7
52-3
33 P, 28-3 352 14'5
24 P 2 17-6
31-2
Mean 35159'5'E
Mark: 64 57'25'
Mark: 54 36'3'
Mark: 64 57'5'
117. 1896. February 13.
532p.m. P, 243 26-3'
36 P, 36-9
351 39-9'
50-5
Lai N. 84 18'
39 P, 24-3
37-9
Long. E. 22 45'
42 P, 30-2
43-8
C-S+A= 183 9-8'
45 P, 5-8
19'4
m= 56 11-6'
48 P, 28-4
42-0
B= 126 58-2'
Mean
351 46-1' E
Mark: 56 12'0'
Mark: 64 57'5'
Local time Needle M D
No revolver.
h m
10 27 a. m. P, 223 48'2' 350 46'4 ' E
32 P 8 19-8 18-0
36 P, 51-9 50-1
40 P, 28-1 26-3
52 P e .V e 32-9 31-1
11 17 P..VE 37-8 36'0
29 P, 27-3 25-5
34 P, 45-7 43-9
38 P, 31-3 29-5
43 P, 54-2 52-4
Mean 35035'9'E
Mark: 56 11'2'
') Disturbed. 2 ) The needle much
disturbed. It first moved towards the E,
remained there a moment quietly, and then
moved towards the W, became quiet again,
whereupon the setting was made. 3 ) Quiet.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
59
119. 1896. March 6.
121. 1896. March 19.
Lat. N. 84 4'
Lat N. 84 5'
Long. E. 24 56'
Long. E. 24.43'
Mark: ?
Mark: 63 39'5'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle M
h m
h m
1057a.m. P, 249 18-2'
11 5a.m. P, 260 52-3'
11 1 P, 248 43-1
9 P, 34-9
5 P, 249 11-2
14 P, 52-6
10 P, 248 44-3
17 P, 49-4
23 P,.V, 32-3
27 Pt.VIjs 45-6
51 P,.V S 7-9
56 PJ.VE 40-3
12 4p.m. P, 4-6
12 24p.m. P t .V e 26-7
10 P, 30-2
34 P, 29-4
16 P, 4-1
40 P, 19-8
19 P, 17-7
44 P, 11-9
47 P, 0-6
Mark: ?
Mark: 63 39'3'
The mark could not be seen for the
falling snow.
120. 1896. March 7.
Lat. N. 84 0'
Long. E. 24 11'
122. 1896. April 9.
C- S+A= 164 38-8'
m = 63 41-3'
Lat. N. 84 27'
B= 100 57-5'
Long. E. 18 33'
Mark: 63 41'3'
Mark: 55 16'8'
Local time Needle M D
Local time Needle M
h m
h m
448p.m. P, 25121'9' 35219'4'E
4 40 p. m. P 8 253 10'3'
53 P, 250 46-3 351 43'8
43 Pj 2-4
57 P, 48-7 46-2
46 P 2 252 57-8
5 1 P, 29-3 26-8
50 P, 51-9
14 P,.V E 7-9 5-4
51 P,.V 253 4-3
28 P, 17-3 14-8
22 P t .V s 11-9
32 P, 40-9 38-4
36 P, 9-9
36 P, 249 57-3 350 54-8
40 P, 22-1
40 P, 250 40-2 351 37'7
43 P, 12-4
Mean 351 31-9' E
46 P, 8-3
Mark: 63 41 '3'
Mark: 55 16'8'
60
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP-
123. 1896.
April 20.
Lat
N. 84 1'
125. 1896. May 8.
Long.
E. 13 58'
Lat. N. 83 56'
C-S+A= 145 24-7'
Long. E. 11 4'
m = 57 34-4'
Mark: 55 16'8'
JB= 87 50-3'
Local time Needle M
Mark: 57 34-5'
A m
11 4a.m. P, 253 4'4'
Local time Needle
M D
8 P, 252 50-3
h m
11 P, 55-9
4 32 p. m. P 8
255 4-6' 342 54-9' E
14 P 8 50-3
43 P,
2-4 52-7
23 P 8 .y e 251 51-5
46 P 8
3-3 53-6
41 p,.Vn 252 18-2
50 P,
6-4 56-7
51 P, 41-8
53 P,
7-3 57-6
54 P, 19-7
57 P,
10-9 343 1-2
57 P 8 4-3
50 P 8
8-6 342 58-9
12 1p.m. P, 8-9
4 P,
4-4 54-7
Mean 34256'3'E
Mark: 55 19'5' ')
Mark: 57 34'3'
126. 1896. June 3. Some move-
ment in the ice. No revolver. The obser-
vations are made in the tent, 160 paces in
front of the vessel's bow.
124. 1896.
April 21.
Lat N. 83 16'
Long. E. 12 33'
Lat
N. 84 4'
Long.
E. 13 12'
Mark: 118 52'3'
Mark: 57 37'8'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle
M
h m
349p.m. P, 277 26-7'
h m
4 17p.m. P,
255 15-2'
43 P 8 6-6
6 P, 34-2
21 P,
3-1
9 P 8 48-6
24 P,
28 P 8
38 P,.VI f
1-2
2-6
15-5
18 P 8 .y 55-2
36 P 2 .V e 18-7
45 P, 14-6
5 1 P..TB
21-5
49 Pj 12-9
24 P 8 .F e
17-4
52 P, 31-6
34 P,
37 P,
26-1
26-9
56 P, 276 56-2
41 P 8
35-1
Mark: 118 54'0'
44 P,
24-2
Mark: 57 37-8'
*) The channel between the observation-
The needle lii
'ely.
hut and the mark had opened somewhat.
NO. 7.]
DECLINATION.
61
127. 1896. June 18. No revolver.
129. 1896.
July 8.
Lat. N. 82 56'
Lat
N. 83 3'
Long. E. 11 35'
Long.
E. 12 56'
Mark: 125 16'0'
Mark: 33 54"2'
Local time Needle M
Local time Needle
M
h m
h m
11 5a.m. P, 283 41-9'
4 19 p. m. P,
238 10-1'
9 P, 43-6
24 P,
26-4
11 P, 50-9
27 P,
3-6
14 P, 284 1-6
32 P,
19-7
22 P a .V, 5-1
41 P..VIE
15-6
40 Pi.Vn 10-7
56 P t .V E
237 39-7
57 PfVIs 7-5
5 10 P t .V.
27-3
12 5p.m. P, 283 59'1
20 P,
19-7
8 P, 55-4
25 P,
236 59-6
12 P, 34-8
28 P,
237 14-9
14 P, 50-9
32 P,
236 55-6
Mark: 125 13'5'
Mark 5 53'2'
128. 1896. June 19.
Lat. N. 82 55'
Long. E. 11 44'
C-S+A= 206 17-4'
m= 142 59-0'
B= 63 18-4'
Mark: 142 59'0'
Local time Needle M D
h m
5 4p.m. P, 279 59-2' 343 17'6' E
6 P, 57-3 15-7
8 P, 58-9 17-3
11 P, 53-3 11-7
14 P, 59-9 18-3
16 P, 280 4-6 23-0
19 P, 2-2 20-6
21 P, 14-6 33-0
23 P, 279 57-2 15'6
27 P, 280 0-8 19-2
Mean 343 19'2'E
Mark: 142 59'0'
C. HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
As already mentioned in the introduction, the magnetic apparatus
E. A. ZSCHATJ No. 289 was arranged for the taking of both deflection obser-
vations at two different distances, and observations of the deflectors' time
of vibration, whereby the absolute value of the horizontal intensity may be
determined when the constants of the instrument are known.
If the following signs are employed:
H = absolute horizontal intensity
<p = angle of deflection
e = distance of the deflector
k = a constant depending upon the distribution of magnetism in
the deflecting and deflected magnets
k' = induction coefficient
K = moment of inertia of the magnet
T = time of vibration, corrected for rate 'of chronometer, arc of
vibration and torsion force of the suspending thread,
a = temperature coefficient
ft = coefficient of dilatation for brass (O'OOOISO)
ft' = coefficient of dilatation for steel (0'000124)
t = temperature of magnet during the vibrations
f = temperature of magnet during the deflections,
we have
H = = l + (rt-l(tf+a(t- f ) , (1)
NO. 7.] . HORIZONTAL INTENSITY. 63
where C is a constant quantity of the following form:
C = n j*j* [l - 4 V (1 + | sin V ) flj . (2)
As already mentioned, there are two magnets belonging to the apparatus,
designated V and VI, respectively 99'0 mm. and 98'0 mm. in length.
The temperature coefficient was determined for both of them in Hamburg
on June 8th, 1893, by a long series of observations, after they had been
placed, on June 3rd and 4th, in steam of 100 C., and kept there for 12
consecutive hours, in order to ensure them against loss of permanent mag-
netism afterwards.
The following values were found:
a
For magnet V . . . . 0-000307
VI . . . 0-000638 (?).
The moment of inertia of the magnets, K, was also determined on
June 9th, 1893, from several series of vibration observations, alternately
with and without the addition to the magnet of a ring of known weight
and dimensions, with the following result, which, however, does not lay
claim to any great accuracy:
K
For magnet V . . . . 99'47
VI . . . . 200-22
The induction coefficient cannot be directly determined with this in-
strument.
The total constant, C, in which both the moment of inertia and the
induction coefficient are included, may, however, be inferred by means of
equation (1), if combined vibration and deflection observations are taken with
the instrument, in a place where the horizontal intensity is known, as the
following equation is then obtained:
log C = log H+ log T+ ilog sin cp - log [1 +(Tt - f/tt' + a(t-V)\ (3)
The observations for the calculation of the constant C were made in
Hamburg before the departure of the expedition, and in Wilhelmshaven after
its return.
As it was to be expected that there might often be occasions during the
Fram Expedition, when there was no opportunity of observing simultaneous
64
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
vibrations and deflections, Dr. NEUMAYER also considered it necessary to
introduce a new constant, /.i, which is proportional to the magnetic moment
of the magnet in question, and by the aid of which the absolute horizontal
intensity may be deduced from deflection observations alone, or from vibration
observations alone, according to the following formulae:
From deflection observations,
From vibration observations,
The constant p, of which the form is
may of course be calculated, like the constant C, from the observations taken
in Hamburg and Wilhelmshaven.
THE MAKING OF THE OBSERVATIONS.
OBSERVATIONS OF DEFLECTION.
The brass rod intended for the deflection-observations, was divided into
two parts to facilitate transport, one half being affixed to each side of the
alhidade of the horizontal circle. On each half of the rod, at definite
distances from the centre of the horizontal circle, are placed two low uprights,
between which a carriage may be inserted for the support of one of the
magnets V and VI as deflector. The carriage may be screwed to the rod.
Above the deflector is placed a box in which there is a thermometer. The
arrangement of the rod only permits of deflections with the deflector placed
E and W, not N and S.
Not only was the small needle used as deflected magnet, being specially
intended for this, but also the double needle, when, as frequently happened,
the mirror of the small needle gave a rather indistinct reflection.
TY
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
65
The two distances at which the deflectors can be placed, are, as pre-
viously stated,
e = 29-840 cm.
E = 39-638
so that the proportion between e and E is as 1 : 1'33. By experiments in
Hamburg during the construction of the instrument, the distances were
chosen with a view to giving the deflection angles in the polar regions, where
the horizontal intensity is very small, a suitable, not too great, value.
According to the formula
H smq>
sin <p = - ^-gr- 2 J ,
where H indicates the horizontal intensity in Hamburg, and <JP O the angle
of deflection found during the experiments there with the apparatus, Dr.
NEUMAYER calculated the angle of deflection for Kristiania, Tromso, and the
polar regions, assuming for these localities a horizontal intensity of respec-
tively 0-1616, 0-1228, and 0'0500 (C. G. S.), with the following result:
Place
H
9
Magn. V
Magn. VI
e
E
e
E
Hamburg. . . .
Kristiania . .
Tromso ....
Polar Regions . .
0-1800
0-1616
0-1228
0-0500
10-3
11-4
15-2
40-0
O
4-3
4-35
6-6
15-9
1675
18-7
25-0
7-0
7-8
10-3
26-1
After this, it would always be possible in the regions which the Fram
might traverse, to obtain efficient deflection-observations with magnet V at
both distances, while magnet VI would in most cases probably only be capable
of being employed at the greater distance E. It is also probable that it
would be more advantageous on the whole for magnet V to use the greater
distance. These hints were followed. During the expedition, there were, on
the whole, 163 angles of deflection determined, 132 of them being with
magnet V, and 31 with magnet VI. In the 132 cases in which magnet V
has been used, <p was determined 79 times with the deflector at the distance
E, and 53 times with the deflector at the distance e, both distances being of
course employed simultaneously when opportunity offered. Out of the 31
determinations of the angle of deflection with magnet VI, the short distance e
has been used in only 4 cases.
9
66 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
The deflection-observations were made in the usual manner, the deflector
being placed successively in the well-known 4 positions. In each of these,
the telescope was pointed towards the mirror of the deflected needle, where-
upon the two verniers of the horizontal circle were read off, and also a
reading was taken each time of the thermometer placed above the deflector.
If we call the two circle-readings (mean of the two verniers) with the
N-end of the declination-needle deflected in an easterly direction, w, and u 2 ,
and the readings with the N-end deflected in a westerly direction, u 3 and w 4 ,
we obtain
where
/ ,
' " * - 2
while d is the correction for angular inequality expressed in minutes.
If we put w t U 2 = 4 1, and u 3 4 = ^ 2 , and express z/, and 4 2
in degrees, then 1
d = -A\_4 + 4l].
As we know, the factor A has the following form:
A = 0-5236 [i tan <p + cot q>] ,
and according to this formula, I have drawn up a table for A for each
single degree from <p = 3 to cp = 70, in order to simplify the calcu-
lation of d.
The hour was unfortunately not noted for the separate settings of the
needle during the actual deflections, but was noted at the setting of the free
declination-needle before and after the deflections, and I have therefore tried
by interpolation to fix the hour corresponding to the angle of deflection found.
This interpolated hour is also assumed to be applicable to the reading of
the needle's position in the magnetic meridian, calculated by the deflection-
readings, this calculated reading being entered, as mentioned on page 17,
in the series of directly observed declination-readings.
1 LAMONT. Handbuch Jes Erdmagnetismus, p. 31.
NO. 7.] HORIZONTAL INTENSITY. 67
OBSERVATIONS OF VIBRATION.
The vibration-box belonging to the apparatus is furnished with suspension-
tube and cocoon-thread, by which each of the two magnets, V and VI, may
be suspended. The magnets have pointed ends, and the vibrations are ob-
served with the naked eye. For the reading of the amplitudes, two different
scales are placed at the bottom of the box, one a circle division, by the aid
of which degrees and fractions of degrees may be read off directly, and the
other a linear scale, of which the advantage is that the division-marks are
farther apart. On this account, the latter scale was constantly employed.
By a series of measurements taken in Hamburg, June 6th, 1893, one scale-
division was found to equal 1'91 mm., and as the length of the magnets V
and VI is respectively 99'0 mm. and 98'0 mm., the arc-value of one division
on the linear scale is respectively 2'21 and 2'23, mean 2'22.
The way in which the vibration observations were made was that the
time was noted to tenths of a second every third time the point of the
magnet passed the middle division of the scale (zero) from the 1st passage
to the 31st inclusive, and subsequently from the 101st to the 131st inclusive.
Immediately before and after each series of vibrations, the magnitude of the
amplitude to each side was read off on the scale to tenths of a division,
with the hour belonging to it; while at the same time the temperature was
read off on the thermometer placed with its bulb in the vibration-box. If
the time of vibration directly deduced from each series of vibrations is called
T', we obtain the actual time of vibration, T, from the formula
logT=log2" logy + log?,
where y is the correction for arc of vibration, and Q is the correction for
rate of chronometer, the sign -f- being used when the chronometer loses,
the sign -- when it gains.
I have calculated y by the formula
y =
[2-
where h and h^ indicate the amplitude of the needle from the middle
division in scale divisions, respectively for the beginning of the vibration
68 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
observations, and after their termination. By the aid of this formula, I have
drawn up a table of log y with ^ - expressed in scale divisions as argu-
ment. The table contains the value of log y to 5 places of decimals, for
every tenth of "T - .
The correction for rate of chronometer is calculated according to the
usual formula:
-1 -l- 8
i" 86400'
where s is the number of seconds gained or lost by the chronometer in
24 hours. Log p has been placed in a table with s as argument.
The chronometer used as observation-chronometer on the 1st August,
1893, was the Kutter; afterwards, until the end of 1894, the Haagensen
watch was used, being compared before and after the series of observations
with the Hohwu chronometer. It lost daily between 9 and 15 seconds. In
1895 and 1896, the Frodsham chronometer was constantly used, being regu-
lated according to sidereal time. Its daily acceleration in relation to mean
solar time, which varied between 231 '7 and 228'8 seconds, and its error on
local time for the observation-days in question, have been given me by
Professor GEELMUYDEN.
As the time for the value of the horizontal intensity corresponding to
each separate calculated time of vibration, I have taken the mean of the
hour noted at the needle's first and last passage over the middle division of
the scale, reduced to local time.
I have been unable to introduce any correction for the torsion force of
the suspending thread, as no observations for its determination were made.
After three series of vibration-observations with magnet VI on August
1st, 1893, at Khabarova, none were made until August 18th, 1894, when
magnet V was used. After this the vibration time was determined regularly,
most frequently for magnet V, now and then for magnet VI. There are
altogether 82 series of vibrations for magnet V, and 19 for magnet VI.
A few of the series, however, were made during such great disturbance, that
the value of the time of vibration found must be considered very uncertain.
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
69
DETERMINATION OF THE CONSTANTS.
DIRECT DETERMINATIONS.
The constants employed in the calculation of the horizontal intensity,
according to the formulae given on page 64, are the temperature coefficient a,
and the quantities C and p.
These constants, as already mentioned, were determined by observations
in Hamburg, between the 3rd and the 9th June, 1893, with the following
results, given in Dr. NEUMAYER'S manuscript:
Magn.
Hamburg
1893
H
C
e
E
e
E
L.V
June 5
6
- 9
0-11769
0-11799
0-11831
0-076812
0-076668
0-076921
0-27245
0-17735
0-000307
Mean
0-11799
0-076800
L.VI
June 5
6
- 9
0-14628
0-14616
0-14658
0-095074
0-095178
0-095456
0-34069
0-22169
0-000638 (?)
Mean
0-1463*
0-095234
In order in the first place to get an idea as to how the constants C
and /it had remained during the expedition, I first deduced their value from
the complete series of observations taken after the return in Wilhelmshaven,
in April, 1897, employing the value of the temperature coefficient , found
in Hamburg in 1893, as no later direct determination of it has been made.
The calculations gave the following result:
Magn.
Wilhelms-
haven
1897
i"
C
e
E
e
E
L.V
April 18
19
0-11761
0-11753
0-076503
0-076366
0-27148
0-27157
0-17658
0-17644
Mean
0-11757
0-076435
0-27153
0-17651
L.VI
April 18
19
0-14227
0-14218
0-092520
0-092520
0-34006
0-34020
0-22116
0-22139
Mean
0-14223
0-092520
0-34013
0-22128
70
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
All these determinations of /u and C refer to cases in which the small needle
has been used as deflected magnet, and may therefore be directly compared.
It will be seen from the two tables that in the case of magnet V, the
values found for /.i, which is proportional to the magnetic moment of the
deflector, exhibit such slight differences, that the moment of this magnet
may be assumed to have remained unchanged throughout the expedition.
On the other hand, it appears as if the moment of magnet VI has undergone
a weakening, which cannot be left altogether out of consideration. On Sep-
tember 30th, 1893, Capt. SCOTT-HANSEN makes the following remark in his
magnetic journal: "Inadvertently allowed a steel knife to come near magnet VI'.
This may perhaps explain the above-mentioned weakening of the moment of
the magnet, and in the absence of other particulars, there may be reason
to suppose that as regards magnet FJalso, p has remained constant in each
of the two periods marked by the above-mentioned contact, and that thus
the value found in Hamburg in 1893 may be considered as applicable for
the time before the 30th September, 1893, and the value found in Wilhelms-
haven in 1897, for the time after the 30th September, 1893.
As both fi and C, as formulae (6) and (2) show, are determined
separately by a combination of the time of vibration and the angle of
deflection, and the double needle was also used during the expedition as
deflected magnet for the determination of the angle of deflection, the value
of the two constants in question must be known in this case also. With
this object, a series of deflection observations were taken in Wilhelms-
haven, with the double needle both in position P t and in position P a as
deflected magnet. If p and C are calculated by these observations combined
with the corresponding determinations of the magnets' time of vibration, the
following values are obtained:
Magn.
Wilhelms-
haven
1897
A*
C
e
E
e
E
P t .V
P..V
April 17
18
0-11617
0-11618
0-076082
0-075932
0-26805
0-26804
0-17554
0-17518
Mean
0-11618
0-076007
0-26805
0-17536
P,.VI
P,.VI
April 17
18
0-14052
0-14060
0-091922
0-091916
0-33552
0-33590
0-21961
0-21959
Mean
0-14056
0-091919
0-33571
0-21960
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
71
This table shows that the values found for p and C agree so well for
the two positions of the double needle, P, and P l , that it may be considered
immaterial in which position the double needle is used as deflected magnet.
As mentioned in the introduction, determinations of constants were also
attempted after the return, in Hamburg, in March, 1897; but as there are
no simultaneous observations of absolute determinations, with any other
instrument, of the value of the horizontal intensity, I have only been able
to calculate n, with the following result:
Magn.
Hamburg
1897
i"
e
E
P.V
March 2
0-11573
0-075845
P. VI
- 3
0-14007
0-091998
L.V
_ 7
0-11753
0-076812
On the 7th March, only a series of deflections were taken, with deflector V
and the small needle, and no vibration observations. I have therefore em-
ployed for the calculation of p the time of vibration of magnet V, found on
the 2nd March. In spite of the unfortunate circumstances under which these
observations were made, the results, as it will be seen, agree fairly well with
the values subsequently found in Wilhelmshaven.
EMPLOYMENT OF THE OBSERVATIONS FOR THE VERIFICATION OF THE
CONSTANTS.
Although, as will be understood from the above, it may with tolerable
certainty be taken for granted that the constants /.t and C, at any rate as
far as magnet V is concerned, have remained unchanged throughout the
expedition, I have considered it worth while to attempt, as far as possible,
to make use of the observations made during the expedition itself as a
further check, the more so as it will also afford an opportunity for a more
careful study of the temperature-coefficient a, whose determination in Hamburg,
in 1893, was the result of observations made within comparatively narrow
temperature limits. It is also expressly stated in Dr. NEUMAYER'S manuscript,
that there is reason to suppose that the temperature-coefficient has a different
value in extreme temperatures such as those in which it is often necessary
72 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
to take observations in the polar regions. He therefore recommends the
making, if possible, of a direct determination of this coefficient upon the field
of observation itself. There was no opportunity, however, of making such
delicate investigations in the difficult natural conditions with which the
expedition had to contend; and it is thus only a question of deducing indirectly
from the series of observations a reasonable value for a, and this only for
magnet V, which was the one most frequently employed.
With this object in view, I first took all the cases in which both the
vibrations and the deflections had been observed with magnet V on the
same day, and the double needle had been employed as deflected magnet.
Assuming for the time being that the horizontal intensity on the above-
mentioned days had been the same during both the deflections and the
vibrations, I was able, for the determination of , to draw up by formula (6),
39 equations in the form
V sin <p
which fall into two groups, 15 with the deflector at the distance e, and 24
with the deflector at the distance E. As the constant value of p, I employed
the mean of the values found in Hamburg and Wilhelmshaven, in 1897.
The mean value of a from the first group of equations was
a == 0-000431,
from the second
= 0-000567,
and from the entire 39
a = 0-000514.
With this value for a, and the mean values for /u and C, found by the
determinations in Hamburg and Wilhelmshaven in 1897, a temporary value
for H was calculated by formulae (4) and (5) (page 64) separately by
vibrations and deflections in the above-mentioned 39 cases. It then appeared
that in only 7 of these cases did the values for the horizontal intensity
deduced from the vibration and deflection observations made on the same
day, agree so far that there could be any question of using the observations
for determinations of constants. These 7 days were:
in 1894, December 7th,
1895, May 24th,
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
73
in 1895, October 17th,
December 12th,
1896, January 28th,
March 19th,
June 18th.
If to these are added the observation-days after the return of the expe-
dition -- March 2nd, 1897, in Hamburg, and April 17th and 19th, 1897, in
Wilhelmshaven we have 10, what I will call normal, days on which
determinations of the horizontal intensity have been made with the apparatus
mounted in the same way, under comparatively quiet magnetic conditions, in
temperatures varying from 28 G. on the 28th January, 1896, to + 11.6 C.
on the 17th April, 1897.
THE FINAL VALUES OF THE TEMPERATURE-COEFFICIENT.
In order to study the temperature-coefficient more carefully, I calculated
fi from the observations on the 10 normal days, by formula (6), both with
the value a = 0-000307 (Hbg.) found in Hamburg in 1893, and with the
mean value, a = 0'000514 (Ex), found in the above-described manner by
the observations during the expedition. The result was as follows:
Date
J
P-V.
P.V S
t + f
= 0-000307
a = 0-000514
t + f
a = 0-000307
= 0-000514
2
(Hbg.)
(Ex.)
t
(Hbg.)
(Ex.)
1894. Dec. 7
-27-4
0-076470
0-076033
1895. May 24
- 7-2
0-076045
0-075932
Oct. 10
-15-7
0-11637
0-11599
-15-7
0-076140
0-075892
Dec. 12
-22-6
0-076347
0-075987
1896. Jan. 28
-28-0
0-076463
0-076017
March 19
-13-8
0-11637
0-11604
-13-8
0-076170
0-075952
June 18
3-4
0-11587
0-11596
1897. March 2
6-5
0-11573
0-11588
6-4
0-075843
0-075945
April 17
11-5
0-11617
0-11645
11-6
0-076082
0-076264
18
10-6
0-11618
0-11644
10-5
0-075932
0-076098
If the 4 series of values of /< in the table are plotted graphically as a
I | i'
function of ~ , 4 fairly uniform curves are produced, which distinctly
10
^4 _ AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
show that a cannot be constant, but, as we have already supposed, must
depend upon the temperature. If we call this r, we may put
and equation (6) becomes
Vsmj
T
if t and t' have anything like the same value. This equation affords an
opportunity for the determination of a^ and 2 by the method of least
squares, as we obtain a series of equations in the form
B
where
A = - , and B =
, -
Vsm
After a careful study of the forthcoming observation-data, which deter-
mined me in excluding two of the above-mentioned normal days, namely
June 18th, 1896, and March 2nd, 1897 (Hamburg) --it being likely that the
observations on these days were more affected by disturbing forces than on
the other normal days - - I finally retained 12 corresponding values of A and
B, employing the mean value of the constant ft used in the provisional
calculation of a. By the aid of these 12 values of A and B, I have been
able to draw up the following normal equations:
12 , 99-9 2 = 0-0043426
- 99-9 a, + 3462-95 2 = 0-045605,
which give
a, = 0-00033198
2 = 0-00000359,
and thus a = 0'00033198 0-00000359 r.
By this formula, which I consider to be the final one, I have calculated
a table for , for magnet V, with the temperature as argument, for every
degree from 40 to +20 C.
I have been compelled to abandon a similar examination of the tempe-
rature-coefficient for magnet VI, that magnet having, as previously stated,
been comparatively so seldom used, that the observations that we have do
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
75
not give sufficiently serviceable material for investigation. For the cases in
which magnet VI has been used, therefore, I have simply had to take the
value found in Hamburg in 1893 for the temperature-coefficient:
= 0-000638 .
THE FINAL VALUES OF THE CONSTANTS /t AND C.
The assumption that the magnetic moment of magnet V, and thus the
factor n also, have remained constant throughout the expedition, is made, as
already mentioned, the basis of the final calculation of the temperature-
coefficient of the magnet. As a check on the correctness of this assumption,
I have again calculated ft with the final value of for each of the 8 certain
normal days with the following result:
I"
Date
P-7,
P*M
1894. Dec. 7
0.076127
1895. May 24
0-075995
Oct. 17
011615
0-075996
Dec. 12
0-076094
1896. Jan. 28
0-076105
March 19
0-11619
0-076048
1897. April 17
0-11620
0-076100
18
0-11622
0-075952
Mean
0-11619
0-076052
The values found agree, as the table shows, very well with one another,
and I have therefore assumed the mean of all the determinations as the
final value of ft for the respective distances e and E.
No observations permitting of the determination of ft were made with
the small declination-needle as deflected magnet during the expedition. For
this mounting of the apparatus, I have therefore kept to the determinations
in Hamburg in 1893, and in Wilhelmshaven in 1897. I have recalculated
the latter, introducing the improved ultimate value of a and obtained:
76
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
e E
1897. April 18 0-11764 0-076523
19 0-11756 0-076385
Mean 011760 0'076454
According to the table given on page 69, the
mean found in Hamburg in 1893, is . . 011799 0'076800
Mean 011780 0-076627
As regards the values of p for magnet VI, I will refer the reader to
what is said on this subject on page 70, merely adding that this magnet
was not used for deflections with the double needle as deflected magnet
before September 30th, 1893, and therefore the values of f.i found for
this mounting of the apparatus in Wilhelmshaven in 1897, have been exclu-
sively used.
It was not possible to check the constant C during the expedition,
a knowledge of the horizontal intensity determined by the aid of another
instrument being required for such a check. I have therefore taken the
mean of the values found in Hamburg in 1893 and in Wilhelmshaven in
1897, in the cases in which the small declination-needle has been used as
deflected magnet, while we have only the determinations in Wilhelmshaven
in 1897, in the cases in which the double needle has been used as deflected
magnet.
The following table gives a summary of the final values of the constants
H and C, used in every case for the reduction of the observations:
Magn.
Period
l"
C
e
E
e
E
L.V
1893-1896
0-11780
0-076627
0-27199
0-17693
P.V
1893-18%
0-11619
0-076052
0-26805
0-17536
L.VI
before Sept. 30, 1893
after Sept. 30, 1893
0-14634
0-14224
0-095234
0-092220
0-34041
0-34041
0-22148
0-22148
P. VI
before Sept. 30, 1893
after Sept. 30, 1893
0-14056
0-091919
0-33571
0-21960
When the expressions for direct employment in the formula?, log Cfi and
ri
log , are calculated by the values in the above table, it will be found that
NO. 7.] HORIZONTAL INTENSITY. 77
n
log has not exactly the same value when calculated by C and /tt for
distance e, as for distance E. The differences are, however, very small.
Q
Calling -, calculated for distance e, i) t , and for distance E, i] s , I have put:
? 2
With this mean value, and the values of p found in the above table, I have
then calculated log Cfi according to the formula
log 0,* = log -^ + 2 log p.
THE OBSERVATIONS AND THEIR REDUCTION.
The following tables give, in chronological order, all the series of deflec-
tion and vibration observations made during the expedition, and the calcu-
lation, according to the formulae on page 64, of the absolute value of the
horizontal intensity from each separate series.
OBSERVATIONS OF DEFLECTION.
Under the date of each observation, the latitude and longitude of the
place is given, the designation of the magnets used, and an indication of the
distance e or E, at which the deflector was placed. These are followed by
the readings on the horizontal circle, corresponding to the 4 positions of the
deflector, each value of MI, u 2 , u 3 and t 4 being the mean of the readings
on the two verniers. In several cases, 2, 3, or even 4 and 5 settings have
been made, and readings taken, with the position of the deflector unaltered.
A statement of this is made every time in the notes below the table. The
small letters, a, b, c, d, placed before each value of u indicate the order in
which the settings were made.
78
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
I
i
5
o
fe
(A
z
o
a!
u
tf)
CO
o
o
N
,0
o
o
o
CO
oo
u
O
CO
<s>
00
v
-2
4-
O
O
CO
X
00
00
b>
S
CO
05
00
3
CO
CO
00
j
Q
os m
o o
a
_=
-^
S
"
3 f
^5 S ol
~ i a
T3
m * w 05
OJ OS ^H *H
o T3 ee Xi
-TH O5
r~
c?
P^ P^ Oi O5
iS o? S S
- - T-
^ O I>
*-< 05
O 00
O H
00
.
c- O do
sr o
$ $ 55 S
os in cp
S1 *-H
rt ^H
*
-
S
-e
I
8 S
g CO
rJ o
CO
O5 O
t
U3
7
00 o
in OS
8 7
05
O O 00
o o do
o o do
o o do
00
do
do
6E05
-T?
s
.
cc
OS yn
a
E & S
ol S
a ^
g
r S
o
III
8-2-
o
ft, O 13
13 i?
I! 5
o rt aT
g jg
^i
3 ? 13
ill
a 1 i
s a
s 5
-53
13 fa 4f
I \*
tr.
a
SH
a
o
liJ -5^ ^J
fe H ^*
5 3 =8
S 8^
o tn
_5 M S =
* S <-
o
I * g i
> o < .2
o c = *>
J^^ g
'^ "3 2 S
-T= a
"5
*J e *- (
g = T3
i.i-ll
sib
"S a
9
13
. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
79
s
Ex.
Si
00
8 8
S4* in
" in
flT fca-'o
CO OS CO
O^ O^ ^5
5
T-< o ^
O O 00
exi
v
U
-
00
r* 00
KI S 25
*
o
r- o ds
co in ^H
$
5 CO
00
00 j
CO o
? i
0-
0-
8-
s *
C35 P
^ O
8-
do
o
S5
Oi
00
050
O O 00
a
A
&
o 13 es a
5
a
co
o o in
-O O <8 .Q
lift 5 Cv C"*
U5 -^ O O
[^ CO S^ G-l * i
e8 ^ O
CO
CO
S
S
0-21430
0-00418
8-49327
A
s
a.
do
hi
4)
A
4)
O
z
S 5?
S S 5 o-l
o
c^ to o 56
^H --^ GO oo
S
-i cb
S '
^o o r* 1
sis
S^ P TH
SB
o o do
do
B
1! J
"
S 2 S 3
80
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
05
09
U
05
09
S^ CO
O O
SCO
co
e $
3
o
S
a
p in o5
to do ee
*
o -a OB .0
3
S 8
il
CO O
B co
ih o
p
7
o o do
CO p CO
o o do
liig
m p -7*
o o do
rM P *
o o do
a ~
fcl
a ^
^H
~ A-"
B
I II
t^
CM
S
us
V
-
w
U9
*
9 i
4*
^ 1
> OS T!
10
(55
* OS SI
>
S
s
28
GV
0-127
0-002
8-493
in oo m
o o do
a :
o< S
s S
05
a -^
o o do
do
_Q
O
I
CM
a
s
r 4 *
05
09
8 ?
$ ^ ^ ^
O
,0 08 T3 O
*5 C
irt GO O^ 00
| $ -
O ^ & aj
P 9
55
0-
0-
8-
S8
00
do
is
a
o,
f?
-%.
Q
o
8 S
8
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
81
M
Oi
00
03
a
00
t>.
N
05
03
g 8
o o
S
O O
O -^
00 CO
CO CO
oB co
S? c8 S
si TH ^H ^
^ o
GO C^ kO C^*
T-H -^H
^1 T-t
08 -Q O T3
op p S e5
is 8 s
o 'O eS iO
* 5 1 S
O^ * CO CO
gg e* o
^ o
o o S s
o ^ c6 ja
'"" J5?
^i i i . a S
o
o^ os cs cs
o CD &< $1
^o^2
,^ ~ ~ r-,
o* 3 S3
^ t^ co co
oo co 2 in
g
S
S
- us
i? iS cb -i*
35 -a< co
o
Sej r^ o
O US O
io iS co g
o si oo oo
S * S S
S S i5 S
IT^ ^5 C^ O5
' S ^* CO -<
8 S
o 6
S
O O
000
00
co
~
s
o 55
s*
co p
o
3
8=f
S
3|
H - '
,2 s s
s o
03
Q
S
S
2 1
o o do
IN O CO
O O do
53
71
0-
0-
8-
o o do
r- r- i>
o o do
o o do
do
do
O O 00
R M lufi
I> 4 O S-
o o oo
SCO r-
Cv ^
o o do
bo
o
do
a
i-
I,
0,
a c-
(i r-l
a c-
ci.
a
o
jj a
11
82
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
CM
V
3
-.
00
V
S
OS
CO
oo
<*
en
oo
bo
a
o
S $
a f
iH s^ co co
cs os in in
a o -o
in as ?
1 s 8 a
<S ?3 " $C
CO CO S^ ^p
3 S 8 8
O5 00
$ s
S
oo oo
-
S? 55 S 9
c^ o? ^ S
o
^jl SI CO ^
~. ~- LO LA
0> O>
Lf? LQ 5-J CO
aj ^ o 'd
S
I
o
c
CO O
r i
CO I
S 05
OS O
S
CO O
CO 00
8
2
6s ^
O O5 00
O O5 00
o o do
O OS 00
o do
do
o o do
5* 60
85
do
a
i
Is
a
A
a
PH
a
I
I a
Ig
I-
$
59 d)
a
CO .S
> a
to CO
os" 3
<n
4-c '3
O
So tf
" 01 "S
a c -S
o
a> -j3 m
^= s
H fc --
Je*-,
o g
g.i
,
3
*
m B
a J J
cd ^- H^
III
o
e^ S~ c
JS
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
83
<0 r- 10
!3 r irt fi
r-.
8 S
in
S ' w
o o do ^
c-
co o
SI o
o i^ r^ 1
CM
ji, so
k.J* ^ k?5 LC5
-*
s5 i
<N 00
O OS 1C
lO
- S^
""^
o
'
A|
!*jj S'l co "^j
38
s
is do
do
^ o
"3
2 SS
t-t CO
O n3 cB -O
tb
*s
O O
h--$
00 !
-*
03
S 00 U5 O
9 s
Sej
gj
i
^
^
s
00
* 00 l> CO
*""
S 8 i
05 --<
o 2
S S 05
s
5J CO
O O Cji C5
^H ^H
S
a
S
O OS do
do
CO O
S ,0 t)
*
CD
_>.
3
55 CO
Ok 9 9 %0
i5 S S S
t
IH i-i i?l eq
3 3 4; =1
ns J3
s
^1
-rt
00 O
r i
OS
^-4
00
do
S sq
1-4
OS
1-1
o os do
do
" v-1
Ci r?
t &
<>
O O
a?
oo s5
n os n
*
3S
00
-H
iH
in
C^ g T)H to
o i (?) ib
5 1H iH
9 s
1
^H
8^
8?
V
? fi
&i o r-
g
a
CO 1 G* -rt
on 03 00 00
H Grl i*H i 1
O
1
'
S
o 1-1
s
O OS OO
do
1 1
eg ja o -3
*
n
r^ W5
CO
a -^
00
M
oo >fl q m
^ S 5 S S
^
so S in m
P
?
O
8
*H Ift
?*
S
<b
95 o
-* 05
-^H
S
o ds do
8-59915
OH t"
O5
3
V
IH i-<
-fis
$ s
-O "8 J5
-)
o o
00 <31
-*
09
T-*
e5 s5 ifl O
^i5 i^ s -S
" & s a
^
S^
o
S
b2
S
O '
i
IH r-
i
00 SN C-
iii
-o< OS i-i
o os do
do
S
.
os O
^ o
l-H --rH
eB -0 o ^
fc
^ -. y -s . . .- -,
M
^
V
e
s
-*
58 S!
^H fl
00 G*
G 5 $ 9
^ j^^ 1 S 53 3
l> l> ^P CO
1 (^ 00 00
^
in
S
o
8
I> ^
1-H O
OS
r i
1-4
OS C
iH CY5
)
0-45938
9-99%2
8-13217
8-59117
a =
A s
k 1
-c..
a
08 -D O T3
"*
se
Q
<^-
<M
***S>
OJ .
m
a
-s
Q
* ri
ai
I
" -,0->
^3 H < ) J(
qj Cj * ^ <* ^
|S
1
Vo
S- 5*
i+o*-
S<?$
"~^
us
(90
_0
f-
o
4)
5" M)
Q
_0
S 'C "1
s E" SP
84
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
X
09
EC
3
00
S
33
ifl
CM
3
09
8
o o
VH -^
00 G*
IS)
00
i
Q
US*
Si
J
o
3 S ft
S
us in
s $
<N *
^H in
o
OS QO
s s
O 'C
OS
o
co
-in do
S
a 88
"^ o5
in co go g
rt T-H T-H O
OS OS CO CO
a & o -o
CO
00
o
!3
O>
1
,
CO CO
OT O
s
o
1
*
OS
oo
0-46218
9-99849
8-13217
00 >5 l>
o as do
si
o os do
0-46912
9-99934
8-12515
do
do
do
Mi
S
I
"I
I..
9
01 .
i-rt
cr it
s s
ifl
lM
O
<n r-
.si
B
a
1
T3
S
/ OF THE \
I UNIVERSITY 1
V
Vi
NO. 7.] HORIZONTAL INTENSITY. 85
CO
"* ^r* ^^* i~"
C
5? 1
O O
is $ p |
A? fete
TH
S
i*
S
o S^
l|l
1
a 3
O 151
. r- tn
^ g ^
.
t^ l> C? CO
Ift
00
00 |
o o do
do
^0 'o
en
O -a as ,0
^
00
S
S
1
o
JH
oo 2
~ it iO if5
^? f^ !" (31
0-j bfc
^ "^ CO CO
OS Cra LO IO
3 : S? 6
o o
U5 OO
S? ^
o G^
00 |
T-t
0-48986
0-00506
8-12515
8-62007
s _ ;Z
n CT
C 1
ift O g
a
cS rfi -O
^ *-
00
2
T3
C
^^r ^ ;r
"
S I
iis irt i> o
do
rH O
^ rM
91 CO iA
A
rL CO OJ
o
oo r* TH co
^ CO J -^ i*
e5 9
^ ^
S S S
93
8 * s
n
^ o
o
'
o ^
tr* o si
o
^- T" ^*
V
TH TH f* f*
TH TH
S
OS
2 '
O O 00
do
^
^9
f- O
o -d (S ,0
TH ^
o
0)
"S
^H
g S,
o
00 S
TH
h i
s$ r^ p p
i
SP
5O
o a
* , 11
a
00 TH O5 t^ 1
TH
co
oo *o
Cv i
S I
S S? M
S
_ ft g fc
00
^
o
'
o
<^i O C?
^5
5. "S! rti rt
TH |
o o do
do
co p _c S
OJ -0 n-
^ 3 1
(N
-
"O O
S "5 w
*N
u
-
P *P P
O Lft gq ^5
CO iO CO
h^
CO "rH CD CO
g ^j Si e^
2
CO
o
S
'
K
o *
22 s;
^ CO
- 7
B9
o o do
do
a i> rs *s
co *3
O <D CS
J
2 15
-ti 08 ^
|1
"5.
u
oo
|
03
o o
S 5
TH
ft?
^ 8 Ift -S CO
vH
o
If
a
p o
co co
O I" 1
0-45399
0-00248
8-12515
8-58162
a 2 H
A 2 j-
^0 . .
""
=e xi o -d
O 60^
-3 S
n
*-** *-^ ^N ^ ^
i"!
4i
a
G
e^ oo
s-i 10 irt
id *}* C* 1
g
co ^3
. o
CO
a -;
ft 2 - |
00
O
S3 3
TH
^ o
tr- ^ op oo
o
OS
TH
1
2
TH O 1
o 6 ob
do
S
O *& & c8
*^jj
00
n J
^^
SO f_
1
k |
B
C*3
o
.2 -j_ 3
.^
a a .!
.3
" .
"* "S
^ <te O
^
' ^ 60
3
s 1
~S <u S
"&,o
s ^
be oo, ^
60
1 * ^3
nJ
P
TH """
o 3
53
8
ft. ] ~ ~ '
60
iJ cr
_0
"
86
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
_-, ! p p in e?
-
3?8
^ o
e ~
VM
j!*' S ffi S 55
S8
S5
15 s
s s s
s
-* S
V
U S 2 S S
o
1
o
^
o o do
do
Is 1
A
,
rfi * O r^
^
E
S
O O
S
u
CM ^J*
GO C?
.
,
__^
Q
P Op U? C5
_ s-i >o o oo
i
o
o
00 o
o Si
S?2S
SSg5
1
ii
a
O *O iiO
^p co co
c-
T-H
1 1
LO O * i
O O 00
do
00
v4
W T3 aB J=
3
8
^ o
CO
CO
o
1
S 8
o t 1
2
p 1
2 '
111
8-61802
o>
a a 1
d. S
>i 1
|
S? S
XI 08 T3
in Q
V
O
4)
0? S
g
Q
*"
ift Irt 1C
cp
S S
OS e
C^- CO U3
a S
s>
OS
00
, S 2 ^ i
^
O5 Oi -^4 -^
o
1
r
2
2 *
O O 00
CO
do
P. &
E 3 <N
in O CM
HO o
o -a .a
"5* e
a
v
1
^^ ^ ,
o
o
V
O
i s
o o
s s
^H
C4 94 M
CO "" ' ~
-H in o 5
m o <N do
oi oi in in
do
o
2S
a?
2
| 9
0^
2 I
o o do
8-61854
a , H
o, S T"
s ^
.* v
O5
00
T5 *
si
^ ST ST S^
!8
4->
CM
*
O
2 S
o o
S3
00 'H
co ir^ r^ cc
*^ Bq CC }< irt *O
H| ^
g
28
O
Oi
in o
f 5 i
2 i
0-47897
0-00530
8-12515
do
a *
00 CO
Sfi -2
C
<3>
cs ft o -d
00
ja
o
.
,
N
O
00 do
in IS
O ip S^ ip
lO 4-1 lO 4fc
>-" &5 co co ^t 1 ^
S
S g
1 1
i ffi "5
CO OD T 1
IT- 8s in
S
a ^
i
*
o
00 S
CO CO LO IQ
w CO ~ it
o
o
i
o >"<
m o eS
^j< p *-.
o o do
do
s TO >-o
00 *?
Ja
en
fC O ,!
o
4i>
4)
sr
"o
^^
&t 'TT*
a
Q
- $
* o
11
* ,2 S S S 8
.*_> (
C
a
1
v
&-
S + .
IT!
be
_o
B
.1 5
3 *
W (/}
1-5 .J
S Q
J cr
^
8* w
Q
o
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
87
in
a
w
00
S S
in
o o r- in
6*8 S S
- m
. 6 i -rt
do
yl
30
do
S
d.
u
s
m
A
SO
OS (?1
in **
o o
83 8
ih c^ m i?i
I> 00 l> O
in Jn Q ih
U5 -rt (N
cc 05 r- t;
i" - ~
co co e5 e5
1 OS T3
in
o 1
O O do
3
8-
a
OT
arch
oo
~ s?
80
4
5
0-
0-
8-
S
A
do
so
b
a
so
o
1
88 S
m e o
S 1
697
0-3
0-0
8-3
0-49354
0-00702
8-12515
a
a.
c
3
1
bo
a
3
S
ji
3
m
oo
s o m e
S8 8
ii
00 I
do
J
a
Q
3
J Q
*
S* 60
AKhKl. . KTKKX, TEBRE0TRUL MA09ETISM, [voKW, KHU EXT.
*
*
7-
-
I
5
SS8* s
_
iiii
I
2 S
*
*
3
r
M
i
2
h
*
fc
v
2
*
' '
fe
I,
h I
^
i
i
S5i
iss
km
I
i
h
a '
2 L
II
:
ill ^
"II
Jus
'8188
23
I
M
:,
t
1
::
I
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
3? S
Ns
~
^50
, sis
- * -
^ R S5
"
^ S
5 1 1 i i
* A * *
>.- ;~ * c-
o y& r> a
1 ^ ^ ^
5 S SS
A
. i ?
tt A
fc
111!
J
Si
k
~
-
i
J? t.
3s -
r
111
u
!
- r
is,
bi
k
d
s
&
k
^
j
a:
I
li
90 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
-;
o
us
a>
00
o o
& oo
GO r**
m
in 9 i> >
co in eg as
e5 in in e3
CO '-' "9* CO
$2
**
i< P
CT CO
*H
12 1
fi O *
o o oo
CO -^ IO
-
P P r 1
O O 00
u
J2
"5.
V
t
m
A
00
60
ip P
s^ s^ co
O T3 <8 ,0
U5 O ip t-
** * *
S cr
S
o o do
538
!N
B cr
0-
0-
8-
in in in in
, i s s i
on
T" T 1
S*f
'
o do
3
JJ
a
u
A
00
p s< in
o
VH 1-1 CO
fe o ^5 IS
r* * S $ g
i> 6
o o oo
CO
*^
a
u
w
10
0)
00
S? $
<M
o os do
a
1
Q
3 .2
B
-d S
0) e*<
1 2
Q
6. ^
be
o
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
91
CM
i.
u
A
V
O)
00
o o m m
i 9 $ i
a
r- r-
TH TH
<N e<
o
TH Q TO C^
CO lft TO --H
M
s 3
O
4 ?
'
8
in 9 TH
o o do
0-2
0-0
8-4
do
CM
i,
js
o
-*-
u
O
05
00
O to r- p
3 3
o o
in co
00 IT-
> o
I Z
o a a o
in in p w
S 25 oo TH
CO W TH TH
t^ 1
o a o -a
* O
^ I
i
3
o
Ok
o 'i
2 i
do
o o do
do
s
ca
I,
Octobe:
to
oo
s
5
M
o o do
S
ib m us
c- m c~ i>
i o Q in
. Si * 53
m in m
r^ G^ r~" in
JH is o &
<?) TH co ej
o
sS ^ S si
2 f
5
o o do
= 3
* 1
g
V
A
o
u
O
oo
S S
O O
LfJ QO
oo r*
in o
8 A IS o
^H O I> G^
^ m co -^
t* o
Sg
8
g ?,
a, 7
TH
*_ ^5
o -^
9C I
C~ Q Sq
in o -^H
o o do
8-
s
1
z
* 8
C3
Q
92
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
o
CO
v
A
I
2
to
9
00
s
o
o >o f a
1
^-
^H
do
29
81
0-2
0-0
8-4
""* r^
co o
o
CM
O
in
en
oo
.* $ "- 5
a. o
oo oo eq -!
<?l 5 CT G\
o -3 ft oj
CO
5
o o do
O
CM
Z
in
O5
00
.iS 3
^ o
eq sj
S S
op gq ib o
o
a e o TJ
00 O
s ej
So '
o o do
* s
a
U
p
O
Z
ifl
05
00
O
> ^H CC
*>
s
10
SS8
04
fe
*
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
93
[anuar
CO
o>
00
S 3
ft sq in in
lO.lfl
r- e*
T-I ft
05
ft o
Is
in os C5
S^ TH *-(
SOT)
05 C
* 1
CD
^
ip o
05 p
o c*5
co |
5o
3 i
* o co
o o do
o o do
oo
S
8
do
t~
do
O5
*
05
uary
to
00
2s ift o r-
00 OS ^
t r
> c8 c
s?
ft
oq
g
0-23691
0-00704
8-49327
o o do
8-73
S
s
gv
I*
CTD
y
u
a
en
90
8
5
00 e
S 1 ?
i
CO |
0-61846
0-00452
8-12515
8-7
eS .a G T3
w
kl
"J
A
u
u
V
Q
in
en
00
OS &)
&1 "5
* *
OS
o o do
do
*
o 13 > a
"> 9
94
o o do
do
S
&
I
PS
4
1
bb
1
"
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
CO
fr
CS
,0
CO
OS
CO
00 ig
o o
00* 15
US
us o i> m
w sq i b
91 W W
si <s o -a
US US O5 Oa
1 1 11 11
o -a s: t
So
? 1
00 -rt
TH o
> o
S ^
o CO
S I
H OO IO
|||
o o do
CO p *<
o o do
I. 1
n O
3
CO
-.
CO
O c~ r-
ib >b w
<N -rt
CO -
85 <?
0-29490
0-00639
8-49327
05
do
CO
os
CO
i i>
6 ih as b
1 ^
Sg
0-479
0-008
8-304
do
a,
!>
CO
CM
S
e
CO
A
CO
00 CO
g5
~
2s us
C^ 05
0, US Jg
S S
5s us
C^ 11
CB O
0-65951
0-00586
8-12515
11
o do
=8
It
CO
a
I
CO
A
CO
eft f^
is ^
o o
S g
el o irt o
as do os f-
1/5 5 rH rH
in O
r i
a
SI
CO CO
f"" ^P Os
jj 5z
O O 00
||9
o o oo
g
12
a
A
Is
1
Q
a,
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
95
-
O
C!l
S
CO
00
o
S
s
CO
--
00
CO
I
S
-
CO
A
00
10
N
cs
LI
u
-
CO
A
35
a
m
Q
3
in CO
o o
s s5
p in eq ib
s a s ^
!b u?
r- O S$ Hi
P * *
o
co co 2 2
e* eq <si <N
? * s a
in in
CD CO O3 CO
<N IN S5| <?l
a a o tj
p p s5 r-
^ *$* CO CT
^ c8 O T3
c 1 * 1 o irt o
1 T^ CO M G^
o
CO Gl lO Irt
(?) G^ CN 55
^ 08 ffl O
P P
O l> OS
-rt in
ib ri p p
^ S 8 S 3
CO CO O^l q
(M (M (N G1
a a o >o
00
00
00
ai
a 3
TS
cj 53
S3
a
do
r- o
CT> (N
2 l
e* o
* *P
rH lb
o 5
S 1
CO
*?*
CO o
s s
O 55
TH I
8.
o o do
0-6
0-0
8-1
G*1 CO IT"*
o o do
0-67376
0-00526
8-12515
CO -^H lO
oo <N -^
r^ eb in
r- g s^
o O do
a ^
O 00
do
do
94
do
do
bo
3
%*
-
ed
S^
CO
"
96
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
"
a
CO
o 5 o o
-* * 3 gj
. ^ o
O
^H
f
111
8-80187
,
o -o a *
*
S
S ^
a,
o o
BH
CO
O5
00
83
..1 a S *
1
l!
So =>
fNl ^^
TH b
i|i
1
s
* 1
M
H*
O
O ^
li 3 iq li
$
w
S
o o do
do
,0 OS -O
-
ih in
eq in p q
^J 33 TO -^
|
S3 g
s S
sil
-^^
2
A S
S cp
^ O
o
o
00 7
CO O -^
00
1 Is 1* q
^
cS
H
o o do
do
^
,c cS o ^
a
?3
o p o m
eg E- o eq
[j^ IT3 "^ ^J<
o
O O
'
?H e
^
CO
o ^^
o o do
8-81032
|i
CO
'tf O rO C6
CO
j $
^
gjcp
^ o
00
s
-<2 CI5 "H^ O QO
Irt
in ^^
^H ^
j , ^? 1.J
oo
1H
^H &1 OJ
TO |
CO O
00 3* ^J
HJ
o
o
o **
1111
00
o o do
do
ss
CQ o
^1 Cfl T3
o p p ^
9
g3S
*
s
SOO "^ C*"
* (TO S^
S "?
TH **
^ g S
S
*
09
1
o
i
O ^"*
S o 52
00
^j ^
D &5 >A ^j
5 tN s^ csq
^
6 o do
do
"Ss *
?
o -d ^
a
S 13
o o
Bj
CO
9)
00
00 ^^
.,* S i a
^ o
o
^^ |
o '
'H
in -^H (N
i
e TO
^ ^ g
^
S
o o do
do
J 1
^ cB TJ o
3
3 1
-S
1 s
a 1 a
g a a" a s |
1 P
1
V.
8. i
g 1 ^ 60
8" 50
hi
do
o
I
1 s -
j
NO. 7.J
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
97
CO
"a
o>
CO
55
CO SI
1/5
in in O
j c? I?
1
l^ l& S$ Lp
SCO SI CO
H in
o
i) 'C ^ c8
^H
00 <-!
eq o
05 00
5
o 6s do
do
8-
S
00
?
1)
3
-
00
TO
10
5 m
O O5 00
s
p
o O5 do
eo
V
3
tO
OS
GO
s Is
o o
S8 S
Sill
o
*jjj 05 OS O5
06 -D "O C
o3
o m 91 us
CO * **
o o do
co 3l
-: T
T- p r
O O 00
do
a ^~
a. il
a
!o
1
Q
. 60
S a
*
Jo
-
JT7?
bo
o
13
98
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
OBSERVATIONS OF VIBRATION.
The manner, mentioned on page 67, in which the time of vibration
for magnet V or VI was determined, gives, as will be understood, 11 separate
determinations for each series of vibrations, of the time for 100 vibrations,
all of which are given in the table. On rare occasions, the attempt to note
the moment of an expected passage of the magnet over the middle line of
the scale, has failed, and only 10, instead of 11, determinations of the time for
100 vibrations have been obtained. Once a series of observations of the
time for 101 vibrations has been made, twice of the time for 130, and once
of the time for 160 vibrations. Investigations as to the extent of the effect
produced by the proximity of the revolver upon the values for the hori-
zontal intensity deduced from the vibration observations, were made on the
20th April, 24th May, 4th and 26th July, and 20th August, 1895. On April
20th, the vibration box stood upon a stone slab frozen firmly into the ice.
During two series of vibrations with magnet V, and two with magnet VI, the
revolver lay east and west, 4 paces directly north of the magnet; while during
one series of vibrations with magnet V, and two with magnet VI, it was
laid aside. The values for the horizontal intensity, H, calculated from these
7 series of vibrations, are as follows:
1895
H
Magn. V
Magn. VI
a
The revolver
in its place
b
The revolver
laid aside
a
The revolver
in its place
b
The revolver
laid aside
April 20. 11* 37'" a. m.
12 18 p.m.
12 39
0-04695
0-04620
0-04596
3 23
0-04503
3 46
4 10
4 37
0-04548
0-04579
0-04585
Mean
0-04658
0-045%
0-04526
0-04582
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
99
According to this, we obtain the difference of the means:
ab
For magnet V . . . +0-00062
VI . . . -0-00056
From the 24th May to the 26th September, 1895, the vibration box was
placed upon the ordinary stand of the apparatus, and the revolver, as usual,
between the legs of the stand. The following determinations of H, for the
purpose of ascertaining the influence of the revolver in this position, were
made:
1895
H
Magn. V
Magn. VI
a
The revolver
in its place
b
The revolver
laid aside
a
The revolver
in its place
6
The revolver
laid aside
May 24. ll /1 17 m a.m.
11 48
0-04958
0-04991
12 7 p. m.
12 32
0-05005
0-04984
July 4. 4 22 p. m.
4 44
0-05227
0-05278
5 5
0-05284
5 33
0-05274
5 52
0-05274
- 26. 11 52 a. m.
0-05248
12 11 p. m.
Aug. 8. 4 7 p. m.
4 28
0-05140
0-05122
0-05248
4 49
0-05153
5 10
0-05148
Mean
0-05125
0-05133
0-05253
0-05284
According to this, we obtain:
For magnet V
VI
a 6
-0-00008
- 0-00031
When the ice hut was taken into use on the 26th September, 1895, the
revolver, as stated in the introduction on page 9, was placed on the ice at
a distance of 3 metres to the north of the stand of the instrument. From
100
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NOKW. POL. EXP.
this time until October 3rd, the double declination needle was used for
quieting the magnet during the vibration observations; and during the vibra-
tions themselves, it was standing in a vertical position in the revolver's
place. On the 4th and 17th October, 1895, several series of vibration obser-
vations were made with magnet V, to ascertain the influence of the decli-
nation needle, when placed in the above position.
1895
H
The declination-magnet in
the revolver's place
b
The declination
magnet laid
aside
a
With the north
end upwards
c
With the south
end upwards
Oct. 4. 3*32 m p. m.
0-04846
3 52
0'04915
4 14
0-04901
4 38
0-04830
5
0-04886
5 22
0-04912
Mean
0-04854
0-04915
0-04906
Oct. 17. 4* 27 p. m.
0-04743
4 58
0-04670
5 25
0-0*719
5 47
0-04763
Mean
0-04743
0-04670
0-04741
The differences of the means are:
Oct. 4th . . .
17th .
a 6 c 6
-0-00052 +0-00009
+ 0-00002 -0-00071
As will be seen from the results here given of the observations, no
decided effect upon the vibration observations, either from the revolver or
from the declination magnet in the above-mentioned positions, can be proved.
NO. 7.J
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
101
OBSERVATIONS OF VIBRATION.
Date
1893. August 1.
1894. August 18.
Lat. N.
69
41'
81 5'
Long. E.
60
Khabarova
128 7'
Clock
Chron. Kutter
Haagensen
Daily rate
-0.3'
-9
Magnet
VI
VI
VI
V V
Numb, of vibr.
100
100
100
100 100
7 m 32-0"
7 m 31'5 s
7 m 31-6'
12 m 45-2' 12 '"43-2'
32-2
31-7
31-6
44-4 43-4
31-9
31-4
31-5
44-4 42-8
32-0
31-4
31-5
44-2 43-4
32-1
31-2
31-7
44-2 42-2
32-0
31-6
31-4
44-6 42-2
31-9
30-8
31.3
43.8 42-8
32-2
30-9
31-6
44-0 42-0
32-1
30-7
31-5
43-6 42-4
32-0
31-0
317
43-4 42-0
31-9
31-8
44-0 41-4
Mean
7 m 32-03 *
7 m 31-22 s
7 m 31 -56'
12"'44-16 S 12 m 42-53'
I'
4-5203'
4-5122'
4-5156 '
7-6416' 7-6253'
5-4P
3-9 p
4-6 *
5-95'' 3'48"
2
t
4.50
4.50
4-5
0-2 -0'1
log T
0-65517
0-65439
0-65471
0-88319 0-88226
log /
0-00119
- 0-00061
-0-00087
- 0-00144 0-00049
log ?
o-ooooo
o-ooooo
o-ooooo
+ 0:00005 + 0-00005
log T
0-65398
0-65378
0-65384
0-88180 0-88182
cpl. log T 2
8-69204
8-69244
8-69232
8-23640 8-23636
lo g [l+(2/S' + )<]
0-00129
0-00129
0-00129
9-99997 9-99998
C
log
0-36659
G'36659
0-36659
0-36317 0-36317
f
log H
9-05992
9-06032
9-06020
8-59954 8-59951
Local time
8*4'" p.m.
8* ll m p. m. 8*
25 m p. m.
6 h &"p.m. 7* 11 p.m.
H
0-11479 ')
0-11490 ')
0-11487')
0-03977 0-03977
') Constantly disturbed by Samoyeds.
102
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL EXP.
Date
1894.
September
21.
1894. Oct. 20.
1894.
Lat. N.
81 12-
81
12'
81 58'
82 6'
Long. E.
123 25'
123
23'
114 58'
110 39'
Clock
Haagensen
Haagensen
Haagensen
Daily rate
-12*
-12'
-12 s
Magnet
V
V
V
V
V
Numb, of vibr.
100
100
100
100
100
12 m 46-2*
12 m 45-6 *
12'" 47-2'
12 m 34-0*
12 m 28-2'
46-2
45-6
47-5
27-3
47-0
45-8
47-4
34-0
27-8
46-0
46-2
46-8
33-2
27-6
46-6
45-8
47-5
33-8
26-4
46-2
46-2
47-2
33-4
27-6
46-4
45-8
47-2
33-2
27-0
46-8
45-8
47-0
33-6
26-5
47-4
46-2
47'2
32-8
27-4
46-4
46-0
47-0
33-6
260
46-8
46-3
47-2
32-8
26-6
Mean
12 m 46-55*
12 45-94*
12 m 47-20*
12 m 33-44*
12"' 27-13*
2"
7-6655*
7-6594*
7-6720'
7-5344 8
7-4713 *
fe + fe,
5-73 P
6-73 P
4-35 P
6-63 P
6-85 P
2
t
- 13-35
- 13-8
- 13-75
18-3
_28-2 2 )
log T
0-88454
0-88419
0-88491
0-87705
0-87340
log 7
0-00133
-0-00184
- 0-00078
-0-00180
-0-00191
log p
+ 0-00006
+ 0-00006
+ 0-00006
+ 0-00006
+ 0-00006
log T
0-88327
0-88241
0-88419
0-87531
0-87155
cpi. log r 2
8-23346
8-23518
8-23162
8-24938
8-25690
log [1 + (2,5' + a)<]
9-99765
9-99756
9-99756
9-99662
9-99434
log -
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
f
logff
8-59428
8-59591
8-59235
8-60917
8-61441
Local time
12* 46 m p. m.
3* 6 m p. m.
3* 30"' p. m.
4* 20" 1 p. m.
12* 34"' p. m.
H
0-03929
0-03944
0-03912
0-04066')
0-04115
') Snow-storm. Difficult to make observations. s ) As the divisions on the thermometer in the
vibration-box do not go lower than 21 C., another thermometer is used for lower temperatures, hung
outside the apparatus along the suspension-tube.
NO. 7.J
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
103
November 16.
1894.
November 24.
1894.
November
29.
82 6'
81
58'
81 58'
82 10'
110 39'
111
59'
111 58'
110 54'
Haagensen
Haagensen
Haagensen
-12 s
-14 s
-11-5"
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
100
100
160
100
100
100
100
12"' 28-8
12 m 31-6"
20'" 5-6 s
12 m 42-5 s
12 m 22-2"
12 m 14 . 8
12 m 20-1'
29-4
32-0
4-8
42-8
22-2
14-0
21-2
29-0
30-6
4-0
43-0
22-8
13-8
20-6
28-4
32-2
4-4
43-0
21-6
13-6
20-6
29-0
30-8
3-8
42-5
23-2
13-0
21-4
27-4
31-4
3-6
42-2
21-8
13-8
20-4
28-6
32-4
3-0
41-9
21-2
13-7
20-0
27-4
31-8
2-6
42-6
22-4
12-4
21-0
27-4
32-2
1-4
41-5
21-6
14-4
19-8
27-6
33-4
1-8
42-3
21-8
13-0
20-6
31-0
1-2
41-6
23-6
13-8
19-4
12 "' 28-30 "
12 "' 31-76 s
20"' 3-29 5
12 "' 42-35 s
12 22-22 "
12 m 13-66'
12 m 20-46 "
7-4830"
7-5176*
7-5206 s
7-6235 s
7-4222*
7-3366"
7-4046'
6-18 ''
3-5 P
5-63 f
5-9 P
5-2 P
5-57 P
6-25 P
- 28-0 2 )
-21-7"
-21-6
21-6
28-2
29-8
-29-8
0-87408
0-87608
0-87626
0-88213
0-87053
0-86550
0-86951
0-00156
0-00050
0-00129
0-00141
0-00111
- 0-00126
- 0-00160
+ 0-00006
+ 0-00007
+ 0-00007
+ 0-00007
+ 0-00006
+ 0-00006
+ 0-00006
0-87258
0-87565
0-87504
0-88079
0-86948
0-86430
0-86797
8-25484
8-24870
8-24992
8-23842
8-26104
8-27140
8-26406
9-99440
9-99588
9-99591
9-99591
9-99434
9-99395
9-99395
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
8-61241
8-60775
8-60900
8-59750
8-61855
8-62852
8-62118
12* 56'" p. m.
11* 44 m a. m.
12* 38"' p. m
. 3* 41"' p.m.
11* 37"' a. m.
12* 33 m p. m.
12* 54'" p. m.
0-04097
0-04053
0-04065
0-03958
0-04155
0-04251
0-04180
104
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. fNORW. POL. EXP.
1896
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
\\t
at
Remarks
h in
h 111 -.
' "
'
Mar. 21
10 16
59 50
84 4 44
24 12.5
24
9 55
57 50
84 8 38
23 42
27
9 45
1 1 9
84 13 8
24 31.5
28
23 14
[0 581
84 14.3
23 44
-0.004
30
9 28
[0 55]
84 15 17
22 58
Cloudy.
Mar. 30
23 9
84 18.6
Apr. 4
3 17
53 57
[84 25]
22 42
-0.354
6
23 8
42 6
84 29 33
19 44
7
7
19 51
23 44
41 52
84 29 45
19 40.5
- 0.010
+ 0.523
Apr. 10
22 41
[0 31 27]
84 22 22
[17 4]
+ 0.022
10
11
23 6
2
31 27
84 22 6
17 4
+ 0.010
-4.64
11
3 26
31 12
[84 22 6]
17
-0.394
Apr. 12
12
18 52
23 31
30 8
84 11 43
16 44
+ 0.232
14
14
15
18 47
23 28
3 55
27 27
26 11
84 7 3
84 6 57
16 3
15 44
+ 0.204
-0.283
Apr. 16
16
19 6
23 35
22 17
84 3 17
14 45.5
+ 0.248
17
18
23 35
4 22
21
84 1 56
14 26
-0.205
19
23 30
[0 19 8]
84 46
[13 58]
Apr. 20
5 13
19 6
[84 1]
13 57.5
-0.060
20
23 44
16 40
84 3 18
13 21
21
23 56
13 40
84 6 39
12 36
Sextant 84 7' .3.
22
4 18
13 2
84 6 5
12 26
Sun and Moon.
24
19 8
13 11
[84 15 18]
12 28
+ 0.234
Apr. 24
23 53
[0 13 11
84 15 18
12 28
25
23 49
[0 13 6
84 16 36
12 27
26
27
23 58
5 26
13 3
84 17 8
12 26
-0.006
-0.037
27
23 36
[0 13]
84 16 57
[12 25]
Sextant 84 17'.0.
Apr. 28
28
11 47
23 21
[0 13]
12 25]
84 16 23
84 11 54
[12 25
12 16
+ 0.011
29
4 56
12 25
[84 12]
12 16
-0.124
29
11 47
12 20
84 12 37
12 15
29
23 50
12 18
84 11 51
12 14
Apr. 30
4 49
12 14
[84 11 51]
12 13
- 0.145
May 1
2
23 57
4 46
10 13
84 9 4
11 43
-0.005
-0.155
6
6
5 1
7 58
84 4 5
11 8.5
-0.006
- 0.114
May 6
23 51
8]
84 1 13
[11 9
7
23 53
8J
83 55 58
11 9
8
19 15
7 35
[83 53.7]
11 25
+ 0.214
8
19 28
7 33
"
11 2
+ 0.259
9
32
[0 7 33]
83 53.7
[11 2]
-0.021
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
105
18%
Hw
M.T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
dy>
at
+ dt
A d^
Remarks
h m
h m s
' "
'
May 9
23 48
83 53.3
9
23 54
[0 9]
83 52 9
[11 23]
10
10
19 21
23 51
092
83 50 39
11 24
+ 0.246
May 13
13
12
5 19
12 27
83 50 51
12 15
- 0.014
-0.043
15
15
19 20
23 41
12 10
83 45 2
12 10
+ 0.245
Cirro-stratus.
17
23 47
[0 10]
83 48 40
[11 38]
May 18
19
23 50
5 4
8 43
83 47 40
11 18
-0.094
22
22
23 2
23 43
11 55
83 57 55
12 5.5
23
19 22
15 39
[84 1]
13 1.5
+ 0.271
May 24
24
18
5 12
[0 15 16]
14 53
84 1 9
[84 1]
[12 56]
12 49.5
- 0.018
- 0.057
Cloudy.
27
19 22
15 44
[83 56 30]
13 2
+ 0.265
28
23 36
[0 13 30]
83 54.4
[12 28]
29
6 51
13 4
[83 54.4]
12 21
+ 0.215
June 2
1 24
[0 14 0]
83 19 45
[12 35]
-0.058
2
23 53
14 0]
83 17 55
12 35
3
5 39
13 55
[83 16 18]
12 33
+ 0.015
3
3
1 17
7 36
14 23
83 16 18
12 40
-0.054
+ 0.331
June 3
23 43
83 13.9
4
5 26
15 55
83 13.9
13 3
- 0.012
4
5 31
16
83 13.9
13 4
0.000
6
19 26
15 47
'83 8.6
13 1
+ 0.236
6
23 43
83 8.6
June 7
23 44
83 5.3
8
23 46
83 1.2
9
5 14
12 33
[83 1.2]
12 12
-0.048
12
23 18
[0 12 30]
82 59.0
[12 11]
+ 0.017
12
23 48
82 59.0
June 16
1 35
[0 11 29]
82 59.4
[11 55]
-0.065
Not good.
16
1 42
**
82 59.4
- 0.070
Tolerable.
16
4 48
11 17
82 59.4]
11 51.5
- 0.119
16
7 30
11 27
82 59.4]
11 54
+ 0.287
16
7 32
11 29
11 54.5
+ 0.294
Best
June 16
23 27
[0 10 40]
82 57.3
[11 42]
- 0.013
16
23 50
82 57.0
17
6 15
10 23
[82 57.0]
11 38
+ 0.087
18
1 38
[0 10 21]
82 55.5
[11 37]
-0.067
18
6 11
10 13
[82 55.5]
11 35
+ 0.077
June 18
6 14
10 21
[82 55.5]
11 37
+ 0.085
Best.
18
23 18
[0 10 46]
82 55.4
[11 43]
+ 0.019
18
23 50
82 55.3
19
6 11
10 47
[82 55.3]
11 44
+ 0.076
19
6 17
10 45
11 43
+ 0.092
14
106
GEELMUYDEN. ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS.
NORW. POL. EXP.
18%
Hw
M.T.-HW
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Ay
d7
A d^
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
June 23
24
19 53
1 25
13 12
82 55.3
12 19
-0.059
+ 0.289
24
23 49
82 55.0
25
7
13 35
[82 55.0]
12 25
+ 0.202
26
23 48
82 54.7
June 27
5 22
15 8
[82 54.7]
12 48
-0.031
28
23 49
82 55.0
29
4 59
14 11
[82 55.0]
12 33
-0.089
30
23 53
82 57.8
July 1
4 43
10 27
[82 57.8]
11 37
-0.140
July 4
59
[0 13 53J
82 58.5
[12 28]
-0.040
4
1 3
**
82 58.5
-0.043
4
7 1
13 54
[82 58.5]
12 28.5
+ 0.201
4
7 11
13 52
"
12 28
+ 0.228
4
23 22
[0 15]
82 59.1
[12 45]
+ 0.015
July 4
23 49
82 59.2
5
23 32
[0 15 19]
82 58.9
+ 0.010
6
5 23
15 19
[82 58.9]
12 49
-0.036
6
5 26
15 19
"
12 49
-0.027
7
23 28
[0 15 30]
83 2.5
[12 52]
+ 0.012
July 7
23 49
83 2.2
8
20 8
15 55
[83 4.9]
12 58
+ 0.348
8
20 13
15 57
"
12 58.5
+ 0.365
8
23 49
83 4.9
Cloudy.
11
18 10
17 13
[83 8.0]
13 17
+ 0.027
July 12
12
11 53
23 24
[0 18 40]
[0 20 0]
83 8.9
83 11.8
[13 39]
[13 58]
+ 0.012
12
23 46
83 11.8
13
5 27
20 15
[83 11.8]
14 2
-0.029
14
23 51
[0 21 0]
83 15.3
[14 13]
July 16
16
19 17
23 24
22 39
[0 22 39]
[83 13.5]
83 13.5
14 38
[14 38]
+ 0.010
+ 0.216
16
23 43
83 13.5
18
20 1
22 43
[83 13.8]
14 38.5
+ 0.354
Steam up.
18
20 6
22 45
14 39
+ 0.372
July 18
23 23
[0 22 44]
83 14.0
[14 39]
+ 0.011
18
23 43
83 13.8
19
8 24
21 33
[83 5]
14 21
+ 0.490
Cloudy and drizzle.
19
20 42
16 54
[82 51.8]
13 11
+ 0.492
Foggy; natural hori-
19
23 39
[0 16 54]
82 51.7
[13 11]
+ 0.006
zon.
July 19
23 49
82 51.8
20
20
11 57
12 52
16 12
82 39.6
13 0.5
20
20 9
15 39
[82 40.8]
12 52
+ 0.328
20
23 51
82 40.8
July 21
23
11 51
16 18
[0 14 37]
82 32.9
82 2.7
[12 36]
-0.286
> Natural horizon.
23
18 24
14 37
[82 2.7]
12 36
+ 0.043
23
23 28
[0 14 45]
82 2.6
[12 38]
+ 0.015
23
23 52
82 2.2
NO. 6.]
LATITUDE, LOCAL TIME, AND LONGITUDE.
107
18%
Hw
M. T.-Hw
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Af>
d7
A d^
Remarks
h m
h m s
'
'
July 24
5 39
14 51
[82 2.2]
12 40
-0.002
25
25
7 44
11 52
14 31
81 51.6
81 51.6
12 35
+ 0.221
\ Natural horizon.
25
23 51
81 49.3
26
17 47
15 48
[81 45.5]
12 54
-0.030
July 26
23 51
81 45.5
27
6 11
15 14
[81 40]
12 45
+ 0.063
Natural horizon.
27
11 51
81 31.6
27
18 17
14 20
[81 33.5]
12 31
+ 0.027
28
49
[0 14 20]
81 35.4
[12 31]
-0.039
*
July 28
11 52
81 30.5
29
23 51
81 35.0
30
40
[0 15]
81 32.4
[12 41]
-0.034
30
23 49
81 26.9
Bad.
31
20 21
18 15
[81 29.6]
13 30
+ 0.324
Aug. 1
48
20 43
[0 18 15]
19 25
81 29.6
[81 25.6]
[13 30]
13 47
-0.041
+ 0.397
Bad.
1
20 48
19 29
"
13 48
+ 0.419
Foggy limbs.
1
23 47
81 25.6
3
18 24
13 48
[81 20]
12 23
+ 0.041
Aug. 7
17 17
14 57
[81 4.6]
12 40
-0.082
Altazimuth.
7
23 22
[0 15 0]
81 5.3
[12 40]
+ 0.021
7
23 51
81 4.6
8
23 51
80 55.0
Aug. 13 in open sea.
Aug. 14 at Dane Is-
Aug. 16
23 51
75 36.6
land, Spitzbergen.
18
4 30
40 4
[72 30
18 55
-0.035
18
20 41
41 49
71 6.2]
19 21
+ 0.209
18
23 24
71 6.2
Aug. 20 at Skjerv8,
Norway.
108
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
1895.
July 26.
1895.
Lat. N.
84
30'
84
gg,
Long. E.
72
56'
77
rj.
Clock
Chron.
Frodsham
Chron.
Frodsham
Daily rate
+ 230-3 '
+ 230-6 8
Magnet
V
V
VI
VI
V
V
Numb, of vibr.
100
100
100
100
100
100
11 m 7-6*
11 m 6-8*
11 m 16-7*
11 m 15-6 *
11 m 14-5'
11"' 15-9 '
7-8
6-3
16-3
15-2
14-7
15-8
7-2
6-7
14-9
15-5
7-1
6-4
16-4
14-8
14-7
15-7
7-0
6-2
15-7
14-6
14-5
15-5
7-1
6-0
16-1
14-3
14-0
15-3
7-0
6-1
16-0
14-1
14-5
15-2
6-9
6-0
16-0
13-8
14-4
15-2
6-9
6-3
15-8
13-8
14-2
15-1
6-9
16-0
13-5
14-2
15-0
6-9
6-3
16-1
13-2
14-2
14-8
Mean
11 m 7-13 *
11 m 6-31 '
11 m 16-11'
11 m 14-35'
11 m 14-39
* 11 m 15-36*
r
6-6713 *
6-6631'
6-7611 s
6-7435'
6-7439"
6-7536 s
fc 4- fc
5-28 P
4-25 P
4-73 P
4-53 p
5-38 P
5-23 '
2
t
4.50
2-5
2-0
1-8
6-3
5-4
log r
0-82421
0-82368
0-83002
0-82888
0-82891
0-82954
log 7
-0-00114
-0-00074
-0-00092
-0-00084
-0-00118
-0-00112
log ?
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
log T
0-82191
0-82178
0-82794
0-82688
0-82657
0-82726
cpi. log r 2
8-35618
8-35644
8-34412
8-34624
8-34686
8-34548
log[l+(2/J' + a)f]
0-00066
0-00037
0-00057
0-00051
0-00091
0-00079
C
log -
0-36317
0-36317
0-37859
0-37859
0-36317
0-36317
log H
8-72001
8-71998
8-72328
8-72534
8-71094
8-70944
Local time
ll''52 m a .m.
12* ll m p. m. 12* 36 m p. m.
1* 2 p. m.
4* 7" 1 p. m
. 4* 28 m p. m.
H
0-05248 l )
0-05248 2
0-05288 2 )
0-05313 2 )
0-05140 '
) 0-05122 ')
') The revolver in its place. 2 ) The revolver laid aside.
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
109
August 8.
1895. September 7.
1895. September 27.
84 38'
84 54'
85 8'
77 7'
78 41'
79 30'
Chron. Frodsham
Chron. Frodsham
Chron. Frodsham
+ 230-6'
+ 230-8 8
+ 229-8'
V 7
V V
VI
VI V
V
100 100
100 101
100
100 100
100
11 m 14-0 s 11 m 14-8'
11 m 16-5' 11"' 22-3'
11 m 35-8 s
11 "'37-5' 11 "'24-0'
11 " 24,6*
13-7 14-6
16-8 22-4
35-7
37-5 23-9
24-3
13-9 14-2
16-9 22-0
35-8
37-2 23-9
24-2
13-7 14-4
16-6 22-0
35-5
37-2 23-6
13-8 14-5
16-2 21-8
35-2
37-1 23-5
24-3
13-6 14-0
16-8 21-8
35-1
36-8 23-5
24-2
13-6 14-0
16-4 22-0
35-2
36-8 23-4
24-0
13-4 14-2
16-4 22-2
35-2
36-7 23-6
23-6
13-2 14-1
16-2 21-9
35-1
36-5 23-4
23-5
13-9
16-4 21-8
35-0
36-4 23-5
23-5
13-2 14-0
16-0 21-9
34-8
36-3 23-2
23-6
11 m 13-61' 11"' 14-25'
11 m 16-47' 11 m 22-01*
11 "'.35-31'
ll m 36-91' 11"' 23-59*
11 m 23-98*
6-7361' 6-7425 s
6-7647 ' 6-7526 '
6-9531'
6-9691' 6-8359'
6-8398
5-73 P 6-1 P
5-15 P 5-45 P
7-15 P
7-53 P 5-35 P
6-3 P
4-9 5-0
-5-1 -5-1
-15-3
-15-1 -15-2
-15-0
0-82841 0-82882
0-83025 0-82947
0-84218
0-84318 0-83479
0-83505
-0-00133 -0-00152
-0-00109 -0-00121
-0-00209
-0-00231 -0-00117
-0-00162
-0-00116 -0-00116
-0-00116 -0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116 -0-00116
-0-00116
0-82592 0-82614
0-82800 0-82710
0-83893
0-83971 0-83246
0-83227
8-34816 8-34772
8-34400 8-34580
8-32214
8-32058 8-33508
8-33546
0-00072 0-00073
9-99917 9-99917
9-99557
9-99564 9-99744
9-99748
0-36317 0-36317
0-36317 0-36317
0-37859
0-37859 0-36317
0-36317
8-71205 8-71162
8-70634 8-70814
8-69630
8-69481 8-69569
8-69611
4* 49"' p.m. 5*10 m p.m.
3*21 m p.m. 3''40 m p.m.
5* 13 m p. m.
5* 34'" p.m. 6 A 54 m p.m.
7* 15 m p. m.
0-05153 2 ) 0-05148 2 )
0-05086 0-05107
0-04969
0-04952 0-04962
0-04967
110
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
1895. October 3.
1895.
Lat N.
85
O i ).
85
10'
Long. E.
78
59'
78
51'
Clock
Chron.
Frodsham
Chron.
Frodsham
Daily rate
+ 22
9-4 '
+ 229-7'
Magnet
V
V
V
V
V
V
Numb, of vibr.
100
100
100
100
100
100
11'" 21-2 s
11"' 22-5*
11"' 19-9 s
11 20-2 s
11 m 32-6"
11 "i 27 .g
21-3
22-6
19-8
19-9
32-7
27-9
21-2
22-2
19-8
19-6
32-5
27-5
21-1
22-1
19-4
19-7
32-4
27-4
21-2
21-9
19-3
19-5
32-7
27-3
20-9
22-0
19-2
19-3
32-5
27-3
20-8
21-8
19-2
19-3
32-2
21-7
19-4
19-1
32-4
21-1
21-7
19-0
32-3
26-8
20-9
21-7
19-2
19-2
32-2
26-7
20-7
21-5
18-8
18-9
32-1
27-0
Mean
11 m 21-04 8
11 m 21-97'
11"' 19-36'
11 m 19-47*
11 m 32-42
ll m 27-28 s
r
6-8104 s
6-8197 s
6-7936'
6-7947 s
6-9242 s
6-8728 '
fto + fe,
4-75 p
6-05 p
5-7 p
5-8 p
6-23 p
5-85 p
2
t
-13-7
-13-7
- 13-7
-13-7
-14-4
-14-0
log r
0-83317
0-83376
0-83210
0-83217
0-84037
0-&3714
log 7
-0-00093
-0-00149
-0-00132
-0-00137
-0-00159
-0-00139
log p
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
log T
0-83108
0-83111
0-82962
0-82964
0-83762
0-83459
cpl. log T 2
8-.S3784-
8*3778
8-34076
8-34072
8-32476
8-33082
log [1 + (2,tf' + ) <]
9-99758
9-99758
9-99758
9-99758
9-99743
9-99752
C
log-
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
log H
8-69859
8-69853
8-70151
8-70147
8-68536
8-69151
Local time
3* 20"' p. m.
3* 42 p. m
4* 2'" p. m.
4* 24 m p. m.
3* 32 p. m
3* 52 m p. m.
H
0-04996
0-04995
0-05029
0-05029')
0-04846 3 )
0-04915 4 )
') The observer had previously used one of the declination magnets for quieting the needle, and had it
standing perpendicularly, north of the vibrating needle. It does not appear to have had any perceptible
influence. After this, however, only a very small magnet was used for quieting, which had absolutely no
influence. 2 ) On this day no less than 9 series of vibrations were taken for the purpose of finding out what
influence the declination magnet had when placed perpendicularly in the revolver's place after having been
used for quieting. 3 ) The declination magnet in the revolver's place with the north end upwards. 4 ) The
NO. 1.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
Ill
October 4. 2 )
85 10'
78 51'
Chron. Frodsham
+ 229-7*
V
V
V
V
F
F
F
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
11"' 28-9 s
11 "' 33-3 s
11 m 29-6 s
1 1 . 9 s
11 m 37-1 *
11"' 50-5
12 m ? *
28-6
33-4
29-9
28-5
37-8
51-0
10-9
28-4
33-0
29-6
28-0
37-6
10-7
28-4
33-2
29-5
28-1
37-9
52-0
9-6
28-4
33-2
29-5
28-4
37-8
52-7
9-2
28-3
33-2
29-5
28-1
51-3
8-5
28-3
33-0
28*8
27-8
53-2
7-8
28-3
29-0
27-6
53-7
6-5
28-1
32-6
28-8
54-0
6-2
28-3
33-5
28-6
27-3
54-5
5-9
27-8
33-3
28-7
27-6
54-7
5;8
11"' 28-35*
11 "' 33-17 '
ll m 29-23 *
11'" 27-93 s
11"' 37-64 '
11"' 52-76*
12"' 8-11*
6-8835*
6-9317 *
6-8923"
6-8793 *
6-9764 *
7-1276 "
7-2811 *
5-85 P
5-6 P
5-63 P
6-23 P
6-0 P
5-08 P
5-43 P
-13-6
-13-5
-13-4
-13-2
-13-2
_ 11-40
-12-5
0-83781
0-84084
0-83837
0-83755
0-84363
0-85295
0-86220
-0-00139
-0-00128
-0-00129
-0-00159
-0-00146
-0-00106
-0-00120
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00110
0-83526
0-83840
0-83592
0-83480
0-84101
0-85073
0-85984
8-32948
832320
8-32816
8-33040
8-31798
8-29854
8-28032
9-99759
9-99761
9-99764
9-99767
9-99767
9-99802
9-99780
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
8-69024
8-68398
8-68897
8-69124
8-67882
8-65973
8-64129
4* 14 m p. m.
4' 1 38'" p. m.
5 A 0"' p. m.
5* 22'" p. m.
5 A 43 m p. m.
7* l m p. m.
7* 23 m p. m.
0-04901 5 )
0-04830 3 ) )
0-04886 3 )
0-04912 5 )
0-04773 3 )
0-04568 3 ) 7 )
0-04378 5 ) 7 )
declination magnet in the revolver's place with the south end upwards. 5 ) The declination magnet laid
aside. ) The magnrt somewhat disturbed. 7 ) The magnet much disturbed.
112
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
1895. October 17.
1895.
Lat. N.
85
37'
85 46'
Long. E.
78
gg,
73 30'
Clock
Chron.
Frodsham
Chron. Frodsham
Daily rate
+ 229-7'
+ 229-4'
Magnet
V
V
V
V
V
Numb, of vibr.
100
100
100
100
100
11 m 38-8 s
11 m ? *
11'" 41-0 s
11 m 37-9'
11'" 32-8 s
39-2
44-8
40-9
37-6
32-4
38-6
44-5
37-7
32-5
38-8
44-6
40-8
37-4
32-2
38-4
44-4
40-9
37-7
32-5
38-6
44-4
40-6
37-4
32-1
37-9
44-3
40-5
37-5
32-1
38-5
44-4
40-3
37-0
31-8
38-0
43-8
40-3
37-2
32-2
38-5
44-2
40-5
37-0
31-8
37-8
43-6
40-0
37-0
32-3
Mean
11 m 38-46"
11 m 44-30'
11"' 40-58'
11"' 37-40 s
ll m 32-25'
T'
6-9846'
7-0430'
7-0058'
6-9740'
6-9225'
fe + fe,
4-65 p
5-23 p
5-2 p
5-3 p
4-83 p
2
t
-16-2
-16-2
-16-2
-16-2"
-13-9
log r
0-84414
0-84776
0-84546
0-84348
0-84026
log 7
-0-00089
-0-00112
-0-00111
-0-00115
-0-00090
log ;'
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116
log T
0-84209
0-84548
0-84319
0-84117
0-83814
cpl. log Z 72
8-31582
8-30904
8-31362
8-31766
8-32372
log[l + (2jff' + a)t]
9-99707
9-99707
9-99707
9-99707
9-99754
C
log-
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317 -
0-36317
0-36317
log H
8-67606
8-66928
8-67386
8-67790
8-68443
1 .< K-.-i 1 time
4* 27 m p. m.
4* 58 m p. m.
5* 25'" p. m.
5* 47"' p. m.
4'' s m P- m.
H
0-04743 ')
0-04670 ')
0-04719 3 )
0-04763 3 )
0-04835
') The declination magnet in the revolver's place with the north end upwards. 2 ) The declination
magnet in the revolver's place with the south end upwards. 3 ) The declination magnet laid aside.
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
113
October
24.
1895. November 20.
85 46'
85 51'
73 3<y
64 18'
Chron. Frodsham
Chron. Frodsham
+ 229-4
8
+ 228-8'
V
V
V
V
V
100
130
100
100
100
11 M 32-9 '
15 m 0-3*
11"' 17-8"
11"' 18-0 s
11 m 17-1'
33-0
14 59-9
17-7
18-2
17-2
32-7
59-9
17-8
18-0
17-2
32-6
59-7
17-5
17-7
17-1
32-5
59-8
17-4
17-6
17-0
32-6
59-6
17-3
17-5
17-0
32-2
59-7
17-4
17-5
17-0
32-3
59-5
172
17-2
17-0
32-1
59-3
17-3
17-3
16-8
32-2
59-3
17-1
17-4
16-8
32-1
59-0
17-2
17-3
16-6
11'" 32-47"
14'" 59-64 *
11"' 17-43 "
11 '" 17-61 8
11'" 16-98 *
6-9247 "
6-9203*
6-7743 '
6-7761 *
6-7698*
5-68 P
5-3 P
6-3 P
5-38 P
5-35 P
- 17-2
- 18-6
28-8
28-7
28-6
0-84040
0-84013
0-83087
0-83098
0-83058
-0-00131
0-00115
- 0-00162
- 0-00118
-0-00117
- 0-00116
0-00116
0-00115
0-00115
-0-00115
0-83793
0-83782
0-82810
0-82865
0-82826
8-32414
8-32436
8-34380
8-34270
8-34348
9-99686
9-99656
9-99421
9-99423
9-99425
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
8-68417
8-68409
8-70118
8-70010
8-70090
4* 31"' p. m.
4* 58'" p. m.
4' 1 45"' p. m
5* 8 m p. m.
5* 31 m p. m.
0-04832
0-04832
0-05026
0-05013
0-05022
15
114
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
1895. December 12.
1896.
Lat N.
85 25'
84 41'
Long. E.
50 7'
31 43'
Clock
Chron. Frodsham
Chron. Frodsham
Daily rate
+ 229-5'
+ 229-6'
Magnet
V
V V
V
V V
Numb, of vibr.
100
100 100
100
100 100
10 m 43-8*
10 m 44-4* 10"' 42-4 s
10 m 41-3"
10"' 10-1' 10 m 11-1 s
43-9
44-1 42-3
41-3
9-9
43-6
44-1 42-1
41-4
9-9 10-9
43-5
43-7 41-9
41-4
9-8 10-8
-
43-8
43-5 42-1
40-9
9-6 10-8
43-6
43-8 42-1
41-4
9-7 10-6
43-6
43-7 41-8
41-3
9-7 10-7
43-5
43-3 41-9
41-2
9-4 10-6
43-5
43-5 41-8
40-9
9-6 10-3
43-7
43-3 41-3
41-3
9-5 10-3
43-4
43-4 41-7
41-1
9-7 10-4
Mean
10 m 43-63*
10 "'43-71* 10 m 41-95'
10 m 41-23 s
10'" 9-72* 10"' 10-65 s
2"
6-4363'
6-4371 ' 6-4195 '
6-4123*
6-0972* 6-1065*
fe +fci
5-53 P
6-03 P 5-78 P
4-68 P
5-23 P 5-48 P
2
t
-22-5 c >
-23-5 -23-0
_22-7
-28-1 -28-0
log r
0-80863
0-80869 0-80750
0-80701
0-78513 0-78579
log V
-0-00124
-0-00148 -0-00136
-0-00090
-0-00112 -0-00122
log (>
-0-00116
-0-00116 -0-00116
-0-00116
-0-00116 -0-00116
log T
0-80623
0-80605 0-80498
0-80495
0-78285 0-78341
cpl. log T 2
8-38754
8-38790 8-39004
8-39010
8-43430 8-43318
log [i + (2/s' + o) q
9-99570
9-99546 9-99558
9-99565
9-99438 9-99440
log
0-36317
0-36317 0-36317
0-36317
0-36317 0-36317
log H
8-74641
8-74653 8-74879
8-74892
8-79185 8-79075
Local time
5* 27 p. m.
7* 3 m p. m. 7'' 22 m p. m.
7'' 43'" p. m.
4' 1 18 m p. m. 4* 39 m p. m.
ff
0-05577
0-05579 0-05608
0-05609
0-06192 0-06177
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
115
January 28.
1896. March 19.
84 41'
84 5'
31 43'
24 W
Chron. Frodsham
Chron. Frodsham
+ 229-6'
+ 231-4'
V
V
V
V VI
VI
VI
100
100
100
100 100
100
100
10 m 10-3*
10 m 2-5'
10 m 3'7 s
10 m 4-7 s 10 m 14-5*
10 m 15-9'
10 m 16-0'
10-1
2-6
3-5
4-6 14-7
15-9
16-2
9-9
2-0
3-2
4-5 14-3
15-6
16-1
10-1
2-8
3-6
4-8 14-5
15-9
16-1
9-9
2-1
3-6
4-5 14-3
15-6
16-0
10-1
2-7
3-6
4-0 14-5
16-4
15-9
9-9
2-0
3-5
4-2 14-3
15-5
10-0
2-3
3-5
4-2 14-3
15-6
15-7
9-8
1-2
3-3
4-3 14-1
15-4
15-4
9-9
2-0
3-1
4-0 14-0
15-4
15-5
9-6
1-8
3-2
4-1 14-3
15-2
15-2
10 m 9-96 "
10"' 2- 18 s
10'" 3-44 '
10 m 4-35' 10 m 14-35*
10 m 15-67 *
10 m 15-81"
6-0996'
6-0218 s
6-0344 *
6-0435 s 6-1435'
6-1567 s
6-1581 s
5-43 p
4-3 p
5-58 P
5-58 P 5-53 f
6-13 p
6-95 p
-28-0
-13-6
-14-3
_14-5o -14-2
-14-5
-15-3
0-78530
0-77973
0-78064
0-78128 0-78841
0-78935
0-78945
-0-00120
-0-00076
-0-00127
-0-00127 -0-00124
-0-00153
-0-00197
-0-00116
-0-00117
-0-00117
-0-00117 -0-00117
-0-00117
-0-00117
0-78294
0-77780
0-77820
0-77884 0-78600
0-78665
0-78631
8-43412
8-44440
8-44360
8-44232 8-42800
8-42670
8-42738
9-99440
9-99760
9-99746
9-99742 9-99590
9-99582
9-99559
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317 0-37859
0-37859
0-37859
8-79169
8-80517
8-80423
8-80291 8-80249
8-80111
8-80156
5* 3 m p. m.
4* O m p. m.
4* 1 22"' p. m.
4 h 42 m p. m. 5* 21"' p. m.
5* 40 p. m.
6* 49 m p. m.
0-06190
0-06385
0-06371
0-06352 0-06346
0-06326
0-06332
116
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
1896.
May 8.
Lat. N.
83
56'
Long. E.
11
3,
Clock
Chron.
Frodsham
Daily rate
+ 231-0"
Magnet
V
V
V
V
Numb, of vibr.
100
100
100
100
9 m 55'4 8
9 m 55-7 8
9 m 57-4 s
9 m 58-l 8
55-5
55-6
57-3
58-2
55-2
55-5
57-2
57-9
55-4
55-7
57-0
57-7
55-4
55-6
57-1
57-8
55-5
57-5
57-7
55-6
55-2
57-3
57-7
55-5
55-1
57-4
57-8
55-6
54-5
56-9
57-4
55-6
55-0
57-1
57-4
55-5
55-2
57-1
57-4
Mean
9 m 55-47 s
9 m 55-33'
9 "' 57-21 8
9"' 57-74 8
r
5-9547 '
5-9533"
5-9721 s
5-9774*
fe + fe,
4-03 P
5-15 P
5-8 P
5-58 P
2
<
-9-6
-12-5"
-13-7"
-14-3
log 2"
0-77486
0-77476
0-77613
0-77651
log 7
-0-00066
-0-00109
-0-00137
-0-00127
log p
-0-00117
-0-00117
-0-00117
-0-00117
log T
0-77303
0-77250
0-77359
0-77407
cpl. log T*
8-45394
8-45500
8-45282
8-45186
log [1 + (2 /?' + )<]
9-99838
9-99782
9-99758
9-99746
log -
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
f
log ff
8-81549
8-81599
8-81357
8-81249
Local time
4*1"' p.m.
4* 23 m p. m.
4* 44 m p. m.
5 ft 5"' p. m.
H
0-06539
0-06546
0-06510
0-06494
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
117
1896. June 18.
82 56'
11 35'
Chron. Frodsham
+ 231-0"
V
V
V
VI
VI
100
100
100
100
100
gm 45.75
9 "' 42-7 *
9 m 47-3 *
9 M 57-2*
9 m 55-9"
46-2
43-3
47-1
57-1
55-8
45-8
47-6
57-1
55-8
46-8
43-6
46-8
57-2
55-7
46-2
42-7
474
56-9
55-3
45-9
43-4
46-8
56-8
55-4
45-1
42-6
47-3
57-0
55-3
45-7
43-4
46-7
56-7
55-2
44-9
42-9
47-2
56-8
55-1
46-4
434
46-7
56-8
54-8
44-5
42-8
47-4
56-9
55-1
9 m 45-47*
9 m 43-08 s
9"' 47-12"
9 m 56-95"
9 m 55-40"
5-8547*
5-8308*
5-8712"
5-9695'
5-9540"
5-95 P
4-85 "
5-48 P
3-53 P
4-78 P
3-9
3-4
3.70
4-8
4-4
0-76751
0-76573
0-76873
0-77594
0-77481
-0-00143
-0-00097
-0-00122
-0-00051
-0-00094
-0-00117
-0-00117
-0-00117
-0-00117
-0-00117
0-76491
0-76359
0-76634
0-77426
0-77270
8-47018
8-47282
8-46732
8-45148
8-45460
0-00058
0-00050
0-00054
0-00138
0-00127
0-36317
0-36317
0-36317
0-37859
0-37859
8-83393
8-83649
8-83103
8-83145
8-83446
4* 9 p. m.
4* 29 m p. m.
4 h 50"' p. m.
5'' 15"' p. m.
5* 35 p. m.
0-06822
0-06863
0-06777
0-06783
0-06831
118 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
SUMMARY OF THE RESULTS.
In the subjoined table will be found all the values of the horizontal
intensity deduced either from deflection or vibration observations, and the
mean value for every place of observation indicated by latitude and longi-
tude. In the calculations of the means, I have given only half the weight
to the determinations made with magnet VI, as, from what has been shown
above, the values employed for the constants of this magnet cannot be
assumed to be nearly so accurately determined as those of magnet V.
In calculating the means for the 4th October, 1895, I have not included
the results of the last 3 series of vibrations, one of them being incomplete,
and the other two taken during quite exceptionally violent magnetic
disturbance.
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
119
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
Date
Local time
H
deduced from
Lat. N.
Long. E.
H
Mean
Remarks
Deflections
Magn.
Vibrations
1893. Aug. 1
4 A 15 m p.m.
35
8 4
11
25
0-11386
0-11401
VI*
VI
VI
VI
0-11479
0-11490
0-11487
69 41'
0-1145
Aug. ' 8
8 19 p.m.
0-11177
vi e
69 54
66 43
0-1118
Oct. 10
12 21 p.m.
1 9
2 3
0-05076
0-05050
0-04953
vi s
78 19
136 2
0-0504
Oct. 14
12 59 p.m.
0-04995
F,
78 15
136 1
0-0500
Oct. 20
12 29 p.m.
3 21
0-04938
0-04951
ri
78 19
136 5
0-0494
Nov. 3
12 9 p.m.
43
0-05066
0-05202
v e
78 1
134 57
0-0513
Nov. 9
12 14 p.m.
58
0-05175
0-05149
v?
77 54
137 52
0-0516
Nov. 18
12 56 p.m.
0-05022
v e
78 25
139 16
0-0502
Nov. 25
11 35 a.m.
12 9 p.m.
0-05015
0-04982
V' E
78 37
139 4
0-0500
1894. Feb. 17
1 15 p. m.
0-04260
v e
80 2
133 49
0-0426
Feb. 22
12 37 p.m.
1 7
0-04298
0-04274
v.
v s
80 10
133 49
0-0429
Feb. 27
12 54 p.m.
1 32
2 9
0-04120
0-04218
0-04201
vi s
V^
80 4
135 27
0-0419
Disturbance
March 21
4 19 p.m.
5 20
0-04454
0-04536
v,
79 49
134 58
0-0450
Disturbance
April 14
5 11 p.m.
45
0-04231
0-04255
VI S
V s
80 12
133 43
0-0425
April 27
12 33 p.m.
3 28
4 5
0-04001
0-03997
0-03949
vi s
v e
80 36
80 36
131 39
131 42
0-0400
0-0397
Disturbance
Disturbance
120
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
Local time
H
deduced from
Lat. N.
Long. E.
H
Mean
Remarks
Deflections
Magn.
Vibrations
1894. May 5
4*42"" p.m.
5 9
0-04163
0-04188
v e
80 49'
130 35'
0-0418
May 10
5 12 p.m.
6 17
0-03954
0-03960
V E
80 54
130 5
0-0396
May 22
11 36 a.m.
12 10 p.m.
43
0-03871
0-03874
0-03867
VI E
81 24
124 38
0-0387
May 31
12 21 p.m.
4 30
5 11
0-03947
0-04008
0-03960
VI E
V K
v e
81 32
122 18
0-0398
Disturbance
June 7
11 54 a.m.
12 33 p.m.
4 51
0-03944
0-03983
0-04031
v,
VI E
81 28
122 10
0-0398
Disturbance
June 12
4 19 p.m.
5 42
0-04113
0-03998
V E
V E
81 43
122 13
0-0406
Great disturbance
June 23
4 45 p. m.
0-03901
V s
81 43
121 24
0-0390
Great disturbance
June 28
5 19 p.m.
43
0-03927
0-03973
v*
81 35
121 37
0-0395
Disturbance
July 6
4 28 p.m.
5 3
0-04030
0-04031
v e
81 30
124 39
0-0403
July 11
4 36 p.m.
5 20
0-03859
0-03938
v*
81 19
124 38
0-0390
Disturbance
July 14
5 17 p. m.
0-03923
VE
81 32
124 58
0-0392
Disturbance
July 25
5 15 p. m.
50
0-03951
0-03920
VI E
81 20
125 47
0-0394
Aug. 4
12 11 p.m.
2 57
0-03916
0-03946
V E
V E
81 6
127 25
0-0393
Disturbance
Aug. 18
4 5 p. m.
33
6 6
7 11
0-03895
0-03887
v f
V E
V
V
0-03977
0-03977
81 5
128 7
0-0393
Sept. 5
4 51 p. m.
0-04019
V K
81 12
123 8
0-0402
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
121
Date
Local time
H
deduced from
LaiN.
Long. E.
H
Mean
Remarks
Deflections
Magn.
Vibrations
1894. Sept. 21
12* 46 p. m.
3 6
30
5 14
42
0-03816
0-03702
V
V
V
Vx
v.
0-03929
0-03944
0-03912
81 12'
81 12
123 25'
123 22
0-0393
0-0384
Oct. 20
12 3 p.m.
24
4 20
0-04021
0-04063
F,
Fj
V
0-04066
81 57
81 58
115
114 58
0-0404
0-0407
Nov. 10
4 54 p. m.
0-04169
Fj
82 11
110 42
0-0417
Nov. 16
12 34 p.m.
56
5 4
0-04172
V
V
Fj
0-04115
0-04097
82 6
82 6
110 39
110 42
0-0411
0-0417
Nov. 24
1 1 44 a. m.
12 38 p.m.
3 41
5 28
0-03861
V
V
V
Fj
0-04053
0-04065
0-03958
81 58
81 58
111 59
111 58
0-0406
0-0391
Great disturbance
Nov. 29
11 37 a.m.
12 33 p.m.
54
4 42
0-04068
V
V
V
F,
0-04155
0-04251
0-04180
82 10
82 10
110 54
110 50
0-0420
0-0407
Dec. 7
4 4 p. m.
25
52
5 44
0-04155
V
V
V
Fj
0-04214
0-04187
0-04165
82 20
108 58
0-0418
Dec. 14
4 55 p. m.
5 23
0-04129
0-01150
Fj
82 33
107 53
0-01.14
Dec. 21
4 6 p. m.
53
0-04496
0-04326
VI*
82 54
104 6
0-0443
1895. Jan. 12
5 22 p.m.
0-04167
Fj
83 41
102 47
0-0417
Jan. 18
4 35 p.m.
5 7
0-04224
0-04280
Fj
83 25
102 30
0-0424
March 7
5 41 p.m.
0-04318
Fj
84 1
101 53
0-0432
16
122
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. PoL. EXP.
r~
Date
Local time
H
deduced from
Lai N.
Long. E
H
Mean
Remarks
Deflection.
s Magn
. Vibrations
1895. March 10
4* 5 m p.m
43
0-04545
0-04341
V K
83 59
102 12
0-0448
April 5
4 38 p.m
5 8
0-04538
0-04529
vl
84 17
97 23
0-0454
April 6
2 26 p.m
V
0-04535
51
V
0-04527
84 18
96 52
0-0453
3 13
V
0-04533
April 20
11 37 a.m
V
0-04695
12 18 p.m
V
0-04596
39
V
0-04620
3 23
VI
0-04503
46
VI
0-04548
84 13
94 30
0-04(52
4 10
VI
0-04579
37
VI
0-04585
5 37
0-04664
FT,
57
0-04658
May 9
3 18 p.m.
F
0-04554
4
32
V
V
0-04533
0-04532
84 35
90 21
0-0458
5 45
0-04697
v*
May 24
11 17 a.m.
V
0-04958
48
12 7 p.m.
V
V
0-04991
0-05005
84 41
82 36
0-0498
32
V
0-04984
4 9
4 40
0-04941
0-04984
Y*
84 41
82 31
0-0496
July 3
3 42 p.m.
0-05283
VF
59
4 16
0-05190
0-05221
VI.
84 42
74 20
0-0523
33
0-05194
July 4
4 22 p.m.
VI
0-05227
44
VI
0-05278
5 5
VI
0-05284
84 43
74 38
0-0527
33
V
0-05274
52
V
0-05274
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
123
Date
Local time
H
deduced from
Lat. N.
Long.E
H
Mean
Remarks
Deflections
Magn
Vibrations
1895. July 13
5'' 4 m p.m
25
0-05140
0-05123
v s t
84 41
76 1
0-0513
July 26
11 52 a.m
V
0-05248
12 11 p.m.
36
V
VI
0-05248
0-05288
84 30
72 56
0-0527
1 2
VI
0-05313
5 4
0-05284
v e
22
0-05282
40
0-05221
VI E
84 30
73 1
0-0527
^
58
0-05255
Aug. 8
4 7 p. m.
V
0-05140
28
49
V
V
0-05122
0-05153
84 38
77 7
0-0514
5 10
V
0-05148
Aug. 23
4 37 p.m.
5
0-05103
0-05230
v e
84 11
79 1
0-0517
Disturbance
Sept. 6
5 8 p. m.
0-04957
V E
84 53
78 45
0-04%
Sept. 7
11 6 a.m.
0-05039
V E
26
0-05036
v
l
,
3 21 p.m.
9 e
V
0-05086
84 54
78 41
0-0507
40
V
0-05107
Sept. 27
11 28 a.m.
0-049%
v e
50
0-05172
85 8
79 28
0-0508
Movement in the
12 11 p.m.
0-05043
VI E
ice.
5 13
VI
0-04%9
34
6 54
VI
V
0-04952
0-04%2
85 8
79 30
0-0496
7 15
V
0'04%7
Oct. 3
12 2 p.m.
0-05067
V E
23
0-05008
3 20
42
v"
V
0-049%
0-04995
85 12
78 59
0-0502
4 2
V
0-05029
24
V
0-05029
124
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
Local time
H
deduced from
Lat. N.
Long.E.
H
Mean
Remarks
Deflections
Magn.
Vibrations
1895. Oct. 4
11*14'" a. m.
36
0-05029
0-05047
';
85 11'
78 53'
0-0504
3 32 p.m.
52
V E
V
0-04846
0-04915
4 14
38
V
V
0-04901
0-04830
85 10
78 51
0-0488
Disturbance
5
V
0-04886
22
V
0-04912
43
7 1
23
V
V
V
[0-04773]
[0-04568]
[0-04378]
Oct. 17
11 41 a.m.
0-04747
VF
Noon
12 19 p.m.
4 27
0-04743
0-04743
v?
V
0-04743
85 36
78 25
0-0475
58
5 25
V
V
0-04670
0-04719
85 37
78 23
0-0472
47
V
0-04763
Oct. 24
11 2 n.m.
28
0-04334
0-04860
%
85 46
73 40
0-0485
4 8 p.m.
31
V
V
0-04835
0-04832
85 46
73 30
0-0483
58
V
0-04832
Nov. 2
12 10 p.m.
29
0-05012
0-05015
Y E
85 40
69 54
0-0501
Nov. 9
5 3 p. m.
29
0-05069
0-05099
%
85 42
64 22
0-0508
Nov. 20
11 34 a.m.
54
0-05212
0-05215
r.
85 51
64 20
0-0521
4 45 p.m.
5 8
V E
V
0-05026
0-05013
85 51
64 18
0-0502
31
V
0-05022
Nov. 22
4 25 p. m.
0-05187
n,
85 47
64 11
0-0519
Nov. 30
4 18 p.m.
41
0-05289
0-05272
\
85 28
58 41
0-0528
NO. 7.]
HORIZONTAL INTENSITY.
125
Date
Local time
H
deduced from
LaiN.
Long. E.
H
Mean
Remarks
Deflections
Magn.
Vibrations
1895. Dec. 5
3*49"' p.m.
4 15
40
0-05447
0-05406
0-05377
VI E
8529'
55 52'
00542
Dec. 12
4 26 p.m.
5 27
7 3
22
43
0-05599
T
V
V
V
0-05577
0-05579
0-05608
0-05609
85 25
50 7
0-0559
18%. Jan. 4
4 29 p.m.
53
0-05426
0-05460
T7
85 17
44 55
0-0544
Jan. 10
3 59 p. m.
4 30
5 1
0-05974
0-06017
0-05778
pr
VT
84 58
41 16
0-0595
Jan. 18
12 3 p.m.
28
0-06028
0-05940
TT
84 56
39 47
0-0598
Jan. 28
11 27 a.m.
52
4 18 p.m.
39
5 3
0-06250
0-06173
v h
V
V
0-06192
0-06177
0-06190
84 41
84 41
31 41
31 43
0-0621
00619
Feb. 4
12 6 p.m.
0-06198
VI E
84 43
24 59
0-0620
Feb. 5
10 37 a.m.
59
0-06269
0-06231
r*
84 39
24 38
0-0625
Feb. 13
10 52 a.m.
11 17
0-06591
0-06565
V E
84 18
22 45
0-0658
Feb. 25
11 14 .-i. in.
37
12 1 p.m.
0-06463
0-06492
0-06541
VI E
V.
84 11
24 13
0-0651
March 6
11 23 a.m.
51
0-06387
0-06445
\
84 4
24 56
0-0642
126
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP. NO. ?.]
Date
Local time
H
deduced from
Lat. N.
Long.E.
H
Mean
Remarks
Deflections
Magn
Vibrations
1896. March 7
5* 14 1 " p.m.
0-06370
VE
84 Cf
24 9'
0-0637
March 19
11 27 a.m.
0-06359
VI E
56
0-06383
V F
84 5
24 43
0-0637
12 24 p.m.
0-06367
v e
4
V
0-06385
22
V
0-06371
42
5 21
V
VI
0-06352
0-06346
84 5
24 40
0-0636
40
VI
0-06326
6 49
VI
0-06332
April 9
5 1 p. m.
22
0-06413
0-06352
\
84 27
18 33
0-0638
April 21
4 38 p.m.
0-06425
VI E
5 1
0-06461
Vp
84 4
13 12
0-0647
24
0-06499
V <
May 8
11 23 a.m.
41
0-06422
0-06337
r.
V E
83 56
11 4
0-0638
4 1 p. m.
V
0-06539
23
44
V
V
0-06546
0-06510
83 56
11 3
0-0652
5 5
V
0-06494
June 3
4 18 p.m.
36
0-06861
0-06843
V
83 16
12 33
0-0685
Some movement
t
in the ice
June 18
11 22 a.m.
0-06874
y e
40
0-06938
57
0-06873
VI F
4 9 p.m.
29
V
V
0-06822
0-06863
82 56
11 35
0-0685
50
V
0-06777
5 15
VI
0-06783
35
VI
0-06831
July 8
4 41 p. m.
0-06790
VI E
56
0-06763
83 3
12 56
0-0679
5 10
0-06805
'
D. INCLINATION.
When the NEUMAYER magnetometer is to be employed for the determi-
nation of inclination and total intensity, the magnet box, and the telescope,
as indicated in the introduction, are removed, and upon the alhidade of the
horizontal circle is fixed a vertical circle, intended for this purpose, and con-
structed like a Fox apparatus. For the purpose of deflecting the inclination-
needle, two cylindrical magnets are to be screwed into the alhidade on the
back of the circle as deflectors. There are two inclination-needles belonging
to the instrument designated as B and B l . Of these two, the needle B
is stated in Dr. NEUMAYER'S manuscript to be the most reliable, and it has
therefore been used in the great majority of cases. There are in all 92
series of observations for the determination of the inclination, only 4 of
these being with needle B . The observations were made in the usual
manner, care being taken to observe the prescribed precautions, namely,
constant rubbing with the ivory disc, turning the bracket by means of the
screw-head at the back of the circle, cleaning the pivots with elder pith,
and the cleaning of the needle itself and the pivot-holes.
The meridian reading was first determined on the horizontal circle by
four settings in the magnetic prime vertical, both the north and the south
end of the needle being brought into coincidence with the circle's vertical
points, 90, in both positions of the instrument designated as "Circle N" and
"Circle S". In the next place, a series of inclination-readings were taken in
the two positions of the instrument designated as "Circle E" and "Circle W".
As the needles were always used in the same position, with the marked
128
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
side of the needle outwards, and as naturally no inversion of the poles could
be performed, since the needle was also to be employed for determinations
of the intensity, the mean value of the inclination found by the method
described above is only relative, and must be corrected for the index-error
of the needle in question.
DETERMINATION OF THE INDEX-ERROR.
If the inclination observed with the apparatus is called I', the actual
inclination J, and the index-error of the needle used J, we have
7=7' + ^.
This index-error is due to two different sources, namely, first, the cir-
cumstance that the magnetic axis of the needle does not coincide with its
geometrical axis, and secondly, that the needle's axis of rotation does not
pass exactly through its centre of gravity.
Fig. 3.
In fig. 3, NS indicates the needle's geometrical axis, N'S' its magnetic
axis, the angle between them being called c. Q is the needle's centre of
gravity, and the point of intersection of the axis of rotation with the
vertical plane. The line connecting these two points, r, then makes with
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
129
the geometrical axis of the needle, an angle NOQ, which we will call a, and
which is reckoned as positive from the north end of the needle through the
nadir from to 360. Let the weight of the needle be indicated by P. This,
acting in the centre of gravity Q, will divert the needle from its position
with its magnetic axis in the direction of the total intensity, indicated in the
figure by the arrow A B. Calling the total intensity W, and the magnetic
moment of the needle m, the following condition for equilibrium is obtained 1 ,
the line LM indicating the horizon:
m W sin (AON') = P.r.cos (LOQ) .
Now the angle of deflection
and the angle LOQ =
We then get
sin (c -f- J) =
P r
cos (/' + a) ,
and when we put sin (c -f- 4) = (c -f- J) sin 1 ', and the constant quantity
P.r . . .
in. sin 1' 1S S1 8 mfied b y P>
4 = c + ^ cos (I' + a) . (1)
Thus the index-error consists of a constant and a variable term, and
this equation contains 3 constants, c, p, and or, which can be determined
when inclination-observations have been made with the needle in question
in at least 3 different places, of which the inclination and total intensity are
known.
Observations such as these, however, were only taken in Hamburg in
1893, and at Wilhelmshaven in 1897, in Hamburg with both needles, at
Wilhelmshaven only with needle B. The result was as follows:
Needle B
Needle J5 1
W
I
I'
J
r
J
Hamburg, June, 1893 . . .
0-47842
67 42'
68 2-7'
-20-7'
68 5'
-23'
Wilhelmshaven, April 20, 1897
0-47630
67 47-5
68 0-8
-13-3
Mean
0-4774
67 44-8'
68 1-8'
-17-0-
1 Liznar. Anleitung zur Messung und Berechnung der Elemente des Erdmagnetismus,
Vienna, 1883, p. 44.
17
130 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [\ORW. POL. EXP.
The material is thus insufficient for a direct calculation of the three
constants, and I therefore hesitated at first in considering the entire index-
error as approximately constant, with the mean value 17' for needle B,
and 23' for needle jB 1 . This is a serious matter, however, when it
is a question of observations in the polar regions where the inclination is
not far from 90, and the total intensity, or the horizontal intensity, has to
be calculated by the formula
W= T . (2)
cos I
It therefore occurred to me that it ought perhaps to be possible to make
use of some of the observations made during the expedition with the Fox
apparatus for the determination of the total intensity, as a check upon, or
for the eventual improvement of, the value of the index-error, if we had
simultaneous, reliable determinations of the horizontal intensity.
The apparatus was accompanied by the two already-mentioned cylin-
drical deflectors for the determination of the total intensity, as also by a set
of accurately corrected weights. On only one occasion, however, was an
attempt made to use these weights; and the observation-result obtained does
not admit of criticism, as there is no material for the calculation of a table
for equivalent weights. The employment of weights, moreover, is not very
practical in the severe cold of the polar regions, on account of the repeated
opening of the door of the apparatus. The deflectors, on the contrary, were
regularly used for intensity determinations in connection with the inclination
observations, generally, however, only one deflector, both deflectors together
having been used only 5 times.
If we call the inclination-needle's angle of deflection produced by the
employment of both deflectors simultaneously, i// 2 , and the total intensity W,
we have the following condition for equilibrium:
Wsin ip, =,(! + M (3)
where R% is a constant quantity dependent upon the magnetic moment of
both deflectors and the needle employed, is the temperature-coefficient, and
t the temperature observed during the deflection-observations. jR 2 and may
then be determined by taking a series of observations of i// 2 under the
greatest possible differences of temperature, at one or more places where
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
131
the total intensity is known. Deflection observations with the employment
of both deflectors together were taken before leaving, in Hamburg, with both
needles, and after the return, at Wilhelmshaven, with needle B, although in
both places in a rather uniform temperature. The observations gave the
following results:
Needle B
Neeele B 1
W
tC.
*i
-B 2 (1 + <)
tC.
*i
R, (1 + S<)
Hamburg, 1893
0-47842
13-0
58 31-25'
0-40492
13-0
57 51-W
0-40024
Wilhelmshaven, 1897
0-47630
18-3
57 15-0
0-40059
The two values of E z (!-}-$) for needle B indicate that the aggregate
magnetic moment of the deflectors has become weaker in the course of the
4 years, if the decrease in the value of R 2 (1 ~(~ is n t assumed to be
due exclusively to the higher temperature noted during the experiment at
Wilhelmshaven, which would give for a value of 0'00258.
The observations from the expedition, however, afford an opportunity for
the calculation of an approximate value for . As already mentioned, deflec-
tion observations with the employment of both deflectors were made 5 times,
4 times with needle B, and once with needle B 1 . The results of the obser-
vations on the days on which needle B was used, are placed in the following
table, which also contains the assumed value of the horizontal intensity, H,
for the places of observation concerned, found by graphic interpolation by
the aid of the direct determinations of H, made in adjacent places.
t
*i
H
i'
1893. Oct. 16
-17-0
52 40-4'
0-0497
85 31-3'
Dec. 2
-23-7
52 46-2
0-0500
85 29-3
1894. Feb. 10
-31-6
53 1-2
0-0432
86 7-0
March 30
-24-0
51 44-1
0-0431
86 13-2
As shown by the table, the total intensity of the 16th October and the
2nd December, 1893, may be assumed to have been very nearly the same,
as both H and /' - - the uncorrected value of the inclination observed directly
with the apparatus, simultaneously with the deflection observations -- exhibit
132 _ AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
about the same value on both the days mentioned. The same assumption
is also possible in the case of the last two observation-days, February 10th
and March 30th, 1894. There are thus two groups of observation-data, from
which f may be calculated, supposing that R% has remained constant during
the period of a few weeks which each group embraces. We then obtain
sin ij sin t/'
v. _
t sin j// 2 ' f sin j// 2 '
when t// 2 and t/V, t and f indicate the angle of deflection and the tempe-
rature observed respectively on the first and the second of the two days of
the groups in question. The calculation gave the two following values
for f :
c
1893. Oct. 16 and Dec. 2 .... 0'0001979
1894. Feb. 10 and March 30 ... 0'002435
Mean - 0-00132
Although this result cannot naturally lay claim to any great degree of
accuracy, I have thought it possible, in the absence of anything better, to
make use of it, and have therefore, with == 0'00132, calculated R 2 by
the observations in Hamburg in 1893, and in Wilhelmshaven in 1897, and
have found,
R,
for June 9, 1893 . . . 0-41198
April 20, 1897. . . 0-41054.
Starting with the supposition that R 2 has decreased proportionally with
time, I have been able, by graphic interpolation, to deduce the following
values for the above-mentioned 4 days, viz.
RI
in 1893, Oct. 16 .... 0'4118
Dec. 2 .... 0-4118
in 1894, Feb. 10 .... 0'4117
March 30 ... 0-4117.
By substituting these values in formula (3), we obtain the total intensity
W, which, together with the corresponding values of the horizontal intensity
specified on page 131, give the actual inclination 7, according to formula (2).
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
133
The difference between this and the inclination /' observed with the appa-
ratus, will then be the index-error of B. The result of the calculations is
given in the following table.
Date
W
I
r
4
1893. Oct. 16
0-5295
84 36-9'
85 31-3'
-54-4'
Dec. 2
0-5334
84 37-3
85 29-3
-52-0
1894. Feb. 10
0-5369
85 23-1
86 7-0
-43-9
March 30
0-5410
85 25-8
86 13-2
-47-4
Mean
0-5352
85 0-8
85 50-2'
-49-4
The mean value of the index-error found in this manner at an inclination
of about 85, differs so considerably from that found in Hamburg and
Wilhelmshaven at an inclination of about 67, that /I can hardly be regarded
as constant. Now if we had also had a determination of 4 at a place where
the inclination is about 75, we should, as already mentioned, have been
able to determine all three constants, c, p, and , in equation (1). As this
is not the case, our only alternative is to put c = 0, if any regard at all is
to be paid to the variableness of the index-error with inclination and total
intensity. An assumption such as that the angle between the magnetic and
the geometrical axes of the needle is infinitesimally small in proportion to
the error in the inclination-determinations caused by the eccentricity of the
centre of gravity, will also usually be perfectly justifiable, and upon this
hypothesis equation (1) becomes
\A/ \ I / \ /
We then have the following corresponding data for the determination
of the constants p and a:
J W I'
Hamburg 1893 -f Wilhelmshaven 1897 _..
2
Fram Expedition 189394 .... 49'4' 0'5352 8550-2'
If we substitute these values in formula (4), to which is given the form
WJ = x cos I' y sin 1' ,
where x = p cos a, and y = p sin a ,
134
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
we obtain
a = 209 33'
p = - 61-5'
In order now to be able to calculate by formula (4) the 4 corresponding
to any inclination-determination, it will clearly be necessary to know the
total intensity. It is true that during the expedition, observations with the
Fox apparatus for the calculation of the total intensity were also generally
made simultaneously with the inclination determinations; but since the result
of these as will presently be more fully explained - - can hardly be
regarded otherwise than as a failure, the horizontal intensity may be intro-
duced into formula (4) instead of the total intensity the former having
been determined by separate observations independent of the Fox appa-
ratus , and we may put
W =
whereby we obtain
H
cos (/' + J) '
p cos(I'
= ^ -i
H
, T , .
COS (I' + ),
an equation which may easily be solved with regard to 4, when that quantity
is assumed to be sufficiently small to allow of putting cos 4 = 1, and
sin 4 = 4 sin 1'. The final formula for 4 then becomes
p . cos (!' -\- a) cos I'
~ H + p cos (/' + a) sin I' sin 1'
(5)
By the aid of this formula, I have calculated the following table, which
gives 4 for needle B, in minutes, for every degree of /' from 83 to 87,
and for every 5th unit in the 3rd decimal place of the horizontal intensity
from H =0-035 to JT=0'070.
J
/'
83
84
85
86
87
0-070
-45-5'
-40-9'
-35-6'
-29-7'
-23-2'
0-065
-49-4
-44-4
-38-7
-32-3
-25-2
0-060
-54-1
-48-6
-42-4
-35-4
-27'7
0-055
-59-7
-53-7
-46-8
-39-1
-30-6
0-050
-66-6
-59-9
-52-3
-43-8
-34-3
0-045
-75-3
-67-8
-59-3
-49-6
-38-9
0-040
-86-6
-78-1
-68-4
-57-3
-45-0
0-035
-102-0
-92-1
-80-8
-67-8
-53-3
Or
jFf
NO. 7.] INCLINATION. 135
I have finally represented graphically the values of z/ contained in the
table, as a function of /' and H, and have drawn curves through the points
corresponding to the same value of A for every 5th minute. I was hereby
enabled to take out without difficulty the value of A applicable to the case,
in whole minutes, for every observation of I', when I had either directly or
by interpolation found the value of H corresponding to the place of obser-
vation.
As already mentioned, deflection observations with the employment of
both deflectors were only taken once with needle .B 1 during the expedition,
namely on May 4th, 1894. Altogether this needle has only been used 4 times
during the voyage, and no observations were made with it at Wilhelmshaven
after the return. There is thus no material upon which to base even a
roughly approximate determination of the temperature-coefficient f for this
needle, but I have nevertheless thought it feasible to make use of the deflec-
tion observations of May 4th, 1894, for the calculation of the constants of
the index-correction in the same manner as for needle B, taking for granted
that also in the case of needle JB 1 the magnetic axis coincides with the
geometrical axis. For the calculation of the total intensity, I have simply
employed the value of R 2 (1 -(- ) that was found in Hamburg in 1893,
supposing a possible weakening of the magnetic moment of the magnets to
be approximately compensated by the considerably lower temperature. This,
during the observations in Hamburg, was 13 C., whereas on May 4th, 1894,
it was 8 C.
Thus, if we put R(i-\-^t) = O40024, we obtain, with the angle of
deflection observed t// 2 = 50 28', according to formula (3),
W = 0-51 86.
As the value for the horizontal intensity, I have employed the mean of
the values found on April 27th and May 5th, 1894, and have put H= 0'041.
The true inclination, calculated by W and H, thus becomes I =85 28'; and
as the inclination observed with the Fox apparatus is I' = 86 16', we
obtain 4 = 48'. Thus we have for the determination of the constants p
and a for needle B 1 ,
J W I'
Hamburg, June, 1893 - 23' 0'4748 68 5'
Fram Exp., May 4th, 1894 ... 48' 0'5186 86 16' ,
136
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
whence we obtain = 215 8'
p= 47-8'.
With these values substituted in formula (5) I have calculated ^/ for the
4 cases in which the inclination has been determined with needle B 1 . The
calculation gave the following result:
Date
H
r
4
I
1893. Aug. 8
0-1118
78 56'
-35'
78 21'
1894. May 4
0-0408
86 16
-48
85 28
May 23
0-0395
86 18
-50
85 28
June 1
0-0398
86 17
-50
85 27
The value of H for Aug. 8th, 1893, was determined directly by obser-
vation. I have determined the horizontal intensity for the remaining 3 days
by graphic interpolation.
THE OBSERVATIONS.
No advantage was taken during the expedition of the opportunity afforded
by the Fox apparatus of also determining the inclination indirectly by the
aid of deflectors.
The following list contains in chronological order all the inclination obser-
vations taken, with a statement of the assumed value of the horizontal
intensity for the place of observation, found by graphic interpolation from
direct determinations of this element made at neighbouring places. As pre-
viously mentioned, no note was made of the time at the setting of the incli-
nation-needle, and therefore no exact time can be given for the calculated
mean value of the inclination. On a few occasions, however, a statement
has been added in the observation-journal as to whether the inclination deter-
mination was made in the morning or the afternoon, this being indicated in
the list with a. m. and p. m. respectively. When no time of day is stated,
the given latitude and longitude apply to about midday, while a. m. is con-
sidered as about 10 a. m., and p. m. as about 4 p. m. The mean of the
meridian readings is entered under the heading "Mer." and the readings of
the north and south ends of the needle are indicated with N. and S.
respectively.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
137
OBSERVATIONS
1893. August 1. Khabarova.
Lat. N. 69 41'
Long. E. 60 20 1
Needle B H = 0'115
Men 227 44'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
78 30' 78 32' 77 50' 77 58'
OF INCLINATION.
1893. October 16. On the ice,
160 paces from the vessel.
Lai N. 78 17'
Long. E. 136 9'
Needle B H 0-050
Mer. 241 34'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
Mean 7831'0' 7754'0'
85 20* 85 15' 85 40" 85 45'
I' = 78 13'
4 = -35
15 12 45 52
18 15 48 55
j 77 38'
15 10 45 52
Mean 85 15-tf 85 47'7'
I' = 85 31'
^ = -48
1893. August 8. On a grounded
ice-floe to which the Fram was moored.
Place of observation about 100 metres
from the ship.
Lat. N. 69 54'
Long. E. 66 43'
Needle B 1 H =0-112
Mer. ')
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
78 40- 78 50 1 79 15' 79 ff
I = 84 43'
1893. October 21. On the ice,
160 paces from the vessel.
Lat. N. 78 18'
Long. E. 135 5ff
Needle B H=0'M9
Mer. 170 28'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
Mean 7845'0' 797'5'
85 40' 85 25' 85 22' 85 30'
I' = 7856' 2 )
J = -35
oo z/ 6% 32
25 20 30 30
35 22 28 40
I = 78 21'
38 30 20 27
25 12 20 25
') The mean of the declination read-
35 27 30 32
35 20 30 32
ings. 2 ) Fresh breeze from ESE. Obliged
Mean 8528'4' 8528'8'
the ice-floe, and we had to get ready to
leave it with the vessel, in case the floe
I' = 85 29'
4 = -50
should break up.
J = 8439'
18
138
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1893. December 2.
Lat N. 78 43'
Long. E. 138 3ff
NeedleB H=0'050
Mer. 252 26'
a. MI.
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
85 27' 85 29' 85 29' 85 20'
35 31 28 18
50 40 25 20
30 30 20 18
1894. February 10.
Lat. N. 79 56'
Long. E. 134 51'
Needle B If=0-043
Mer. 232 18'
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
85 50* 86 2' 86 0' 86 O 1
58 12 8 12
86 5 14 5 10
5 -in s n
Mean 85 WO 1 8522'3'
29 5 12
/' = 85 28'
15 25 5 15
4 == -49
Mean 867'3' 866'7'
I = 84 39'
p. m.
I' = 86 7'
4 = -51
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
8525' 85^y 8540' 8538'
18 20 50 48
18 18 50 50
18 18 35 40
25 25 30 32
28 20 32 35
I = 85 16'
Mean 8521T 8540'0'
T = 85 31'
J = -48
1894. March 17.
I = 84 43'
1894. January 26.
Lat N. 79 44'
Long. E. 153 12*
Needle B H=0045
Mer. 243 41'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 10" 86 15' 86 35' 86 35'
85 58 85 55 35 33
86 15 86 20 30 33
5 10 50 40
5 45 38
10 3 35 40
Long. E. 135 10-
Needle B H=0'045
Mer. 212 54'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
85 43' 85 50 1 86 2' 86 5'
52 48 5 85 58
55 45 2 86
55 52 1 85 59
55 48 86 5
58 86 2 5 2
58 1
57 00
50 85 58
58 58 85 59
57 55 85 58 59
48 50 55 57
Mean 861-<Z 8637'8'
Mean 8553'8' 86 0'5'
/' = 86 23'
^ = -45
/' = 85 57'
J = -50
/ = 85 38'
I = 85 7'
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
139
1894. March 30, a. m. The re-
1894. May 4, p. m.
volver in its usual place.
Lat. N. 80 8'
Long. E. 135 0'
Lat. N. 80 51'
Long. E. 130 56'
Needle B H= 0'043
Mer. 215 23'
Needle B 1 #=0-041
Mer. 140 0'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 20" 86 13' 86 7' 86 13'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
14 10 14 20
86 50' 87 2' 86 2* 85 57'
17 11 10 17
40 86 50 85 45 86
20 13 6 18
35 45 86 1
10 1 18 31
35 42 1 85 51
8 4 13 20
31 38 54
10 6 14 18
30 48 85 59 50
2 2 15 . 16
42 55 59 50
20 15 15 17
31 50 86 52
13 5 13 18
31 45 57
Mean 86 10'7' 86 15'7'
29 37 47
I' = 86 13'
27 35 85 59 46
4 = -50
20 26 58 42
I = 85 23'
19 30 59 41
^^^ ^ ~
59 45
Mean 8637'8' 8554'8'
1894. April 19.
I' = 86 16'
Lat. N. 80 27'
4 = -48
Long. E. 131 50-
I = 8528'
Needled H=0'042
Mer. 140 14' ')
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 13' 86 2' 86 15' 86 12'
18 13 14 17
17 13 12 18
12 18 10 15
14 6 13 20
13 10 10 20
9 10 10 18
13 9 13 18
13 12 14 20
12 9 12 15
16 13 10 13
14 12 10 12
17 8 10 12
16 5 16 18
13 2 16 22
13 18
Mean 86 11'7' 86 14'6'
I' = 86 13'
4 = -51
I = a522'
'1 Tim nnnilln somewhat distnrlii'd.
140
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NOUW. POL. EXP.
1894. May 12.
1894. May 23.
Lat. N. 80 52-
Lat. N. 81 27'
Long. E. 130 10-
Long. E. 123 55'
Needle B H =
= 0-040
Needle B l # = 0-0039
Mer. 138 49*
Mer. 153 26'
Circle E. Circle
W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N
S
N S N S
8634' 8640 < 86 0*
85 52'
86 28' 86 36' 86 8' 85 56
33 43 85 55
45
31 35 5 52
45 36 50
38
35 46 8 57
43 43 45
33 48 52
50
45
35 44 10 58
29 38 13 59
30 42 58
46
36 54 7 59
26 36 86
48
36 52 3 48
30 42 85 50
37
36 57 85 55 42
31 45 44
44
30 40 54 38
28 42 47
33
36 42 86 47
19 33 45
14 33 47
31.
34
Mean 8638'8' 8558'0'
** Wt* 1 1
13 27 57
tr
43
I' = 86 18'
3 22 55
46
^ = -50
6 17 86
45
I = 85 28'
15 27
42
5') 16 85 57
47
35 50 86
43
32 35 85 59
52
28 34 58
54
25 35
29 30
Mean 86 30'3' 85 48'8'
/' = 86 W
4 = -55
I = 85 15'
') Found here that the screw
bracket had loosened; screwed it up
of the
again.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
141
1894. June 1.
Lai N. 81 31'
Long. E. 122 15'
Needle B H = 0-040
Mer. 160 30'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 6 86 3' 86 29' 86 21'
62 27 23
2 85 57 26 22
5 86 3 23 24
55 18 20
54 30 28
85 57 85 57 27 28
86 2 86 10 25 32
6 12 27 29
7 13 22 25
1894. June 8.
Lat N. 81 28'
Long. E. 122 6'
Needle B H=0'040
Mer. 158 55")
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 10' 86 4' 86 4' 86 10'
10 5 5 12
12 6 5 10
10 6 5 10
12 4 12 15
13 8 13 15
13 9 12 16
13 10 13 13
8 10 12 14
7 12 13 13
Mean 864'4' 8625'3'
6 12 15 16
1' = 86 15'
4 = -54
48 15 17
25 14 15
Joro OH*
D lo I/
Mean 86 8'2' 86 12'4'
T = 86 10'
J = -55
Needle B l ')
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
85 50' 85 46' 86 52' 87 0'
57 52 48 5
52 48 44 86 56
58 50 43 55
49 46 45 55
57 48 38 54
48 42 40 48
46 35 50 58
42 25 52 59
32 18 44 50
35 20 46 51
I = 85 15'
Mean 8543'5' 86 50'6'
I' = 86 17'
4 = 50
I = 85 27'
*) Experimented with two buckles in
the uppermost strap between the legs of
') Had to turn the bracket towards
the right in order to make the needle
oscillate easily.
the stand placing them successively on
each side of the north end of the needle.
No alteration observable in the position
of the needle.
142
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894. June 14.
1894. June 27.
Lat. N. 81 48'
Lat. N. 81 36'
Long. E. 122 5'
Long. E. 121 12-
Needle
B
H-.
= 0-040
Needle B H= 0'039
Mer. 161
36'
Mer. 196 43'
Circle E.
Circle
W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S
N
S
N S N S
86 17' 86 13'
86 38'
86 35'
86 0' 85 55' 86 12' 86 15'
18 12
33
33
2 86 1 25 24
20 14
32
34
85 55 85 52 85 55 85 57
20 15
33
32
40 39 86 16 86 26
28 23
32
34
43 36 18 27
25 18
33
35
43 36 13 20
19 14
31
34
40 36 11 18
18 13
30
33
40 40 12 18
16 11
30
37
40 45 16') 28
15 9
31
38
43 48 29 34
10 6
34
38
86 2 86 2 27 32
5 3
30
38
85 55 85 50 30 35
5 1
33
42
57 56 33 2 ) 38
5 1
33
46
86 2 86 2 43 40
8 7
32
44
15 10 38 36 3
12 12
31
44
85 58 36 35
12 12
38
41
13 86 10 33 34
10 12
25
31
25 20 31 30
14 16
29
37
24 20 30 29
15 17
22
30
28 24 32 33
34
46
33 31
30
42
Mean 85 57'2' 86 26'0'
Mean
86 13-0*
86 34-5'
T' 86 12'
7' = 86
24'
J. \J\J *-*
4 = -57
^f =
53
7 85 15'
I = 85_
31'
^^M
') Oscill. between 86 6' and 86 18'
") - 86 29' 8645'
a) - - 8630' , 8645'
NO. 7.J
INCLINATION.
143
1894. June 28, a. m.
1894. July 10.
Lat. N. 81 35'
Long. E. 121 30'
Needle B H= 0"039
Lat N. 81 18'
Long. E. 124 32 1
Mer. 195 39'
Needle B
H =0-039
Circle E. Circle W.
Mer. 185
12'
N S N S
86 45' 86 40' 86 13' 86 16'
Circle E.
Circle W.
33 26 14 19
N S
N S
42 32 9 16
86 18' 86 14'
86 12 1 86 16'
30 20 25 33
16 12
10 15
35 31 38
15 12
10 17
28 18 38 43
14 12
13 17
3 2 45 48
15 12
14 18
24 14 43 52
17 17
12 18
12 2 48 48
17 16
14 16
10 8 46 48
16 14
15 18
1 44 47
17 14
16 18
85 59 41 46
12 13
17 19
86 2 43 47
13 13
18 19
3 1 44 46
16 14
17 18
4 3 43 41
17 16
15 17
6 5 43 42
18 17
15 17
3 2 43 43
13 11
16 18
5 8 44 43
12 8
18 20
1 6 45 44
12 7
18 19
5 44 45
12 8
22 24
Mean 86 12'7' 8637'3'
13 10
20 20
I' = 86 25'
24 20
/I = -54
Mean 86 13'8'
86 17-0'
I = 85 31' ')
T = 86
15'
Circle W. Circle E.
4 mm
56
N S N S
I = 85
19'
86 W 86 14' 86 12' 86 12 1
9 13 9 10
12 15 16 13
Circle W.
Circle E.
13 17 14 13
N S
N S
13 18 15 13
86 27' 86 25'
86 18' 86 13'
14 16 12 7
27 25
16 12
16 18 12 8
20 22
15 14
18 19 12 3
13 20
12 13
20 21 13 8
12 17
12 13
18 18 12 6
Mean 86 20'8'
86 13-8'
23 22
T 8G
17'
Mean 86 16'2' 86 11-0'
56
/' = 86 14'
I = 85
21")
4 = -56
^^ ,
I = 85 18'
') As the needle was oscillating so
irregularly, the bracket was moved over
so as to come to the left of the needle,
whereupon the following observations were
') With the bracket near the needle.
taken.
144
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894. July 14, a. in.
1894. July 20.
Lat. N. 81 32'
Lat. N. 81 SO 1
Long. E. 124 59'
Long. E. 125 5'
Needle B H = 0'039
Needle B JT=0'039
Mer. 200 3'
Mer. 172 30")
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
86 22" 86 13' 86 28' 86 26'
86 53' 86 47' 87 12" 87 8'
20 16 29 27
54 45 10 5
18 16 27 25
48 44 61
17 13 24 24
46 42 20
17 15 25 24
43 40 00
18 13 20 22
40 38 86 59 1
17 13 22 22
38 35 87 1 86 58
15 12 23 26
39 35 86 59 87
16 13 20 21
34 33 58
20 16 18 22
34 32 58 86 58
18 17 17 19
33 2 ) 30 57 58
16 15 16 18
34 31 59 58
17 17 15 18
31 27 3 ) 57 56
18 16 14 19
30 30 55 54
15 16 14 17
28 27 54 56
15 15 12 14
32 33 4 ) 52 56
18 16 10 14
32 32 54 56
14 15 7 12
31 32 57 87
15 14 8 14
33 33 59 2
13 14 12 16
34 34 87 2 5
Mean 86 15'8' 86 19'0'
Mean 86 36'2' 5 ) 8659'6'
T = 86 17'
I' = 86 48'
^ -55
J = -49
I = 8522'
I = 85 59 1
Mer. 171 W
Had laid pieces of board under the
feet of the stand. The instrument has not
hitherto been quite accurately levelled.
') Needle restless. 2 ) Oscillated a little
It is only lately, however, since the setting
between 86 45' and 86 30'. 3 ) Sudden
up of the instrument began to be insecure,
dip of the north end. 4 ) Jerk to 86 45'.
that it has two or three times happened
5 ) All through the settings "Circle E" the
that the bubble of the level has gone quite
needle was lively, as also during the first
out to one side. Since then the screws
two or three settings of "Circle W"; after-
have been adjusted all through the series
wards quiet.
of observations, so as to keep the bubble
Meridian setting uncertain. The ice
exactly in the middle.
possibly in vibratory motion. Once or
twice during the observations heard a
rumbling sound resembling distant thunder
to the SSE, very unlike the ordinary sound
of screwing. Hejird also a little slight
screwing in the east. A fresh meridian
setting was taken after the observations
were concluded.
NO. 7J.
INCLINATION.
145
1894. July 26, a. m.
Lat. N. 81 IT
Long. E. 125 57'
Needle B 5=0-039
Mer. 169 30"
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 18' 86 15' 86 29' 86 27'
20 17 30 27
18 15 -26 23
24 17 25 24
18 17 22 21
18 16 21 20
20 18 23 21
17 18 23 22
19 18 24 23
25 20 20 22
21 21 17 20
18 19 19 20
20 19 19 21
20 19 17 22
18 21 15 19
18') 20 12 15
20 19 13 16
15 17 10 15
12 13 7 11
14 14 6 13
1894. July 26, p. m.
Lat. N. 81 17'
Long. E. 125 57'
Needle B H= 0-039
Mer. 168 24'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 18' 86 15' 86 12' 86 18'
19 16 13 17
17 15 14 18
18 17 14 19
21 23 17 20
20 22 19 21
16 17 22 25
16 18 27 27
14 16 28 26
13 15 33 33
Mean 86 17'3' 86 21T
/' = 86 19'
4 = -55
I = 85 24'
Mer. 168 8'
Mean 86 1ST 86 19'5'
I' = 86 19'
4 = -55
I = 85 24")
') Oscillating between 86 15' and
86 30'. 2 ) During the observations, the
double declination needle was lying in a
box with requisites, at a distance of 15
paces about ENE of the instrument, with
its south end pointing almost south.
19
146
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894. August 2, a. m.
1894. August 2, p. m.
Lat. N. 81 4'
Lat. N. 81 4'
Long. E. 127 Of
Long. E. 127 tf
Needle B H = 0'039
Needle B H
= 0-039
Mer. 226 44'
Mer. 227 23'
Circle E. ') Circle W. 2 )
Circle E. Circle
W.
N S N S
N S N
S
86 17' 86 15' 86 W 86 18'
86 16' 86 13' 86 26'
86 27'
17 16 19 17
16 12 26
25
18 14 21 18
18 16 25
23
18 15 19 16
15 13 25
22
18 15 18 16
18 15 22
21
18 16 19 15
17 15 20
20')
19 17 21 16
18 17 17
18
18 15 19 17
18 19 17
18
17 14 21 16
20 20 15
16
17 13 19 17
19 21 16
17
Mean 86 16'3' 86 18' 1'
17 19 15
18
20 22 14
19
Circle E. 3 )
16 20 12
16
N S
17 19 11
16
86 17' 86 13'
13 15 5
11
19 18
17 18 8
12
18 16
12 15 6
12
17 15
12 13 5
11
17 17 Means
18 IS Tirclo F rSri-loW
8 12 3
5 13 5
10
11
1 -I I 1 H JCj. I . 1 I T 11 TV .
22 19 1. 86 16-3' 86 1ST
Mean 86 16-0" 86 15'9'
23 22 2. 86 19'3
T = 86 16'
25 21 Mean 8617-8' 86 1ST
4 = -55
24 23 T = 86 18'
I = 85 21'
21 23 4 = -55
l^^MHM
20 22 / = 85 23'
Mer. 228 19'
19 21
17 20
15 20
Mean 86 19'3'
Investigation of the influence of inaccu-
rate levelling upon the position of the
needle.
') The bubble of the level quite at
the south end by the frame, the bracket
remaining in the same position. 2 ) The
bubble of the level quite at the north end
by the frame. The bracket not touched.
s ) Accurate levelling. The bracket moved
') Oscillating between 86 2*
>' and
over as usual.
86 15'.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
147
1894. August 17, a. in.
1894. August 17, p.
m.
Lai
N. 81 6'
Lat. N. 81
6'
Long.
E. 128 4'
Long. E. 128
4'
Needle
B
H= 0-039
Needle B
H= 0-039
Mer.
159 39-
Mer. 159 1'
Circle E.
Circle W.
Circle E.
Circle W.
N S N S
N
S
N S
!6 19' 86
16' 86
17' 86
22'
86 10-
86 6' 86 25' 86
27'
17
12
17
21
14
10
24
26
17
15
17
22
13
10
27
29
18
15
15
19
11
7
26
25
17
14
15
20
13
10
28
26
17
14
18
21
9
9
22
22
19
18
20
22
15
12
24
23
23
19
25
23
14
15
21
21
22
22
25
28
15
16
20
21
26
22
22
25
18
17
17
18
20
20
23
25
17
20
15
18
20
22')
25
26
20
21
17
18
24
23
25
24
18
21
14
16
23
22
28
27
19
19
15
18
18
19
27
27
18
19
12
14
19
20
32
29
17
18
12
16
18
18*)
30
28
18
20
10
13
22
19
29
29
14
17
10
14
17
18
32
31
15
15
9
13
15
17
33
34
12
13
11
14
12
17
Mean 86 14'8'
86 18-9'
13
15
J' = 86 17'
Mean
86 18-5'
86 24-4'
z/ 55
r =
86 21'
I = 85 22'
4 =
-55
^^^^^^^
i =
85 26'
')
2 )
Oscill. between 86 32'
8630'
and 86
and 86
18'.
12'.
148
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894. September 7.
1894. September 20.
Lat. N. 81 9'
Lat. N. 81 12'
Long. E. 122 W
Long. E. 123 39'
Needle B JEf = 0'039
Needle B H = 039
Mer. 168 56'
a. m. Mer. 174 6'
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
86 13") 86 T 86 27' 86 26'
86 26' 86 20' 86 47' 86 45'
10 5 27 24
28 22 48 48
8 9 30 24
23 18 47 47
10") 6 30 7 ) 24
23 18 447) 38
5 28 25
141) 12 43 43
6 29 27
13 7 42 40
2 85 59 26 22
13 9 45 40
1 58 27 24
152) 10 45 42
86 27 26
8 10 43 45
2 3 22 27)
8 6) 38 40
6 7 25 28
7) 10 42 38
4 6 25") 28
8 9 41 40
5') 8 23 25
4 3 42 43
5 5 25 26
2 43 47
5*) 5 20 23
1 2 44 47
4 5 ) 15 20
10 17 40 41
35 16 19
13 18 37 41
47 12 15
145) 17 ) 36 41
37 14 18
14 18 36 40
8 10 6 ) 14 19
19 20 41 44
Mean 864'8' 8623'3'
Mean 86 12'7' 8642'4'
I' = 86 14'
P = 86 28'
^ = -56
4 = -53
185 18'
I = 85 35'
Touched the needle with a small screw-
driver while lubricating with vaseline. The
contact, however, was very slight and
brief.
') Oscill. between 86 8' and 86 16'
2 ) 86 8 86 18
3 ) 85 59 86 15
*) 85 59 86 12
') 86 86 15
1) Oscill. between 86 6' and 86 20 1
2 ) Disturbed.
) Oscill. between 86 tf and 86 15'
) 86 3 86 18
') 86 6 86 15
5 ) 86 3 86 15;
') 86 27 86 40
disturbed.
8 ) The needle a little disturbed.
6 ) 86 5' and 86 25'
) Oscill. between 86 13' and 86 28'
7 ) 86 33 86 55
NO. 7.] INCLINATION. 149
p. m. Mer. 174 24'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 28' 86 23' 87 tf 87 0'
30 25 80 55 86 56
26 24 45 47
25 25 45 43 6 )
28 26 42 45
36 ') 36 43 42
33 37 45 48
32 2 ) 33 44 47
31 3 ) 40*) 41 43
38 5 ) 45 42 44
40 5 ) 42
1894. October 11.
Lai N. 81 19'
Long. E. 119 30-
Needle B H= 0'040
Mer. 173 56'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 6' 86 6' 86 42' 86 36'
8 5 42 37
2 33 33
1 34 30
7 5 30 31
10 10 30 33
13') 12 ') 28 30
12 10 29 28
6 8 28 28
10 12 29 30
Mean 8632'0' 8646'8'
I' = 86 39'
J = -51
I = 85 48'
1894. October 3.
Lat. N. 81 5'
Long. E. 122 3'
Mean 86 7'2' 8632'0'
Circle E.
N S
86 12' 86 7' Means
8 2 Circle E. CircleW.
321. 86 7-2' 86 32-0'
85 56 2. 86 4-0
59 Mean 865'6' 8632'0'
4 86 6 T = 86 19'
5 5 4 = -53
Needle B H = 0'039
Mer. 169 34'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 9' 86 5' 86 30' 86 35'
8 6 29 32
11 8 30 32
16 12 28 31
15 13 29 31
13 12 30 30
12 11 28 30
9 12 31 28
7 11 35 35
5 10 38 38
5 8 J = 85 26'
3 2 ) 4 2 )
5") 5
Mean 86 W
1894. October. 19.
Lat. N. 81 52 1
Long. E. 115 15'
Needle B ff=0'041
Mer. 184 9-
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 0' 85 57' 86 32' 86 35'
1 59 30 32
1 56 26 29
3 86 30 30
85 58 27 29
1 86 1 29 32
1 1 27 29
2) 2 30 30
4 3 32 33
5 3 33 36
Mean 86 10'3' 8631'5'
/' = 86 21'
4 = -55
I = 85 26'
') Oscill. between 86 30' 86 42'
2) 86 30 86 45-
Mean 86 0'9' 8630'6'
rather quickly.
i\ 86 28' nnH 86 47'
I- = 86 16'
^ = -52
4 ) 86 29 86 45
I = 85 24'
5 ) 86 27 87
') 86 30 86 50
') Somewhat disturbed. 2 ) Disturbed.
3 ) Oscill. between 86 0' and 86 W.
150
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894. October 27.
Lai N. 82 4'
Long. N. 114 35'
Needle B ff=0'041
Mer. 104 19'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 O 1 85 58' 86 34' 86 81'
85 58 59 30 28
57 57 29 26
59 86 30 27
86 2 3 30 33
1 3 80 29
O 1 ) 0) 85 87
s ) 85 59 26 25
85 58 4 ) 54) 23 24
86 86 22 23
1894. November 15.
Lat. N. 82 7'
Long. E. 110 Sff
Needle B ff=0'041
Mer. 262 "2*
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
85 57' 85 55' 86 33' 86 32'
52 50 31 30
50 49 21 20
56 55 19 18
58 57 15 13
86 1 86 2 25 24
85 58 27 27
86 2 1 20 22
Mean 8559'4' 8628'6'
85 58 20 22
T = 86 14'
58 85 57 19 23
4 = -53
Mean 8556'8' 8623'0'
I = 85 21'
I 1 = 86 10'
^ = -53
1894. November 9, p. m.
Lat. N. 82 10'
Long. E. 110 50 1
Needle B H= 0'042
Mer. 265 5'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 12' 86 12' 86 14' 86 IT
19 18 67
18 10 37
7338
13 12 36
15 14 57
17 13 9 12
14 12 88
12 10 35
12 12 34
I = 85 17'
1894. November 23, p. m.
Lat. N. 81 S9 1
Long. E. 112 2'
Needle B #=0-041
Mer. 87 45'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
86 10' 86 7' 86 38' 86 37'
5 3 30 30
3 4 27 29
1 29 27
2 7') 29 29
Mean 8612'3' 866'9'
12 16 30 31
/' = 86 10'
4 = -52
I = 85 18'
Used a copper lamp during the obser-
vations, which, however, had some iron
2 6 28 81
12 13 27 31
10 15 30 30
11 18 31 33
10 11 )
in the burner. The lamp stood upon a
Mean 867'9' 86 30'3'
foot to the east of the instrument and
1 metre distant from it. Presumably no
I' = 86 19'
4 = -52
influence.
I 85 27'
1 Oscill. between 85 55' and 86 15'
1 85 57 86 20
3 85 45 86 15
4 Disturbed.
') Oscillated out to 86 24'.
") Oscillated between 86 4' and 86 17'.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
151
1894. November 28.
1894.
December
14, a. in
Lat. N. 82 9-
Lat. N. 82
83'
Long. E. 111 13'
Long. E. 107
53'
Needle B
H
= 0-042
Needle B
H:
= 0-041
Mer. 263 32-
Mer. 89 2
'
Circle E.
Circle
W.
Circle E.
Circle
W.
N S
N
S
N
S
N
S
86 3' 86 3'
86 35'
86 38'
85 49 1 85 51'
W," W
88 11'
1 1
26
28
54
57
9
8
2 3
23
23
56
56
10
7
85 59
22
20
56
55
6
3
3 86 5
23
23
53
54
4
4
3 4
25
27
54
55
3
3
1
26
30
58
58
2
3
5
27
26
55
58
2
3
3 5
28
27
57
86
3
4
4 4
29
28
56
2
3
Mean
86 2-5'
86 26-7'
58
4
5
/' = 86
1.7
86 1
4
6
51
85 58
85 59
7
8
/ = 85J
_2
59
86
86 3
2
5
5
6
5
85 59
4
1
3
86 1
3
85 59
2
2
59
3
85 57
86
2
53
85 59
2
Mean 85
57-7'
*; -i-
r
184. December
T J. Itf OtL
5.
/' = 86
J =
l'
a*
Lat. N. 82 ~ IT
Long. E. 109 W
I = 85
^^
6'
1M
Needle B
H
= 0*42
Circle E.
Circle
W.
N S
N
S
86 4' 86 ff
86 37'
86 35'
85 57
29
28
i
85 59 55
24
23
56 51
27
55 52
26
28
86 86
29
31
1
23
26
23
y,
3 4
23
25
4
26
27
Mean
8559^
86 2 1
7-1'
/' = 86
13'
4 =
52
/ = 85
2
152
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1894. December 20.
1895. January 12.
Lat. N. 82 52'
Lat. N. 83 41'
Long. E. 104 30-
Long. E. 102 47'
Needle B #=0-044
Mer. 92 22"
Needle B _ff=0'042
Mer. 118 17'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
Circle E. Circle W.
85 54' 85 56' 86 15' 86 17'
N S N S
52 57 12 14
85 47' 85 43' 86 V 86 2"
44 45 11 15
46 43 11
43 47 12 12
48 48 85 57 85 58
40 44 10 13
51 48 58 58
36 36 12 14
57 56 57 86
33 35 10 10
57 58 59
36 38 11 12
58 57 56 85 59
40 41 11 12
55 59 55 56
40 42 17 15
51 55 54 58
Mean 85 43'0 / 86 12'8'
45 50 50 54
I' = 85 58'
Mean 8551'6' 8557'7'
4 = -52
I 1 = 85 55'
I = 85 6'
^ = -55
During the observations, the double
I = 85 O 1
declination needle was inadvertently left
upon the table by the lamp. Distance
between the stand and the magnet, 1'3 m.
The latter lay with its north end pointing
almost due north, in a horizontal plane
about 0"S m. below the centre of the in-
clination needle. A fresh inclination-deter-
mination was therefore made on Dec. 22nd.
1895. January 19.
1894. December 22.
Lat. N. 83 26'
Long. E. 102 V
Lat. N. 83 Of
Long. E. 103 40 1
Needle B H=0'042
Needle B ff=0'044
Mer. 131 35'
Mer. 92 11'
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
85 49 1 85 53' 86 10 1 86 11'
85 42' 85 38' 86 30 1 86 27'
48 48 87
40 36 26 24
48 47 10
41 36 20 18
49 50 01
33 37 22 19
58 55 85 58
36 40 23 19
56 57 57 85 58
40 45 20 21
58 58 58 86 1
42 45 20 24
52 55 56
40 42 19 19
50 55 57
38 40 19 20
48 51 56 85 58
40 42 20 23
Mean 8552'3' 860'9'
Mean 8539'6' 8621'7
/' = 85 57'
I' = 86 1'
4 = -52
4 = -54
/ = 85 5'
I = 85 7'
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
153
1895. March 5.
1895. April 3.
Lat. N. 84 4'
Lat N. 84 14'
Long. E. 101 27'
Long. E. 98 35'
Needle B H
= 0-044
Needle B H= 0'045
Mer. 194 41'
Mer. 195 2'
Circle E. Circle
W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N
S
N S N S
. 85 55' 85 50 1 86 12'
86 15'
85 37' 85 35' 86 20' 86 20'
57 52 14
17
35 33 16 18
57 54 12
13
34 31 35
86 3 86 10
12
33 30 68
848
11
33 29 77
307
12
35 37 8 10
85 59 6
8
37 37 10 11
1 86 1
5
45 45 66
85 59
1
44 42 10 12
85 59 58 85 58
44 42 14 16
Mean 8559'0' 86 8T
Mean 853fr9' 86 10'7'
I' = 86 4'
I' = 85 54'
^ = -50
4 = -51
I = 85 14'
I = 85 3'
1895. April 19.
Lat N. 84 14'
1895. March 21.
Long. E. 94 36'
Lat. N. 84 9'
NeedleS H=0'046
Long. E. 100 28'
Mer. 192 54'
Needle B H
= 0-045
Circle E. Circle W.
Mer. 194 17'
N S N S
85 31' 85 30' 86 W 86 8'
Circle E. Circle W.
35 32 86
N S N
S
32 33 85 57
85 40' 85 37' 85 48'
85 53'
31 30 57 85 59
43 38 48
52
29 27 58 86
47 41 50
54
35 34 86 2 3
45 40 54
57
33 33 03
48 45 54
56
37 37 02
47 46 57
86
38 ') 38') 85 59
48 48 58
2
33') 30') 3
47 44 86 7
6
Mean 8532-9- 86 1 '8'
40 41 5
38 41 5
4
/' = 85 47'
z/ 50
Mean 8543'2' 85
57-7'
J 84 57'
I' = 85 50'
4 51'
') Somewhat disturbed.
I = 84 59'
If4
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895. May 8.
1895. July 2. In the tent on the
port bow.
Lat. N. 84 33"
Long. E. 90 40-
Lat. N. 84 40'
Long. E. 74 19 1
Needle B H=(H)46
Mer. 192 35'
Needle B H= 0'052
Mer. 141 4tf
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
Circle E. Circle W.
85 28' 85 24' 85 40' 85 W
N S N S
30 25 43 45
84 56' 84 50' 85 7' 85 W
31 30 41 43
55 53 65
32 29 35 36
55 53 57
35 33 37 40
58 56 57
39 35 32 36
59 55 6 10
41 37 33 36
59 59 84 57
38 37 30 33
57 57 84 58 57
83 31 30 33
54 57 85 2 85 4
30 28 29 32
50 53 84 58 2
Mean 8532'3' 8536'2'
50 53 59 4
I' 85 34'
Mean 84-55'0' 853'5'
4 = -53
I' = 84 59'
I = 84 41'
4 = -50
^^^^^^^
I 84 9'
1895. May 22.
1895. July 11.
Lat. N. 84 40"
Lat. N. 84 42'
Long. E. 83 51'
Long. E. 75 55'
Needle B H=0'049
Needle B .ff=0-052
Mer. 189 1'
Mer. 255 39-
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
85 24' 85 18' 85 50 1 85 50"
85 3' 85 5' 85 46' 85 50'
25 20 54 50
2 38 40
22 18 45 44
84 58 84 55 33 33
20 16 46 44
56 55 32 35
18 18 40 42
55 58 32 35
19 19 38 42
57 85 31 32
22 20 41 43
55 84 58 35 36
27 25 40 45
85 85 40 40
27') 24 43 48
O l ) 0') 41 42
25 25 48 53
2 45 46
Mean 8521'6' 85 45'3'
Mean 84 59-tf 8538T
I' = 85 33'
/' = 85 19'
4 = -49
4 = -48
I = 84 44'
1 = 84 31'
') Oscill. between 85 15' and 85 40'
') Disturbed.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
155
1895. July 25.
1895. August 7.
Lat N. 84 31'
Lat. N. 84 38'
Long. E. 72 20*
Long. E. 77 20 1
Needle B H= 0'053
NeedleS ff=0'051
Mer. 192 30'
Mer. 212 50"
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
84 58' 84 55' 85 25' 85 30'
85 4' 85 5' 85 30* 85 35'
58 55 20 22
6 6 25 29
55 56 14 17
4 3 20 23
53 50 14 17
84 59 20 21
46 50 10 14
5 85 6 17 18
54 55 14 15
45 16 18
52 56 16 14
33 17 17
54 59 17 15
5 1 ) 3') 22 23
53 53 20 22
11') 8 1 ) 25 28
58 59 24 28
7 10 31 32
Mean 8454'5' 85 18'4'
Mean 854'8' 8523-4'
I' = 85 6'
I' = 85 14'
J = -48
J = -50
/ = 84 18' ')
I = 84 24")
Circle W. Circle E.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
85 28' 85 34' 84 58' 85 0'
85 5' 85 2' S53(y 8530'
23 27 57 84 58
4 3 20 20
16 18 59 85
84 58 18 18
15 18 55 84 58
57 17 18
11 15 55 57
2 85 4 18 20
15 15 50 50
4 5 16 20
15 15 52 51
4 4 19 22
18 19 54 53
7 7 19 22
19 24 55 53
10 10 25 31
25 30 55 50
9 10 30 35
Mean 8520'0 8455'0'
Mean 854'3' S5"22-4'
I' = 85 8'
I' i = 85 13'
^ = -48
4 = -50
I = 84 20")
I = 8423' 3 )
l ) Disturbed.
') The revolver in its place.
3 ) The revolver laid aside.
') The revolver in its place.
2 ) The revolver laid aside.
156
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895. August 13.
1895. September 5, p. m.
Lai N. 84 31'
Lat. N. 84 52'
Long. E. 76 19'
Long. E. 78 34'
Needle B H = O'OSO
Needle B ff=0'051
Mer. 168 59'
Mer. 219 37'
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
85 13' 85 10' 85 25' 85 25'
85 V 84 54' 85 33' 85 35'
1 85 25 27
84 57 84 57 18 20
85 58 18 19
58 12 14
15 12 25 24
15 12 25 22
15 14 22 20
17 15 21 20
15 16 18 20
85 15 18
84 59 17 19
57 20 20
59 1 20 25
OK. Q a on os
15 14 19 19
13 12 15 17
8 10 16 20
12 13 15 18
Mean 85 13'3' 85 20'3'
Oil O O Ol/ fJ
. _
Mean 8459'3' 8521'6'
I = 85 17
^f Kf\
_
I = 85 10
z/ = -50
I = 84 27'
I = 84 20'
Discovered, after the conclusion of the
observations, that the fixing-screws on the
base of the instrument were loose. A
fresh inclination-determination was there-
fore made the following morning.
1895. August 23, a. m.
Lai N. 84 11'
1895. September 6, a. m.
Long. E. 79 4'
Lai N. 84 53'
Long. E. 78 42'
Needle B H = 0'052
Needle B H= 0'050
Mer. 88 46'
Mer. 167 40'
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
85 12' 85 7' 85 38' 85 38'
85 13' 85 10' 85 30' 85 37'
15 12 37 36
t 13 8 32 30
19 13 33 35
17 12 26 27
5 5 27 27
10 10 29 30
13 15 26 28
15 16 20 25
20 18 23 25
17 18 27 29
18') 18 30 30
17 17 33 36
15 15 37 43
24 25 20 19
20 23 23 23
30 28 28 30
30 30 31 35
25 25 30 37
M,..,,, ftPC IQ'ft' i\ SV^. <9Q'A f
Mean 85 13-9 1 8531'6'
Mean oo iy o ) oo 20 *
I 1 85 24'
I' = 85 23'
si An
4 = -49
a = 47
I = 84 35'
I = 84 36'
^ ^^~
MM
1 ) The needle somewhat disturbed ;
') Disturbed. Oscill. between 85 5'
the readings were taken when the needle
and 85 25'.
was most quiet.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
157
1895. September 6, p. m.
1895. October 2,
p. m.
Lat. N. 84 53'
Lat. N. 85
o lr
Long. E. 78 45'
Long. E. 79
o 9,
NeedleS H==0'050
Needle B
H
= 0-050
Mer. 168 13'
Mer. 148 30 I
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle E.
Circle W.
N S N S
N S
N
S
85 11' 85 5' 85 25' 85 30 1
85 17' 85 15'
85 43'
85 48'
11 7 20 23
16 13
36
42
11 11 21 23
18 14
35
37
86 17 18
19 15
30
29
11 10 19 20
18 15
29
32
15 12 18 20
23 17
34
40
13 13 23 20
18 20
36
36
18 17 18 20
25 27
35
40
18 18 25 32
25') 24')
48
47
17 14 32 34
24') 20
46
48
Mean 85 12'3' 8522-9'
19 23
48
47
I' = 85 18'
18 20
47
43
J = 50
24 25
40
41
18 17
35
35
I = 84 28'
17 18
36
33
15 16
27
30
20 17
35
38
18 16
40
41
13 12
42
42
13 10
43
45
Mean 85 18'3'
85
39-1'
1895. September 26.
T = 85
29'
J
48
Lat. N. 85 7'
Long. E. 79 17'
I = 84
^M
41'
NeedleB ff=0'050
Mer. 148 56'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
85 18' 86 15' 85 W 85 38'
17 12 33 30
16 13 29 29
14 12 29 28
15 13 27 27
14 14 23 24
14 15 23 25
26 25 24 29
20 18 25 27
18 18 32 35
Mean 8516'4' 8528'9'
I' = 85 23'
A AQ
a im "ty
') Disturbed.
I = 84 34'
158
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895. October 15, p.
m.
1895. October 16, p. m.
Lat. N. 85 28'
Lat. N. 85 32'
Long. E. 78 33'
Long. E. 78 28'
Needle B
H= 0-048
Needle B ff=0'048
Mer. 139 54'
Mer. 142 13'
Circle W.
Circle E.
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
N S N S
85 48' 85 50' 85
26' 85
20 1
85 50' 85 54' 85 27' 85 23'
43 45
27
22
54 86 30 24
43 43
27
25
48 85 51 27 25
40 38
30
27
47 49 30 26
40 40
32
31
43 46 32 28
40 37
34
31
44 43 31 30
38 40
30
32
44 46 36 33
42 43
43')
42')
47 49 36 35
54') 50')
41
38
52 86 O 1 ) 37 33
48 48
38
40
86 3 6 35 35
52 48
34
40
Mean 8550'8' 8530'7'
50 49
40
41
I' = 85 41'
42 43
30
30
4 -49
41 40
42 42
30
24
27
22
I = 84 52'
43 42
27
22
37 38
30
28
38 41
27
23
41 43
20
20
45 47
Mean 8543'4'
85 30-3'
I' = 85 37'
J = -50
I = 84 47'
t
') Disturbed,
') Disturbed. Oscill. out to 86 15'
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
159
1895. October 22, p. m.
1895. November
2, p. m.
Lat. N. 85
46'
Lat. N. 85
o 40-
Long. E. 75
40'
Long. E. 69
50'
Needle B
H = 0-048
Needle B
H =
= 0-050
Mer. 138
21'
Mer. 143 4'
Circle E.
Circle W.
Circle W.
Circle
E.
N
S
N S
N S
N
S
85 15' 85 12'
85 15' 85
18'
8532' 85 37'
85 22'
85 25'
14
12
15
13
32 35
24
29
16
13
17
20
30 32
29
27
22
19
19
19
30 32
23
23
25
28
18
22
32 29
20
20
30
30
22
23
30 29
18
18
28
27
18
17
28 24
17
17
31
31
23
20
42 36
15
17
24
25
30
28
43 40
15
15
19
17
28
25
48 45
16
13
18
GM
18
en
28
CtQ
24
Mean 85 34'3'
85 20-2'
25
ml
28
ZO
24
22
/' = 85
27'
28
27
04
18
J = -
49
BQ
30
27
23
AO
23
I = 84
as;
25
24
22
24
20
19
18
20
17
15
19
20
18
13
15
18
1895. November
9, a. m.
16
14
15
18
Mean 85
o 21 .g,
85 zO-tf
Lat. N. 85 42"
/' = 85
21'
Long. E. 64 25'
// __
52
Needle B
H =
= 0-051
I = 84
29'
Mer. 147
W
Circle E.
Circle
W.
N S
N
S
84 55' 84 49'
85 45' ')
85 40'
50 48
37
33
53 50
30
30
58 55
35
31
85 85
28
31
84 57 84 55
28
28
85 85
27
29
84 57 84 58
31
30
58 55
30
33
55 58
37
38
Mean 84 55'6'
85 32-6'
/' = 85
14'
J = -
50
I = 84
2V
l ) Disturbed.
160
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1895. November 19, p. m.
1895. December 4.
Lai N. 85 52 1
Lat. N. 85 29"
Long. E. 64 47'
Long. E. 56 46'
Needle B ff=0'051
NeedleB . ff=0'054
Mer. 147 17'
Mer. 144 23'
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
N S N S
84 58' 84 55' 85 17' 85 15'
85 14' 85 16' 84 57' 85 0'
55 54 20 19
12 12 85 84 58
59 56 13 10
17 15 85 4
85 59 12') 16')
10 8 84 57 84 59
4') 85 2 1 ) 10 11
6 6 59 56
53 30
15 13 85 57
01 66
23 18 84 53 55
03 55
30 31 49 46
03 00
33 27') 46 42
84 58 84 59 2 6
32 28 45 43
Mean 84.59'7' 858'8'
Mean 85 18'3' 8454'0'
/' = 85 4'
I' = 85 6'
4 = -50
^ = -47
I = 84 14'
I = 84 19'
The bracket turned 180 out from the
1895. November 30, a. m.
position it had on Nov. 30th.
Lat. N. 85 28'
Long. E. 58 41'
1895. December 13.
Needle B ff=0'053
Mer. 147 23'
Lai N. 85 25'
Long. E. 49 32 1
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
Needle B H= 0'056
84 54' 84 54' 85 33' 85 38'
Mer. 136 46'
59 57 28') 33
85 1 58 18 17
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
84 58 58 12 15
85 85 2 13 16
84 45' 84 40' 85 5' 85 5'
45 44 03
35 5 10
36 13 17
45 44 84 56 84 57
40 40 58 85 2
33 7 14
84 58 13 17
42 38 57
40 43 85
85 2 20 20
43 42 02
Mean 850'2' 85 18'0'
48 48 84 59
I' = 85 9'
45 45 85 15 12
^ = -48
45 45 12 10
I = 84 21'
Mean 8443-4' 852'6'
I' = 84 53'
The bracket turned 180 out from its
4 = - 47
former position.
I = 84 6'
') Disturbed.
') Disturbed.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
161
1896. January 3.
1896. January 17.
Lat. N. 85 17'
Lat. N. 84 53'
Long. E. 45 10'
Long. E. 40 13'
Needle B H = 0'060
Needle B H= 0'054
Mer. 135 31'
Mer. 136 6'
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
N S N S
84 16' 84 13' 84 38' 84 35'
84 38' 84 43' 84 17' 84 20'
15 13 33 34
36 38 24 27
12 12 43 40
40 41 27 28
26 20 43 45
42 40 30 32
27 27 42 40
42 42 33 35
30 33 43 40
48 45 30 30
32 35 42 38
50') 50 l ) 30 26
32 30 45 47
53 48 28 23
28 28 57 57
57 50 24 19
30 36 58 58
54 4o 2z iy
Mpfln &4- 9J/ft' fil /IQ-G'
\f O J O M e O< OJ O r/ m
.* it. it 1 1 o* An o o* 4o y
jYlean o* 4rD"rf o* 20*2
7"' ftA ^1'
I' = 84 36'
JL O* t>
^ = -45
" HJ
JOOO MQI
I = 83 46'
oo *y
1896. January 11, a. m.
Lat. N. 84 56'
Long. E. 41 10'
1896. January 27, p. m.
NeedleB J ff=0'060
Mer. 138 54'
Lat. N. 84 40'
Long. E. 31 36'
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
Needle B H= 0'062
Mer. 136 40'
84 18' 84 20' 83 50' 8348'
Circle E. Circle W.
18 16 57 52
N S N S
13 15 84 2 57
24 20 3 84 2
24 20 85
19 18 10 3
83 53' 83 50' 84 23' 84 18'
50 54 17 18
50 53 15 17
58 84 14 14
23') 20') 6
84 2 13 12
23 24 18
30 30 02
25 16 16
20 88
27 27 83 58
03 8 10
Mean 8421'5' 840'6'
83 58 1 5 5
I' = 84 11'
58 2 48
4 = -47
Mean 83 58'i' 84 12'5'
I = 83 24'
I' = 84 5'
4 47
') Disturbed.
t-i t; t
I = 83 18'
21
162
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896. February 3, p. m.
1896. February 12, a. m.
Lat. N. 84 47'
Lat. N. 84 25'
Long. E. 25 18'
Long. E. 23 56'
Needle B H= 0'062
NeedleS H=0'065
Mer. 129 21'
Mer. 133 17'
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
N S N S
83 50- 83 47' 84 15' 84 13'
83 46' 83 45' 833(y 83 35'
55 50 20 17
45 48 32 33
55 55 15 14
48 50 36 38
57 59 16 12
52 55 32 32
84 4') 84 3') 13 10
56 84 35 37
56 88
84 5 5 33 30
00 53
7 7 35 33
83 50 83 55 2 2
8 6 33 30
4S 52 83 59
12 7 31 30
50 54 84 2
10 5 30 27
Mean 83 55'8' 848'7'
Mean 8358'9' 8332'6'
I' = 84 2'
I' = 83 46'
4 = -47
J = -46
J = 83 15'
/ = 83 0'
1896. February 11, p. m.
Lat. N. 84 30'
Long. E. 24 45'
Needle JB H = 0'064
Mer. 132 46'
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
83 42- 83 40' 84 15' 84 10 1
40 35 15 12
42 40 14 10
45 40 15 12
45 48 13 10
45 43 33
45 45 40
45 45 83 58 83 58
42 42 58 84
44 47 55 83 58
Mean 8343'0' 846'2'
I' = 83 55'
^ = -46
I = 83
) Disturbed.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
163
1896. February 24, p. m.
1896. March 5, p. m.
Lat. N. 84 7'
Lat N. 84 6'
Long. E. 24 28'
Long. E. 25 27'
Needle B H= 0-065
Needle B ff =0-064
Mer. 151 55'
Mer. 157 54'
Circle W. Circle E.
Circle E. Circle W.
N S N S
N S N S
84 10' 84 12' 83 47' 83
47'
83 35' 83 36' 83 50* 83 55'
10 10 55
55
35 35 50 53
2 2 84
58
45 47 50 56
8 10 84
45 47 56 53
10 6 83
59
50 52 52 53
10 8 1 84
2
52 55 57 57
10 5 83 59
57 57 84 84
12 6 84 5
8
50 54 33
18 17 83 59
1
44 48 53
16 12 58
3
42 45 75
16 13 59
1
Mean 8346'6' 8357'4'
5 2 84 1
2
I' = 83 52'
3 2 83 59
4
^ = -46
1 2 84
I = 83 6'
1 83 59 83
57
83 58 1 57
55
84 1 2 59
57
57
57
1896. March 18, a. m.
5 5 58
57
Lat. N. 84 5'
Mean 846-9' 8358'9'
Long. E. 24 56'
I' = 84 3'
/I = _45
Needle B H=0'064
Mer. 169 56'
I = 83 18'
The bracket frozen fast.
Circle E. Circle W. l )
N S N S
83 59' 84 0' 84 20' 84 18
84 18 15
10 02
83 59 83 58 83 58 83 57
58 84 1 57 57
58 3 59 59
57 84 2 84 2
57 12
53 83 54 5 7
57 59 13 17
Mean 8358'7' 845'5'
I' = 84 2'
4 = -45
I = 83 17'
') The needle disturbed during the
first 2 or 3 settings.
164
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
1896. April 9, a. m.
1896. May 7, p. m.
Lai N. 84 27'
Lai N. 84 0-
Long. E. 18 48'
Long. E. 11 6'
Needle B H=* 0'064
Needle B H= 0'065
Mer. 163 13'
Mer. 162 8'
Circle E. Circle W.
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
N S N S
83 48' 83 48' 84 18' 84 18'
84 16' 84 15' 83 55' 84 2'
50 50 15 13
3 5 53 83 55
53 55 52
83 55 83 55 53 50
56 55 2 83 59
84 6 84 10 45 48
50 50 84
83 59 42 45
48 48 83 54 83 54
84 8 4 46 50
46 50 84 2
8') 10 48 2 ) 48
45 50 13
10 4 47 2 ) 47
47 48 10 15
8 25 2 ) 47 53 4 )
47 48 13 15
15 3 ) 20 55 84 2
Mean 83 49'6' 84 6'0'
Mean 847'8' 8350'6'
I' = 83-58'
I' = 83 59'
4 = -45
4 = -45
183 13'
I = 83 14'
1896. June 4, p. m. No revolver.
Lat. N. 83 14'
Long. E. 13 3'
1896. April 21, a, m.
Needle B H= 0'068
Mer. 176 32'
Lat. N. 84 3'
Long. E. 13 25'
Circle W. Circle E.
N S N S
Needle B H= 0'065
83 40' 83 43' 83 30' 83 27'
Mer. 164 54'
32 33 32 28
Circle E. Circle W.
30 ; 30 34 36
33 34 35 33
N S N ." S
24 27 30 30
83 43' 83 47' 84 17' 84 17'
27 30 30 32
47 45 12 10
30 33 30 33
47 45 2 r
37 38 33 36
45 46 83 56 83 50
43 45 32 36
43 45 53 50
43 44 32 37
47 48 53 50
AA. dn v^ wi
Mean 8334'8' 8332'3'
*r ** }O O/
43 43 58 57
1' = 83 34'
40 42 58 84
4 -45
42 44 52
/ = 82 49'
Mean 83 449' 8359'4'
1 \ f\ 'll l~A QOO CA' J Qyl o QA*
I' = 83 52'
,4 Me
l ) Uscul. between So 50 and o* ou .
2 ) Disturbed. 3 ) Much disturbed. Oscill.
a = 45
betwppn 84 V nnd 84.4/V M Distiirhprl
I = 83 7'
UClWCCll Cr* O dint Or t^f J 1 /IM III IM <1.
Oscill. between 83 45' and 84 25'.
NO. 7.]
INCLINATION.
165
1896
. June
17, p.
m.
1896. July
7, p. m.
Lat.
N. 82
57'
Lat.
N. 83 1
f
Long.
E. 11
gg^
Long.
E. 12 52 1
Needle B
H= 0-068
Needle B
H= 0-068
Mer. 193
2<y
Mer. 146 31'
Circle E.
Circle W.
Circle E.
Circle W.
N
S
N S
N
S
N S
83 32' 83
32'
83 45' 83
45'
83 3(y 83
30' 83
48' 83
48'
31
33
42
42
35
33
44
46
32
31
37
36
34
28
38
40
30
29
33
36
30
30
36
m
30
30
30
31
28
27
32
3-2
33
33
30
30
30
35
30
30
33
36
35
38
32
33
36
37
35
36
36
42
32
33
35
40
36
40
45
48
35
38
42
48
38
43
50
52
40
42
45
48
Mean
83 33-7
83 39-2'
Mean 8332'8'
83 39-6'
I' = 83
36'
/' =
= 83 36'
4 -.
=
44
4 =
= -44
I --
= 82
52'
I =
= 82 52'
E. TOTAL INTENSITY.
As we have already mentioned, deflection observations were frequently
made in connection with the inclination determinations, for the determination
of the total intensity. The alhidade on the back of the vertical circle with
one or both deflectors screwed in, was set with its zero exactly at the division
of the limb that indicated the mean of the inclination readings obtained
immediately before, with the same position of the instrument, "Circle E" or
"Circle W". A series of readings of both ends of the needle were then
taken, first with the needle deflected within one quadrant, and next a cor-
responding series with the needle deflected past the vertical. The thermo-
meter belonging to the Fox apparatus proved several times to be out of
order, and in these cases another thermometer was introduced into the box
of the inclination-needle.
Only in five cases were both the deflectors used together; on all other
occasions only the one deflector marked N was employed.
In analogy with the formula given on page 130, we obtain, as an
expression for the total intensity W,
JMl + ^Q (1)
sin i// t
where R t , t and i// t are substituted for R 2 , , and i// 2 , and indicate the
corresponding quantities applicable in the case of only the one deflector
being employed. No determination of the constants R^ and C t were made
either before the voyage, in Hamburg, or after the return, at Wilhelmshaven.
NO. 7.] TOTAL INTENSITY. 167
It is true that in Hamburg, after the return, on March 6th, 1897, a series
of observations were also made by Captain SCOTT-HANSEN with needle B de-
flected by means of only the one deflector N, the result yielded being
V, = 31 43-5'
at a temperature of 6*6 C. Assuming, for the place of observation in Ham-
burg on that day, an inclination of 67 21' and a horizontal intensity of
0-1812, we obtain
,(! + , = 0-2474.
I have already pointed out, however, that the constant-determinations made
in Hamburg after the return, cannot be considered thoroughly reliable, owing
to the proximity of the electric tramway. Considering also the uncertainty
prevailing with regard to the changes that the magnetic moment of the
magnets may have undergone during the voyage, it seems to me hardly fair
to make this one uncertain constant-determination the basis for a calculation
of the absolute value of the total intensity, the more so as the determinations
of the angle of deflection \p, with the one deflector, were made in tempera-
tures varying between + 6V2 and 36V2, while no notice can be taken of
this fact, there being no material forthcoming for the determination of the
temperature-coefficient.
It might perhaps be thought that out of the values of the angle of
deflection ip^ found when drifting with the ice, a few data might be picked
out, to which there were corresponding values of the horizontal intensity and
inclination sufficiently well determined to justify an attempt at an approxi-
mate calculation of R^ and lf according to formula (1), by the method of
least squares, when the formula will become
cos I cos /
H sin if*! H sin \fj l '
But to this it must be remarked that the observation-material that would
then be employed, would have to be selected within sufficiently narrow time-
limits for RI to be supposed to have remained constant, which, in its turn,
would occasion the risk of there being too little variation in the temperature
in which the observations were made.
I have nevertheless made some experiments in this direction, but unfortu-
nately without success. I am therefore convinced that it is best to make
direct use of the determinations of horizontal intensity and inclination made
168 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
during the expedition for the calculation of the total intensity, and leave the
deflection observations made with the Fox apparatus as a check on the
intensity determinations, altogether out of consideration. I have, however,
as demonstrated above, found employment for the deflection-observations with
both deflectors, in the determination of the index-error of the inclination-
needle.
In the following list, however, I have entered all the deflection obser-
vations, partly for possible future utilisation, and partly, too, to show what
might have been done in this direction with the instrument, if the necessary
determinations of the constants had been forthcoming.
The temperature given in the list is the mean of all the temperatures
taken during both the simultaneous inclination determinations, and the deflection
observations, corrected for the error of the thermometer used. In the column
containing the readings of the needle's position, when it was deflected "directly"
(within one quadrant), and when "past the vertical", the figures given are
the mean of the readings of the north and south ends of the needle. The
angle of deflection \p is calculated in the following manner. If we call the
mean of all readings with the needle deflected directly a, and the mean of
all readings with the needle deflected past the vertical 6, we have
NO. 7.]
TOTAL INTENSITY.
169
OBSERVATIONS OF DEFLECTION.
Date
Lat. N.
Long.E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
V
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1893.
Aug. 1.
69 41'
60 20'
B
1
4'4
50 29'
72 44'
49 42'
73 51'
28 18-5'
Oct. 16.
78 17
136 9
B
2
-17-0
32 56
51-5
41 57-5
42 0-5
32 49
45
41 36-5
41
52 40-4'
Dec. 2, p. m.
78 43
138 30
B
2
-23-7
32 39
35
41 57-5
57-5
32 43-5
45
41 38
35
52 46-2'
1894.
Feb. 10.
79 56
134 51
B
2
-31-6
33
41 1
32 54
41
32 57-5
1
58
33 2
3-5
33 0-5
40 56
53 1-2'
47-5
\
March 30, a. m.
80 8
135
B
2
-24-0
34 30
42 2-5
34 17-5
42 9-5
27
2
21
14
30
5-5
18-5
8-5
30
6-5
18
6-5
51 44-1'
29-5
6
24
5
30
11
24-5
7-5
27-5
6-5
20-5
5-5
May 4, p. m.
80 51
130 56
B 1
2
- 8-0
35 59-5
42 50
35 19
43 36-5
36 1
54
16-5
38
4
57
22
45-5
50 28-4'
10-5
55
29-5
45-5
7-5
43 0-5
38
42-5
May 23.
81 27
123 55
B 1
1
- 2-1
58 28-5
65 5
58 5-5
65 58-5
7-5
64 58-5
44
21
65 2-5
57 43
43
15-5
64 59-5
41.5
54
18-5
65 4
37
66 14-5
23
7
36-5
22
28 10-7'
23
15
35-5
10'5
25
20
36
65 51-5
31'5
25-5
40
45
43-5
35-5
43-5
44
44-5
52-5
170
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
Lai N.
Long. E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
V
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1894.
June 8.
81 28'
122 6'
B
1
5-2
58 14-5'
65 34-5'
57 46'
66 7'
16-5
37
47
9
17-5
47
50-5
17-5
20
52
59
18
24-5
23-5
56-5
66 1
58 3-5
6-5
18-5
21-5
27 53-2'
19
3-5
13
16
16
0-5
15
11
15-5
65 58-5
15
11
11
66 2
9-5
5-5
July 26, p. m.
81 17
125 57
B
1
3-0
58 26
65 24
58 2
65 56-5
31
29
2-5
59-5
33-5
34-5
10
66 1-5
33
45
17
13
36-5
35-5
48-5
52
18
26-5
13-5
13'5
27 49-5'
32-5
55
29
11
31
55
30
8-5
30
53
29
5-5
28-5
51-5
28
Aug. 2, p. m.
81 4
127
B
1
4-0
58 25-5
65 27-5
57 56-5
65 57-5
29
30-5
56-5
66 2
31-5
40
59
13
36-5
45
58 6-5
13
37
51-5
16
14
2748'6'
39-5
56
25
15-5
34
59
26-5
16-5
34
59
28
15
29
57
28
11
26-5
57-5
24
7-5
Aug. 17, a. m.
81 6
128 4
B
1
5-2
58 26-5
65 23
58 1-5
65 56
32
28-5
4
66 1
36
35
11
4
39-5
45
15
11-5
45
53-5
20-5
115
43-5
58-5
27
12
2748'0'
43
59-5
31-5
10
34-5
57-5
33-5
2
40
56-5
30
65 59-5
34
54-5
27
55-5
26
NO. 7.]
TOTAL INTENSITY.
171
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
</>
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Part
the vert.
1894.
Aug. 17, p. m.
81 6'
128 4'
B
1
4-5
58 24-5'
65 43'
58 0'
66 O 1
31-5
33-5
2-5
38-5
39
2
3-5
38-5
54-5
8
9-5
38
66
12
14-5
38-5
36-5
2
4
14
22-5
14-5
16-5
2747'0'
35-5
24
17-5
29
0-5
25
11-5
29
26
7-5
24
6
22-5
Sept. 20, p.m.
81 12
123 39
B
1
- 8-4
58 22
65 26-5
58 1
65 36-5
24-5
29
4
38
25-5
28-5
7
40-5
28
32
13-5
43-5
29
32-5
17-5
44
00 t.KI
30-5
36
23
45-5
*-' ' 1 O
28-5
36-5
25
44
26-5
35
24-5
38
20-5
33-5
25
36
18
35
23
32-5
Oct. 19.
81 52
115 15
B
1
-16-9
57 58-5
65 57-5
58 11
65 46
59-5
58-5
11
49
58 3
66 1
13
51-5
3
2-5
11
53
7
7-5
7
10
6-5
5
55
57
27 58-6'
7-5
12
3-5
54
4-5
11-5
1-5
47-5
1-5
9-5
57 59
45-5
57 58-5
10'5
58-5
46-5
Nov. 9, p. m.
82 10
110 50
B
1
-25-5
57 55
65 27
57 26
65 58-5
58
28-5
27
66
58 2
34
29
1
4-5
35-5
32-5
1-5
4
35-5
32
4
2
41
37
5
28 12-3'
0-5
43-5
37
4
0-5
44-5
36
1
57 59-5
37-5
34-5
65 59
59
38-5
35
57-5
172
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E Circle W
</>
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Fast
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
189*.
Nov. 23, p. m.
81 59-
112 2'
B
1
-25-7
5755'
6538'
5744'5'
65 43-5'
57-5
41
46-5
42-5
58
42
51-5
43-5
58
43-5
53
46-5
1
0-5
48
51-5
55
58
48
48
28 9-2'
1-5
53
0-5
44
57 57
54-5
41
55-5
51-5
0'5
36-5
54
50
57 59-5
34
Nov. 28.
82 9
111 13
B
1
-26-7
57 44
65 32
57 31-5
65 40
40-5
35
34
42-5
42
37
39
43-5
45
39
43
42
49-5
49-5
44
47-5
43-5
44-5
43
45-5
28 17-3'
46-5
48-5
49
41-5
42
51'5
51
40'5
36
50-5
50-5
36
34
50
48
35-5
Dec. 20.
82 52
104 30
B
1
-23-9
57 22-5
65 50
57 29-5
65 52-5
25-5
51
31-5
53-5
27-5
55-5
32
54
27-5
56
31
54-5
29-5
30-5
59
66 1
29
26
54-5
54
28 19-6'
28-5
2
24
52-5
28
1
21-5
49-5
25
16-5
46-5
24
65 59-5
14'5
46
Dec. 22.
83
103 40
B
1
-25-5
57 34-5
65 25-5
57 11-5
65 49
36
31
10
52
36-5
32-5
14
51
41
40
21-5
54-5
44-5
46
46-5
46
30-5
33-5
56-5
54-5
28 20-6'
42-5
51
35-5
53-5
39-5
48-5
37
48-5
37
47
34-5
44
35
46-5
33
44-5
NO. 7.]
TOTAL INTENSITY.
173
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
</>
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1895.
Jan. 19.
83 26'
102 &
B
1
-26-8
57 5-5'
65 33-5'
57 13-5'
65 29-5'
7
36
16-5
31
9-5
38-5
19
31
10
44
23-5
32
13-5
13
48
56
26
28
31-5
33
28 32-2'
12
58
30
31
7-5
57-5
27-5
27-5
4
66
28
27-5
2-5
65 58
27
26-5
March 21.
84 9
100 28
B
1
-23-4
57 21-5
66
57 18-5
65 52
26
20
56
25-5
1
19
55-5
29
2-5
18-5
58-5
32
34-5
65 59-5
58
16
13
59-5
66 0-5
28 22-4'
34-5
49
13-5
65 59-5
35
44-5
4
54-5
29
42
3-5
51-5
25
31
1-5
49-5
April 3.
84 14
98 35
B
1
-21-3
57 5-5
65 52
57 2
65 49
8
53-5
5
50
11
59
6-5
53-5
11-5
66
11
53-5
15-5
2-5
12
55
28 26-6'
14-5
5-5
14-5
56
12-5
8-5
16-5
53
7-5
7
15-5
46
5
9
12-5
46
3-5
7-5
12-5
46
April 19.
84 14
94 36
B
1
-20-4
57 0-5
65 55-5
56 49-5
65 58-5
56
52
57-5
56 59
66
57-5
59
59-5
2
58-5
66 1
57 2
6-5
57 2
1-5
3
11-5
5-5
1-5
28 28-7'
2-5
11
7-5
65 59-5
10-5
5
58-5
56 59
11-5
1-5
56
57-5
10-5
2
58
174
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
</>
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Fast
the verfc.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1895.
May 22.
84 40'
83 51'
B
1
-5-3
56 53'
66 10-
56 35-5
66 15'
56
14-5
36-5
16-5
58-5
15-5
42
17-5
59-5
20
45
19-5
57 1-5
27
30
48
51-5
20-5
24-5
28 23-5'
56 57
31-5
54-5
23-5
55
30
53
19
51-5
30
50-5
17-5
47
31-5
52
17-5
July 2.
84 40
74 19
B
1
6-5
56 34
66 17
56 12-5
66 46-5
36-5
27-5
13
48
38-5
37
8-5
52
46-5
48
30
59
46
48-5
53-5
57-5
33-5
36-5
67 1
1-5
28 16-3'
45-5
67
42
44-5
66 59-5
41-5
2
41
59
40
66 55
35-5
58
38-5
52
July 11.
84 42
75 55
B
1
6-4
56 32
66 42
56 27-5
66 26
34
44
30
28-5
34-5
46
33-5
27-5
36
44-5
36-5
26-5
35-5
41-5
39
28
28 26'!'
35-5
37-5
41
29
36
35
42-5
28-5
33'5
29-5
42-5
24
31-5
28-5
42
23-5
31-5
27-5
41
24
Aug. 13
84 31
76 19
B
1
0-9
56 25
66 50
56 27
66 38-5
29
52
27-5
39
29
50
28
41
30
48
27-5
45-5
32
30-5
49-5
44-5
25
23
45
45-5
28 25-8'
30-5
42-5
18
44-5
29
37
16
41-5
28
35-5
13
40-5
26-5
34
13-5
34
NO. 7.]
TOTAL INTENSITY.
175
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1895.
Sept. 5, p. m.
84 52'
78 34'
B
1
- 2-4
56 44'
66 1-5'
5629'
66 17'
49
8-5
24-5
15
46-5
16-5
33-5
21
53
20-5
34
25
55
53-5
25-5
29
43
46-5
26-5
28
28 26-3'
54
30-5
45-5
23-5
52
30
47-5
23-5
52
28-5
47-5
22
50
29
44
22
Sept. 6, a. m.
84 53
78 42
B
1
- 0-3
56 46'
66 34-5
56 31-5
66 39*
49
33
34-5
36-5
49
32-5
35
37-5
53
37
36
39
50
35
34
38-5
53-5
26-5
30
40
28 25-2'
48
23
27
35-5
47
14-5
21-5
32
45
14
18
30-5
41-5
13-5
18-5
31-5
Oct. 16, p. m.
85 32
78 28
B
1
-17-3
56 46-5
65 55-5
56 27-5
65 57
48-5
59-5
35
59
49
66 7-5
36-5
66 0-5
54-5
11
45
2-5
56
13
44
2-5
59-5
12-5
47
8
28 34-4'
50
12-5
45
2-5
51-5
14-5
45
65 59-5
45-5
15
47-5
59
45-5
14
46
55
Nov. 9, a. m.
85 42
64 25
B
1
-23-6
56 11
66 1-5
55 59
66 9
15
12-5
56 1
15-5
16-5
19
8-5
16
24
30
13
17-5
26
27-5
16
20
30
35
18-5
19-5
2841'0'
28
34-5
21
16
25-5
33
22-5
15
19-5
31-5
22
13-5
13-5
32
18
12
176
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
V
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1895.
Nov. 19, p. m.
85 52'
64 47'
B
1
-25-2
56 17'
66 1-5'
55 59'
66 23'
20
8-5
56 4
26-5
24-5
13-5
6
30-5
29
19-5
18
39-5
30-5
30
21-5
42-5
33
31-5
22
42
2834'8'
31
33-5
27
39
29-5
29-5
29
as-5
26-5
33
26-5
31-5
19
34
25-5
26-5
Nov. 30, a.m.
85 28
58 41
B
1
-23-2
55 56-5
66 11
55 38'
66 23-5
59
15
45-5
23
56
16
49
21-5
1-5
24
58-5
25
4-5
5-5
21-5
30-5
55-5
59
25-5
24
28 49'6'
5-5
29
56 1-5
23-5
1
30
0-5
16-5
55 59-5
29-5
19-5
58-5
31-5
0-5
16
Dec. 4.
85 29
56 46
B
1
-29-4
55 46
66 10
55 36
66 14
51-5
13-5
38-5
15-5
53-5
16-5
45-5
16-5
59
23-5
48-5
20-5
59-5
59
24-5
30
51
53
20-5
20
28 54-1'
56-5
28-5
57
15-5
56-5
29
56-5
14
55
31
56
11-5
52
30
53-5
8-5
Dec. 13.
85 25
49 32
B
1
-21-0
55 36
66 49
55 41
66 31
42-5
49
44-5
31-5
45-5
49
46
39-5
48-5
52
45-5
45-5
48-5
49'5
45
44-5
2849'7'
50
43-5
41
42
46
41
36-5
36
42
33
30
32
42-5
31
30
31
38-5
27-5
24-5
28-5
NO. 7.]
TOTAL INTENSITY.
177
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
V
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Fast
the Tert.
Directly
Fast
the vert.
1896.
Jan. 11, a. in.
84 56'
41 10'
B
1
-36-7
54 55-5'
66 54'
55 V
66 51-5
57
67
8
57-5
65
66 55
10-5
67
58-5
5-5
1
2-5
67 9
4
6
4
10
1-5
2
29 0-2'
54 59
9
54 58
66 57-5
54-5
4-5
47-5
52
54-5
6
46-5
63
50
6-5
58-5
Jan. 17, a. m.
84 53
40 13
B
1
-33-7
55 2-5
66 57-5
56 4-5
66 44-5
10
59
6-5
48'5
12
67 1
6-5
50
12
2
6
54'5
14-5
66 59
5
59
11-5
53
1
65
29 2-7'
11
49
64 59
52
2-5
45
68
47'5
54 69
42-5
48
44
59
36
46
40
Jan. 27, p. m.
84 40
31 36
B
1
-29-8
54 47
66 42
54 37'5
66 59-5
49
47
35-5
67 6
56
65
36
10
57
67 1
47
12-5
55 0-5
12-5
56-5
16'5
2
16
55 0-5
15
29 0-8'
15-5
1-5
12
54 55-5
14
6
45
11
54 57-5
66 59
45-5
11
56-5
67 0-5
Feb. 3, p.m.
84 47
25 18
B
1
-25'0
54 49
66 42-5
54 32-5
67 3
51-5
51
38
6-5
58
67 0-5
44-5
17-5
55
11
52-5
17
3
20
55 0-5
25
6-5
25
2-5
23
28 55-5'
2
26
3-5
20
54 59
22-5
1
16
58
21
1-5
11-5
62-5
19
4
178
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Date
Lat. N.
Long.E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1896.
Feb. 12, a. m
84 25'
2356
B
1
-33-1
54 16'
66 59
54 16'
67 13-5
19
67 1
17-5
16-5
26
13-5
25-5
18-5
31
21-5
30
21-5
33-5
31
39
25
32-5
33-5
43-5
20
29 3-6'
30
38-5
44-5
21
30
40-5
44-5
16
29
39-5
45
15
25
39
43
12-5
March 5, p. m.
84 6
25 27
B
1
-28-0
54 46-5
67 46'
55 1-5
67 28-5
49
48
2
31
52-5
50
4
36
56-5
46
4
42-5
55 2
45
3
45
28 43-1'
2
44
0-5
45
0-5
41
54 53
39
0-5
33
43
37-5
54 57-5
30
38-5
32
55-5
18
37-5
30-5
March 18, a. m.
84 5
24 56
B
1
-13-0
54 59
67 20-5
54 33-5
67 32
55
23-5
34-5
31-5
2
29-5
43-5
35
4
35
50
45
11
11-5
36
36-5
57
59-5
47-5
50
28 42-3'
10
37
55
48-5
6-5
38-5
43-5
0-5
42
54 59
40
54 59
41
58
36
April 9, a. m.
84 27
18 48
B
1
-17-4
54 50
67 29-5
54 37-5
67 31-5
56
32
38
29-5
57-5
33
43-5
31-5
57'5
38-5
47
34
55 2
3
39-5
43-5
51-5
56
41-5
42
28 43-1'
2
47
55
42-5
0-5
49
2
41
54 58
47-5
4-5
36-5
58-5
48
2-5
32
NO. 7.]
TOTAL INTENSITY.
179
Date
Lat. N.
Long.E.
Needle
Numb,
of
Deflec-
tors
t
Circle E
Circle W
V
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1896.
April 21, a. m.
84 3'
13 25'
B
1
_ 17-40
54 41'
67 39'
54 31'
67 28'
44-5
44
37
29-5
45
46-5
40-5
29-5
43-5
49
42
32-5
49
49
52-5
52-5
46-5
50
40-5
43-5
28 44-4'
50-5
57
53-5
44
48
59-5
56-5
44
47-5
68 2-5
58
40
45-5
2
56-5
33-5
May 7, p. m.
84
11 6
B
1
-15-3
54 36-5
67 34
54 31-5
67 30-5
41-5
37
34
29
41 '5
43-5
38
37
45-5
48
41-5
36
45
48-5
42-5
36-5
46
53-5
47
35-5
2 47-4'
44-5
55-5
47-5
37-5
42-5
58'5
48-5
40
44
59-5
49
35
41
58
52
31-5
June 4, p. m.
83 14
13 3
B
1
3-2
54 32'5
67 55
54 27
68 11-5
34
57
26-5
13-5
35-5
68 1
25
14-5
37
3
19
12-5
40
8
17
15
28 41-8'
39
10
14
15-5
40-5
13-5
11
15
37-5
14-5
6-5
15
34-5
12-5
7-5
11
33
13
8
12-5
June 17, p. m.
82 57
11 38
B
1
5-8
54 30-5
67 52
54 5-5
68 13-5
31-5
53-5
10
13
32-5
58-5
15
13-5
34-5
68 1
19
12-5
35-5
35
6-5
4-5
21
23-5
15-5
14
28 42-7'
36-5
12-5
24-5
14
34
11-5
27-5
13-5
29-5
10-5
24-5
12
29-5
9
21-5
8-5
180
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP. NO. 7.]
Numb.
Circle E
Circle W
Date
Lat. N.
Long.E.
Needle
of
"TJ^fl- _
t
Needle deflected
Needle deflected
t//
uellec-
tors
Directly
Past
the vert.
Directly
Past
the vert.
1896.
July 7, p. m.
83 1'
12 52'
B
1
4-6
54 34'
67 58-5'
53 57-5'
68 2-5'
- 31
68
54 14
11
33-5
6-5
16-5
15
33
10
17-5
15
34-5
12
24-5
18
36
12
29
16
28 40-0'
36-5
15
32
18-5
36-5
16
31-5
13-5
29-5
15
35-5
11-5
28-5
12-5
34
9
31-5
F. GENERAL RESULTS.
In a treatise "Ueber die Darstellung der Ergebnisse erdmagnetischer Be-
obachtungen im Anschluss an die Theorie" 1 ), as also on several previous
occasions, Professor Dr. AD. SCHMIDT of Gotha has strongly advocated the
desirability, in the publication of terrestrial-magnetic investigations from
various quarters of the globe, of giving not only the directly observed values
of the three magnetic elements, but also the difference between them and
the theoretically calculated values for the points of observation in question,
as in this way the material for a more and more wide-spread improvement
of the theory of terrestrial magnetism would be collected.
Dr. AD. SCHMIDT has paid the Norwegian Polar Expedition the marked
attention of offering to perform the arduous labour of calculating theoretically
the value of the magnetic elements for all the points at which magnetic
observations were made during the expedition, an offer which I have of
course accepted with very great gratitude. I am therefore enabled, in the
following list of all the results of the observations in chronological order,
to append the deviation of every single result from the corresponding theo-
retically calculated value. These differences (observed value minus calculated
value), indicated in the table as C, are not, however, really strictly correct,
as they contain the influence of the secular variation of the magnetic elements
for a period of about 10 years, the values calculated theoretically by Dr.
AD. SCHMIDT having reference to 1885'0, while the observations of the
') Annalen der Hydrographie und Maritimen Meteorologie. Jahrg, XXVI, Berlin
1898, p. 21.
182 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
Norwegian Polar Expedition were made during the period from 1893'6, to
1896'5. Finally, it should also be remarked that in the calculation of the
results of the observations, no regard has been paid to the more or less
considerable magnetic disturbances that may have prevailed during the actual
making of the observations.
Each separate point of observation (station) is designated with a number,
the numbers running continuously from 1 to
NO. 7.]
GENERAL RESULTS.
183
Station
No.
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
D
H
I
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
1
1893. Aug. 1
69 41'
60 20'
0-1145
-0-0046
77 38'
+ 15'
2
- 8
69 54
66 43
20 28'
+ 122'
0-1118
-0-0025
78 21
+ 18
3
Oct. 10
78 19
136 2
. .
. .
0-0504
-0-0121
f t
4
- 14
78 15
136 1
, .
. ,
0-0500
-0-0128
..
5
16
78 17
136 9
84 43
+ 49
6
18
78 19
136 15
14 6
-4 54
, ,
f f
7
20
78 19
136 5
, ,
. .
0-0494
-0-0131
. t
8
21
78 18
135 50
. .
84 39
+ 44
9
- 30
78 13-5
135 28
14 19
4 24
. .
. .
. .
f t
10
Nov. 3
78 1
134 57
. .
0-0513
-0-0122
, .
..
11
9
77 54
137 52
, .
0-0516
-0-0130
.;
..
12
17
78 25
139 16
14 4
-5 15
..
..
12
- 18
78 25
139 16
0-0502
-0-0126
..
...
13
21
78 24
139 18
14 18
4 58
..
t .
t t
..
14
- 25
78 37
139 4
t r
0-0500
-0-0119
..
,.
15
Dec. 2
78 43
138 30
. ,
84 41
+ 39
16
12
79 7
137 40
17 55
4 2
t r
f t
..
17
1894. Jan. 23
79 42
135 32
23 39
37
t t
s t
m
..
18
- 26
79 44
135 12
. .
. ,
, .
85 38
+ 73
19
Feb. 10
79 56
134 51
, .
. .
85 16
+ 47
20
14
80
133 59
22 34
-2 57
t t
m m
..
21
17
80 2
133 49
0-0426
-0-0138
f t
..
22
- 22
80 10
133 49
24 31
-1 42
0-0429
-0-0131
..
23
- 27
80 4
135 27
f t
..
0-0419
-0-0144
,.
24
March 6
79 51
135
23 16
-1 37
..
25
17
79 37
135 10
. .
, ,
. .
. .
85 7
+ 44
26
21
79 48
135
23 18
-1 23
. t
t
..
27
n
79 49
134 58
22 55
-1 50
0-0450
-0-0121
..
..
28
- 23
80 1
134 41
22 44
2 52
t 4
t t
..
29
30
80 8
135
. .
85 23
+ 51
30
31
80 6
135
23 34
2 22
, m
..
31
April 14
80 12
133 43
. .
0-0425
-0-0134
t
..
32
16
80 18
133 5
25 42
-1 5
. .
t t
..
33
19
80 27
131 50
. .
. .
. .
85 22
+ 45
34
21
80 28
131 8
25 49
-1 40
m ,
..
35
- 26
80 35
131 29
26 47
-1 12
t f
36
27
80 36
131 39
. .
. .
0-0400
-0-0147
..
37
w
80 36
131 42
. .
0-0397
-0-0150
38
May 4
80 51
130 56
. .
. .
85 28
+ 45
39
5
80 49
130 35
28 53
-0 4
0-0418
-0-0124
184
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Station
No.
Date
Lai N.
Long. E.
D
H
I
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
40
1894. May 10
80 54'
130 5'
0-03%
-0-0144
41
- 11
80 52
130 6
29 18'
+ 7'
..
*
42
- 12
80 52
130 10
. .
. .
. .
. .
85 15'
+ 32'
43
- 22
81 24
124 38
, .
. .
0-0387
-0-0148
. .
. .
44
- 23
81 27
123 55
, .
. .
. .
85 28
+ 42
45
- 26
81 31
123 2
35 6
+ 3 28
..
. .
46
^
81 31
122 59
34 32
+ 2 54
..
. .
. .
. .
47
- 31
81 32
122 18
. .
. .
0-0398
-0-0138
. .
48
June 1
81 31
122 15
. .
85 24
+ 39
49
4
81 31
122 8
36 33
+ 4 56
. .
. .
50
7
81 28
122 10
35 25
+ 3 59
0-0398
-0-0139
51
- 8
81 28
122 6
. ,
. ,
. ,
85 15
+ 31
52
- 12
81 43
122 13
, .
. .
0-0406
-0-0127
53
- 13
81 46
122 14
35 39
+ 3 7
. .
f .
. .
54
- 14
81 48
122 5
, .
. .
, .
85 31
+ 44
55
- 23
81 44
121 28
36 52
+ 4 30
. .
, .
56
n
81 43
121 24
37 6
+ 4 49
0-0390
-0-0144
..
57
- 27
81 36
121 12
..
..
, ,
85 15
+ 31
58
- 28
81 35
121 30
. ,
. ,
. .
. .
85 25
+ 41
59
n
81 35
121 37
. .
0-0395
-0-0141
..
60
July 6
81 30
124 39
34 17
+ 2 39
0-0403
-0-0130
..
..
61
10
81 18
124 32
, .
. .
. .
85 20
+ 35
62
11
81 19
124 38
32 19
+ 1 23
0-0390
-0-0146
, .
63
- 14
81 32
124 59
, .
. .
. .
, .
85 22
+ 34
64
n
81 32
124 58
34 9
+ 2 23
0-0392
-0-0140
..
65
- 20
81 30
125 5
. .
. .
. .
85 59
+ 72
66
- 25
81 20
125 47
, ,
. ,
0-0394
-0-0141
. .
..
67
- 26
81 17
125 57
. .
. .
..
. .
85 24
+ 38
68
- 28
81 10
125 57
30 56
+ 34
. .
. ,
. .
69
Aug. 2
81 4
127
. .
. .
. .
85 22
+ 38
70
3
81 5
127 19
29 46
16
..
..
..
71
4
81 6
127 25
. .
,
0-0393
-0-0145
. .
72
- 15
81 7
127 52
30 2
8
. .
. .
. .
73
- 17
81 6
128 4
.
. .
. .
85 24
+ 39
74
- 18
61 5
128 7
. .
. ,
0-0393
-0-0145
. .
75
. Sept. 4
81 14
123 26
32 9
+ 1 34
..
76
- 5
81 12
123 8
..
.
0-0402
-0-0139
..
77
7
81 9
122 40
. .
. ,
, .
, .
85 18
+ 37
78
- 20
81 12
123 39
. ,
. .
. .
, .
85 41
+ 58
79
- 21
81 12
123 25
0-0393
-0-0148
. 7.]
GENERAL RESULTS.
185
Station
No.
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
D
H
I
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
80
1894. Sept. 21
81 12'
123 22'
0-0384
-0-0157
81
24
81 20
122 35
34 27'
+ 3 31'
. .
. .
82
- 28
81 13
122 2
35 4
+ 4 32
. .
. ,
, .
83
Oct 3
81 5
122 3
* .
. .
. .
85 26'
+ 46'
84
11
81 19
119 30
. .
85 26
+ 47
85
- 19
81 52
115 15
. .
. .
. .
85 24
+ 46
86
- 20
81 57
115
. ,
. .
0-0404
-0-0140
, .
. ,
87
M
81 58
114 58
. .
. .
0-0407
-0-0137
. .
. .
88
- 27
82 4
114 35
38 59
+ 6 4
. .
85 21
+ 42
89
Nov. 9
82 10
110 50
, .
. .
, .
85 18
+ 45
90
10
82 11
110 42
39 8
+ 6 22
0-0417
-0-0136
. .
. .
91
- 15
82 7
110 30
85 17
+ 45
92
16
82 6
110 39
. .
, ,
0-0411
-0-0143
. .
. ,
93
82 6
110 42
..
0-0417
-0-0137
94
- 22
82 1
112 15
40 30
+ 7 57
. ,
. .
. .
95
82
112 5
38 44
+ 6 15
. .
96
- 23
81 59
112 2
. .
. ,
. .
85 27
+ 53
97
- 24
81 58
111 59
. .
, .
0-0406
-0-0146
. .
98
n
81 58
111 58
. .
0-0391
-0-0161
, .
. .
99
- 27
82 9
111 27
39 18
+ 6 30
. .
. .
. .
100
- 28
82 9
111 13
. .
85 24
+ 50
101
- 29
82 10
110 54
. .
. .
0-0420
-0-0132
. .
. .
102
M
82 10
110 50
. .
0-0407
-0-0145
. .
103
Dec. 5
82 17
109 30
. .
85 21
+ 49
104
6
82 20
109 12
40 38
+ 7 45
. .
. .
. ,
, .
105
- 7
82 20
108 58
. .
. .
0-0418
-0-0138
. .
106
14
82 33
107 53
0-0414
-0-0142
85 6
+ 35
107
- 15
82 34
107 38
41 32
+ 8 24
. .
. ,
, .
108
- 19
82 51
104 45
40 58
+ 7 54
. .
. .
, .
t t
109
20
82 52
104 30
85 6
+ 40
110
- 21
82 54
104 6
. .
0-0443
-0-0120
. .
t t
111
- 22
83
103 40
..
85 5
+ 39
112
1895. Jan. 12
83 41
102 47
0-0417
-0-0140
85
+ 31
113
17
83 23
103 2
42 24
+ 8 53
. .
, .
114
- 18
83 25
102 30
0-0424
-0-0137
, ,
115
- 19
83 26
102
. ,
85 7
+ 41
116
March 5
84 4
101 27
. .
. .
. .
85 14
+ 45
117
6
84 3
101 45
44 17
+ 10 8
. .
. .
. ,
. ,
118
- 7
84 1
101 53
. .
. .
0-0432
-0-0124
, f
. ,
119
10
83 59
102 12
0-0448
-0-0107
-
24
186
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Station
No.
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
D
H
I
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
120
1895. March 21
84 9'
100 28'
84 59'
+ 31'
121
April 3
84 14
98 35
85 3
+ 38
122
5
84 17
97 23
. .
. .
0-0454
-0-0112
. .
123
6
84 18
96 52
. .
0-0453
-0-0114
. .
t t
124
rt
84 18
96 47
40 57'
+ 8 32'
. ,
125
19
84 14
94 36
84 57
+ 40
126
20
84 13
94 30
0-0462
-0-0114
127
22
84 13
94 36
40 20
+ 8 58
, .
128
May 8
84 33
90 40
. .
84 41
+ 29
129
9
84 35
90 21
. ,
0-0458
-0-0125
130
11
84 38
89 46
37 40
+ 8 21
131
22
84 40
83 51
. .
84 44
+ 44
132
24
84 41
82 36
. .
0-0498
-0-0106
.
. .
133
M
84 41
82 31
34 6
+ 8 41
0-0496
-0-0108
. ,
134
July 2
84 40
74 19
, .
. .
. .
. .
84 9
+ 27
135
3
84 42
74 20
0-0523
-0-0105
. .
136
4
84 43
74 38
..
0-0527
-o-oioo
.
137
5
84 43
75 44
30 39
+ 9 11
. .
138
11
84 42
75 55
. .
. ,
. ,
84 31
+ 46
139
12
84 41
76
28 46
+ 7 7
. .
. .
140
13
84 41
76 1
29 21
+ 7 42
0-0513
-0-0111
. .
141
25
84 31
72 20
. .
84 19
+ 44
142
26
84 30
72 56
. .
0-0527
-0-0111
143
26
84 30
73 1
0-0527
-o-oiio
. ,
144
Aug. 2
84 32
77 40
31 44
+ 9 1
145
7
84 38
77 20
. ,
, .
, .
84 24
+ 37
146
8
84 38
77 7
, .
. .
0-0514
-0-0108
. .
147
13
84 31
76 19
. ,
. .
. .
84 20
+ 37
148
23
84 11
79 4
, .
. .
, ,
84 36
+ 52
149
H
84 11
79 1
, ,
. ,
0-0517
-0-0109
150
Sept. 5
84 52
78 34
84 27
+ 34
151
6
84 53
78 42
. ,
, .
. ,
84 35
+ 42
152
)i
84 53
78 45
31 50
+ 8 38
0-0496
-0-0115
84 28
+ 35
153
7
84 54
78 41
, .
. ,
0-0507
-0-0104
. .
, .
154
26
85 7
79 17
. .
. ,
, .
. .
84 34
+ 36
155
27
85 8
79 28
. .
. .
0-0508
-0-0095
. .
. ,
156
n
85 8
79 30
0-0496
-0-0107
157
28
85 8
79 42
33 42
+ 10 1
, .
158
Oct. 2
85 11
79 9
. .
. .
. .
. ,
84 41
+ 42
159
3
85 12
78 59
0-0502
-o-oioi
NO. 7.]
GENERAL RESULTS.
187
Station
No.
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
D
H
I
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
160
1895. Oct. 4
85 11'
78 53'
0-0504
-o-oioo
161
J1
85 10
78 51
0-0488
-0-0116
162
14
85 24
78 37
32 29-
+ 9 35'
. .
. .
163
15
85 28
78 33
. .
84 47'
+ 45'
164
16
85 32
78 28
84 52
+ 50
165
17
85 36
78 25
0-0475
-0-0121
166
n
85 37
78 23
0-0472
-0-0123
167
22
85 46
75 40
..
84 29
+ 28
168
24
85 46
73 40
0-0485
-0-0118
169
n
85 46
73 30
0-0483
-0-0121
170
25
85 46
72 56
29 5
+ 10 9
. .
171
Nov. 2
85 40
69 54
. .
. .
0-0501
-0-0113
. .
. .
172
M
85 40
69 50
84 38
+ 47
173
9
85 42
64 25
84 24
+ 40
174
n
85 42
64 22
21 48
+ 8 43
0-0508
-0-0118
175
19
85 52
64 47
84 14
+ 27
176
20
85 51
64 20
21 58
+ 9 7
0-0521
-o-oioo
177
)1
85 51
64 18
. .
0-0502
-0-0119
. .
178
22
85 47
64 11
22 10
+ 9 21
0-0519
-0-0105
179
30
85 28
58 41
19
+ 9 43
0-0528
-0-0117
84 21
+ 50
180
Dec. 4
85 29
56 46
84 19
+ 50
181
5
85 29
55 52
. .
0-0542
-0-0108
. .
182
n
85 27
54 20
15 53
+ 9 47
183
12
85 25
50 7
. .
0-0559
-0-0104
184
13
85 25
49 32
. ,
. .
84 6
+ 48
185
1896. Jan. 3
85 17
45 10
. .
83 46
+ 36
186
4
85 17
44 55
8 8
+ 8 59
0-0544
-0-0133
187
10
84 58
41 17
5 1
+ 8 8
. ,
188
n
84 58
41 16
. .
0-0595
-0-0100
. ,
, ,
189
11
84 56
41 10
. .
. .
. .
83 24
+ 27
190
17
84 53
40 13
. .
83 49
+ 54
191
18
84 56
39 47
0-0598
-o-oioi
. ,
. ,
192
27
84 40
31 36
, .
. .
, .
83 18
+ 37
193
- 28
84 41
31 41
. .
0-0621
-0-0098
. .
. ,
194
n
84 41
31 43
. .
. .
0-0619
-o-oioo
. ,
. .
195
29
84 43
31 43
-2 25
+ 8 2
. .
. .
. .
196
Feb. 3
84 47
25 18
, ,
83 15
+ 34
197
4
84 43
24 59
. .
0-0620
-0-0103
. ,
198
5
84 39
24 38
-8
+ 8 20
0-0625
-0-0101
. .
199
11
84 30
24 45
83 9
+ 36
188
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Station
No.
Date
Lat. N.
Long. E.
D
H
I
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
Obs.
0-C
200
18%. Feb. 12
84 25'
23 56'
83 0'
+ 30'
201
13
84 18
22 45
-9 24'
+ 7 51'
0-0658
-0-0084
, .
, .
202
24
84 7
24 28
83 18
+ 57
203
25
84 11
24 13
0-0651
-0-0096
204
tt
84 12
24 11
-8 14
+ 7 35
205
March 5
84 6
25 27
83 6
+ 45
206
6
84 4
24 56
0-0642
-0-0109
. .
207
7
84
24 11
-8 28
+ 6 58
0-0637
-0-0118
, ,
208
18
84 5
24 56
83 17
+ 56
209
19
84 5
24 43
0-0637
-0-0114
. .
210
n
84 5
24 39
0-0636
-0-0115
211
April 9
84 27
18 48
..
83 13
+ 43
212
n
84 27
18 33
. .
0-0638
-0-0099
. .
213
20
84 I
13 58
-17 4
+.7 25
. .
. .
214
21
84 3
13 25
. .
83 7
+ 49
215
H
84 4
13 12
0-0647
-0-0107
. .
216
May 7
84
11 6
83 14
+ 57
217
8
83 56
11 4
. .
0-0638
-0-0121
. .
218
n
83 56
11 3
. .
0-0652
-0-0107
. .
219
June 3
83 16
12 33
. .
0-0685
-0-0104
220
4
83 14
13 3
. .
82 49
+ 55
221
17
82 57
11 38
. .
. .
. .
. .
82 52
+ 66
222
18
82 56
11 35
. .
00685
-0-0118
. ,
. .
223
19
82 55
11 44
-16 41
+ 7 51
. .
, ,
. .
. .
224
July 7
83 1
12 52
82 52
+ 65
225
8
83 3
12 56
0-0679
-0-0119
NO. 7.] GENERAL RESULTS. 189
ARRANGEMENT OF THE RESULTS IN GROUPS.
As a determination of all three elements was made at only three stations,
namely, Nos. 2, 152, and 179, it becomes necessary, if the total magnetic
force, or its three orthogonal components, X, Y, Z, are to be calculated, to
gather the stations into groups, and calculate the mean of the observation-
results belonging to each group. This mode of procedure may be considered
quite justifiable when we remember that the position of the Fram often
changed only very slightly during long periods, and that the drift of the ice
often carried the vessel back again to points in the neighbourhood of which
observations had already been taken. By a calculation such as this of the
mean values, we also obtain the advantage of being able to reduce to some
extent the influence upon the results, of the magnetic disturbances that may
be present. The area for each separate group, however, must of course
not be made too large, as there would then be a risk of the variation of the
magnetic elements with latitude and longitude not standing out with sufficient
distinctness. As an experiment, I have taken as the greatest extent for a
group, half a degree in latitude, and a number of degrees of longitude to
correspond, which makes an area of about 3100 sq. kilometres. The number of
degrees of longitude corresponding to a change of half a degree of latitude is
2-4 in 78 of latitude
2-6 79
2-8
80
3-2
81
3-6
82
4-1
83
4-7
84
5-7
85
7-2
, 86
From the observation-results falling within each of the groups thus
defined, I have calculated a mean declination, horizontal intensity, and incli-
nation, with corresponding mean geographic coordinates, and thence again
a mean value for the total intensity, W, and its three components, X, Y,
190 AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP.
and Z, which may then approximately be assumed to be applicable to the
latitude and longitude obtained as the average of the mean geographic coordi-
nates calculated for the declination, horizontal intensity, and inclination of
the group. The results thus deduced are given in the following concluding
table, which also contains an enumeration of the stations that are employed
in the making-up of each separate group of the 33, the groups being num-
bered with Roman numerals.
Stations 1 and 2 do not fit into any group. No. 2 is therefore entered
separately; but it has been impossible to include No. 1, as there was no
opportunity of making any determination of declination at this station.
Station 15 has been employed in two groups, III and IV.
NO. 7.]
GENERAL RESULTS.
191
Group
Station No.
Lat. N.
Long. E.
D
H
I
w
X
Y
Z
2
69 54'
66 43'
20 28'
0-1118
78 21'
0-5535
0-1047
0-0391
0-5422
I
3-7
78 19 1
78 18
78 17
136 15'
136 3
136 9
14 6'
0-0499
84 43'
0-5419
0-0484
0-0122
0-5396
78 18'
136 9'
II
8-11
78 14'
77 58
78 18
135 28'
136 24
135 50
14 19'
0-0514
84 39'
0-5513
0-0498
0-0127
0-5489
78 10'
135 54'
III
12, 13, 15
78 25'
78 24
78 43
139 17'
139 16
138 30
14 11'
0-0502
84 41'
0-5418
0-0487
0-0123
0-5394
78 31'
139 1'
IV
14-16
79" 7'
78 37
78 43
137 40'
139 4
138 30
17 55'
0-0500
84 41'
0-5396
0-0476
0-0154
0-5373
78 49'
138 28'
V
17-30
79 56'
80 1
79 51
134 45'
134 31
135 3
23 19'
0-0431
85 21'
0-5317
0-0396
0-0171
0-5299
79 56'
134 46'
VI
31-37
80 27'
80 28
80 27
131 54'
132 21
131 50
26 6'
0-0407
85 22'
0-5038
0-0365
0-0179
0-5022
80 27'
132 2'
192
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Group
Station No.
Lat. N.
Long. E.
D
H
I
w
X
Y
Z
VII
38-42
80 51'
80 51
80 51
130 21'
130 20
130 33
29 6'
0-0407
85 22'
0-5038
0-0356
0-0198
0-5022
80 51'
130 25'
VIII
43-46, 60-68
81 26'
81 25
81 25
124 22'
124 56
124 54
33 33'
0-0393
85 31'
0-5027
0-0328
0-0217
0-5012
81 25'
124 43'
IX
47-59
81 38'
81 36
81 36
121 53'
121 56
121 50
36 19'
0-0397
85 22'
0-4915
0-0320
0-0235
0-4899
81 37'
121 53'
X
6974
81 6'
81 6
81 5
127 36'
127 46
127 32
29 54'
0-0393
85 23'
0-4883
0-0341
0-0196
0-4867
81 6'
127 38'
XI
75-84
81 16'
81 12
81 11
122 41'
123 18
121 58
33 53'
0-0393
85 28'
0-4972
0-0326
0-0219
0-4957
81 13'
122 39'
XII
85-88, 94-98
82 2'
81 58
81 58
112 58'
113 29
113 57
39 24'
0-0402
85 24'
0-5013
0-0311
0-0255
0-4996
81 59'
113 28'
XIII
89-93, 99-105
82 13'
82 11
82 11
110 27'
110 28
110 31
39 41'
0-0415
85 20'
0-5101
0-0319
0-0265
0-5084
82 12'
110 29'
NO. 7.]
GENERAL RESULTS.
193
Group
Station No.
Lai N.
Long.E.
D
H
I
w
X
r
Z
XIV
106-111
82 43'
82 44
82 48
106 12'
106
105 21
41 15'
0-0429
85 6'
0-5023
0-0323
0-0283
0-5004
82 45'
105 51'
XV
112-115
83 23'
83 33
83 34
103 2 1
102 39
102 24
42 24'
0-0421
85 4'
0-4896
0-0311
0-0284
0-4877
83 30'
102 42'
XVI
116-120
84 3'
84
84 7
101 45'
102 3
100 58
44 17'
0-0440
85 7'
0-5169
0-0315
0-0307
0-5150
84 3'
101 35'
XVII
121-127
84 16'
84 16
84 14
95 42'
96 15
% 36
40 39'
0-0456
85 O'
0-5232
0-0346
0-0297
0-5212
84 15'
96 11'
XVIII
128130
84 38'
84 35
84 33
89 46'
90 21
90 40
37 40-
0-0458
84 41'
0-4943
0-0363
0-0280
0-4922
84 35'
90 16'
XIX
131-133
84 41'
84 41
84 40
82 31'
82 34
83 51
34 6'
0-0497
84 44'
0-5415
0-0412
0-0279
0-5392
84 41'
82 59'
XX
134-143
84 42'
84 37
84 38
75 55'
74 11
74 11
29 35'
0-0523
84 20'
0-5297
0-0455
0-0258
0-5271
84 39'
74 46'
194
AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Group
Station No.
Lat. N.
Long.E.
D
H
/
W
X
Y
z
XXI
144-149
84 32'
84 25
84 27
77 40'
78 4
77 34
31 44'
0-0516
84 27'
0-5335
0-0439
0-0271
0-5310
84 28'
77 46'
XXII
150-161
85 1'
85 5
84 59
79 14'
79 1
78 53
32 46'
0-0500
84 33'
0-5264
0-0420
0-0271
0-5241
85 2'
79 3'
XXIII
162 -170
85 35'
85 41
85 35
75 47'
76
77 34
30 47
0-0479
84 43'
0-5202
0-0412
0-0245
0-5180
85 37'
76 27'
XXIV
171178
85 47'
85 46
85 45
64 18'
65 25
66 21
21 59'
0-0510
84 25'
0-5242
0-0473
0-0191
0-5217
85 46'
65 21'
XXV
179-182
85 28'
85 28
85 28
56 31'
57 17
57 43
17 27'
0-0535
84 20'
0-5418
0-0510
0-0160
0-5392
85 28'
51 W
XXVI
183186
85 17'
85 21
85 21
44 55'
47 31
47 21
8 8'
0-0552
83 56'
0-5223
0-0546
0-0078
0-5194
852(y
46 36'
XXVII
187-191
84 58'
84 57
84 55
41 17'
40 32
40 42
5 1'
0-0597
83 37'
0-5370
0-0595
0-0052
0-5336
84 57'
40 50'
NO. 7.]
GENERAL RESULTS.
195
Group
Station No.
Lat. N.
Long.E.
D
H
I
W
X
r
Z
XXVIII
192-195
84 43'
84 41
84 40
31 43'
31 42
31 36
-2 25'
0-0620
83 18'
0-5314
0-0619
-0-0026
0-5278
84 41'
31 40'
XXIX
196-199
84 39'
84 41
84 39
24 38'
24 49
25 2
-80'
0-0623
83 12'
0-5262
0-0617
-0-0087
0-5225
84 40'
24 50'
XXX
200, 201, 211, 212
84 18'
84 23
84 26
22 45'
20 39
21 22
-9 24'
0-0648
83 7'
0-5407
0-0639
-0-0106
0-5368
84 22'
21 35'
XXXI
202-210
84 6'
84 5
84 6
24 11'
24 32
24 57
-8 21'
0-0641
83 14'
0-5440
0-0634
-0-0093
0-5402
84 6'
24 33'
XXXII
213-218
84 1'
83 59
84 2
13 58'
11 46
12 16
-174'
0-0646
83 11'
0-5443
0-0618
-0-0190
0-5404
84 1'
12 40'
XXXIII
219-225
82 55'
83 5
83 4
11 44'
12 21
12 31
-16 41'
0-0683
82 51'
0-5487
0-0654
-0-0196
0-5445
83 1'
12 12'
1% AKSEL S. STEEN. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. [NORW. POL. EXP. NO. 7.]
The principle here followed for the grouping of the observations is, as
I have already said, arbitrarily chosen, and I have therefore not considered
it necessary to deduce and put down the difference between the mean values
belonging to each group, and the corresponding theoretically calculated values,
as I have thought it possible that others might find a better mode of group-
ing than the one here adopted. Moreover, for the sake of conciseness, I have
given all single observation-results the same weight in the formation of the
mean values, without regard to the circumstances under which they were
produced. Thus, side by side with all the detailed data previously given in
the present paper, the foregoing table on pages 183188 will become the
natural basis for the employment of the magnetic observations of Dr. NANSEN'S
Norwegian Polar Expedition, in a closer inquiry into the general theory of
terrestrial magnetism.
CHRISTIANIA. December, 1900.
AKSEL S. STEEN.
"
( UNIVERSITY J
OF
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
Pi. I.
1893. August 1.
Lot. N. 69 41'
Long. E. 60 20'
1893. August 8.
Lot. N. 69 54'
Long. E. 66 43'
1893. October 7.
Lot. N. 78 25'
Long. E. 136 2
1893. October 10.
Lot. N. 78 19'
Long. E. 136 2'
1893. October 14.
Lat. N. 78 15'
Long. E. 136 1'
1893. October 18.
Lot. N. 78 17'
Long. E. 136 15'
1893. October 30.
Lat. N. 78 13.' s
Long. E. 135 28'
1893. Novembers.
Lat. N. 78 1'
Long. E. 134 57'
1893. November 9.
Lat. N. 77 54'
Long. E. 137 5?
iFelrfJift C'Kciti. ClrS
OF THE
UNIVERSITY
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
Pl.H.
9 h 10 11
I-U-U] ' I'll ii ii nun i
Noon 12345
6789"
|[i||||||||||||in|[t||pjM
1893. November 17.
Lat. N. 78 3d'
Long, E. 139 16'
1893. November 18.
Lot. N. '78 25'
Long. E. 139 16'
1893. November 21.
Lot. N. 78 24'
Long. E. 139 18'
1893. November 25.
Lat. N. 78 37'
Long. E. 139 4'
3o' ;:::::::::, :::::::::;3
,30-
1893. December 12.
Lat. N. 79 7'
Long. E. 137 40'
1894. January 23.
Lat. N. 79 42'
Long. E. 135 32'
1894. February 14.
Lat. N. 80 0'
Long. E. 133 69'
1894. February 17.
Lat. N. 80 2'
Long. E 133 49'
1894. February 22.
Lat. N. 80 10'
Long. E. 133 49'
/- iiiiiii;;; iiiiiiiii :
/"
?::::::: ::::;:::: -
fo '--*- J - *- ; ; ; ; "t ' +
/e' j
Jo' I:
f) '
_^_._i:
| IH^^W:^ ::;::; ______
OF THE
UNIVERSITY
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
pi.m.
894. February 27.
Lat. N. 80 4 1
Long. E. 135 27'
1894. March 6.
Lat. N. 79 61'
Long. E. 135 0'
1894. March 21.
Lot. N. 79 48'
Long.E. 135 0'
1894. March 21.
Lat. N. 79 49'
Long. E. 134 58
1894.
Lat.
Long.
March 23.
N. 80 1'
E. 134 41'
1894.
Lat.
Long
March 30.
N, 80 8'
E. 135 0'
1894.
Lat.
Long.
March 31.
N. 80 6'
E. 135 0'
1894.
Lat.
Long
April 14.
N. 80 12'
E. 133 43'
1894. April 16.
Lot. N. 80 18'
Long.E. 133 5'
1894. April 21.
Lot. N. 80 28'
Long. E. 131 8'
IFehr J fltt Qfficin. Clr ?
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
PI. IV.
1894. April 26.
Lat. N. 80 35'
Long. E. 131 29'
t894. April 27.
Lat. N. 80 36'
Long.E. 131 40'
9 h 10 11 Noon 1
bH!i u iiHibiti 4^' (' M J H+HijfF
w j lliite
-rij :: pi ii j ;!!!;!
/o- tu.-^* ^-*-i --~~--
23456 7
I I I I I ! ! !III!III! !!!!!!!! !!!!!!!'! !!!;!!!!!
8 9"
1894. May 5.
Lat. N. 80 49'
Long. E. 130 35'
1894. May 10.
Lat. N. 80 54'
Long. E. 130 5'
1894. May 11.
Lat. N. 80 52'
Long.E. 130 6'
/V ii ;; ii ; ' |- :: - ::;
/7- :;;;:;: ;:::;;::: :::: tlj ii;::::
j i j ; jiij 1 i H ::;::::;
1894. May 22.
Lat. N. 81 24'
_ o ijjiii i ii ;: ii i
,?":^-M "r'^'fr ; ~ 4 " 4 *- u -
-r ^- -
Long.E. 124 38'
1894. May 26.
Lat. N. 81 31'
Long. E. 123 2'
* ''-' \f i /Jt
flS
........ ,J -. . . j ........ ... 1 I.I ... . . . 1 . ....... i- ... .
F
1894. May 26.
Lat. N. 81 31'
Long.E. 122 59'
/i)r BliiiiiiiiiiMii!iiiiii!M!iIi
*- El g: :::::::::: ::::
g'tfttltf-'lllllllilmllllHlillllllIMM:
_. ^1E ^.; !
:::...' -p
A .::i;/1'::: :;:::: :.:;;:;:;[; ;:
:: : jj :
l|ttt HI itli "it
SlS?ttf+!t|
i Feirf lift. Officin. ClrS
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
Pl.V.
9" 10 11 Noon 1
8 9"
. May 31.
Lat. N. 81 32
a. E. 122 18'
1894. June 4.
Lat. N. 81 31'
Lony. E. 122 8 1
1894. June 7.
Lot. N. 81 28'
Long. E. 122 10'
1894. June 12.
Long. E. 122 13
1894. June 13.
Long. E. 122 14'
a.1 Jlr!
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
PI. VI.
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
pi.vn.
9 h 10 11 Noon 1
789"
1894. July 28.
1894. August 3.
Lai. N. 81 5'
Long.E. 127 W
1894. August 4.
ia<. N. 81 6'
Long. E. 127 25'
1894. August 15.
Lat. N. 81 s 7'
Long. E. 127" 52'
1894. August 18.
Lai, N. 81 5'
Long. E. 128 7
1894. September 4
Long. E. 123 26'
, Chrl
OF THE
f UNIVERSITY )
OF
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
pi.vin.
10
11 Noon 1
345 6789"
1894. September 5.
Lat. N. 81 12
Long. E. 123 8'
1894. September 21,
Lat. N. 81 12'
Long. E. 123 23'
1894. September 24
Lat. N. 81 20'
Long. E. 122 3V
1894. September 28
Lat. N. 81 13 1
Long. E 122 2'
1894. October 20.
Lat. N. 81 57'
Long. E. 116 0'
1894. October 27
Lat. N. 82 4'
Long. E. 114 35'
1894. November 10
Lat. N. 82 11'
Long. E. 110 42'
/'a
.w
O
m
;. Port B4. Omen, Qrl
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N9 7.
Pl.K.
10
11 Noon
1894. November 16
Lat. N. 82 e
Long. E. 110 42"
1894. November 22
Lat. N. 82 1'
Long. E. 112 15'
1894. November 22
Lat. N. 82 0'
Long. E. 112 5'
1894. November 27.
Lat. N. 82 ff
Long. E. 111 27'
1894. November 29.
Lat. N. 82 10'
Long. E. 110 50'
1894. December 6,
Lat. N. 82 20'
Long E. 109 12
1894. December 7.
Lat. N. 82 20'
Long. E. 108 68
1894. December 14.
Lat. N. 82 33'
Long. E. 107 63'
1894. December 15.
Lat. N. 82 34'
Long. E. 107 38 1
1 FehrJltt QffldS C1-!
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N?7.
Pl.X.
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N9 7.
Pl.X.
9" 10 11 Noon 1 23456
8^
1894. November 24.
Lat. N. 81 58 1
Long. E. Ill" 68'
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
PI.XI.
9 h 10 11 Noon 1
-
1894. December 19
Lat. N. 82 51'
Long. E. 104 46'
1894. December 21
Lat. N. 82 54'
Long.E. 104 6'
1895. January 12.
Lat. N. 83 41
Long. E 102 47'
1895. January 17.
Lat. N. 83 23'
Long. E. 103 2'
1895. January 18.
Lat. N. 83 25'
Long. E. 102 30'
1895. March 6.
Lat. N. 84 3
Long.E. 101 45'
1895. March 7.
Lat. N. 84 1'
Long.E. 101 53
1895. March 10.
Lat. N. 83" 59'
Long. E. 102 12'
1895. April 5.
Lot. N. 84 IT
Long. E. 97 23'
I Feirf lift 0/fira .
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
PI.XH
9" 10 11 Noon 1 2 3
E5H:: :::::::: :*:::::? :::::::::: :::J:S: :!::::::
4 5 6 7 8 9 h
1895. April 6.
Lot. N. 84 18 1
Long. E. 96 47'
1895. April 20.
Lat. N. 84 13 1
Long. E. 94 3V
1895. April 22.
Lat. N. 84 IS 1
Long.E. 94 3&
1895. May 9.
T fit AT Kd 3f?
|^i| ||i |i| I ^
/to' ;;;;;; ft-
-- i i||i iiiHii gi
:::::::; ::| iiiiiiiii;; ::::;:;: iiii :::::::
Long. E. 90" 21'
1895. May 11.
Lat. N. 84 38
Long. E. 89 4ff
1895. May 22.
Lot. N. 84 4V
Long. E. 83 51'
. <7 ;|::::::; :::: :::;: iiiiiiiii iiiiiii; iiiiiiiii iii;;;;
1895. May 24.
Lat. N. 84 41'
Long. E. 82 31'
1895. July 3.
Lat N 84" 42
i| : ;-=ii iiiMiM! i!i!!i :;:::;;:: iijiiiii :::::::::
Long E. 74 2V
1895. July 5.
Lat. N. 84 43'
Long.E. 75 44'
. O ::::::::: iiiiiii; iiiiiiiii :::;::;;; iiiiiii:; iiiiiiiii
iii iiii :;;;:;:;: ;;;:;::;: :::::: : :::: :::: :;:::::;
::::::::! ::::::: ;:: :::::::::: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
pi.xm
1895. July 12.
Lot. N. 84 41'
Long. E. 76 ff
1895. July 13.
Lat. N. 84 41'
Long.E. 76 T
1895. July 26.
Lat. N. 84 3V
Long.E. 73 1'
1895. August 2.
Lot. N. 84 32
Long. E. 77 40 1
1895. August 23.
Lat. N. 84 11'
Long.E. 79 1'
1895. September 6.
Lai. N. 84 53 1
Long. E. 78 45'
1895. September 7.
Lat. N. 84 54'
Long. E. 78 42?
1895. September 27.
Lat. N. 85 8 1
Long. E. 79 28"
1895. September 28.
Lat. N. 85
Long. E. 79 42?
10
11
Noon
O.fc 3
Y
(UNIVEKS.
V OF y
X %JF8KN\^X
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
PI.XIVT
10
Noon
o h
1895. October 3.
Lat. N. 86 12'
Long. E. 78 69 1
1895. October 4.
Lat. N. 85 11'
Long. E. 78 63 1
1895. October 14.
Lat. N. 85 24'
Long. E. 78 37
1895. October 17.
Lot. N. 85 3ff
Long. E. 78 25'
1895. October 24.
Lat. N. 85 4ff
Long. E. 73 4ff
1895. October 25.
Lot. N. 85 4ff
. E. 72 6ff
1895. November 2.
Lat. N. 85 4ff
Long. E. 69 54'
1895. November 9,
Lat. N. 85 42 1
Long. E. 64 22!
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
9 h 10 11 Noon 1 2
Lot. N. 85 51' /a
Long. E. 64 2ff ^ -^
1895. November 22.
Lot. N. 86 47 /%> |
1895. November 30
Lot. N. 85 28' /% i ; i
Long. E. 68 41' "'
1895. December 5.
Lot N. 86 2Sf /0<7 S | 11 i r 1 | 1
Long. E. 55 52 1 *
3456789"
:
1895. December 7. 2 g
Long.E. 54 2V /0 "' ff ^ : ^4-;,,^ .7., ,,,,,! ;
1895. December 12.
Lonp. .E. 50 7" Je> t^
-----
1896. January 4.
1896. January 10.
Lon0. E. 41 17 **
1896. January 18. - z '
io<. JV. 84 5ff
JV ; ; ::
Mt^i i-E
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N9 7.
PI.XVI.
9 h 10 11 N(
1896. January 28.
on 1 2 3 4 5 6
r 8 9"
1896. January 29.
1896. February 4.
Long.E. 24 59 1 ** i :::]'
1896. February 5.
Long. E. 24 38 *" : -**W sr
-rff~i ' rtltl1
1896. February 13.
-- ; j- ;;;;;;;
Long. E. 22 46' ^ \ -^ --gj-
^ . ::::: ^r- ttrT.,Tt.."L::4~i4- .Hta:;::nil:::::.-.-
1896. February 25.
XV =r
o*. TV. W 12 1 U;
Lon0. . 24 IT ** :
:
Tiiiiimliiliitir
1896. March 6.
Lot. N. 84 4'
Long. E. 24 5ff /0 "' '': ~^
1896. March 7. ^
Lerf. JV. W ff
Long.E. 24 IT /0 I
T- 1 ^1;
Fi4^;i'fcJi---l^^
1896. March 19.
I..-T\ i 1 1 i"' |.:::,. : ::{: y::;.:|
T
I.Fnir'ift Officin, ClrJ
THE NORWEGIAN POLAR EXPEDITION 1893-96. N97.
PI.XVH.
1896. April 9.
Lot. N. 84 27'
Long. S. 18 33"
1896. April 20.
Lot. N. 84 1'
Long. E. 13 68 1
1896. April 21.
Lot. N. 84 4'
Long. E. 13 12!
9 h 10 11 Noon 1 2 3
ro' _, ... i , , , : r _ : , i
so- :::::::::::::::::::::
456789"
1896. May 8.
Lat. N. 83 5ff
Long.E. 11 4'
1896. June 3.
Lat. N. 83 16'
Long E. 12 33'
1896. June 18.
Lat. N. 82 D 5ff
Long. E. 11 35'
1896. June 19.
.*" | : :, - :|; . .: . L iL _A <: ' : ka;- ]3i|
2"o- -
/%' !:!!;;; ; : :: : : : : : ::::
Long. E. 11 44'
1896. July 8.
Lot. N. 83 y
-o ;| ;:;;;;;;;;;;;:;; \\\\ \ \\
Long. E. 12 5ff
a Hwh.lllillilllilllllllllil'llllllllllllllllillllllllllllil
IFehr'M UScui. 3.-S
VIII.
RESULTS OF THE PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS
AND
SOME REMARKS ON THE CONSTITUTION
OF THE EARTH'S CRUST
BY
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
xA_mong the investigations that the Polar Expedition had placed upon its
programme, were those for the determination of the variations in the force
of gravity in different places in the high latitudes which it hoped to reach.
As, on a journey of this description, there could be no question of anything
but relative determinations, it was decided, at my suggestion, to employ the
pendulum apparatus constructed by Colonel VON STERNECK, and consisting
of invariable half-seconds pendulums, of which the period of oscillation is
determined by the aid of a coincidence apparatus. An apparatus of this
kind, with two pendulums, was therefore procured for the expedition. VON
STERNECK was kind enough to determine its constants before it was des-
patched from Vienna, so that it was possible to refer the observations at each
place to the actual determination of the acceleration of gravity in Vienna,
made by VON OPPOLZER. As soon as I received the apparatus, I determined
the period of oscillation of the pendulums in the Observatory in Christiania.
After the return of the expedition, I subjected the pendulums to fresh exa-
mination, which showed that they had undergone only an exceedingly slight
change during the journey.
In these observations, a half-seconds pendulum clock, HAWELK No. 5,
was employed to work the coincidence apparatus. Before and after each ob-
servation, which generally lasted 3 /4 of an hour, this was compared with a
mean-time chronometer. In 1892, a chronometer Hohwii 639, belonging to
the Observatory, and afterwards taken on the Fram expedition, was used ; in
1893 and 1897, a chronometer Michelet 20. The chronometer was compared
with the Kessels normal sidereal clock of the Observatory, before beginning
the observations, and after their conclusion.
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
During the expedition, the observations were made by Lieut. Scott-
Hansen. Only one determination was made on shore, namely at Khabarova,
at the mouth of the Kara Sea, all other observations being carried out
while drifting with the ice. With the exception of the summer of 1895, when
on the 8th, 10th and llth June, the pendulum apparatus was set up on the
ice near the vessel, all the observations were taken on board in the winter.
The pendulum apparatus was set up on the iron cross belonging to it, with
nothing between it and the solid floor of the saloon, near one long wall;
while the coincidence apparatus was placed opposite to it, near the opposite wall,
with an underlayer of folios. During the experiments, the observer had to
lie upon the floor parallel with the wall, and observe the greatest caution all
the time in his movements; but the floor was so steady, that the level on the
pendulum apparatus moved only very slightly when any one went close up
to the apparatus. The observations were taken in the middle of the night,
when no one but the observer was up, so that the apparatus was not exposed
to any chance of disturbance. All the apparatuses were invariably set up very
nearly on the same spots. Their situation will be seen from the accompa-
nying sketch.
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
In all the observations except the first, the half-seconds pendulum clock,
HAWELK No. 3, which worked the coincidence apparatus, was compared with the
mean-time chronometer, HOHWU, either directly or indirectly by means of the
sidereal chronometer, FRODSHAM. In the first observation, at Khabarova, the
mean-time chronometer KUTTER was used instead of the HOHWU. The Hawelk
was compared with the chronometer every time before and after the observations.
Professor GEELMUYDEN, who has worked out the time observations taken
during the expedition, has stated that the rate of HOHWU may be calculated
according to the formula
Daily acceleration = : 446 : 080 1,
where t is the temperature.
From this we obtain the following values for the rate of HOHWU on the
days on which observations were made:
t
Rate
s.
1893
July 30
12
-0-49
1894
January 16
6
-0-01
t
March 16
5
+ 0-07
1895
June 8
15
-0-73
10
15
-0-73
11
13
-0-57
November 14
9
-0-25
. 23
11
-0-41
18%
January 16
10
-0-33
April 29
12
-0-49
30
12
-0-49
Professor Geelmuyden remarks that the above temperatures are taken
from registered curves for the time of observation; but as the thermograph
stood somewhat higher than the chronometer, and the comparison between
it and the thermometer on the chronometer-shelf was made only once a day,
the temperature cannot be given more accurately than to the nearest whole
degree. He considers, however, that the actual rate cannot have varied more
than O s .l from the above.
As regards the chronometer, Kutter, used on July 30, 1893, I have re-
ceived the following comparisons between it and the chronometer, Hohwti.
0. E. SCH10TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Hohwu
Kutter HohwO
t
Rate of Hohwtt
Rate of Kutter
h. m.
m. s.
In interval
s.
In interval
s.
1893
July 29
30
t 31
32 p. m.
11 41 a.m.
5 46 p. m.
- 47 38-80
- 47 38-19
- 47 37-72
14-1
11-7
-0-64
-059
-0-03
-0-12
There were two thermometers belonging to the pendulum apparatus of
the expedition, marked 23 and 24. Thermometer 23 was used in all the
observations carried out during the time of drifting, except the one observa-
tion on the ice on June 8th, 1895, when another thermometer, SODERBERG
No. 114, was employed, because the temperature was too low for the pendulum
thermometers.
The correction for Soderberg No. 114 was zero between 7 and -(-5.
Colonel von Sterneck has supplied the following reduction-formula for the
pendulum thermometers.
Thermometer 23 t C. = 1-988 (reading 2'66)
24 t C. = 1-903 (reading - 2'16)
After the return of the expedition, thermometer 23 was accidentally
broken while I was comparing it with a thermometer Tonnelot 4519, of which
the correction was determined by the "Bureau International des Poids et
Mesures" at Breteuil. Both thermometers, as well as a pendulum thermo-
meter 20, belonging to the Norwegian "Gradmaalings Kommission", were
hanging side by side in a vessel full of water. I had fortunately taken the
following readings before the accident occurred.
July 29th, 1897.
11-915
10-73
Tonnelot 4519 Pendulum therm. 20 Pendulum therm.
15.86
15.90
16.015 11-99 10-80
Mean 15.947 H'953 10-765
According to Colonel von Sterneck, the reduction-formula for thermo-
meter 20 is:
t C. = 1-863 (reading 3'41).
NO. 6.] PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS. 7
The above observations thus give the following values for the tempera-
ture, (the reduction for Tonnelot to the hydrogen-thermometer being 0.095
at this temperature):
according to Tonnelot 4519 Pendulum therm. 20 Pendulum therm. 23
15.852 C. 15.916 C. 16.113 C.
Thus, with Von Sterneck's formulae, both the pendulum thermometers give
somewhat too high a temperature, indicating that the zero has risen.
I have examined thermometer 20 repeatedly. The year after I received
the pendulum apparatus, in the summer and winter of 1893, some compari-
sons were made in the air with a thermometer Baudin 8967, of which the
corrections to the hydrogen-thermometer were determined by the aid of a
thermometer Tonnelot 4506, which had been examined at the "Bureau Inter-
national des Poids et Mesures". I have since made several series of compa-
risons, some with Baudin 8967, some with Tonnelot 4519, with the two ther-
mometers hung up side by side in water. It appears that thermometer 20
has not changed more than a couple of hundredths of a degree since the
summer of 1893, and that the zero has risen about 0.09. My temperature
comparisons give the following formula:
t G. = 1-863 (reading - 3-46).
It is the same with the other thermometer, 17, belonging to the pendulum
apparatus for the "Gradmaalings Kommission". Its zero has risen 0.12 C.
I assume therefore, that it may be taken for granted that the rise of the
zero in the case of thermometer 23 had already taken place before the ob-
servations made during the expedition were begun on July 30th, 1893.
According to the above observation, I have assumed a rise of 0.25 in the
following calculations, and in so doing will remark that a more exact agree-
ment between the indications of the pendulum thermometers than within a
few hundredths of a degree cannot be expected, as one division on them
answers to 0.2, and the thermometers are not calibrated. The second ther-
mometer of the expedition, 24, shows a zero-rise of 0.375.
The following are the observations made, in Vienna, in Christiania, and
during the expedition. For the calculation of the time of coincidence, c, we
have, by the method of least squares,
0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
V\ V\ L __ \
where r = for p even, and =^5 for p odd. The sign p indicates the
Z
number of observations in each of the two series that are taken, and n the
number of coincidences between the times, a, and b q , of two corresponding
observations in the two series. The second term on the right will generally
be exceedingly small in proportion to the first, if n is not too small ; this term
can therefore be left out of consideration, and notice is only taken of it in
two or three observations made in Christiania (added as "Corr." in the last
column of the following tables). On one or two occasions during the expe-
dition, three series of observations were taken, the following formula, in
which the correction terms are left out of consideration, being employed for
their calculation:
p [m* + H* + (m n) 2 -f (p 2 1)] c =
a g , 6 5 , c q , are corresponding observations in the 3 series; n is the number
of coincidences between the first and the second series, m between the first
and the third. If m = 2n, the formula is reduced to
c = - Y] (c a),
pm ^-< v
so that the second series will be of no importance.
The constants necessary for the reduction of the observed periods of
oscillation, have been determined, as already mentioned, by Colonel VON
STERNECK. Expressed in units of the 7th decimal place of the period of os-
cillation (in mean time), the correction for the temperature, T, is 44'23 for
every degree Celsius, and the correction for the resistance of the atmosphere, J,
5*53 for every per cent of the relative density, the density of the atmosphere
at zero, and a pressure of 76 cm. being taken as unity. If the rate of the
NO. 8.] PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS. 9
watch is given for 24 hrs., the correction, u, is 58'6 units in the 7th decimal
place for every second. The correction for the amplitude, a, is
where a is the observed amplitude, and I the distance in millimetres between
the coincidence apparatus and the pendulum mirror, while S is the period of
the pendulum. Each division on the scale is equal to 3 mm.
For the thermometers before the journey, we have, according to the
above,
Thermometer 20 t C. = 1'863 (reading 3'41) (in 1892)
23 t" C. = 1-988 (reading 2'66)
24 t C. = 1-903 (reading 2-16);
during and after the expedition,
Thermometer 20 t C. = 1-863 (reading 3'41) 0.09 (in 1893 and
subsequently)
23 t C. = 1-988 (reading - 2-66) 0.25
24 t C. = 1-903 (reading 2-16) 0.375.
10
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
I Pendulum
||
is
*" S
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
Vienna (Turkenschanze) Observer, Colonel VON STERNECK.
Distance I = 3180 mm., thermometer 23, barometer No.
May 27, 1892, forenoon.
33
Before After
Bar. 745-2 14.4 = 744-4 745'3 14.5 =
t 9-18 9-20
a 7-1-7-1 5-6-5-4
ll III X
h m s
1
10 13 11-5
51
10 46 30-5
2
13 50-3
52
47 9-0
3
14 31-5
53
47 50-3
4
15 10-3
54
48 29-2
5
15 51-3
55
49 10-3
6
1630-3
56
49 49-0
7
17 11-8
57
5030-2
8
17 50-1
58
51 8-3
9
18 31-5
59
51 50-2
10
19 10-2
60
52 28-3
11
19 51-3
Mean
744-5
9-19 = 12.98
6'3
M
s
c = 39.973
50c = 33
19-0
2c-l = 78-946
18'7
18-8
logc = 1-6017667
18-9
log(2c-l) = 1-8973301
19-0
log S = 9-7044366
18-7
S = 0-5063334
18-4
a = 2 8
18-2
t = 574 2
18-7
8 = - 517'
18-1
u = - 266
50c = 33
18-65
S M = 0-5061974
May 27, 1892, forenoon.
33
Before
After
Bar. 744-8 14.4 = 744'0 744'8
14.4 = 744-0
i 9-28
9-24
o 7-2-
7-0 5-4
-5-4
/' m
s
ft
m s
1
11 28
29-8
51
12
1 48-4
5C
2
29
11-0
52
2 30-0
3
29
50-0
53
3 8-2
4
30
31-0
54
3 49-9
5
31
9-8
55
4 28-2
6
31
51-0
56
5 9-9
7
32
29-9
57
5 48-2
8
33
10-8
58
6 29-8
9
33
49-8
59
7 8-1
10
34
31-4
60
749-8
11
35
9-8
50
Mean
744-0
9'26=13.12
6-25
m
s
c = 39*972
50c=33
18-6
2c-l = 78-944
19-0
18'2
logc = 1-6017559
18'9
log(2c-l) = 1-8973191
18-4
log S = 9-7044368
18-9
S = 0-5063336
18-3
a = 2 7
19-0
r = - 580 3
18-3
8= - 516 6
18-4
u = - 266
50c = 33
18-60
SBO = 0-5061970
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
11
| Pendulum ||
JI
o -a
e
Time of Coin-
cidence
3 I
a>
H3
e
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
May 27, 1892, afternoon.
34
Before
After
Bar. 744-8 14.0 = 744'0 743'8 14.2 = 743-0
t 9-22
9-27
a 7-4-
7-5 5-3-
6-0
h in
/( m
s
1
2 37
32-0
51
3 9
37-3
50c
2
38
9-2
52
10
14-8
3
38
48-6
53
10
54-5
4
39
26-6
54
11
32-3
5
40
6-0
55
12
11-8
6
40
43-9
56
12
49-2
7
41
22-8
57
13
28-5
8
42
1-0
58
14
6-3
9
42
40-0
59
14
45-5
10
43
17-9
60
15
23-5
11
43
57-0
50c
Mean
743-5
9-25 = 13.10
6-55
m s
c = 38.5H4
50c
= 32 5-3
2c 1 = 76-0228
5-6
5-9
log c = 1-5855893
5'7
log(2c 1) = 1-8809439
5-8
log S = 9-7046454
5-3
S = 0-5065769
5-7
a = 3
5-3
r = - 579*
5-5
S = - 516
5-6
u = - 266
50c
= 32 5-57
S M = 0-5064405
May 27, 1892, afternoon.
34
Before
After
Bar. 743-5 14
.4 = 742-7 743-8 14.5 = 743'0
< 9-37
9-33
a 7-7
7-7 6-0 -
6-0
li m
s
h m
s
1
4 11
20-2
51
4 43
25-5
50c
2
11
58-0
52
44
2-7
3
12
37-5
53
44
42-5
4
13
14-9
54
45
19-0
5
13
54-5
55
45
58-8
6
14
32-0
56
46
36-3
7
15
11-5
57
47
16-3
8
15
49-0
58
47
53-7
9
16
28-6
59
48
33-2
10
17
6-0
60
49
10-4
11
17
45-8
50c
Mean
742-9
9-35 = 13.30
6-85
m s
c = 38*4924
50c
= 32 5-3
2c 1 = 75-9848
4-7
5-0
logo = 1-5853750
4-1
log(2c-l) = 1-8807268
4-3
log S = 9-7046482
4-3
S = 0-5065802
4-8
= 3 3
4-7
r=- 588 2
4-6
8 = - 515*
4-4
u = - 266
50c
= 32 4-62
S M = 0-5064429
12
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
, Pendulum
1 No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
May 28, 1892, for&noon.
33
Before After
Bar. 744.2 14.2 = 7434 743'8 14.5 = 743-0
t 9-30 9-38
a 7-0 7-5 5-0 5-8
h m s
h m s
1
8 45 51-5
51
9 19 9-9
50c
2
46 31-2
52
19 49-5
3
47 11-5
53
20 29-5
4
47 51-2
54
21 90
5
4831-2
55
21 49-5
6
49 10-9
56
2229-0
7
49 51-0
57
23 9-0
8
5030-3
58
23 49-0
9
51 11-0
59
2429-5
10
51 50-3
60
25 8-9
11
52 30-7
50c
Mean
743-2
9-34 = 13.28
6-33
m
s
c = 39*. 9654
50c = 33
18-4
2c 1 = 78-9308
18-3
18-0
logc = 1-6016842
17-8
log(2c-l) = 1-8973465
18-3
log S = 9-7044377
18-1
S = 0-5063317
180
a = 2 8
18-7
r = - 587 3
18-5
S = - 515<
18-6
u = - 274
50c = 33
18-27
SB, = 0-5061967
May 28, 1892, forenoon.
34
Before After Mean
Bar. 744-2 14'9 = 743'4 743-8 15.0 = 743-Q 743'2
t 9-47 9-49 9-48 = 13.56
a 7-5 7-4 6-0 6-0 6'73
h m s
II 1)1 H
m s
c = 38*.4992
1
10 27 28-0
51
10 59 32-4
50 c = 32 4-4
2 c-1 = 75-9984
2
28 5-3
52
11 10-0
4-7
3
4
28 45-0
29 21'2
53
54
49-8
1 26-3
4-8
5-1
logc = 1-5854517
log (2 c-1) = 1-8808045
5
30 2-0
55
2 6-8
4-8
log S = 9-7046472
6
30 39-0
56
244-0
5-0
S = 0-5065791
7
31 18-3
57
3 24-0
5-7
a = 3 2
8
31 56-2
58
4 0-9
4-7
r = - 599"
9
3235-5
59
4 40-9
5-4
8 = - 514 8
10
33 13-0
60
5 18-0
5-0
M = - 274
11
33 52-6
50c = 32 4-%
S m 0-5064399
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
13
TY J
Of
Pendulum ||
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
a
3 I
"o
6 *
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
Christiania (the Observatory). Observer, Professor SCHWTZ.
Distance I = 1691 mm., thermometer 20, barometer Adie 1504.
Pendulum
h m s
5 11 32
10 44 46
Hohwtt
h m s
9 12 26
2 4445-5
July 21, 1892.
Comparison of Clocks.
Error of Pendulum
s
July 21, Sf 1 a. m. 54'94
, 22, - 55-25
Hohwfl
Hawelk
h m s
h m s
12 40 39-5
9 55 20
41 57
5637
43 15-5
57 55
12 41 57-33
9 56 37-33
Hohwfl
Hawelk
h m s
h m s
2 37 28
11 51 23
38 45 5
5240
40 3
53 57
2 3845-5
11 52 40
Bar.
24
758 19.l = 755-7.
log 1* Hohwfl = -35.10-7
log Hohwti = 2-8456044
log Hawelk = 2-8427756
0-0028288
log i Hohwtt = - 35
log 1* Hawelk = 0-0028253
757-5 19.3 = 755-2
33
t
13-32
13-36
Bar. = 755-5
a
4-8 4-8
3-6-3-8
t = 13-35 = 18.52
h in i-
h m s
m s
a = 3-93
1
10 6 36-5
21
10 36 53-6
20c=30 17-1
c = 90 S .8435
2
8 8-2
22
3825-4
17-2
2 c-1 =180-687
3
9 38-0
23
39 55-3
17-3
4
11 10-2
24
41 27-5
17-3
log c = 1-9582939
5
12 40-0
25
42 57-1
17-1
Iog(2c 1) = 2-2569259
6
14 11-7
26
44 28-5
16-8
97013670
7
1540-8
27
45 58-2
17-4
log 1 Haw. = 28253
8
17 13-5
28
47 30-1
16-6
log S = 9-7041923
9
10
1843-2
20 15-5
29
30
48 59-4
50 31-2
16-2
15-7
S = 0-5060487
3"
a
3-95 4-05
3-2 - 3-2
20c = 30 16-87
r = - 819'
8 = 514 4
t
13-35
13-37
SK = 0-5059150
14
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Pendulum II
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
t
13-38
13-41
Bar. = 755-3
a
4-2-4-2
3-3 3-4
t = 13-40 = 18.61
ll 111 K
h HI- H
m s
= 3-6
1
10 58 41-4
21
11 28 55-7
20c = 3014-3
c = 90S.6923
10-7
1JQ>Q
22
oq
3025-2
f>4 CH.A
14-5
Cor. = - 60
4
5
<XZ
3 12-3
444-2
20
24
25
Ol O/ U
33 26-3
34 58-2
14-0
14-0
c = 90 S .6863
2c-l =180-3726
6
6 13-5
26
3627-4
13-9
logo = 1-9575416
7
7 45-3
27
37 59-4
14-1
log(2c-l) = 2-2561705
8
9 15'1
28
39 28-5
13'4
9-7013711
9
10
11
10 47-0
12 16-3
13 48-2
29
30
31
41 0-4
42 29-5
44 1-5
13-4
132
13-3
log 1 Haw. = 28253
log S = 9-7041964
20 c = 30 13-845
S = 0-5060535
a
3-8 3-9
2-95 3-05
o = 3 2
1
13-40
13-41
r = - 823 2
8 = - 514'
S w = 0-5059194
July 22, 1892.
Comparison of Clocks.
Pendulum
Hohwtt
h m s
h m s
5 55 44
9 52 35
1042 56
239
Hawelk
Hohwti
h m s
h m s
12 16 58-5
1 16 33
18 32-5
18 7-5
12 17 45-5
1 17 20-25
Error of Pendulum
s
July 22, 3& a. m. 55'25 log 1* Hohwu = - 30 . 10 -1
. 23, 55-58
Hawelk
HohwH
h m s
h m s
1 31 27-5
2 31 25
33 1-5
32 59-5
1 32 14-5
2 32 12-25
log is Hawelk = 0-0022263
Bar
758'5 18.9 = 756'2,
24
758O 19.2 = 755'7
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
15
Pendulum II
e
5
w
<D
T3
6 ' 3
Time of Coin-
cidence
If
0)
T3
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
34
*
13-5
13-515
Bar. = 755-8
a
4-2 43
34 3-5
t = 13-51 = 1882
h HI x
h m s
m s
a= 3-68
1
12 29 19-5
31
1 3 17-2
30c = 3357-7
2
30 26-1
32
4 24-7
58-6
c - 67*.9198
3
31 355
33
5 33-2
57-7
2c 1 =134-8396
4
32 41-8
34
6 40-0
58-2
5
33 51-5
34 58'7
35
36
7 48-6
8 56-0
57-1
57-3
logc = 1-8319964
log(2c 1) = 2-1298174
7
36 6-8
37
10 46
57-8
9-7021790
8
37 13-5
38
11 12-0
58-5
log 1* Haw. = 22263
9
38 22-7
39
12 19-8
571
log S = 9-7044053
10
39 30-2
40
13 27-8
57-6
11
4038-7
41
14356
56-9
S = 0-5062970
12
41 46-0
42
1543-7
57-7
= - 3
13
42 54-3
43
16 51-5
57-2
r = - 832 5
14
44 1-7
44
17 58-6
56-9
8 = - 514
15
45 9-8
45
19 7-4
576
SM = 0-5061620
30 c = 33 57-593
a
3-95 - 4-0
3-05 - 3 05
t
13-51
13-52
July 25, 1892.
Comparison of Clocks.
Pendulum
h m s
623 55
10 13 14
Hohwft
h m s
10 8 54-5
1 57 36-0
Error of Pendulum
s
July 25, 3* a. m. 56-40
, 26, -- 56-80
log 1 Hohwfl = 41 . 10-?
Hawelk Hohwti
h m s h m s
10 38 22-5 11 59 46
40 0-5 12 1 24-5
10 39 11-5 12 35-25
Hawelk
Hohwfl
h m s
h m s
11 28 56-5
12 50 35-5
30 35-5
52 15
11 2946
12 51 25-25
Hawelk Hohwfl
h m s h m s
12 30 58-5 1 52 56-5
32 36-5 54 35
12 31 47-5 1 53 45'75
log 1 Hawelk = 0-0022086, log 1 Hawelk = 0-0022076
Bar.
766'1 19.3 = 763'8,
4 765-3 19.6 = 762-9
16
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Pendulum 1
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
_g
U s
13
'
25
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
34
t
13-70
1371
Bar. = 763-5
a
1-51-6
1-2 12
t = 13-71 = 19.19
h m s
h m s
m s
a= 1-31
i
10 47 18-5
21
11 9 50-7
20 c = 22 32-2
2
4824-7
22
10 56-4
31-7
c = 67S.5645
3
49 33-7
23
12 5-9
32-2
Cor. = + 132
4
5040-7
24
13 12-0
31-3
c = 67*5777
5
51 50-5
25
14 21-5
31-0
2c-l =134-1554
6
52 56-8
26
15 27-9
31-1
7
54 4-9
27
1636-8
31-9
logc = 1-8298034
8
55 11-5
28
17 42-7
31-2
log(2c 1) = 2-1276081
9
56 20-6
29
18 51-6
31-0
9-7021953
10
57 27-3
30
19 57-7
30-4
log 1 Haw. = 22086
11
58 36-5
31
21 6'7
30-2
logS = 9-7044039
a
13 - 1-3
1-21-2
S = 0-5062953
t
13-71
13-72
a = O 4
T = - 848'
8 - 518'
SM = 0-5061585
34
t
13-77
13-79
Bar. = 763-2
a
3-05 - 3-1
2-5 2-5
t = 13-78 =19.32
h m s
h m s
m s
a= 2-67
1
11 43 19-6
31
12 17 10
30c = 33 41-4
2
44 26 3
32
18 8-6
42-3
c = 67S.399
3
4535-0
33
19 16-8
41-8
2c-l =133-798
4
4641-5
34
20 23-2
41-7
5
47 49-8
35
21
I
logc = 1-8286535
6
48 55-4
36
22 38-0
42'6
log(2c 1) = 2-1264496
7
50 4-3
37
23 46-5
42-2
9-7022039
8
51 11-0
38
2453-0
42-0
log 1 Haw. = 22076
9
52 194
39
26 1-2
41-8
logS = 9-7044115
10
5325-9
40
27 7-5
41-6
11
54 33-9
41
28 16-2
42-3
S = 0-5063042
30c = 33 41-97
<X = - I 8
a
2-9-2-95
2-2 2-2
r = 854 7
t
13-77
13-795
' 8 = - 518"
SM = 0-5061667
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
17
|| Pendulum
Jl
V
13
'
2;
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
Christiania. The Observatory.
June llth, 1893.
Comparison of Clocks.
Michelet 10^ a. m. Error 40'48
. 10* p. m. , 41-07 logl s M,chelet
Hawelk
Michelet
h m s
li ill x
1 19 23-0
10 44 18-5
29 39-5
4535-5
1 20 1-25
1044 57
Hawelk
Michelet
h m s
h m s
2 4630-5
12 11 58-5
47 51
13 19 5
2 47 10-75
12 12 39
Hawelk
Michelet
h m s
h m s
4 17 26-5
1 4328-5
1848
44 50-5
4 18 7-25
1 44 9-5
log 1* Hawelk = 0'0026847
log 1 Hawelk = 0'0026918
Bar.
764-9 18.l
t
12-92
12-975
Bar. = 762-5
a
3-9 4-1
2-8 3-1
t = 12-97 = 17.72
h m s
h m s
m s
a= 3-3
1
1 28 39-1
31
2 11 31-6
30 c = 42 52-5
2
30 55
32
12 57-8
52'3
c = 85*759
3
31 30-2
33
14 22-5
52-3
2 c-1 =170518
4
32 56-3
34
15 49-0
52-7
logc= 1-9332797
5
34 21-8
35
17 14
52-2
log (2 c-1) = 2-2317702
7
a
35
37 13-5
3S 9Q-S
36
37
OQ
18 40'8
20 5-9
91 *15M
52-4
co.o
97015095
loglHaw.= 26847
O
9
OO OtJ O
40 5-4
OO
39
-I Oo 1
2257-9
ooo
525
log S = 9-7041942
10
41 31-0
40
24 25-0
54'0
11
4257-0
41
2550-5
53-5
5 = 0-5060509
n 99
a
3-4 38
2-5 2-8
30c = 42 52-77
Ct 25
r = 783 3
t
12-92
13 - 05
* = 520 5
Bar.
764-75 18.7
SM = 05059202
18
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Pendulum I
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
If
**H 3)
T3
d' 3
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
34
Bar.
764-5 18.5
Bar. = 762-0
t
13-06
13-09
t = 13-09 =17.93
a
3-0 3-2
2-2 2-5
a= 260
h m s
h m s
nt 8
1
3 19 28-5
20 48-2
31
32
3 59 12-0
31-8
30c = 3943'5
436
c = 79*4748
2c-l =157-9496
3
22 7-4
33
1 509
43-5
log c = 1-9002294
4
2326-5
34
3 10-6
44-1
log (2 c 1) = 2-1985185
5
24 46-0
35
4 30-2
442
9-7017109
6
7
8
26 5-5
27 25-0
28445
36
37
38
5 50-1
7 9-3
8 28-9
44-6
44-3
44-4
logl*Haw.= 26918
log S = 9-7044027
9
10
30 4-0
31 23-5
39
40
948-5
11 8-2
44-5
44-7
S = 0-5062940
11
32 42-5
41
12 27-8
45.3
= I 8
HQQl
30c = 39 44-245
r = /as 1
a
2-7 2-9
2-0 2-2
S = - 519'
t
13-08
13-11
S u = 5061625
Bar.
764-1 18.4
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk Michelet Hawelk Michelet Hawelk Michelet
ferns h m s h m s h m 8 h m s h m s
7 59 41 5 27 43-5 9 40 24'5 7 9 1'5 10 48 54 8 17 54'5
1 6-5 29 9-5 41 &4 10 31-5 50 19'5 19 20-5
8 23-75 5 28 26-5 9 41 9'25 7 9 46'5 10 49 36'75 8 18 37'5
log is Hawelk = 0-0024655 log 1* Hawelk = 0024717
34
Bar.
763-4 18.7
Bar. = 761-1
t
13-385
13-35
t = 13-36 =18.44
a
6-9 7-1
5-4 5-7
a=5'97
h m s
h m s
m s
1
2
8 16 16-5
17 593
31
32
8 53 26-0
54 405
30c = 36 39-5
41-2
c == 73<.3367
2c 1 =145-6734
3
19 12 3
33
55 530
40-7
log c = 1-8653213
4
20 25-6
34
57 6-5
40-9
log(2c-l) = 2-1633802
5
21 393
35
58 19-5
40-2
9-7019411
6
7
8
2252-7
24 6-2
25 19-6
36
37
38
59 326
46-0
1 59-6
399
39-8
40-0
log lHaw. = 24655
log S = 9-7044066
9
10
26 32-9
2746-5
39
40
3 12-3
4 26-3
'39-4
39-8
S = 5062985
11
2859-6
41
539-3
397
a. = 9*
T R11K
30 c = 36 40 1
T -" Oltl
<*
6-2-6-5
4-9-5-1
8 = 518'
t
13-36
13-35
S u = 5061641
Bar.
763-5 18.75
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
19
| Pendulum ||
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
Bar.
763-55 18.7
Bar. = 761-2
t
13-61
1365
t = 1363=18.95
a
4-9 5-0
3-7 39
a =4-1
h m s
h m s
tfl S
c = 79M709
1
9 48 45-7
31
10 28 19-2
30c = 3933-5
2c-l =157-3418
2
50 4-3
32
29 38-2
33-9
3
51 23-1
33
3057-8
34-7
logc = 1-8985656
4
52 41 9
34
32 16-5
346
log(2c 1) = 2-1968441
5
54 0-1
35
3335-5
35-4
9-7017215
6
55 19-8
36
34 53-8
34-0
log lHaw. = 24717
7
8
56 38-5
57 57-5
37
38
36 14-7
37 33-3
36-2
log S = 9-7041932
9
59 16-7
39
3852-8
361
S = 0-5060498
10
358
40
40 115
35-7
a = 4*
11
1 54-7
41
41 31 2
36-5
r 837'
a
4-3 4-5
3-2 3-3
30c = 39 35-127
8 = - 517 s
t
13-65
13-59
33 = 0-5059138
Bar.
763-5 17.8
Christiania. The Pendulum-house (in the garden of the Observatory).
Distance I = 1930 mm., thermometer 20, barometer, an aneroid, Gary 623, of which
the correction was daily determined by the aid of a hypsometer, Tonnelot 11364, with
divisions of fiftieths of a degree.
Pendulum
Michelet
h m s
h in s
22 22 48
6 11 28-5
2550
14 30
22 24 19
6 12 59 25
May 30th, 1897.
Comparison of Clocks.
Pendulum Michelet
h m s h m s
3 47 52 11 35 395
50 57 38 44
3 49 24-5 11 37 11 '75
log 1* Michelet = 56.10- 1 ?
Hawelk
Michelet
h m s
h in H
4 18 51 5
6 45 25-5
20 34
47 8-5
4 194275
6 46 17
Hawelk
h m s
5 30 55
32 40
Michelet
h m s
7 57 49-5
59 35
Error of Pendulum 8
May 30, Midnight 44-75
31, 44-78
Hawelk
h m s
6 28 58-5
3040-5
Michelet
h m s
8 56 9-5
57 52
5 31 47-5 7 58 42'25
6 29 49-5 8 57 0'75
log 1* Hawelk = 0-0020482 log 1 Hawelk = 0020475
20
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Pendulum
I No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
Hawelk
h m s
7 44 36-5
46 19
Michelet
h m s
10 12 9
10 13 52-5
Hawelk
h m s
8 49 35
51 19
Michelet
h m s
11 17 26
19 10-5
7 45 28 10 13 0-75
log I* Hawelk = 0-0020HJ9
log
8 50 27 11 18 1825
Hawelk = 0-0020502
Bar.
763-0 = 763-6
Bar. = 763-7
t
11-34
11-41
t = 11-39 = 14.76
a
4-0 4-0
3-1 3-1
a = 3-45
h m s
h m s
in 8
c = 68S.8552
i
4 26 5-9
31
5 31-0
30c = 3425-l
2 c-1 =136-7104
2
27 14-5
32
1 39-4
24-9
3
28 23-7
33
2
>
logc = 18379368
4
29 31-5
34
3 56-8
253
log(2c 1) = 2-1358016
5
30410
35
5 6-6
25-6
9-7021352
6
31 49-4
36
6 14 6
25-2
log ISHaw. = 20482
7
8
32 58-4
34 6-7
37
38
7 24'1
832-5
25 4 7
25-8
log S = 9-7041834
9
35 15-7
39
9 42-4
26-7
S = 0-5060384
10
3624-0
40
1050-6
26-6
a. - 2 3
30c = 34 25-656
T = 653 1
a
3-8 3-8
2-9 2-9
S = 526'
*
11-37
11-42
S m = 0-5059202
34
Bar.
763-2 = 763-8
Bar. = 764-0
1
11-49
11-49
t = 11-49 = 14.%
a
4-1 4-1
33 3-3
a= 3-6
h m s
h m s
m s
c = 64S.62
1
5 35 50 5
31
6 8 8-7
30 c = 32 18-2
2c 1 =12824
2
36 56-0
32
9 14-5
18-5
3
37 59-6
33
10 18-3
18-7
logc = 18103670
4
39 5-0
34
11 23-9
18-9
log (2 c-1) = 2-1080235
5
40 8-6
35
12 27 5
18-9
9-7013435
6
41 141
36
13 33-0
18-9
log 1 Haw. = 20475
7
42 17-7
37
14 36-4
18'7
log S = 9-7043910
8
43 23-4
38
1542-0
18-6
9
44 27-2
39
1645-8
18-6
S = 0-5062802
10
4533-0
40
17 51-0
18-0
a = 2 5
30c = 32 18-60
T = 661 8
a
3-9 - 39
3-1 - 3-1
S = 526 6
A 4 .in
1 I .4(1
t
11 *
11 *y
S M = 0-5061611
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS
21
Pendulum 1
No. of Coin- 1
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
c
SI
<
o *a
o y
&
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences.
Calculation of Period
34
Bar.
763 7 = 764-3
Bar. = 764-3
t
11-51
11-58
t = 11-57 = 15.ll
a
6-4 6-4
5-2 5-2
o= 5-63
h m s
h m s
m s
c 64S.646
i
6 42 45-7
31
7 15 4-4
30c = 32 18-7
2c-l =128-292
2
43 51
32
16 9-9
18-9
3
44 54-8
33
17 14-0
19-2
logc = 1-8105417
4
46 0-0
34
18 19-2
192
log(2c-l) = 2-1081996
5
47 4-0
35
1923-4
19-4
9-7023421
6
48 8-9
36
20 28-6
19-7
log 1 Haw. = 20469
7
8
49 13-0
50 18-2
37
38
21 32-5
2237-9
19'5
19-7
log S = 9-7043890
9
51 22-5
39
23 42-1
19-6
S = 0-5062779
10
52 27-4
40
24 47-3
199
a = 6
30c = 32 19-38
i = - 668'
a
6-0-6-0
4-9 4-9
8 = - 526 5
11-52
11-61
S 34 = 0-5061578
33
Bar.
763-9 = 764-4
Bar. = 764-5
t
11-71
11-74
t = 11-73 = 15.41
a
4.8 - 4-8
3-7 3-7
a= 4-05
h m s
h in N
m s
c = 68S.9537
1
2
7 51 46-6
52 55-4
31
32
8 26 15-9
27 23-7
30c = 34 29-3
28-3
2c 1 =136-9074
3
54 5.0
33
28 33-4
28-4
log c = 1-8385576
4
55 13-1
34
29 41-8
28-7
log(2c 1)= 2-1364269
5
56 229
35
30 51-6
287
97021307
6
57 30-7
36
31 59-5
28-8
log 1 Haw. = 20502
7
8
58 40'8
5948-5
37
38
33 9-2
34 17-0
284
28-5
log S = 9-7041809
9
058-4
39
35 27
28-6
S = 0-5060354
10
2 6-4
40
3634-8
28-4
<x = - 3 2
30c = 34 28-61
r = 681 5
a
4.3 - 4.3
3-4 - 3-4
S = - 526'
t
Bar.
11-71
11 '76
764-1 = 7646
S, 3 = 0-5059143
22
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Pendulum 1
No. of Coin- 1
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
June 13th, 1897.
Comparison of Clocks.
Pendulum
Michelet
h in s
It HI N
10 47
7 422-5
1350
7 25-0
12 18 5
7 5 53-75
Pendulum
h m, s
5 16 58
19 57
Michelet
h m s
12 9 43-5
1242
Error of Pendulum
June 13th,
. 14th,
5 18 27 5
11 12-75
34
log is Michelet = - 31 . 10 -'
Hawelk
h m s
4 31 38
33 21
Michelet
h m s
7 3329
35 12-5
Hawelk
It 111 X
5 38 41
40 25
Michelet
h m s
8 40 51-5
42 36
Hawelk
h m s
6 48 58-5
5045
a. m. 44'81
- - - 44-93
Michelet
h m s
9 51 29-5
53 16-5
4 32 29-5 7 34 20'75
5 39 33 8 41 43 75
6 49 51-75 9 52
log I* Hawelk = 0'0020966 log 1 Hawelk = 0'0021022
Hawelk
h m s
7 5442
56 265
Michelet
h m s
10 57 32
59 17
7 55 34-25 10 58 24'5
log is Hawelk = 00020849
Hawelk
Michelet
h m s
ll, HI S
85851
12 1 59-5
6037-5
346-5
8 59 44-25 12 2 53
log is Hawelk = 0'0020788
Bar.
7669
Bar. = 7669
t
11983
12-093
t = 12 06 = 16.02
a,
6-4-6-4
5-2 - 5-2
a= 5-63
h m s
h m s
m s
e = 65* .4861
1
4 41 28-4
31
5 14 14-5
30c = 3246-l
2c 1 =129-9722
2
42 34-4
32
15 20-0
45-6
3
43 39-7
33
16 246
44-9
log c = 1-8161492
4
4446-2
34
17 30-5
443
log(2c 1) = 2-1138504
5
45 50-4
35
18 35-4
45-0
9-7022988
6
46 56-6
36
19 41-5
449
log is Haw. = 20966
7
48 1-7
37
20 464
447
log S = 9-7043954
8
49 7-6
38
21 52-0
444
9
50 12-8
39
22 56-8
44-0
S = 0.5062854
10
51 19-1
40
24 2-6
43-5
= - 6"
11
5224-3
41
25 73
43-0
T 709
30 c 32 44-582
g _ 5271
6-n fi-n
4'9 4-9
1
U V ^^ \) V
12007
12-16
S M = 0-5061613
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
23
Pendulum 1
c** r
T3
Time of Coin-
cidence
_]3
O 13
6 ' 3
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
Bar.
767-0
Bar. = 766-8
t
12-35
12-45
t = 1242 =16.70
a
5-2 5-2
4-14-1
= 4-45
I
2
h m s
5 4538-4
46 49-1
31
32
h m s
6 20 38-8
21 49-5
nt s
30 c = 34 60-4
60-4
c = 69*. 9663
2 c-1 =133-9326
3
47 58-8
33
22 58-3
59-5
logc = 1-8448889
4
49 8-9
34
24 8-5
59-6
(log 2 c-1) = 2-1428041
5
50 18-4
35
25 174
59-0
9-7020848
6
21 29-5
KCJ QOyl
36
on
26 28-0
cn OT-c
58-5
log 1 s Haw. = 21022
8
52 39 4
53 49-6
37
38
27 37 5
28480
58'1
58-4
log S = 9-7041870
9
10
5458-8
56 9-5
39
40
29 57-1
31 7-2
58-3
57-7
S = 0-5060426
Q8
11
57 19-2
30c = 34 58-99
i* O
T = 738 6
4.3 4.5
0.7 q.n
8 = 524"
t
12-38
12-51
S M = 0-5059159
33
Bar.
766-7
Bar. = 766-5
t
12-725
12-865
t = 12-82 = 17.43
a
5-3 5-3
4-2 4-2
a= 4-57
1
2
h m s
6 55 36-8
5647-1
31
32
h tn s
7 30 20-3
31 30-6
m s
30c = 3443-5
43-5
c = 69S.462
2c 1 =137-924
3
57 56-0
33
3239-4
43-4
logc = 1-8417473
4
59 6-1
34
33 50-0
43-9
log (2 c-1) = 2-1396398
5
60 14-5
35
34 58-6
44-1
9-7021075
6
7
8
1 24-9
233-4
344-0
36
37
38
36 8-9
37 17-4
38 28-0
44H)
44-0
44-0
log 1* Haw. = 20849
log S = 9-7041924
9
10
4 52-5
6 2-8
39
40
39 36-5
40 47-0
44-0
44-2
S = 0-5060488
4"
11
7 11-4
30c = 34 43-86
T = 770
ct
4'9 4-9
o.q Q.O
S = - 523'
t
12-745
12-93
S w = 5059190
24
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
| Pendulum ||
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Bj
8
" a
'o-S
e
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
34
Bar.
766-3
Bar. = 766-2
t
13-15
13-345
< = 13-28 =18.30
a
4-2-4-2
3-4 3-4
a= 3-7
1
2
h m s
8 5 57 3
7 2-2
33
34
h m s
8 40 37-0
41 41-0
tn s
32c = 34 39-7
38-8
c = 64S.9753
2c-l =128-9506
3
8 8-0
35
42 47-0
39-0
log c = 1-81274S3
4
9 12-4
36
43 51 4
39-0
log(2c-l) = 2-1104-233
5
10 17-9
37
44 57-3
39-4
9-7023250
1$
11 22-0
38
46 1-6
39-6
log 1 Haw. = 20788
7
12 27-9
39
47 7-0
39-1
log S = 9-7044038
8
13 32-4
40
48 11-2
38-8
9
14 37-6
41
49 17-1
39-5
S = 0-5062952
10
15 42-2
42
5021-4
39-2
= 2'
11
16 47-5
32c = 34 39-21
T = - 809'
((,
4-0 4-0
3-2 3-2
9 = 522
1320
13-418
S M = 0-5061618
Bar.
766-1
NO. 8.] PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS. 25
Observer, Lieutenant SCOTT-HANSEN.
Khabarova.
July 30th, 1893; afternoon.
The place of observation was situated about 500 metres WNW by com-
pass of the Russian church, whose latitude was determined by Nordenskiold
to be 69 38' 50" N., and longitude 60 19' 49" E. of Greenwich.
The apparatus was set up on a crag of slate on the shore to the north
of Sibiriakoff's warehouse. The pendulum clock was hung up on a packing-
case of which one end was sunk into the tundra, and partly filled with
shingle. The lower edge of the glass case that was put over the pendulum
apparatus was lined with asbestos packing, and during the observations,
water was placed round the foot, and Lieut. Scott-Hansen further laid his
cloak over it. The wind was south-westerly, and the sky half overcast.
There was no opportunity of determining the rate of the chronometer by
time observations. The barometer-readings were taken by an aneroid Perkins-
Rayment 1298, which was compared before and after with a mercurial
barometer, Adie 764. Scott-Hansen is uncertain whether thermometer 23 or
24 was used for the observations. The difference between the two thermo-
meters in the same reading is, as we have seen on page 9,
23 24 = reading X 0.085 1,053;
so that the temperature corresponding to a given reading, may differ between
0.40 and 0.67, according to which of the two thermometers was used.
I have supposed that thermometer 23 was used in this case as subse-
quently. The observations, however, are not very trustworthy, on account
of the rapid rise in temperature that took place.
4
26
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
|| Pendulum |
Jl
<M
TJ
c
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk
Kutter
Hawelk
Kutter
h m s
It in *
h m s
h m s
375
9 57 52
8 54 18
347 2
8 36-5
59 24
55 45-5
4830
10 5
60 53
57 11
49 46
3 8 35-5 9 59 23
8 55 44-83 3 48 2<)-:
The rate of Kutter at the
time of observation may be
assumed (see p. 6) to be
0*06 in 24*
From this we obtain log 1 s Hawelk = 0'0024329
July 30; afternoon : Barometer, Perkins-Eayment 1298, 778-5 16'7
Adie 764, 762-8 8.0 = 761'8
July 51 ; morning : Barometer, Perkins-Rayment 1298, 782'7 17'6
Adie 764, 766-3 9.4 = 765'1
Distance I = 2065 mm.
33
Bar.
779-4
780-3
Bar. 779-7 = 762'8
t
446
4-52
< = 4-51=3.43
a
5-5 5-4
3-9 4-0
a = 4-31
h m s
It m s
til S
1
3 16 43-3
31
3 58 40
30c = 4156-7
c = 83*. 9306
2
18 3-5
32
1-3
578
2c-l =166-8612
3
4
5
19 31-8
20 51-5
22 18 -
33
34
35
1 30-0
2 50-0
4, 17-K
;58'2
58-5
9Hi
logc = 1-9239203
log(2c-l) = 2-2223553
6
23 36-0
36
1 I I ' >
5 37-0
* ' i)
61-0
9-7015650
7
25 6-5
37
7 2-5
56-0
log l*Haw. = 24329
8
26 28-0
38
8 26-0
58-0
log S = 9-7039979
9
27 55-3
39
953-0
57-7
10
29 14-8
40
11 13-0
58-2
S = 0-5058222
11
30430
41
12 38-5
55-5
a = 3 1
C4
Bar.
780-0
30 c = 41 57-918
r = 151
S = - 547
t
4-50
4-57
S m = 0-5057519
a
45 - 43
3-4-3-5
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
27
Pendulum 1
ii
*s ri
Time of Coin-
cidence
a
i i
13
' 3
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
Bar.
780-35
780-4
Bar. 780-35 = 763'2
t
4-66
5-07
t = 4-94 = 4.27
a
63 6-4
4-5 4-1
a = 5-07
h m s
h m s
m 8
i
4 34 59
41
5 30 50
40c = 55 51-0
c = 83*7488
2
3622
42
32 13 2
51-2
2c 1 =166-4976
3
37 46
43
33 370?
*
4
39 9
44
35 1-5
52-5
log c = 1-9229786
5
40 34-5
45
36(20) ?
1
log(2c 1) = 2-2214080
6
41 57-0
46
3746-7
49-7
9-7015706
7
4321-0
47
39 22-5?
1
log lHaw. = 24329
8
44 44-0
48
4035-8
51-8
log 5= 9-7040035
9
46 9-6
49
41 57 3
47-7
10
47 33-8
50
43 22-7
48-9
S = 0-5058287
11
48 58-0
51
4444-8
46-8
o = 4 3
40c = 55 49-95
r = 188 9
Bar.
780-3
780-35
,?= 546 3
t
4-76
5-25
SM = 0-5057547
a
5-8 5'8
4-13-6
The observations marked with a note of interrogation are entered as unreliable, and
are therefore not used in the computations.
34
Bar.
780-6
780-8
Bar. 780-8 = 763-6
t
5-63
6-80
t = 6-35 = 7.09
a
8-0 5-4
53 - 3-4
a = 5-25
h m s
h m s
lit S
1
6 2337-4
51
7 28 60
50c=
c = 77. 489
2
25 4-0
52
2927-5
>
2c 1 =153978
3
26 13-0
53
3053-0
4
27 38-8
54
32 19-0
*
logc = 1-8892401
5
28472
55
33 28-0
I
log(2c 1) = 2-1874587
6
30 13-7
56
34 48-5
64 34-8
9-7017814
7
8
9
31 22-0
32495
33 57-8
57
58
59
3557-0
37 230
38 32-0
35-0
33-5
34-2
logl*Haw.= 24329
logS = 9-7042143
10
11
35 25-0
3632-5
60
61
3958-7
41 8-0
33-7
35-5
S = 0-5060743
a 4."
Bar.
780-7
7811
50c = 64 3445
i* f
r - 313"
{
5-99
699
S = - 541 a
a
7-2 4-9
4-8 3-0
SM = 0-5059884
The first 5 observations in the second series must be inaccurate, as there is far too
great a difference between them and the succeeding observations. They are therefore not
taken into consideration-
28
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Pendulum
ll
0>
T3
C
Time of Coin-
cidence
a
1
Q>
o ^o
C
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
34
Bar.
781-2
781-5
Bar. 781-4 = 764'0
t
7-0
8-04
t = 7-67 = 9.70
a
6-3 6-2
49-4-9
o = 5-27
h m s
h m s
m s
1
7 58 39-7
31
8 37 25-0
30 c = 38 45 3
c = 77*5057
%
59 560
32
38 41 8
45-8
2c 1 =154-0114
3
1 15-0
33
40 3-0
48-0
4
232-5
34
41 17-0
445
log c = 1-8893336
5
348-9
35
42 32-5
43-6
Iog(2c-l) = 2-1875528
6
5 7-0
36
43 49-5
42-5
9-7017808
7
625-0
37
45 10-0
45-0
log I* Haw. = 24329
8
7 41-0
38
46 26-5
455
log S = 9-7042137
9
8 59-0
39
47 420
43-0
10
10 16-5
40
49 5-0
48-5
S = 0-5060736
30c = 38 4517
a = 4 6
Bar.
781-2
781-6
r = 429
f
7-75
7'87
S 536 1
a
5'7 5'7
4-2 4-3
Ssi = 0-5059766
Saloon of the Fram.
Jcmua/ry 16, 1894.
The observations were made between midnight on the 15th January, and 5 o'clock
the following morning, according to the ship's time.
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk
h, m s
10 19 20
22 36
2556
Hohwii
h m s
3 32 29
3546
39 7
Hawelk
li m s
1 33 50
37 4
40 20
Hohwfl
h m s
6 47 59
51 14
54 31
Hawelk
li in H
3 1 18
435
7 50
10 22 37-33 3 35 47'33
Hohwfl
h tn s
8 15 54
19 12
22 28
1 37 4-67 6 51 14'67
3 4 34-33 8 19 H'33
Bate of Hohwfl in 24" = OS-01
log 1 s Hawelk = 0022278 log 1 s Hawelk = 0022281
Distance I = 2075 mm., thermometer 23, barometer Adie 763
VERSITY
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
29
v*
5ITY )
Pendulum II
No. of Coin- 1
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
a
31
' -,
0-0
o'
2
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
Bar.
769-5 15.0
Bar. = 768-1
t
7-75
7-69
7-56
t = 7-63 = 9.63
a
4-0-3-9
3-1-3-0
2-4 2-1
a = 2-95
h m s
h m s
h m s
1
11 39 424
21
6 9-7
41
32 38 ?
m s
c = 79S.3705
2
41 0-0
22
7 26-2
42
3353-6
40 c = 52 53-6
2c-l =157-741
3
42209
23
8 48-1
43
35 17-4
56-5
4
43 39-4
24
10 50
44
36 32-0
52-6
logc = 1-8996592
5
45 0-5
25
11 25-6?
45
37 560
55-5
log(2c-l) = 2-1979446
6
46 17-5
26
12432
46
39 11-0
53-5
9-7017146
7
4739-0
27
14 6-1
47
40 35-0
56-0
log 1* Haw. = 22278
8
9
48 56-4
50 17-8
28
29
15 23-0
16 442
48
49
41 500
43 13-1
53-6
55-3
logS = 9-7039424
10
51 35-0
30
50
44 290
54-0
S = 0-5057576
11
5256-4
31
19 24-0
51
45 54-0
57-6
a 1*
Bar.
t
7700 13 .9
7-50
40c = 52 54-82
r = 425 9
S = - 539"
a
1-9-2-0
S S8 = 0-5056609
Bar.
770-1 13.4
t
7-20
7-10
a
6-3 6-0
4-2-4-0
h m s
h m s
1
2 28-7
31
>
2
1 49-1
32
2 41 34-6
3
3 7-8
33
42 52-8
4
428-1
34
44 13-4
5
5 46-8
35
45 32-0
6
7 7-0
36
46 53-1
7
825-7
37
48 11-0
8
9 45-9
38
49 31-9
9
11 4-8
39
5050-1
10
12 25-1
40
52 11-0
11
1343-8
41
5329-0
Bar.
770-15 13.0
t
7-17
7-06
a
5-5 5-2
4-0 3-8
in s
30c = 39 45-5
45-0
45-3
45-2
46-1
45-3
46-0
45-3
45-9
45-2
30c = 39 45-48
Bar. = 768-6
t = 7-13 = 8.64
a = 4-88
c = 79S.516
2c 1 =158-032
logc = 1-9004545
log(2c 1) = 2-1987450
9-7017095
log l*Haw. =
IogS = 9-7039376
S = 0-5057520
a = - 3"
t = - 382 2
S = - 541"
= 0-5056592
30
O. E. SCH10TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
| Pendulum ||
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
I
31
>
T3
I' 8
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
Saloon of the Fram.
Night of the 15th March, 1894.
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk
Hohwti
Hawelk
Hohwti
h m s
h m s
h m s
h m s
9 11 3
6 52 18-5
11 51 56
932 45
Hohwtt's rate in
143
55 18
54 41
35295
+ 08-07
17 2
58 16-5
57 40
38 28
9 14 2'67 6 55 17'67
11 54 45-67 9 35 34'17
log is Hawelk = 0-0011955
Distance I = 2215 mm.
33
Bar.
756-7 12.4
Bar. = 755-2
t
7-06
6-94
t = 6-97 = 8.32
a
4-7-4-8
4-04-0
a = 4-23
h m s
h m s
m s
1
9 27 26-5
31
9 45 14-4
30 c= 17 47 9
c = 35*.5994
2
28 2-2
32
45 50-3
481
2c-l = 70-1988
3
2837-5
33
46 25-5
480
4
29 13-4
84
47 1-0
47-6
logc = 1-5514427
5
29 48-7
35
47 36-9
48-2
log(2c-l) = 28463297
6
3024-4
36
48 12-3
47-9
9-7051130
7
3059-6
37
4848-2
48-6
loglHaw.= 11955
8
31 35 6
38
49 234
47-8
log S = 9-7039175
9
32 11-3
39
49 59-1
47-8
10
32 47-2
40
50348
47-6
S = 0-5057286
11
33221
41
51 10-4
48-3
a = 2 6
30 c= 17 47-982
T = 367
Bar.
756-4 12.0
S = 532 8
f
7-01
6-87
SM = 0-5056383
a
4-4-4-3
3-9 38
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
31
Pendulum I
ll
O>
d'S
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin- 1
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
Bar.
Bar. = 755-1
t
6-79
6-61
t = 6 66 = 7.70
a
2'2 2'1
1-8 1-8
a = 1-9
h m s
h m s
tn s
1
10 3 33-6
31
10 21 21-6
30c=1748-0
c = 35S.6085
2
4 8-9
32
21 57-9
49-0
2c-l = 70-217
3
445-0
33
22 32-3
47-3
4
5 19-9
34
23 9-4
49-5
logc = 1-5515537
5
556-4
35
23439
47-5
log(2c-l) = 2-8464423
6
631-4
36
24 20-3
489
9-7051114
7
7 7-5
37
24 55-2
47-7
log 1* Haw. = 11955
8
9
7 42-9
8 18-5
38
39
2531-8
26 6-1
48'9
47-6
log ,8 = 97039159
10
853-6
40
26 42-6
49-0
S = 0-5057267
11
9 300
41
27 17-4
47-4
a = - O 5
30c= 17 48-255
T = - 340
Bar.
f*,nf\
75635 11.5
S = - 533"
t
a
670
1-9 2-0
6'54
17 - 1-7
Ssa = 0-5056392
33
Bar.
7562 11.2
Bar. = 754-8
t
602
6-10
t = 603 = 6.45
a
3-0 29
2-5-2-4
a = 2-57
h m s
h m s
m s
1
10 57 29-3
51
11 27 9-9
50c = 2940-6
c = 35*6153
2
58 4-2
52
27 45-1
40-9
2c-l = 702306
3
5840-4
53
28 21-2
40-8
4
59 15-4
54
28 559
405
logc= 15516366
5
59 51-2
55
29 32-3
411
log(2c-l) = 2-8465264
6
26-7
56
30 6-7
40-0
97051102
7
8
9
1 2-9
1 37-8
2 14-0
57
58
59
3043-4
31 18-5
31 54-6
40-5
40-7
40-6
loglHaw.= - 11955
log S = 9-7039147
10
11
2490
3 25-0
60
61
32 30-7
33 6-0
41-7
41-0
8 = 0-5057253
O1 o
50c = 29 40764
1
Bar.
5-95
755-7 10.9
3= - 536 3
a
2-8 - 2-8
2-0 20
-Sag = 5056430
32
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
On the Ice Near the Ship.
The oscillations were performed in the snow-hut in which the magnetic
observations had been carried out. The iron cross for the pendulum appa-
ratus was placed on the ice itself, to which it froze so firmly, that the bubble
of the level did not move as much as one division. The pendulum oscillated
from about NW to SE, the direction being determined by the compass on board
and the bearings of the stand. The angle made by the plane of oscillation
with the diametral plane of the vessel measured 39 2. The position was
the same on the three days, the 8th, 10th and llth June. The pendulum
clock Hawelk was compared with the chronometer Frodsham.
June 8, 1895; afternoon.
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk Frodsham
Hawelk Frodsham
Frodsham
HohwO
h m s h m s
h m s h m s
It Tflfi S
h in s
11 41 43 8 41 46
49 12 9 49 20-5
June 8, p. m. 8 1 51*5
3 43 23
47 47 47 50 5
55 46 55 55
9, a. m 8 32 485
4 12 20
11 44 45 8 44 48'25
52 29 9 52 37'75
Hohwii's rate in 24^ =
0-73
log 1 Hawelk = -0-0005671
log 1 Frodsham = 0-0011545
Mean Time
on Board
h m
9 p. m.
9 30
10
1030
Barometer Adie 763
in Saloon
16?4 758-0 = 756-1
16-0 58-0 = 56-1
16-0 57-8 = 55-9
16-05 57-7 = 55-8
Distance / = 2338 mm.
Thermometer SSderberg 114.
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
33
Pendulum 1
a
31
<_ o
o -a
6 '"
Time of Coin-
cidence
g
3 1
e a)
T3
0-3
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
34
5.20
5.15
Bar. = 756-0
7-3 7-3
6-2 6-1
t = -5.16
h m s
h m s
/)( S
a 6-55
1
2
8 47-7
9 26-1
41
42
3434-8
35 12-9
40 c = 25 47-1
46-8
c = 38*.6633
2c 1 = 76-3266
3
10 5-0
43
>
4
10 43-5
44
3630-3
46-8
log c = 1-5872989
5
11 21-6
45
37 9-1
47-5
log(2c 1) = 2-8826759
6
12 0-9
46
9-7046230
7
12 40-0
47
38 25-9
45-9
log 1 Haw. = - 5671
8
9
13 18'4
13 57-3
48
49
39 4'4
39 43-6
46 P
46-3
log S = 9-7040559
10
14 35 7
50
40 22
46-3
S = 0-5058898
11
15 14-6
51
41 0-7
46-1
a = 5 6
40c = 25 46-533
r = + 228 2
t
5. 15
5. 15
8 = 560 7
a
6-9 6-9
5-9 5'8
S M = 0-5058560
On the Ice Near the Ship.
June 10, 1895.
Comparison
of Clocks.
Hohwtt
Frodsham
h m s
h m s
Hohwu's rate
in 24&
94336
2 8 49
0*73
lo
7 24 35
11 51 21-5
Hawelk
Frodsham
Hawelk
Frodsham
h m s
h m s
ll III S
h m s
6 22 9
3 29 21-5
8 7 16
5 14 44-5
25 28
32 41
10 31
18
6 23 48-5 3 31 1'25
8 8 53-5 5 16 22'25
log 1* Frodsham = 0-0011597
Hawelk Frodsham
h m s h m s
14 2 9 22 7-5
17 22 25 28
15 42 9 23 47-75
log 1 Hawelk = 0-0000590 log 1 Hawelk = 0-0000760
Mean Time
Barometer Adie 763
on Board
in Saloon
h m
O
4
16-0
756-5 = 754-7
8
15-6
56-7 = 55.0
10 13
15-7
56-9 = 55-2
Distance I = 2338 mm., thermometer 23.
34
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
1
"a
-c
c
a
3 1
> 01
Time of Coin-
cidence
Jl
S-S
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Calculation of Period
' E
6 ' 3
fe
Coincidences
34
' ,
1-73
1-58
Bar. = 754-8
a
6-1 6-0
5-0-5-0
t = 1-62 = 2.31
h m s
li in ft
m s
a= 5-4
1
6 48 6-0
41
7 16 24 5
40c = 2818-5
2
48 48-3
42
> i
c = 42S.4691
3
4930-9
43
17 49-5
18-6
2c-l = 83-9382
4
5
c
50 13-2
50556
44
45
18 31-5
19 14-6
1Q f^fi-T
18-3
190
4Q.Q
log c = 1-6280730
log(2c 1) = 2-9239596
U
7
52 20-5
47
I ' OO i
20 39-4
1O O
18-9
9-7041134
8
53 2-7
48
21 21-6
18-9
logl*Haw.= 590
9
53455
49
log S = 9-7040544
10
5427-6
50
2246-7
19-1
O 1 1--J I" wvwj i
40 c = 28 18-763
o = Uouaooou
t
1-63
1-55
a = 3 s
a
5-8 5-7
4-9 - 4-7
r = + 102 3
S = 553'
SM = 0-5058425
34
t
1-55
1-51
a
6-3-6-0
5-5 5-2
h m x
ll III N
1
7 31 17-3
31
1 52 30-7
2
32 0-4
32
53 14-6
3
32 42-2
33
53 55-8
4
33 25-4
34
54 39-6
5
34 7-1
35
5520-7
6
3450-3
36
56 4-4
7
3531-9
37
56 45-7
8
36 15-1
38
57 29-6
9
36 56-6
39
58 10-5
10
37 39-9
40
58 54-4
11
38 21-5
41
t
1-54
1-48
a
6-0 5-8
5-2 4-9
Bar. = 754-9
= 1-52 =
-2.52
ill 8
a = 5-61
30c =
21 13-4
14-2
c =
42*.466
13-6
2c-l =
83-932
14-2
13-6
logo =
1-6280414
14-1
log(2c 1) =
2-9239276
13-8
9-7041138
14-5
log 1 s Haw. =
590
13-9
Iog/S =
9-7040548
14-5
>
o ___
0-5058885
30c =
21 13-98
a =
4
T =
+ 111 3
S =
554
S M = 0-5058438
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
35
Pendulum II
Jl
<-,
-3
6 ' 3
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
Distance I = 2342 mm.
33
t
1-74
1-77
Bar. == 755-0
a
7-0 7-0
6-0 - 6-1
t = 1-76 = - 2.05
It III X
It lit K
III- S
a = 6-36
1
10 49 31-6
31
11 11 29-6
30 c = 21 58-0
2
50 15-2
32
12 13-2
58-0
c = 43S.9463
3
50 59-6
33
12 57-7
58-1
2c 1 = 86-8926
4
51 43-2
34
|
1
5
52 27-6
35
14 25-8
58-2
log c = 1-6429223
6
53 11-2
36
15 9-2
58-0
log(2c-l) = 2-9389828
7
5355-4
37
15 54-0
58-6
9-7039395
8
5438-9
38
1637-2
58-3
log 1 Haw. = - 760
9
55 23-1
39
17 22-0
58-9
logS=: 9-7038635
10
56 6-6
40
18 5-3
58-7
11
5651-0
41
18 50-1
59-1
S = 0-5056657
30c = 21 5839
= 5 J
t
1-76
1-76
3 = + 90"
a
6-7 6-6
5-8 5-7
r = 553
S n = 5056189
33
t
182
1-80
Bar. = 755-1
a
6-4-6-5
5-5 5-8
t = 1 80 = 1.95
h m s
h m s
m s
a = 5-84
1
11 35 39-0
31
11 57 42-7
30c =22 3-7
2
36 22-6
32
5826-0
3-4
c = 44*. 1276
3
37 7-2
33
59 11-1
3-9
2c-l = 87-2552
4
37 50-7
34
59 54-1
3-4
5
38 356
35
60 39-4
3-8
log c = 1-6447103
6
39 190
36
1 22-6
3-6
log(2c-l) = 2-9407913
7
40 3-7
37
2 7-6
3-9
9-7039190
8
4047-1
38
2509
3-8
loglHaw.= 760
9
41 32-0
39
3 36-1
4-1
log S = 9-7038430
10
42 15-0
40
4 19-0
4-0
11
43 00
41
5 4-5
4-5
S = 05056419
30 c = 22 3-827
a = 4
t
1-81
1-78
r=+ 86'
a
6-0 - 6-2
53 - 5-0
S = 552
S m = 5065948
36
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
1 Pendulum 1
c
'S
u g
V- V
"O
I" 5
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
On the Ice Near the Ship.
June 11, 1895.
Comparison of Clocks.
Frodsham
HohwO
h m
s
It m
s
June 11,
H.
in.
8 40
27
4 12
16
>
P-
in.
10 45
7-5
6 14
41
Hawelk
Frodsham
Hawelk
Frodsham '
h
m
s
h
m s
h
m
s
It m
s
5
15
12
2
25 52
IN
16
9 30
18
19
28 595
21
35
33
19-5
21
39
32 20
21
52
36
37
5
IS
23-33
1
29 3-83
21
34-33
933
18-83
Mean Time
Barometer Adie 763 Mean Time
on
Board
in Saloon
on Board
h
in
o
h
m
8
30
21-2 75965 =
757-2
8
t
4
1
20-2
59-6
=
57-3
8
30
4
30
18-4
59-4
=
57-3
9
>
5
i
170
59-15
^=
57-2
9
30
Hohwtt's Eate in 24
-OS. 57
log is Frodsham = 0-0011598
log is Hawelk = 0-0000665
Barometer Adie 763
in Saloon
210 759-9 = 757-5
209 60-0 = 57-6
20-8 59-9 = 57-5
20 3 59-9 = 57 6
Distance I = 2338 mm.
t
206
204
a
5-0 5-0
4-4-43
h m s
h m s
1
5 33 31-9
31
5 54 45-0 ?
2
34 14 6
32
5529-0
3
34 56-9
33
56 109
4
3539-4
34
5654-3
5
36 21-9
35
57 36-0
6
37 4-4
36
58 19-2
7
3746-6
37
59 1-0
8
3829-6
38
5944-3
9
39 11-8
39
26-0
10
39 54-3
40
1 9-2
11
40364
41
I
t
207
2-01
a
4-8 4-8
4-0 4-1
Bar. = 757-2
t = 2-05 =
- 1.47
m
6'
a = 4-60
30c = 21
I
14-4
c =
42S.483
140
2c-l =
83-966
14-9
14 4 1
logc =
1-6282152
14-8
log(2c-l) =
2-9241035
AT; o
14-4
9-7041117
14-7
log l s Haw. =
665
14-2
logS =
9-7040452
14-9
S =
0-5058773
30c = 21
14-489
a =
2 7
T =
+ 65 2
S =
553 6
34=
0-5058282
During the first comparison between Frodsham and Hawelk, some rumbling was
heard in the ice.
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
37
Pendulum I
Jl
4*H 0)
o
'
Time of Coin-
cidence
d
11
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
t
2-01
2-02
Bar. = 757-3
a
6-3 - 6'4
5-7 - 5-6
t = 2-02 = - 1.53
It III H
It III K
m s
a = 5-83
1
2
3
6 12 12-1
1255-3
1337-1
31
32
33
6 33 28-8
34 11-9
34 53-9
30 c = 21 16-7
16-6
16-8
e = 42S.5530
2 C _1 = 84-1060
4
1420-1
34
35 36-7
16-6
log c = 1-6289302
5
6
7
15 2-3
15 45-3
1627-4
n iH'd.
35
36
37
36 18-9
37 1-9
37 43-9
38 27-1
16-6
16-6
16-5
16-7
log (2 c 1) = 1-9248270
9-7041032
log 1 s Haw. = - 665
9
17 52-5
39
39 8-9
16-4
log S = 9-7040367
10
11
18 35-6
19 17-6
40
41
39 52-2
4034-0
16-6
16-4
S = 0-5058674
44
30 c = 21 16-591
T + 67 5
t
2-04
6-1 I'.-l 1
2-00
K.Q K.-I
S = - 553'
S M = 0-5058183
t
2-01
2-01
a
4-7 47
4-2 - 4-1
It III X
h m s
ll III n
m s
m s
1
6 52 13-8
31
1 13 28-6
41
7 20 33-1
40c = 2819-3
30 c = 21 14-8
2
52 56-0
32
14 10-7
42
21 15-4
19-4
14-7
3
53 38-9
33
14 53-5
43
21 58-1
19-2
14-6
4
5421-1
34
I
44
22 40-4
19-3
>
5
55 4-0
35
16 18-4
45
23 22-9
18-9
14-4
6
5546-3
36
17 0-8
46
24 5-4
19-1
14-5
7
5629-0
37
1743-3
47
24 48-2
19-2
14-3
8
57 11-4
38
18 25-7
48
25 30-3
18-9
14-3
9
57 53-8
39
19 8-2
49
26 13-0
19-2
144
10
5836-1
40
19504
50
26 55-3
19-2
14-3
11
59 19-0
41
i
51
27 38-3
19-3
40 c = 2819-182
30c = 21 14-478
t
2-03
2-00
a
4-4 4-4
3-7 3-7
Bar. = 757-3 log c = 1'6281855 S = 0-5058778
t = 2-01 = - 1.54 log(2c 1) = 1-9240734 = -
a = 4-2 9-7041121 T = + 68
c 4.2*4*01 loglSHaw.=r- 665 * = - 553'
2c-l = 83-9602 logS = 9'7040456 S M = 0'5058290
38
O. E. SCH10TZ.
NORW. POL. EXP.
1 Pendulum ||
a
SI
< , O>
T3
C
Time of Coin-
cidence
c
3
"
Cu V
O T3
6 ' 5
S5
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
Distance I = 2342 mm.
33
1
2-02
2-07
Bar. = 757-5
a
6-8 6'9
5-8-5-9
t = 2-06 = - 1.44
It III X
h tn s
III S
a = 6-03
I
10 16 47-8
41
10 46 17-8
40 c = 29 30-0
2
17 32-1
42
47 2-3
30-2
c = 44*2636
3
18 16-0
43
47 46-4
30-4
2 c-1 = 87-5272
4
5
6
19 0-4
19 44-6
20 28'8
44
45
46
48 31-0
49 15-0
49 59 - 6
30-6
30-4
30'8
log c = 1-6460467
log(2c-l) = 1-9421430
7
21 12-9
47
5043-6
30-7
9-7039037
8
21 57-2
48
51 28-0
30-8
log I* Haw. = - 665
9
2241-6
49
52 11-9
30-3
logS = 9-7038372
10
23 25-7
50
52 56-6
30-9
11
24 9-7
51
53 40-6
30-9
S = 0-5056351
40c = 29 30-545
a = 4'
t
2-07
2-08
r = + 63"
a
6-3-64
5-0-5-2
8 = 553"
Sea = 0-5055857
33
t
2-10
2-13
Bar. = 757-6
a
5-0 5-0
43-43
t = 2-12 = - 1.32
h m s
h m s
m s
a = 4-47
1
11 2 10-4
31
11 24 18-0
30c = 22 7-6
2
254-6
32
25 2-0
7-4
c = 44S.263
3
3 38-8
33
25 46-4
7-6
2 c 1 = 83-526
4
5
6
422-8
5 7-2
5 51*1
34
35
Qfi
26 30-6
27 14-9
an tcq.o
7-8
7-7
81
log c = 1-6460408
log(2c 1)= 1-9421371
7
635-8
oo
37
1 ''
28 43-6
O X
7-8
9-7039037
8
7 19-6
38
29 27-8
8-2
log 1* Haw. = - 665
9
8 4-0
39
30 12-1
8-1
log S = 9-7038372
10
848-0
40
80 56-6
8-6
O fl.CACCQK^
30c = 22 7-89
3 = OOOOOOl
lj)0
t
2-12
2-14
a = 2
a
4-6 4-6
4-0 - 4-0
i = + 58
#= - 553 6
8 m = 0-5055853
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS
39
1 Pendulum II
Bj
31
-
O T3
6 '3
Time of Coin-
cidence
di
'S **
"
_ ~
O 'O
d'5
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
t
2-15
215
Bar. = 757-5
a
5-3-5-4
4-6 - 4-6
t = 2-15 = 1.27
h m s
h m s
m 8
a= 4-8
1
11 41 41'8
31
3 51-9
30c = 2210'l
2
42 26-0
32
4 35-6
9-6
c = 448.3278
3
43 10-6
33
5 20-0
94
2c-l =87-6556
4
5
6
43 54-6
44391
45 23-1
34
35
36
6 4-4
649-0
7 33-3
9-8
99
10'2
log c = 1-6466761
log(2c-l) = 1-9427797
7
46 7-7
9-7038964
8
46 52-0
log 1* Haw. = - 665
9
10
47 36-3
48 20-5
The light burnt out.
log S = 9-7038299
11
49 5-0
S = 0-5056266
30c = 22 9-833
a = 3
t
2-15
2-13
r = + 56*
a
5-0 5-0
4-3-4-3
8= - 553 3
S K = 0-5055766
The Saloon of the Fram.
Night of November 13, 1895.
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk
HohwO
Hawelk
Hohwtl
h m s
6 023
h m s
10 22 20-5
/< HI
103044
ll ill S
2 51 53
HohwQ's Rate in
2 19
24 16
32 42
53305
-025
6 1 21
10 23 1825
10 31 43
2 52 31-75
log is Hawelk = - 0-0018364
Distance I = 1987 mm., thermometer 23, barometer Adie 763.
40
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
s
"3
ll
- QJ
Time of Coin-
If
" -
Time of Coin-
Observed Dura-
tion of
Calculation of Period
is
<u
^
' 3
cidence
*
6
cidence
Coincidences
PH
X
33
Bar.
758-1 16.9
Bar. = 756-1
t
8-95
870
t = 8-80 = 11.%
a
6-0 63
5-0 4-8
a = 5 37
ll III N
h m s
w, s
1
6 18 51-6
61
6 51 11-7
60 c = 32 20-1
c = 32S.3291
2
19 23-7
62
51 43-5
19-8
2c 1 = 63-6582
3
4
K.
19 56-3
20 28-5
21 I'O
63
64
65
52 16-2
52 48-3
53 21-0
19-9
19-8
20'0
log c = 1-5095936
log(2c-l)= 1-8038544
*J
6
21 33-1
66
53527
19-6
9-7057392
7
22 5-7
67
54 25-4
19-7
log is Haw.= - 18364
8
22 37-7
68
54 57-2
19-5
log S = 9 7039028
9
23 10-2
69
55 30-0
19-8
10
23 42-4
70
56 2-0
19-6
S = 0-5057115
11
24 15-1
71
56 34-5
19-4
a = - 5 s
60 c = 32 19-745
i = - 529
t
8-90
8-66
8 = 526"
a
6-0-5-8
4-7-4-4
S M = 0-5056054
Bar.
7580 16.5
33
Bar.
Bar. = 755-7
t
840
8-36
t = 8-38 = 11.13
a
8-0 8-3
62 6-4
a = 7-03
It m s
h m s
m s
1
7 12 11-4
61
7 44 34-0
60c = 3222-6
c = 32S.3763
2
12 44-0
62
45 6-8
22-8
2 C -1 = 63-7526
3
4
13 16-1
13 48-7
11 OH *A
63
64
4538-6
46 11-3
22-5
22-6
log c = 1-5102272
log(2c-l) = 1-8044979
6
7
1* Ml
14 53-5
15 25-3
66
67
47 16-0
47 48-2
22-5
22-9
9-7057293
log is Haw. = 18364
8
68
48 20-9
*
log S = 9-7038929
9
,
69
48 53-0
a
10
17 2-9
70
4925-4
22-5
S = 0-5056999
11
17 35-2
71
49 57-6
22-4
= 8"
60 c = 3222-578
r ~ f*L
I
8-44
8-32
O.Z/
a
7-9 - 7-6
5-8-6-0
S m = 0-5055970
Bar.
757-25 160.0
'
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
41
Pendulum I
Jl
-, V
o -o
'"
fc
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin- 1
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
t
8-14
8-17
Bar. = 755-5
a
8-7 9-0
68 6.5
t = 7-16 = 10.69
ll III X
h m s
m s
a = 7-5
1
8 28 38-0
61
9 1 1-0
60c = 3223'0
2
3
29 10-0
29 42-J
62
63
1 33-0
2 5-8
23-9
22-9
c = 32*.3765
2 C 1 = 63-7530
4
5
6
30 14-9
30 47-8
31 196
64
65
66
2 37-7
3 10-2
3 42'1
22-8
22-4
22-5
log c = 1-5102299
log(2c 1)= 1-8045006
7
8
31 52-3
32 24'4
67
68
4 14-8
4 46'7
22-5
22'3
9-7057293
log 1 Haw. = - 18364
9
32 57-1
69
5 19-4
22-3
log S = 9-7038929
10
11
3329-1
34 19
70
71
551-4
6 24-4
22-3
22-5
S = 0-5056999
4A1
60 c = 32 22-591
iu
r . 4735
t
8-17
816
A VN
Q-4 J5-1
6'1 6'4
v ' _
&
O T: ^^ O J-
Ssa = 0-5055988
{3
t
8-08
7-95
a
6-0 6-3
4-8 4-5
fe w, s
h m s
1
9 28 6-3
61
10 28-0
2
62
1 0-5
3
29 11-1
63
1 32-6
4
29,43-9
64
2 5-3
5
30 15-9
65
2 37-0
6
30 48-9
66
3 100
7
31 20-8
67
3 41-5
8
31 536
68
4 14-3
9
32 25-6
69
4 46-0
10
3258-2
70
5 19-0
11
33 30 4
71
5 50-6
t
8-06
790
a
5-9 5-6
4-9 4-2
Hawelk 10*
17 15.0
Bar. = 755-6
t = 8-00 =
10.36
m s
a = 5-23
60c =
32 21-7
|
c =*
32S.3493
21-5
2c-l =
636986
21-4
21-1
O1 H
logc =
log(2c-l) =
1-5098649
1-8041299
21 1
20-7
9-7057350
207
log 1* Haw.
- 18364
20-4
logS =
9-7038986
20'8
20-2
S =
0-5057066
J 9
60c =
3220-96
<x =
i ^
4r
458 3
S =
529'
S& = 0-5056074
Bar. 757-3 = 755-6
In the middle of this observation, two men turned out and walked softly across
the floor, causing a movement in the level as they passed near the apparatus. To
this observation, therefore, only half the weight can be given as compared with the
other 3.
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Vmluliun
a
3
U, V
13
o 'S
Time of Coin-
cidence
o. of Coin
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
t-H
55
K
The Saloon of the Fram.
Night of November 22, 1895.
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk
Hohwfi
Hawelk
HohwU
li in *
h m s
h m s
h m s
Hohwfl's rate in
7 42 59
965
11 40 54
1 3 1
45 8
8 13-5
42 55
5 1-4
0.41
7 44 3-5 97 9'25
11 41 54-5 1 4 1-25
log is Hawelk = -0-0017971
Distance I = 2268 mm., thermometer 23, barometer Adie 763.
34
Bar.
771-15 16.2
Bar. = 769-2
t
7-%
7-75
t = 7 84 = 10.05
a
5-1 5-1
4-0 39
a = 4-43
h m s
h m s
m s
1
8 10 54 6
61
8 42 29-6?
60c = 31 ?
c = 3R 5707
2
11 26-6
62
43 0-8
34-2
2c-l = 62-1414
3
4
K
11 581
12 29-8
r: in
63
64
R?;
43 32-2
44 4-2
AA. QPi-A
34-1
34-4
tAA
log c = 1-4992842
log(2c-l) = 1-7933810
O
6
i > i \j
13 32-8
ou
66
'ff Oi> *
45 7-4
o* *
34-6
log S = 9-7059032
7
14 4-4
67
45 386
34-2
log 1 Haw. = 17971
8
1436-2
68
46 10-7
34'5
log S = 9-7041061
9
15 7-7
69
46 41-6
33-9
10
15 39-5
70
47 13-6
34-1
S = 0-5059483
11
16 10-8
71
47 44-8
340
= - 2'
_ AAA.1
t
7-96
7-70
60c = 31 34-24
T ' '***
S = 539 3
a
4-9 4-9
3-7 38
S u = 0-5057496
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
43
1 Pendulum I
If
o -a
6 '8
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
34
t
7-47
7-25
Bar. = 769-2
a
7-1 7-0
5-4 5-3
t = 7-34 = 9.15
h m s
h m s
m 8
a = 6-03
1
9 16 55-8
61
9 48 29-5
60 c = 31 33-7
2
17 27-1
62
49 0-2
33-1
c = 31*555
3
17 58-8
63
4932-6
33-8
2c-l = 6211
4
1830-2
64
50 3-4
33-2
5
6
19 2-0
19 33-3
65
66
50356
51 6'5
33-6
33'2
log c = 1-4990682
log(2c-l) = 1-7931615
7
20 5-1
67
51 38-6
33-5
9-7059067
8
20 36-6
68
52 9-6
33-0
log 1* Haw. = 17971
9
21 8-5
69
52 416
33-1
log S = 9-7041096
10
21 39-9
70
53 12-8
32-9
11
22 11-7
71
5344-9
33-2
S = 0-5059523
60c = 31 33-3
a = 5 l
t
7-41
7-21
T = 400*
a
6-7 66
5-1 5-0
8 = 541
S M = 0-5058577
34
t
7-06
6-91
Bar. = 769-2
a
6-9-68
5-3 5-2
{ = 6-96 = 8.29
h m s
h m s
m s
a= 5-83
1
10 19 38-2
61
10 51 13-4
60c = 3135-2
2
20 10-0
62
51 45-3
35-3
c = 31*5897
3
20 41-4
63
52 16-4
35-0
2 c 1 = 62-1794
4
5
6
21 130
21 44-7
22 16'6
64
65
66
52 48-5
53 19-7
53 51-9
35-5
35-0
35-3
log c = 1-4995455
log(2c-l) = 1-7936465
7
22 48-0
67
54 23-0
35-0
9-7058990
8
23 18-8
68
54 55-0
362
log 1 Haw. = -- 17971
9
2350-9
69
5526-3
35-4
log S = 9-7041019
10
24 22-6
70
55 58-5
35-9
11
2454-1
71
5629-5
354
S = 05059434
60c = 31 35-382
a = 4 7
t
7-02
6-83
T = - 366
a
6-4 - 6-3
3-8 4-9
9 = - 542 8
Bar.
770-9 15.0
S M = 05058520
44
0. E. SCHI0T7..
[NORW. POT,. EXP.
1 Pendulum |
.a
o
a
n
O'O
r
Time of Coin-
cidence
Jl
o-o
o'
!zi
Time of Coin-
cidence
1 No. of Coin- 1
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
The Saloon of the Fram.
Night of January 15, 1896.
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk Hohwtt
/.'./.'- h W, 8
11 22 49 10 41 51
24 39 43 40-5
11 23 44 10 42 45-75
Hawelk Hohwfi
li in H h m s
2 30 1.48 15
31 55 50 9-5
2 30 57-5 1 49 12-25
Hohwti's rate in
OS.33
log 1 Hawelk = 0-0018192
Distance I = 1932 mm., thermometer 23, barometer Adie 763.
h m
Hawelk 11 45 15.3 Bar. 762-1 = 7604
2 45 14.9 763-3 = 761'6
t
7-60
7-70
7-75
a
5-2 - 5-1
45-45
38- 4-0
Bar. = 760-5
h m s
h m s
h m s
m s
t = 7-70 = 9.78
1
11 49 2-9
31
5 16-4
61
21 31-3
60c= 32 28-4
a = 4-36
2
32
548-0
62
22 2-9
c = 32S.4732
3
4
50 7-9
50400
33
34
6 21 2 ?
6 530
63
64
22 36-4
23 8-0
28'5
28-0
2 c 1 = 63-9464
5
51 12-9
35
7 26-0
65
2341-6
28-7
logc = 1-5115251
6
51 44-6
36
7 58-0
66
24 13-0
28-4
log(2c 1) = 1-8058161
7
52 17-7
37
8 30-9
ti7
24 460
28-3
9-7057090
8
52 49-5
CO ) )
38
HI
9 29
90/1.4
68
CO
25 18-0
Op- p^.o
285
,)<*
log is Haw. = - 18192
10
OO 22 O
53 54 5
40
OO 1
10 7-9
by
70
ZO .)!_
26 22-7
ao o
28-2
log S = 9-7038898
11
54 27-7
41
10 41-0
71
26 56-0
28-3
S 0-5056963
60 c= 32 28-39
= - 3 7
t
7-66
7-72
7-80
T - 432 3
a
4-9 - 4-8
4-2 4-0
3-8 3-5
S = - 533*
SM = 0-5055994
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
45
Pendulum II
O T3
g'8
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin- 1
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
(
7-81
7-85
Bar. = 761-0
a
5-0 5-0
39 37
=7-84=10.04
h m s
h m s
nt s
a = 4-3
1
56 26-9
61
1 2855-6
60c= 32 28-7
2
57 0-0
62
29 29-6
29-6
c = 32S.485
3
57 32-0
63
1
I
2c 1 = 63-970
4
58 5-0
64
30 34-7
29-7
5
58 369
65
31 5-6
28-7
logo = 1-5116829
6
59 10-0
66
31 39-6
29-6
log(2c-l) = 1-8059764
7
59 41 9
67
32 10-6
28-7
9-7057065
8
14-9
68
3244-5
29-6
log 1* Haw = - 18192
9
047-0
69
33 15-5
28-5
log S = 9-7038873
10
1 20-0
70
33 49-0
29-0
11
1 51-7
71
3420-6
28-9
S = 0-5056934
60c= 32 29-1
a = - 3 5
t
7-83
785
r = 444
a
4-7-4-8
3-4 3-8
8= 534
SSB = 0-5055952
33
t
7-85
7-84
Bar. = 761-3
a
5-0 - 5-0
3-7 3-8
t = 7-85 = 10.06
h m s
h m s
m s
a = 4-25
1
1 48 48-4
61
2 21 17-0
60c = 3228-6
2
49 20-7
62
21 49-6
28-9
c = 32S.4842
3
49 53-4
63
22 22-0
286
2c-l = 63-9684
4
5
50 25-6
5058-1
M 30-4-
64
65
66
2254-5
23 27 1
23 59'6
28-9
290
29-2
logc = 1-5116722
Iog(2c 1) = 1-8059655
\j
7
t>l tJV T
52 3-0
67
2432-0
29-0
9-7057067
8
52 35-1
68
25 4-6
29-5
log 1 Haw. = 18192
9
53 8-0
69
2537-1
291
logS = 9-7038875
10
5340-1
70
26 9-5
29-4
11
54 12-6
71
2642-0
29-4
S = 0-5056936
60c = 32 29-055
a = 3 6
t
7-85
7-84
r _ _ 444.0
a
4-7 4-6
3-6-3-6
S = 534 3
SK = 0-5055953
46
0. E. SCH10TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
1 Pendulum
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
The Saloon of the Fram.
Hawelk HohwO
It in x h m s
3 26 23 1 35 53
38 19 37 48-5
2 37 21 1 36 50 75
Night of April 28, 1896.
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk Hohwtt
h m s h m s
7 46 11 6 44 20
48 9 46 17-5
7 47 10 6 45 18-75
Hohwu's rate in
-0.49
log 1 Hawelk = - 0018940
Distance I = 2130 mm., thermometer 23, barometer Adie 763.
34
h m
Hawelk 2 45 16.l Bar. 761'8 = 759-9
4 47 16.9 62-5 = 60'5
Hohwfl 7 40 16.7 63'5 = 61'5
f
8-70
8-77
Bar. = 760-0
a
5-4 54
4-4 4-5
<=8-75=ll.86
h m s
h tn s
a =4-74
1
2 55 16-9
41
3 16
Wl S
2
5547-6
42
16 32-2
40 c = 20 44-6
c = 3R0988
3
56 19-1
43
17 2-9
43-8
2c 1 = 61-1976
4
5650-2
44
17 34-5
44-3
5
57 21-6
45
18 4-9
43-3
logc = 1-4927436
6
57 52-4
46
1836-6
442
log(2c 1) = 1-7867344
7
58 23-6
47
19 7-0
43-4
97060092
8
58 54-4
48
19 38-9
44-5
log 1* Haw. = 18940
9
10
59 25-8
5956-4
49
50
20 9-3
2040-8
43-5
44-4
log S = 9-7041152
11
27-9
51
21 11-4
43-5
S 0-5059588
40c = 20 43-95
a = 3 5
t
8-74
8-79
r = - 524 1
a
5-0 5-0
4-0-4-2
S = - 529 5
S M = 0-5058531
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
47
a
"3
73
c
If
<D
Time of Coin-
cidence
Jl
<_ ~
T3
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Calculation of Period
d' S
d' 3
fc
Coincidences
34
t
8-81
8-84
Bar. = 760-3
a
56 5-6
4-8-4-8
t = 8-83 = 12.02
h m s
h m s
m s
a = 5-03
1
3 42 34-9
41
4 3 18-7
40c = 2043-8
2
43 6-0
42
3 49 6
43-6
c = 31*0934
3
43 36-9
43
4 20-6
43-7
2 e-1 = 61-1868
4
44 8-1
44
4 51-8
43-7
5
a
44 39-1
45 10-4
45
46
5 23-0
5 54-0
43-9
43-6
log c = 1-4926682
log (2 c-1) = 1-7866578
U
7
4541-3
47
625-0
43-7
9-7060104
8
46 12-5
48
6 56-2
43-7
log 1 Haw. = 18940
9
46 43-4
49
7 27-3
43-9
logS = 9-7041164
10
47 14-6
50
7 58-3
43-7
11
47 45-6
51
8 29-4
43-8
S = 0-5059602
40c = 20 43-736
a = - 4
j
8-83
8-84
T = - 531*
a
5-2 5-2
4-5 4-5
S = 529 4
S M = 0-5058537
34
t
8-86
a
50 - 4-9
h m s
h m s
1
5 3 13-0
41
5 23 54-3
2
3 44-0
42
24 25-6
3
4 14-9
43
24 56-2
4
446-3
44
2527-9
5
5 17-1
45
25 58-4
6
5 48-4
46
26 30-0
7
6 19-2
47
27 0-5
8
6 504
48
27 32-0
9
7 21-3
49
28 2-7
10
7 52-8
50
28 24-3
11
8 23-6
51
29 5-0
t
8-86
8-85
a
5-5 - 5-6
4-8 4-7
40c
m s
= 20 41-3
41-6
41-3
41-6
41-3
416
41-3
416
41-4
41-5
41-4
Bar. = 760-6
t = 8-86 = 12.08
a = 5-25
c = 31*0361
2 c-1 = 61-0722
logc = 1-4918671
log (2 c-1) = 1-7858435
9-7060236
log 1* Haw. = 18940
log S = 9-7041296
S = 0-5059756
a = 4 3
r = - 533 8
S = - 529
40c
= 2041-445
S u = 0-5058688
48
O E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL EXP.
1 Pendulum 1
is
d>
o -a
' 5
Time of Coin-
cidence
.S
a>
o ns
l' S
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
Remounted. Distance I = 2110 mm.
33
t
8-77
8-79
a
9-5 9-5
7-3 - 7-8
ll III X
h m s
1
6 13 53-0
41
6 > >
2
14 26-0
42
35 46-7
3
14 57-6
43
36 18-0
4
15 29-9
44
36 50-3
5
16 1-3
45
37 22-3
6
16 34-0
46
37 54-2
7
17 5-3
47
38 26-5
8
17 38-0
48
38 58-4 i
9
18 9-3
49
39 30-3'
10
1842-0
50
40 2-6 1
11
19 13-4
51
40 34-5 '
t
8-79
8-78
a
8-5 8-9
6-9 7-3
Bar. = 760-9
t = 8-78 =
11.92
m s
a= 8-2
40c =
21
20-7
c =
32*0175
20-4
2c 1 =
63-035
20'4
21-0
logc =
1-5053874
20'2
log(2c-l) =
1-7995818
21-2
9-7058056
20-4
log 1 s Haw. =
- 18940
21-0
logS =
9-7039116
20-6
21-1
flf-
0-5057217
40c =
21 20-70
a =
10"
r =
527 3
$
530"
Sea = 0-5056149
J3
t
8-78
8-74
a
6-6-6-6
5-4 5-5
h m s
h m s
1
1 5 38-0
41
7 26 59-0
40.
2
6 10-0
42
27 30-9
3
642-1
43
28 3-1
4
7 14-1
44
28 34-9
5
7 46-3
45
29 7-2
6
8 18-1
46
29 39-0 (38-9)
7
850-2
47
30 11-2
8
9 22-1
48
3043-0
9
9 54-4
49
31 153
10
10 26-0
50
31 47-2
11
10 58-3
51
32 19-4
*
8-76
8-73
40
a
6-2 - 6-1
5-2 5-0
Bar. = 76fl
I = 8-75 =
11.86
m
s
a= 5-83
40c = 21
21-0
20-9
c =
32*0241
21-0
2c 1 =
63-0482
20-8
20-9
logc =
1-5054770
jj'9)
20-9
log(2c-l) =
1-7996727
21-0
9-7058043
20-9
log 1 s Haw. =
- 18940
20-9
log S =
9-7039103
21-2
21-1
S =
0-5057202
40c = 21
20-964
=
5 4
T
524 6
8 =
530 3
Saa = 0-5056142
These 4 observations are entered as bad, but as they give the same result as the
others, they are included in the calculation.
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
49
Pendulum 1
s
'3 *
S-S
5
S5
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
The Saloon of the Fram.
Night of April 29, 1896.
Comparison of Clocks.
Hawelk
HohwO
h m s
li ni
1 36 14
35 48
38 19
37 52-5
40 23
39 56
1 38 18-33
37 52-17
Hawelk
Hohwfl
h in a
h tn s
7 10 33
6 8 41
12 30
10 37-5
14 27
1234
7 12 30
6 10 37-5
HohwO's rate in 24*
08.49
log 1 Hawelk = 0-0018641
h m
Hohwfl 12 Midnight
Hawelk 4 8 169
4 43 16-4
6 42 16-8
Barometer Adie 763
766-0
768-8 = 766-8
68-9 = 66-9
69-6 = 67-6
Distance I 2160 mm., thermometer 23.
33
t
8-90
9-00
Bar. = 766-2
a
6-0 - 6-0
4-8 5-0
t = 8'% = 12.27
h m s
It m s
m s
= 5-23
1
1 59 13-9
41
2 20 40-5
40 c 21 26-6
2
59 46-5
42
21 13-6
27-1
c = 32*. 1768
3
18-1
43
21 45-0
26-9
2c-l = 633536
4
5
50-6
1 22-4
1 Vi*ft
44
45
Afi
22 18-0
22 49-4
0Q .).).->
27-4
27-0
oa.o
logc = 1-5075429
log(2c-l) = 1-8017713
7
1 OO \J
2 26-8
Vf
47
ZO ~~ O
23 53-9
mm 9
27-1
9-7057716
8
2 59-6
48
24 26'8
27-2
log 1 Haw. = 18641
9
331-1
29
24 58-2
27-1
log S = 9-7039075
10
4 4-0
50
25 31-1
27-1
11
435-6
51
26 2-6
27-0
S = 0-5057170
40 c = 21 27-073
o = - 4 l
1
8-95
8-99
r = 542'
a
5-5 5-7
4-8-4-4
8 = 533'
Sn = 0-5066090
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
*3
o
c
Is
~ S
"O
Time of Coin-
cidence
ll
T3
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Calculation of Period
ft*
' S
'
Coincidences
tLc
fe
33
<
8-70
8-84
Bar. = 766-6
a
6-4-64
5-2 5-2
t = 8-80 = 11.95
ll ill H
ll III H
III S
a= 5-6
1
3 1 19-6
41
3 22 47-6
40c = 2128'0
c = 32.2027
2
3
1 51-8
2 24-1
42
43
23 19-7
23 51-9
279
27-8
2c 1 = 63-4054
4
2 56-2
44
24 24-2
28-0
log c = 1-5078923
5
328-3
45
2456-4
28-1
log(2c-l) = 1-8021263
6
4 0-5
46
25 28-5
28-0
9-7057660
7
432-6
47
26 06
28-0
log 1 Haw. = 18641
8
9
5 4-6
5 36-9
48
49
26 33-0
27 5-1
28'4
28-2
log S = 9 7039019
10
6 9-0
50
27 37-5
28-5
S = 0-5057105
11
6411
51
28 9-4
283
a 4
40 c = 21 28-109
T = 528 3
t
8-80
C.Q e.Q
8-84
1*1 A -O
8 = 533"
a
o y o y
*y * y
S M = 0-5056038
33
t
8-84
8-81
Bar. = 766-7
a
4-9-4-9
4-1 4-0
t = 8-83 = 12.01
h m s
h m 8
m s
a = 43
1
3 38 50-7
41
4 15-7
40c = 2125-0
c = 32*1366
2
39 22-4
42
48-0
25-6
2e-l = 63-2732
3
39 54-9
43
1 20-0
251
4
4026-7
44
1 523
25-6
logo = 1-5069999
5
4059-0
45
2 24-4
25-4
log(2c-l) = 1-8012198
6
41 30-9
46
2 56-6
25-7
9-7057801
7
42 3-1
47
3 286
25-5
log lHaw. = 18641
8
9
42 35-1
43 7-6
48
49
4 0-9
4 33-0
25-8
25-4
log S = 9-7039160
10
4339-4
50
5 5-0
25-6
S = 0-5057269
11
44 11-9
51
5 37-3
25-4
a 2"
40c = 21 25-464
r = 531'
t
8-84
A K A *C
8-81
O>Q o*n
S = - 534'
a
4-5 45
08 39
SBS = 0-5056201
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
51
Pendulum II
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences
Calculation of Period
33
t
8-79
8-74
Bar. = 766-8
a
5-7 5-8
4-7-4-8
t = 8-76 = 11.88
ll III x
It III X
111 S
a = 5-07
i
4 13 18-0
41
4 34 45-0
40c = 212TO
c = 32S.1684
2
13 49-9
42
35 16-9
27-0
2c-l = 63-3368
3
14 22-3
43
3549-2
26-9
4
14 54-6
44
36 21-1
26-5
logc = 15074295
5
1526-6
45
36 53-4
26-8
log(2c-l) = 1-8016561
6
15 58-6
46
37 25-5
26-9
9-7057734
7
16 31-0
47
37 57-7
26-7
log 1* Haw. = - 18641
8
17 31
48
38 29-8
26-7
log S = 9-7039093
9
17 35-4
49
39 20
26-6
10
18 T6
50
39 34-1
26-5
S = 0-5057191
11
1839-7
51
40 6-2
26-5
a = 3"
40 c = 2126-736
T = 525'
t
8-78
8-72
t ,t t FT
S = 534 3
a
5'3 5'4
44 45
Ses = 0-5056128
Distance / = 2145 mm.
34
t
8-54
8-62
Bar. = 767-1
a
58 - 5-7
4-8-4-9
t = 8-59 = 11.55
h m s
h tn s
m s
a = 5-1
1
5 8 25-5
41
5 29 13-5
40c= 20 48-0
c = 31*. 1997
2
8 56-6
42
29 44-7
48-1
2 c-1 = 61-3994
3
9 28-0
43
30 >
4
9 59-2
44
3047-1
47-9
logc = 1-4941504
5
10303
45
31 18-3
48-0
log(2c 1) = 1-7881641
6
11 16
46
31 49-4
47-8
9-7059863
7
11 32-7
47
32 20-8
48-1
logl*Haw. = - 18641
8
12 3-7
48
32 51-9
48-2
log S = 9-7041222
9
1235-2
49
3323-0
47-8
10
13 6-2
50
33 54-2
48-0
S = 0-5059670
11
1337-4
51
3425-4
48-0
a 40
40c= 2047-99
T = 510
t
8-58
8-63
J C if C
8= 535'
a
5-2 5'3
4-5 46
S M = 0-5058620
52
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NOKW. POL. EXP.
Pendulum
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
No. of Coin-
cidence
Time of Coin-
cidence
Observed Dura-
tion of
Coincidences.
Calculation of Period
34
t
8-63
8-63
Bar. = 767-3
a
7-9 7-8
6-5 6-5
t = 8-62 = 11.60
h tn s
ll III X
m s
a = 6-93
1
5 40 56-2
41
6 1 43-6
40c = 2047'4
c 31 s 1916
2
3
41 27-4
41 58-4
42
43
2 14-8
2 46-0
47-4
47-6
2c-l = 61-3832
4
42 29-6
44
3 17-3
47-7
log c = 1-4940376
5 .
43 0-7
45
3 48-5
47-8
log (2 c 1) = 1-7880495
6
4331-9
46
4 19-5
47-6
9-7059881
7
44 3-0
47
4 50-8
47-8
log is Haw. = - 18641
8
9
44 34-4
45 5-4
48
49
5 22-0
5 53-2
47-6
47-8
log S = 9-7041240
10
45 36-6
50
6 24'4
47-8
S = 0-5059691
11
46 7-8
51
6 55-6
47-8
= - 7 1
40c = 20 47-664
r= 513'
t
8-62
8-60
3= 535'
a
7'3 7-2
6-1 6'1
S 34 = 0-5058635
34
t
8-59
8-63
a
7-0-7-0
6-0 - 6-0
h m s
h tn s
1
6 13 4-6
41
6 3354-0
2
13 35-8
42
34 25-2
3
14 7-0
43
34 56-2
4
14383
44
35 27-5
5
15 9-5
45
35 58-6
6
1540-8
46
3630-0
7
16 12-1
47
37 1-2
8
1643-2
48
37 32-4
9
17 144
49
38 3-5
10
17 45-6
50
3835-0
11
18 16-8
51
39 6-0
t
8-61
8-63
a
6-5 65
57 5-7
m s
40c = 2049'4
49-4
49-2
49-2
491
49-2
49-1
49-2
49-1
494
49-2
Bar. = 767-5
t = 8-62 = 11.59
a =6-3
c = 3R2307
2c-l = 61-4614
logc = 1-4945817
log(2c-l) = 1-7886024
9-7059793
log 1 Haw. = - 18641
log S = 9-7041152
S = 0-5059588
= 6 1
T = - 512 8
S = 535 3
40 c = 20 49-227
S 34 = 0-5058534
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
53
According to the above, the following periods of oscillation for the pen-
dulums have been found for the various places :
Pendulum 33 Pendulum 34
Vienna, 1892
Pendulum 33 Pendulum 34
Christiania, 1897
0-5061974
1970
1967
0-5064405
4429
4399
Mean 0'5061970
0-5064411
Christiania, 1892
0-5059150
9194
0-5061620
1585
1667
Mean 0'5059172
0-5061624 '
0-5059202
9143
9159
9190
0-5061611
1578
1613
1618
Mean 0'5059174
0-5061605
Khabarova, 1893
0-5057519
7547 (j)
0-5059884
9760 2
Mean 0-5057528
0-5059884
Christiania, 1893
January 16, 1894
0-5059202
9138
0-5061625
1641
Mean 0'5059170
0-5061633 '
0-5056609
6592
Mean 0-5056601
0. E. SCHIOTZ, vResultate der im Sommer 1893 in d&m nordlichsten Theile Nor-
wegens ausgefuhrten Pendelbeobachtungen" , etc. (Kristiania, J. Dybwad, 1894), p. 7,
these periods of oscillation are given as,
In 1892, 0-5059169 and 0-5061591;
9164 1618.
The difference chiefly arises from my having chanced, in the previous calcula-
tion, to use a slightly incorrect reduction-formula for the thermometer 20 that
was used, and from not having taken into consideration the fact that from 1892 to
1893, the zero had risen 0.l. With regard to pendulum 34, moreover, an error had
found its way, in 1892, into the time determination, which had previously been
overlooked.
During the experiments with pendulum 34, the temperature of the air rose with
remarkable rapidity. The correction for the temperature is therefore presumably
too great, as the pendulum has not kept pace with the rise in the temperature.
Both the values found for the period of oscillation appear small in proportion to
that of pendulum 33, especially as regards the second value, which I have therefore
thought it best to leave out of consideration.
54
0. E. SCH10TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
Pendulum 33 Pendulum 34
March 16, 1894
05056383
6392
G4CW
Mean 05056402
June 8, 1895
0-5058560
June 10, 1895
05056139' 0-5058425
5948 8438
Mean 0-5055948
0-5058432
June 11, 1895
0-5055857 0-5058282
5853 8183
5766 (j) 8290
Mean 0'5055837
0-5058252
November 14, 1895
0-5056054
5970
5988
6074 (J)
Mean 0-5056014
Pendulum 33 Pendulum 34
November 23, 1895
0-50584%
8577
8520
Mean
0-5058531
January 16, 1896
0-5055994
5952
5953
Mean 0'5955966
April 29, 1896
0-5056149
6142
0-5058531
8537
8688
Mean 0-5056146
0-5058585
April 30, 1896
0-5056090 0-5058620
6038 8635
6201 8534
6128
Mean 0-5056114
0-5058596
The observations to which
given to the others.
is appended have been accorded half the weight
1 This value is far too high in comparison with the other determinations made on
the same day. I have therefore left it out of consideration.
NO. 8.]
PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS.
55
The observations taken thus give the following mean value for the
periods of the pendulums:
Station
Date
Pendulum 33
Pendulum 34
Mean
Vienna, Turkenschanze
May 27, 28, 1892
0-5061970
0-5064411
0'5063191
July 21-25, 1892
0-5059172
0-5061624
0'5060398
Christiania, Observatory
June 11, 1893
05059170
0-5061633
0-5060402
Christiania, Pendulum-house ....
May30, June 13, 1897
0-5059174
0-5061605
0-5060389
Khabarova
July 30, 1893
05057528
0-5059884
0-5058721
79 15'.2 N. Lat. 137 28' E. Long.
January 16, 1894
0-5056601
79 38'.5 135 10'
March 16, 1894
0-5056402
84 34'.1 . 84 25' .3 >
June 8, 1895
0-5058560
84 42'.4 83 14'
June 10, 1895
0-5055948
0-5058432
0-5057190
84 44'.7 > 83 0-.5
June 11, 1895
0-5055837
0-5058252
0-5057045
85 55'.3 > i 66 48' .
November 14, 1895
0-5056014
85 47' .7 i. a 64 1' >
November 23, 1895
0-5058531
84 51'.9 . 40 43'.6
January 16, 1896
0-5055966
84 14'.7 12 21'.6 >
April 29, 1896
0-5056146
0-5058585
0-5057365
84 12'.4 12 14'.7
April 30, 1896
0-5056114
0-5058596
0-5057355
If we take the difference between the periods of the two pendulums, we
obtain :
From the observations in Vienna, 1892, S 34 S 33 = 2441 X 10 ~ 7
Christiania, 1892, = 2452
- 1893, = 2463
- - 1897, = 2431 ,
or as a mean = 2447
The following are the results of the observations made during the
expedition :
The observations of June 10, 1895, S 3 4 S 33 = 2484 X 10 ~ 7
-- 11, 1895, = 2415
-- April 29, 1896, = 2439
30, 1896, = 2482 ,
these values agreeing satisfactorily with the above-determined mean values.
If the two observations made with separate pendulums on the 14th
and 23rd November, are reduced to the same latitude, they will give a diffe-
rence of 2513 X 10 ~ 7 , a value which is not too far removed from the above
mean.
56 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
At Khabarova, where the observations as a whole were not so successful,
the period for pendulum 34, as has been already mentioned, was found too
small, on account of the rapid rise in the temperature during the experiments.
Even with the highest value, which is the only one retained above, the dif-
ference in question is only 2356 X10~ 7 . For this reason, I have thought it
best to give the period of oscillation for pendulum 34, half the weight of that
for pendulum 33. If we suppose, moreover, that the difference between the
periods of oscillation is 2447 X 10 ~ 7 , we find the mean period of oscillation
of the two pendulums to be 0'5058721, the value given in the table.
What distinguishes the above observations of the Fram expedition from
others that have hitherto been made, is that they have been made upon the
open sea, over depths of water of more than 2000 metres. They were rendered
possible by the fact that the vessel was frozen into the sea-ice, and drifted
with it. The great pressure, however, to which the ship was exposed, even
in the middle of winter, shows that this mass of ice cannot be regarded
at all times as one coherent layer, drifting along with one motion for the
whole. The various parts of the ice-covering may be moving at variance
with one another, and this movement may be carried so far as to cause the
ice-covering to burst at such places where the compression or distention be-
comes too great. If this be the case, it is to be feared that even if the ice
is apparently motionless, there may be imperceptible movements and trem-
blings in the covering that may affect the oscillations of the pendulum.
The influence that the motion of the ice may have upon the pendulum's
period of oscillation ought therefore to be more carefully investigated. It is
easy to show that a simple motion of translation, even if not uniform, but
uniformly accelerated or retarded, will produce no change in the period of
oscillation; the motion need not, I presume, be imagined to be more com-
plicated than this in the comparatively short time that each observation lasts, if
it is possible at all to consider the motion of the ice to be regular. The case
would be different with the irregular movements and tremors of the ice. As
I have attempted to demonstrate in a previous work 1 , these tremors of the
1 0. E. SCHIOTZ, Resultate der im Sommer 1893 in dem nordlichsten Theile Nortveyens
ausgefuhrten PendelbeobaMungen nebst einer Untersuchung uber den Einftuss von
Bodenerschwtteningen auf die Schwingungsseit (Kristiania, J. Dybwnd 1894-.) p. 15
et seq.
NO. 8.] PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS. 57
substratum will always cause a diminution in the pendulum's period of oscillation.
It is there stated that I have observed this actually to be the case in
experiments carried out in the Christiania Observatory 1 ; and I have also
since had an opportunity of making a similar observation in Trondhjem.
From these it is clear that the experiments made on the Fram when she
was drifting with the ice, can never give too low values for the acceleration;
it would be more reasonable to expect the values to be too high, if the ice-
covering was in irregular, trembling motion during the observations.
In order to obtain some idea of the motion of the ice, I have made an
examination as to the condition of the wind on the days of observation, and
immediately before them, as the motion will depend chiefly upon the wind. I
find the following statements:
January, 1894, slight wind on the 15th and 16th.
March, 1894, calm on the 15th, but rather windy on the 16th,
continuing so during the night.
June, 1895, rather strong wind on the 7th and the morning of
the 8th, the rest of the latter day being calm; strong
ESE wind on the 9th; blowing fresh on the 10th,
but less on the llth.
November, 1895, no wind from the 14th to the 24th; had been a
breeze on the llth.
January, 1896, calm all the month, no screwing and little wind.
April, 1896, little wind from the 26th to the 30th, no screwing.
It will been seen from this that the masses of ice ought to have been
in the greatest state of disturbance in June, 1895. If we examine the drift,
we find that the ship has drifted as much as 19'9 km. in the two civil days
from the 8th to the 10th June, and that the distance drifted diminishes to
4'8 km. in the following 24 hours (10th and llth June). If we now consider
the above given values for the periods of oscillation, we find that the lowest
values are found just on the 10th and llth June, 1895, although the latitude
is more than 1 lower than that reached on the 14th and 23rd November,
1895. That this cannot be due to a greater local value of gravity is ap-
parent from the fact that the mean period of oscillation observed on the llth
i 1. c. p. 8.
58 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
June is as much as 145 units in the seventh decimal-place less than that
found on the 10th, although the two points of observation lay no more than
about 5 km. apart, above a depth of over 3000 metres. If we especially exa-
mine the period for pendulum 34, with which experiments on the 8th,
10th and llth June were made, we find that the period decreases regularly
from the 8th when, as we shall subsequently see, it was about normal - - to
the llth. We must suppose that after the violent wind of the 9th June,
internal tremblings have commenced in the ice-masses, and have increased in
strength on the 10th and llth, as the force of the wind diminished, and the
rate of the drift became slower. I think we may conclude that this has really
been the case, from the fact that Lieut. Scott-Hansen, on the llth, expressly
mentions that he heard rumblings in the ice during the first comparison of
clocks, previous to the commencement of the pendulum observations. These
observations are thus easily explained by the influence - - already pointed
out by me - of imperceptible tremblings upon a pendulum's period of
oscillation.
As the observations show, the pendulums have only altered in a very
slight degree during the expedition. The mean period of oscillation before
the departure of the expedition was 0'5060400 in the Observatory, and after
its return, 0'5060389 in the new pendulum-house in the Observatory Garden.
The difference only amounts to 11 units in the last decimal-place, and 4 or
5 of these may be attributed to the difference in elevation 5'6 m. between
the two points of observation 1 , thus leaving a difference of only 7 units
due to an alteration of the pendulums during the expedition. This alteration
is so small that the pendulums may safely be considered as unchanged during
the expedition, with a mean period of oscillation in the Observatory equal to
0'5060397, corresponding to the mean of the period of oscillation in the same
place before and after the journey.
If we start with the value found by VON OPPOLZER for the acceleration
of gravity in Vienna (Ttirkenschanze), viz.
g = 9-80866 m.,
1 When the new pendulum-house was taken into use, an attempt was made to deter-
mine directly the difference between the periods at the two places. No certain diffe-
rence was obtained.
NO. 8.] PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS. 59
we obtain for the Observatory in Christiania,
by the observations in 1892, = 9-81949 m.
1893, g = 9-81948 m.
With the pendulum apparatus belonging to the Norwegian "Gradmaalings
Kommission", I have found at the same place,
in 1892, = 9-81949 m.
1893, g = 9-81952 m.
These, when regard is paid to the weight of the various values, give as
mean for the acceleration in the ChristianiaiObservatory 1 ,
g = 9-81949 m.
For the calculation of the experiments in which only one pendulum has been
employed, I have taken S^ = 0'5059175 as the value for the period of oscilla-
tion of pendulum 33 in the Observatory, assuming S^ = 0.5059174 -)- 4 X 10 ~ 7
to be the period of oscillation at the same place in 1897. The period of oscilla-
tion of pendulum 34 will then be S M = 0-5061619.
The following table gives the result of the calculation. In the column
headed 'Calculated Acceleration', are given the values found by the aid of
Helmert's formula.
yo = 9-780 (1 + 0.005310 sin 2 <p) m.
It will be seen that the gravity was found a little too great at the only
land-station that was investigated; but the numerical value obtained must, for
reasons already given, be considered as only approximate. As regards the
other values found for the acceleration, they do not indicate that the gravity
over the ocean is greater than on land, when the observations of the 10th
and llth June, 1895, are left out of consideration, it having been shown above
that they must give too high values. One observation -- that of the 16th
January, 1894 - - gives somewhat too low a value, and one - - that of the
16th January, 1896 -- too high a value by not quite so much; otherwise the
observed values accord very well with the calculated values. If we now con-
In "Resultate der im Sommer 1893", etc., p. 8, the following values are given respec-
tively for g, instead of those mentioned above:
and o = 9'81953 I determined with the Fram expedition apparatus;
g = 9-81950 m. \ determined with the apparatus of the Norwegian "Grad-
and g = 9*81954 / maalings Kommission."
The reason of this difference has already been given in the note on page 53.
60
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
CO CO CO
CO **^
(ft CO ^^ 'O
s
i s
S
E
3
"3 ^
13 3 1
3
g
T3
C -0 1
c
H
c
<U C
13
1
0)
OH
r &
OH
I 1
2 ^11
o
"o
n
. 8
CO CO CO O TH
CO ^H O l>- *
5i O TH TH -^1
^ O5
*H
a
vH
LI
1 -
O
Q
+ + 1 +
+ + + +
, o
*s o
Ji
8 eg 2 | !$
* 10 co co m
T ( O
*H
3J
E TH Ji co co co
oo
OS
co co co co co
CO CO
d
w .2
1 %
OS OS OS CO CO
^ OS -^ <5^ CO
lO TH C^* CO CO
OS iO IT"* *^H OS
IT"- Tt
1 CO
5S S S
s 1
S 3 e3 q co co
CO CO CO CO CO
CO CO
-1
OS
.
1C CO
i, CO
CO t>-
g
SS ^ 3 TH eq
^ O 00 TH CO
3^ ^H
w
o o c ic >^j
TH TH
00 00 CO CO ^
fH ^H
c- sq LO TH
^ c^ co r^ os
t- ^
3
lO CO ^H CO CO
^ ^) {g 5 ;g
TH TH
o Oi Ol O* 1 Oi *^^
s s s s
s s
1
-g
"O
ii
5 1 is
1 1 1
2 ?
1 1
ffi
- o c
O
3 .
a
o
C oo oo oo
lO 1C LO lO CO
OS OS Os OS Os
oo oo oo oo oo
CO CO
CJi Oi
oo oo
I
to Tl
TH TH TH ^H TH
TH TH
1
Q co" eo" oo"
o TH * eo co
TH TH TH G^ TH
OS C 5
rt cd
t.
S s>^
a3 ti r~*
43 g ^ -G
i 1 s
a s 3 1 H=
1 1 f
i- ra
*M i
OH
NO. 8.] PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS. 61
sider that the irregular movements which could be imparted to the ship, through
her drifting with the ice, would cause an increase in the observed value for
the acceleration at each separate place, we may conclude from the above re-
sults, that the force of gravity over the polar basin cannot be greater than
the normal. On account of the close agreement between the observed and
the calculated values, it seems to me reasonable to assume that the force of
gravity over the polar basin is normal. The circumstance that on January
16th, 1894, the acceleration was found too small, will be more fully dis-
cussed later on.
At the two stations on the 14th and 23rd November, separate pendulums
were fortunately employed: and as the stations are only about 26 km. distant
from one another, and very nearly in the same latitude, we may consider a
combination of these two observations to be equal to a complete observation
with both pendulums at the same station. As the latitude is not far off 86,
the period of the oscillation may be reduced so as to apply to that latitude.
The reduction-formula that may be employed is
,6 sin 2o> sinl'
where ip and q> are the latitude at the two places, and 6 the constant in
the formula
g = lc(l -f- 6sin 2 y).
As the gravity may be considered normal, we may take for 6 the
value in Helmert's formula, and put 6 = 0'00531.
By this means we find that the correction to a latitude of 86
for the period of pendulum 33, Nov. 14, = 3 X 10" 7
34, Nov. 23, = 7X10~ 7 ;
and the period in a latitude of 86 thus becomes,
for pendulum 33, S,, = 0'
. '_ 34, i-M
If the observations of the 29th and 30th April, 1896, are reduced in a
similar way to one latitude, namely 84, the reduction
for April 29th, = + 12X10 " 7
30th, = + 10X10- 7
62
O. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
The mean period of oscillation for the two pendulums in a latitude of 84
should thus be,
according to the observations of April 29, 0-5057377 )
} Mean 0'5057371
30, 0-5057365 /
If the acceleration is calculated from this, we obtain
N. Lat.
E. Long.
Acceleration
Difference
g observed
/ calculated
84
12 18'
9-83124
9-83136
- 0-00012
86
65 25'
3165
3168
3
The above values for the acceleration in 84 and 86 latitude may be
regarded as the main result of the pendulum observations of the Fram expe-
dition, and these values are to be regarded as normal. From these obser-
vations, by combination, the value for the acceleration in a latitude of 85 may be
deduced; for if we put
g = k (1 -(- b sin 2 q>), we obtain g\ g^=kb sin^j <p 2 ) sin^ -f- gp 2 ),
and hence
9se ~ #84 = * & sm 2 sin 10, and g K g^ = k b sin lsin 11.
By eliminating k b, these give
g^ = 9-83147 m.,
a value which thus contains the combined results of the observations of the
expedition.
As I have already shown, my observations with the apparatus of the
Norwegian "Gradmaalings Kommission" at the coast-stations in northern and
southern Norway lead to the result that
in 70 15' N. Lat., we have g = 9-82640 m.
59 15' N. Lat, g = 9-81878 m.,
if we start with Von Oppolzer's value in Vienna 1 .
As these values refer to coast-stations, they are presumably somewhat
higher than the normal values for the same latitudes. We will assume that
they are a mm. too great, and combine them with the above value found
1 Cf. O. E. Scm0Tz "Resultate der im Sommer 1894 in dem siidlichsten Theile Nor-
wegens ausgefuhrten Pendelbeobachtungen" (Kristiania, J. Dybwad, 1895), p. 13, where
these values are given respectively as g = 9'826413 m. and 9'818810 m. The difference
is accounted for in the reasons given in the note on page 53.
NO. 8.] PENDULUM OBSERVATIONS. 63
for the acceleration in 85 N. Lat. We then find that these 3 values, each
of which represents the combined results of observations at several stations,
satisfy the following equation:
g = 9-78011 (1 + 0-005292 sin 2 y) m.,
together with a = 0'45 mm.
This value for a is probably somewhat high, but it does not differ too
much from the value deduced by HELMERT from 37 coast-stations, namely,
a == 0-30 0'05 mm. '
The above formula, on the other hand, differs only very slightly from
Helmert's well-known formula,
g = 9-780 (1 + 0-005310 sin 2 <p) m.,
which has been employed above for calculating the acceleration at the various
places. The difference between them, expressed in millimetres, is only
(0-11 0-177 sin 2 y) mm.
As will be seen from the foregoing, Nansen's expedition has furnished
the first answer to the question as to what are the facts with regard to the
force of gravity over great ocean depths. The observations show that the
gravity may be regarded as normal over the polar basin; and as it is not
probable that this is a peculiarity of the Polar Sea, we are led to the as-
sumption that the force of gravity is normal all over the great oceans. The
increased attraction observed on oceanic islands must therefore only be due
the local attraction of the heaped-up masses at the bottom of the ocean, that
form the islands.
We will attempt to draw from the result arrived at above, some con-
clusions respecting the constitution of the earth's crust. We were led to
assume that the gravity over the sea has the same value as on the continents
in the same latitudes, at the level of the sea, if at a sufficient distance from
the coast. In the first place, therefore, we will only consider those parts of
the continents which form extensive lowlands, where the reduction to sea-level
will play no important part. At the same depth below the earth's surface,
the average density beneath the continents must differ from the density
beneath the oceans; but the farther down we go, the less will this difference
be, so that after a certain depth it may be assumed that the density is the
same, on an average, all over the earth.
1 F. R. HELMERT, Lie Schwerkraft im Hochgebirge, Berlin, 1890. p. 49.
64 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
In the following pages, we will consider the earth to be spherical, and
pay no regard to its rotation. Thus on a spherical surface concentric with
the earth's surface, at a sufficient depth, the density must be regarded as constant;
and as the density, starting from this surface, may be considered on the
whole to change in one and the same manner inwards towards the centre, the
acceleration at the depth in question must have the same value over the whole
earth, at any rate beneath that portion of the earth's surface, which we are
here considering. Let the radius of this spherical surface be R^ , and that of
the earth's surface R^.
According to the potential theory, the flux of force from a closed surface
is equal to kit times the sum of the active masses in the same. This can
be immediately employed upon the gravity, only taking the inward flux instead
of the outward flux through the surface, as the force between two ponderable
masses is in the opposite direction to the force between two similar electric
or magnetic masses. We will consider a portion of the shell outside the
spherical surface with radius R lt which is cut off by a conical surface with
its vertex at the centre of the earth, and subtending a solid angle dw. We
may consider the force of gravity along the sides of the cone, at any rate at
a sufficient distance from the boundary between land and sea, as running
parallel to those sides. The flux of force through the boundary of this part
of the cone will thus be limited to the two end surfaces, one of which is in
the open surface of the earth, the other on the spherical surface farther in.
If the acceleration at the earth's surface equals g a , and below at the spherical
surface with radius R lt g v , the flux of force, K, will be
->&; <*-%;&,
where / is the gravitation constant. Thus this expression gives the entire
mass that is found in the part considered, multiplied by 4?r. It follows from
this, since g according to the above, has the same value over the oceans
as in the lowlands of the continents, that over each surface unit of the inner
spherical surface with radius R lt beneath such portions of the earth's surface,
there must be the same quantity of mass, whether it is beneath land or sea.
If this be so, we can, in the following pages, when we leave out of conside-
ration those parts of the earth's crust that contain the boundary between land
and sea, regard the depths of the ocean as constant, equal to fe 1( and assume
NO. 8.] __ REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. _ 65
that the density, Q , in the firm earth's crust beneath, changes on an average
in one and the same manner downwards. We may assume that the case is similar
with regard to the density, p u beneath the portions of continent considered.
Q and Q , are functions of the distance from the earth's surface, and according to
the above, the average value along a vertical must be greater for p than for
p, in the outer spherical shell, of which we will call the thickness fe t , when
we have h t = R R l . If we now compare a portion of the earth's crust
belonging to the continental lowlands with a piece belonging to the ocean,
the result of the equation for the flux of force is that
,-*. *,
\Ridco (Qi e)dh + ltt L
da> (^ l)dk =
which means that the difference between the mass of the two pieces above
equal elements of the inner spherical surface equals zero.
Here R = R t -\-h = R (> h l -\-h; substituting this and expanding, we
obtain, after division by 4?r R\ dco,
-, hi-*,
The radius of the earth must here be regarded as great, not only in
proportion to the depth of the sea, fe 2 > which we may take on an average
as 3.5 km., but also in proportion to the thicknes of the shell, h t . The fourth
term in the above equation must therefore be exceedingly small, and even
the third term can only have a small value, as the two integrals in it have
opposite signs. The first two terms can consequently only have a value that
scarcely differs from 0; moreover it is easy to show that their sum must be
less than 0. If we inquire into the pressure that the separate parts of the
earth's crust each exert upon the interior nucleus on account of the attraction
of the latter, we shall find that, taking Jf, as the mass of the interior nucleus,
it will amount for every surface element, R* d<a, beneath the continents, to
9
66 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
h, '> *,
f fjj* JB 2 du ? i dh = fM l do> L dh = f^R\ dot L dfe =
00
f 1
= 01 .R, dwL, dfe,
and under the oceans to
f
-ht A,
1 - <>) dh+\( Qt - 1) dh },
dh).
,-.
These two pressures are not equally great, and their difference
*
II.
/ j'
o *i *
must, as we shall immediately see, be negative. In order to produce the
distribution of matter in the earth's crust, that is found beneath the portions
of continent under consideration, from the distribution of matter that exists
beneath the oceans, masses must be removed from the deeper strata, and
added above, where the sea is found; and in this way the attraction exerted
by the interior nucleus upon the masses, and consequently their pressure
upon it, are diminished. The sum of the two integrals in II, must thus, as
already mentioned, be negative.
It is easy to find an approximate value for this sum, and thus for the
difference in pressure, J, even if nothing more is known as to how the
density changes down a vertical line from the surface. If we call the sum
of the integrals 6, we may put
*-*.
h, -K,
where g' indicates the difference between the mean values of the densities
Hi and Q in the crust reaching from h = to fe = fe 1 fe a , and Q^ is the
average density in the uppermost stratum of continent of thickness ft 2 .
According to equation I., we now have, neglecting quantities of the second
order,
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 67
If the integration in this equation is effected in the same way, we obtain:
_, _ a _ l _ a -- ,
** jt
where Q" is the difference between two densities, which may be considered
as a kind of mean value of p, and Q, between h = and h = h t fo 2 ,
differing from $', although the difference cannot be great, as in any case
gj e is only very small. (/ may be straightway put down as equal to ,'
in equation III. According to this equation,
(^'-i)h,=d- Q '(h,-h t ),
which, substituted in the previous equation, gives
AM 2 i _ tii ti \ r -.""! ~r~ ""i -f_*Ll
__] (fci _ kj [9 __ -- ? __j.
As already mentioned, there can only be a slight difference between q"
and p'. The numerical value of Q" is probably less than that of p', as the
difference in density is least, and the densities themselves greatest, in the
lowest strata, where the factor (h h^} in the first integral IV. has its
greatest value. Recollecting that S, Q" and g' are negative, we may write,
if we substitute Q' for q"
-*(1--5 L )^ -(fri-Mf'-S 1 -.
/1 .
If now equation III. is employed for the elimination of Q' (h t fc 2 ) ,we
finally obtain
or
A << / ' 1 \ i. "i / 1 _i_ i T~ 2 'i V
O<?,(QI IJrtj-p-llH -- p -- ) v.
Kfl **
If, as previously stated, we assume that fe 2 equals 3'5 km., and that the
average density in the uppermost 3'5 km. of the continents is 2'7, then, with
a sufficient degree of accuracy,
3 <, 6 ^- km. of density one. V b.
^o
Even if the exterior spherical shell has a thickness corresponding to 0'02
of the earth's radius, or h^ = circ. 126 km.,
- d 5^ 120 m. of density one.
68 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
We thus find that the difference ^/ between the pressures exerted by
the external shell upon the internal nucleus beneath the oceans and beneath
the continents, cannot be greater under the conditions we have considered,
than the pressure that a volume of water of a depth of 120 m., or a slab of
rock of 48 m., with specific gravity 2'5, will exert upon their substratum.
A slab of rock such as this, by its attraction, will only alter the accele-
ration at one point on its surface by 0'05 mm. If it be considered that the
various points on the lowlands where the force of gravity has been determined,
are not on the sea-level, but at a greater or less, though slight, height above
it, making it necessary to reduce the observations to sea-level, it will be seen
that the observations in the lowlands could be as well satisfied by assuming
that equally large areas of the surface of the internal nucleus are exposed on
the average to an equal pressure from the external shell, as by supposing
that the quantities of mass above it are on an average equally large.
In the calculation of the flux of force above, we have started with the
supposition that the lines of force follow the normals of the limiting spherical
surface. Strictly speaking we cannot generally assume this to be the case,
on account of the uneven distribution of the masses in the external shell.
As experience shows, the deviation of the vertical line in the lowlands is slight
on the whole, and this deviation will not therefore produce any change in the
general result at which we have arrived.
Before proceeding further, however, we will consider what conclusion may
be drawn, with regard to the acceleration, from the fact that the lines of force
are deflected from their normal straight course, supposing that this is not
due to any special accumulation or deficiency of masses in the depths. We
will imagine a tube of force passing through the boundary of a surface-element,
E\ du, upon the surface of the inner nucleus. Owing to local irregularities
in the distribution of matter, the walls of the tube, during its passage through
the earth's crust, will not follow the normals through the boundary of the
element, and the tube will cut off from the free surface of the earth a surface-
element, Rl dca', which will generally differ somewhat from the normal,
R* da>, which would have been cut off if the lines of force had had a normal,
straight course, dw and dio' are, as above, the solid angle under which the
elements are seen from the centre.
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 69
The equation for the flux of force now gives
f'
^Rl da>'yR\dw = ln \QR*diodh,
o
where dm under the integral sign, is to be considered as a function of h.
If we call the normal acceleration upon the earth's surface g , the mass
of the earth M, and its average density ff , then
, M 4 , D
do I ^T = * n l a o M o '
*
putting this in the above equation, we obtain
,
j. VI.
As the thickness of the earth's crust must always be considered a small
quantity in proportion to the earth's radius, R 6 , it will be seen that the
integral on the right will have to be regarded as a quantity of the third
order, if the quantities on the left are of the second. If therefore the
density, p , does not undergo finite changes, an alteration in the course of the
lines of force in the interior of the earth's crust will have no perceptible
influence upon the magnitude of the acceleration, g, as the change undergone
by the integral will have to be regarded as a quantity of the fourth order.
If, however, the surface-element, Rl du', cut off by the tube of force, differs
from the normal, the acceleration will prove to be changed -- augmented, as
equation VI shows, where the element cut off is less than normal, and dimi-
nished where the element is greater than normal. It will generally be difficult
to express an opinion as to the manner in which the transverse section of a
tube of force will change in its course through the earth's crust to the external
surface; but I think it will be clear from the above that we cannot straight-
way conclude that there is an accumulation of mass deep down below a
place, because the acceleration there appears to be somewhat too great, or
a deficiency of mass if it is rather too small. If the tube of force meets the
surface of the earth near the coast-line of a continent, we may infer, as we
shall also see subsequently, that its transverse section at the free surface
is smaller than normal if the tube of force intersects that surface in the conti-
70 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
nent, but greater than normal if it is beyond the coast-line, out on the ocean ;
and this is on the very assumption that there is an equal amount of matter under
surface-elements of equal size, in both places.
If, however, the density undergoes finite changes from one place to another,
the change in the integral on the right side of equation VI may be of the
same order as the integral itself, and the acceleration may then show an increase,
even if the element, R 2 dw', cut off by the tube of force, is greater than
normal, and a decrease if it is smaller than normal.
We have, in the above, only considered the lowlands on the continents.
Experience seems to show with regard to the mountain regions and the elevated
plateaus, that this accumulation of matter above the level of the sea is compen-
sated on the whole by deficiency of matter in the depths. If this be so, there
should also, on an average, be the same quantity of matter above every unit
element of the surface of the inner nucleus beneath these portions of the con-
tinents as beneath the remainder of the earth's surface. 1 It has been to
some extent supposed that this compensation depends upon an equilibrium of
pressure of all parts of the earth's crust upon the inner nucleus. It is easy
to show that in this case too, the two suppositions are almost equally good.
If the mean elevation of the plateaus is h', and if their density is assumed
to be (i, as in the upper part of the continents, we have only to add g^'li'
h<
2 f
to the right side of equation (III), and the integral p Ip, h dh to the left side
^o J
o
of equation (IV). Equation (V) will then become
Thus the term p/fe'^-has been added here. If we assume the same
*e
quantity of matter over every element of the surface of the inner nucleus,
then, in order to obtain an equilibrium of pressure upon the latter as regards
the continents, we must add, at sea-level, a layer of rock of a thickness
F. R. HELMERT. Where Geod&sie Bd. II, p. 365.
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 71
I- - cir, (48 + 20 *, m,
**o
if, as previously, we assume that h l = 0'02.R , and fe 2 =3'5 km.; for every
additional 1000 m. in the height of the plateau, the thickness of the added
mass must consequently be increased by 20 m.
In the following pages we shall assume, for the sake of simplicity, that
there is on an average the same quantity of matter over every surface unit
of the inner nucleus. If we then imagine all the deficiencies of matter in the
depths compensated by filling up from the corresponding accumulations above
sea-level, the surface of all continents would in the main coincide with the
spherical surface through sea-level.
I have above taken the thickness of the earth's crust to be 0'02 of the
earth's radius. How far down we must go before we reach a depth where
we may assume that the density is constant all over the earth, will depend
upon the manner in which the density on an average alters downwards from
the surface of the continents and from the bottom of the oceans. By the
inequality in the moon's motion, dependent on the ellipticity of the
earth, we may now infer how the density on the whole ought to change
inwards towards the interior of the earth. Helmert gives the following
formula : *
e- 11* [1 - 1-04 (2-)'+ 0-275 (t)'].
where 9 is the density, a the equatorial radius of the earth, and a the
equatorial radius of the equipotential surface through the point under con-
sideration. When a = a , i. e. at the surface of the earth, the density becomes
2 - 66. If s denotes the density at the surface of the inner nucleus, and the
same symbols are employed as before, we obtain for the density, ^,, h km.
above this surface, since a = #0 ^i + ^ a d a n = .R ,
Q = s 0-00177 h.
This gives a very trifling change of density in the external strata of the
earth. In the earth's crust, however, which has been subject to a more
rapid cooling and less pressure than the interior of the earth, we may possibly
F. R. HELMEJU. Where Geodasie. Bel. II, p. 487.
72 o. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
assume a somewhat more rapid decrease than the above equation gives. In
any case, I assume that it follows from this equation that the difference
between the densities in the firm crust beneath the continents and beneath
the oceans can be only slight, so that the earth's crust must have a com-
paratively considerable thickness, if equation (I) is to be satisfied.
It appears to me that with regard to the density nearest the surface at
the bottom of the ocean, there is no reason for supposing that it is per-
ceptibly different from that at the surface of the continents. The oceans in
all probability have not always been so deep as they are now; the depth has
increased little by little, as the earth's outer shell has shrunk more and more
together with the cooling down and contraction of the inner nucleus. If we
look back in time, we must therefore suppose the oceans shallower and shal-
lower the further back we go, taking for granted that on the whole they have
always occupied the same places on the earth's surface. When the firm
earth's crust was formed, there is no reason therefore to suppose it otherwise
where the continents happened to lie than in the other places where the
oceans subsequently came to be. It is true that the surface of the continents,
after the latter had risen out of the sea, was exposed to continual denudation ;
but as the eroded masses were once more deposited upon areas belonging to the
continents, this denudation has principally brought about a re-adjustment of
the masses at the surface of the continents, and presumably cannot, to any
perceptible extent, have produced any alteration in the average density at the
surface, if, as previously mentioned, we imagine the continents to have been
reduced to the level of the sea by the employment of the accumulated masses
to compensate for deficiency of mass below. By thus sinking deeper and
deeper during the shrinkage, those parts of the firm earth's crust upon which
the ocean would rest were brought into contact with denser masses than those
parts of which the continents were formed. On this account, I imagine, the
density beneath the oceans came to increase more rapidly with the depth,
than beneath the continents.
If this is the case, it seems to me reasonable to suppose that those parts
of the earth's crust containing the boundaries of the continents, and which
we have hitherto not considered, do not differ in any essential degree in their
constitution from the other parts, but that in their case also we may suppose
that on an average there is the same quantity of matter above every unit
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 73
element of the surface of the inner nucleus as in the rest of the earth's crust,
or, what is almost the same thing, that these parts are also, on an average,
in an equilibrium of pressure upon the inner nucleus. If this supposition is
correct, we must be able to infer from it the peculiarity that appears to
characterise the coast-stations, namely, that the gravity increases a little with
an approach towards the coast-margin of the continents. It has been stated
above that for 37 coast-stations on various continents, HELMERT found
the difference between the observed and the normal acceleration to be
0-00030 0-00005 m.
According to PUTNAM, the coast-stations in North America along the Atlantic
exhibit positive, or very small negative, differences, while the stations in the
interior show much larger negative differences. 1
The relative determinations made by the Austrian Navy during the years
1 892 1898, also always give positive differences at the coast-stations examined,
these being situated on various continents Australia, Asia, Africa and
South America along the Indian, Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. 2
The incline of submarine parts of the continents towards the ocean depths
outside differs in different places. It is generally somewhat less nearest land
(about 1 in 250 for a distance of 50 km.), and increases farther out to
about 1 in 100. The incline is steeper, however, at several places, e. g.
along the west coast of North and South America, where it amounts to
1 in 40. 3
If, as before, Q stands for the density in the firm mass under the oceans,
and Q I for that under the continents, we may imagine the crust of the earth
to be formed of a sea, of depth fo 2 > extending over the whole earth, and resting
upon a shell of thickness (h l fo 2 ) and a density Q, when we add, as regards
the continents, a mass of which the sum total is zero, but distributed in such a
manner that above there will be a covering of thickness h 2 and density
1 United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Appendix No. 1. Report for 1894, p. 28.
Relative determinations of gravity with half-seconds pendulums, and other pendulum
investigations. G. R. PUTNAM. Washington, 1895.
2 Relative Schtverebestimmungen durch Pendelbeobachtungen. Ausgefflhrt durch die
k. und k. Kriegs-Marine in den Jahren 1892 1894. Herausgegeben vom k. und k. Reichs-
Kriegs-Ministerium, Marine-Section. Vienna, 1895.
Relative Schwerebestimmungen durch Pendelbeobachtungen, Heft II. VerOffent-
lichungen des hydrografischen Amtes der k. und k. Kriegs-Marine in Pola. Pola 1898.
3 F. R. HELMERT. Hohere Geodasie Bd. II, p. 345.
10
74 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
(0, 1), and under it a base of thickness (h l h z ) and density (^i Q), which
on the whole is negative. Along the coast margin, we must imagine this
covering with density (Q } 1), decreasing in thickness outwards towards the
bottom of the ocean, following the slope of the continents down to the depths
the covering here too, resting upon a substratum of thickness (h^ fe 2 )> whose
density, however, is not constant at the same depth, but decreases in an
outward direction as the thickness of the covering diminishes, and becomes
where the covering ceases. We thus suppose that the sum of the added masses
above every element of the surface of the inner nucleus, everywhere equals 0.
If we now consider a point on the surface of a continent, we shall find
that the attraction exerted upon it will depend not only upon the masses
that determine the attraction out on the ocean, but also upon the above-
mentioned added masses. If the point is sufficiently far from the coast,
these will very nearly neutralise one another's effect, as their sum is zero.
If the point approaches the coast, the effect arising from the fact that the
added masses do not form a continuous shell all round the earth, will become
more and more apparent ; and as the positive masses lie nearer to the point
acted upon than the negative, the result will be, as we shall see, a slight increase
of attraction towards the coast-margin. In order to have a clearer view of
this, we will first calculate the effect of a conical section of a spherical shell
with constant density Q at a point situated at the pole of the zone; the vertex
of the cone must be imagined in the centre of the sphere. If the external
and internal radii of the shell are R 9 and R 2 , and half the aperture of the
cone 8, the attraction will be F
- (B\ + R\ + R R z cos 6 - 3 Rl sin 2 0) V^ + R\ - 2fl R t cos 01 +
2E (l-sin)sin
2 n % f. RQ sin 2 9 cos 6 log. nat.
V.RO + R\ 2.R .R 2 cos 6 (R 2 B cos 0),
where f, as before, indicates the constant of gravity.
The first term is independent of the aperture, and represents half the
attraction of the entire shell at the point under consideration. The two other
VII.
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 75
terms, on the other hand, vary with 6; for a certain value of the latter, their
sum equals 0. For smaller values their sum is negative, and its numerical
value becomes greater and greater the nearer 6 approaches 0, in which case
the numerical value becomes equal to the first term. For greater values of
6, the sum becomes positive, and increases continually with 9, until for 9 = n
it becomes equal to the first term. An idea of the value of 8 for which the
sum of the two terms equals may be obtained by the aid of the following
proposition, which is easily proved. If a point P is situated outside a spherical
shell with constant density and its centre at 0, a spherical surface with the
line OP as its diameter will divide the shell into two parts, which will each
exert an equal influence upon P, and thus an influence equal to half that
of the entire shell. Thus the thinner the shell, the smaller will be the angular
radius, 0, of the conical section, which will exert an influence equal to half
that of the entire shell upon a point in the centre of the limiting zone.
By the aid of the above expression, we will try to determine the influence
of a similar conical section of the above-mentioned continental added masses
upon a point on the earth's surface in the centre of the limiting zone. We will,
as before, assume the thickness of the earth's crust to be h l = 0'02 i? , and
the depth of the sea, h 2 = 3'5 km. = . Qnn R . * For the sake of simplicity
To'".'
we will assume the densities, (Q I 1) and (^ Q), to be constant in both
layers. This will make no perceptible change, as the numerical value of
(0, -- p), according to what we have said above with regard to the con-
stitution of the ocean-bed, is probably smallest not only deepest down in the
base, but also above just below the covering. The following diagram
represents graphically the result of the calculation. The angular radius of the
zone is the abscissa, and the ordinate gives the alteration in the acceleration of
gravity dependent upon the section. Each division indicates 0'02 mm. It
will be seen that even for an angular radius of 20, which will correspond
to a radius of about 2200 km., the interior negative masses will not altogether
succeed in neutralising the attraction of the external positive shell. The aggre-
gate effect of the section, however, is only about 0'07 mm.
1 The numerical values here chosen are of no importance for the following investigation,
only supposing that the thickness of the crust is considerable in relation to the depth
of the ocean, and very small in comparision to the earth's radius.
76
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 77
When the angle is reduced, the influence of the section becomes greater,
and with small values of 9, the influence increases very rapidly when dimini-
shes. For 9 = 3, which will give a radius of 330 km. for the limiting zone, the
increase in the acceleration will he 0'44 mm., and for 6 = 0.25 as much as
1'85 mm. The influence will still increase a little, if 6 decreases yet more;
but a decrease soon commences, and the influence then sinks with extreme
rapidity towards zero, when 9 approaches that value.
By the aid of this curve, we can now easily obtain an idea of the
influence of the added masses here treated of, disregarding for the present
those that correspond to the incline of the continents towards the ocean
depths. We will consider a circular continent, say as large as South America,
with a radius equal to about 0'37 R^, or an angular radius of rather more
than 20. J In the centre of the continent, or about 2200 km. from the coast,
the added masses, as we have seen, will produce an increase in the acceleration
of about 0'07 mm. When we approach the coast, the influence will at first
increase exceedingly slowly; at a point about 1000 km. from the nearest
coast, the increase in the acceleration will be only about 0'085 mm.
If we divide the continent by a great circle through the point under con-
sideration parallel to the nearest portion of the coast-line, the influence of the
greater part will diminish quite slowly when the point approaches the coast-
line, and will produce an increase in the acceleration of about 0'03 mm. As
the angular radius of the continent is less than 90, the effect, however, of this
part will again increase a little, when the point comes very close to the coast-
margin, so that the acceleration in the coast-margin itself will have an in-
crease of about 0'06 mm. The influence of the other part, on the other hand,
will increase as the distance from the coast-line diminishes. In order to make
a more exact calculation of this influence, we may imagine the part divided
up into wedge-shaped sectors radiating from the point under consideration, and
so small that the angular radius of the sector may be regarded as constant.
The result given by this calculation is that at a distance of 3, or about 330 km.,
from the coast, the influence will be about 0.17 mm., so that the added masses
for the whole continent at this point will produce an increase in the acceleration
of about 0'20 mm., or only 0'13 mm. more than in the middle of the continent;
at a distance of 0.5, or about 55 km., from the coast, the influence will be
1 F. R. HELMEHT Hohere Geodasie. Ed. II, p.^813.
78 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
much greater, and the increase in the acceleration will amount on the whole
to about 0'65 mm. or 0'58 mm. more than in the middle of the continent.
The influence will continue to increase until a distance of about 20 km. from
the coast-line is reached. If, as mentioned above, we disregard the slope of
the continents towards the ocean depths, and imagine them abruptly cut off,
the influence of the added masses will diminish rapidly towards zero with a
still nearer approach to the coast-line. On the very boundary between land
and sea therefore, the acceleration in this case, as indicated above, will be
about normal.
If we go out upon the sea, it is easy to see that the acceleration must
show a decrease as the distance from the coast-line increases, so that at the
same distance from the margin out there, the acceleration will prove to be about
as much diminished as it was increased upon the continent. For if we imagine
the land spread over the whole earth, the influence of the added masses on
every external point will be zero. If, therefore, we add to the given masses
the added masses of a continent such as this, extending over the whole earth,
the influence on external points will not be altered. If we now assume that
the density of the added masses of this continent is equal and opposite to
the density of the added masses in the given continent, it is evident that the
influence of our continent upon external points is equal to the influence of
a continent occupying the place of the ocean, but with added masses whose
density is equal and opposite to the density in the added masses of the
continent. Out on the sea, we can consequently consider ourselves as being
near the margin of this negative continent, and therefore the influence upon
the acceleration will be the reverse of the influence on the actual continent,
and about as great, if the radius of the circumscribing coast-line is not
too short.
The continents, however, do not terminate abruptly. The added masses
on the slope and in the base beneath it will somewhat modify the change of
the acceleration. When the slope nearest land is very gentle, as is generally
the case, it will have very much the same effect as a continuation of the
continent itself, and therefore in the above deduction we must reckon the
coast margin from the place where the rapid incline towards the ocean depths
commences. The added masses on this incline will act as a check upon the
above-mentioned decrease in the value of the acceleration when the land-
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 79
point under consideration advances quite up to the coast-margin, so that instead
of becoming normal again along the coast-margin, the acceleration will show
somewhat of an increase. The increase will depend upon the steepness of
the incline, there being thus a maximum for a certain slope, the increase
becoming less both for steeper and gentler inclines.
It is easy to see that the effect resulting from these added masses upon
a point on the coast-margin itself will be an attraction. If we imagine a
sphere with the surface passing through the centre of the earth, and the
earth's radius as diameter, this, as already mentioned, will cut off from the
added masses a portion whose influence upon that point on the surface through
which this sphere passes, will be the half of the influence of an entire
spherical shell with thickness and density like those of the added masses. If
a sphere such as this is made to pass through a point in the coast-margin,
it will cut the spherical surface going through the ocean-bed in a small circle
with a radius of about 200 km. If the slope of the continent is 1 in 60
- which is not unusual (see page 73) -- the base of the continent will lie at a
distance of about 210 km. from the coast-line, assuming the depth of the
ocean to be 3'5 km. It will then be seen that the incline encloses almost
completely that part of the sphere which falls within the outermost shell
of the earth, which has a thickness of 3'5 km. The added masses on the
incline will consequently, at one point in the coast-line, exert an influence
about equal to a fourth part of that of a spherical shell having a thickness
of 3'5 km., and the same density as that of the added masses, and will thus
effect an increase of about 1'2 mm. in the acceleration. The subjacent nega-
tive added masses will not nearly be able to compensate this influence, as
they only contain a portion of the masses that the spherical surface in
question would cut off from a spherical shell of the same thickness (h l 7i 2 )
as theirs. A more minute determination of the effect of these added masses
upon a point on the surface requires a somewhat complicated calculation,
as the integrations can only be approximately performed. I have obtained at
one point in the coast-line the following expression for the attraction, assum-
ing that the slope is constant.
80 O. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
For the positive masses on the slope itself:
- 2 ) cot v,) log.nat. 2
cot. *,)log. nat. + a*-
for the negative masses beneath:
o, (2 + !-(/*! -|i-) cot v,
arctg El _
+
_j
Here ^ = ?i 1, where ?! is the density in the upper part of the solid
earth's crust, V the angular radius of the circular coast-line, v, = V + /?i
the angular radius of the line parallel to the latter along the base of the
slope at the bottom of the sea, c 2 = -^ , and ! == -sr
Jf -flo
If we assume the slope to be as steep as that on the west coast of North
and South America, namely 1 in 40, the result is found to be
sin V
where , = 1 16'.4; if we make // = 20, as in the case of South
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 81
America, and e t = 2'66, we obtain for the increase in the acceleration which
this force will produce,
0-46 mm.
The effect will probably be somewhat greater if the incline is supposed
to be rather less; for very gentle inclines, the effect will, as previously men-
tioned, again decrease.
For points farther in on the continent, the increase in the acceleration,
on account of the slope, will take place rather more slowly as we approach
the coast-line, than if the continent were cut off abruptly, as the slope will
act very much as an extension of the continent seawards. In other respects,
the course of the phenomenon will be on the whole as we have shown it above.
We thus se ethat upon the above-mentioned supposition concerning the compo-
sition of the earth's crust, it is easy to explain the fact that gravity generally in-
creases somewhat on an approach to the coast-margin. Our deduction, however,
leads moreover to a result with which we have hitherto been unacquainted.
If we imagined ourselves going out to sea from the coast-margin, we found,
in the case of the continent falling abruptly off towards the bottom of the ocean,
that the acceleration out at sea will prove to be about as much diminished as it
was increased at the same distance landwards. If we take into consideration
the more or less steep incline of the continents towards the ocean depths, it
must still appear, as we go out farther from the coast, that the acceleration
first decreases and falls below the normal, and then once more rises and
approaches it farther out from land. The change upon land and out at sea,
however, will no longer take place almost symmetrically in relation to the
coast-line, as the slope of the negative land-masses by which, in the case of
the sea, we can replace the continent in question, is in an opposite direction
to that of the latter, since both land-masses together are to form a continuous
shell all over the earth.
The Fram expedition has been the first to give information as to what
are the circumstances with regard to gravity out on the ocean. We have
seen that the gravity is normal over the Polar Basin. As already mentioned, the
irregular, trembling motion in which the ice-masses might possibly have been
during the observations, would only cause a shortening of the period of the pen-
dulum employed, so that we may assume that the values found for the ac-
celeration have not come out too small. In spite of this, however, one obser-
11
82 0. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
vation, made on the 16th January, 1894, gives a noticeably too small value
for the acceleration, the difference amounting to as much as 64 units in the
5th decimal place. I assume therefore, that we may certainly take for granted
that the acceleration at this place of observation is somewhat smaller than
normal. It is true that only one pendulum was used ; but the two observations
taken accord very well. The Fram was then already out in the Polar Basin,
as a little farther south, on the 21st December, 1893, the bottom had not been
reached at 2100 metres. But the vessel was not far from the coast-margin
of the continent, for on November 28th, 1893, in 78 39'. 7 N. Lat. and 138 49'
E. Long., and on November 30th, 1893, in 78 41 '.9 N. Lat. and 138 37'
E. Long., the bottom was reached at respectively 143 and 170 metres, while
it was not reached at 250 m. on December 3rd, 1893, in 78 47'. 3 N. Lat.
and 138 8' E. Long. As the place of observation on January 16th, 1894,
was in latitude 79 15'. 2 N. and longitude 137 28' E., it will be seen that
it was not farther from the coast of the Asiatic continent than about 60 km.,
the line where the rapid incline towards the ocean depths commences being
considered as the coast-line. The incline here appears to be particularly steep,
as the depth shows an increase of at least 2000 m. in a distance of 60 km.
The incline would thus be 1 in 30 or thereabouts. The smaller value for the
acceleration observed at the above-mentioned place seems therefore to accord
well with the result at which we arrived above. It must be remarked that the
acceleration was found normal on the following 16th March, 1894, in latitude
79 38'. 5 N. and longitude 135 10' E. This place of observation, however,
is fully 60 km. from the former one, and in such a direction that its distance
from the coast-margin is about double. The difference, therefore, according
to our explanation, should here be much less than at the first place. At all
events, the acceleration in this case was found greater than it should have
been according to the distance of the place from the coast-margin; but this
cannot be brought forward as any incontestable objection to the correctness
of the above result, since we cannot, as already stated, draw any certain
conclusion from the fact that the acceleration has been found too great. I
believe, therefore, that we may take it for granted that the observations in
question are not at variance with the theory expounded above, but that this
theory is directly supported by the observation of the 16th January, 1894.
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 83
We may convince ourselves of the correctness of the result arrived at
above, by examining the course of the lines of force through the earth's crust.
If the masses in the earth's crust had been so distributed that the density
at equal distances from the surface had been constant, the lines of force
would simply have run straight in along the radii to the places in question.
This, however, is not the case, even under the simplified conditions under
which we are here considering the matter. The density at a certain depth is
not the same beneath the continents as beneath the oceans. The lines of
force, in consequence of this, will be deflected from their straight course
during their passage inwards towards the inner nucleus. This deflection will
take place, as we may easily convince ourselves, when the lines pass through
a space in which the masses are unevenly distributed in directions at right
angles to them, and in such a manner that they will turn aside from those
places where the density of mass is least, towards those where it is greatest.
Instead of following the lines of force on their inward course from the surface
of the earth through the earth's crust to the inner nucleus, it will be pre-
ferable to follow them in the opposite direction, as we may assume that the
lines of force that reach the surface of the nucleus, are evenly distributed over
it. We must recollect, however, in thus following the lines of force backwards
in the opposite direction to their course, that their deflection will also be in
the opposite direction to that mentioned above, so that the lines we are follow-
ing will turn away from the places where the density is greatest towards
those where it is least.
We will now assume the surface of the inner nucleus to be divided into
a number of equal surface-elements, and that through each element there
runs a line of force. If the masses had been evenly distributed throughout the
earth's crust, these lines, as already mentioned, would have been produced
through it as right lines, so that equal surfaces of the outer surface would
be intersected by an equal number of lines of force all over the earth. The
masses, however, as we know, are unevenly distributed, and on an average
the density at greater depths than that of the bottom of the ocean is somewhat
less beneath the continents than beneath the oceans. The consequence of
this is that the lines of force rising from the surface of the inner nucleus along
the border of the base of the continents, must converge under the latter, so that
the space under the continents will be more and more filled with lines of
84
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
[NORW. POL. EXP.
LINES OF FORCE
Ocean Continent
force the higher they rise, while on the other hand, the lines of force in the
space beyond, under the ocean, will be thinned out (see fig.). This holds
good until the level of the ocean bottom is reached, when the density
becomes greatest on the side of the continents, and the difference of density
is considerably greater than below. As a consequence of this, the lines
NO. 8.] REMARKS ON THE EARTH'S CRUST. 85
of force are obliged to turn back towards the oceans again, und that
more rapidly than they had turned in under the continent. On account of
the inconsiderable depth of the oceans as compared with the thickness of the
earth's crust, however, this turning back is not so complete as to cause a
regular distribution of the lines of force over the outer surface of the earth.
The lines of force will therefore be crowded rather more closely together on
the continents, along their boundary or towards the coast-line; while immedi-
ately outside this, on the ocean, they will lie farther from one another than
the normal distance. An endeavour to illustrate these conditions is made in
the accompanying figure.
If we now consider a tube of force issuing from the outer surface, and
terminating in one of the surface-elements into which we have imagined the
surface of the inner nucleus to be divided, it is evident, since the lines of
force, according to the above, lie somewhat closer together than normally
just within the coast-line of a continent, that this tube of force will cut
off from the free surface an element somewhat smaller than it would have
been had the lines of force been normally distributed over the free surface,
and the acceleration been normal in consequence. The reverse will be the
case if the tube of force intersects the free surface somewhat beyond the
coast-line out on the ocean. According to our explanation on page 69, the direct
consequence of this will be that the acceleration must be rather greater than
normal on the continents in the neighbourhood of the coast-line, and somewhat
less than normal out on the ocean a little beyond the shore, as we have
demonstrated above.
We have assumed above that on an average there are equally large
masses over equal elements of the surface of the inner nucleus. If we imagine
that there is an equilibrium of pressure upon this from the outer crust, the
result arrived at above will not be altered in any degree worth mentioning.
In order to satisfy this new condition, we need only, as regards the continents,
add at sea-level a stratum of rock about 50 m. thick, to the masses we have
considered above.
As regards the oceanic, islands, the increased attraction on them is easily
explained, whether we imagine the masses of which they are formed to repre-
sent actual surplus mass, or assume which seems the more reasonable
86 O. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP. NO. 8.]
that in this case also, the masses are to a greater or less extent compensated
by deficiencies of mass in the depths below. On account of the small extent
of the islands, the acceleration must nevertheless show a considerably greater
increase here than along the continental coast-margin.
CHRISTIANIA. July 1900.
0. E. SCHI0TZ.
SUPPLEMENT.
On page 58, mention was omitted of the fact, that the period of the pen-
dulum may be somewhat altered by an imparted oscillation of the support.
As this was of course not forgotten in treating of the observations, the fol-
lowing considerations may be inserted here.
We will first 'consider the observations that were made out on the ice
between the 8th and the llth June, 1895. As mentioned on page 32, the iron
cross on which the pendulum apparatus was placed, was in immediate contact
with the ice. This was effected by scraping away the snow from the floor
of the snow hut in which the observations were made, until homogeneous, solid
ice was reached, when the iron cross was laid upon it. The cross became
firmly attached to the ice, and was so steady that the position of the level
of the pendulum apparatus remained almost unchanged from day to day
during the time that the observations were being made. Lieut. Scott-Hansen
also (notes it as his impression that this setting up of the instrument was
the steadiest during the whole expedition. As the pendulum apparatus stood
immediately upon the floor of the hut, Scott-Hansen had here, too, to carry
out his observations in a recumbent position. The ice at that time being
depressed by the surrounding snow-drifts, water continually penetrated into
the hut, and kept the floor wet, so that it was necessary now and then to
remove the water by throwing dry snow into it, and then shovelling away the
slush. It afterwards appeared that the floor of the snow-hut was rather below
the level of the sea; for immediately after the observations were terminated,
the ice cracked right across it, and the water rose to such a height, that if
the apparatus had been in position, the bob of the pendulum would have
been a few centimetres below the surface of the water.
88 O. E. SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP.
I assume from the foregoing, that as far as these observations are con-
cerned, there is no fear of any simultaneous movement other than those
imparted to the pendulum-stand itself, and these will increase the pendulum's
period of oscillation in the same manner wherever the apparatus is set up.
These observations may therefore safely be compared with those made in
the observatory in Christiania, where the pendulum apparatus was set up on
the iron cross in a window-recess in the thick brick wall.
This I also assume must be the case with the observations taken in the
saloon of the Fram. In the first place, it may be remarked that the ship
at that time was frozen into the ice, and may thus be considered as
forming a part of the ice-covering.] In the saloon, the apparatus, as
the drawing on page 4 shows, was set up in such a manner that the
pendulum swung across the ship, and consequently at right angles to the
planks of the floor, but parallel with the beams beneath them. As may be
seen from the plates accompanying Colin Archer's description of the Fram 1 ,
there is a beam beneath the floor between the doors of the doctor's and
Scott-Hansen's cabins. According to the above-mentioned drawing on page 4,
the apparatus has stood above this beam during the observations. In
order to give the ship the necessary strength to resist the pressure of the ice
from the side, there were fitted under every beam in both decks, strong diagonal
stays, placed nearly at right angles to the side of the ship, and securely fastened
to the side and to the beam with"|wooden knees. The subjoined drawing
from Archer's description 2 , shows the relative position of the parts in a
section through the ship a little in front of the saloon.
The width of the saloon between the two cabins mentioned above, accor-
ding to Archer's drawing, is 3'4 metres. The distance between the pendulum
apparatus and the coincidence apparatus differed a little in the different
observations, varying fromM932 to 2268 mm. The centre of the pendulum
apparatus was therefore between 60 and 70 cm. from the nearest wall, which
connected the upper and middle decks, and separated the cabins from the saloon.
If we take into consideration this fact, and also that the pendulum apparatus
was in direct contact with the floor, and immediately over one of the beams,
1 The Norwegian North Polar Expedition 18931896, Scientific Results, edited
F. Nansen. Vol. I. I, COLIN ARCHER, The Fram; PI. II, figs. 1 & 2.
2 1. c., PL II, fig. 4.
NO. 8.]
SUPPLEMENT.
89
so that the plane of oscillation was parallel with the longitudinal direction of
the beam, and further, the solid construction of the ship, I take it that the
simultaneous movement of the substratum may be assumed to have been
trifling, and mainly confined to oscillations of the pendulum apparatus itself.
It is true that Scott-Hansen remarks that the level moved when he ap-
proached the apparatus from various sides, but only very slightly; and he
also states that from the coincidence apparatus, he could approach sufficiently
near to observe the level, and see that it did not move at his approach. x
It seems to me that the correctness of the above assumption is corrobo-
rated by the observation made on the ice on June 8th, 1895, for this, as the
table on page 60 shows, leads to a result exactly similar to that of the
observations made in the saloon, if we except those of January 16th, 1894
and 1896. It is true that on the day in question (June 8th, 1895) only one
observation was made with the one pendulum 34; but nevertheless it seems
unlikely that the accordance should be due to chance. It may also be men-
tioned that among the observations made on the 10th; June', following, out
on the ice, there is one with pendulum 33 2 , that gives far too large a period ,
1 On page 41 an error has slipped in, where, instead of "two men . . walked . . across
the floor, causing a movement in the level as they passed near the apparatus", it should
read " . . across the floor. Scott-Hansen states that movement is perceptible in the
level when he crosses the floor in the neighbourhood of the apparatus".
3 On page 54, the period is wrongly given as 0'5056139. It should be 05056189, as
calculated on page 35.
90 O. E.' SCHI0TZ. [NORW. POL. EXP. NO. 8.]
more than 200 units in the 7th decimal place as compared with the
others determined on that day. The observation in question was the first
made in the evening when the observations were resumed after an interval
of about 3 hours. The disagreement may therefore possibly be explained
by assuming that the imperceptible trembling movements in the ice-covering
had gradually subsided during the time of repose, but that the motion recom-
menced when this observation was completed, and continued with increasing
violence through the night and day following. If this explanation is correct,
this observation with pendulum 33 should about correspond with the obser-
vation made on June 8th with pendulum 34, as the results also seem to
indicate; for if these two observations are combined, they give as the
value for the acceleration, 9'83131, while the second observation alone gives
9-83136 (see p. 60).
In accordance with the above, I have, in the preceding calculations, started
with the assumption that no appreciable error will be committed by leaving
out of consideration possible simultaneous movement in the substratum of
the pendulum apparatus.
* ,SS *
c^c^c*^c*^c*afc
3k - * : * . 4t . 3k . ;
' ^r 's&r T^T ,i,- ^
3k s& 3k . 4* . 3k ;
; - 3k . 4c . * . % . 4c
3k . * . 3k 4c . 3k . ;
i $ . 4< * 4 s "" 4 s 4t * 4 s 4 s
3k . jk $ 4* 4 s 4 s * 4*
4c . 4t . 4< . 4c : * . 4c . * .
:45*4 t '4 c * J fc*4 t '^*>$ t
- **
* !m
-
!****
|c 3fc j^ . 4c
: 4t . 4c . jfc
4t.^: 3k. :
'it**' *-
4( ^s ]k . j
jfc . 5^: 3k
4* 4 s " 4 11 * 5
*
:
*
| jfc
-A -
m .,
m
3ft
*
*
* m * X
* Jar # SSL w
* ^ *
)|C
. .
*
* . *
*
t.
4c
;.
*
*
t
]
*
*
* ^ *
* .gig *
: * . :
*-4<
* 3v. "
%
! ,:
: .:
4<
m. x
* . *
t * - 4K . )k
* 4t . 3k
"?"?'?.
4t a^ ^ Jk . ;
* >k - * . 3k
- A >s4j- ^^ i
! *^fc * .''^k * ^Bfc *
ak 4 s * 4* * 4 1
Vv* M
**
X
v *^C *
*
JK
ar
'//. '
^; 4 1
E 3k * 4 s * ;
X* *.* *.
: 4 4 !
* i *
41 . 41
>k- =
Jk-'i'
: 3k . >^
>k * : 4
3k ^ . ,k . ;
: Jk - 4c . 3k
+ + :
>': 4c. :
: ^s 3k
4;
41
.
^
.
4*
. .
4c . 41
. i
41.4^.41
4c : >k
>-*
4t.jk
f *
-t
k ,
*
%
M.
Jk.jk, 3k
JK * $f* * *
Av M & m t
: :*"f,
'jfc . 4t 3
M *
TBL X
. 1 .
41
. ak .
3k . 41
. 41 .
3k
.
3k
41 * if.
e . % .
sk - 4c
4t
3k . 41 . jk
Jk . +
Jk >fe - 3k
- * - * -
4t.4t-4
. 4( . 3k . 2
* 4t *
3k. 4C
. .
I*!-! .TiTiT*'
. * f$i. * 2yC * 3^*- * /^sC * 3K * xyb 3K
i^ i : . >k. . :
. . . '
: . . )k % .
:
'
i*i4*i"
" . - ~., T T .. ^ T> I - -m.
. j^.jft.4c -^j 't- U4:o**o K ' ' ' f
* v 4^ * jfe- ' ^ * ' 'fa 3^t * H
.**$.*.*?*** k . * . * . ,j
*.*-"-*----4 t '----
4(*' ] *4c* <i *4 ( *4 l '$ > 4 c '$''i c *)| ( '*4
. .4c>-'4 t :-''4(--'-
?4c * ^ * ^Ac '%. * T^L 5^' * nit A * jfe ^AC * ^fe ?4r ^
. . . . . . ^ . ^ . . . T T .
>4^****4 ( *4 c *' < 4 c ** > *4
. % . . . . t . . . . ^ . ; . ,
.jk.-^'*-*''^'^ '**'
_ t _ .. ^4 ^ ^. t^ _ _ __ ' L _ _ A ^ _ ^ ^ _ t _ .
jv JK 4 jfe 2K 3K JK * 3K * 4C * ''$& * JK * '$% * JK * 3K *
. . * . $ . . .^ + . . -^ . * : :^ . 4
* ' * * 4 1 " ' ' ^ " * " 4 1 ^
: . : ; !! :^:^r J j,.' r J k: ;
t. . . . . i*i-
^, ^p, J^ 4^ 4R J^ ^
l. jk.^c^.jk.jkTjk. Jjc.
, . . T .
* ^k * W*r * ^S * ^ * K *
//c I T 7 T 7T
> ;* ' ' t ' * ' -
: . . . .
l !
'
c
; . Jk . *
T . . 3k . . i
:
:*:*: